145 24 26018 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/df2cb1ac38ec0d3bbe78ba9258946db2.pdf 2ddd483c73d1cc874c7fbe1f4c66c6fd PDF Text Text �A Final Report Upon THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Gaylord, Michigan Prepared for the CITY PLANNING COMMISSION AND THE CITY COUNCIL The preparation of this report was financially aided through a Federal grant from the Urban Renewal Administration of the Department of Housing and Urban Development under the Urban Planning Assistance Program authorized by Section 701 of the Housing Act of 1954, as amended, administered by the Michigan Department of Commerce. By Harland Bartholomew and Associates Planners, Engineers and Landscape Architects Saint Louis, Missouri May, 1966 �' ' '• • "- HARLAND BARTHOLOMEW AND ASSOCIATES PLANNER~ f:NGINEERS · LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 1030 PIERCE BUILDING 112 NORTH FOURTH STREET SAINT LOUIS GARFIELD 1·2107 2, CABLE MISSOURI ADL'ftUS HARPLAN May, 1966 City Planning Commission and City Council Gaylord, Michigan Gentlemen: In accordance with our agreement, we are pleased to submit this final report on the Comprehensive Plan for the City of Gaylord. ~ · The plan calls attention to the many opportunities of Gaylord and provides an agreed upon program of community action essential to the implementation of the plan. This report contains all of the supporting data, information, and maps as amended or modified, that have been presented in previous reports and meetings. In the coming years, the plan must be kept up to date with appropriate revisions and periodic re-evaluation so that it may be closely related to the changing conditions in the community. This report, once adopted as the plan for Gaylord, will mark the beginning of a continuous planning program directed toward improving the community while creating the best possible environment for its residents. The preparation of this plan has been a most interesting and challenging endeavor. Our association with the city, its officials, and residents has been an enjoyable experience. We would like to express our appreciation to the many people who have generously contributed their time and effort to the development of the plan. Respectfully submitted, HA7~J::; I I I I By ST. LOUIS ATLANTA Malcolm C. Drummond Associate Partner MEMPHIS WASHINGTON �TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . .. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE COMMUNITY • • • • • • • • • • . • Historical Background • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . Geographic Location • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . Economic Background • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . 3 3 5 5 LAND USE PLAN • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Existing Land Use Pattern • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Dwelling Unit Distribution • • • • • • • • • • • • • Future Land Use Needs • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Land Use Plan • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 11 11 15 15 16 THOROUGHFARE PLAN. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Present Street System • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Traffic Patterns • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Proposed Thoroughfare Plan • • • • • • • • • • • • • 21 21 23 24 THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT • • • • • • • • • • • • • Land Use Pattern. • • ••••••••••••• Street Pattern • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Parking Facilities • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Development Plan for the Business District • • • • • 27 27 28 29 33 INTRODUCTION. • I I I 1 . .. . .. . . . . ... . • 37 COMMUNITY FACILITIES • • • • • • • • • 37 Existing Community Facilities • • . . Community Facilities Plan • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 40 . . REGULATORY MEASURES • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 45 Zoning Regulations. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 45 Subdivision Regulations • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 50 I I I I I I I .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .• .• . . PUBLIC UTILITIES • • • • • • Existing Facilities • • • • Future Requirements • • • • • 53 • 53 • 55 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Present Municipal Finances • • • • • • • • • • • • • Proposed Capital Improvement Program • • • • • • • • Cost of the Program • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 57 57 64 69 PLANNING IMPLEMENTATION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Coordination of Public Improvements • • • • • • • • • Guidance of Private Development • • • • • • • • • • • Public Understanding and Support • • • • • • • • • • Planning Commission Program • • • • • • • • • • • • • City Council Program • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Planning Commission Policies and Procedures • • • • • 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 �INDEX TO PLATES Plate 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 •• 10 Land Use - 1965. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Distribution of Dwelling Units - 1965 and 1985. Land Use Plan - 1985 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Traffic Flow - 1965 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Major Street Plan • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • General Standards for Major Thoroughfares • • • • Business District Plan • • • ~ • • • • • • • • • Community Facilities Plan • • • • • • • • • • • • Zoning District Map • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Areas Served by Sewer and Water Systems • • • • • 11 15 16 23 25 25 33 40 48 55 -I I I I I I I I I INDEX TO TABLES Table 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Economic Characteristics. • • • • • • • • • • • Population Trends and Projections. • • • • • Existing Land Use in Gaylord • • • • • • • • • • Land Use and Population Ratios • • • • • • • • • Future Land Use Requirements. • • • • • •• Existing Major Street Data • • • • • • • • • • • Percentage of Vehicles Parking by Time Periods. Existing and Proposed Community Facilities • • . Municipal Revenues • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Municipal Expenditures • • • • • • • • • • • Trends in Assessed Values • • • • • • • . • • • • Estimated Bonding Limits • • • • • • • • • • • • Trends in Tax Rates • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Proposed Six-Year Capital Improvement Program • • 4 8 12 14 19 22 30 43 58 59 61 62 63 68 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I r GAYLOR.D I C. ~ 0 z. "' -.....J I I I us -~ GE II • t1 c;~N 1=- G~A HIC ,...,.,.c. l'.\lY u o~ 11-1{ TH( Jl( ...... Al ()N Of 1~ MM...,,. ~ AIDI0 lNt..OUCiH A. fl OUAl GVN l UUA"i l( N[WAt 1' 0 1,,l!N~ llAl iO N ~ l ti .oOu';· ~ ANO HOM( l lh ,."1( 1 AG! N(• U,,,Ix l I"( !JI· IN" ' I ANN ING -' '>~l AN (I " CX, f l'IJ ,',..Jl,<()f IHO 1Y ~ (ll()N }01 OJ l ot! ~,t,,(, ,._-, OI 19'> ' A\ AMI ND(0 HAl tA JIO IA l1H0l0 1t11 l W ANO AU0( 1A1U L lt • f l ,. •• l l.L IA• • I IOVl1 Cl• •l l • 6 •• 1f l.l. l• " Dl( Nl"l( ot •t lC11 ... ... , 110 ... 11 +•" .. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INTRODUCTION Gaylord is a growing community in the center of a rapidly developing area. Increased trade activity and industrial development are expected to accompany this growth. The present population of 2,600 persons is expected to increase to nearly 5,000 persons of permanent population by 1985. The Comprehensive Plan contemplates considerable development in the surrounding areas represented by continuous development of summer homes, resorts and recreational facilities. The Comprehensive Plan is designed to guide this growth in Gaylord during the next 20 years. The major purpose of the plan is to fully capitalize on the community's potential. Gaylord, as the center of a growing tourist area, is advantageously located in relation to major metropolitan centers. The area possesses resources in access and transportation, in industrial sites, and in a well-established residential and commercial center. The area should be able to successfully compete with other communities in other counties for these developments. If the community develops without proper planning and services, the haphazard result could gradually discourage new growth. On the other hand, a well-designed and efficient community can assure a promising future and attract new growth. Satisfactory living and working conditions in Gaylord are essential to its growth if it is to achieve its potential as a city of 5,000 in the center of a growing area. These optimum conditions cannot be obtained by providing public improvements to the expediency of the moment or by allowing all private development to take place at the whim of the individual. There must be a publicly accepted, overall comprehensive plan to coordinate all public improvements and to direct private development. By using the plan as a guide, duplications, waste and lessened standard developments can be avoided. Gaylord has had many changes in the past and will continue to change in the future. The plan should serve as a guide for these inevitable modifications to direct the building of new homes, new plants, new businesses, and expanding community facilities. The plan calls for the development of an improved central business district, a large highway-oriented commercial area, an industrial complex along the Interstate Highway, new residential areas to the north and southeast, a new elementary school, several park areas, and a new city-county building, all coordinated for the development of a modern community. The Comprehensive Plan for Gaylord is primarily concerned with physical improvements, public facilities in the form of �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 2 - streets, highways, airport facilities, parking lots, public buildings, schools, parks, sanitary and storm sewers, water lines and private developments such as the use of land, construction of buildings, division of · land and the appearance and maintenance of property. Public improvements are directed by a thoroughfare plan, a community facilities plan, and the like. Private improvements are controlled by zoning, subdivision,building, and other regulatory ordinances and by the land use plan. These plans and regulations "are : the basic components of the Comprehensive Plan. �II -I I -I I I I I I I I I I. I I I I - 3 - CHARACTERISTICS OF THE COMMUNITY Historical Background Gaylord was organized as a village in 1881 and incorporated as a city in 1921. Gaylord has always been progressive in the provision of public services, as evidenced by its development of a public water distribution system almost f rom the very start. The courthouse was built in 1891, the first electricity arrived in 1897, the first streets were paved in 1921, and the sewer system was started in 1933. The only bank in Otsego County was founded in Gaylord in 1893. The first railroad line from the south reached Otsego Lake Village in May, 1873, and Gaylord in July, 1873. With the advent of the railroad, the lumbering activity greatly increased since it was possible to ·transport much greater quantities of lumber. The pine lumbering activity soon reached its peak and then was nearly depleted by 1890. The first industry, other than saw mills, to come to Gaylord was the Detroit Iron and Furnace Company. This - company built two charcoal kilns north of Gaylord sometime prior to 1890, however, they ceased production in 1896. The Dayton Last Block Works was started in 1891. This industry used maple lumber for ten pins and blocks and was a major industry for a number of years; employing about 30 people. The company went out of business about 1931. The Jackson and Wylie Company of Saginaw, a hoop and stay mill, was also started about 1890 and continued in business until about 1915. In 1905, an east-west railroad from Boyne City to Alpena with a daily total of four passe-n ger trains, in addition to the freight trains, came to Gaylord. During the period from 1910 to 1915, there were 14 passenger · trains stopping at Gaylord each day. Industry was also active in the period shortly after the turn of the century. The Gaylord Manufacturing Company, specialists in the manufacture of wagons and logging sleighs, operated from approximately 1900 to 1915 and reached its peak about 1908. An automobile factory manufacturing the "Gaylord 3ry• started about 1910, but was in business only for a few years. The Saginaw Wood Products Company operated from about 1915 to 1922. The 1930's saw little development in the area; however, in 1941 both the Higgins Industry, Incorporated and the Hidden Valley Ski Club · came to Gaylord. In 1945, the Standard Products Company located in Gaylord and the 0. W. Rowley Company was established in the area. �- 4 - Table 1 ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS Gaylord, Michigan • • • • Retail Trade - 1963 - Gaylord Establishments • • • • • . • • • . • 76 (62 with payroll) Retail Sales • • . • . • • • . • • • . • • $10,587,000 Payroll • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • $1,041,000 Selected Services - 1963 - Gaylord Establishments • • • • • • • • • 46 (22 with payroll) Sales . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • $819,000 Payroll • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • $164,000 Wholesale Trade - 1963 - Otsego County Establishments. • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • . • 23 Sales • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • $9,600,000 Payroll • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • $412,000 = • •I •I I I I Manufacturing - 1958 - Otsego County Establishments • • • • • • • . Value Added by Manufacturing. .. . . . . . . . . 18 • . • • $3,548,000 Agriculture - 1959 - Otsego County Land in Farms • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • 69,000 acres Number of Farms • • • • • • • • . • • • . • • • • . • 288 Total Value of Farm Products Sold • • • • • • • $643,000 Employment - 1960 - Otsego County Agriculture, Forestry • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • 212 Construction. . • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • • 184 M~nufacturing • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • . • • • 579 Transportation, Communications and Utilities. • • 75 Wholesale and Retail Trade . • • . • • • • . • • . • • 479 Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate • • • • • • • • • 59 Public Administration • • • • • • • • • • . , , • • . 156 Business Services and Miscellaneous . • • . . • • . • 676 2,420 Source: U. S. Census, 1958, 1959 and 1963 �- 5 - In recent years, Gaylord has gained distinction as a year-round tounist and resort center. Ski resorts operate in the winter; bunting and fishing facilities are available throughout the year. The development of summer homes and resorts on the many nearby lakes has grown steadily. Geographic Location Gaylord is strategically located in the northern part on Michigan's lower peninsula on Interstate Highway 75, the main north-south highway in the state, and on Michigan Highway 32, an important east-west road. Gaylord is within or close to a 70 mile radius of a large part of Michigan's tourist area, including Traverse City, Mackinaw City, Alpena and Houghton Lake. The larger cities of Grand Rapids, Lansing and Flint are within a 150 mile radius, and the major metropolitan areas of Detroit and Chicago are within a general proximity of 250 miles. In addition, improved transportation facilities have placed Gaylord and Otsego County in a favorable location to attract tourists from such metropolitan centers as Toledo, Indianapolis, Cincinnati and Louisville. • • • • • •I I Because of the area's central location in the northern part of the lower peninsula, and because of the lack of large cities in the area, Gaylord serves as a regional trading center for a relatively large area. Because of its favorable position on a good transportation artery, the Interstate Highway, Gaylord and Otsego County are able to attract tourists and economically transport manufactured products. Economic Background An analysis of the present economy of Otsego County and a study of future economic development has been developed as a part of the county plan. This study is contained in a report entitled, "Background for Planning" and essentially includes an economic study of Gaylord. The following section summarizes the economic background for Gaylord and the area. Some of the economic characteristics of Gaylord or Otsego County are shown in Table 1 • Trading enterprises in Otsego County employ nearly 25 percent of the labor force; most of this employment is located within or close to the City of Gaylord. Boasting a total of 76 retail establishments realizing annual sales in excess of $10,000,000, Gaylord serves as the trading center for Otsego County and areas in adjoining counties. The Gaylord regional trade center is in competition with such cities as Traverse City, East Jordan, Boyne City, Petoskey, Alpena and Grayling. �- 6 - Since the area around Gaylord is recognized as a tourist center, selectedt services are a vital part of the city's economic base. There were 46 service establishments in the City of Gaylord in 1963 with annual sales in excess of $800,000. Gaylord also serves as a sub-wholesale trade center with 23 establishments realizing nearly $10,000,000 annually in wholesale sales. • • • I I I I I I I I I Although there has been a decrease in the number of farms and land utilized in farms in recent years, agricultural activities are still an important part of the local economic base, as evidenced by a 1959 total of 288 farms within -Otsego County earning $643,000 in farm products sold • In 1958, the value added by manufacturing through Otsego County local industries was $3.5 million • . The five major manufacturing companies in the County - Standard Products, Higgins Industry, O. w. Rowley Company, and Gaylqrd Tool _and Gauge have recently been joined by the U. S. Plywood Corporation, which employs about 200 persons. By comparing _this situation with the earlier one described under Historical Background, the emergence of a much healthier distribution of manufacturing establishments is apparent. From a low base in 1940, employment in manufacturing in Gaylord increased by 300 persons to 1950 and increased an additional 200 persons to 1960. This is attributable in part to greater manufacturing activity; but probably an equally important factor has been the growing tourist trade. While employment decreases in agriculture and the extractive industries have nearly equalled employment increases in manufacturing, there has been an overall employment increase of just over 50 percent in the 20-year period. The future economy of the Gaylord area will generally be an outgrowth of the existing base of the city and the county. Industrial employment will probably continue to increase in importance to the economic base. The county area is still relatively undeveloped from the standpoint of tourist activity and summer home development, but is favorably located so as to have the opportun~~Y to increase these developments. If Gaylord and Otsego County are to gain new industry, it will be necessary for leaders of the community to actively engage in competing for new industries. The recently formed Industrial Development Corporation can do a great deal to further future industrial development within the area. Examples of the types of industries that could advantageously locate in �• • • • • •I -I I I I I I I I I I - 7 - the area include operations involving the assembly of relatively small products not requiring high transportation costs, fabrication of 'finished products, and wood-using industries . It is anticipated that all types of tourist activity will continue to be an important part of the economy and will continue to see growth in the future; however, most of this growth will probably occur in the development of new summer homes. With increases expected in basic employment and tourist activity, there will be a corresponding increase in retail trade and selective services. As Gaylord and Otsego County experience growth, there will be a corresponding need for additional construction. Some growth in the construction and building materials industry may be expected. Wholesale trade is already at a relatively high level of activity and probably cannot be expected to experience much more growth. There is a possibility of tapping a maple syrup potential. There are also lime deposits and at least limited deposits of natural gas and oil within the county area. These resources may hold some potential for future development. Past population growth trends since 1900 for the City of Gaylord, Otsego County, the state, and the nation are shown in Table 2. Both the state and the nation have had increases in population in every decade, though the rate of increase was the lowest during the 1930's because of the economic depression. Otsego County's growth has fluctuated over the years, but has steadily been increasing since the 1930's. The City of Gaylord has had a steady increase in population also since 1930, and the population has increased from some 1,600 to 2,600 persons during this period of time. Projections of future population were prepared as a part of the Otsego Comprehensive Planning Program and are contained in a report on "Background for Planning". The population of Otsego County was projected as a relationship to projections of United Sfates population and State of Michigan population. Projections for the populations for both the state and the nation are also shown in Table 2. Based upon several estimates, the·· county Comprehensive Plan indicates a 1985 population in the county of some 11,000 persons of permanent population. It is also expected that there will be a seasonal population of 17,400 persons, thus making 28,400 persons the total year-around equivalent population of the county. As a part of these county projections, projections were made for the population for the City of Gaylord. It is expected that by 1985 the total population of the city will be �- 8 - Table 2 POPULATION TRENDS AND PROJECTIONS Gaylord, Michigan I I I I I I I I I Year United States (1,000) 1900 75,995 2,421 6,175 1,561 1910 92,228 2,810 6,552 1,538 1920 106,022 3,668 6,043 1,701 1930 123,202 4,842 5,554 1,627 1940 132,165 5,256 5,827 2,055 1950 151,326 6,372 6,435 2,271 1960 179,323 7,823 7,545 2,568 2,960 1970 214,000 (1) 10,000 (2) 9,000 (3) 3,060 3,650 1980 260,000 (1) 12,500 (2) 10,400 (3) 3,540 4,340 1985 282,000 (1) 14,000 (2) 11,000 (3) 3,740 4,680 (1) (2) (3) State of Michigan (1,000) Otsego County City of Gaylord Gaylord Urban Area Projections by Bureau of Census, Series II Projections. Interpolation from ORRRC Judgment Projections. Estimated by Harland Bartholomew and Associates in "Background for Planning", Otsego County, Michigan. �II • • • • • •I I I I I I I I I I - 9 - 3,740 persons residing in 1,068 dwelling units (based upon a population of 3 p5 persons per dwelling unit). Within the urbanized or planning area of Gaylord (that is, the area bounded by Congdon, East, McCoy and Murner Roads), there are an additional 592 new dwelling units shown in the distribution of population plan. Thus, there would be a total of 1,336 dwelling units within the Gaylord planning area by 1985. This results in a projected population of 4,700 persons for the Gaylord urban area by 1985 • �• • • • • • •I I I I I I I I I I I I - 11 ... LAND USE PLAN The physical form of a community is the result of the actions of many individuals and agencies. The buildings and structures created by private enterprise require supporting public facilities such as streets, utilities, parks and schools. The manner in which these public and private improvements are related to one another largely determines the character of the community. Proper planning of these relationships results in an orderly, attractive community. A survey of existing land uses in Gaylord was conducted in March of 1965, in which every parcel of land in the city and within the surrounding area was field-checked, classified and mapped. This was essentially an up-dating of the land use survey made as a part of the Otsego County planning program. The eight major categories of land use include single, two and multiple-family residential, commercial, light and heavy industrial, parks, public and semi-public property, and railroad properties. Existing Land Use Pattern A land use map of the City of Gaylord and the surrounding a~ea is shown on Plate 1. The land use pattern of Gaylord is one of fairly uniform development, occupying a relatively large part of the present corporate area. The largest concentration of development is located east of Hidden Valley Ski Club, north of the public golf course, and east of Interstate Highway 27. There is a relatively sparse pattern of urban development within the environs of Gaylord with residential and commercial uses scattered along the various state and county highways. Residential uses occupy the greatest amount of developed land area within Gaylord. Though the residential pattern is located fairly uniformly around the central _business district, new residential developments have been primarily taking place to the northeast and north. Scattered residential uses are found along the highways leading out of the city, primarily along Michigan 32 and Old Highway 27. The business district is located at the crossing of M-32 and U. s. Highway 27, generally in the geographic center of the city. This is the largest concentration of commercial land uses, but smaller scattered commercial uses are located along the state and federal highways. The largest concentration of outlying commercial uses is found south of the city along Old Highway 27. Following completion of the Interstate Highway, a number of new commercial uses located to the west end of the community along Main Street near the intersection of M-32 and the Interstate Highway. �• • • • • • •I I I I I I I I I I I I - 12 Table 3 • EXISTING LAND USE IN GAYLORD Gaylord; . Michigan Land Use Classification Area in Acres Single-Family Residential Percent of Total Corporate Area Compared Gaylord Cities * Percent of Developed Area Compared Gaylord Cities * . 147.6 14.44 17.10 29.0 34.08 6.1 .60 .. 2. 75 1.2 5.48 Commercial 31.2 · 3. 05 1.58 6.1 3.14 Industrial 23.5 2.29 2.83 4.6 5.65 Railroads 18.8 1.84 2.50 3.7 4.99 Parks . 2.1 .21 2.55 0.4 5.08 Public and Semi-Public 122.5 11.99 6.65 23.8 13.25 Streets 159.1 15.57 14.21 31.2 28.33 Two and Multiple Family Residential 100.00 100.0· Developed Area 510.9 Vacant Land 511.1 50.01 49.83 17022.0 100.00 100.00 Total Area * The average of 28 other cities have a population of less than 50,000. �• • • • • • • -I L__,;,._,i ~~~~~~:; ~ ~-~ ~ ¥-~~·~il--' l ~~i •~,,; ~• ~ 7, ':"Dll/~ ~ 1 ~-\~~ ...1//,. " .,.!..,, ..• -~ ~ I): ½J v 1/, .£"1i,i~ ~ \ ·1.\ r [~ \'·'\- I I I I I I I I I I ~- " ~ ' ~ b ' ' ;,:; 1·,. $½' S3'' ~~l!!'im. . e ~~. . ~ : :~ ,~1~~~~l~~ ~E~ ~ .,;,~~~~~CJ~ .· .·;,· . ··, ::;17,j.•.: /',/: • '°7-·•:;' ::>~.!;;:; ..: . ··... ~r« l"':% .··z,;···Y· :.,'· :. ·.··· ::0 . ~ .d.r$.~~ Jj - J~~,~~-fa_ j ~~- ..... -- , l1~\.~\- . ·~~~~-~ f}JZ)§fr~"w--,1 -.li~,\\ .\1 t::i!f ~: , · < . ' . i l ~. ~ . . ~~.·.·~. ~. · . r· . : · . ~ . ~ . ·.:· .·'.·.~,. t I, ¾LbJ;~~r5ii<<·.~::>z 1\-=- ~ ~~I 11-,,~,· :·, --·:· .: '.t,··.::.->~\.,::-.:./ • 1/, ~~ ,.__ »~ I • • 11 9 r··.··•·:. . ·.•.:,·:•:·:·:·1·:.•. ,., ~ ~ "•,l__ • ' • ~ >or, .._.,••~ •.i,..,.,.,,o,,. w (1M ~"·- ~ - • ¼',;.; : :; I r 1 ✓,- J~ --------- /!... ,. -~~ l'L ✓~ h' ._. - ~~ • ! • ....,• •• t,O,,,OJl ◄ o0,6 <:-1 ..... .,, ....... t, """"" ... 1,11 U"' • • •""-- • l~·:· ~""-1 ~t; i;~w~t1~•.,. •LOC,l,., .. ..._1..o,._. o, hol ~ " ,-:, o MA l lA•D IAn HOlOW[W AHO ,+,.S}OC IAlU --.- % I°" 0' , .,_"-'"C,.U I #fOIZ f..-0.,C.- • 1ua, .. . c,., ... , IC:,., Joe Ul,. l•• tito1 ••• "" ½:: -;;:;::p,:;;:;7,,._===i•,;;.:;1/h=·.;:;::.=;;;II= <.1n •u••1u. (1"1lll•U•IIU. \•UIHC..,,1,uo, nt(.U 5'•• • T 101/IJ IIIIU l flM, tHU0"'"' ~~~~o:tNNtNG ,o,.~i.-~!~~= LAND USE - 19'=,S fill • D ~ RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL PUBLIC AND SEMI - PUBLIC INDUSTRIAL AND RAILROADS PLATE 1 �- • • •I I I I I I I I I I I I 13 - Industrial land uses form a definite pattern in Gaylord, being concentrated along the railroad tracks. A number of industrial uses have located in and around the central business district and are scattered to the southwest side of the city. Public and semi-public uses occupy a considerable amount of the area within and around the City of Gaylord. The Hidden Valley Ski Club forms a large mass on the east side of the city; the community school, the golf course, and city property form a large mass to the south; the sanitarium and hospital occupy larg-e---tracts to tlie north. West of the Interstate Highway, the County Airport occupies a large tract which further impedes future development in that direction • The present population of Gaylord has developed a total of 510 acres for urban purposes within the total corporate area of 1,022 acres. The area occupied by existing land uses in Gaylord is reported in Table 3, along with comparative percentages of total corporate and developed area. These percentages are compared with the average of 28 other central cities having a population of less than 50,000. A total of 511 acres of Gaylord's total corporate area is presently vacant; thus, the city is very similar to the 28 compared cities. Gaylord's present population is using approximately 150 acres for residential purposes, 30 acres for commercial activities, nearly 50 acres for industry and railroads, 125 acres for public and semi-public and parks, and 160 acres for streets. Residential land uses occupy nearly 30 percent of Gaylord's developed area which is somewhat lower than the 34 percent average for the compared cities. Commercial uses occupy over six percent of the developed area in Gaylord, which is nearly double the percent of area devoted to this type of land use in the compared cities. Industrial and railroad uses are somewhat lower than the compared cities with eight percent of the developed area of Gaylord devoted to this purpose compared to over 10 percent of the other cities. The lack of park space in Gaylord is clearly pointed out in the comparisons made in Table 3. The city has less than one percent of its developed a_r ea devoted to parks, whereas in the compared cities over five percent of the developed area is dedicated for park purposes. Public and semipublic uses in Gaylord occupy a considerably larger share of the developed area. Streets and alleys occupy a slightly higher percentage of the developed area than is true of the compared cities. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 14 Table 4 LAND USE AND POPULATION RATIOS Gaylord, Michigan Vandalia, - Jackson, Illinois Missouri Gaylord, Michigan Oconto, Wisconsin LeMars, Iowa Single-Family Residential 5.68 6.85 5.09 6.03 8.48 Two and Multiple Family Residential 0.23 0.49 0.28 0.11 0.23 Commercial 1.12 0.60 0.51 0.74 0.57 Industrial 0.90 1.90 0.71 1.36 0.89 Railroads 0.72 1.31 0.73 0.53 0.41 Parks 0.08 2.29 1.96 0.61 1.16 Public and Semi-Public 4.71 2.19 3.36 0.80 0.87 Streets 6.12 7.18 5.53 6.76 4.08 19.56 22.83 18.17 16.94 16.69 Land Use Classification Total Developed Area �I l " I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,r--------------·-...::c:: 1- r--- • ' " ' "1.0, .... (ll,. 1-UU 10.,,11 11,.. , .. llu, l~ • Olc ... , Al0,11ac:u foU ,T 11144 • 1uo.,,. (IW'SI, C 'T Y ,uN~•hC. C01-.!M 155ION GAYlOI.O MICHIGAN DISTRIBUTION OF DWELLING UNITS - f 9 (, 5 & 1985 • ONE DOT REPRESENTS FOUR DWELLING UNITS OR FOURTEEN PERSONS, 19f>S • ONE DOT REPRESEN TS FOUR DWELLING UNITS OR FOURTEEN PERSONS. 1985 PLATE 2 �• • •I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ - J,.5 - Dwelling Unit Distribution The present distribution of dwelling units within Gaylord is shown on Plate 2, with one dot equalling four dwelling units. This distribution of dwelling units was determined from the land use survey which counted a total of 744 dwelling units within the city. The present distribution of dwelling units is a reflection of the existing land patterns within t he community. With the exception of the central area and a few large public open spaces, the population is fairly uniformly distributed. This population is concentrated in and around the central part of the total corporate area and, to some extent, is scattered along the major highways leading from the city. Future Land Use Needs Estimates of future land use needs for the community can be developed from past trends in the relationship between land use and population. Acres of land used per 100 persons in Gaylord is compared with four other cities of similar size located in the states of Wisconsin, Iowa, Illinois and Missouri. Table 4 shows the definite similarity between Gaylord and the compared cities in land use and population. These communities are using approximately five to eight acres per 100 persons for single-family residential purposes and a very minor amount of land for two-family and multiple-family residential purposes. There is a definite similarity in the amount of land per 100 persons used for commercial purposes in the other cities; however, Gaylord is using over one acre per 100 persons, which is considerably more than the compared communities. A variation is found in the amount of land used for industrial and railroad purposes, and Gaylord is using less area for these purposes than all of the other communities except one. It is significant to note that Gaylord is using nearly five acres per 100 persons for public and semi-public uses compared to the next highest of 3.3 acres per 100 persons. This ratio will undoubtedly increase in the future. Gaylord is using an average amount of land per 100 persons for streets and alleys. The probable future land use needs of Gaylord are based upon the 1985 estimated population of 4,700 persons. The present population is using 19.56 acres of land per 100 persons for all types of land uses. The amount of land needed for every 100 persons is expected to decrease slightly; however, the land required for various types of uses is expected to alter significantly. Future land use requirements for Gaylord are shown in Table 4. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 16 - The acres used per 100 persons for single-family residential purposes will increase slightly to six acres per 100 • persons, recognizing the recent trends toward larger lot sizes. With the development of highway commercial activities in the Gaylord area, it is expected that the amount of land used per 100 persons for commercial activities will increase to approximately 1.50 acres per 100 persons. Similarly, industrial needs are expected to increase to approximately two acres per 100 persons. As previously noted, the amount of land in Gaylord devoted to park purposes is unusually low. Based upon national standards, the future needs are estimated at one acre per 100 persons of population. As previously noted, the amount of land in Gaylord devoted to streets and public rights-of-way is extremely high. This ratio should decline in the future as new areas are planned and more spacious street developments and larger block sizes are developed. Commercial and industrial land uses are expected to increase significantly during the next several decades. The increases shown in the table reflect a trend toward larger floor areas in stores and industrial plants, greater parking requirements, and increased needs for open storage and expansion. Based upon these ratios of land use and population, the future population of 4,700 persons would require a total of 890 acres of land for urban purposes. This would require nearly 380 acres of vacant land to be absorbed for urban land uses. An additional 140 acres would be required for residential purposes, 40 acres for commercial, 75 acres for industrial, nearly 50 acres for park, and only an additional 40 acres for public and semi-public purposes. It is expected that the total amount of land needed for streets will only increase from 160 to 190 acres. The present use of 511 acres would increase to 890 acres occupying nearly all of the present corporate area of the community. The foregoing analysis indicates the amount of land that should be provided in the future land use plan and indicates the amounts of commercial and industrial areas that should be provided for in zoning areas within the present corporate limits and within the areas immediately around the corporate limits. Land Use Plan The proposed land use arrangement for a future community of 4,700 is shown in the Land Use Plan (See Plate 3), which generally indicates the areas proposed for residential, commercial, industrial, and open space uses. The Land Use Plan is a synthesis of the economic population and land use studies. Concurrent consideration was given to circulation and street planning, community facilities, open spaces, and the total potential of the site. �I I I I I I I I I I I ~ '\ ,,......... \ \ \ - + - - - - = =-------- ------- ~\ ": .~.: ( T " ". \ '(.l .,.,_r t .. • )( ,, I ':: \ :.·/' \1 \,.._ , __ ( --- I - --- - □, i ,, ' - j.!:7;, ] l I . I I --; I 1 ; "i- , I - ,.. . I l ,·:-.$ I _ _ _jI I I I I I I I I •t>0 ,1'1' ot,,t 'TO c;o-..F USE LAND D ~ D • E23 - C.OU'l..'5.'- I PLAN - 1985 RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL PUBLIC AND SEMI - PUBLIC. PARKS, SCHOOLS AND HOSPITALS INDUSTRIAL AND RAILROADS MAJOR STREETS PLATE 3 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 17 - This plan contemplates the rehabilitation and rebuilding of the central business district as the continued focal point of commercial activity within the community and within the trade area. Residential development has been confined fairly well to create proper population densities. Industrial development has been held to the existing industrial areas along the railroad tracks and in a new area located along the west side of the Interstate Highway. Recreational activities and open spaces have been created to serve the various residential areas. Residential Areas The development of three major residential areas, with park areas to serve as focal points for each residential area, are contemplated. The existing elementary school located on the south side of the city would serve the present residential area south of Main Street and some proposed residential developments also south of Main and to the east of the existing school site. A second residential area would be located north of Main and east of the railroad tracks. This residential area would primarily be served by a proposed elementary school, athletic field, and park area on Hayes Road. A third and smaller residential area would include those areas west of the railroad tracks, served by one 10-acre park area. A desirable future distribution of dwelling units within Gaylord was developed concurrently with the land use studies. One dot on Plate 2 equals four dwelling units of the 1985 population of 4,700. A greater part of the new dwelling units are expected to locate to the southeast, northeast, and north, with lesser increases along the west city limits. The future distribution also contemplates a limited amount of filling in of certain of the vacant areas in the north section of the city. This proposed distribution of dwelling units suggests a generally balanced pattern and does not contemplate extensive dwelling unit development beyond the planned residential areas of the community~ The planned future distribution of dwelling units should result in an adequate density of dwelling units so as to provide a sound urban pattern. Generally speaking, the density of the new and growing areas is slightly less than the density of the present developed residential areas of the city. In the usual residential neighborhood, approximately one-half of the land is used for residential purposes with the remaining one-half used for streets, schools, parks, churches, and parcels of vacant land. A residential development with lots averaging 7,500 feet in area produces a density for approximately three dwelling units per acre, in contrast to large lots (20,000 square feet) where the average �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 18 denstty would be one dwelling unit per acre. - The Land Use Plan and the dist r ibution of dwelling units shown on Plate 2 provide _a density of approximately two to three dwelling uni ts per acre. This density is adequate to provide normal urban services at reasonable costs. Commercial Development Under the proposed plan, the central business district would remain the dominant commercial center of the city. Recognizing the need for highway commercial developments, the plan proposes the commercial development at Main Street and the Interstate Highway on the west side of the city. This is in line with the economic requirements for greater recreational-tourist commercial activity, with planned touristoriented facilities at the various interchanges along the Interstate Highway. This commercial center would be used primarily for motels, restaurants, and various entertainment and recreational activities. It is expected that the commercial uses south ·of the city would also be highway and touristoriented. Continued u~e of this area has been provided in the plan as well as a new smaller commercial center to the north on Old Highway 27 at the north city limits. This commercial area would _be primarily for service of residential uses. Parks and Open Spaces - Although Gaylord has a large amount of land dedicated to various open spaces, only a limited amount of land has been provided for actual park use. The comprehensive plan proposed the development of three major recreational park areas within the corporate limits. The present city park and community school on the south side of the city would be enlarged by approximately 30 acres over to a proposed extension of Grandview Boulevard. A completely new and enlarged park, recreation and educational complex is proposed in the 40-acre tract on Hayes Road. This proposed park area would serve the residential area north of Main Street and would also provide_ athletic field facilities for the entire county. The third and smaller open space has been proposed in the west side of the city to serve the immediate residential area. Industrial Areas Industrial development is proposed to be continued along the railroad tracks along the southeast side of Gaylord. However, future industrial growth is primarily expected to take �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 19 - Table 5 • FUTURE LAND USE REQUIREMENTS Gaylord, Michigan Acres of Land Per 100 Persons Land Use Classification Needed by 1985 Acres of Land Used in 1961 5.68 6.00 147.6 0.23 1.12 0.90 0.72 0.08 0.20 1.50 2.00 o. 70 1.00 6.1 31.2 23.5 18.8 2.1 4. 71 6.12 3.50 4.00 122.5 159.1 19.56 18.40 510.9 Used in 1965 Single-Family Residential Two and Multiple Family Residential Commercial Industrial Railroads Parks Public and Semi-Public Streets and Alleys Total Acres of Land Needed in 1985 (1) Single-Family Residential Two and Multiple Family Residential Commercial Industrial Railroads Parks Public and Semi-Public Streets and Alleys Total (1) 280 10 70 100 30 50 160 190 890 Based on a population of 4,700. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 20 - place in the large industrial area along the west side of Interstate 75. Tllis area would be served by the interchange on the Interstate Highway in Gaylord at M-32 and by an interchange to the south with Old 27. The area is also close to the existing Otsego County Airport. Thus, the proposed future industrial area would be provided with highway access from the Interstate Highway, with a major east-west highway and with ready access to airport facilities. The Land Use Plan provides for a total urban area of 1,500 acres. Of this, approximately 680 acres has been set aside for residential development. The plans provide for 200 acres of commercial development which is ample to meet the estimated 70 acres shown in Table 5. The industrial areas shown in the plan are far in excess of those needed for the City · of Gaylord; however, this industrial area is designed to serve the long-range needs of the entire county and is coordinated with the Land Use Plan for Otsego County. A total 70 acres of park space is provided in the Land Use Plan which is in excess of the required 50 acres shown in Table 5. �I I I I I I· I I I I I I I I I I I - 21 - THOROUGHFARE PLAN The movement of traffic throughout a community can best be accomplished by designating and improving to desirable standards relatively few strategically-placed, direct and continuous routes. Control is facilitated and movement becomes more continuous, even when the traffic is concentrated on a few thoroughfares, than when it is dispersed on most of the streets within the community. The major streets can be improved with w~der and heavier pavements to accommodate ordinary traffic:. as well as the movement of trucks and heavy vehicles. The remaining minor streets, which would constitute three-fourths of the total street system, can then be relatively narrow and lightly paved. Thus, the cost of the original construction of the street system as a whole can be substantially reduced and the expense of street maintenance can be held to a minimum. Further, as the preponderance of traffic can be diverted from residential neighborhoods -to the streets in such areas, such streets will be safer to use and will be less noisy. Present Street System Gaylord's street system has developed gradually since the 1870's. During a century of evolution, the street system has grown through the dedication of many individual rightsof-way and subdivisions. These have been generally small and, for the most part, uncoordinated. The present system forms a gridiron pattern generally oriented due north, south and eastwest. Development of a gridiron system in Gaylord has created problems found in most communities; that is, there is little differentiation between major and minor streets, resulting in the division of traffic on many of the residential streets. Because of the original platting and fairly small blocks, there is an obvious excess of streets; in some instances there are streets every 300 feet in some of the originally platted sections near the center of the city. Gaylord is served by Old U. s. Highway 27 which enters the city from the north on Center Street, travels through the central business area on Main Street, and extends to the south out of the city on Otsego Avenue. Michigan Highway 32 is an important east-west route in northern Michigan and runs from Charlevoix to Alpena. This route follows Main Street through the entire length of the City of Gaylord. Interstate 75, a federal highway, is not a part of the Gaylord street system in the strict sense, but does provide access to the city from other parts of the county, the state, and the nation. Interstate 75 passes along the west side of the city with a traffic �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 22 - Table 6 • EXISTING MAJOR STREET DATA Gaylord, Michigan Section Name of Street Main Street Center Avenue Otsego Avenue Ohio Avenue Fourth Street Mitchell Street Congdon Road Hayes Roaq. Five Lake Road McCoy Road Dickerson Road Murner Road Right-ofWay Width Pavement Width 80' 66' 66' 20' 20' 20' 66' 66' 66' 66' 66' 66' 66' 66' 66' 20' 20' 20' Limits to Limits Limits to Main Main to Limits Morgan Road Main to Limits Illinois to Oak Ohio to Center Morgan to Hayes Main to Congdon Morgan to Hayes U.S. 27 to East M-32 to South M-32 to North Type of Paving (1) Name of Street Main Street Center Avenue Otsego Avenue Ohio Avenue Fourth Street Mitchell Street Concrete with Bit. Con. Surface Concrete with Bit. Con. Surface Concrete with Bit. Con. Surface Oil Seal and 1,320' Gravel Oak to Elm Bit. Agg. Bal. Oil Seal Bit. Agg. Center to Otsego 39' Wide Congdon Road Hayes Road Unimproved Earth 3,328' Oil Seal Bal. Unimproved Earth Morgan to Old 27 Bit. Agg. Bal. Oil Seal Bituminous Aggregate Bituminous Aggregate Bituminous Aggregate Five Lake Road McCoy Road Dickerson Road Murner Road ; (1) Conc rete, bituminous,-•oiled, gravel (2) Good, fair, poor ** 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' Condition(2) Good Good Good Fair Fair Fair to Good Poor Fair to Poor Good Good Good Good �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 23 interchange at the south end of the urban area where it crosses Old U. s. 27 and on the west side of the city where it crosses Michigan Highway 32. Gaylord presently bas a fairly adequate street system, consisting of Main Street which bisects the city in an eastwest direction, Murner Road, Center Avenue, Ohio Avenue, and Hayes Road which run north from Main Street, Sand Road, Otsego Avenue south of Main Street, and a fairly continuous number of east-west routes consisting of Congdon Road, Five Lake Road, Mitchell Street, Fourth Street and McCoy Road. Data on the existing major streets within the Gaylord area is shown in Table 6. By-and-large, most of the right-of-ways are 60 foot with the exception of Main Street which has an SO-foot right of way. The Interstate Highway, not actually a part of the internal street system, has a right-of-way width of 400 to 500 feet. All of the existing major streets in Gaylord have two moving lanes with various widths for parking lanes. Most of the paving is bituminous and is generally in fair condition~ Lack of continuity found in some of the major thoroughfares in the southern part of the city is one of the major problems of the present street system. For example, Fourth Street does not run continuously east-west; there is no connection between Grandview Boulevard and Center Avenue, Maple Avenue, or Hayes Road. There is also a lack of any adequate connection between several of the north-south routes such as Wisconsin Avenue with Ohio Avenue. Another problem is the absence of cross-town routes in the northern part of the city. North Street, for example, does not run continuously between Ohio Avenue and Hayes Avenue. There are five railroad crossings of existing streets with the New York Central Railroad tracks within Gaylord. A number of these crossings do not have proper protection. Traffic Patterns The average daily traffic flow in Gaylord for the major streets within the city and on important county roads is shown on Plate 4. These traffic volumes were obtained from counts made by the State Highway Department in 1962 and from traffic counts made by the Automobile Club of Michigan within Gaylord in 1963. Some of the counts were obtained from the County Road Commission's survey made in 1959. As is apparent, the most important corridor of traffic through the city is Main Street, which bad a peak 24-hour traffic volume in excess of 15,000 vehicles within the central business district. As would be expected, the next highest volumes are found on Old u. s. 27 with some 4,400 cars on �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 24 Center Avenue north of Main Street and some 7,700 cars on Otsego Avenue sout'h of Main Street. · The traffic volumes on Main Street reduce very rapidly at the edges of the urban area with some 3,700 vehicles on Main Street or U. S. 32 just east of the city limits • . Twenty-four hour traffic volumes on the Interstate Highway are approximately 3,000 to 3,500 vehicles per day, however, much higher volumes exist during the summer months. Most of the traffic on the Interstate is through traffic; it does ,not originate or have its destination within the City of Gaylord. Traffic flow on most of the other streets within the city is less than 1,000 cars. Mitchell Street does have some 1,600 cars in a 24-hour period just east of Court Avenue. The traffic counts indicate that there is a fairly wide dispersal of cars traveling over the other streets both major and minor - within· the community. For example, approximately five of the streets south of Main Street have traffic flows between .700 and 1,000 vehicles. This indicates that none of these streets is functioning as a major street; that all of the traffic is dispersed widely over all of the residential streets within the area, much to the disadvantage of the residential amenities of these areas. Traffic in urban areas is expected to increase from four to five percent per year; thus, by the year 1985 traffic is expected to increase approximately 100 to 125 percent. For the purposes of estimating future traffic volumes in Gaylord, the existing traffic flows can be increased by 100 percent for the 20-year period. Application of this increase to certain existing volumes · reveals some significant increases; for instance, traffic flow on Main Street by 1985 would be in excess of 30,000 vehicles in a 24-hour period compared to the present range of 15,000 cars in 24 hours. Proposed Thoroughfare Plan The proposed thoroughfare plan bas incorporated as many of the existing streets within the community as possible, with the number and length of proposed thoroughfares held to a minimum consistent with sound planning principles. The street plan was developed in conjunction with the highway plan for the county and with the land use plan to insure proper development and access to all future land use development within the city. (See Plate 5.) The proposed major street system in Gaylord would consist of three major north-south routes - Wisconsin-ObioMorgan, Otsego-Center and Hayes Road. The east-west routes would consist of Congdon Road, Five Lake Road, North Avenue, Main Street, Fourth Avenue, and Grandview Boulevard. In order to complete this system of major thoroughfares, several extensions and improvement of existing major thoroughfares would be necessary. �•I I 1· I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ 7 t. t- \• !'I \ 11 ) H I DDEN V~Ll[Y J "':j _, 5KI - [tj. . -- lI - \I t - [J ~ - ... I ) 0 0 -/' 'I ,. Cl"'t"i a.• I - ~' ~ ~ = - · r1rm=-~ 11~1 ... \ ' I - · ,\ ::· -~:_...;-t= · ::! -r- - - .-~~ I . . 1··":.~-----=-·=::::.::::.:.::.·( -~' ' \':[ - - --- ,, :) ,:• - __ ii ;::: M-3'2. ~ - , 1 §i~ ~ I g,c::l " ? ..,,,.. ~- ! - I • I . :::·:::: -::: ·- OTSE.GO 1 I ..J. COUNTY Al RPOR.r TRAFFIC PER VEHICLES F LOW ~'/! ENTY - FOUR 1965 HOUR PERIOD 0 GRAPH IC. SC.ALE PLATE 4 �I I HIDDEN V~LLEY L - - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLUB '-------~II . I LJ ---------- ~E ~E ~II E ~ ., - ffl MAJOR --: STREET PLAN = EXISTING MAJOR STREETS PROPOSED MAJOR STREETS MINOR STREETS PROPOSED STREET VACATIONS • RAILROAD c::Jc::J - I I . CROSSING ELIMINATIONS L-J �I I I I I ST~E.ET ~· E Pldl.KINy LANE LANE® LEFT STAN Dl\"-D AIMT su.. 1,e Z-u.,..Ufll ACCEPT 0 Al'>LE ,h Ja &MJ,Hl. Ja rizD . ,. , - S10fWA\.IC...~ J....OW LINt ~~ ni- ~ :i: I 10 11 I ! 0·10-,·, ro~· ,J I I !I d 1 Sll..lPl d] f--.. E. QUI 80' il-.OW I ,-P AI NT / I ~ , _ _o_· I I n I ,;;:O'-~H I I1. ~ H 11 . G.O' 11...0W ;B" 1Z' f- l ' C. ~- -· 10 · TO I~' YOUHl,-.Mt ~ I I t<.' TO 19" I LtJ,.A.fJIC lAlll fDOf UNf tt>Cil f--..lGHT-OF-WAY ~ vu.. 1,..&Lt ~ ' Ji I (Ci"-ASS STll..lP AND SIDEWALK) U .. AfflC LAN£ f D ( j l ' . n MINIMUM -··1 '' l'>O"-DEft...~ LANES ONLY) 10' -- MWIANQ) (TO T"-AFFIC - ~ I E.LE.MENT5 l'>Al-..1(..IE"-. CU"-.1'> CLEA"-ANCE TUlN CI)) ll' "E M E. N T S 100' 11...0W. IZO'kO. W N I I I I I I I I I C ~OS S - S E.C TION (1H"-.U O"-. y ~ f0 ~ TH o~o u G H FA ~E s Tft...AFFIC T I I I I I s TA N DA~D s G [_ N t ~AL MAJ 0 ~ le 2 TkMFIC L,l.NE s ® 0 PAkK..IN6 LANES STANDH... D 2 H.AfflC L,l.NES® 1 P,l.JP...KIN6 LANE AC.Cf PTAME 500-(750) 0 STANO,l.J..0 2 TkAFFIC L,l.NES ® ACCEPTAIHE SS0 ·(850)+ SlANDA/1...D 2 PM... K..IN6 LANES 3 H.MFIC LANES@ 0 PAkKINO L,l.NtS ~CCEPTA&LE (11SO)• STANDAJP...D SS0-(800)• <.OO·C8SO)• (.50-(1100)+ - (1300) 0 3 H... AFFIC LANES @ I PAJ..KINCi LANE MINIMUM (950)· ACCEPT ASLE (1150) 0 SlANDAkD ;) H..MFIC LANES @ 2 PAkKINCi LANES MINIMUM (1350)• ,l.CCE PTA!>LE (1500)• STANO.-.,._D (1(.00)• 4 TkAfflC LANl5 (i) 0 PAkKIN<i LANES MINIMUM 000 ACCEPTA!>Lt 850 STANDA'--D 1100 4 TkAFFIC L,l.NES I LEFT 1Ul'...N LANE 0 PAI..KIN(i L,l.NfS CD (1300) • MINIMUM 10,0 AC.C.f PTA!>LE IZSO STAHDAJP....D 1~00 4 TkAFFIC LANlS CD 2 PAl'...KIN(i LANES MINIMUM 900 ACCEPTAIILE 1200 STANDAJP....O 1400 4 T/1...AFFIC L,l.NES CD 1 LEFT TU'-N L,l.Nf Z PAJ...KIN(i LANtS M I NIMUM 11,0 ACClPTAe.LE 1300 SUNDAJP....O IC.00 II CI) THE LEFT TUl'...N LANES MAY I;[ 10' WIDE WITHOUT SO-.IOUSLY IMPAk l NCi OPE!l-.ATION (V WHfk[ PAJ..KINCi LAN[S Akf TO !>E USED ,l.S PlAK-HOUk TJ..AFFIC LANES, TH[Y SHOULD !>E DESIGNtD 10 H.AfflC LAN[ @ STANOA'-DS WITH J...EuAkO TO CUk~ CUA'--,l.NCt LAN[ WIDTH, ,l.NO P,l.lNT STJ..IPE LOCATION. IF THE M[DIAN CONTAINS ,l. L[fT TU'-N LAN[, THE LEFT Tu,:..N L,l.Nl WIDTH (10·-12·) MUST H MlDl,l.N WIDTH. THE LA'--Cilk bOkDt/1... WIDTHS SHOULD H USED ON THt WIDl/1... C'--OSS-S[CTIONS ADDED TO THE @ G) NO MEDIAN 15 CONSIDE'-.EO ON TH[S[ CkOSS-SECTIONS © (?) THES[ CJP...055-SECTIONS AkE fOJ... ONE-WAY TI..AfflC ONLY. THES[ o . . oss-SECTIONS Al-.[ fO'-. TWO -W AY T'-AfllC ONLY PAlt..KIN(i Pt'-.MITHO ONLY WHO...f P,l.lt..KIN(i LANES PkOVIDtD. NUMbl'-.S UN0[/1... O ..OSS-StCTION CLASSIFICATIONS D[SIGNATt DESIGN CAP,'\CITY IN VEHICl[S P[/1... HOU'-. bY c,:..oss-StCTION PLAIN NUMM'-S All..t FOk TWO-WAY TkAfflC-PA/1...!NTHESIS NUMM"'-S A'-E FO'-- CNf·W,'\Y 11-AfflC. DATA TAIC.fN Fl'...OM OfSICiN CAPACITY CHA'--TS FO'-. SICiNMIZtD SlkElT ,'\NO HIGHWAY INTfkStCllONS, bUlt..lW Of PUHIC '-OADS, kEVISfD I9S9, WllH THE fOLLOWIN(i ASSUMPTIONS : 10¼ Tl'...UCK.S - 20% ll.I6H1 TUl'...N - 10Y. LEFT TU'-N - NO !>US STOPS· 61'...EtN/CYClt 4SYo· NO SEPA'-,l.ll LlfT TUl'...N SICiNAL-P,\'-K.INCi Pl'...OHlblTtD 100 flll fl'...OM I Nlll'...Sl(T IO N •DOWNTOWN Al'...lA (fOI.... ONE-WAY STl'...llTS ONLY) +f'-lNCit "'-f,l. (fO k ONf-WAY SlkflTS ONlY) INltl'...MlOl,l.H Alt..E,l. FO,:.. TWO-WAY H.ArFIC VOLUMES •4) ,...,.,,:,.,11 '"'°"""' • ho).._.,(,l•• ~-_. . . . •.:;::4.!~:C~!!t~~.,:.,"'t.~ • -1 u,,.1.-100, •'tlO ,.., • ••-<- 0f llDI"' • •ur11 MO( t ~u '; ,w:.!. ..rov 0, '"°"'-'" , .,,_ '"' MAllAfilO tAlltiOI011tfW Af<O AUOCIAll) 1 1l()w I... ..o.n..c. ""' Of ~ !:'~ 1• ~~:",~ll, t,o,~t•": " ll • ~ ..~,.-01.(A#I '•°''"" "IG GAnOt0 C 1'1' •:~,•:!(ul~ I . i C~•v. !r.~ ION M ICHIG~N PLATE 6 .', j �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 25 - One of the mpst important proposals of the thoroughfare plan is the re-routing of traffic from Main Street within the central business district. It is therefore recommended that through traffic using Old U. S. Highway 27 continue south on Center Avenue from Main Street to Second Street, travel two blocks westward to Otsego Avenue, and then resume south along the present route. One of the most serious points of congestion in the city is the two-block section on Main Street between Center Avenue and the railroad tracks. This would relieve this congested area of through north-south traffic. Main Street would, of course, continue to handle through east-west traffic. This by-pass route would not require any new rightsof-way with the exception of rounding the northwest corner of Second Street and Center Avenue. There is a definite lack of through streets in Gaylord south of Main Street. The thoroughfare plan would provide for a new north-south route which would primarily consist of an extension of Grandview Boulevard northeasterly into Hayes Road at Main Street. This route would enable all traffic entering the city from the east which is destined for the southern parts of the city to by-pass the central business district. It would also provide a boundary for the proposed expansion of the school and park site. Much of the right-of-way for this route could be acquired as properties are subdivided, and the land is dedicated for future development. The land use plan indicates a need for some improved east-west routing in the northerly part of the city. It is, therefore, recommended that North Street be developed as a continuous route from Ohio Avenue over to Hayes Road. This would require several new sections of rights-of-way as shown on Plate 5, which also could be acquired as these areas are subdivided in the future. Several other adjustments to the major street system are recommended in the thoroughfare plan. It is proposed that Wisconsin Avenue be re-routed into Ohio Avenue, as shown in the plan, to an area that is presently under consideration as a shopping center. A second improvement would be the extension of Fourth Street from Maple Avenue easterly to the Grapdview Boulevard extension, providing continuous east-west traffic from Hayes to Wisconsin. Five Lake Road and Congdon Road would continue to provide important east-west major routes in the northern part of the city. The recommended cross-sections for the proposed streets are shown on Plate 6. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 27 THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT Gaylord's business district serves as a focal point for a majority of the community's varied economic and social activities and as a trade and tourist center for the surrounding territory. The present business area is comparable with that of other communities of similar size. Most of the buildings were erected many years ago, and today are approaching obsolescence. The area grew without any real direction, being developed by many separate individuals without consideration for the entire area. The present street system is fairly adequate; however, in previous years a great volume of through traffic was forced into this central area. Although there is a sizeable amount of on-street parking, very little off-street parking has been developed. Little, if any, attention has been given to pedestrian access other than provision of standard sidewalks. Land Use Pattern The preponderance of commercial development is found along the frontages of Main Street from the railroad tracks to Center Avenue, a three block distance. This area contains the primary retail and walk-in commercial facilities. Commercial uses are also found along Main Street from the railroad tracks west to the Interstate 75, but they are more in the nature of automotive-oriented commercial facilities such as restaurants, filling stations, and entertainment facilities. Commercial uses are also found along some of the streets crossing Main Street, although to a lesser degree. The greatest secondary concentration is along Otsego Avenue primarily south, and to some extent north, of Main Street. Commercial uses have scattered in and around Hurst and Second Street south of Main Street. These commercial uses in Gaylord primarily form an elongated pattern which does not provide the most efficient and desirable type of commercial center. Only a limited number of industrial uses have intermixed with the commercial uses within the commercial area. A railroad track crossing Main Street has provided a barrier for commercial uses to the west. Gaylord's business district is not totally prepossessing in its appearance. Although there have been a number of buildings remodeled in recent years, a number of which are along the Tyrolean architectural line, many remaining buildings are old and obsolete. In addition to the obsolete buildings, the presence of numerous signs and overhead telephone and utility �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I wires and poles ·add to the cluttered appearance of the area. Any re-planning of Gaylord's business district should give serious consideration to the aesthetic improvement of the total area and all of the buildings within the area. These conditions are not peculiar to Gaylord. Practically every city has recognized the poor appearance of its central area and is attempting to accent attractiveness in order to successfully compete with newly developing centers. Street Pattern The streets of Gaylord's business district are laid • out in a system running north-south and east-west. Through traffic is concentrated ·on Main Street and there are no parallel streets that are used to by-pass traffic around the area. Early problems of the business district were created because both U. s. 27 and Michigan 32 passed directly through the area on Main Street. The completion of Interstate Highway 75 removed much of the north-south traffic; however, there continues to be a considerable amount of through traffic on Michigan 32. Through traffic does not add to the activity of the area and represents a detriment to the area's future function. The right-of-way width of all streets within the central area is 66 feet with the exception of Main Street, which has an 80-foot right-of-way. Traffic volumes within the central area are comparatively high for a community of Gaylord's size. Traffic volumes on Main Street, between Center and the railroad tracks, are in excess of 15,000 cars in a 24-hour period. A high volume is also found on Otsego Avenue south of Main, with 7,700 cars in 24 hours. West of the railroad tracks, the traffic volume decreases to 9,200 cars in a 24-hour period. North of Main Street on Old Highway 27, the volume is more than 5,000 vehicles. Minor traffic flows are found on Mitchell Street, First Street and Second Street - all less than 1,000 vehicles in 24 hours. Peak hour traffic volumes generally represent ten percent of the total 24-hour traffic flow. The highest peak hour volume within Gaylord's business area would be on Main Street at Court Avenue, with a peak flow of approximately 1,500 vehicles. The capacity of this street, assuming 500 cars per lane, would indicate that traffic flow on Main Street is reaching a critical point, especially during the peak-hour periods and during the summer months. The peak flow, however, on the remainder of the streets within the area, does not appear to be critical. There is no need for any major pavement widening. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 29 Parking Facilities Existing parking facilities in the business district consist primarily of curb spaces with only a small amount of offstreet parking. The following review of the use of parking facilities indicates that while there are a number of curb spaces, there is a definite need to provide additional offstreet parking facilities. The types of existing parking facilities are summarized in the following: Type of Parking Facility Number of Spaces Street Parking 2-Hour Meters 2-Hour Meters - Summer 12-Minute Meters 12-Minute Meters - Summer 10-15 Minute Posted 12 10-15 Minute Posted 2-Hour Posted No Limit Total Off-Street Parking Public Lots Private Lots Total Total All Parking· 110 89 2 2 15 108 54 15 380 51 289 340 720 There are a · total of 720 parking spaces within the central business district study area. Of the total, only 340 (or 47 percent) are off-street spaces, with the majority being on~treet parking spaces. Most of the on-street parking space is ·2-hour posted or 2-hour metered, These, with the no-limit spaces, total 304 parking spaces which can be used by persons parking for a fairly long period of time. Only 42 percent of the parking spaces within the central area are designed for tourists or for shoppers remaining parked for less than two hours. It is unfortunate that, of the 720 existing spaces, a total of 289 are private parking spaces, representing 40 percent of the total parking within the study area. The off-street parking facilities within the business district are generally inconvenient and are not easily accessible to the commercial frontages along Main Street. A parking turnover and accumulation study was conducted within the study area �I I - 30 - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Table 7 · PERCENTAGE OF VEHICLES PARKING BY . TIME PERIODS Gaylord, Michigan Time Period ½ hour ½ to 1 or less hour 1 to l½ hours l½ to 2 hours 2 to 2½ hours 2½ to 3 hours 3 to 3½ hours 3½ to 4 hours 4 hours or more Time Period ½ hour ½ to 1 or less hour 1 to l½ hours l½ to 2 hours 2 to 2½ hours 2½ to 3 hours 3 to 3½ hours 3½ to 4 hours 4 hours or more · source: (1) Two-Hour Meters Two-Hour Posted (1) 80.2 13.2 3.8 2.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 100.0 68.1 15.9 5.0 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.5 1.0 100.0 Two-Hour Posted 50.0 11.1 5.6 16. 7 5.6 5.5 o.o 0.0 5.5 100.0 10 and 15 Minute Meters 71.5 21.4 o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o 7.1 100.0 Private Lots Public Lots Unrestricted Spaces 11.5 13.6 6.2 5. 2 . 3.1 13.6 6.2 5.2 35.4 100.0 . 10.9·· 4.3 4.4 8. 7.. 6.5 , 15. 2 13. 0 .. 6.5 30.5 100.0 43.4 16.7 10.0 3.3 o.o 3.3 6.7 3.3 6.7 100.0 Survey by Harland Bartholomew and Associates, December 29, 1964 Two-hour posted, two-hour metered in summer. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 31 of the central business district. This study was carried out during the peak sKi season in 1964. A sample of all types of parking within the central area was checked every one-half hour and license numbers were recorded as part of the turnover survey. Results of this survey are shown in Table 7. Concurrently, an accumulation survey was made in which every parked vehicle within the study area was recorded every hour every day. The information on this survey is shown in the following: Time Period 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 Vehicle Accumulation 355 448 472 4~ 435 478 445 ~4 354 2W The accumulation of vehicles recorded on December 29 and December 30 were increased by a factor of 1.3 to produce the foregoing estimates of vehicle accumulation during the average summer day. A peak accumulation occurred at 2:00 in the afternoon with a total of 478 vehicles, which represented 66.5 percent of the total 720 available spaces. The next highest peak was found at 11:00 in the morning with 472 spaces occupied. In view of the fact that 289 spaces (or 40 percent) are private spaces, this indicates that all available public space was occupied during the peak period of accumulation. These figures are only estimates of summer accumulation and, on many days during the summer, these figures are exceeded. The highest recorded peak period during the actual time of the survey was 368 vehicles at 2:00 p.m. compared to 153 vehicles at 6:00 p.m., which is the lowest recorded parking accumulation. The percentage of vehicles parking by time periods is shown in Table 7 for one-half hour periods up to four hours or more. Similar to most communities, a greater percentage of the parking is taking place on the metered curb spaces for one hour or less. As shown on Table 7, 80 percent of the parkers in the two-hour metered spaces are remaining for one-half hour or less and 93 percent are parking for one hour or less. Similarly, in the two-hour posted spaces, 68 percent are parking for one-half hour or less and nearly 16 percent remain for one hour or less. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 32 On private lots, parking periods are for _longer times, with only 25 percent remaining parked for one hour or less and over 35 percent staying_ for four hours or more. Parking in the pu_b lic lots is also more on a long-term basis; only 15 percent utilized ·spaces for one hour or less and 30 percent remained for over four hours. · This turnover survey definitely indicates a very high demand for short-term parking as is evidenced by the use of the existing two-hour meters and two-hour posted spaces at the curbs. Also, there is no significant amount of long-term public parking available within the business area. The maximum accumulation of 478 vehicles in the central area essentially represents the existing demand for parking space. This total of 478 occupied spaces must be increased by approximately 15 percent for vacancy to allow time for entering and leaving spaces. Therefore, an additional 72 spaces must be added to the actual demand, producing a total parking demand of 558 sp·a ces within the study area. The present population of 2,568 in 1960 is expected to nearly double by 1985. The present parking demand can be expected to increase approximately two times, producing a 1985 parking demand for 1,100 spaces. The distribution of new parking spaces, based upon the turnover study, should be as follows; for every 100 parking spaces, there should be 41 one-hour spaces, 11 one to two hour spaces, 17 two to four hours spaces, and 31 spaces for four hours or more. 1 Hour or Less 1 to 2 Hours 2 to 4 Hours Over 4 Hours Total Percent Parked 80.7 7.6 6 •.4 5.3 100.0 Average Length of Time Parked 0.6 1.7 3.2 7.0 Space Hours Parked Per 100 Cars Parking 48.4 12.9 20.5 37.1 118.9 Spaces Required Per 100 Cars Parking 41 11 17 31 100 Of the existing 720 total parking spaces, approximately · 52 of every 100 spaces should be used for one hour and one to two hour parking space, for a total of 374 spaces. At the present time, there are only 253 spaces that are restricted �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 33 - to two hours or less. Further, any elimination of curb park• ing spaces along Main Street through changes from angle parking to parallel parking and the elimination of any parking spaces on Court Avenue, would further increase the immediate demand. It is therefore estimated that there should be an additional 200 off-street parking spaces provided within the business district within the next few years to meet current demand. A total of 600 public parking spaces should be provided by 1985. Development Plan for the Business District The plan for the Gaylord business district contemplates a gradual rebuilding and rehabilitation of the area into a more compact shopping and big business center with improved appearance, adequate parking, a functional street system, and planned pedestrian circulation. (See Plate 7.) It is a - longrange plan designed to be carried out in stages; it is one that will take a number of years for realization. The plan will basically require revitalization of buildings, the development of several public parking lots, and some very minor street vacations for pedestrian malls. Land Use Development Fundamental to the proposed plan for the district is the rebuilding of a large, central core area consisting of an area generally bound by the New York Central Railroad tracks on the west, Mitchell Street on the north, Center Avenue on the east, and Second Street on the south. Many of the existing buildings within this area would be rehabilitated; others would be removed and replaced with parking facilities and commercial structures. As the community grows and the estimated population reaches 4,700 persons, this rebuilding and replacement will become more feasible. The plan contemplates a concentration of commercial development along Main Street from Center Avenue to the New York Central Railroad tracks, with a pedestrian northsouth orientation along Court Avenue from Second Street to Huron Street extended. The plan includes several suggested pedestrian malls within the area as shown on Plate 7. These are only a general application of the mall concept as a part of the long-range proposal. The malls are placed along the vacation of Court Avenue. A mall would run from Main Street north to a large series of public off-street parking lots north of the building frontages on Main Street. A second pedestrian mall would run south from �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 34 - Main Street to First Street along the east edge of the proposed new city-county building. The third mall would run a short distance south of First Street within the Court Avenue right-of-way to a second proposed building of unique design. The building to the north and the building to the south along this pedestrian mall would act as focal points along this main pedestrian access. The third mall would provide access to a large proposed public parking area along the south side of First Street. The plan envisions the gradual rebuilding of existing buildings within the area and encourages the gradual development of buildings along the Tyrolean architectural - theme. The same type of architectural concept should be applied to the proposed city-county building in a subdued manner, and in a more elaborate manner to the buildings at the north and south axis of the proposed pedestrian malls. The existing . and proposed general locations for building groups are shown on Plate 7. Primarily, it is expected that commercial activity will be centered along Main Street and to a lesser degree along _. Otsego Avenue, the Court Avenue mall, and First Street. If additional commercial space is needed within the central area, the properties along the north side of Second Street between Court Avenue and Center Avenue conceivably could be used for special commercial facilities. No significant changes are proposed in the street system for the central business area other than the vacation of Court Avenue. It is recommended that Main Street, First Street, and Second Street function as important east-west circulatory streets within the business area. Similarly, Otsego Avenue and Center Avenue would provide major north-south circulation. A major change proposed for traffic within the central area would be providing increased capacities for Main Street. It is recommended that Main Street be changed to four moving lanes with two parallel parking lanes. It would also be possible to provide for ten-foot left turning lanes by eliminating parking at the intersections with Center and Otsego Avenues. Main Street would provide four moving lanes through the entire central area from Elm Avenue to Interstate Highway 75. To further reduce future through traffic on Main Street, Old Highway 27 should by-pass the central core area by directing through traffic entering the business area on the north to Center Avenue, south to Second Street and then westerly along Second Street to Otsego Avenue. This would require improved paving along this four block by-pass section for two moving lanes of traffic. �J I / . ~ ~ D D ~ EXISTING BUILDING G~OUPS TO fZ.tMAI N PR.OPOSED BUILDINGS . . . . .. . . . . . . ... . . . . . . -.~:-:-t·>-~' .I - ··.· . ....... . . . . ) T. MITCHELL ,..----- - - . . . . . ::> ..... . . .i:\:~·_;-_·t;_ ·c~ ·- _· . -· .·.-.-·_-: ·. :~ . . . . ·_· .· · - ~ ---- · ~L I<< : :: . . . -------..,_ .. . . ' : .... ...... .- .. ~ . . ... ... . . _j ·piJicic----PAP-..¥--111·G<- lLl ._:-_· ·. -~3'~.;-: @_·. _·..· ._·. ·_.. PfZ.OPOS cD C.I TY COUNTY E>UILDING RJSI DtNTI AL Al\.tAS OPEN SPACES I PI\.OPOStD PE-DfSTKIAN MALLS U51DtNTIAL !L (.________ I So AN6Lt SPACES CMN6to o PM.ULEL SPACES ~ GITY PLAN 6J..YLOP--.D, fr -~~~~j ~::;=;i ~=~~~~-:;, ----- C.OM/t\lS':>ION MIC.~16AN ·* "34 · co·ir> ·.- )P-A <is··.·: l.O'.i1_·.1o·SUJE1.·.VAUH f ·$OUrn .. ~0\11.1 . .·4-. .. . . . -or: . . . M. IN . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 "' sT. fl~ST ..J S r <t" a/. . . 1-lU.. Lli.ND eio.. rnoLOMEW AIJD ASSOCIAHS e, rTY PLANNf~S. llVIL tN61Hf-t"-S, WIPSCAPE ARCU/TECTS SAINT WUIS, MIS'>OUP-..l, MA.Y 19U, rose o. ·Ntw· z .. . .. . : ci. .l.L'r¥ . . . · S~OP~ . ·.. .1\ -E. ·_y . ·, ·-s:1-0:tN·T1 ·.. .·:. ·. ·. ·. J ./ 71 \~-~____::--_ •••• l:-.,...,.-''--;:::- ----'-:i>lh---dllfr.--'-t :~:l:a'"t:.....:.~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~d .~i;-__:]~,,/J~....J_/ ------ - - - - - -- t - _, --+~~--------.~~ , , - $ -~ f)LJSINESS ~ • --- ; fia; -a DI STf(I CT . ... . . . . : . .. •♦ -D-f N°t"l· kl- •••••• • •• • • • •• • • •• ..... . . ...... . . . . ...... . . . . . . . Sl 11 I r PLAN PLATE 7 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 35 - The development plan would provide an extensive system of off-street parking facilities within the central area. Many of these parking facilities can be provided in the areas that are presently vacant; however, in order to make the parking accessible and usable to the retail uses, it will be necessary to gradually acquire existing commercial and residential structures. The proposed parking areas are fairly well distributed throughout the area so that there is an equal amount of parking throughout all parts of the area. Proposed parking area A is located in the northwest section and would provide for a total of 76 spaces. This would require very little demolition of existing buildings for this public parking area. By far, the largest parking area would consist of all the off-street spaces in public parking area B. This area extends north from the buildings on Main Street, from Otsego Avenue to Center Avenue, and would provide for a total of 370 parking spaces. The service alleys north of Main Street would be retained in the plan. Court Avenue would not be connected with this proposed parking facility but would be provided with a cul-de-sac for the residential uses to the north. Access to this large parking area would be accomplished with two entrances from Otsego Avenue and two entrances from Center Avenue. Parkers would be able to circulate through the entire area with two-way traffic on all access drives. The third major parking area is shown south of First Street between Center Avenue and the vacated Court Avenue. This consists of the existing city parking lot which would be enlarged to provide for a total of 170 parking spaces. Additional parking facilities are shown in the plan through a combination of public or private spaces in the block bounded by Main, Center, First, and Court Streets. Also, additional parking facilities are recommended to the west along the New York Central Railroad tracks south of Main Street. There are presently 420 on-street parking spaces within the study area; of these, 370 spaces would be retained in the plan, as well as 300 existing off-street spaces. The proposed plan would provide for a total of 600 public off-street spaces, with 170 of the private spaces retained. There would be a total of 770 off-street spaces in the plan. The 370 retained curb spaces and the proposed 750 off-street spaces would provide for a total of 1,120 parking spaces. This plan meets the 1985 estimated demand for approximately 1,100 parking spaces within the central area. - ~ -- ---== �I I - 37 - COMMUNITY FACILITIES I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Community facilities in the form of parks, schools, and public buildings are integral parts of the physical structure of every community. They have a very definite influence on the community's appearance and livability, providing not only essential open spaces but often serving as focal points for community activities of all kinds. The availability and adequacy of various public utilities are a definite measure of the qua~ity and the desirability of a community. Existing Community Facilities The existing community facilities within the City of Gaylord have been developed over a period of many years. The present system of parks, schools, public buildings, and underground utilities have been developed by separate groups at varying periods of time, resulting in a relatively unrelated system of facilities within the city. Park and Recreational Facilities Although there .are a number of recreational facilities within Otsego County ·at the present time, only one park area has been developed within the City of Gaylord. This consists of a two-acre park located on the south side of Fourth Street adjacent to the Gaylord community schools. This park is a small, wooded, pleasant park but . does not provide any facilities. Although there are many recreational outlets for the population of Gaylord, there are no close-in recreational spaces. There. is one nine-bole golf course open to the general public just ioµth of the city on Old Hiihway 27. Both Otsego County and the State of Michigan operate parks on Otsego Lake, however, they . are primarily __canip1.ng areas. The City of Gail6rd has a totally inadequate park and recreational program, even for a community of its size. · A .de_termined effort must be made to develop a ·'proper park system in the future. School Facilities The Gaylord _Community School District is _one of the larger school districts within the county and provides both elementary and secondary education. The district operates one school site located within the City of Gaylord, generally on the south side of Fourth Street and east of Elm Avenue. The present facilities include an elementary school, which was built in 1957 and enlarged in 1964. Grades K-6 are taught in 24 classrooms within this school. The school has a total capacity for 720 students, compared to a 1964-1965 enrollment �- 38 of 658 students•. This represents an enrollment under-capacity of 62 students. Also located on the 40-acre site is the school district's junior and senior high school. Major additions were made in 1964 to the building, which was originally constructed in 1951. Both the junior grades, -7 through 9, and senior grades 10 through 12 are taught in the school's 32 classrooms. This facility has a total capacity for 960 students, compared to a present enrollment of 509 showing an excess capacity within this school for 451 students. The trends in public school enrollments in the Gaylord School District over the past ten years are shown in the following table: Year 1951-52 1955-56 1956-57 1957-58 1958-59 1959-60 1960-61 1961-62 1962-63 1963-64 1964-65 I I I I I K-6 Grades 7-8 9-12 K-12 452 504 486 491 524 566 561 663 675 674 658 104 130 141 120 126 153 156 153 131 153 177 204 224 205 210 256 283 302 333 315 336 332 760 858 832 821 906 1005 1019 1149 1121 1163 1187 School enrollments have increased nearly every year since the 1951-1952 school year, from 760 in the 1951-52 school year to 1,187 in the 1964-65 school year. A fairly uniform increase in enrollment has taken place in all grades - elementary, junior, and senior. Elementary enrollments have increased from 452 to 658 during the 10-year period. Similarly, junior enrollments have increased fr6m 104 to 177, and senior enrollments have increased from 204 to 332. This represents a 25 percent increase in elementary enrollments, a 73 percent increase in junior enrollments, and a 58 percent increase in senior high school enrollments during the past 10 years. Projections of future school enrollments indicate a total of 2,400 students for the entire county, an increase of 600 students over the current county-wide enrollments. It is expected that the Gaylord Community School District will receive a greater part of these increased school enrollments, or approximately 520 additional students. It is estimated that elementary enrollments in grades K-6 will represent 59 percent of the enrollment, grades 7 and 8 will represent 60 percent of the �I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I - 39 - enrollment, and grades 9 through 12 will represent 25 percent of the total enrollment. This breaks down to an increase over current enrollments within the Gaylord Community School District of 310 elementary students, 100 junior students, and 110 senior students. The St. Mary's School in Gaylord currently has an enrollment of 610 students in grades 1 through 12. If St. Mary's enrollment increases at approximately the same. percentage rate as the public schools, there would be approximately 200 additional students by 1985. The plans for public schools for the Gaylord area assume that this increase will occur. Public Buildings The Gaylord Municipal Building is located on Court Avenue across from the county courthouse. The structure was built in 1912 and remodeled in 1949. The building is used for all of the city governmental offices including police, justice court, the city library, and an auditorium seating about 600 persons. Fire trucks formerly housed in this building were moved recently to a different building. The building is in fair to good structural condition, but would require extensive remodeling to provide the space and services required by the city. The city offices are located on the first floor in an extremely small area totally inadequate to provide efficiently the necessary city services. A large area on the second floor is devoted to an infrequently used auditorium seating about 600 persons and to a library. The space formerly used by the fire trucks is not being utilized at the present time. The Gaylord fire hall is located on the northwest corner of Otsego Avenue and Second Street, where the city's two fire trucks were moved recently. The building location and facilities are adequate to serve Gaylord and the surrounding area since the fire hall has immediate access to Otsego Avenue. This thoroughfare, in turn, provides immediate access to the central business area and to the industrial areas on the south side of the city, in addition to having access to Main Street for the east and west sides of the city. There are a number of other public buildings located within the City of Gaylord that would have a definite effect upon public building planning for the City of Gaylord. The county courthouse was built in 1891; additions and improvements were made in 1948 and again in 1951. The building is in fair to good structural condition. It is considered inadequate for present and future county needs. The United States post office in Gaylord is located on the business district on the west side of Court Avenue. The building and site are relatively new, but both are too small to provide adequate services to the present and future population. �I I I I I I I I I 1. I I I I I I I I I - 40 The Otsego qounty Road Commission offices and garage are located on Otsego Avenue south of the Gaylord business district. The structure was built in 1940 and has major additions in 1964. The building is a modern facility, adequate to meet the future needs of the road commission. The State Conservation Department has a district office and central repair shop in two buildings on Otsego Avenue just north of the County Road Commission building. The conservation department also has a large storage yard adjacent to the road commission storage yard. · Both ' of these operations are in a satisf~ctory location in relation to developments in Gaylord. The Gaylord State Police Post is located across the street from the conservation department building. These state and county functions are logically located within the city. Community Facilities Plan Long-range proposals for community facilities _. are . shown on Plate 8. The community facilities plan proposed the utilmate development of three city parks, a new elementary school, and considerable expansion of the sanitary sewer system and water system. The various proposals are discussed in the following: Recreational Areas The plan proposes the ultimate development of three recreational areas throughout the city. The present city park, located on the south side of the city on Fourth Street, would be expanded by approximately 30 acres. This park, the present school site, and the proposed expansion area would provide a total park area in excess of 70 acres. This park area would be located on the proposed extension of Grandview Boulevard into Hayes Road. This section of highway could be developed in an attractive manner and would provide an excellent view and appearance for this section of the city. This proposed expansion area should contain a complete unit of . neighborhood recreational facilities including playground equipment, hard ?urface courts, ball diamonds, and other active recreational facilities. A major feature of the recreation plan is a proposed 40acre educational and recreational site located on the west side of Hayes Road. This site would serve as a location for a proposed elementary school and for city and county recreational purposes. It is recommended that the area be used as neighborhood park for the area north of Main and east of the railroad tracks. This would include a complete contingent of neighborhood recreational facilities similar to those proposed a �I I I 1 ·: ;.. . -==.. ..... I HIDDEN 7 y ·,Ul[Y 5KI CLU & I I I • • • PROPOSED I FOR SITE CITY E PAR AND SCH t 30 ACRES) nr<.tGO COUNTY Ala.POft.T' ENDED DDITION COUQ.51{. =1~~~g~4=::;=;===:J= r COMMUNITY C.i'TY PHNN1NC, COMl•11S~ION G AY~Ol0 t,,1 1(MIG'-N FACILITIES PLAN - PARKS, SCHOOLS, HOSPITALS AND COURT HOUSE D ALL OTHER PUBLIC PUBLIC USES NEIGHBORHOODS .._ NAlLAfllD IAl1HOtOw t w AND ,UJOCl,.TU c:11••1•••1u. Cl•llMA l116< l• ·•~c,..,uo111Kn 1..iU lOl,111 Y •11U. 1. ' 4 111 11101,t• AND 5EM I- PLATE 8 �I I I I • • - 41 for the park to the south. In addition, it is recommended that this area be developed as a major athletic field for the entire county, providing a large track, stands, field house facilities within the elementary school, lighted ball diamonds, tennis courts, and other bard surface courts for a complete range of outdoor athletic facilities. So as to properly serve the residential areas on the west side of Gaylord, it is recommended that a 10-acre park be developed. This area would be developed primarily with neighborhood facilities similar to those of the south neighborhood park and the proposed neighborhood park on Hayes Road; equipment should include playground apparatus, a ball diamond, and other such active recreational facilities. Public Schools A consolidated county-wide school district was proposed as a part of the Otsego County Comprehensive Plan. The plan recommended that the Gaylord High School serve as a county-wide senior high school and that the other Gaylord, Johannesburg, and Vanderbilt schools provide only elementary and junior high education. Projections for public schools indicate that there will be an additional 300 elementary students by 1985, meaning that the Gaylord schools will have approximately 950 elementary students. This is too large an enrollment for one elementary school; therefore, the plan recommends that a second elementary school be built in the proposed site on Hayes Road. This new school would also be in an area where considerable population growth is anticipated. The junior and senior high school facilities would be contained in the present junior and senior facilities in the Gaylord community school site. Total enrollment at the high school would be approximately 900 students, including the Gaylord junior high school students and the county-wide senior high school students. The county comprehensive plan recommended that consideration be given to the establishment of a vocational school. The population of Otsego County may not be large enough to support such a facility, but the combined population of Otsego County and several of the adjoining counties would be sufficient for such support. It was also suggested that Gaylord would be a logical location for such a vocational school. It is recommended that this facility be developed on the same site with the junior and senior high school, with the vocational school generally fronting on the proposed extension of Grandview Boulevard • �- 42 Proposed City-County Building • • • • • • • • • The present municipal building, the county courthouse and the post office in Gaylord are considered to be functionally obsolete and inadequate for their intended purposes. In coordination with the Comprehensive Plan for Otsego County, the Gaylord Comprehensive Plan recommends the development of a city-county building, which would house all of the functions of the present municipal building and the courthouse. A study of space requirements indicates that the proposed building should provide approximately 60,000 square feet of floor space for all municipal and county functions. If the space needs of the building exceed 60,000 square feet, the jail or other functions should be developed on another site. · The functions of the large, generally unusable courtroom in the courthouse and the sizeable auditorium in the municipal building could be combined into a new modern courtroom and large meeting room in the new building. In addition to this, a smaller meeting room would be necessary for the Board of Supervisors and the City Council meetings. At least one other small meeting room should be made available to serve the needs of both the city ~nd the county. The library should also be located in this building. It is expected that fire protection equipment would remain in the present fire hall. In general, complementary functions such as the sheriff and city police should be able to achieve a better degree of cooperation by being located in the same building. The combination of both city and county offices would enable a dual utilization of space, permitting a more efficient operation of both governments than could be realized in the present old buildings. The plan strongly recommends construction of a new citycounty building on the present site of the county courthouse. Unique advantages of the site include its location in the Gaylord central business district, making the building convenient to those people in the area of greatest activity in the county; its positive effect of bringing additional people into the business area who may shop while attending to other affairs; and its possession of an open green area. The open space lends a special attractiv·eness to the business area, giving it a unique and exquisite characteristic : lacking in many other central districts. One possible disadvantage in using the site in this manner is that the area could provide space for additional parking and business. This is a minor consideration however because of the inherint aesthetic value of the open space. The development of this site for business use might even prove to be a detriment to the business area since the district would then lose one of its best features. A summary of existing and proposed community facilities is shown in Table 8. �I I I I I I I 1· I I I I I I I I I I I - 43 Table 8 EXISTING AND PROPOSED COMMUNITY FACILITIES Gaylord, Michigan Area of Site in Acres Existing Proposed Total Type of Facility Year Built Use of Facility Municipal Building 1912 (1949) Offices, Auditorium, Library and Police 0.1 Site to be abandoned Post Office 1952 U. s. Post Office 0.1 0.1 Courthouse 1891 County Offices 2.1 2.1 Proposed City-County Building Fire Hall City and County Offices, Auditorium, Library,and Police 1935 City Park Use the present Courthouse site Houses two fire trucks 0.3 0.3 Passive park with no facilities 2.0 2.0 Gaylord Elementary 1957 (1964) 24 Classrooms Gaylord High 1951 (1964) 32 Classrooms On same site as above Proposed City Park & School Site on Hayes Road A complete athletic field and elementary school 40.0 40.0 Propes ed West Neighborhood Park Recreational facilities 10.0 10.0 40.0 30.0 70.0 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 45 - REGULATORY MEASURES Zoning Regulations The control of land use through zoning is a vital portion of city planning if the community is to avoid a chaotic pattern of intermingled residential, commercial, and industrial uses. Land use and the intensity of development form the basic community pattern; their harmonious relationship is an essential beginning step in the creation of a satisfactory city. Gaylord bas enjoyed the protection and guidance afforded by comprehensive zoning since 1946. The present ordinance has been amended in some minor respects, but it essentially has remained unchanged since adoption. The basic objectives of zoning have not substantially changed in recent years, even though there have been improvements in zoning techniques and a broader legal support for some of the aspects of zoning. Zoning is still concerned with three types of regulations; namely, the use of land and buildings, the amount of open space that must be provided around buildings, and the maximum height of buildings. Although modern ordinances generally require the provision of space for off-street parking, this requirement is closely associated with the provision of front, side, and rear yards. Practically all ordinances also regulate the intensity of land use and buildings or the density of population by specifying the number of families that may occupy a lot of acertain size. Gaylord's zoning ordinance was authorized under an Enabling Act adopted by the State Legislature. Act 207, which is still in effect with little or no modification since its original passage, is similar in most respects to zoning enabling legislation adopted by other states. The language of the act clearly defines the major principles that should be considered when preparing and adopting a zoning ordinance. The original zoning ordinance in Gaylord was prepared without the benefit of a plan for future land use. Such a plan has been prepared as a part of the current program in Gaylord, and the zoning ordinance will be a principal means of impiementing and carrying out this plan. For that reason, if for no other, it is necessary to prepare a new zoning ordinance based upon up-to-date information, the provisions of the land use plan, and the newer techniques that have been developed in recent years. Zoning is accomplished by dividing the community into districts such as residential, commercial and industrial. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 46 - The first pur~ose of zoning is to direct the growth of the community in accordance with a comprehensive plan. Since the use of urban land is dependent upon the arrangement of such physical facilities -as highways, schools, and parks, the zoning regulations sho~ld · b~ a part of a plan dealing with all of these facilities. Under a good zoning ordinance, urban growth will arrange itself according to a pattern of land use that will fit into a comprehensive plan, resulting in maximum benefit to the entire county. There is a close relationship between the ·land use arrangement and the provision of needed public facilities such as schools. For example, it is most difficult to design a highway system in the absence of a general plan. The land use plan provides the basis for the zoning district map. The second purpose of zoning is to encourage the most appropriate use of land. Zoning must be reasonable. The future use of property permitted must be related to the existing development. In drafting an ordinance, consideration must be given to the character of the district and its peculiar suitability for particular uses. Of greatest importance, however, is the necessity for the regulations to encourage the most appropriate use of land. The zoning regulations should be based upon the· interests of the entire community - of all the people rather than upon the value or use of one or two individual pieces of land. Zoning is more than just a few rules to keep one man from unduly damaging the value of his neighbor's property. It is a directive force to encourage the development of the best possible community. The third purpose of zoning is to provide adequate light and air, to prevent over-crowding of the land, and to avoid undue concentration of population. · This is not too difficult a problem in Otsego County. The fourth purpose of zoning is to conserve and protect property values. For example, in a residential area a few lots might bring a much higher price if they could be used for commercial purposes. Such a use, however, would depreciate rather than conserve the value of the existing buildings in the particular area. When there is no zoning to prevent each individual from doing just as he pleases with his property, the different types of land use - residence, industry and commerce - become intermingled, damaging one another and the community as a whole. No one wants to build a residence or summer home and then find the adjacent lot used as a soap factory or as a junk yard. While this is a most extreme example, there is no question but that industrial or commercial use adversely affects �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 47 - - • • • adjacent residential property. In addition, one type of residential property has an adverse effect on another. For example, when a single-family lake residential area is invaded by some rental cottages, the value of the single-family area for its original purpose is reduced because, over a long period, rental property depreciates at a faster rate than does owneroccupied property. Existing Ordinance As previously stated, Gaylord adopted its present zoning ordinance in 1946. The ordinance divides the city into eight districts: three residential districts, one agricultural district, three commercial districts, and one industrial district. Within each of the several districts, the use of land and buildings is regulated, minimum setbacks are established for front yards, and minimum rear and si_d e yards are required. Minimum lot areas and dimensions are specified, but there are no height regulations; this omission indicates that the ordinance is not fully comprehensive. In addition to the use and area regulations, the ordinance sets out certain definitions, adopts the zoning map by reference, and describes how district boundaries are to be interpreted. The ordinance also provides for enforcement of the ordinance and creates a Board of Appeals. The present ordinance does not truly provide the desirable controls under present-day conditions. There have been many changes in land uses since the ordinance was adopted, and these changing trends should be recognized. Specifically, the following deficiencies are noted: 1. Definitions of terms should be expanded to recognize certain new types of land use such as clinics, modern filling stations, off-street parking and loading spaces, motels, nursing homes, and trailers. 2. The "R-211 and "R-3" Residential Districts are nearly identical and do not materially assist in providing purposeful zoning controls. The "H-1" and "H-2" Highway Service Districts are also nearly identical. 3. The area and yard regulations are scattered throughout the ordinance, in Article IV, and in the various use districts • 4. The ordinance does not have a section on compliance with the regulations to make the requirements of the ordinance clearly mandatory • �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • •II - 48 - 5. The resid~ntial districts permit certain types of institutions and other uses that should only be allowed by special use permit. 6. The ordinance does not contain a special use section to provide for the proper location of unusual land uses such as cemeteries, trailer parks, junk yards, and similar problematic uses that should be reviewed prior to their establishment. 7. The uses permitted in the various districts are not well selected and do not properly relate to one another. Also, certain commercial uses such as retail stores, are not permitted in the "H-1" or "H-2" Highway Service districts. 8. The ordinance is deficient in not requiring offstreet parking to be provided in all districts other than in the central business district. The above are the principal defects of the present ordinance and, while they could be remedied by amending the present ordinance, there are so many changes which should be made the piecemeal amendment procedure would be very cumbersome. It is concluded that it would be far better to draft and adopt an entirely new ordinance than to attempt to amend the present one. Proposed Zoning Regulations The text and district maps of a proposed zoning ordinance were submitted in the preliminary report. The proposed ordinance was coordinated and patterned to the regulations for Otsego County. The purpose of the ordinance is to establish controls on the use of land, the size of lots, front, side and rear yards, a minimum dwelling size, and parking space. The zoning ordinance consists of written text and a zoning district map. (See Plate 9.) The intent of the ordinance is to insure the general orderly growth of the city, to insure proper development in the future, to protect the values of land and property, and to assure the most appropriate use of land. Districts. follows: The city is divided into five districts as R-1 R-2 C-1 C-2 M-1 Single-Family Residence Multiple Residence General Commercial Central Commercial Manufacturing �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I H I D D ( I\,. VALLEY OTSlGO COUNTY AIRPOltT - .2 , :: .L::-----, ' - --1 - - - •• • • • ZONING D • D\STR\CT NONCONFORMING NONCONFORMING MAP COMMERCIAL USES INDUSTRIAL USES PLATE 9 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I • • • • • • - 49 - Use Regulations. The R-1 Single-Family Residence District permits single-family dwellings and certain other compatible uses such as schools, parks, churches, and home occupations. The R-2 Multiple Residence District permits the uses allowed in R-1, plus two family and multiple dwellings, clubs, and hospitals. The C-1 General Commercial District allows almost all types of commercial uses, including retail service and office uses, drive-in establishments, parking facilities and signs. The C-2 Central Commercial District applies only to the central business area. Permitted uses are the same as in the C-2 District, plus wholesale establishments and terminals and limited manufacturing. This district is exempted from parking requirements. The M-1 Manufacturing District allows any type of commercial or industrial use (with the exception of Council review of certain obnoxious uses). Residential uses are prohibited. Special Uses. The City Council and the planning commission may permit by special permit, cemeteries, drive-in theaters, golf courses, institutions, trailer parks, and junk yards in certain districts where they are not regularly allowed. Area Regulations. All new buildings in every district must have a minimum front yard of 25 feet except in the C-2 District. Rear yards of 25 feet and side yards of five to ten feet are required, depending upon the district. Side yards are not necessary in the C-1 and C-2 districts, except where they abut an R District. A minimum lot of 8,500 square feet and minimum lot width of 60 feet are required for singlefamily residential uses in the Rand C districts. Two-family dwellings must provide 2,500 square feet and 1,500 square feet is required for each multiple unit. Every dwelling unit is required to have a minimum ground floor area of 480 square feet. These area regulations do not apply to existing buildings. The ordinance also contains provisions for making reasonable adjustments to these regulations where there are unusual existing conditions. These area regulations are minimum standards; larger lots and yards, of course, are permitted. Any lot existing at the present time, regardless of size, may be used as only new lots must observe these minimum areas . Height. The height of all new buildings must not exceed two and one-half stories or 35 feet in all districts, except in the C-2 and M-1 districts where the maximum height is eight stories or 100 feet for new buildings. These regulations do not apply to existing buildings • Board of Appeals. Appeals may be made to an Appeal Board for errors or for hardships. All new buildings or additions to existing buildings must obtain a permit. Permit fees are �I I I I I I I I I I • • - 50 $3.00 for improvements up to $2,000 in valuation, and $0.50 for each additional $1,000 valuation. Any improv·ement under $200 has no fee. Amendments. The City Council may amend and change the zoning ordinance and the district maps. Before any amendment may be made, the proposed amendment must be submitted to the planning commission for its consideration and a public hearing. The amendment procedure is the same as that used in adopting the ordinance. Subdivision Regulations Any physical expansion of a community is primarily accomplished by the development of new subdivisions of land. The process of platting new streets, blocks and lots establishes a pattern which firmly attaches itself to the land and thereafter is difficult to change or alter. Therefore, it is essential that the process of subdividing land be subject to reasonable public regulations and control so that the pattern of development is properly related to the overall community plan. The procedure will protect the interes~ .of the prospective purchaser, the developer , and the city. The creation of new subdivisions often offers opportuniti~s for implementing various proposals of the comprehensive plan such as the location of major thoroughfares and sites for schools, parks, and other public facilities. Subdivision Planning Subdivision regulations are one of the most important tools available to implement the Comprehensive Plan of Gaylord and to assure orderly growth in the community. The City of Gaylord has the authority to control the subdivision of land in the corporate limits and within the unincorporated territory, as established in Michigan Statutes. The planning commission is vested with the responsibility of reviewing new subdivisions. This power of review is established through the adoption and enforcement of subdivision regulations by the City Council. Subdivision regulations are concerned with standards of design, standards of minimum physical improvements, the procedures to be followed, and information required to be shown on a preliminary and final plat. It is in the public interest to require that the developer provide certain minimum physical improvements in accordance with applicable standards of the city to prevent premature placement of public facilities and excessive maintenance costs, as well as to safeguard the public health and interes t . · �- 51 - I I -I I •I I I I I I I Upon adoption , of the subdivision regulation ordinance by the City Council, the planning commission will be required to review each new subdivision. This offers an excellent opportunity for the city to apply sound planning principles in the development of areas. It is important that specific standards be available to use in appraising the merit of each proposal. The creation of a new subdivision is usually the first step in the development or the expansion of a residential neighborhood. As each parcel of land is developed, it should be oriented to the neighborhood and must become an integral part of it. The land use plan bas identified several neighborhoods in Gaylord, the focus of which is upon a combined elementary school and neighborhood park. Future streets within the neighborhood should be so arranged as to discourage through traffic. Whenever physically possible, major streets should border the neighborhood rather than penetrate it. In this way, pedestrians are protected from the dangers of vehicular traffic and residences are protected from the noise, dust and nuisance of through traffic. Attention should be given to the location of churches, clubs, lodges, public buildings, and public and semi-public open spaces. If these are located in the neighborhood, they should be provided with large sites, and the buildings shou l d be insulated from surrounding residences with adequate setback for landscaping. Certain basic principles of planning standards should be observed whether a proposed subdivision is built by a single developer or by many separate developers over a period of years. Attention should be given to the physical characteristics of the topography of the area under consideration. Natural features should be preserved. Minor streets should enter major streets at right angles to avoid traffic hazards. Whenever possible, streets should follow main drainage lines. Dead-end streets should be avoided, except where needed to connect to a future development of adjacent property. Lots should be adjusted to obtain maximum frontage on existing and proposed open spaces. Proposed Subdivision Regulations The text of the proposed subdivision regulations were submitted in the preliminary report. The proposed ordinance was coordinated and patterned to the regulations prepared for Otsego County. This proposed ordinance sets out in detail the procedures for the subdivision of land. After careful review by the planning commission, the recommended regulations should then be prepared in proper legal form by the City Attorney for adoption by the City Council. �II II II -II II I II - 52 - The City Engineer is the official responsible for administration of the subdivision ordinance, and the ordinance provides that copies of the preliminary plan be filed with him. A public hearing before the planning commission is then scheduled. The City Engineer submits a report upon the preliminary plan to the planning commission, and the commission then approves, modifies or disapproves the plan. Upon approval of the preliminary plan, the subdivider may then prepare the final plat along with the detailed specifications for required improvements. A performance bond is filed with the final plat to insure that the required improvements will be made. This performance bond is returned to the subdivider when the City Engineer certifies that the required improvements have been made. The ordinance prescribes minimum standards and requirements which are necessary for good subdivision design. Such items as minimum specifications for street and street arrangement, lot sizes, easements, and the like are included~ Additional requirements pertaining to land for parks are included. When public property is to be provided, a time period is specified during which the appropriate agency may purchase the land. The required improvements may be provided by the subdivider upon receiving a signed copy of the preliminary plan. The required improvements include permanent markers, streets, sidewalks, water lines, sanitary sewers, and storm drainage. I I Provision is made for maintenance or improvements outside the corporate limits when the municipality is unable to maintain them or does not wish to do so. Deed restrictions will insure that utility systems, park areas, trees and other necessary and desirable physical facilities will be cared for by lot owners in the subdivision. The ordinance also contains sections for general administration, on variations and exceptions, violations and penalties, validity and the repeal of conflicting ordinances. The ordinance may be amended from time to time by the City Council if this becomes necessary in the future. �• • - 53 PUBLIC UTILITIES Water is the most essential utility provided by the municipality with its direct impact on the health, commerce and general well-being of the citizens. In addition to its primary life-sustaining function, water is essential for sanitation, commerce and industry, and for fire protection. The availability of an adequate and dependable wat~r supply often has a great bearing on the growth and prosperity of a community. The various facilities that make up a water system; supply works, treatment facilities, pumping facilities, transmission and distribution mains, storage facilities, hydrants, valves, etc., represent a large long-term capital investment and, as such, require careful long-range planning to provide adequate service to an increasing population in the most economical manner. A complete sanitary sewage system consists of facilities for collection, pumping, treatment, and disposal of domestic and industrial wastes. The problem of pollution of our natural resources is finally beginning to receive the widespread concern that it has so long deserved. The urbanization trend and increase in population necessitates the proper removal and disposal of domestic and industrial wastes to avoid any possibility of wholesale contamination of water supply and resultant hazards to the community health. The primary function of an urban storm sewer system is to reduce or eliminate accidents and property damage due to local floods and water flooding. Storm sewers also assist in the maintenance of efficient and safe vehicular and pedestrian traffic movement and eliminate the health and safety hazards accompanying pooled water. Advance planning enables the city to provide for increased storage run-off which is an inevitable result of urban development. As more streets, parking lots, and other relatively impervious features replace the original undeveloped countryside, the percentage of run-off from a given rainfall may increase as much as fivefold or possibly more. Existing Facilities The City of Gaylord's existing water system consists of two wells with high discharge head turbine pumps as sources of supply; a distribution system ·of two, four, and six-inch mains; and a 54,000 gallon elevated storage tank. Maintenance facilities are located at the south well house. The north well �- 54 - I I I I located on Otsego Avenue consists of a 16-inch gravel packed well with a high discharge turbine pump. Under normal operation or auxiliary power, the well's capacity is 310 gallons per minute. The south well is located on Center Avenue and is a remodeled dug well with a high discharge head turbine pump. From the best information available, it is estimated that the well has a 350 gallon. per minute capacity. The existing storage tank located on south Center Avenue has a capacity for 54,000 gallons. Although adequate when originally constructed, this tank does not satisfy the present needs of the City of Gaylord. The distribution system is comprised of six-inch wooden feeder mains along Center Avenue, Otsego Avenue, and Main Street. The feeder mains are connected by a two a-n d four-inch distribution network. The distribution network is comprised of wood, cast iron, cement, asbestos, and galvanized iron mains. Recent water main installations in the new subdivisions consist primarily of four-inch cement asbestos pipe. The adequacy of the present distribution system is definitely substandard. In the northwest section of the city, which is beginning to develop into a residential area, there has already been experiences of low pressure. The low pressure is caused by attempting to supply too many people with a 4,000 foot long four-inch main. As with many old distribution systems, the City of Gaylord's network has developed many serious leakage problems. It is apparent from the report prepared on "Water Supply, Distribution, and Storage", February, 1965, by George E. Synder and Associates, that there are many inadequacies in the present water system of the City of Gaylord and many improvements are needed to place the system in proper order to serve the present population. As the community grows in the future, additional facilities must be developed for this new population. Gaylord's sanitary sewer system p~ovides service to all of the present urban development. The system flows by gravity to the oxidation ponds and treatment facilities located in the southeast corner oi the city. The system is connected to the treatment facilities by a 14-inch trunk line which generally follows Seventh Street and Court Avenue north to a point approximately one block north of Main Street. The collection system is in three basic parts, with all the system east of Elm connected to the 14-inch main at Fourth and the central area east of the tracks connected at - multiple points with the 14-inch trunk line. The western collection network is also connected to the 14-inch trunk main and_ crosses the railroad tracks at Fourth Street. This westerly system has a pump house on Main Street near Ohio Avenue. Nearly all of tbe local service lines are of an 8-inch size. Gradients are relatively low due to the level topography of the city. �'-I I I I I .... r,I HIDDEN "'::, VALLEY 0 CLUE 5KI ..J L-- - 0 -- ~ -'"' ITO .,_ IU M - - 1 M-32. "I II II I II II II II - r- i OTSEGO COUNTY j AIRPOR.T JI: · ti ~ ~·E·~ , =· - _- ~,• 1 --~ly . ••••••C 1-------------i 1t • \I - " " • ; ]71---'-- - - i Alt...EAS 5E~VED l)Y SE.WE~ AND WATE~ 5YSTEM5 - r-----.1 e 0 AR..EAS PR..E.SE.NTLY StP--.YED ~y SE.WE P-... AND WAT E. P-... LIN E. S. AR..EAS TO ~E. SE!<....VED l)Y St.WEil-.. A ND WA H I<... L I N E5 I N TH I:. FllTU R..E. . WATEP--.. STOil-AG!:. FACILITIES SE.WE.GE TR..E.ATME.NT PLANT PLATE 10 �I I I I I I I - 55 - • The storm drainage system in Gaylord does not provide for proper removal of surface water. A very limited and inadequate system of underground lines serves the central part of the city, generally around the business district on Main Street. A 14-inch line runs from the oxidation ponds to Seventh Street. From Seventh Street, a 1O-inch line runs to Fourth Street and a series of 8-inch lines connect with the catch basins in the central business area. Only five intersections on Main Street are provided with catch basins. All other areas in the community are primarily served by surface drainage facilities with storm water handled through curbs and gutters, ditches, and by natural flow. The level terrain of the city is not suited to this type of a system. There are frequent instances of ponding water throughout the city following heavy rainfall or during periods of melting snow. Therefore, the city faces a major improvement program if proper storm drainage is to be provided. Future Requirements I I I The master plan for Gaylord's water distribution system calls for a three-phase development program. Phase I of the program would consist of the replacement of all wood water mains, construction of an elevated 300,000 gallon storage tank, and the addition of one well. These improvements are based upon the needs of the present population. The Phase II improvements include the replacement of under-sized mains (less than four inches in diameter) and the addition of several new mains to strengthen the distribution network. These proposed improvements are based upon the present needs of the city; however, they are separated from Phase I to accommodate financial considerations and implementation. The Phase III improvements are designed to satisfy the requirements of the future city. These improvements include the expansion of the supply system, a 500,000 gallon elevated storage tank, and an expanded distribution system. Compact urban growth in and around Gaylord should be encouraged in accordance with the land use plan. One of the reasons for this suggested type of development is to allow for the economic and adequate provision of water supply to the residential, commercial, and industrial areas. The areas presently served by the water system and the areas requiring service in the future are illustrated on Plate 1O,as are the areas requiring sanitary sewer service in the future. The American Engineering Company has prepared some preliminary plans for the expansion of the sanitary sewer system and for the development of an adequate storm sewer system. �- 56 - Relatively limited additional facilities are needed to complete the sanitary sewer system for present development. The plans call for a proposed 10-inch sanitary sewer line to run from the oxidation ponds westerly along Grandview Boulevard, northerly along Wisconsin Street to Petoskey Street, and then northerly along Ohio Avenue to North Street. This proposed line would have a grade of 0.5 percent and would not require pumping facilities. Several other minor 8-inch line extensions are proposed in the plan. As future development takes place, it will be necessary to extend the present sanitary sewer system into these areas, primarily with 8-inch service lines. The majority of the areas requiring future service, as shown on Plate 10,are to the northeast and northwest. The area to the northeast may require added trunk line facilities to the treatment plant; however, such a requirement would be a number of years in the future. I The storm sewer system will require considerable improvement and the expenditure of large sums of money in the future. The plan, as prepared by American Engineering Company, proposes three main trunk lines serving three separate areas of Gaylord, generally similar to the storm sewer service districts. A 66inch line would run from the treatment plant to Seventh Street. A proposed 48-inch line would follow Center Street, extending north to serve all of the areas east of Elm. A 54-inch line would connect with the 66-inch line on Seventh Street and serve all of the area in the central part of the city north to the hospital. The developments west of the railroad tracks would be connected by a 60-inch line and a 48-inch line with a crossing at Fourth Street. The smallest storm sewer in the proposed system would be· 12-inch storm mains with a minimum gradient of 0.2 percent. The system is designed for a five-year frequency and would be adequate to properly drain the present developed areas of the city. As the residential areas to the northwest and northeast develop, this system would have to be extended into these areas. The system is designed so that it would be adequate to handle the extensions into these areas in the future. �' - 57 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM The proposals in the Gaylord Comprehensive Plan are indeed expensive, for all the proposals are needed improvements. It would be impossible for the city to finance them all within the first few years. To effectuate the plan implementation for maximum benefit according to a cost schedule which the citizens of Gaylord can afford, it is necessary to determine the priorities and estimated costs of the various proposed projects and then prepare a financial plan for their development. The priorities schedule will assure the development of the most · urgent improvements and, combined with the cost schedule, will assure a financial plan which Gaylord can afford. Present hlunicipal Finances Prior to the formation of a six-year capital improvement program, it is necessary to review the past and present level of municipal finance. Such is the purpose of the following text and tables. The cost of government in the City of Gaylord has increased steadily in recent years. Total revenues increased from $136,000 in 1960-61 to $166,000 in 1964-65. Property taxes have been the greatest source of revenue for the city over the years, representing 35 percent of total revenues in 1960 and 38 percent of total revenues in 1964. An important source of revenue for the city is the returned taxes from the state which generally represent nearly one-third of revenue sources. In 1960-61, state motor vehicle tax returns were $21,000 and increased to $27,000 in 1964-65. The sales tax diversion increased from some $17,000 to $21,000 during this same period of time. Trends in municipal revenues are shown in Table 9. Municipal expenditures are shown in Table 10 for the years 1960 through 1965. The expenditures have increased and paralled revenues, increasing from $147,000 in 1960-61 to $153,000 in 1964-65. General government and general street maintenance are the categories that required the greatest expenditures of money, each representing approximately 30 percent of total expenditures. As would be expected, police, fire, and sanitation and health are the next largest categories. During the five-year period shown on Table 10,the costs of government in Gaylord remained relatively uniform. If the capital outlay totals are subtracted, the costs of government have ranged from $132,000 to $148,000, with an outlay of $147,000 in 1960 and an outlay of $148,000 in 1964-65. Although costs of �I I I I I I I I -I 'I ' '' - 58 - Table 9 MUNICIPAL REVENUES Gaylord, Michigan 1960-61 1961-62 1962-63 1963-64 1964-65 $ 48,004 $ 58,249 $ 62,310 $ 62,894 $ 65,003 3,090 3,107 3,107 3,107 3,132 Sales Tax Diversion 16 I 906 16,942 18,361 19 l 516 21,327 State Motor Vehicle Tax 21,973 22,059 24,408 25,912 27,323 Liquor Licenses 1,993 1,974 2,010 2,549 2,517 Court Fines (No Costs) 2,286 2,709 3,076 4,005 5,224 State Highway Maintenance 8,069 12,550 9,084 6,946 10,841 All Other Receipts 34,549 34,317 28,315 42,867 30,795 Total $136,870 $151,907 $150,671 $167,796 $166,072 Property Taxes Intangibles Tax Source: City Manager's Office �-II ~ 1: I' ' II ' " '- Table 10 ,1 · MUNICIPAL EXPENDITURES Gaylord, Michigan 1960-61 1961-62 1962-63 1963-64 1964-65 $ 38,842 $ 37,251 $ 40,919 $38,941 $ 42,624 19,201 19,909 20,335 18,598 21,171 5,586 . 3;951 .. 4,904 4,316 5,674 Sanitation and Health 27,072 7,463 19,430 15,714 16,799 General Streets 38,616 45,531 39,790 38,874 41,611 Library 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 Parks and Recreation 1,748 1,541 2,090 1,365 858 Cemetery 4,179 4,300 4,234 4,477 5,043 Street Lights 4,352 5,077 7,633 7,963 7,975 Public Works 4,699 4,122 3,781 4,030 4,536 18,628 15,456 25,633 3 2 935 $150,273 $161,072 $162,411 $152,726 General Government Police Fire (Including Hydrant Rental) Capital Outlay Total Source: $146,795 City Manager's Office �• - 60 governmental operation has increased as have other costs, the cost of government has been held at a relatively uniform level. Although the amount of revenue has increased during recent years, it is apparent that there will not be an excess of revenues over expenditures for direct operation. The costs of general government, protection of persons and property, and maintenance of streets are major financial requirements of the community. Although revenues will continue to increase in the future, it is expected that similar increases will take place in the level of expenditures. This indicates that major public improvements in Gaylord can only be financed through the issuance of obligation bonds. The assessed valuation of Gaylord in 1960 was 4.8 million dollars and has been increasing steadily during the past five years. In 1965, the total assessment for real and (Table 11) personal property was 6.6 million dollars. The per capita valuation has also increased steadily from $1,886 in 1960 to $2,298 in 1965. The assessed valuation of property in the city determines the amount of money that can be raised through a given tax levy and the bonded indebtedness the city may incur. This indebtedness is set by the state statutes at 12 percent of equalized assessed valuation. Thus, assessed valuation largely determines the amount of income available to the community for the development of public improvements. In Gaylord, the Charter states that the total bonded indebtedness of the community is limited to 10 percent of the assessed valuation. Table 12 indicates the total assessed value for the years 1960 through 1965. The estimated bonding power at 10 percent of assessed value is shown in the second column. In 1960, the bonding power of the city was $484,000 and increased to $659,000 in 1965, During this period of time, there have been no general obligation bonds outstanding; thus; the estimated bonding limit of the city in 1965 is $659,000, The total tax rate for residents of Gaylord has varied considerably during the past six years as indicated in Table 13. In 1960, the total tax rate was $38,00 per $1,000 of assessed valuation (state equalized). The highest tax rate was in 1961 at $40.82; however, the rate was reduced in 1965 to $32.93 per $1,000 of assessed valuation. Although there have been some fluxtuations in the total tax rate, the tax rate for the city, county and the school operating taxes have remained relatively uniform. The greatest fluctuations are found in the tax rate levied for the school debt which has ranged from $3.06 to $6.14. The tax rate in Gaylord is relatively nominal and an increase in this tax rate for the purposes of retiring general obligation bonds would not be unwarranted or excessive . �- 61 - Table 11 TRENDS IN ASSESSED VALUES Gaylord, Michigan I I Total Property Assessed Value Per Capita 693,525 4,844,905 1,886 3,978,550 680,050 4,658,600 1,773 1962 4,250,750 723,250 4,974,000 1,850 1963 4,300,300 757,500 5,057,800 1,840 1964 4,480,700 826,850 5,307,550 1,890 1965 5,531,700 1,057,900 6,589,600 2,298 Year Real Property 1960 4,151,380 1961 Note: Source: Personal Property Estimated Population Increase - 60 per year City Manager's Office �I I I I - 62 Table 12 ESTIMATED ao·NDING LIMITS I -I -I II - Gaylord, Michigan . Assessed Value Year 1960 $ 4,844.905 1961 4,658,600 466,000 1962 4,974,000 497,000 1963 5,057,800 506,000 1964 5,307,550 531,000 1965 6,589,600 , 659,000 1966 7,260,000 (2) 726,000 1967 7,931,000 (2) 793,000 1968 8,602,000 (2) 860,000 1969 9,273,000 (2) 927,000 1970 9,944,000 (2) 994,000 1971 10,615,000 (2) 1,062,000 $ 484,000 (1) Represents 10 Percent of Assessed Value by Charter. (2) Based on the 1961 to 1965 Trend of an Annual Average Increase of $671,000 in Assessed Value Per Year. Source: ' Estimated Bonding Limits (1) City Manager's Office �- 63 - Table 13 TRENDS IN TAX RATES Gaylord, Michigan Tax Rate Per $1,000 of Assessed Valuation (State Equalized) Governmental Unit City County School Operating School Debt 1965 1961 1962 1963 1964 10.00 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 11.99(1) 9.60 8.50 7.64 7.76 7.16 5.94(2) 12.80 14.16 13.12 12.42 12.70 11.63(2) 5.60 5.66 3.06 6.14 6.06 3.13(2) Intermediate School Total Tax Rate - 1960 38.00 40.82 36.32 38.82 .24 .24 38.66 32.93 I 1. City is shown on assessed valuation. on State equalized valuation. would be 12.50 for 1965 2. County and School are shown on State equalized valuation. �I 64 •·-- Based on the 1965 valuation, an increase in the tax rate of $1.00 would produce a revenue of $6,589. A $3.00 increase in the tax rate, which represents 10 percent of the 1965 rate, would produce an annual increased revenue of $19,767. Over a 20-year period, this would make available nearly $400,000 for purposes of retiring principal and interest on a general obligation bond issue. There are several methods available to Gaylord for the financing of various capital improvements; the most common method is by issuing general obligation bonds. They are retired by special real estate tax levies; i.e., an increase in the present city tax rate. The second method of financing capital improvements is through the issuance of revenue bonds these are generally issued for the financing of self-supported public enterprises, such as water systems, off-street parking facilities, and the like. Funds for paying the interest and retiring the bonds are derived from income produced by the facilities. One of the advantages of these bonds is that they do not come under _ the limitation on the general bonded indebtedness imposed by state law. Although the "pay-as-you-go" method has been used by some cities, such a procedure would not be possible in Gaylord, as it would be many years before the city could accumulate a cash fund for the purposes of providing major capital improvements. Special assessments provide another method by which public improvements may be financed. This is particularly well used in areas where a certain segment of the community will benefit from a public facility. Under this procedure, the benefited property pays for all or almost all of the cost improvement. This might be used for minor street improvements or for extension of sanitary sewers with assessment against abutting property owners. Similar procedures have often been used by establishing benefit assessment districts for central area parking lots. Proposed Capital Improvement Program The comprehensive plan presents a broad concept of improvements that should be developed in the City of Gaylord during the next 20 years. A proposed capital improvement program has been developed to provide those improvements most needed in the immediate future, designed to meet the financial abilities of the community. One of the serious problems in Gaylord is that much of the physical plant is obsolete and deteriorating. This is especially true of the various utility systems - water, sanitary, and storm facilities. Thus, the community is now faced with the need for a fairly extensive improvement program. ( See Table 14) �~ 65 - The proposed program involves considerable improvements to the water system, the provision of storm drainage for the central part of the city, minor sanitary sewer improvements, the development of off-street parking lots in the central area, continuing street ' maintenance, and the city providing its share for the proposed city-county building. The proposed program, to be carried out during the six-year period from 1966 through 1971, aggregates a total of $1,284,000. General obligation bonds comprise only $486,000 of this total, with the balance consisting of revenue bonds and other sources. The total program is well within the estimated bonding power of the City of Gaylord. As pointed out previously, the city had, in 1965, a bonding limit of $659,000 with no outstanding bonds. Water System Improvements The water system in Gaylord is in a critical state of deterioration, thus, it is essential that major improvements be made in the near future. The citizens of Gaylord have recognized this need and approved a bond issue of $300,000 in an election in 1965. In a master plan for water supply, distribution, and storage, prepared in February, 1965, estimates were outlined for a three-phase improvement program. Phase I would include the replacement of all wood water mains, the development of an additional well, and the construction of an elevated storage tank. Water main replacement would amount to $155,000; a 300,000 gallon elevated storage tank would cost an estimated $72,000; and the well and pump house would cost an estimated $22,000. This would amount to a total estimated cost of $286,000, including engineering and contingencies. The recently approved $300,000 bond issue would be used to cover the cost of these improvements. In order to retire these obligation bonds, a three mill tax levy will be required. This levy would produce approximately $19,000 which would be adequate to cover the principal and interest debt requirement of a $286,000 bond issue. The Phase II water improvement program includes the replacement of undersized mains and the construction of new mains to strengthen and improve the system, including a feeder main to the northwest section of the city from the existing north well. The total cost of this project is estimated at $180,000. It is recommended that revenue bonds be issued for the Phase II improvements, to be retired from water system revenues. It is estimated that the water bills provide an excess over operation of $15,000 annually, based upon the recently increased rates. Depending upon the interest rates, the $180,000 revenue bonds could be retired -in 16 to 20 years. �- 66 - Storm Sewers One of the most critical problems in Gaylord is the standing storm water situation that occurs throughout the central portions of the city. In conjunction with the widening and improvement -of J1iain Street, Michigan Highway 32, by the Michigan Highway Department, a significant change in the storm drainage system can be effected. The Highway Department will pay for the· proper drainage of this major_ thoroughfare, for storm water produced by the new highway surface. However, the City of Gaylord must be prepared to provide the necessary storm sewer system to remove this water from the central part of the city. Initial estimates indicate a cost of $400,000 for such a storm drainage facility. It is possible that the cost to the community will not be as high as $400,000, as the State Highway Department may assume part of the cost. The Economic Development Administration, authorized to carry out the Economic Opportunity Act, will assume the responsibility of the accelerated public works program. The City of Gaylord should be eligible for a 50 percent matching federal grant of $200,000 through this agency for one-half of the cost of the $400,000 storm sewer improvement. It is recommended that the remaining local share of $200,000 be derived from two sources. First, the city could issue $100,000 in general obligation bonds to be retired by the proceeds from an additional one mi~l tax levy. This additional levy would probably not be required for two or three years until the Highway 32 improvement is initiated. The remaining $100,000 could be financed through . the use of motor vehicle funds; It is estimated that the city will receive $28,000 annually in returned motor vehicle funds. If $12,000 is to be used for continued street maintenance, then $12,000 could be used to pay off certificates of indebtedness for the city's remaining $100,000 local share of the storm sewage improvement. This would commit a total of $24,000 of the annual motor vehicle funds. The remaining $4,000 should be placed in a reserve sinking fund. Sanitary Sewers The recently .completed sanitary sewer inventory did not specifically indicate needed sanitary sewer projects. However, it is apparent that improvements to the present system will be required during the next six years. In view of the fact that the present quarterly minimum sanitary sewer charge is relatively low at $1.50, it is recommended that the minimum charge be increased to $3.00 per quarter and that all of the rates be doubled across the board. Thus, the present annual income �- 67 - of $11,000 to $12,000 would be increased by a like amount. The additional $12,000 could then be used to retire as much as $170,000 in sanitary sewer revenue bonds. As an alternate, the entire $12,000 could be used for sanitary system improvements each year during the six-year period, a total of approximately $70,000 in sanitary sewer improvements. The latter method is suggested and is shown in Table 14. If an emergency arises or a ~ajor improvement is required, revenue bonds could be issued. Parking Lots The City of Gaylord recently created a Building Authority in accordance with Michigan statutes. This authority is also functioning as the parking authority for the city. Concurrent with planning for the central area, the authority has selected a series of parking lots and is in the process of acquiring properties. The authority issued $175,000 in revenue bonds and will, in turn, lease the parking lots to the city for an annual rent of $12,000. This $12,000 will be used by the authority to retire the revenue bonds. The City of Gaylord has received a pledge from the merchants for $7,500 annually for a period of 10 years, for a total of $75,000. The remaining $4,500 for the $12,000 annual lease will be taken from parking meter revenues, which are currently providing approximately $6,000 to $7,000 per year. The 280-meter parking spaces to be developed in the new off-street parking lots, in addition to the present off-street parking facilities, should be adequate to meet the needs of the central business district during the six-year program through 1971. Municipal Offices The City of Gaylord and Otsego County have recently established a joint City-County Building Authority for the purpose of developing a city-county building as proposed in the comprehensive plans. The public buildings section of the county comprehensive plan indicated an initial cost of $950,000 for the entire structure. It is estimated that the City of Gaylord would require between 4,000 and 5,000 square feet of space. Assuming a building cost of $20 per square foot, the city should be prepared to assume a responsibility for $100,000. Assuming an annual debt requirement or lease requirement of $7,000, the city would only need to budget approximately $2,000 a year over the present costs of the municipal building. Such a building is several years off and, at that time, it may be necessary to increase the tax levy by 0.3 mills. Further, it �- 68 Table 14 PROPOSED SIX-YEAR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM Gaylord, Michigan Total Cost Purpose Water System Phase I Water System Phase II Storm Sewers Sanitary Sewers Parking Lots Municipal _Offices Continuing Street Improvements $ 286,400 Parking Meter Revenue Bonds $ 100,000 175-000< 2 > ' 100,000 72,000 $1,283,000 Water Charge Revenue Bonds Water System Phase I $ Water System Phase II 180,000 Storm Sewers Sanitary Sewers Parking Lots Municipal Offices Continuing Street Improvements TOTAL $286,000(l) 180,000 400,000 70,000 175,000 100,000 TOTAL Purpose General Obligation Bonds $180,000 $486,000 $175,000 Federal Grants Motor Vehicle Funds Sanitary Charge Revenue Bonds $ $ 200,000 100,000 70,000 72,000 $70,000 $200,000 $172,000 (1) From Bond Issue of $300,000 approved in 1965 election. (2) Revenue Bonds obtained in 1965. �• • • • ~ - 69 is possible that federal grants are available for 75 percent of the cost of th ~ building which would negate the need for any tax levy. Financing of the city's share is shown as general obligation bonds in Table 14. If a federal grant is not forthcoming, the city would be required to raise the monies in this manner. In view of the fact that the present debt limit of the city is relatively restricted, it would be possible for Otsego County to assume the full faith and credit of all the $950,000 needed for the city-county building. Thus, the city would only pay rent to the City-County Building Authority and would not encumber its bonding power. The county has a bonding limit of $2,900,000 and the proposed capital improvement program for the county only uses a relatively small part of this bonding power • Continued Street Improvements The city has maintained a relatively sound street system over the years. In recent years, approximately $12,000 of the motor vehicle funds have been used for annual street maintenance. It is proposed that this be continued during the six-year program; thus, a total of $72,000 would be used for this purpose in the program. The remaining $16,000 of the existing motor vehicle funds would be used as previously discussed; i.e., $12,000 to retire storm sewer certificates of indebtedness and $4,000 for a reserve sinking fund. Cost of the Program The proposed six-year capital improvement program would obviously require increased taxes and service charges to the citizens of Gaylord. The $386,000 in general obligation bonds (not including the municipal offices) will require a three mill increase for the already approved water system bond issue, and an additional one mill for the $100,000 in sanitary sewer bonds. Thus, the present tax rate would increase from 12.50 mills to 16.50 mills. Also, the present minimum sanitary sewer charge would increase from $1.50 to $3,00 quarterly. The proposed increase of 4.0 mills would produce approximately $26,000, which is about $10.00 per capita per year. The increased sanitary sewer charges would amount to approximately $2.00 per capita. The proposed capital improvement program would provide the community with much needed public improvements at a relatively minor cost to the citizens. The undertaking of these essential improvements will be dependent upon the willingness of the citizens to further improve their community. �ill ill 1)11 11111 ill ill "ill - 71 - PLANNING IMPLEMENTATION The Comprehensive Plan for Gaylord is a guide for future physical development of the city affecting both public and private entities, and is intended to create a well designed, efficient, and desirable community. The preparation of the plan is the responsibility of the City Planning Commission with the support of the citizens of the city and the adoption and enforcement of the plan by the City Council and city officials. The Planning Commission, however, as the sponsor of the plan and advisor to the city authorities should continue to review all matters affecting physical development of the city and should remain active in promoting the plan in the community. The plan itself is merely a blueprint for an orderly and attractive community which Gaylord should strive to be in the future. The task remains of actually bringing into being this planning program. This can be accomplished through careful guidance and direction of the many day-to-day activities affecting the physical city and to gradually carry out the various improvements proposed in the plan. The plan is of little or no value unless it is followed and its recommendations are carried out in the ensuing years. The preparation of a comprehensive plan will not, in itself, insure a successful planning program in Gaylord. Many plans have been prepared in other cities, set aside, and the development in these communities continued without direction. Experience has indicated that there are five basic measures that are required to ·develop a city in accordance with a plan. These are briefly reviewed: Independent Planning Agency. There must be an independent planning agency. The task of securing the planned development of a city is too great to be entrusted to an agency or department whose responsibilities are chiefly in another field. The planning agency should be independent of other municipal agencies and should be given legal powers sufficient to permit it to advise, and have its advice heeded, by other local public bodies including independent agencies and State and Federal commissions or boards who are engaged in building activities in the community. While in one sense it is necessary for the planning agency to be objective and independent, its activities must be integrated with the municipal governmental structure to insure the proper coordination of the day-by-day activities of the official policy making and constructing departments and officials. �- 72 - Officially Adopted Comprehensive Plan. There must be an officially adopted comprehensive plan. The building of a city is a gradual process of growth carried on by numerous individuals and agencies and it is imperative that there be a guide for the coordination of the process, expressed in terms of a comprehensive city plan. This plan must have official recognition through adoption by the City Planning Commission. Th i s official adoption will then insure the attention to the plan by city departments and other jurisdictions. As a practical matter any city plan to be successful must be worked out, maintained, and constantly revised in consultation with all public agencies that are involved and affected. To be successful, it must not just have the acceptance, but the enthusiastic approval, of the various public agencies and officials. Private Development Coordinated. To insure that private property development is properly coordinated with the comprehensive plan, legal measures are required. Controlling the basic land use pattern, the zoning ordinance is one of the most important parts of a city plan. Through subdivision regulations, new residential areas can be designed within the framework of the comprehensive plan. Areas for new thoroughfares and for parks and schools may be reserved in the proper place. Public Improvements Coordinated. Public improvements must be coordinated with the plan. The comprehensive plan should be a major consideration in the design of all public improvements. To insure proper consideration of such improvements, the Planning Commission should be charged with the responsibility of reviewing plans for all public improvements prior to authorization or construction. If the improvement is in accordance with the plan, it is approved. If it conflicts with the plan, it is disapproved or an appropriate modification is suggested. Public Support. There must be public understanding and support of the plan. No matter how excellent the planning laws, no matter how sound and inspiring the city plan, no matter how sympathetic and cooperative the officials may be, the comprehensive plan will not be carried out unless the plan is generally understood and approved by, and has the backing of the people of the community. Coordination of Public Improvements For many years, the State of Michigan has had legislation providing for the creation of a city planning commission, outlining the power and authority of such commissions, and providing for the preparation and adoption of comprehensive city plans. �II II II II II II II II I I '. - 73 - This act authorizes the appointment of a city planning commission, establi~hes the term of office for such members, provides for the organization of the commission, the making of reports, the employment of consultants, et cetera. The Planning Commission bas wide powers in reviewing and making recommendations concerning all public improvements. The Council having jurisdiction over projects can, of course, override an adverse recommendation of the Commission; but, the requirement that the plans for the improvement be reviewed before it is built affords an opportunity for coordination with the city plan and allows the Planning Commission to bring to the attention of the appropriate public officials any lack of conformity with the plan. It also affords time for public opinion to be heard, provides a means of keeping the public and the council informed concerning the plan, _and insures that the city plan will be considered in the location and design of all such improvements. -II Michigan State law requires that the compr~hensive plan, or any part thereof, · shall be adopted by resolution of the Commission. After its adoption by the Commission, an attested copy of the plan must be certified to the council, and the County Registrar of Deeds, and after · which action~ the plan constitutes the official city plan. Amendment of the comprehensive plan can be made, but only after referral to the City Planning Commission for its recommendations. II A greater part of Gaylord is composed of private buildings. The various public improvements such as streets, utilities, schools, et cetera, are service facilities which enable the private developments to function. Consequently, if the basic pattern of the community is to conform with the plan, several regulatory measures are needed to help guide private building construction. Ill II II II ·•, ; Guidance of Private Development Recommendations on certain regulatory measures were presented in previous preliminary reports. These include the zoning ordinance, the subdivision regulations, and a major street plan. These regulations either direct private growth or control the standards of private development. Mere adoption of these laws is not enough as they should be carefully administered and strictly enforced. One of the major activities of the City Planning Commission will be the administration of the zoning and subdivision regulations. From time to time, there will be petitions and �" "II II II II II - 74 requests for changes in the zoning ordinance. Each of these should be studied on the basis of the conditions and, especially, from the standpoint of the desirable development of the community as a whole. The ordinance should never be made subject to easy and frivolous amendments. Nonetheless, there will be instances when revision is desirable. These changes should be made only after the most careful appraisal of the conditions and the weighing of public· interests and welfare, to insure that the change is warranted. Similar careful consideration should be given to each subdivision design. Once the plat is recorded and streets and lots laid out, the pattern is fixed, and the design of the area should be made as nearly perfect as possible in its very conception. Public Understanding and Support -II It is essential that the citizens of Gaylord· understand the many problems confronting the city as revealed by the comprehensive plan; how the plan can assist in solving these problems; and the many advantages that the citizens as · a whole may derive therefrom. · No matter how effective the legal procedures that are made available for carrying out the plan, the administration cannot· be completely successful unless the plan is understood by, and has the support of, · the public. Lack of understanding of comprehensive plans · by the citizens has invariably been one of the weakest phases of planning programs. II 1. An active citizen committee that remains as a permanent organization is of great value in a planning program. Through this permanent committee, the will of the community will thus be represented and expressed to advise upon the various elements of the plan. "The intelligent understanding and wide representation of such an organization can consolidate public opinion in favor of developing the city in a truly democratic manner along the principles set forth in the city plan. "-II II II The following are suggested measures for obtaining citizen understanding and support of the planning program in Gaylord: 2. Publication and distribution of the plan provides an important means of acquainting the public with its aims and proposals. The area newspapers and radio stations have done an excellent job of publicizing the studies and proposals. 3. Another important means of gaining public understanding and support is the inclusion of studies of the plan in the elementary and high school curricula. Copies of the reports, including the final report, should be placed in all school and public libraries. · �111 111 "Ill Ill Ill Ill -Ill " II II "-II - 75 4. Annual reports published by the City Planning Commission could be efnective tools in informing the public of progress on the plan. 5. The Planning Commission could form an ex-officio publicity committee consisting of approximately three members, one member of the Commission, a member of the city staff, and a member of an active community organization such as the Chamber of Commerce. This committee could prepare map displays for retail stores and banks, arrange for newspaper and radio publicity, develop color slides and models of the longrange program. Planning Commission Program In order for the planning program in Gaylord to be effective and actually serve as a guide for future development, certain major steps must be initiated by the City Planning Commission in the near future. These important steps are essential and immediate objectives. It is the responsibility of the City Planning Commission to initiate these programs _reviewed in the following: 1. Adoption of the Comprehensive Plan. The ' first and the most important step is the adoption of .the comprehensive plan. ~e_veral phases have already b,een adopt~d by the Commission. All of the other actions and programs of the city to guiqe the future development are based upon this comprehensive plan. The City Planning Commission should pursue the adoption of the plan. 2. Recommendations on a Capital Improvement Program. The comprehensive plan outlined an extensive number of public improvements that should be developed in Gaylord during the next twenty years. The development of these public improvements should start immediately so that they are developed gradually over a period of years. Therefore, it is imperative that the city undertake a sound program for capital improvements. The Planning Commission should refine the capital improvement program and forward it to the City Council recommending its execution. 3. Publish a Summary Report. Publication and distribution of the comprehensive plan is the first important means of familiarizing the public with the Commission's activities. The mere printing of the plan in its entirety will not, however, be adequate means of securing public understanding. Many people will not read such a report and many will not remember the large amount of data and recommendations contained therein. �- 76 It is essential that an educational program of a more visual nature be presented. A summary brochure of the plan, presented in this manner, should be prepared for a wide-scale distribution. 4. Planning Publicity Programs. The Planning Commission should inaugurate a publicity program. Educational activities must be continued in succeeding years, for a single program, even though extensive, is quickly forgotten. The Planning Commission should publish annual reports as well as any special studies of city-wide interest which it may undertake. These reports should clearly present accomplishments that have been made under the comprehensive plan and through capital improvement programs. City Council Program The City Council, as the legislative body of the municipal government, has the final responsibility for all planning in the community. It is therefore essential that the Council pursue a program in order to make effective use of the comprehensive plan for Gaylord. A program, pertaining to planning, is outlined in the following: 1. Acceptance of the Plan. Following refinement and adoption of the comprehensive plan by the City Planning Commission, the Commission would forward the plan to the City Council. This plan will represent the combined thinking of the Planning Commission members, the consultants, and interested citizens. It is the responsibility of the City Council to accept the plan as a public document to serve the present and future City Councils. 2. Initiate Improvements. The capital improvement program, based upon the comprehensive plan, should be forwarded to the City Council by the Planning Commission. The City Council should carefully review the proposed program, revise and modify it according to their judgment of local needs, and initiate legislation for its execution. Gaylord bas many pressing needs for public improvement and a delay in providing these improvements will only create a greater burden for the community in the future. 3. Adoption of Regulatory Measures. Following action by the Planning Commission, the City Council should proceed with the adoption of the revisions in the zoning ordinance and the subdivision regulations. These municipal ordinances are necessary for the City Council to properly control and guide future private development. �" ": "-II -II II II -II II II II II - 77 Planning Commission Policies and Procedures Any major public physical improvement should be referred to the Commission for study and report before it is initiated and land purchased therefor. A cooperative action between the City Planning Commission and the City Council will be required to make it effective. The Commission must be kept informed regarding changing conditions or unexpected trends which may require some adjustments in the long-range plan and in the capital improvement program. Such adjustments should not result in abandoning the basic principles or the major proposals of the plan, but will consist largely of minor modifications to meet changing conditions. The Planning Commission should act as an advisory body to the City Council for any public project that would affect the general deve_lopment of the community. The Planning Commission should interpret the comprehensive plan for the City Council. One of the important functions of the Planning Commission should be an annual review of the capital improvement program in cooperation with the affected officials and agencies. The Planning Commission is concerned with all improvements affecting the community and it is the logical agency to suggest their coordination and scheduling. The City Council should direct the Planning Commission to prepare annually a program of capital improvements for their consideration. The new zoning ordinance provides that the Planning Commission shall study any change requested in the zoning ordinance or district map and make a report before official action is taken by the City Council. The Planning Commission is the logical agency to consider such changes, as it has thoroughly studied all of the major phases of urban development and is conversant with the data and principles on which the zoning ordinance is based. There are several phases of zoning administration upon which the City Council and the City Planning Commission are required to take action. The proposed land subdivision ordinance places heavy responsibility on the Planning Commission. Each subdivision plat is submitted to the City Planning Commission for careful examination to determine whether it conforms to the general provisions of the comprehensive plan and to the standards established by the regulations. The responsibility of the Planning Commission is to determine general overall policy and to make decisions on matters referred to it concerning the physical development of the city. The Commission should have a carefully worked out set of rules �- 78 - and bylaws and an established procedure. The latter should include, among other things, the establishment of regular monthly meeting dates and deadlines for the submission of matters to be considered at regular meetings. Close cooperation between the city and the county should be encouraged by the City Planning Commission. Joint meetings between the city and the county should create an excellent liaison. The Planning Commission should not only be aware of local trends, but should stay informed of new trends and major developments in other cities. Attendance at state and national conferences or meetings on planning and urban development is helpful in keeping the Commission and the community informed of progress and experience in handling local problems in other urban areas. The Planning Commission should also be a service organization for supplying data and information on local conditions and for helpful assistance to both private and public agencies in dealing with current problems. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Gaylord_Comprehensive-Plan_1966 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Harland Bartholomew and Associates Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966-05 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Plan for the City of Gaylord was prepared by Hardland Bartholomew and Associates in May 1966. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Gaylord (Mich.) Otsego County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/8bb1038c52e21a1a2e607cad66da543f.pdf ed34a37af150d8557b3fcfcffebbb7ca PDF Text Text C WIIM·ml✓ Wo'llt.-O~l J! ANN & I.. ONANHIILL 1lc4i,d.,W441 ~ SIN6LE.-FiA.MILY RESIDENTIAL ACTIVE R.EOEATIDN - ScA.oat) , ~ s/~) - LOW DE.NSfTY' MULTI-F/\MILY (1bWNHOUSES- - MEDIUM DENSITY MULTI-FM11LY (~N H'AATS. - 10/~ - COMMERCIAi- - ~ESE.ARCH PARK - c::::I PUf>LIC - TIII.IMd"'f I ~ --i- PASSIVE 12.ECREATION 4 NATURAL AAEAS MARINAS SMALL BOATING ROUTE.S ¥ ~ - - THOl2DUGHFA12E C..CLLECTOR GLIASl -f'UeLIC - ~ ,~ LOCAL. STREET c.e..n,.., SPECIAL - Ru.,e,.,l<=b, M ~ . The preparation of this material was financed in part t hrough an urban planning grant from the Department of Hou:imi: and Urban Development, under tt1e provisions ot Stclion 701 of the Hou~ng Acl of 1954. as amended. administered by the Mithi2an Department of Commeri:e. . ~S..,,,,·~ ~·~ ~CW./f'Ml ~~ ~ luld-e �L I V I N G 9 T o N CHANH & L .... 5U(i,ll,£ 1:SJ.ANP St.I.,~·~ ~~ • I ~f)'M, i'"'°° I 2-tc>O FT I � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Grosse-Ile-Twp_Comprehensive-Plan-Map_1969 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Johnson, Johnson & Roy, Inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1969-01-20 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Plan map for Grosse Ile Township was prepared by Johnson, Johnson & Roy, Inc. on January 20, 1969. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Grosse Ile Township (Mich.) Wayne County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/3fb779ccb97a74dd998729e6e119706b.pdf 6739a0cc120ceaff69871dfcb4927558 PDF Text Text COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ISHPEMING T01lNSHIP Prepared for ISHPEMING TOvlNSHIP PLANNING COMMISSION September 1978 ,... by the Marquette County Planning Commission ---- �Table of Contents INTRODUCTION: WHAT IS A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN? ....•.............. 1 CHAPTER I: POPULATION••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• CHAPTER II: NATURAL FEATURES AND RESOURCES..................... CHAPTER III: THE ECONOMY...................................... 36 CHAPTER IV: I.....l\.ND USE •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 50 CHAPTER V: TRANSPORTATION •.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• CHAPTER VI: RECREATION CHAPTER VII: WATER AND WASTEWATER ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• CI~i\PTER VIII: COMMUNITY FACILITIES •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 63 86 CHA...PTER IX: 88 ........................................ HOUSiriG •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• It • • • • • • CHAPTER X: GOALS AND OBJECTIVES............................... CHAPTER XI: IMPLEMENTATION •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3 13 76 81 99 108 List of Tables TABLE 1: TABLE 2: INTERPRETATION OF 30ILS FOR ISHPEMING TOWNSHIP••••••• EMPLOYMENT TABLES •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• TABLE 3: TABLE 4: TOTAL BUSINESS ESTABLISHMENTS & PAYROLLS••••••••••••• TOWNSHIP ROAD COMPOSITE •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 26 39 42 67 List of Figures Figure 2: Bedrock Geology o••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Figure 3: Surficial Geology • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •.• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 14 16 18 Figure 4: Slope •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••o•••••••••••••••• 21 Figure 5: Soil Associations•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 23 28 Figure 1 : Figure 6: Vegetation••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7: Minerals ..•........................•....••......•.... Figure 8: Land Use Suitability••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Figure 9: Lorenz Curve••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Figure Figure 10:Lorenz Curve••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Figure 11:Wage • I & 33 34 ioa 40 Salary Employment & Labor and Proprietor Earnirigs - 1974 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 43 Figure 12:Index to Land Use Maps••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 55 Figure 13:Land Use - Map One••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 56 �INTRODUCTION WHAT IS A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN? A Comprehensive Plan is an official document adopted by a local government aa a policy guide in malting decisionaabout the physical development of the community. It indicates how the leaders of the government want the com- munity to develop in the next 10 to 20 yee.'l's .. There have been muny terms and definitions used to describe a comprehensive plan, but T.J. Went, a leading figure in the area of planning, has stated that II the general plan ic the official statement of a municipal legislative body which sets forth its major policies concerning deairable future physical development." Why is a Plan Needed? A plan ia needed because local govern@eLts, such as Ishpeming Township, make or influence decisions concerning many physical d~velopments which occur in the community~ Moat local governments are cmmposed of lay citizens and technological guidance is neededin making these decisions. Planners can proyide guidance in this deciaion-making process by establishing general policies, whose goal is the betterment of the community. The Importance of the LegislativeBody Because of their role in planning, the Ishpeming Township Board and the Ishpeming Township Planning Commission must be aware of both local needs and the numerous land use changes and policy making decisions that are made within the Township and surrounding areas and aid boards in making important policy decisions. The Scone of the Plan There are many different ideas concerning the scope of the plan. Some people believe that the plan should include physical characteristics such aa, size,location, and regional development, and others believe that it should center around economic and administrative planning. Henry Fagin suggests that a physical plan and all other plans ehould be unified in an ultra-comprehensive "policies plan." The scope or the Ishpeming Townehip Comprehensive Plan includes physical development, a land use inventory, population projections, the economy, natural features and resources, transportation, 1 �I I -I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CHAPTER I POPULATION Introduction Births, deaths, migration, and other population characteristics affect the provision of essential municipal services to residents. A major ftmc- tion of com~unity planning is to determine the number of new municipal services that should be provided to meet existing and future community needs. Decisions of local officials concerning land use development and new services will depend on future population projections and characteristics. T'nis chapter will analyze population trends and projectionc, and population characteristics such as education levels, age and aex distributions, and household types. Population Trends To make a meaningful assessment of the population, it is important to analyze past population growth and to examine regional and local factors that are likely to have a strong influence on future growth. The following table lists past population figures for the To~mship. Past Population Figures for Ishpeming Tm-mship 19:ro 1920 587 1044 ? J_J ~ rn1t 0 Source: 1229. 1064 ) ··,if., ✓ 1, ::;;-,··,-I ,... 1940 1950 1331 ... ~··· 1517 , 1960 /·_✓:--~ , 2238 ..,... --- 2457 . ,-·•- ../.?~:,1 ... U.S. densus Growth in the Township prior to 1900 was difficult to determine. T'ne popu- lation in the Township tends to follow the fluctuations in the mining industry. The table below compares the Township changes in the last three dec- ades with the County, the central region, and the state. 3 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I projections for 1980. Arithmetic Projection. An arithmetic projection assumes that the average numerical increase which the Township experienced in the past will continue into the future with no significant change. The population of Ishpeming Township has increased from 360 persons in 1900 to 2,457 persons in 1970. This averages out to an increase of 30 persons per year. Based upon this yearly growth, the Township will have 2,757 persons in 1980. The arithmetic p~ojection does not consider birth and death rates, nor migration into or out of the Township except in an indirect manner since average figures are products of births, deaths, and migration. Ratio Method. The ratio projection has the advantage of utilizing population projections of larger geographic areas, thereby overcoming many of the inherent problems of population projections. Marquette County was plotted in relationship to the State of Michigan and the Township was plot~ ted in relationship to Marquette County. Using this method, the Township would have a population of 2,912 by 1980. ~inear Regression. The linear regression establishes a trend line from past populations and then projects it into the future. This line in- dicates that in 1980 Ishpeming Township will have a population of 2,830 persons. To get a more accurate idea of the rate of growth in the Township since 1970, an estimate of the 1977 population was made using the number of dwelling units located in the Township during a windshield survey completed in March of 1977. located in this survey. There were 1,016 year-round occupied residences The 1977 population was derived by multiplying the number of year-round occupied residences by 3.2, the average number of persons per household in Marquette County, Township had a population of 3,251 in 1977. Using this method, the This agrees fairly well with the Michigan Department of Management and Budget's July 1976 estimate of 3, 22L~ ( the figure used in Federal Revenue Sharing programs). These figures already surpass the 1980 projected population, indicating an exceptionally high rate of growth. The population in the Township increased approximately 31% between 1970 I I I and 1977. This percentage is already population of the previous decade. well above the 10% increase in the This rapid rate of increase is probably due to the expansion of the iron ore mines and the tremendous growth in the County as a whole, particularly near the urban areas. Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company revealed that C A survey conducted by 5.8% of their employees �upper half of the range provided by the five methods. visor predicts a population of 3,500 by 1980. The Township super- The 1980 Census should be used to update the figures and make projections for 1985. The rate of growth between 1980 and 1985 will probably slow down considerably since ClevelandCliffs does not anticipate hiring a significant number of new employees during this period. Ish~eming Township Population Trends 4000 3500 3000 . . .·.· .. ·....·. •. •, . .·.. .:,,-.-:•: :i:;:;:;:;~:;:;;;:;;;::;::::.-. --- ,·:. :,· 25 00 2000 1500 1000 1940 1950 1960 1970 1977 1980 Population Characteristics The characteristics of the population are also improtant since needed facilities and services should be based on who is using them. Different priorities would be established for an older population than a younger one~ Therefore, the age, sex, and education.. of persons in the Township will be studied. The income level of the Township is discussed in the economy chap- ter, Education. There is a distinct link between educational attainment, family inaome, arld the economic and employment characteristics of -a community. Areas which have a high educational level generally have a high average family income, a low unemployment rate, and a healthy,rate of economic growth. The following tables outline the number of people enrolled in schools and the educational level of the population in 1970. ,., �11 To get a relative idea of the educational level in· the Township, the following chart compares the Township to other governmental units. Years of Schools Completed: Persons 25 Years Old and Over o-4 5-8 .2.:.1.1 12 Ishpeming Township 3.. 8% 24.3% 17.5% 17.9% 12.0 City of Marquette 1.6% 16.0% 15.4% 36.6% 36.8% 30.2% 12.5;, Marquette County 1 Central Region 2 .. 7% 19·o8% · 18.5% 39.0% 20.of, 12.2 3.5% 19.1% 12.0 3 .. 8% 22.1% 36.6% 33 .. 6% 15.6% State of Michigan 25.2% 22.1% 12.1 United States 3 .. 9% 19.3°;6 19.3% 31.o% 19.196 21.1% 1 lli Median 12.1 The central region contains the counties of Alger, Delta, Dickinson, Marquette, Menominee, and Schoolcraft. Source: 1970 U.S. Census The educational level for Ishpeming Township closely follows that of the central region, both having education. 3E.. 6% of the population with a high school It is slightly lower than that of the County as a whole, which is surprising since the Township had the third highest family income of all the townships in the County in 1970. The higher level of education in the City of Marquette in understandable because of the Northern Michigan University staff and the large percentage of government em:ployment in the city. The percentage of higher education in the To~nship is relatively low compared to the other units. Age Distribution. future of the region. Age distribution poses serious implications for the Both the youngest and oldest age groups make the greatest demands on the community for social and welfare services, such as education, recreation, and medical care. all Yet, they are the least able of age groups to contribute to meeting the cost of these programs. The financialrburden, via tax .payments, therfore, falls on those gainfully em- 0 �~ Sex Distribution by Age Groups 1970 Female Male ~ Number Bercent Number Percent 0-20 21-44 45-64 65+ 586 317 178 90 46.1 24.9 21.9 7.1 507 356 247 76 42.7 30.0 20.8 6.4 TOTAL 1271 Source: 1186 1970 U.S. Census In order to get an idea of the predominate living units, a breakdown of the types of households in the Township is provided below. Count of Persons by Household Relationship and Sex Male Primary Individual Female Primary Individual Male Head of Household Female Head of Household Wife of Head Child of Head Other Relative of Head Nonrelative TOTAL Source: 40 44 576 79 493 1125 68 32 2!,57 1970 U.S. Census As can be seen, a family unit with a male head was the dominant type of household in 1970. Issues and Problems - Ishpeming Township experienced considerable growth during the last three decades, increasing from 1,311 persons in 19~0 to 2,457 persons in 1970. �CIIAPTl!J? I I NATURAL FEATURES AND ID;SOURCES.:. Introduction Ishpeming Township is an area of natural beauty with towering rock bluffs and bedrock formations, dense hardwood forests, countless freshwater etrsarno and lakea, and abundant wildlife. The relatively low pop- ulation of the Township has saved the area from urban blight and the consequent estrangement frorn the natural environment. Nevertheless, the Township lies adjacent to an area that contains valuable mineral resources which have led to economic growth and an in~reasing population. Because of this growth, the Township must recognize the problems that an increased population brings, and take steps to preserve its natural resourceso Se- parate planning and development decisions, made without regard for the intricate balance existing between the different resources of the ecosystem, can lead to devastating results, such as the massive destruction of the forests that occurred nemrly a century ago. The :proper use of natural resources fulfills several roles which ~re discussed in this chapter. The ~ise use of natural resources fulfills an ecological role by providing a healthful area with clear water and air, healthy vegetation, and needed wildlife; an economic _role by ensuring good soils for agricultw>~ 9 forests for lumber, minerals for excavation, and sources for employment; a recreation role by meeting the growing need for a variety of outdoor activities; and an amenity role by preserving and developlng the landscape to enhance the beauty and liveability of the area. The natural features and resource section of the comprehensive plan should be used aa a guide for making sound zoning regulations anddavelopmental decisions. Topographz. Ishpeming Township contains dramatic shifts in topography as can be seen in Figure 1. The land changes from flat plains and rolling hills in the south to rock cliffs and hilly terrains interspersed with large bedrock outcroppings in the north. Low lying marsh areas occur mainly in the southern part of the Township around Deer Lake, the Carp River, Big Mud Lake, and the western half of the Dead River Storage Basin. The heavy regular snowfall, �the varying topography, and numerous bodies of water make the Township excellent for year-round recreational activity. geologic History The igneous and metamorphic rock outcroppings that are scattered through. out the Township are of the lower and middle Pre-Cambrian Age. During the Pa- leozoic ~ra, the present sequence of gently dipping sedimentary rock which overlie the Pracambrian rock uere deposited., These sedimentary rocks vary in thickness since they were laid down on an irrogular erosional surface. The action of glacial ice, during the Pleistocene Epoch, profoundly altered the landscape of the aren .. Glacial deposits, varying in depth from zero to 300 feet, have probably been the most important factor in determin~ng the present topogr~phy. Ruman activities appear to be the only significant f~ctor that could alter the landscape within the foreseeable future. Ishpeming Township's topographic and geological features provide some natural determinants which, when coupled with human-made featuras, begin to suggest a developmental pattern for the Township. The following natural frea- ture.s and geologic conditions must be considered in the planning process and used as a guide to sound zoning proposa:Jsand regulations. Bedrock Geology Bedrock is tha solid rock at or near the earth's surfa~e, which is generally concealed by layers of loose fragmented rock. Thase layers may have formed in place by the decomposition of the underlying parent rock, or they may be an accumulation of foreign rock fragments transported and deposited by wind, water,. or ico. Land use is often determined by bedrock geologic conditions. The distribution and character of mineral deposits are governed by bedrock conditions. For example, iron formations occu?! vitliin the Middle Prf:cambrian sedimentary rock. Bedrock geology is also related to the occurrence of ground water. The quantity and quality of well water varies with the type of bedrock and the overlying materials thorugh which the water must pass. The water capacity for the two types of bedrock found in the Township are described below and the location of the bedrock can be seen in Figure 2. �Precambria~ This bedrock underlies almostl excluding the northeastern tip. l of ffishp~ming Township, These ancient igneous and metamorphic rocks have highly variable water capacities. In the upland areas, most wells will fail to obtain enough water for domestic pusposes. In valleys having more than 20 feet of permeable drift, wells drilled a few feet into the underlying bedrock may yield enough water for domestic purposes. than 10 gpm. A few may yield more Drilling more than 100 feet into this bedrock is ususally futile. Jacobsville Sandstoneo This sandstone nicks the northeastern corner of the Township and is an important source of water.. Al though this sandstc-ne is over 1,000 feet tinck most wells tap water at less than 100 feet. As with all bedrock, permeability decreases with depth due to the tremendous pressure that squeezes together the joints and fractures.. Water from the JacobmziH.e is ge- nerally moderately hard to hard, and locally it contains objectionable amounts of iron and chlorides. Surficial Geology Surficial geology deals with the composition, areal distribution and thickness qf soil and rock materiala in the uppermost portion of the earth's crust. In Ishpeming Township, these ~ear-surface materials are primarily unconsolidated debris left by the melting of glaciers approximately 10 1 000 to '11,000 years ago. Host of these materials, ranging in size from clay to boulders, were transported and deposited by glacial ice. These areas are called tills. A: few of the depo- sits, such as outwash, were deposited by melted streams and consist mainly of well sorted sand and gravel. Surficial geology has definate effects on vegetation and land use. Areaa of knobby terrain and thin surficial cover tend to be areas of mining acticities and related mineral produetion. The hilly m~raine areas where surficial cover is thisker are used for crops and pasture. Surficial geology is also related to surface water flow in that infiltration and runoff is directly governed by the permeability of the underlying materials. discussed below. Its relationship to ground water is Activites such as increased farming, mining, and urban de- velopment could locally increase the rate of erosion and significantly alter the present geologic environment within the immediate future. The location of deposited materials in the Township can be seen in Figure 3. Swamp Deposits and Recent Alluvium. Swamp deposits and recent alluvium consist of sand, silt, clay, peat, and muck which have accumulated in low areas since the retreat of the glaciers. Both the composition and thickness of these deposits are extremely variable, and material types and depths at speoific locations are determinable only by sampling and drilling. The general wet nature of these materials presents construction problems for most types of fa- �cilities. Water ~ields are similar to lak~ plain yie~ds. These deposits occur in low areas around Big Mud Lake and the western portion of the Dead River Storage Basin. Glacial Outwasho .Outvash areas consist of stratified sands and gravels which have washed out beyond the glacial front by maltwater. Very coarse se- diments were generally deposited near the ice front; finer sands and silts were laid down farther out on the outwash plain. Most outwash deposits are tens of feet thick, but aome are hundreds of feet thick in local areas. The porosity and permeability of outwash are much greater than till, and it is normally soft or moderately hard. In some areas water may contain objection- able amounts of iron. Outwash deposits cover fairly large areas in the southwaatern, mideastern, and northeastern sections of the Township. Glacial No:r:,iine. One of tho moat prominent glacial features is the u- nique hilly terrain, called moraines, left after the glaciers 1 retreat. Most of these moraines originated at a stabilized front of an active glacier, where the forward movement of ice equaled the melting rate. In such a situation, large quantities of ground-up rock melt out of the ice and are deposited in ridges parallel to the ice front; called an end moraine. The area adjacent to the end moraine in the direction of glacial retreat may be characteri~ed by gentle r olling terrain. These areas are underlain .by till and sometimes referred to as ground moraines. Permeability varies greatly being low in clayey till and high in outwash areas. Moraines are a source of domestic water supply and some areas may yield moderate supplies of water. Morainal depoaits can reach a depth of over 300 feet. Morainal deposits occur in large areas throughout the central portion of the Township. Glacial Till-Bedrock. Bedrock is generally unweatherod and hard, because the weathered rock has been scoured avay by the glaciers. Bedrock e~sures occur in many arenr. and in unexposed areas is generally at a depth of at least 6•. The bedrock is composed of metamorphic rock types of the Precambrian age and is a poor source of ground water. All exposed bedrock outcrops should be considered unripp~ble. Bedrock occurs in scattered areas throughout the Township. 19 �4 · SLOPE SLOPE II II 0-10 11-20 4 6 or g re a_t e r scale 1n miles:. I ., 0 E3t#&N 2 .. 3 N �7· f igure 5 1 3 SOil ASSOCiATIOf~ S 3 ~ - associatioil number 2 scale 1n miles I · I unru-n 0 1 2 3 N �5. Kalkaska association: Deep, nearly level and gently sloping, well drained and moderately well drained soila that have coarse textured subsoils. Here again the soil ie not suitable for resource production uses but well suited for intensive uses. AREAS DOMINATED BY ORGANIC SOILS ON Ul'LANDS 6. Carbondale-Rifle-Tawas association: Nearly level, very poorly drained organic soils. These soils are poorly suited for either of tha usea because of unusual wetness and organic soils present. AREAS DOMINATED BY INTIMATELY ASSOCIATED LOAMY SOILS AND SANDY SOILS ON UPLANDS 7. Kalkaska-Gogebic association: Deep, sloping to strongly sloping, well drained soils that have coarse textured to medium textured subsoils. The assoica.tion rates poor for resource production uses and suitable for i11tenaive uses. ... �viding food and cover. Mixed forests of apruce, fir, birch, and aspen aro found in the unfertile outwash. soils, giving way to stands of aspens or lush willow in poorly drained areas. Bogs and depressions, characterized by high acid mucky peat soils and thin and roclcy or sandy soils have little value as cropland or pasture because few types of vegetations are suited to these areas. Sandy and silty loam aoils ~hich have been cleared are saitable for pasture land, but forests and woodlands clearly dominate the landscape. The types of vegetation in the Township can be seen in Figure 6Q Wildlife The original forests condi~iona were dramatically altered with the advent of logging at the turn of the century .. Wildfires were probably never uncommon, but because of the mosaic-like distribution of vegetative cover and soil types they were also never very extensivae Large scale clear cut- ting destroyed this natural pattern cf firebrakes n:id allowed nurnerous larg~ fires to sweep across the p~ninsula between 1920 and ·1927, eo that changes wrought by the axe were intensified by the flame. Some animal species of the deep, unbroken woods like the pine mar·ten, fisher, ond cougar disappeared com- pletely, whereas a species like the coyote flourished with the extenaion of humans into the forest. Others like the wolf and lynx were able to retreat before the timber cutter to the moat inaccessible habitat possible, where a few remnant populations exist today. oome animals, such as the pine me.rten, fisher, otter, beaver, mink, muskrat, and black bear, suffered serious depletion because they were . valued for fur and meat. bear survived by virtue of their adaptability. The mink, muskrat, and black The elk and moose are extir- pated species well adspted to a variety of habitats, but are hunted and are not compatible with human activity. The reverse situation occurred for many species who thrived on the vegetation in the clear-cut fields~ White-tailed deer, ruffled grouse, short- tailed grouse, and snowshoe rabbit favored the large unbroken openings. Ani- mals that may have originally been absent from the region like oppoasum, fox squirrel, thirteen-lined ground squirrel, and eastern mole, moved in. In the late 1930•s a major effort waa mode to reforest l~rge areas of tho Upper Peninsula. This reversion back to a forested vegetative cover is resulting in a lose of open and semiaopen habitat, which will eventually alter the type of animal species again. Deer •. The white-tailed deer is the most important game species in the 27 �area and their numbers are declining significantly due to depleted deer ranges. The total acreage of deer yards in the County is decreasing. The Dtm is currently bringing as many yards aa posaible under intensive manage- ment. Fish. In cold streams and lakes brook trout and two forms of lake trout are native to the area, while successful exotica include brown and rainbow trouco Large rivers and streams that mre too warm for trout have fairly good populations of small mouth bass and northern pike, while other warm water species like yellow perch, rock baas and bluegill dominate the warm water lakes. Fishing quality remains good and fishing pressures are probably below that which the area could support. Fish management activities carried out by the DNR and the Forest Service include chemical rehabilitation, fish stocking, and access development. Waterfowl., A weather corridor of the Atlantic fiyway lies directly over parts of Ishpeming Township. ducks use this route annually. An estimated 26,0CO to 75~000 diving In addition to the migratory waterfowl coming from breeding grounds far to the north, there are 12 to 15 species kno~m locallyo In addition to other watarfowl projects, the DNR is flooding a number of small areas to provide more habitat for all wetland gan1e species, both resident and migratory. Future Statuse The future of the mammals and birds, particul~rly ec(»o, nomically important species like daer and grouse, depends almost entirely upon the extent humans ar~ willing to indefinately a~rest the process of · secondary .forest succession or selectivity direct and control its progress. Controlled hunting, trapping, and the disuse of pesticides will be particularly important for sorne endangered species, as will the establishment and continuation ofwilderness or minimal-use areas. The endangered, threatened, or introduced species in the area are the eastern timber wolf, Canada lynx, pine marten, fisher, moose, gray fox, southern bog lemming, water shrew, and eastern pipistrelle. The endangered birds in the area are the peregrine fal- con, double-crested cormorant, Cooper•s hawk, red-shouldered hawk, osprey, bald eagle, piping plover, loggerhead shrike and marsh hawk. Multiple eagle nesting sites are located in the southern part of the Township. The preservation of wildlife depends ver:, much on land and water use practices and on the degree foresters and wildlife managers are able to work together in manipulating soil, vegetation and surface water impoundments to �extremely cold drJ air which dominates the area until storms moving up from the south can displa~e them. The climate is an air masa controlled climate Hnd because of this is relatively unpredictable as to severity from year to year. One of the moat valuable resources of Ishpeming To~mahip is the abundaace of fresh water., There is t~e Dead River Storage Basin and the Deer :Lake Basin, which account for 3,601 acres. The Bear, Silver Mine, Rock, Cooper, and Big Mud lakes cover another 183 acres. The main ri,rers include the Carp, Dead, Big and Little Garlic, and Yellow Doge The Township also contains many tri- butary creeks and small lakes and ponds. An inv~ntory of Marquette County 1 :s lakes, ponds, and reservoirs can be found in the Michigan Lske Inventory Bulletins, available from tha Michigan Department of Natural Resourcea Development. The surface wat:ar resources of the Township are not extensively developed at the present time because of the relatively low population and lack of urbanization. this time. Pollution of streams, lakes, and rivers is not a great problem at Effluent f r om domestic septic tanks may cause local contamination in some stre~ms. With increased development, more efficinet waste-water treat- me11t methods may be required at some locations. Of particular concern is the amount of sediment allowed to enter the surface water from land adjacent to waterways. Sediment degrades water quality, \ destroys natural plant growth, transports nutrients, and decreases the water carrying capacities of water courses. The lowest sediment yields in the Township can be expected from areas of exposed bedrock and areas of glacial outwash deposits due to the coarseness of the materials. However, increaaed development and recreational use of lakes and streams and poor farming practices greatly increase sedimQnt yieldso Some methods that should be employed to minimize this problem include tributary diversions, seeding of ba:re hillsides, grading and minimized land al.terations. Because water resources are so important for recreation, domestic use, agriculture, dilution of waste water, and industry, they should be protected and used in a: manner that •will ensure their quantity and quality for the f\i~ ture. 31 �7 ■ Area .Producing Meta ilie n1inerals j! :1 Dense Mine Areas Area \~ith Potential Significance Roe f< Quarry scale 1n miles: I . 0 2 3 N �ownership is a significant factor in determining the best possible developmental pattern since so much land is owned by corporations and probably not available for development. Issues and Problems Secondary forest succession is destroying the open habitat of several species such as the white tailed dee:t and grouse,, The decreasing acreage of deer yards and depleted deer ranges have led to a decline in the nurebers of white tailed deer. Controlled hunting and trapping, and the disuse of pesticides is important to some endangered species, as well as the establishment and continuation of wilderness and minimal use areas. - Water fowl management is needed to improve opportunitias to utilize this resource. New floodings, planned refuges, and feeding areas must be developed to attract and hold these birds. - Activities such as increased farming, mining, and urban development could loca~ly increase the rates of erosion and significantly alter the present geologic environment within the immediate future. In the expectation of increased future use and development, provisions should be included in a zoning ordinance to protect steep areas from the hazards of erosion and unneeded financial expencl.i ture, both public and private. County forests as a whole are in poor shape; the forest industry is in poor shape; and the utilization of the forest resource is poor. There is an over-utilization of high-quality hardwood and an under-utilization of small and low quality hardwood .. Forest based industries need to be expanded to remove the present surplus of low-grade wood. - There is a lack of forest management on forest land owned by non-industrial landownerso Expanded and improved forest management can also contribute substantially to improving the habitat for wildlife. The in~ortance of both medium grade and extensive low grade metallic mineral deposits is increasingo By the year 2000, the Lake Superior district will be the principal domestic source of ore. Although no mines are currently operating in the Township, the iron ore mining industry will be impor~ant to the economy of the Township and company policies on land acquisition, development over known deposits, waste disposal, future expansion, and life of deposits should be inputs to the Township Zoning Ordinance. - Both soils and geology need to be considered in future pollution control measures. Sanitary landfills and sewage lagoons must be located in a areas where ·soils and bedrock are suitable for these purposes. 35 �Employed Persons 14+ Years by Industry Ra.>lk Industn Total Percent 1. Mining 287 35.70 2. Wholesale & Retail Trade 114 14 .. 21 3. Professional and Related Services 101 12 .. 60 Manufacturing, Durable Goods 35 4o40 Hanufacturing, Non-Durable Gooda 5., 6 Cumulative Percent Male Femia le l:,1 60 27 8 39 10 29 Industr-j' Not Repoi•tad 60 35 25 Construction 42 30 12 Transportation 32 27 5 Business & Repair Services 23 13 10 Personal Services 22. 2 .. 70 9 10 .. Public Administration 21 2.,60 18 13 3 11. Finance 9 Insurance~ and Real Estate 18 2o20 8 10 Entertainment and Recreation Services 10 1.20 100.0 5 5 0 0 100 .. 0 0 0 1,052.4 555 4. 9. 12. Agriculture, Forest!"J" and Fisheries TOTAL 1 804 62.4 66.8 8804 91.3 94.o 96.6 Cumulative percent is plotted on the Lorenz-Curve, Figure Source: 1970 Census Employment Diversity One measure of economic stability is an evaluation of employment diversity. A well diversified labor force will minimize the economic hard- ship produced by the elimination of an employment sector. ship has a low level of diversification. Ishpeming Town- The highest concentrations of people are employed in mining ( 35. 7%), wholesale and retai 1 trade ( 14. 2%) ,. and professional and related services (12.6%). According to the 1970 census, there is no employment inthe forestry, agriculture, and fisheries industry; and a lov level of employment (below 3%) in finance, insurance, �T!JI' AL Etvd'I.OY!-.1) ll,\/liK t. 2. I, 1611,540 !V1:,m1f:ictul'in9 Clll',llL,\Tl VE "~i!'Lun:o •' '" curv,u- l ll:\NK STllY LATIVt:. '#, EMPLOYED 91 32.6 32.6 l',ai,ufocturing 54 19.3 51.9 3. Professional and Related s,~rvices 28 10.0 61.9 1. Transportation nnd Communication 23 8.2 70.1 I. 8J -l ,'1J I : TOTAi. f:l'-,l'LOYEO t,·; lnlng :M.64 Prnf,~s~ ion.1 I and HeL1tL'd Sc-r,·ices 3. 'N 59,38 \o/ho1<·sale~~ ()Cld Retail Tritde 4')·1,227 -1. Tr;,n,;portation 170,JOS 5.04 79.07 5. C0nst1·uction 153,637 4.61 83.68 5. Wlioles.:ilc & llctail 22 7.9 78.0 Fin:ulcc, Insurance, Real Estat,:- 21 7.5 85.5 3.36 87.54 6. 6. 7. Construction 130,464 lndustrr Not Reported 20 7.2 9?..7 7. Public ,\dministrntion 12'1, 954 3.70 91, 24 8. Personal Services 8. Personal Services 116, 185 3.44 94.68 9. Public .Ac..lminisctration 9. Business and llclatcd Services 10. 11. 8J,338 Agriculture, Forestry, Fislwries 58,707 74.03 2.47 97. 15 93.89 1. 74 Enlel'tn inrnent and Recreation 21,677 .64 99.53 12. t,,ining 13,880 .41 100.00 13, Industry not Reported 0 0 100.00 10. _11. 12. 13. 3,372,548 INDUSTRY I, Professional and Related Services 2. 5 1.9 100.0 Recrc.ntion 0 0 100.0 Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate O 0 100.0 Business and Related Services 0 0 100.0 Agriculture, Forestry, and Fisheries 0 0 100.0 279 100.0 1,070.8 Entertainment and 100.00 1,099.83 ~IAKQlJ ~;rrn COUNTY Ei'lPLOYi'v, r.NT RANI,. 93.1 ISHPEl'll:,G CfTY Ei'IPLOYMENT 1 CUMU- TOT.AL EMPLOYED % LATIVE H ·IPLOYED o/o 5,309 27.4 CUi\'iU- •',. LJ\TIVE TOTAL EMPLOYED E~1PLOYED RANK fNDUSTRY 1, Mining 804 27. l 27. 1 2. Wholesale and Retail Trade 677 22.8 19.9 Professior.al and Related Services 444 15.0 64.9 27.4 Wholesales and Retail Trade 4,127 21.2 48.6 3. Mining 3,210 16.4 65.0 4. Public Administration 1,435 7.6 72.6 4. l'·J anuiacturing 312 10.5 75.4 5. Transportation and Commuuication 160 5.4 80.8 6.5 79.1 5. 5. Public .~dministration 1,302 6. 6. /vianufacturing 1,227 6.3 85.4 Transportation and Communication 158 5.3 36.1 7. Persa1al Services 850 4.5 89.9 7. Industry Not Reported 140 4.7 90,8 8. Constnx:tion 748 3.9 93.8 8. Personal Services 95 3.2 94.0 9, l'in-,nce, Insurance, and Real Estate 9. 597 3.2 97.0 Finuncc, Insurance, and Real Estate 65 2.2 96.2 !lusin<>ss and Helated Set",icPs 10. Construction 63 2. l 98.3 3•10 1.8 98.8 11. Agricultu1·e, For·cstry, a11c..l Fisheri£:s 23 .8 !lusiness and Related Scr·vicc,s 19 .6 3. 10. It. ,\fJriculture, Fore~! 1·y, and l'isherii,s i66 .8 99.6 1~. 12. • Entc..-rtainnu~nr nnd RPC1"t"'•;:1t ion s,. t·,·ices 75 l:l. 13. Industry Not Report<Jd 0 1'),J>l(i 99.7 100.6 0 100.0 100.0 1,037.2 Entc-1·tairirnent ,,net llec:rcation Srr\"lccs 9 .3 100.0 2,96? 100. 0 !. (ll,:!. :J 1 CunH11~1t lvc tolills wcr~ plottc•d 011 ti1e l.orc•!17.-Cu.-v,-' in ot·<lt-r to tn~a.sure lndt1~trial r!ivPr.• dc;1tion. }9 1 �FIGURE 9 LORENZ CURVE 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 a LI.I >- 60 C .J 0.. ~ 55 I- 50 w z w q 0::: w 45 0.. 40 . 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 2 3 4 6 5 INDUSTRY BY 4oa RANK 7 ORDER �Table l i I Marguette Counti Total Business Establishments & Payrolls ( excludes government employees, railroad employees, & self-employed persons) Number of Employees Number of Establishments With Payrolls Taxable Pa:rrolli Jan.-Mar. ($1,000) % Char.ge o/_, 1970 1975 1970-1975 11,588 13,095 13.0o/o 116,778 10 12 20.0o/o I 3,120 A NA 407 504 1,318 ransportation, Comm uniations and Public Utilities fholesale Trade 'otal ~griculture, Forestry, .nd FisheriEs . 1ining :ontract Construction '1 anufacturing 1970 1975 1970 1975 o/o Change 1970-1975 946 1,158 22.2o/o Char:ge 1970-1975 27,656 64. WYo 16 12 -25.0o/o 4 7 75.0o/o 6,841 (D) NA 9 (D) NA 23.So/o 752 1,299 72. 7o/o 1,181 -10.3o/o 1,834 2,298 522 654 25.3o/o 1,002 604 731 21.0o/o 969 I 71 94 32. 4o/o 25.2o/o I I 56 55 -1. 8o/o 1,693 68.9o/o I 36 45 25.0o/o 2,000 106.Jo/o 71 91 28.2% 339 386 13.Bo/o NA 87 100 14.9% 103.9% 280 316 17. Oo/o 3 51 1600.0o/o ·-- 2,607 etail Trade inance, Insurance, and eal Estate 533 ervices 3,251 24. 7o/o NA B 2,261 3,816 723 (D) 2,439 3,115 27. 7o/o 2,372 4,837 8 100 1150.0o/o 8 51 nclassified Est.ablishm ents 68.7% 900.~ 'j ,t 2,500 -4,999 employees 500 - 999 employees I; Withheld to avoid disclosure of operations of individual establishments ource: County Business Patterns, 1970 and 197 5. --- ·- �Employed Persons 16 Years+ by Occupation County Number Township Perc@nt . Professional and Technical 2,929 15.1% 107 13.5% Managers and Proprietors, excapt farm 1,362 7.Cf/o 46 Clerical and Sales 4,401 22 .. 7% 146 5 .. 8% 18.4% Craftsperson 2,721 Operative a 2,567 14.0C/4 13.2% 197 159 Drivers 955 4.9% 30 Laborers, e,rcept farm 790 4.o% 26 97 .. 5% 0 3,303 261 17.0% 77 9.7% 1.3% 2 .6% Farm & Farm Laborers Service Private Household TC'TAL Source: 19,386 2L~.,8% 20.1% 3.8% 3.3% 0 793 1970 Census The three largest occupations for Marquette County are clerical and sales, service, and professional and technical. The three largest for tha Township are clerical and sales, craftspersons, and operatives. The last two directly relate to the. mining industry. A rapidly increasing sector of the work force is women. In 1970, women made up 31% of the work force in Ishpeming Township a.-id ere now probably near the 1977 state level of 4056. According to the Michigan Department of Labor, women earn 60% of what men earn, and women find it difficult to enter all save a few traditional vocatio~...f3. In 1970, the highest percentage of woman in the Township were employed in the traditional clerical fdelds (41.4%) and service work (20.9%), 12.9% of whom were food service workers. Moat of the professional women (19.7%) were employed in the traditional fields of nursing (7.2%) and teaching (4.0%). 44 �No figures are currently available for the number of w~lfare reci- However, figures are available for While per capita income has increased, po- pients residing in Ishpeming Totmship. the County and central region. verty in the central region remains very high. In terma of the total fami- lies living in poverty, the central region has '11.2% and the state 7.3%. The percentage of families in the region receiving public assistance is 17.9%, four times greater than -i.:he state percentuge of 4e2"/b. When considering unre- lated individuals living in poverty, the regional percentage of 12.4 is over two and a half times grea-ter than the state percentage of 4.9. i.ag table displays caseload:.:; by county. The follow- Narquette County contains 34% of the assistance cases in the six county central region. Assistance Cases - July 1977 Marguette Central Region Aid to Dependent Children 840 General Assistance 103 2058 297 Food Stamps 364 1347 Medical Assistance 592 1906 1902 5588 TOTAL Source: Assistance Payment Statistics 9 Department of Social Services Income Income is one measure of a community's wealth. The income of a com- munity's residents is relied upon to finance private as well as public improvements. In 1970, the total aggregate income for families in the Town- ship was $6,244,950 and for unrelated individuals it was $218,900. dian family income range was $8,000 to $9,000. The me- In 1970, the average family income was $9,534, which placed the Township third in rank among the other Only Michigamme and Chocolay townships had higher average family incomes. The average income for all males in the Township 14 years and o~der was $5,710 and for females 31,468. townships in the County. I ,. �Local Ernployera Eomloyees Total 1. 2. School - Westwood, North Lake, and West Ishpeming 92 Mather Nursing Home 60 Part-Time 3. Miracle IGA Market 40 4o Ishperniug Steel Corporation 5. 60 79 8. 9. Northern Tire Shop 30 17 Dentist's Office 15 Hooper-Stanaway Ford Garage 14 Sawyer-Stoll Wood Preserving Company 1l• Township Staff 12 2 100 Snyder Drug Store 11 2 11$ Ted's Paint Store 10 120 Ace Hardware Store 6 13. Bonovich Builders 7 14. Pajula and Maki Contractors 150 16e Poirier's Motel and Gas Station Juntti Service Station 5 4 17. Triangle Motel 9 2 4 3 18. Pen West Bank 2 19. Pete 9 s Service Station 2 20. Sunnyside Estates Mobile Home Park 2 21. Ruona Excavating 1 22. Suburban Motel 1 23. Joan's Beauty Shop 1 TOTAL Source: 28 353 3 46 Marquette County Planning Commission Telephone Survey, 1978 According to the above list made in 1978, there are approximately 353 jobs within the To~mship. the Township. In 1970, there was s work force of 804 people in The County's work force has grown by an average of 7.2:J{, per 48 �CHAPTER !V LAND USE Introduction The variety of land uses observable on the landscape are n result of many influences, both human imd natural. Land uses that have develop,a d in the township are a result of the decisions made by many individuals, families, business people and government officials and, aa such, are not a pro- duct of comprehensive planningo Rather, the present development patter;1 can be attributed to tradition, economic influences, changing social patterns, etco Such land use practices have resulted in haphvzard develop- ments and ra:i.xetl land use probl~ma. 'l~~us, careful decisions and efficient allocation of land for various uses at appropriate locations are necessary for deriving th~ maximum benefits of land use and to improve the quality of living. In m~der to do this, it ia necessary to understand the existing patterns of land u.se ~nd the possible limiting factors thet could influ- ence futura developments and potentials of land use in Ishpeming Town~hipo The analysis was conduc-1:ed at two levels .. Information gathered from secondary sources vas obtained and geuerai trends were analyzed. Land uaa information was also obtained through field inspection and analyzed on an individual basise The following objectives were established to guide the analysis. - Determine the typ~j character and amount of each major land useo - Evaluate the a~propriateness of past land use practices. · - Identn·y potentials and J.irni tationa for expansion of residential, commercial, •industrial and public land uses. - Identify the areas that are suitable for intensive development and that have high resource production potential. · - Evaluate the land ownership pattern and its impact on land usa. Provide a source of information for future planning and possible revisions of development controls. Location and Size Ishpeming Township is north centrally located in Marquette County and occupies 92.5 square miles or approximately 5% of the total County area. Townships bordering Ishpeming Township include Powell to the north, Champion and Ely to the west, Tilden to the south, and Marquette and Negaunee to the east. The cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming make up the Township's southeast boundary. 50 �available and more expensive, forcing people to locate in the surrounding townships. Recently, the expansion of the Cleveland Cliffs mining opera- tions has resulted in in-migration, and development in the township ia expanding to meet the needs of an increasing population. Factors Affecting Land UBe Land use change has been the result of various decisions made by individuals, families, business persons, public agencies and so forth. It io of significance to note that the decisions m~de by various individuals and groups are oriented to their own self-interest and that there is usually no attempt made to coordinate their activities for overall community improvement or to consider the effect of such development on eurrounding land uises, utilities, services, etc. This haphazard decision-making process has often resulted in scattered develepments and incorni,atible land uses. Public agencies such as federal, state, county 9 and 'oit;y governments play a very important role in land use changes. The federal government exer- cizes a number of resp~naibilities that affect land use through various loan and grant programs for such p~rposea aa plam1ing, public housing, urban renewal, water and sewers etc. Other than funding, they have little control on the direction and magnitude of land use change. T~e role of State has traditionally been limited to providing enabling legislation to local go·~ernmen"tB to regulate growth and developments. However, some of the decisions rnade by the State, such as highway location, ~ill obviously affect land use changes~ If public health powars were stringently exercized by the State, it would affect land use changes in areas dependent upon septic tanks for aevage disposal. Among other factors, the transportation system has a great influence on land use changes. The expanding highway network has permitted the small town and rural residents to commute to larger cities for employment and specialized services, which in turn has exerted major influences on the land use patterns within the communities. Tha increased mobility offered by the highways has also facilitated the strip development of rural non-farm residences along these highways, ·thus influencing land use change from agriculture .or forestry to residential. At the same time, the increased mobility has placed additional demands on outdoor recreational facilities in rural areas, thus influencing land use conversion processes. 52 �Some scattered residential development has taken place along County Road 510. Residential atructures consist of the following types: apartment buildings, duplexes, single family dwellinga, mobile homes, and attached, seasonal and vacant dwellings. Residential areas account for approximately 4'+7 acres. Commercialo US-410 Moat commercial establishments are located adjacent to 'fhese establishments include service stations, motels, a f!70ceey store, a radio shop, a hardware ator~a dentist to office, a bank, and an auto dealership. Industrial. of th9 to~nahip. Commercial uses account for about ·16 acres. Industrial uaes are scattered around the southern p~rt Th@ industries include the . Iahpeming Steel Corporation, the Sawyer Stoll Wood Preserving Co~, an industrial tire service, construction companies, and the gravel pits. Industrial uaes account for about 26 ac:r.es. Public-Quasi Public. Public uses are located within the develowed areaao These include the schools, the playgrotmd, chi1rches, the cemetery, tho town- hall, the fire .hall, the ball diamond, tennis courts 9 snowmobile trails, and the Elks Club picnic area. Agricultural. Public uses account for about 38 acres. A limit,ed amount of agricultural production is taking place along county roads GP, GA.A, and 573. These areas, ~p~roximately 390 acres, are used for pasturage or fodder production. The above uses can be seen on land use maps 1, 2, tlnd 3- (Figures 12, 13, 14, and 15) Land Ownership The three categories of land ownership utilized in this analysis are coz,porate, private, and governmental. listed balow. The acreage in each category is �Figure 13 T I I1 D€:"1; ~l\'/"'1'1 1•n1 • ••• •••• f""r- - - • ■ • · • • ■ ■fl ■ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lli ·.. . ~ .. ·... -:-:■:•. :-:■ ·· : I .TO\VNSHIP ~ ,. I ~ MAP ONE It ., ., c-:•:•.:•:❖.:-:•:•-· C··•·••-i"'.. 1l· 1. •::: :-:•::: :\'. •.'. •••••••••• '( :: : I LAND USE :-:• :• r.·.·•:•.·.·•:•.·.· c-:-: ~-:-:-:--:-:-: ~-.· .-....·.· ·.·.·.· ...... >-:•::::,:-::::.:-:: :iii\\ r::•.·.·-:•.·.·•:•.·. _·:::: r • • ••• •• ••• •• ·.•, . r,,,f\ h] li'~ I"' tJ\o Iu\1 fU ... H I ::t • ' "· . 3 ~I l: ,' .. ~ : ROCK EI r!!/\j\~:,:::~ ~;~~f: ~;. .": · · w "' l~ ! ~'." •' \ ·~ :~~?''v- 1 j t ! '& ~,•••:,rt>t:,· • ~~ !;~!"4 '1\lil\\lr- ,ii\il\\il11 ·•• ;. 1 \'1J:: 11 , ......... . ' 1ill 1;1:·1::::1 '::::!,~ :::: ··"•!!!!! •!"'1.. ,>ti!!••J:\11 ::: 'I :?~:: ::·· !!!!!{}! •:•:•:•::: ' I Ir I I · ..,. . . .. f""''•"I ~ l. L) "'f__;. i I --- l I · •,- - ~,;j;.L.AKE !ii. ~:i I NORT I "'""'" I , mm\i . \L_______ 1 1· .. ::m +:~•1•·•t'!%n.tu;;"1Cff•·"· ··l.•·• ...• • •...· •....• 1 . . ·· •:• •/ m " .... \!! : : ?1•11~~~-[~!i.,! · ··· ·~--ul·· · :Hi!! 'rrtillJ}m:i :J ITTITI7 Residen.t _ ial' llilliliill Commercial [ ] Public Semi Publi_c Industrial ~!: .:\[:\\:\:\ : 1 m• ::-. ~~~:-~~l:~•m;.N?:1.:. iv•J~ST . ·•It ·:::\:::::: M:W~R. »-.=, lsHPEMING ·,u ;· ··· ·: I ""' !. ..... --- -------- _,,. so~r. .£:,q SCALE - • · 1. ->.;;.:-:mJ%'a FEET �· Figure •15 ISi~~PEfvUNG .TOt'U~!SHIP LAND USE MAP 3 LEGEND 0 □ · ·f,,m,,,:5 YEAR-ROUND □ -RESIDENCES INTENSIVE SEASONAL g,,::::M -DEVELOPMENT 58 9 ~ SCALE- MILES �Major Land ~nera Approximate- Acreage 1. Clevelani Cliffs T-ron Company 2. .Percent of Total Area 14,600 24 .. 6'.;f. Gannon Lumber Corp. 6,194- 10.4% 3. North Woods Products, Inc. 5,3?8 9.1% 4. U.ti. Steel Copp •• 4,067 2,746 6.. 9% 5. Nakoosa-Edwards Paper Co. 60 Michland, Inc .. 7. Kidder and Gotschall 8. l!;scanaba hllp Co. 9. Longyear Realty Co~. 10. Connor Forest Industry- 3.9% 2,332 1,707 2.9,6 1,,~o 2 .. 4% 1,300 2 .. 2% 1,280 41,0o4 Source: 4.616 2 .. 2% 69.2% Marquett2 County Atlas and Plat Book, 1973. Conclusion The development patterns in Ishpeming Township range from compact to scattered and have often occurred in a strip or lineal form along major roads. These development patterns can be attributed to several factors such as soils, highways, topography, accessibility, and land ownerehip. For example, minimal development has occurred in outlying areas because of the lack of accessibility and the large percentage of lands owned by corporations. Most of the recreational or seasonal development haa oc- curred along the Dead River Basin. The intensive land uses have occurred in the West Ishpeming location because . of the accessibility offered by H\-fY• US-41. Because of the Township's increasing population and expanding development, several problems need to be addraased in order to ensura orderly· growth. One problem is that the commercial strip along highway U.S. 41 is developing in a haphazard fashion. With each new establishment, one or . more driveways are added to U.S. 41, creating potential traffic hazards. Also, the coat of providing needed utilities and services to lineal developments along major roads is prohibitively high. 60 �Issues and Problems - The majority of the Township (98%) land can be categorized as open space, which means it is· undeveloped. A limited amount of agricultural production is taking place along Gounty roads GP, GAA, and 573. Scattered development is increasing in outlying areas. If not properly planned for, this development may result in higher service and utilities costs or may cause pollution hazards due to high water tables or poor soil conditions. - Some scattered development has taken place along County Road 510. A lineal pattern of residential land use has developed along portions of County roads GP and 573 and around periph':!ral areas of the Dead River Basin.. Lineal developments result in higher service and util5.ties costs. - The commercial strip along highway US-41 is developing in a haphazard fashion which could result in traffic hazards and in increasing lineal or strip de,relopment. Over the last ten years, the demand for industrial, commercial, and ~esidential/recreational land use has increa~ed. However, a limited supply of land is avaibble since almost 707/J of the land in the Township is corporately owned. ~bis situation has caused a sharp increase in property values. 62 �Vehicles. Automobiles, buses, trucks, and trains are the basic vehicle types operating within the Townahip. in transporting persons or cargo. Each has its o~m function and effioiency In terms of use, on a national level the auto accounts for approximately 85 to 90 percent of total travel on freeways, arterials, and local streets. vel. Trucks account tor most of the remaining tra- The number or percentage of trips made by bus or rapid transit varies widely depending upon density, physical,and economic characteristics of the study nrea. Bus and rapid transit services a.re currently not provided 1;1fl th- in the To~mship • . Terminal Facilitieso A terminal is any facility providing for the de- livery, receipt, or temporary storage of freight or the vehicle itself~ ~bese facilities also include points of passenger embarkation and areas desig-~ed for the temporary storage of passenger vehicles. Off-street parking, garages, and lots are forms of terminal facili·ties as are railroad yards, airports, truck terminals, and docks4 T'ne terminal facilities in Ishpeming Township involv~ roadway related stops. The Circulation Subsystems and the PlanninG Commission It is essential that the Township Plan.~ing Commission has an understanding of elements of the transportation system and their inter-relationship to be able to plan effectively for the present and future. Although all three sub-systems are importimt, the Planning Commission must realize it has little or no control over the vehicle subsystem. On the other hand, the Commission can often make decisions which will directly influence the maintenance, function, or location of travelways. The location of terminal facilities can also be influenced through actions of the Commission, for example, by the creation of off-street parking provisions. Non-Highway and Extra-Township Trans~ortation Highways and streets are the primary pathways of transportation within Ishpeming Township. However, other modes of transportation provide important service to Township residents as well. Air Service. '.!:he Marquette County Airport, throug~ North Central Air- lines and a local charter flying company, provides commercial or commuter passenger and cargo services. The airport is located approximately 8 miles �of the County's Motor Vehicle Highway fund, (after an ap~roximate 10% deduction for other e~T,enditures) is alloted for County primary roads. Town- ships are not responsible for primary road expenditures. In Ishpeming Township, 5<Yt6 of the primary roads are not paved and are conaidered "inadequate'' by the County Road Commission for the amount or type of traffic they support. County L-0cnl Roads$ The County local roads within the Township con- stitute all C.:.mnty roads not included in the primary system., I~ should be noted that the "local" {as well as "primary") designation here represents a state-county legal classification which pertains primarily to road financing$ It is not to be confused with a later discussion on the functional classifications (local - collector - arterial) of the Township's roadwayso Unlike the primary system 1 only 59% (28,.5 miles) of the County local road network is maintained and plowed on a year-round basis~ Another dif- ference is ~hat 25% of the previously mentioned Motor Vehicla Highway Fund is typically utilized for the local ro~ds. Horeover, property tax revenues are often necessary for road construction since local county road funds must generally be matched by local township funds., Approximately 33~'6 of the local county roads are unpaved and are considered "inadequate" by the Marquette County Road Commission,. A composite of the type and condition of the Countr roads within the Township can be seen in Table IV. With the exception of the platted areas,•the Township 0 s network of plowed roads is depicted in Figure 16. Classification of Roads Roads, the primary component of the circulation system, have v~rious functions. While many roads carry strictly local traffic, others carry high volumes of through traffic. between tha above mentioned types. Still others serve aa connective links Roads, therefore, may be categorized according to( their predominant functions and community service character• istics. Several benefits may be realized by road classification:::according to function. a. 9 Such a system together with traffic volume information may: Provide a framework for the formulation of land use policies regarding properties located near or adjacent to roadways. 66 �Figure 116 ISHPEMING TOvVNSHIP COUNTY sys-, EM ROAD ,,----__ COUNTY ROAD {PLOWED) - - - _ ;. -- C OUN TY R O AD ( U N PLO W E. P) : - - ..... -----..-, _. "".: I .......... '/ I I I I I a. (.'.) us 41 ~) I 'SEE : I MAP2' I MAP I p I I "---- - - - - - - - J NIL.ES g I N I r t) __J (.9 GK PO MAP 2 O I i ,12 I MILES �Collector. The collector street or road, also primarily a residential phenomenon, is necessary for -the efficiency and accomodation of shorterhaul local traffic. Basically, collector streets will have faster design speeds, greater right-of-way widths, better grades of pavement, etc., than local streets. The primary function of this roadway type is to collect and distribute traffic between local streets and arterial thoroughfares. they filter and conduct Occasionally, traffic to such local ganerators as shopping cen- ters,schools, or community centers. Land access should be a s~condary function of a collector and should be reflected in its operation and design. ting driveways should be discouraged. On-street parking and intersec- As in the case of the local roadway, a collector often functions as an easement for utilities, as an open space furnishing light and air, and as a design element in residential areas. Arterials. Arterials typically have wider lanes and shoulders, faster design speeds and less impeded traffic movement than the aforementioned road types. The first and moat important funtion of the arteri.::il is to move large volumes of vehicles, such as cars, trucks, and busses and includes, as the name artery implies, larger trips from geographic point to another. If possible, access from residential areas to these thoroughfares should not be via local streets but, rather, by collectors. Although land access should be a secondary fu..ction of arterials, owners usually have a legal right to access. Historically, traffic brought people, people brought trade, and trade led to commercial development. Zoning has tended to per- petuate the location of commercial strips on many sections of arterials while the design of streets and the development of abutting properties has not recognized the problem created by increasing traffic volumes. Parking on arterial streets should be discouraged and, fortunately, is one function that is being increasingly controlled due to the pressure of increased traffic volumes. The arterial also serves as an easement for utilities and as an open space, providing light and air. The greater width of arterials creates an opportunity for impressive design, but this opportu~ity has seldom been utilized. Utility poles, advertising signs, billboards, and taste- less architecture all contribute in making arterials the ugliest streets in urban America. �One of its functions is to serve as a collector or connective link be- tween the above mentioned roads for urban ail,d rural residents of illshpeming and Tilden Townships. Another important function of Stoneville Road is that of indirectly providing access to County Road 476, a vital link between the County work force and industrial suppliers, and the Tilden and Palmer mining operations. T'nis twofold function suggests that Stoneville Road be assigned a collector classification. Other Roads (Collectors). Becau~e of their distributive and shorter- haul local traffic characteristics, it is suggested that County Road 583 south of US-41 (RandaJ!Drive) and County Road 583 north of US-41 (North Lake Road) be designated as local collectors~ The same applies to County Road 573 (Deer Lake Road) and County Road 510. All roads or streets which are not shown in Fig.16 should be classified as local roadwayse Problem Areas US-41. Several problems currently oxist which reduce the effectiveness of US-41 in moving traffic quickly, safely, and effici.ently through and within the Township. ao They are listed as follows: The thoroughfai'e, a portion of which is only two lanes, was not designed to carry the large volume of traffic or the heavy loads which it · now carries. b. A number of local residential streets intersect the thoroughfare since it is the only major arterial through the Township. c. Adjacent strip development and accompanying direct access points have occured along much of the highway's length because of the favorable commercial demand often associated with arterials. These problems, if let unchecked, will only be intensified in the future. The expected increases in To~mship (and County) population and re- creational activities will increase the demand for effective transportation facilities. Unfortunately, the existing conditions limit improvements to pavement widening, signalization, and channelization. It is extremely important for both safety and convenience that improvements to this vital route be made promptly. 72 �Spot Residential De,relopment. Continued residential spot development on seasonal and some rural roads creates havoc with the transportation system and places a burden not only on the County Road Commission but the Town-ship as well. Various County and Township services are required as outlying areas are converted to year-round uses. Because these services involve high unit time-cost distancesand generally benefit a few people, the cost per person ratio is extremely high in thoselocations. Land use controls and the abandonment of roads in areas which should not be haphazardly developed-can allow revenues and other resources to be used where there is a greater need. Development on Collectors. Residential development along collector type roadwGys presents a very real traffic nazard. Short sight distances due to hills and curves typifies many of the Township's collectors. 1"hia,, especially when combined with the situation -of lots directly fronting these roads, jeopardizes the goal of safe and efficient traffic movements. Land use regulations can be utilized to limit access points along these roadways .. Sight distances can only be improved as expenditures allow. Secondnr,- Priority Hems 1. Consideration should be given to the feasibility and effectiveness of an official township commuter parking lot. Such a facility would promote the use of ca-r pools as means of -transportation to the various e:ctra-township arees of employment., 2o Areas with scenic values along roads should be recognized and preserved or enhanced where possibleo Deed restrictions, limited tree cuttlng 1 increased building setbacks, the prohibition of unnecessary signs, and related land use controls are some means of achieving this objective. 3. While allowing for sufficient provisions for road related transport modes, whenever possible the Township should support or encourage alternative mobility methodso Bicycle paths linking recreational areas and open spaces, and hiking-jogging trails leading outward from the urban areas are two examples of alternative modes. 74 �CHAPTER VI RECREATION Introduction In this chapter of the Ishpeming Township Comprehensive Plan the importance of recreation in sustaining an acceptable condition of living will be stressed. The chapter is basically a reiteration of the Ishpeming Town- ship Recreation Plan. It's specific purposes are to: 1. Identify a,1d classify existing recreation resources in the Township. 2. Identify those resources that serve the ·Township located outside its boundaries. 3. Present roles and responsibilities of the Township and County. 4., Present elements, natural and human ) influencing projected recreation needs and evaluati-ons. 5. Recommend goals and objectives which may be used as· guidelines regarding capital improvments and other -policies. Recreation Administration The Ishpeming Township Board established a To,...mship Recreation Committee at it~ February, 1977 board meeting. bers. Tne recreation committee has five mema The members were appointed to the committee by the Township supervisor with the a1?proval of the Township board. members before appointments were made. T'.ae Township board advertised for The recreation committee regularly meets on the fourth Tuesday of each month. The recreation committee is advisory in nature and assists the Township board in setting recreatio~ development priorities and in recreational program development. The Township has a general maintenance crew of four people who have responsibilities for recreational maintenance. The Township is involved in recreation programming, however, much of the recreation programming for this part of Marquette County is sponsored by the NICE School District. Township funds are budgeted for recreation. bu~gets for Township recreation. Below is FY77 and FY78 �Trail Type Facility Inventory One of the Township's most plentiful recreational resources are its trailse Secondary collector roads, railroad grades, electrical, telephone, and pipeline distribution systems all. supply trails for hunting, fishing, cross-country skiing, hiking, and off-road vehicles, although most of these trails are located well outside the residential area. Al Quall - Snowmobile tr·a il Cross-Country trail Ishpeming-Michigamme Snowmobile 'frail Cooper Lake - Westwood High School Trail Unofficial Cross-Country trail Regional Facilities Servfng Ishpeming Townshir_ Facilities outside the Township qualifying as regional or special ~urpose may include: Presque Isle Park Van Riper State Park Shiras Park Ottowa National Forest Michigamme State Forest Escanaba River State Forest Programs Ishpeming Township is currently involved in recreational programming for softball at the existing Township recreation area. Programming takes place during the spring and summer months. All other recreation programs are sponsored by the Community Schools, NICE School District. The location of the programming is at the Westwood High School. The following programs are offered by the community schools: Time of Year Program Golf Summer Basketball All Jear Tennis Summer-- Skii_ng Winter 78 �Figure II on page 4 of the Ishpeming Township Recreation Plan shows some possible areas in the Township which were tentatively identified as potential picnic areas and playground areas. Further information regarding recreation may be found in the Ishpeming Township Recreation Plan, dated April, 1977, and the Ishpeming Township Recreation Area 11 Si te Plan" dated 2/10/78. Issues and Probl6ms - There are several key issues which are affecting and may effect recreation development and recreation use in Ishpeming Township. T'ne issues are: 1. Lack of available land ~" Potential iron ore mining 3~ Population pressures from Tilden Township 4. Increases in population growth - The availability of land has been and continues to be an issue of great concern to the residents of Ishpeming Township .. Many of the efforts to provide public facilities and areas in this part of Marquette Countj have . been thwarted by the lack of available land. . - Areas directly north of uS-41, H;.;;28 have kno1:m iron ore deposits.. Mining of this area could effectively split the Township in two. Provision of services to all Township residents would become a major problema - The northern -part of Tilden Township, adjacent to the major developed portion of Ishpeming Township, is experiencing much new developmento This part of Tilden To,,.mship is more closely geographically-related to Ishpeming Township than to the remaining part of Tilden Township. This may cause increased use of the Ishpeming Township recreational facilities beyond what would be expected based on Ishpeming Township's population. Ishpeming Township is expected to experience significant population increases over the next twenty years. Based on preliminary CUPPAD population projections, the population of the Township will double by the year 2000. Planning for future recreational facilties should be done with this in mind. Bo �concentrations have not been high enough to warrant concern or action. While many municipalities are required to use chlorination, for example, for disinfection (and occassionally flouridation) the Township's raw water is of such a quality that it may be pumped directly _from the wells to the distribution system without treatment. Distribution Systemo T'ne TO\•m ship publi~ -water system currently supplies approximately 845 services. Of .these, only nonresidential customers are metered (residential users represent over 9o//o of the accounts). Township's residences are serviced by the systemo Approximately~82°/4 of the Ar~as served by the system are shotm ;i,n Figure 17. With the notable exception of one subdivision bution system basically consists of 6 inch mains. (the Seilo Plat) the distri- Plans are currently under way to convert the 4 inch main in the Seilo Plat to a 6 inch main. Adequacy of Supply. 400,000 GPD The wells currently produce an average of 300,000 to (gallons per day), the lower figure representing winter consumption and the latter, summer use .. From this . it can be seen that the water supply in Ishpeming Township is adequately supplying present everyday needs. The system is capable of supplying substantially more water than the Township presently requires (including the new subdivisions Westwood I, Westwood II, and Harrison Hills II) as long as the wells continue to yield water at their present rates. This partially in view of the construction of the aforementioned new well and storage facility. Present daily consumption indicates that more than two days demand of water will be available in storage. (this would also help greatly in providing sufficient quantities of water for fire fighting purposes). Wastewater Ishpeming To~mship has two wastewater treatment plants which currently serve approximately A:(~ .:,, . customers. ~.[ ·, The "North Plant" serves the plat of North Ishpeming, / l·' I..,. -~part of which is in the 11 Deer Lake area" of the Township, and part of which is in 82 �the City of Ishpeming. The "West Plant" serves the bulk of the Township's pop- ulation which is situated from the plat of West Ishpeming westward. The plants were built simultaneously in 1962, and provide only primary treatment. Waste disposal in the unserviced areas of the Township is primarily to individual septic tanks. A few of the more remote dwellings still utilize pit privies. While the lot acreage is large enough for safe disposal in many rural areas, land use intensification~ high water tables, and/or poor soil ~onditions make individual sewage disposal a health hazard in many ±nstanceso Roughly 20% of the :population is rural and without a centralized sewerage system. The primary water problem in Ishpeming Township involves rehabilitating public sewage treatmento The Township is presently under Environmental Protection Agency orders to upgrade the poorly-treated waste water effluents to federal standards by 1982.. The feasible treatment alternatives to overcome this deficiency as determined by the Township's engineers include: lo A lagoon with irrigatio~ of effluent. 2. Activated sludge treatment. 3. Rotating biological discs. The Tovmship and City of Ishpeming are currently negotiating possible arrangements to consolidate treatment facilities. Conclusion Wise planning decisions will be required for the improvement and extension of the water distribution system as future demands for public water supply increase with increasing population and expanding development. The same applies not only to the· expansion of the sewer system and required treatment facilities, but to the expansion of other utilities as well. 84 �CHAPTER VIII COMMUNITY FACILITIES Introduction Community facilities may be defined as those structures and/or services ~n1ich provide public benefits that are not normally offered by the private sector. The number and especially the quality of such facilities often re- flect the character of airldegree of pride in the community. Furthermore, communiiies with high standard structures and facilities are generally more attractive to desirable industrial and commercial enterprises than similar communities-with less adequate facilities. Schools, parks, utilities, cemeteries, libraries, police, fire, and water and wastewater facilities, and township halls and other public buildings are examples of community facilities. Those facilities which are dis- cussed elsewhere in the plan, such as parks and water and wastewater facilities, have been deleted from this chaptero Structures Other than those buildings related to water and sewer functions, the only structure owned and operated by Ishpeming Township ia the t'ownship hall. Built in 1969, it is located on US-41 near the general population, size is adequate for present and future needs. The lot The brick and concrete build- ing is in good condition and is eqnipp~d with toilets, electricity and heat. Although originally designed as a fire hall, the building now provides rooms for meetings andoffices for Township business as well as housing for fire fighting equipment. The building cannot be truly classified as a com- munity building since, having originally been designed as a fire hall, it does not have room for community functions such as wedding receptions, youth programs, senior citizen programs, or related acti~ities. ture does not provide ready access to the handicapped. Also, the struc- The lack of space also results in relatively cramped working conditions for the Township employees. 86 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CHAPTER IX HOUSING Introduction Ishpeming Township ia experiencing a period of rapid grovth. The population is expected to increase by well over 1,000 people between 1970 and 1980. This growth has had an effect and will continue to exert an ef- fect on the housing situation in Ishpeming Township. 'l'his chapter identi- fies what types of homes have been built, when they were built, where they are located, and what housing problems have developed over the years. It also includes population and housing trends and an estimate of projected housing needs for 1980. An investigation of ·these elements will enable tha Township to formulate an overall plan that will effectively meet present and future housing needs. Existing Hou?in~ Characteristics Ishpeming Township contains about 5% 4% of the County's year-round rasidenceso of the County's land area and about The 1970 census of housing revealed that there were 803 housing units within Ishpeming Township. ded 671 year-round occupied units, The units inclu- 84 vacant units, 48 seasonal housing units and 2 mobile homes. A housing survey carried out by the Marquette County Planning Commission during April of 1977 revealed that there were 1109 housing units in Ishpeming Township, 1016 of which were year-rotmd occupied residences. Of the 1016 JS~r-round occupied residences, 796 were single family, 134 were mobile homes, 62 were in duplexes, 23 were in apartment buildings, and 1 was attached. year-round units were distributed around the Township as follows: The 54% in sub- divisions in Section 7 and 8, T47N-R27W; 13% in Sunnyside Estates mobile home park (this park contains 97% of the Township's mobile homes); 12% in North 7% in North Lake; 7% along County Road CL and Cooper Lake; and 4% along County Road 573. Ishpeming; Five vacant single family residences were located scattered around various parts of the Township. an estimate of Due to snowed-in roads at the tim~ of the aurvey, 83 seasonals, located on or neat the Dead River Basin, was . made from existing maps and aerial photographs. 88 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I some seasonal- dwellings. Of the 1,016 year-round occupied units located in the survey, 1 1014 were rated as sound and only 2 as substandard. were rated as substandard and only 3 of the 88 seasonal unite were rated as subs tandard. Condition of Housing Units I I I Sub-Standard Sound Year-Round Occupied Units Vacant Units Located Seasonal Units Located Source: Percent Number Number Percent 1,014 99.876 2 3 6o.o% 2 85 97.<Ylo 3 Marquette County Planning Commission Housing Study, 1977 As can be seen from the above figures, the condition of housing in Ishpeming Township is very good. This can be partially attributed to the r~lative nev age of the housing supply~ It can be estimated that over 50% of the housing in the Township has been built since 1950. Age of Housing Units Percenta Year Built 15% 18% 1.5% 32% Prior to 1921 1921 to 1940 1941 to 1950 1951 to 1960 1961 to 1972 I I I Only 2 of the 5 vacant units a 2,:d,% Percentages represent summary from 20 percent sampling of selected townships and cities. Source: County Equalization records. Les e than one percent or two of the Township's year-round occupied residences were rated as either deteriorating or dilapidated. 90 About 6~ �.. HOUSING · FIGURE 18. . HOUSING IS ~JP E fo/1If.JG TO~Vli.JSHIP I I I I I I I I I I I I I ...... i;},·::1 1 N LEGEND DENSITY CQNDJTJON Sound Hmm o-7 Housesl40ac. Deter/~rating C'J s-19 Houses/40ac. Delapidatsd 1llllll 20+-Houses/40ac. Miles l&:t:~·:il 0 I ffi·htl 2 3 Source: Marquette County HousinqStudy, _1977. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I Number ~/Persons Psr Room Percent Total Owner Percent Renter 1.0 or lesa 598 89.1 548 88.8 50 1.01 - 1.50 65 9.7 61 9.9 4 8 1.2 8 1.3 1.. 51 and up Source: Percent 1970 Census of HoUEing T'ne F.ate of otrner occupancy in the township is very high$ Of the total 671 year-round occupied units in 1970, 617 or 92°/4 were owner occupied and 54 or 8% were renter occupiedo The value of owner-occupied units and a break- down of monthly rental fees are supplied below. These figures are now dated and should be reviaed with the 1980 census. Value of OirmeT-0ccn-pied Uni ts 2 1970 Value Number of Units Less than $5,000 $5,000 - $9,999 $10,000 -$14,999 $15,000 -$19,999 Number of Units Value 64 41 $20,000-$21~,999 30 8.5 $25,000-$~,999 $35,000-$49,999 $50,000 or more 126 129 9 2 Monthly Contract of Renter - Occupied Units, 1970 Cash Rent Number of Units Cash Rent Number of Units Less than $40 10 $120 - $149 2 $40 - $59 8 16 4 $150 - $199 0 $200 - $299 $3()0 and up 0 3 No caeh rent 7 S6o - S79 $80 - S99 S100 - $119 Source: 1970 Census of Housing 94 0 �/I Construction Trends No accurate records were kept for the number of net1 housing uni ts built in the Township prior to 1974. siilca 1974. However, accuTate records have b~en kept In 1974, 40 building permits were issued for new housing, 33 in 1975, 55 in '1976, and 35 in 1977. A breakdown of these permits crui be found below. Upon completion thase new structures provided or ~ill provide Ishpem- ing Township with 40 new housing unit~ in 1974, 40 in 1975? 63 in 1976, and 34 in 1977. This averages out to 44 new units per year. Buildint; Permits Ia.sued 1/1/?l} - 12/31/7? · Single Units 1m. 1222. 122§_ 1977 35 30 45 34 0 2 Multiple Units (9 units) 1 (4 units) 1 (120 units) nursing home Mobile Homes I I I I I I I I I I Source: 5 1 9 0 Ishpeming Township Builaing Code Inap~ctor According to the IshpGming To~mship Building Inspector, th3 drop in building permits in 1977 can be attributed to the lack of available area for new bousingo However, land is currently in the process of being plat- ted for lots and the number of permits is expected to increase in 1978. A limited amount of building 9 approximately a dozen homes, has occurred on larger parcels of land. At the present time mobile homes must be placed in mobile home parks. Ishpeming Township is in the process of building a ·nursing home housing 122 beds, which is expected to be completed in 1978. A senior citizens apartment building is also in the initial stages of planning. Building Code Enforcement. On November 6, 19?4, the State of Michigan Construction Code, Act 230, 1972, went into effect, providing for statewide adoption and enforcement of some form of building code. elected to enforce the Michigan State Building Code. Ishpeming Township The Township employs one part time building inspector who is under the direction of the Township Supervisor. Marquette County enforces the National Electrical and the Michigan Plumbing Code. 96 �Computation of Houaing Needs Number of Year-Round Unita 1 1977 o••••••••• Number of Year-Round Units, 1980 est.••••• 1016 117.5 + 159 Source: New Units Expected 1977-1980 •••••••••••••• - 132 + 27 Re~lacement Needs ••o••••••~•••••~••••••••• 0 Net Needs 1980 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• + 27 Marquette County Planning Commission Housing Study, 1977. 1~ese estimates and assumptions apply to the Ishpeming Township housing supply and establish a 1980 housing need. This need represents u..~its that will be necessary in addition to the normal activity that can ba expected. Issues and Prob1lerns - Housing units in the Township are relatively new. - The overall condition of the housing is very good. Mobile homes are only allowed in mobile home parks. one mobile home park in the Township. There is currently The unfilled demand for low cost housing is increasingly being met by the mobile home, whose numbers have increased considerably since 1970. I I I I I I - The low vacancy rate, which is under one half percent, allows prices to be higher than needed and choice to be very limitedo - There is a lack of variety in the existing housing supply. Single unit structures comprise 78% of the year-round housing supply. Multiple units comprise only 9% of the housing supply. The remaining 13% is comprised of mobile homes. The eXPansion of Empire and Tilden Mines and the growing preference of mining employees to live in rural areas will probably increase the demand for housing in the Townshipi �Economy GOAL I. PROMOTE THE GROWTH OF STABLE EMPLOYMENT IN ISHPEMING TOWNSHIP. Objectives 1. Encourage the expansion of existing industries while promoting the location of new small-scale industries in the Township. 2. Encourage well coordinated efforts by the Township government and private interests to stimulate greater diversification in the economic sector. 3. Relate econ~mic problems and problem remedies to other Township problems and targets. 4. Encourage commercial and industrial development on planned locations. 5. Develop and consolidate tourism's role in the economy of the Township by upgrading, expanding, and properly maintaining existing tourist facilities; by perser-~ing historic and scenic areas, wilderness areas, wildlife habitats, and open space areas; and by promoting Ishpeming Township as an area with year-round recreational opportunitias. 6. Restructure and expand the forestry industry through bet-ter forest land management, harvesting, utilization, and marketing. 7. Promote agriculture bypreserving lands with agricultural potentials and by encouraging agricultural management. Land Use GOALS I. I I I I I II. III. IV. v. PROVIDE A WIDE VARIETY OF LIVING AREAS RANGING FROM LOW DENSITY RURAL TO HIGH DENSITY URBAN DEVELOPMENT. DESIGN NEW DEVELOPMENT AREAS CONSISTENT WITH EXISTING NATURAL RESOURCES AND ENERGY RESOURCES. ENCOURAGE AND PLAN FOR RECREATIONAL OR LOW DENSITY HOUSING IN AREAS THAT WILL Nar INCREASE SOCIAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS. PRESERVE AGRICULTURE AS A VIABLE, PERMANENT LAND USE. PROMOTE AND MAINTAIN AN OPEN SPACE LAND USE SYSTEM. �Transnortation GOAL I. IMPROVE ALL MODES AND ARTERIES OF TRANSPORTATION IN A BALANCED RELATIONSHIP TO EACH OTHER AND AS INTEGRAL PARTS OF A LOCAL, REGIONAL, II. .A}m STATEWIDE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM. COORDINATE THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE TRANSPORTATION NETWORK WITH THE OVERALLL DEVELOPMENT OF THE TOWNSHIP'S Hln-1AN AND PHYSICAL RESOURCES. Objectives 1. Coordinate the transportation development of the To,..mship with those of the cities, County, and State .. 2. Coordinate the transportation related plans of private enterprises with the plans of public agencies. 3. Participate in County and State transportation planning. 4. Improve the convenience and safety of the transportation system to maximize the mobility of the Township•s people .. 5. Make recommendations for roa<.l improvements and seek Planning Com-- mission review of the County Road Commission's periodic construction programs within the Township .. 6. Encourage land use controls which will: (a) Minimize or discourage developments, including residential, commercial, and outdoor advertising, which interfere with the transportation function of arterial and principal collector roadso (b) Facilitate abandonment of roads which serve localities not suitable for development, permitting resources to be used where need is greater. r 102 �Objectives 1. Existing public water and waste1:1ater systems should be maintained and periodically rehabilitated and improved. 2. Existing public water and wastewater systems should be eArpanded to service new de~elopment immediately adjacent to present service areas. 3. Storm water should continue to be separated from sanitary waste and/or treated wherever feasible. 4. (a) Not be installed in location with limitations which could inhibit· adequate wastewater disposal. (b) Continue to be maintained on a regular basis. (c) Be rehabilitated or replaced to alleviate wastewater disposal problems that public regulatory agencies have determined to be dangerous to the public heal~h. 5. Federal, state, and local governments should fully cooperate in planning and financing municipal wastewater systems whenever feasible. 6. Public water and wastewater systems should be jointly developed in adjoining cities and townships where such joint use achieves economies of scale and permits improved quality controL ?o Wastewater collection s:ystems should be upgraded to minimize excessive infiltration/inflow of ground water and surface water .when necessary. Land use planning should be carried out through-out the Township to guide the orderly and efficient expansion and renewal of existing population centers; local land use controls, including zoning and subdivision ordinances, should be enacted, enforced, andnperiodically updated. Bo 9. 10. I Onsite wastewater disposal systems should: Public water and wastewater systems should not be developed to service areas outside the Township's existing population centers, except: (a) To service lake or river front development, and (b) To· correct conditions that public regulatory agencies have determined to be dangerous to the public health. Local wastewater rates should crontinue to: (a) Be set at levels sufficient to support the costs of maintenance and operations, debt service, and the building of a r·eserve fund; (b) Be reviewed annually; and (c) Wherever feasible, refect cost apportionments among users according to the amount of water they consume. �Housing GOALS I. ENCOURAGE THE DEVELOPMENT OF A HOUSING SUPPLY WHICH PROVIDES EACH FAMILY OR INDIVIDUAL WITH THE OPPORTUNITY TO RESIDE IN DECENT, SAFE, AND SANITARY HOUSING. II. DEVELOP LOCAL LA.l'\fD USE PLANS WHICH GUIDE HIGH DENSITY POPULATION AND HOUSING GROWTH INTO AREAS WITH EXISTING OR PLANNED FACILITIES AND SERVICES. III. ENCOURAGE THE DEVELOPMENT OF A HOUSING SUPPLY WHICH PROVIDES EACH FAMILY WITH A CHOICE REGARDING HOUSING 'rYPES' DENSITY' Al'm COST. IV. ENCOURAGE THE DEVELOPMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT OF HOUSING IN A MANNER WHICH STRENGTHENS THE ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL WELL BEING OF EXISTING COMMUNITIES • V. DEVELOP NEW HOUSING IN AREAS WHICH ALLOW FOR THE EFFICIENT USE OF AND PRESERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES. Objectives 1. Recognize housing ac.1 a public, as well as a private, responsibility .. 2. Encourage the development of a wide variety of housing types, including single family homes, mobile homes, duplexes, town houses, and apartments. 3. Encourage mobile home development only in planned mobile home parks. 4. Encourage the development of housing designed to meet the special needs of particular segments of society, such as the elderly, lowincome, and middle income groups. 5. Seek greater support in the form of financial assistance from the State Housing Authority, HUD, and Farmer's Home Administration. 6. Encourage the development of programs designed to rehabilitate old and obsolete, but structurally sound, dwellings. 7. Encourage Planned Unit Developments and cluster development as a means of obtaining larger open space acres.<>within residential areas. 8. Promote quality residential site planning which preserves natural resources and critical areas such as wetlands, lakeshores, steep slopes, and woodlands. 9. Promote soil conservation practices which minimize soil erosion during residential construction. 10. Recognize and encourage quality site planning in order to conserve· transportation and heating energy. 106 �CHAPTER XI IMPLEMEN'l'ATION Implementation The implementation section of the Ishpeming Township Comprehensive Plan outlines ways and means of carrying out the recommendations made in this report, and establishes guidelineG fer administering a planning programo A number of legal and administrative methods are available for im- plementation of the plan. Every effort should be made by Township offi- c 5.als and residents to follow a program of this nature. Legal Implementation Zoning_Or~inance/Subdivision Re1;Ulation. An important method of im- plementing the land use recommendations made within the Plan is through zoning. A zoning ordinance regulates the use of private land, population densities, land coverage, and heights of structureso The ordinance should consist of a map showing the various land use districts, and include . a written document governing standt=J.rds and administrative procedures. It is recommended that the Township Planning Comrnissioni which is also the ZoningBoard, take a strong stand on enforcing the zoning ordinance. The addition of a Planned Unit Development section in the ordinance and subdivision control regulations should be considered in the future. Building and Housing Codes. Building and housing codes establish stan- dards for building construction and for dwelling units. Building Codes con- tain regulations concerning new construction and major repairs or alterations to existing structures. The State Construction Code provides for ac- ceptable structure standards and construction practices. concerned with residential units. sanitary living conditions. Housing codes are They are designed tu insure safe, sound, The housing code primarily addresses itself to the questions of overcrowding. It is recommended that the Ishpeming Township Planning Commission take a more active role in the process of enforcing and supervising building codes in Ishpeming Township .. 108 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Ishpeming-Twp_Comprehensive-Plan_1978 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Marquette County Planning Commission, Marquette County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1978-09 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Plan for Ishpeming Township was prepared by the Marquette County Planning Commission in September 1978. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Ishpeming Township (Mich.) Marquette County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/beed8de720f7a5c372e67660d5acc802.pdf 652d20bd5a6cc49aa1f83b4380dea77a PDF Text Text FINAL DRAFT (C(O)MOFmJEilffiEN§ITVJE JFJLAN City of St. Joseph, Michigan - - - - - - - - - - - GoRAADCblesl'C @ �COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ST. JOSEPH, MICHIGAN Prepared for: CITY OF ST. JOSEPH St. Joseph, Michigan FEBRUARY 1993 Project E13991 Prepared by: GOVE ASSOCIATES INC. 1601 Portage Street Kalamazoo, Michigan �City of St. Joseph Planning Commission Burton Baker Robert Ehrenberg Patsy Hartzell Jerry Heppler Daniel Hopp Richard Lambrecht Rosemarie Reissmann Jeffrey Schmidt William Thomas Wes Harper, Jr. (Ex-Officio) �TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ................................................. i PART I: INVENTORY, TRENDS AND PROJECTIONS • PHYSICAL FEATURES ...................................... Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climate ............................................. Soils ............................................... Topography and Natural Features .......................... Environmental Contamination Sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floodplain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensitive Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A-1 A-3 A-5 A-6 A-6 A-7 A-7 POPULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Population Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 Age Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 Population Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5 Race Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5 Household Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5 Population Projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7 Trend Analysis Projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 O HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Occupancy and Tenure of Housing Units Types of Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Age of Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Household Projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. ..... .. ........ ..................... ..................... ..................... ..................... ..................... C-1 C-1 C-1 C-4 C-6 C-7 ECONOMY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 Unemployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 Employment by Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3 Principal Economic Base Employers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6 Available Industrial Sites in Berrien County . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8 Income ............................................. D-9 Taxes ............................................. D-10 PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES ........................ E-1 City Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 Police Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4 Fire Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5 Recreational Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5 School District . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8 Mercy Memorial Medical Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-13 Churches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-16 Historic Sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-17 �Page YWCA of South Western Michigan ·. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KRASL Art Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Benton Harbor-St. Joseph YMCA Family Center . . . . . . . . . . . Maud Preston Palenske Memorial Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water ............................................. Wastewater Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . National Functional Classification System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Average Daily Traffic Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-17 E-18 E-18 E-19 E-19 E-20 E-21 E-22 E-22 E-22 E-22 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 St. Joseph Questionnaire Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 Tabulated Survey Results ................................ F-1 Comments from Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5 Cross-Tabulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7 St. Joseph Planning Questionnaire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-15 St. Joseph Key Person Survey Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-17 EXISTING LAND USE ...................................... Introduction .......................................... Land Use Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Existing Land Use Inventory/Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Existing Land Use Inventory/Analysis: Planning Areas . . . . . . . . . . . Potential Areas of Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 G-1 G-1 G-2 G-5 G-9 PART II: FUTURE LAND USE, GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE ............... H-1 FUTURE LAND USE ........................................ Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Future Land Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-4 1-6 1-7 1-8 CONCLUSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 APPENDIX A - St. Joseph Planning Questionnaire St. Joseph Key Person Survey �LIST OF TABLES TABLE 8-1 POPULATION ............................................ 8-1 8-2 AGE DISTRIBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY, MICHIGAN . . 8-2 8-3 AGE DIST~IBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH: 1980-90 .... . .............. 8-4 8-4 POPULATION DENSITY .................................... 8-5 8-5 RACE AND HISPANIC ORIGIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 8-6 HOUSEHOLDS: ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY, MICHIGAN . . . . . . . . . 8-6 8-7 COHORT-SURVIVAL PROJECTIONS ........................... 8-8 8-8 POPULATION PROJECTIONS ............................... 8-10 C-1 OCCUPANCY AND TENURE OF HOUSING UNITS ................. C-2 C-2 TYPES OF HOUSING UNITS: 1980-1990 ........................ C-2 C-3 TYPES OF HOUSING UNITS IN ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY, MICHIGAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 C-4 MEDIAN VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS ........... C-5 C-5 VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS ............... . . . C-5 C-6 CONTRACT RENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5 C-7 AGE OF HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6 C-8 HOUSEHOLD SIZE AND OCCUPIED HOUSEHOLD PROJECTIONS ..... C-7 C-9 HOUSING UNIT FORECAST ................................. C-8 C-10 HOUSING TYPE FORECAST: TOTAL UNITS ...................... C-9 C-11 HOUSING TYPE FORECAST: FUTURE NEEDS BASED ON EXISTING UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10 D-1 UNEMPLOYMENT RATE .................................... D-1 D-2 1990 EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY: ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY MICHIGAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4 D-3 EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY IN ST. JOSEPH: 1980, 1990 .......... D-5 D-4 PRINCIPAL ECONOMIC BASE EMPLOYERS IN BERRIEN COUNTY . . . . . D-6 D-5 OTHER EMPLOYERS IN BERRIEN COUNTY ..................... D-7 D-6 AVAILABLE INDUSTRIAL SITES ............................... D-8 D-7 INCOME FIGURES FOR ST. JOSEPH AND BERRIEN COUNTY . . . . . . . . D-9 D-8 COMPARISON OF TAX RATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-11 E-1 COMPARISON OF COMMUNITIES ............................. E-2 E-2 RECREATIONAL AREA FACILITIES ............................ E-6 E-3 MARINAS IN THE CITY OF ST. JOSEPH AND NEARBY MARINAS . . . . . . E-7 E-4 STUDENT ENROLLMENT TRENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9 E-5 FIVE YEAR STUDENT ENROLLMENT PROJECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10 E-6 LEVEL OF SERVICE FOR ST. JOSEPH SCHOOL DISTRICT . . . . . . . . . . E-11 E-7 ST. JOSEPH PUBLIC SCHOOL FACILITIES ..................... E-12 E-8 SELECTED STATISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-15 E-9 CHURCHES IN ST. JOSEPH AREA ...................... . .... E-16 E-10 HISTORIC STIES IN ST. JOSEPH ............................. E-17 E-11 YMCA MEMBERSHIP TRENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-18 G-1 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH EXISTING LAND USE ACREAGES ............. G-2 G-2 EXISTING LAND USE DISTRIBUTION FOR CITY OF ST. JOSEPH ...... G-7 1-1 LAND USE DISTRIBUTION ................................... 1-3 1-2 FUTURE LAND USE REQUIREMENTS: CITY OF ST. JOSEPH ......... 1-3 1-3 FUTURE LAND USE DISTRIBUTION ............................ 1-5 �LIST OF FIGURES Page FIGURE A-1 AVERAGE MONTHLY TEMPERATURES ......................... A-3 A-2 AVERAGE MONTHLY PRECIPITATION .......................... A-4 A-3 AVERAGE MONTHLY SNOWFALL ............................. A-4 8-1 AGE DISTRIBUTION: ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY, MICHIGAN ..... 8-3 8-2 AGE DISTRIBUTION: ST. JOSEPH 1980-90 ..... ............. ..... 8-4 8-3 AGE/SEX DISTRIBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH: 1990 ................. 8-9 8-4 AGE/SEX DISTRIBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH: 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 8-5 POPULATION PROJECTIONS FOR ST. JOSEPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 C-1 HOUSING UNITS BY TYPE: ST. JOSEPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4 C-2 HOUSING UNITS BY TYPE: BERRIEN COUNTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4 C-3 VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS: 1990 ............. C-6 D-1 UNEMPLOYMENT TRENDS: 1988-1991 ......................... D-2 E-1 AVERAGE DAILY WATER PRODUCTION ....................... E-20 LIST OF MAPS MAP A-1 A-2 E-1 E-2 E-3 G-1 G-2 1-1 LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 PHYSICAL FEATURES ..................................... A-8 NATIONAL FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM .............. E-23 AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC COUNTS .......................... E-25 AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC TRENDS .......................... E-26 EXISTING LAND USE ...................................... G-3 PLANNING AREA BOUNDARIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6 FUTURE LAND USE MAP .................................... 1-2 �INTRODUCTION �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ INTRODUCTION • This Comprehensive Development Plan for the City of St. Joseph, in Berrien County, Michigan, is an update of the City's Comprehensive Plan adopted in 1976. This Plan incorporates updated information and ideas, as well as key features of the 1976 Comprehensive Plan, to create paths the City may follow to reach established goals. The process of updating St. Joseph's Comprehensive Plan will identify many of the changes that have occurred since the 1976 Plan was implemented. This Plan will identify existing trends, patterns, facilities, land uses and other information to make projections to meet St. Joseph's future needs. In order to develop a plan, as opposed to just an inventory of existing conditions, goals must be developed that reflect the desires of the community and its residents. Once the goals and objectives have been developed - that detail St. Joseph's preferred future - they must be compared with the projections established in this Plan to form strategies. Strategies are developed to implement goals to help the City and its residents meet the established goals and objectives during the planning period. Care must be exercised that individual strategies are compatible within all goals. The Comprehensive Plan should be designed to build on the community's existing strengths and lessen or eliminate the effects of the area's weaknesses. @ CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN �[pffi\(ruu ~ ~ orM [ElMu (Q)[ffiW u[ffi[ElM [Q)~ {J ffi\rM [Q) [pl[ffi(Q)J [E(Gu□ (Q) rM~ PHYSICAL FEATURES �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PHYSICAL FEATURES The physical features of a community are facts that generally resist change. Since physical features , essentially do not change, plans are designed to accentuate the area's strengths and minimize the weaknesses of the area's physical features/setting. Michigan to the west, Van Buren County to the northeast and Cass County to the east. To the south is La Porte County, Indiana and St. Joseph County, Indiana. Berrien County is 90 miles from Chicago and is located in the Chicago-Detroit industrial corridor. Distances to major metropolitan areas are: Location The location of St. Joseph is one of the City's physical features that should be accentuated in any plan developed by the City. St. Joseph is the County Seat of Berrien County and is essentially two separate peninsulas, and an island, surrounded by various water features. The southern peninsula, which makes up the largest portion of St. Joseph, is bounded by Lake Michigan to the west, the St. Joseph River to the north and east, and St. Joseph Township to the south. The northern portion of St. Joseph is bounded by Lake Michigan to the west, the St. Joseph River to the south, the Paw Paw River to the east and Benton Township to the north. A large portion of the northern portion of St. Joseph is currently devoted to industrial uses. Marina Island is also within the City's boundaries. This island is located in the St. Joseph River and is connected to both the southern portion of St. Joseph, and Benton Harbor, by Business Loop US-31. Since water features provide a large portion of the City's boundaries the potential for geographic expansion of the City is limited. While expansion is limited there are several areas in the City which can benefit from redevelopment. Ann Arbor, Michigan Battle Creek, Michigan Chicago, Illinois Cleveland, Ohio Detroit, Michigan Flint, Michigan Grand Rapids, Michigan Indianapolis, Indiana Jackson, Michigan Kalamazoo, Michigan Lansing, Michigan Mackinac Bridge South Bend, Indiana 145 71 90 300 183 170 83 160 112 50 120 302 33 Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Miles Development and population in Berrien County is dense enough that the County has been designated a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA), known as the Benton Harbor MSA. Map A-1 shows the location of Berrien County in relation to Michigan and surrounding States. The map also shows the relationship of St. Joseph to other communities in Berrien County. Berrien County is the most southwestern county in Michigan's lower peninsula. The County is bounded by Lake 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN A-1 �---------------------- PHYSICAL FEATURES MAP A-1 - .LOCATION CANADA M!~apolis Milwaukee • Philadelphia ittsburg!Lr County Seat: St. Joseph ® ~~~ fj(~ Benton Harb St. Jose Shoreh v--i oloma ervliet ER R I EN I I Eau Claire 0 i I ien Springs IYO 51 New Buff ala Grand Beach ., Michiana A. Buchanan0 =+__. · s ien 0 -. -.i....:c:J==~ :iK;:;;jj"~~ -.@ SOURCE: 0 Michigan Department of Commerce CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN A-2 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PHYSICAL FEATURES being the month with the highest average amount of precipitation (3.8"). Generally, February is the driest month with a total average of 2. 1 inches of precipitation (Figure A-2). The average amount of snow that falls per month can be seen in Figure A-3. January, with 20.7 inches, is generally the month with the greatest snowfall. The average seasonal snowfall is 67 inches. The prevailing wind is from the south-southwest. Average wind speed is highest, 12.4 miles per hour, in March from the north-northwest. Every one year in 10, the last freeze occurs later than May 15 and the first freeze occurs earlier than October 5 (USDA). Climate Climate, like location, is a physical feature that is • impossible for a community to change. The weather patterns of an area must be considered in any long-range planning activities. Figure A-1 shows the average monthly temperatures for the area (based on data collected between 1948 and 1977). The coldest month of the year is generally January with an average temperature of 25.3 ° F. The warmest month of the year is generally July with an average temperature of 71.7°F. The average annual precipitation is 36 inches with April FIGURE A-1 AVERAGE MONTHLY TEMPERATURES TEMPERATURE (FO) 90...------------------, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g_.G g_<J:' ~-:) ~-:) ~ 't' 't' ~'t' ,t,'?, ~ ~,- ~ -.)~ 'S ~ -.)" 'S .... MONlH ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ,;;,'> 'l><,) g;,0 'l><,) 'l><,) "'G , _~ ~CJ .,~ ~~ ,., f'~ c:f> 0-.\~ ~G "If' c,v ,..: (> - - - AVERAGE HIGH · -AVERAGE • • • · • AVERAGE LOW SOURCE: U.S. Department of Agriculture @ CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN A-3 �----------------------------- PHYSICAL FEATURES FIGURE A-2 AVERAGE MONTHLY PRECIPITATION PRECIPITATION (INCHES) 4.0,,,-------------------, .... ·:::: 3.o+.......,r-----1:::: ::::. - - - ..-..---1•::::t-.-.. -..r_--1 ::::. ·:::. ►.- .·:::. ::::. ·:.·:. ·.·:.·. 7:-:-:" ·.·.·.·.· ·::.·: ::.·: .·:.·: -:-:-:-:-: - -:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-::-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-::-:-:-:-:-:-: 2.()- -:-:-:-:-= :-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:--:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:- -::::. ::::. ·:::. ·:::: ·:::: ·:::: .-:.-: ::::. ::::. ·:::. ·:::. ·:::. 1.1>- -:-:-:-:- : :-:-:- :-:-:-:- :-:-:-:-. :-:-:-:-: -:-:-:- : -:-:-:-: -:-:-:-: -:-:-:-:- :-:-: :- : :-:-:- :-: :-:- 0 ................................. .. .. .. t.AONlH FIGURE A-3 AVERAGE MONTHLY SNOWFALL SNOWFALL 25;------------------, (INCHES) 20 ~ 15• 10 -:·:::: -:-:-: 1----------------.... t - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 .. . . ·:::: :::: ~. ............ ,...._ :::: 5 - -:-:-:-:- -:-:-:-:- :-:-:-:- 1------ - - - - - t.AONlH SOURCE: U.S. Department of Agriculture @ CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN A-4 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PHYSICAL FEATURES brown, mottled clay to a depth of about 60 inches. Unlike the weather and the location of a • community there are methods to accommodate the soils in a given area by planning around any serious limitations of the soils. Berrien County consists of eight major soil associations. Of these eight associations two are dominant in St. Joseph: Blount-Rimer Association and Shoals-CohoctahAbscota Association. The following descriptions are from the Soil Survey of Berrien County, Michigan: Blount-Rimer Association - This association makes up 18 percent of the county. It is about 40 percent Blount soils, 20 percent Rimer soils, and 40 percent soils of minor extent. Blount soils are nearly level or gently sloping and somewhat poorly drained. The surface layer typically is dark grayish brown loam about 9 inches thick. the mottled subsoil is about 25 inches thick. The upper part is yellowish brown, firm silty clay loam; the lower part is dark yellowish brown, firm clay. The underlying material is yellowish brown, mottled clay loam to a depth of about 60 inches. Rimer soils are nearly level or gently sloping and somewhat poorly drained. The surface layer typically is very dark grayish brown loamy fine sand about 9 inches thick. The mottled subsurface layer, about 23 inches thick, is pale brown and yellowish brown, loamy fine sand or fine sand. The subsoil, about 9 inches thick, is gray, firm clay. The underlying material is yellowish 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Most of the soils in this association have been cleared and drained. They are used for cultivated crops that are common in the county and for hay and pasture. Orchards and vineyards are common. There are some swampy, undrained areas. Wetness and restricted permeability are the main limitations. If adequately drained, the soils in this association are well suited to cultivated farm crops. They are also well suited to hay, pasture and woodlands. These soils are poorly suited to building site development and septic tank absorption fields. A high water table is the main limitation. Shoals-Cohoctah-Abs cot a Association - This association makes up two percent of the county. It is about 30 percent Shoals soils, 30 percent Cohoctah soils, 25 percent Abscota soils and 15 percent soils of minor extent. Areas of these soils are on bottom lands, floodplains, or terraces along rivers and streams. The Cohoctah soils are on lower elevations than the Shoals and Abscota soils. The Abscota soils are on higher elevations than the Shoals and Cohoctah soils. All of these soils are subject to flooding. Shoals soils are nearly level and somewhat poorly drained. The surface layer is dark grayish brown silt loam about 9 inches thick. The underlying material is multicolored, stratified silt loam, loamy fine sand, A-5 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PHYSICAL FEATURES fine sandy loam, and loamy fine sand to a depth of about 60 inches. Cohoctah soils are nearly level and poorly drained. The surface soil is very dark grayish brown and very dark gray sandy loam about 15 inches thick. The mottled underlying material is mostly dark gray silt loam in the upper part and very dark gray fine sandy loam in the lower part to a depth of about 60 inches. Abscota soils are nearly level to gently sloping and moderately well drained. The surface layer is dark brown sandy loam about 1O inches thick. The mottled, loose sand subsoil is about 29 inches thick. The upper part is light gray, and the lower part is pale brown. The underlying material is multicolored sand to a depth of about 60 inches. The Shoals and Abscota soils are well suited to hay, pasture and trees. The Shoals soils are well suited to cultivated crops. The Abscota soils are fairly suited to cultivated crops and some recreation uses. Shoals soils are fairly suited to poorly suited to recreation uses. Cohoctah soils are poorly suited to cultivated crops, hay, pasture and recreation uses and are well suited to woodland. The soils in this association are poorly suited to building site developments and septic tank absorption fields because of flooding. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Topography and Natural Features Like soils, the topography and natural features of an area should be accommodated, even though certain topographical or natural features can be changed. One natural feature that cannot be easily changed is Lake Michigan, which creates St. Joseph's western border. This is by far the most important natural feature in not only St. Joseph but in the four State region. The lake's influence on the region and St. Joseph is very great. The other major water features that directly influence St. Joseph are the St. Joseph River, the Morrison Channel, the Paw Paw River and south of St. Joseph, Hickory Creek. Lake Michigan, whose approximate mean lake elevation is 580 feet, is the lowest elevation in St. Joseph. The St. Joseph and Paw Paw Rivers are essentially the same elevation. The City's southern portion is situated on a plateau which protects the City from fluctuating lake and river levels. The plateau's elevation is roughly 650 feet. This plateau, which forms the more developed part of St. Joseph, is divided by a valley which acts as a drain for much of the area's surface water. The valley's elevation drops below 600 feet. Environmental Contamination Sites Michigan has listed all of the sites of environmental contamination that pose some threat to the State's environment. Berrien County had 68 sites listed in the 1991 list published by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. One of the State's top priority sites is located in St. Joseph, north of the St. Joseph A-6 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PHYSICAL FEATURES River. The site is listed as Auto Specialties and has detectable levels of lead, arsenic, chromium, PCBs and benzene. A remedial action plan has not been approved by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources but interim response activity has been provided. The only other site in St. Joseph currently listed by the Department of Natural Resources is the Enterprise Oil Tank Farm. The site is located on Marina Island and has detectable levels of Benzene and Toluene. The approximate location of these sites can be seen on Map A-2. Sensitive Areas Sensitive areas in St. Joseph consist of beaches and wetlands (Map A-2) . Along much of Lake Michigan's shoreline are vast stretches of sandy beaches. These beaches require special attention to minimize erosion from wind and wave action. Wetlands are also present in St. Joseph and are shown on Map A-2. The majority of wetlands in St. Joseph are adjacent to the St. Joseph River, but others exist in both the northern and southern portions of the City. Floodplain The 100-year floodplain, as defined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, is shown on Map A-2. The floodplain designates areas which are susceptible to flooding - the 100-year designation means that during any particular year there is a 1 in 100 chance of the area flooding. The largest areas that are in the floodplain are along the St. Joseph and Paw Paw Rivers, which are more susceptible to short-term fluctuations than the lake. The majority of Marina Island is in the floodplain as is the area between 1-94 Business and the Paw Paw River. A narrow band of land along Lake Michigan's shoreline is also in the 100-year floodplain. St. Joseph has a valley which crosses the City from the southwest to the northeast. This valley contains many flood-prone areas that are not directly related to either the lake or the rivers. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN A-7 �1......-//.1/' ,,/<._ ,, ( \ ~ ~ LEGEND I I 100- YEAR FLOOD PLAIN ~ WETI..AND l :;;;:;;;:;i;i;:;;;;;;;;;;1 BEACH ~ · ~ <' c§ a- -.. SITE OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION ~1/)>dl/_~Q~ - ~ /111 . . ~~ »~a& v~~vA f::t~t:t ~ B/flie/ ~k]~~ ✓ __;ooE:..~ DD I CHER ·~ □~ II ~ AVE :mLJ 1 1r - ~~1AVE 11-;J~lQuVE_,...__..,i ~ON!;;) AVE I ~jh,,0HA\\l(J~ ,\\ I, 8 ~ j =~l.E'MS ~ARION &OIJAYrl< AI LNl I ~~ !ill.I.CREST ~~L 2 ~~ 1m_JE:J"Elowo7 ~,VAN~,~ kf -·- .□~GQD~ ICQlUMBIA JI A',,t I~ L.,, ...~t,,;;;.;;J~ ~,~□□Hl]~L =~. 'f\-•1 □~ (l '\ .,_" '"vn~c ' -•• • - • ·-·-·J I ~a"'- • -JUI L'1t>I ::JA ■ :::::::!._~ c:::> ~ •L . .i•~,-------.....,--~M~ A P ~ A~ 2 ---~1 SAINT JOSEPH , I • SCALE P'a•.•500· o· 1ooo· 1500· I MICHIGAN 2500· GOVE ASSOCIATES INC. ~I I I PHYSICAL FEATURES MAP 1 �• • • • • •II • • •• • •II , II • • • • POPULATION �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION percent. By 1980 the percentage had dropped to 5.6 percent due to the fact that the County's population had continued to increase as the City's population decreased. Between 1970 and 1980 the population of St. Joseph decreased from 11 ,042 to 9,622, or 12.9 percent. Between 1980 and 1990, St. Joseph's population decreased by 4.2 percent - a much smaller decrease than during the 1970-80 period. Berrien County began to decrease in population between 1980 and 1990. In 1990 the County's population of 161 ,378 was 5.8 percent lower than in 1980. Since the County's population decreased at a greater rate than St. Joseph's population, the City increased its share of the County's population to 5. 7 percent. The study of the population of a community is much more than analyzing the number of people ,residing within a given area. To thoroughly understand a community's population, trends must be established that tie the past to the present and identify the diversity and composition of the community's residents. By relating the past to the present, it is possible to project various aspects of St. Joseph into the future. Population Trends Between 1960 and 1990, the population in St. Joseph has decreased by 21.6 percent. During the same period, Berrien County's population increased by 7.7 percent. Table B-1 identifies the population of the City and the County from 1960 through 1990 and shows the relationship between the two areas. In 1960, St. Joseph's population of 11,755 was 7.8 percent of the County's population of 149,865. In 1970, St. Joseph decreased as a percentage of the County's total population to 6. 7 Age Distribution The distribution of the City's residents in relation to their ages is important to determine if existing services and facilities TABLE B-1 POPULATION TRENDS ·::\{::~ . St. Joseph Berrien County St. Joseph as % of Berrien County ··-,:_ %r lit / . . ,. ?( ·•·.·· %: . t %: ·•· change '60~'70 , 1980 · .Change '70-'80 -1990·. 11,042 - 6.1 9,622 -12.9 9,214 - 4.2 -21 .6 149,865 163,940 +9.4 171,276 +4.5 161 ,378 - 5.8 +7.7 7.8 6.7 1960 1970 11 ,755 5.6 (;hange Change _ieo;;.~90 . ·. '60;;.'.90 , 5.7 SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population: 1960, 1970, 1980, 1990 @ CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-1 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION are available to meet the demands of all age groups. Table B-2 identifies the age distributions in St. Joseph as well as Berrien County and Michigan. Since St. Joseph's median age of 37.2 is higher than Berrien County's figure of 33.6 or Michigan's median age of 32.6, it is apparent that St. Joseph has a higher percentage of older residents, or a lower percentage of younger residents, than either the County or the State. In 1990 residents under the age of 18 accounted for 17.8 percent of St. Joseph's residents. This figure is considerably lower than the County's 27 percent figure or the State's figure of 26.5 percent. The percentage of residents in the 18-24 age category is not noticeably different in St. Joseph than in the County or State and the percentage of residents in the 25-44 age category is only slightly higher in the City. The percentage of residents in the 45-54 age category is lower in the City and the percentage of residents in the 55-64 age category is not noticeably different than either the County or the State. St. Joseph has a much higher percentage (18.4%) of residents in the 65-84 age group than the County (12.4%) or the State (10.8%). The percentage of residents 85 and over is nearly three times as high in St. Joseph than in the two comparison areas. Figure B-1 graphically shows the age distribution for the three areas. TABLE B-2 AGE DISTRIBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH CITY, BERRIEN COUNTY AND MICHIGAN: 1990 >t : a§trierf:~ounty:f; . : tMi.¢higijp ;: xNOrli:BIP:i'.:. : :~rbt.T6t~f: r %:af¥8tkt•· · Under 5 506 5.5 11,895 7.4 7.6 5-17 1,138 12.3 31,624 19.6 18.9 18-24 922 10.0 15,562 9.7 10.8 25-44 3,040 33.0 48,272 29.9 32.1 45-54 805 8.7 16,843 10.4 10.2 55-64 818 8.9 14,947 9.3 8.5 65-84 1,693 18.4 20,026 12.4 10.8 85+ 292 3.2 2,119 1.3 1.1 Median Age 37.2 33.6 32.6 SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population: 1990 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-2 �- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - POPULATION FIGURE 8-1 AGE DISTRIBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY AND MICHIGAN: 1990 • 35 30 - - - - - -:: , - - - - - - - - - t 25 :i ~ 20 15 10 5 I-- ,- ,- - \I ,- ~ :i: iv ~ 0 UNDER 5 5-17 18-24 25-44 45-54 ACE 55-64 65-84 85+ E/:3 ST JOSEPH [ZZ3 BERRIEN COUNlY c::J Mla-tlGAN SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population • • Between 1980 and 1990 the age distribution in St. Joseph had several noticeable changes (Table B-3). The percentage of children under the age of five increased from 4.5 percent to 5.5 percent of the population, but the percentage of children between the ages 5 and 17 decreased from 15.0 percent to 12.3 percent. The number of college age residents (18-24) decreased by 27.6 percent to lower the percentage of residents in this age group to 10.0 percent. Between 1980 and 1990 the percentage of residents in the 25-44 age group increased 24. 7 percent to account for 33.0 percent of the population. This was one of only three age groups that increased numerically. The 45-54 age group did not change a great deal between 1980 and 1990 as a percentage 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN of the City's population but this age group decreased numerically by 14.7 percent. The number of residents in the 55-64 age group decreased by 33.5 percent, or from 12.8 percent to 8.9 percent of the City's population. It is unusual that both the 45-54 and the 55-64 age group decreased while the median age of St. Joseph increased, it is even more unusual that the 65-84 age group decreased. The 65-84 age group decreased numerically but increased as a percentage of the population - this is possible since the overall population decreased at a greater rate than the age group. The percentage of residents 85 and over increased by 57.8 percent - the largest percentage increase of the eight age groups. Figure 8-2 graphically represents the changes . B-3 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION TABLE 8-3 AGE DISTRIBUTION IN ST. JOSEPH: 1980-1990 435 4.5 506 5.5 +16.3 1,441 15.0 1,138 12.3 -21.0 18-24 1,274 13.3 922 10.0 -27.6 25-44 2,379 24.7 3,040 33.0 +27.8 45-54 944 9.8 805 8.7 -14.7 55-64 1,231 12.8 818 8.9 -33.5 65-84 1,733 18.0 1,693 18.4 -2.3 85+ 185 1.9 292 3.2 +57.8 Median Age 36.2 Under 5 5-17 I 37.2 SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population: 1980, 1990 FIGURE B-2 AGE DISTRIBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH: 1980-1990 NUMBER UNDER 5 5-17 18-2+ 25-+♦ +5-5+ AGE 55-8+ 65-84 65+ r::::i:J 1980 IZZ2l 1990 SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population: 1980, 1990 @ CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-4 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION Population Density The population density of an area is dependent upon two factors - land area and population. St. Joseph, with a 1990 population of 9,214 and a land area of 3.4 square miles has a population density of 2,710 persons per square mile (Table B-4). Berrien County, which had a 1990 population of 161,378 and a land area of 576 square miles, had a population density of 280 persons per square mile roughly one-tenth the population density of St. Joseph. Michigan's population density in 1990 was 163 persons per square mile. percent of the City's population, 15.4 percent of the County's population and 13.9 percent of Michigan's population. The percentage of people in the "American Indian, Eskimo or Aleut" category is also smaller in St. Joseph, as is the "Other" category. The percentage of St. Joseph residents in the "Asian or Pacific Islander" category is 1.5 percent higher than either the County or the State. St. Joseph has a lower percentage of residents with Hispanic origins than either the County or the State. Household Types Race Composition The racial composition in St. Joseph is less varied than in Berrien County or the State as a whole. Table B-5 shows that in 1990, 94.9 percent of the City's residents were white - compared to 82.6 percent for the County and 83.5 percent for the State. Blacks make up 3.1 How individuals live, in relation to each other, often reflects the lifestyles and housing needs of a community. Table B-6 shows that of the 4,200 households in St. Joseph, 1,875 or 44.6, are married couple families. This percentage is much lower than either Berrien County or Michigan. Additionally, "Other Family, Male Householder" families account for a TABLE B-4 POPULATION DENSITY ... ··T./ ·-:-·-: . ., ::,••::;:;-:::::··· " ·::•) :,: St. Joseph Berrien County Michigan ·-: ·•. ·.·.·.•- ·Square Miles Population Population Density (Persons Per Sq. Mi.) 9,214 2,710 576 161,378 280 56,954 9,295,297 163 3.4 SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-5 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION TABLE 8-5 RACE AND HISPANIC ORIGIN @tNumberf Black American Indiana, Eskimo, or Aleut Asian or Pacific Islander Other Hispanic Origin (any race) 94.9 133,259 82.6 83.5 283 3.1 24,872 15.4 13.9 20 0.2 685 0.4 0.6 142 1.5 1,487 0.9 1.1 26 0.3 1,075 0.7 0.9 113 1.2 2,683 1.7 2.2 SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population: 1990 smaller percentage (2.1%) of households than the County (2.9%) or the State (3.3%). In St. Joseph there are 338 households in the "Other Family, Female Householder" category, or 8.0 percent of all households - lower than the County's figure of 13.3 percent or the State's figure of 12.9 percent. Since the percentage of family households was lower in St. Joseph it follows that the percentage of nonfamily households is much higher. In 1990, 1,900 of the City's 4,200 households were nonfamily households, or 45.2 percent. This is a much higher rate than either the County's rate of 28.1 percent or the State's rate of 28.7 percent. Single person households accounted for 40.0 percent of the City's households compared to 24.4 percent of the County's and 23. 7 of the State's households. This large percentage of single-person households is why the City's median number of persons per TABLE 8-6 HOUSEHOLDS: ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY, MICHIGAN Total Households 4,200 100.0 61,025 100.0 100.0 Married Couple Families 1,875 44.6 33,974 55.7 55.1 87 2.1 1,772 2.9 3.3 338 8.0 8,099 13.3 12.9 1,900 45.2 17,180 28.1 28.7 Householder Living Alone 1,680 40.0 14,861 24.4 23.7 Householder 65 and Over 699 16.6 6,406 10.5 9.3 Other Family, Male Householder Other Family, Female Householder Nonfamily Households Persons Per Household 2.06 2.60 2.66 SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population: 1990 @ CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-6 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION household is lower than either the County or the State. One explanation of the larger percentage of single person households is the lar9er percentage of single householders over 65 years of age, which accounts for 16.6 percent of the City's households. Many of these households are occupied by individuals whose spouses are deceased. While this accounts for many of the 1,680 single person households it does not account for all of them. In 1990 there were 981 single person households occupied by residents under 65 - this accounts for 23.4 percent of the City's households and is much higher than the County's rate of 13.9 percent. Population Projections In order to meet the residents of a community's future needs, it is essential that population projections are established that reflect the population over a set period of time. These projections can be one of two major types of projections. The first is based on past trends and the existing population, and shows where the population is likely to go if no steps are taken to change the rate of growth or decline. The second major type of projection is goal oriented and involves establishing what the desired population should be-based on a variety of factors such as population density, services available, land available and many other considerations. Ideally, population projections should be based on a combination of these two styles since trends cannot be ignored and the act of planning is essentially a community's desire to have some control over its future. Cohort-Survival Method of Projection existing population into age groups and projecting each of these age groups into the future. St. Joseph's population has been separated by sex into 18 separate age groups for a total of 36 groups (18 male and 18 female). The size of the 36 groups is based on 1990 Census information. Once the age groups were established each group was moved into the future five years at a time. A survival rate, different for each age and sex group, was applied to each of the 36 groups. The survival rates are based on 1988 national averages which suit this sample well since residents of Michigan and the United States have similar average lifespans (Michigan 73.65, United States 73.88). When the survival rates are applied to each of the age groups, the size of the group decreases as it moves into the future, decreasing more rapidly as the age group matures and ages. Since each age group moves forward, a void is created when the under 5 year old age group moves into the 5-9 year old age group. These voids have been filled by calculating the 1990 ratio of women of child bearing age (1544) to the under 5 age group. In 1990 there was one child in the under 5 category for every 4.004 woman of child bearing age. This ratio has been applied in each of the future time-increments to project the number of children under 5 years of age, and is divided evenly between male and female children. The entire process of projecting each group and determining the number of under 5 years old has been calculated for 1995, 2000, 2005, 2010 and 2015. The individual results, along with the 1990 information, can be seen in Table B-7. This table does not reflect inmigration or out-migration. The Cohort-Survival method of population projections lnvolves separating the 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-7 �TABLE B-7 0 COHORT-SURVIVAL PROJECTIONS ('} ~ >-<: .:,:/\, 2000.,., ~ : {~ie :, ;t;fu;i~ • ., Toti(i ·· tk1J:/ en ~ ...., 0 ~ ~II en : :;;ffi~,~ :Mti,i::r ::fJMii~f ;:J6~1:U :Mail} feffi;1e •· ti~~ 468 217 218 435 205 206 411 180 181 361 167 167 334 I 504 I 233 I 234 I 467 I 216 I 218 I 434 I 201 I 203 I 404 I 178 I 178 I 356 235 I 210 I 445 I 231 I 213 I 233 I 234 I 467 I 216 I 218 I 434 I 201 I 203 I 404 241 I 168 I 409 I 235 I 210 I 445 I 231 I 213 I 504 I 233 I 234 I 467 I 216 I 218 I 434 I 246 I 520 I 239 I 168 I 407 I 233 I 209 I 442 I 229 I 212 I 501 I 231 I 233 I 464 212 I 245 I 517 I 237 I 168 I 405 I 231 I 208 I 439 I 221 I 211 I 498 348 I 328 I 676 I 210 I 244 I 514 I 235 I 167 I 402 I 229 I 207 I 436 Under 5 232 274 506 234 234 5-9 235 210 445 231 I 213 10-14 I 241 I 168 I 409 I 523 I I 504 ~II ~II 15-19 I 276 I 247 I 20-24 I 353 I 330 811 25-29 I 477 I 431 I 908 I 351 I 329 I 680 I 30-34 I 455 I 363 I 818 I 473 I 430 I 903 35-39 373 344 717 451 362 813 469 429 898 345 327 672 268 243 511 233 166 399 40-44 286 311 597 368 342 710 445 360 805 463 426 889 341 325 666 265 242 507 45-49 206 221 427 282 309 591 363 340 703 440 358 798 457 423 880 337 323 660 50-54 167 211 378 200 218 418 274 304 578 353 335 688 428 352 780 444 416 860 55-59 171 207 378 162 208 370 194 215 409 266 299 565 343 330 683 416 347 763 60-64 204 236 440 158 198 356 150 199 349 179 206 385 246 286 532 317 316 633 65-69 203 289 492 189 226 415 146 190 336 139 191 330 165 197 362 227 273 500 70-74 147 298 445 170 261 431 158 204 362 122 172 294 116 173 289 138 178 316 75-79 147 266 413 123 270 393 142 236 378 132 184 316 102 156 258 97 156 253 80-84 96 247 343 96 204 300 80 207 287 92 181 273 86 141 227 66 120 186 85+ 71 221 292 87 270 357 93 278 371 84 284 368 89 356 81 Total 4,340 4,874 9,214 4,325 4,758 9,083 4,289 4,638 8,927 4,240 4,515 8,755 4,166 8,542 4,076 ('} ~II II Median Age I = 37.2 683 I 214 Median Age = 38.8 SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population; Gove Associates Inc. to I 00 I I Median Age = 40.7 Median Age = 43.0 I 267 I 4,376 Median Age = 45.5 I 229 4,242 I 315 I 8,318 Median Age"' 47.5 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION FIGURE B-3 AGE/SEX DISTRIBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH: 1990 MAU FDIAI.£ AOE • P- I I I I 70-7♦ I I 80-84 l 55-158 I I I I I I I I 25-29 I I 20-2♦ I I 15--1 8 I 10-14 5--8 I UNDO< 5 500 400 JOO 200 100 100 200 300 400 500 SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population; Gove Associates Inc. FIGURE 8-4 AGE/SEX DISTRIBUTION FOR ST. JOSEPH: 2015 MAI.£ FDIAI.£ AOE lt H 80-M 75-79 r 70-74 r I 65-69 I 80-84 I I I I I I I 35-39 I Jo-34 25-29 2.0-24 15-18 10-14 5-9 I 500 -4-00 300 200 100 100 200 300 400 500 SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. @ CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-9 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION Trend Analysis Projections In addition to the Cohort-Survival Method of projecting the population, projections based on past trends in St. Joseph have been calculated. Four separate trends are shown in Table B-8 (in addition to the Cohort-Survival Method). Three linear trends are shown that are based on the changes in population between 19801990, 1970-1990 and 1960-1990. The 10-year trend projection has the least drastic population decreases - due to a slower decrease between 1980 and 1990 than the other two periods. The 10-year trend analysis is also very similar to the Cohort-Survival figures. Between 1990 and 2015, the 10-year trend analysis shows an 11.07 percent decrease in population - from 9,214 residents in 1990 to 8, 194 residents in 2015. The CohortSurvival has a slightly smaller decrease from 9,214 in 1990 to 8,318 in 2015, or a 9.72 percent decrease. The projection based on the 20-year (1970-1990) data has the greatest decrease in population. This projection shows a decrease from the 1990 population of 9,214 to a 2015 figure of 6,929 - a 24.8 percent decrease. The 30-year (1960-1990) trend projection is nearly as dramatic as the 20-year trend analysis. The 2015 figure for this projection is 7,096 - a 23.0 percent decrease. TABLE 8-8 POPULATION PROJECTIONS 10-Year ('80-'90) 9,214 9,010 8,806 8,602 8,398 8,194 -11 .07 20-Year ('70-'90) 9,214 8,757 8,300 7,843 7,386 6,929 -24.80 30-Year ('60-'90) 9,214 8,790 8,367 7,943 7,520 7,096 -23.00 Cohort Survival (in-migration = out-migration) 9,214 9,083 8,927 8,755 8,542 8,318 -9.72 Equilibrium (based on a 9,214 9,151 9,088 9,067 9,047 9,040 decreasing percentage decrease) SUURvt:: 1960-1970-1980-1990 U.S. Census of Population; Gove Associates nc. -1.89 @ CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-10 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ POPULATION approaching 0.0 percent in the future this projection has been tabled "Equilibrium." It is felt that to set an optimistic tone for this Plan this is the projection that should be followed. The final trend analysis is by far the most optimistic of all the projections. This projection is based on the fact that between 1970 and 1980 the City's population decreased by 12.9 percent, and that between 1980 and 1990 the decrease in population decreased by 4.2 percent. If this trend is carried forward the population would decrease by 1.4 percent between 1990 and 2000 and by 0.4 percent between 2000 and 2010. Since the population continues to decrease, but at a much lower rate - These two analyses illustrate the point that without some intervention the City's population will continue to decline in number and increase in age. The "goal" for the City should be a long-range increase in population, reversing the trend of the past 30 years. FIGURE 8-5 POPULATION PROJECTIONS FOR ST. JOSEPH POPUI.AllON 12,000 11,000 ~ 10,000 11 ,042 ~ ........, ~ 9 214 .. .. .. 9!"' ••..; 8, -~·.::: •=..:.:• ..:.·• ~t:... 9,000 h--., 8,000 8 81 4 ~"> ~:---. 7, 000 6 s;, ~9 6,000 s.ooo 4,000 J ,000 2,000 1,000 0 19 0 19~0 1980 1990 19tl5 20 00 2005 2(1 0 211 5 • ••• •• --• · ••• • _,, _ ,,_ COHORT-S\JRll1VAI. 10 YEAR TREND 20 \'EAR TREND 30 'l'EAR TREND EQUILIBRIUM YEAR SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN B-11 �HOUSING �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING The housing in a community is often a direct reflection of the character and economic well-being o# the community. Besides obvious details such as abandoned houses, vacant lots or deteriorated housing units, there are more subtle indicators of a community's housing characteristics that can be used to create a profile of the area's housing stock. Occupancy and Tenure of Housing Units Even with St. Joseph's decreasing population, the City has a higher percentage of occupied housing units than either the County or the State. Of the City's 4,545 housing units, 4,200 (92.4%) were considered to be occupied in 1990. This percentage is higher than the County's figure of 87.8 percent or the State's figure of 88.9 percent. These figures can be seen in Table C-1. One of the main reasons the State and County have a higher percentage of vacant units than St. Joseph is that Michigan and Berrien County have a higher percentage of vacant seasonal units than St. Joseph. Only 1.3 percent of St. Joseph's housing units are seasonal units, compared to 6.4 percent of the County's housing and 5.8 percent of the State's. St. Joseph has a much lower percentage of owneroccupied housing units than either Berrien County or Michigan. Of the City's 4,200 occupied housing units in St. Joseph, 2,396 (57.0%) were owneroccupied in 1990. The remaining 1,804 (43.0%) occupied units were renteroccupied. Berrien County's owneroccupied units account for 69.6 percent of the occupied units and Michigan's owner-occupied units account for 71.0 percent of the State's occupied housing 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN units. Finally, Table C-1 shows that St. Joseph has a much lower percentage of units with over one person per room. The main reason for this is probably the large percentage of single person households. Types of Housing Housing types change to suit the needs of a community. Between 1980 and 1990 the total number of housing units decreased by 0.3 percent - a much smaller percentage decrease than the 4.2 percent decrease the population experienced. This does not mean that a vast number of vacant housing units have been created by the differences. Many of the housing units in St. Joseph are occupied by single person households, so while there are fewer people to fill the housing units, household sizes have been decreasing as well, and occupancy rates stabilizing. Table C-2 shows how the number of single-family homes decreased by 1. 7 percent between 1980 and 1990. This means that 44 homes have been torn down, converted to multiple-family units or converted to other uses such as office or commercial uses. During the same period the number of duplex units has decreased by two and the number of multiple-family units has decreased by 12. C-1 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING TABLE C-1 OCCUPANCY AND TENURE OF HOUSING UNITS ? f@1.1sirtg :nJ;itts: 69,532 100.0 100.0 61 ,025 87.8 100.0 88.9 100.0 57.0 43.0 42,452 18,573 61.1 26.7 69.6 30.4 63.1 25.8 71.0 29.0 7.6 8,507 12.2 11.1 59 1.3 4,448 6.4 5.8 40 0.9 1,686 2.4 Total Housing 4,545 100.0 Occupied Housing 4,200 92.4 Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied 2,396 1,804 52.7 39.7 345 For Seasonal, Recreational or Occasional Use With Over 1 Person per Room Vacant Housing 1.0 100.0 2.8 2.4 2.6 SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census TABLE C-2 TYPES OF HOUSING UNITS: 1980-1990 Single-Family Units Duplexes Multiple-Family Units Other Total 2,655 58.3 2,611 57.4 -1.7 41 0.9 37 0.8 -9.8 1,857 40.7 1,845 40.6 -0.6 5 0.1 52 1.2 +940.0 4,558 100.0 4,545 100.0 -0.3 SOURCE: U.S. Census: 1980-1990 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSNE PLAN C-2 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING over twice the percentage of multiplefamily units as the County (17.2%) or the State (19.6%). The fact that St. Joseph has a high percentage of multiple-family housing units is not a new occurrence, since in 1980, 40.7 percent of the City's housing units were multiple-family. Table C-3 compares St. Joseph's housing to Berrien County and Michigan. St. Joseph has a much lower percentage of single-family homes, duplexes and mobile homes than the County or the State. This also shows that the City has a much higher percentage of multiplefamily housing units than either of the other two areas. Figures C-1 and C-2 graphically demonstrate the types of housing that exist in St. Joseph and Berrien County. With 1,845 multiple-family units (40.6% of the City's housing units), St. Joseph has TABLE C-3 TYPES OF HOUSING UNITS IN ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY AND MICHIGAN: 1990 ::'ii tj~:: u8;®pb;': ::"I r,aera~R::l glio.8i§:I!i: t:MJ¢higa.ii / 1 I/Ncttr)b~r ; Single-Family Units Duplexes Multiple-Family Units Mobile Home, Trailer, Other ·.•.•.•.,.,:,.•ItC>··.;-;.;.;.;. , , ••.•. Nurti~;~r':'.:'· .:::::::;::('}'o':':':•:;:•: IIIINOm~~:::11:: 2,611 57.4 51,424 74.0 69.5 37 0.8 1,331 1.9 3.4 1,845 40.6 11,984 17.2 19.6 52 1.2 4,793 6.9 7.5 SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN C-3 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING FIGURE C-1 Housing Values HOUSING UNITS BY TYPE: ST. JOSEPH The value of owner-occupied housing is increasing in St. Joseph at a greater rate than either Berrien County or Michigan. Between 1980 and 1990 the median value of owner-occupied housing in St. Joseph increased from $36,500 to $66,200 - an increase of 81.4 percent. During the same period the median value of the County's owner-occupied housing increased by 55.8 percent to reach a median value of $52,800. The State's owner-occupied housing increased in value by 55.4 percent to reach a median value of $60,600. Table C-4 shows these figures as well as the relationship between St. Joseph's housing value and the County's and State's housing values. OTHER DUPLEX HOMES 52 UNITS 37 UNITS (0.8%) (1.27.)-~ SINGLE FAMILY HOUSING SOURCE: 1990 U.S.Census of Population FIGURE C-2 HOUSING UNITS BY TYPE: BERRIEN COUNTY MOBILE HOMES 4,793 UNITS (6,91/. DUPLEX HOMES MULTIPLE 1,331 UNITS FAMILY (3.41/.) HOUSING 11,984 UNIT"J..-T'ff""-_ (17.21/.) Figure C-3 graphically demonstrates the differences in the three areas. FAMILY HOUSING SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population 0 The majority of owner-occupied housing units (54.8%) in St. Joseph are valued between $50,000 and $100,000. Table C-5 shows that St. Joseph has a much smaller percentage (24.6%) of owneroccupied housing units that were valued under $50,000 than either the County (46.8%) or the State (38.5%). In all of the other categories (greater than $50,000), St. Joseph has a higher percentage than either Berrien County or Michigan. CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Since there is such a high proportion of renter-occupied units in St. Joseph it is important to compare the monthly rate for renting a housing unit to other areas. Table C-6 shows that St. Joseph's median monthly rent is higher than either Berrien County or Michigan. While St. Joseph has a higher monthly median rental rate, Michigan has a higher C-4 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING very uniform with the vast majority of units being in the $250-$499 range. percentage of units whose rent is over $500. Rent in St. Joseph seems to be TABLE C-4 MEDIAN VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS ::: :::~?§{ Coqhfy 1980 $39,000 $33,900 $36,500 107.7 93.6 1990 $60,600 $52,800 $66,200 125.4 109.2 55.4% 55.8% 81.4% % Increase SOURCE: U.S. Census: 1980-1990 TABLE C-5 VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS Less than $50,000 511 24.6 15,460 46.8 38.5 $ 50,000 to $ 99,999 1,138 54.8 13,488 40.8 42.5 $100,000 to $149,999 235 11.3 2,590 7.9 11.4 $150,000 to $199,999 90 4.3 823 2.5 4.1 $200,000 to $299,999 55 2.7 - 473 1.4 2.4 $300,000 or More 47 2.3 207 0.6 1.1 SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census TABLE C-6 CONTRACT RENT Less than $250 283 16.1 5,249 31.2 25.2 $ 250 - $ 499 1,279 73.0 10,995 65.3 58.0 $ 500 - $ 749 183 10.4 551 3.3 13.9 $ 750 - $ 999 5 0.3 22 0.1 1.9 $1,000 and More 3 0.2 25 0.1 1.0 Median (Dollars) $351 $294 $343 SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN C-5 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING FIGURE C-3 VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS: 1990 PERCENT 60 . . . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 40 20 10 f.-.·.-!.·!::.j ST JOSEPH IZZZI c:::J BERRIEN COUNTY MICHIGAN SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population Age of Housing The age of housing units in a community often reveals the character of the community. Older housing is the sign of an established community while newer housing is often the sign of a new and expanding community. St. Joseph, which is a well established community, has a large percentage of older homes. Over 44 percent of the City's housing units were built before 1939 (fable C-7). Houses built between 1940 and 1959 account for over 30 percent of the City's units. Houses built during the past 1O years account for only 4.8 percent of the City's housing units. For comparison, 13.6 percent of the State's housing units were built between 1980 and 1990. TABLE C-7 AGE OF HOUSING IN ST. JOSEPH -.rr -Year Structure Built • -• 1939 or Earlier Number.of Housing Units · :-: % ••:•:•'•:•: 2,006 44.1 1940 to 1949 1950 to 1959 1960 to 1969 680 698 15.0 15.4 565 12.4 1970 to 1979 1980 to March 1990 Total 379 8.3 4.8 100.0 217 4,545 SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN C-6 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING Table C-8 uses population projections and projections for the median household size (persons per household) to determine the number of households to the year 2015. Since household sizes are projected to decrease throughout the planning period, the number of households will not decrease at as great of a rate as the population of St. Joseph. The population is expected to decrease by 1.9 percent between 1990 and 2015. Household Proiections Although St. Joseph is essentially a fully developed community, with very little undeveloped land, there will most likely be some changes in residential land uses due to the changing needs of the area's residents. In order to determine the amount of land that should be devoted to residential uses in the future, it is necessary to determine the number of housing units that will be required. The coordination of several facts and projections is required in order to project housing needs in a community. Before housing projections can be made it is necessary to establish population projections, projected household sizes, trends relating to housing types and current facts relating to housing in the area. A vacancy rate also must be established to allow residents to move to larger, or smaller, homes and to allow newcomers to move to St. Joseph. During the same period the number of households is expected to decrease by 0.3 percent. In 2015 the projected household size for St. Joseph is 2.03 persons per household and 2.42 persons per household for the County. Additional information (rable C-8) indicates that the number of housing units in Berrien County is projected to increase by 5.1 percent by the year 2015. TABLE C-8 HOUSEHOLD SIZE AND OCCUPIED HOUSEHOLD PROJECTIONS ... : <: \tt 1 )-~ sf .J~seph::\:'. \: :::x:::·· :f:_:Jf::::/. : Housihofd i L -.... 'i::Y:e~f : ,:: Pdpuialiofr:;',. _ :;.· \/Lsiia :[ : \{f fouseholds °.li tt9~;~b,otd{ - -• ·: ·•·.• ·• :: :/ . . ,t· t :•::•. ;@,·/::, ff ; ·•· eoplllaticm : ,:,:::, \ Sii~ : JiBouseti:6rds ·_. 1970 11,042 2.62 4,117 163,940 3.19 50,758 1980 9,622 2.14 4,296 171 ,276 2.80 60,276 1990 9,214 2.06 4,200 161,378 2.60 61 ,025 1995 9,151 2.05 4,198 161,900 2.55 62,423 2000 9,088 2.05 4,170 161,700 2.50 63,593 2005 9,067 2.04 4,180 160,300 2.47 63,808 2010 9,047 2.03 4,192 158,500 2.45 63,607 2015 9,040 2.03 4,188 157,800 2.42 64,111 SOURCE: 0 t> •@[( sifri~n po~inty :./ ·ti ·<f, } U.S. Census of Population 1970, 1980, 1990; Michigan Department of Management and Budget; Gove Associates Inc. CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN C-7 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING Table C-9 uses the number of households, established in Table C-8 to determine the total number of housing units required in the City of St. Joseph and Berrien County by the year 2015. The total number of housing units in St. Joseph is projected to change very little from the 1990 figure of 4,545 total housing units. The total figures are based on existing vacancy rates and existing ratios between the number of households and the number of housing units in the City and County. Using this methodology a total of 4,541 housing units will be required in St. Joseph by 2015. This is four units less than existed in 1990. types of housing in the community that existed in 1980 and 1990 were used to project housing percentages to the year 2015. Once these percentages were projected forward, the percentages were applied to the "total" figures from Table C-9 to determine the number of housing units in each of the four categories. Table C-1 O shows that the number of single-family homes will decrease from 2,611 in 1990 to 2,570 in 2015 - a 1.6 percent decrease. During the same period the number of duplexes is projected to decrease by 1O units. Multiple-family units are expected to increase by 2.4 percent between 1990 and 2015 to reach a total of 1,889 units. In order to determine what types of housing will be needed in St. Joseph, the TABLE C-9 HOUSING UNIT FORECAST .·•>: Year r :-:· St. Joseph Occupied Units ... . ... -;:;: Total ::::· :•::;:>:::: ·· Berrien County ciccupie8· Units '°',,/ / :-: -:: :=::" Total . . 1990 4,200 4,545 61,025 69,532 1995 4,198 4,551 62,423 71,125 2000 4,170 4,521 63,593 72,458 2005 4,180 4,532 63,808 72,703 2010 4,192 4,545 63,607 72,474 2015 4,188 4,541 64,111 73,048 SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN C-8 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ HOUSING TABLE C-10 MOUSING TYPE FORECAST: TOTAL UNITS SingleFamily 2,655 Duplex 41 MultiFamily 1,857 Other Total 5 58.3 2,611 0.9 37 40.7 1,845 0.1 52 57.4 2,603 0.8 36 40.6 1,857 1.2 55 4,558 100.0 4,545 100.0 4,551 57.2 2,586 0.8 32 40.8 1,849 1.2 54 100.0 4,521 57.2 2,579 56.9 2,582 32 0.7 27 40.9 1,867 41.2 1,882 1.2 54 0.7 1.2 54 56.8 2,570 0.6 56.6 27 0.6 41.4 1,889 41 .6 1.2 54 1.2 100.0 4,532 100.0 4,545 100.0 4,541 100.0 SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. Under the category "Other" the number has increased from 5 in 1980 to 52 in 1990. In St. Joseph there are no mobile homes or trailers, so the category consists entirely of "other." Other can mean boxcars, houseboats or a variety of other housing types. For the housing projections, the percentage of other housing will remain constant (1.2% of the area's housing) since it is difficult to project the need for this category of housing. units will be required to meet the projected need for multiple-family housing. The total figure in Table C-11 indicates that by 2015 an excess of four housing units will exist if no changes are made and if all existing housing units are properly maintained. Table C-11 uses the figures established in Table C-1 O to show the changes that will be necessary. The table lists excesses and deficiencies based on existing housing units. Using projections, and the 1990 figure of 2,611 single-family units in St. Joseph, Table C-11 shows that in 2015 there will be an excess of 41 units. Similarly, it can be seen that an excess of 1O duplexes will exist in 2015. By 2015 an additional 44 multiple-family 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN C-9 �0 TABLE C-11 § HOUSING TYPE FORECAST: FUTURE NEEDS BASED ON EXISTING UNITS 0 "I1 (/) ;3 .... : : ri;;::•:• ,,_.(Jl\~~~~,11i: ti;I.~.: l:i~\~~~il1!ll!,~iJ,••I I I E=8 2,586 E = 25 2,579 E = 32 2,582 E = 29 36 I E = 1 32 E = 5 32 E = 5 27 1,845 I 1,857 I D = 12 1,849 0=4 1,867 D = 22 55 I D = 12 54 D=2 54 I D=6 4,521 E = 24 4,532 0 (/) ~ ~ (/) § 8 (j "C ~ SingleFamily Duplex MultiFamily 2,611 37 I 52 I Other Total 4,545 I 2,603 4,551 1 ""~'~'',i l~~]~ffl I E = 41 I -1.6 E = 10 21 I E = 10 I -27.0 1,882 D = 37 1,8891 D = 441 +2.4 D=2 54 D=2 I D = 21 +3.8 E = 13 4,545 D=0 4,5411 E = 41 -0.08 2,570 54 SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. 8 &1 (j ....0 I ~ ,_1 �ECONOMY �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY The economy of a community is often difficult to limit to the community's borders. This is true because many people do not choose to live and work in the same community. The St. Joseph area does seem to offer its residents a large percentage of their jobs since in 1980, 86.0 percent of the City's workers lived less than 20 minutes from their place of employment. While a large portion of the City's workers were employed near their homes, at least 14.0 percent worked outside of St. Joseph. Unemployment A community's unemployment rate is often used to indicate the economic vitality of the area. To better understand what an area's unemployment rate means it should be compared with other unemployment rates to develop a relation between local and regional rates that shows the relative economic condition of an area. Table D-1 shows the unemployment rates for St. Joseph, Benton Harbor, the Benton Harbor MSA (Berrien County) and Michigan. Between 1988 and September of 1991 the unemployment rates in St. Joseph have been consistently lower than for the County or the State as a whole. The difference between St. Joseph's unemployment rate and Benton Harbor's is so drastically different that it is difficult to believe the two cities are adjacent to each other. While St. Joseph's rates are lower than the comparison areas' rates, the City's unemployment rates do tend to relate to the State and County's unemployment rates - which have risen since 1988. The Benton Harbor MSA (Berrien County) and Michigan have had similar unemployment trends since 1988, with their trend lines crossing every year (Figure D-1). TABLE D-1 UNEMPLOYMENT RATE 4.8 5.2 5.2 6.7 22.4 23.9 23.8 28.9 Benton Harbor MSA (Berrien County) 6.8 7.4 7.3 9.4 Michigan 7.6 7.1 7.5 9.2 St. Joseph Benton Harbor SOURCE: Michigan Employment Security Commission 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN D-1 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY FIGURE D-1 UNEMPLOYMENT TRENDS: 1988-1991 UNEMPLOYMENT RATE (%) 30 25 • . . . . . . . . .. . ........•..................•. 20 15 10 •· ....... . . 5 -- - - - - - --- - -- -- -- -- ---- - -- __. 0--------------------------.. . 198B 19B9 1990 YEAR SEPTEMBER 1991 -ST. JOSEPH • • • • • • • • • BENTON HARBOR · · · · • · · · · BERRIEN COUNTY - - - - MICHIGAN SOURCE: Michigan Employment Security Commission 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN D-2 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY Employment by Industry The types of jobs tnat people in a community have can identify a lot about the community. Table D-2 compares employment in St. Joseph with employment in Berrien County and Michigan. The information shows that in 1990 St. Joseph had a much lower percentage of agricultural related employment (0.2%) than either the County (2.8%) or the State (2.0%) - this is not surprising since St. Joseph is an urban area. It also is not surprising that the County has a higher percentage of agricultural employment than the State since Berrien County is a major agricultural County. The percentage of construction related employment in St. Joseph was higher than either the County or the State in 1990. Construction accounted for 5.3 percent of St. Joseph's employment, 5.0 percent of Berrien County's and 4.9 percent of the State's. Employment relating to the manufacturing of both nondurable and durable goods was lower in St. Joseph than either the County or the State. In St. Joseph 5.0 percent of the employment was related to the manufacturing of nondurable goods - the County figure was 6.5 percent and the State's figure was 5.6. Employment relating to the manufacturing of durable goods accounted for 18.7 percent of the City's employment - lower than the County's rate of 21.3 percent or the State's figure of 19.0 percent. The manufacturing of durable goods is the largest employer for all three areas. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Employment relating to transportation accounts for 2.3 percent of St. Joseph's jobs - less than the County or the State. Communications and public utilities related jobs account for 2.6 percent of the City's employment. This figure is less than the County's figure of 2.9 percent but greater than the State's figure of 2.1 percent. Wholesale trade in St. Joseph is related to 5.4 percent of the City's employment. This is a larger proportion than either the County or the State. The second largest employer in St. Joseph is related to retail trade. With 17.2 percent of the area's employment related to retail trade, St. Joseph is very similar to both the County and the State. St. Joseph's figure of 4.9 percent for employment related to finance, insurance and real estate (FIRE) is higher than the County (4.3%) and lower than the State (5.4%). Employment related to health services in St. Joseph is lower than either the State or County - this is unusual since the Mercy Memorial Medical Center is located in St. Joseph. Education related employment in St. Joseph accounted for 9.1 percent of the City's employment lower than Berrien County but higher than Michigan. In the four remaining categories (business and repair services, personal entertainment and recreation services, public administration and other professional and related services), St. Joseph has higher percentages than either the County or the State. D-3 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY TABLE D-2 1990 EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY: ST. JOSEPH, BERRIEN COUNTY, MICHIGAN 11 0.2 2,044 2.8 2.0 Construction 245 5.3 3,630 5.0 4.9 Manufacturing - Nondurable Goods 233 5.0 4,790 6.5 5.6 Manufacturing - Durable Goods 874 18.7 15,588 21.3 19.0 Transportation 108 2.3 2,411 3.3 3.3 Communication and Other Public Utilities 119 2.6 2,122 2.9 2.1 Wholesale Trade 252 5.4 3,053 4.2 4.0 Retail Trade 805 17.2 12,300 16.8 18.0 Finance, Insurance and Real Estate 229 4.9 3,167 4.3 5.4 Business and Repair Services 228 4.9 3,089 4.2 4.7 Personal, Entertainment and Recreation Services 205 4.4 2,622 3.6 3.9 Health Services 356 7.6 5,605 7.7 8.9 Educational Services 426 9.1 7,184 9.8 8.6 Other Professional and Related Services 398 8.5 3,622 5.0 5.8 Public Administration 182 3.9 1,927 2.6 3.8 Agriculture,Forestry, Fishing, Mining SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population Table D-3 shows how employment changed in St. Joseph between 1980 and 1990. Overall, the number of jobs increased in 11 of the 15 categories. The most dramatic increase was in construction. Between 1980 and 1990 the number of construction-related jobs increased from 129 to 245, or an 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN increase of 89.9 percent. The second largest increase was in wholesale trade which increased by 71.4 percent between 1980 and 1990 to reach a 1990 figure of 252 jobs. The third largest change occurred in "other professional and related services" which increased from 304 employees in 1980 to 398 employees D-4 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY decreased from 1,065 employees in 1980 to 874 in 1990. The second largest decrease occurred in the nondurable manufacturing which decreased from 315 to 233 jobs. The third largest decrease was in the public administration category which decreased by 70 personnel during the period. Overall, manufacturing and public jobs decreased in the City while all others either increased or remained relatively unchanged. in 1990. This was followed by business and related services which increased by 88 employees to reaoh a total of 228. These numeric increases were followed by health related services, transportation, education, finance, insurance and real estate, retail trade, personal entertainment and communications and public utilities. The largest decrease during the 10-year period occurred in the manufacturing of durable goods which TABLE 0-3 EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY IN ST. JOSEPH: 1980, 1990 JrtitiAAeriC= :'.~lf/<,,, :!li[i.\~; .· ~1~B;:: 20 0.5 11 0.2 -9 -45.0 Construction 129 2.9 245 5.3 +116 +89.9 Manufacturing - Nondurable Goods 315 7.1 233 5.0 -82 -26.0 1,065 24.0 874 18.7 -191 -17.9 65 1.0 108 2.3 +43 +66.2 Communication and Other Public Utilities 117 2.6 119 2.6 +2 +1.7 Wholesale Trade 147 3.3 252 5.4 +105 +71.4 Retail Trade 789 17.8 805 17.2 +16 +2.0 Finance, Insurance and Real Estate 210 4.7 229 4.9 +19 +9.0 Business and Repair Services 140 3.1 228 4.9 +88 +62.9 Personal, Entertainment and Recreation Services 202 4.5 205 4.4 +3 +1.5 Health Services 308 6.9 356 7.6 +48 +15.6 Educational Services 383 8.6 426 9.1 +43 +11.2 Other Professional and Related Services 304 6.8 398 8.5 +94 +30.9 Public Administration 252 5.7 182 3.9 -70 -27.8 4,446 100.0 4,671 100.0 +225 +5.1 Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing, Mining Manufacturing - Durable Goods Transportation Total SOURCE: 1980, 1990 U.S. Census of Population 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN D-5 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY Principal Economic Base Employers Economic base employers are industries whose goods or services are chiefly exported from the area and are often the reason a variety of other employers exist in an area. The Principal Economic Base Employers in Berrien County are shown in Table D-4. These employers are essential to the area's economic stability since they help bring wealth into the community and because of the multiplier effect these industries have on creating jobs in other local industries. TABLE 0-4 PRINCIPAL ECONOMIC BASE EMPLOYERS IN BERRIEN COUNTY Whiripool, Benton Harbor 1,885 Home Appliances Zenith Data Systems, St. Joseph 1,830 Computers, electronic equipment Bendix Automotive Systems, St. Joseph 1,200 Auto parts Leco, St. Joseph 1,200 Analytical instruments United Technologies Auto., Niles 650 Miscellaneous plastic products Gast Mfg., Benton Harbor & Bridgman 641 Compressors, air and gas Simplicity Patterns, Niles 509 Dress patterns Tyler Refrigeration, Niles 484 Refrigeration and heating Modern Plastics, Benton Harbor 463 Molders, inject. thermoset Weldun International, Bridgman 425 Flex assembly and test systems Comstock Mich. Fruit, Benton Harbor 355 Canned fruits National Standard, Niles 350 Reinforcing and specialty wire Ag-Tech Crop Sprayer, Niles 300 Horticulture sprayers Hughes Plastics, St. Joseph 270 Custom molded thermoplastics Wollin Products, Stevensville 250 Miscellaneous plastic products Industrial Rubber Goods, St. Joseph 242 Molded and extruded rubber Premier Tool & Die, Berrien Springs 230 Zinc and aluminum die cast Sheperd Products, St. Joseph 165 Hardware, stampings AUSCO Product Company 207 Malleable castings New Products Corp., Benton Harbor 210 Die cast component parts Total Employees 11,931 SOURCE: Michigan Department of Commerce, January 1992 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN D-6 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY described individually throughout the Plan, i.e. public employees, school employees and employees at Mercy Memorial Medical Center, as well as others. Table D-5 lists other employers in the area that can be considered base employers - since their products or services are exported from the area. Other major employers in the area are TABLE D-5 OTHER EMPLOYERS IN BERRIEN COUNTY = i ::trt=Im:: m: ,5pipl9ye.~s All Phase Electric, St. Joseph & Benton Harbor 250 Electrical parts distribution Hanson Mold, St. Joseph 100 Mold manufacturers Vail Rubberworks, St. Joseph 100 Rubber and polyurethene Advanced Products Corp., Benton Harbor 30 Tool and die supplies Alreco Metals, Inc., Benton Harbor 133 Aluminum smelter Benton Harbor Engineering, Benton Harbor 100 Hydraulic cylinders Custom Products, Stevensville D.C. Cook Plant, Bridgman 21 Sheet metal products 750 Nuclear Power Plant plus (400 contracted employees) Cast-Matic Corporation, Stevensville 140 Aluminum and zinc, die casting KitchenAid, St. Joseph 247 Home Appliances SOURCE: City of St. Joseph; Gove Associates Inc. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 0-7 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY throughout the County. Table D-6 shows that two sites of less than .5 acres were available in St. Joseph in 1991 - a very small amount of land. Many of the areas surrounding St. Joseph have large amounts of available industrial land. Available Industrial Sites in Berrien County The Michigan Department of Commerce has published a list that details the amount of industrial land available TABLE D-6 AVAILABLE INDUSTRIAL SITES (as of December 1991) Benton Harbor 18 469 190 0 Benton Township 18 491 199 1 Berrien Springs 1 3 Bridgman 2 107 43 0 Buchanan 4 0 0 1 Buchanan Township 1 5 2 0 Chikaming Township 1 0 0 0 Coloma 1 0 0 0 Hagar Township 2 6 2 0 Lake Township 3 63 25 0 Lincoln Township 3 30 12 0 Niles 8 19 8 Niles Township 6 105 42 0 Oronoko Township 3 34 14 0 St. Joseph 2 0 0 1 St. Joseph Township 4 0 0 0 Stevensville 1 0 0 0 Three Oaks 1 0 0 0 Watervliet 1 25 10 0 Watervliet Township 1 0 0 0 81 1,357 548 4 County Total 0 Zero acres indicates less than half an acre available. SOURCE: Michigan Department of Commerce 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN D-8 �r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY St. Joseph's median household income was $15,150, or 93.1 percent of the County's figure of $16,274. Between 1979 and 1989 the City's per capita income increased by 99.0 percent nearly doubling in 10 years. In 1989 the City's per capita income was $18,421, or 145.8 percent of the County's per capita income of $12,636. Between 1979 and 1989 the household income for St. Joseph increased by 88.6 percent to reach a figure of $28,566. This is 104.8 percent of the County's household income of $27,245 - even though St. Joseph's average household size is considerably smaller. Income Another major indicate>r of an area's economic condition is income. Incomes indicate the buying power of the residents of an area, when compared with the surrounding area. In 1979, St. Joseph's per capita income was $9,257, or 137.7 percent of Berrien County's per capita income of $6,723. Table D-7 shows that while the per capita income was higher in St. Joseph than in Berrien County, the median household income was higher in Berrien County - this can be attributed to St. Joseph's smaller median household size. In 1979, TABLE D-7 INCOME FIGURES FOR ST. JOSEPH AND BERRIEN COUNTY: 1979 AND 1989 :] : : : :~?'ti) ,: :cnahg~( • •II • •II • • s1siI, · tt=::;:::1 St. Joseph $9,257 $18,421 99.0 $15,150 $28,566 88.6 Berrien County $6,723 $12,636 88.0 $16,274 $27,245 67.7 St. Joseph as % of County 137.7% 145.8 93.1% 104.8 SOURCE: 1980 and 1990 U.S. Census of Population 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN D-9 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ECONOMY Taxes The truces in a community are essential to support the services that are required to operate and maintain a community. Table D-8 compares the 1990 State Equalized Valuations (SEV) and the various true rates of 1O cities in Western Michigan (including St. Joseph). By comparing these cities with each other it is easier to understand how true rates and SEVs influence the ways that a city generates funds. St. Joseph's 1990 SEV of $188,025,387 is second only to Holland's SEV of $516,270,200 - but Holland's population count is over three times greater than St. Joseph's. The City's per capita SEV of $20,406 is 146 percent higher than the 1O city average figure of $14,020. South Haven's per capita SEV of $17,214 is the second highest per capita SEV. For comparison, each community's county, city, school and total truces are shown in Table D-8. St. Joseph. While St. Joseph's true rate is lower than many of the comparison communities, the SEV in St. Joseph is higher. This means that even though St. Joseph's true rates are lower, only one community (Holland) collected more truces than St. Joseph. On a per capita basis, St. Joseph residents paid $1,220.42 compared to the 1O city average of $858.52. In St. Joseph, the County (Berrien) true rate of 5.99 mils is lower (92%) than the 10 city average county true rate of 6.54 mils. Only Holland's county true rate of .43 mils is lower. St. Joseph's City true rate of 16.7 mils is higher (109%) than the 1O city average true rate of 15.37 mils. Both Niles (18.65) and Three Rivers (18. 71) have higher city true rates than St. Joseph. The school system true rate of 37 .12 mils in St. Joseph is lower (97%) than the 10 city average of 40.03 mils. Of the 1O communities only one, South Haven, has lower school true rates. When all of the true rates are combined, the overall true rate in St. Joseph of 59.81 mils is lower (97%) than the 1O city average of 61.94 mils. Of the 10 communities three - Sturgis, South Haven and Otsego - have lower true rates than 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN D-10 �•••• 0 TABLE D-8 § COMPARISON OF TAX RATES :111i ~ ....0~ ! § @ ~·~~~·~·· ml!llm1 iliBr~Jli'hmi\!lii St. Joseph $188,025,387 $20,406 5.99 $1,125,839.61 16.70 $3,139,497.49 37.12 $6,979,591 .96 59.81 $11,244,929.06 $1 ,220.42 Sturgis $118,822,984 $11 ,730 6.36 $755,714.17 10.80 $1,283,298.70 39.54 $4,698,141 .97 56.70 $6,737,154.84 $665.07 Three Rivers $n,169,090 $10,491 6.36 $494,611.41 18.71 1,455,110.20 39.32 $3,057,802.85 64.39 $5,007,524.46 $675.51 Allegan $54,872,255 $12,068 6.76 $370,733.42 14.95 $820,340.21 39.09 $2,144,808.30 60.79 $3,335,881 .93 $733.64 $95,763,996 $17,214 7.24 $693,256.43 16.53 $1 ,583,304.45 I 35.81 I $3,434,815.12 I 59.64 I $5,111 ,316.00 I $1 ,026.67 Niles $120,175,500 $9,646 5.99 $719,582.80 18.65 $2,241 ,oao.19 I 42.48 I $5,105,386.11 I 67.12 I $8,066,oso.so I $647.46 Holland $516,720,200 $16,807 5.43 $2,805,813.82 14.63 $7,560,795.90 I 40.64 I $20,999,687.79 I 60.10 I $31,366,297.51 I $1,020.21 Springfield $45,979,060 $8,237 7.07 $325,094.94 15.50 $712,675.43 49.61 $2,280,920.00 72.18 $3,318,690.37 I $594.53 Otsego $53,262,300 $13,529 6.76 $359,856.08 11 .00 $585,892.74 37.36 $1,989,741 .05 55.11 $2,935,489.87 I $745.62 Hastings $76,4n,aoo $11 ,678 7.48 $571,740.38 16.20 $1 ,238,940.36 39.25 $3,002,028.97 62.93 $4,812,109.11 I $734.88 Average $134,786,857 $14,020 6.54 $822,224.31 15.37 $2,062,093.63 40.03 $5,369,292.47 61.94 $8,253,610.41 I $858.52 (') ~ ~~... South Haven SOURCE: Michigan Department of Treasury; Gove Associates Inc. ~ (") 0I ........ I �PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES The level of service provided to the residents of a community can be measured in several ways - many of which are difficult to put into quantifiable figures. Some of the less quantifiable methods include the feelings of the community's residents towards the City and the service provided, the quality of the City's employees, and other factors that a number often cannot define. One method to show the level of service in a community is to make comparisons with other communities. In January of 1992, a survey of 1O communities (including St. Joseph) was taken to compare population, total fulltime employees, residents per employee and employee distribution. For this comparison part-time and volunteer forces were not included. The results of this survey allow residents to compare their community with nine other communities in Western Michigan. The results of this survey are shown in Table E-1. The average population of the 1o communities is 9,614, which is very similar to St. Joseph's 1990 population of 9,214. The average number of full-time employees is 91.1 - considerably less than St. Joseph's work force of 125. The table shows that St. Joseph has one employee for every 73. 7 residents, the only community with more employees per resident is South Haven with 62.5 residents per employee. The average number of residents per employee is 105.6. St. Joseph has a considerably larger proportion of City employees than the average of the 1O communities. This means that a higher level of service is provided to St. Joseph residents than many other communities in Western Michigan. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN The distribution of City employees is also shown in Table E-1. St. Joseph's Police Department employs 26 persons,-or 20.8 percent of the City's work force. This force is four persons larger than the average figure for the 1O communities, but accounts for a smaller percentage of the communities work force than the average. The City's Fire Department employs 14 full-time employees - a larger force than the 1O community average of 10.3 employees. The percentage of fire fighters, relative to total City employment, is 11.2 percent, very similar to the 1O city average of 11.3 percent. St. Joseph's 53 repair or maintenance related personnel accounts for 42.4 percent of the City's employees - higher than the 1O city average of 38.2 percent. The 13 full-time employees used to operate the City's library and other similar resources accounts for 10.4 percent of City personnel - higher than the average of 8.5 percent. The number of administrative personnel in St. Joseph is 19. This figure accounts for 15.2 percent of the City's employees and is a lower percentage than the 1O city average of 17. 1 percent. These figures indicate that St. Joseph has more employees per resident than the average community, but that no department has a disproportionately high or low number of employees when compared with employee distribution in the nine other communities. E-1 �TABLE E-1 0 COMPARISON OF COMMUNITIES § ~ Cll dll11flllltl '.'"-l 0 Cll tTI ~ St. Joseph ~ Sturgis* 9,214 125 73.7 26 20.8 14 11 .2 53 42.4 13 10.4 19 15.2 10,130 101 100.3 16 15.8 14 13.9 44 43.5 9 8.9 14 13.9 4 180.2 16 25.2 9 14.2 25 39.4 3 4.7 10.5 16.5 0 2.1 19 39.6 5 10.4 7 14.6 0 0 Three Rivers 7,413 63.5 Allegan 4,547 48 94.7 16 33.3 South Haven t t 5,563 89 62.5 20 22.5 11 12.4 35 39.3 4 4.5 19 21 .3 0 Niles 12,458 145 85.9 24 16.5 14 9.7 76 52.4 11 7.6 20 13.8 0 Holland 30,745 227.05 135.5 64.0 28.2 27.0 11.9 55.75 24.6 29.55 47.4 20.9 3.35 23.1 10 25.6 0 8 20.5 0 12 46.2 0 6 23.0 0 18 38.3 2 4.3 5 10.6 0 34.8 38.2 7.7 8.5 15.6 17.1 0 .7 4.0 tTI 8 (') ~ Springfield 5,582 39 143.1 12 30.8 9 Otsego 3,937 26 151 .4 8 30.8 0 Hastings 6,549 47 139.3 18 38.3 4 8.5 Average 9,614 91 .1 105.6 22 24.1 10.3 11.3 *An additional 295 employees work in the City-owned Hospital **Although the 4 full-time Library employees are not City employees, they have been Included in the total count. SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population; Gove Associates Inc. tTI N I 13.0 1.4 0.8 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES City Hall The St. Joseph City Hall, located at 620 Broad Street, provides office space for the City Manager, the City Clerk and Treasurer, the Assessor, the Community Development Office and Purchasing, Engineering Personnel, Inspection Personnel and various support personnel. Additionally, the Police Department is housed in City Hall and the Fire Station is connected directly to the City Hall. The 3-story masonry building which houses the City offices currently has 15,438 square feet of space, an additional 6,754 square feet of space is located in the adjacent Fire Station. The City Hall and Fire Station, which were both built in 1913 and have since had extensive renovations, were evaluated in 1991. The report "City Hall/Fire Station Facilities Study" details many of the facility's shortcomings and list the advantages and disadvantages of renovating the existing building versus building new facilities. The following recommendation is taken directly from the report: Recommendation City Hall - The existing City Hall building was built in 1913 and has had numerous remodeling in 78 years of service for the people of St. Joseph. The structural engineering report notes that the structure (frame of building) is in very good condition. But that pollution and time has taken its toll on the exterior/interior architecture of the building. This will require repairs and updating of materials. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN The mechanical and electrical engineering reports note that the building systems need total replacement. The existing systems have worked well for many years, but have become obsolete. These systems need to be updated to serve the people of St. Joseph into the year 2000 and beyond. There are code deficiencies, with the big issue being AD.A. or the Americans with Disabilities Act, which becomes effective January 26, 1992. This is a federal civil rights legislation designed to improve access to jobs, work place and commercial spaces for disabled people. The State of Michigan is incorporating AD.A. requirements into its barrier free code requirements. This means elevators, ramps and barrier free restrooms are required in the existing City Hall. Fire Station - The existing Fire Station was also built at the same time as the City Hall in 1913, and has had many remodelings in 78 years. The structural engineering report notes that the building has some structural problems and will need structural rework if renovated. The mechanical and electrical engineering reports note that this building, like City Hall, needs total rework of its systems. Again, time and age have taken their toll on the building's mechanical and electrical systems, as was the case of the electrical fire last year. Like City Hall, the Fire Station needs work on code deficiencies such as barrier free requirements and facilities for women. E-3 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES There are major working problems trying to run a state-of-the-art Fire Station in a 78 year old building. The 11 foot high overhead doors with 14 foot high ceiling in existing apparatus room does not work well with today's equipment that needs 14 foot high overhead doors with 16 foot high ceilings in apparatus bays. This type of problem has caused damage to the equipment and could cause injury to personnel. Conclusion - The space study shows that the City government needs now and in the next five years about 60 percent more space, but that over the next 20 years only 182 SF of added space after the first five years is needed. The areas with the greatest needs are the Police, Fire, Engineering, Inspection and City Manager/ Personnel Departments. As part of the space study requirements four renovation/remodeling concepts have been developed with preliminary cost estimates. Estimates for potential construction of an entirely new facility have also been prepared. Building a totally new facility would be the least costly vs. renovation of existing buildings. Today a new facility is about 80 percent efficient (ratio of circulation, exterior walls, mechanical spaces, etc. to usable space). The existing City Hall is about 45 percent efficient with renovation and additions it may be able to increase efficiency to about 65 percent to 70 percent. The existing old buildings have served the City well for 78 years, and have a lot of character and 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN sentimental value. The report states "Renovation of these buildings will show your commitment to your motto 'Holding onto the past...Reaching out to the future;' but to do renovation will be more costly." Police Department The City's Police Department, which is located in the City Hall, occupies 3,289 square feet of space throughout the City Hall. The City maintains no holding cells due to insurance costs and the availability of County Jail holding cells. The Department has 19 full-time certified officers including the Police Chief, two Lieutenants and a Detective and one part-time certified officer. In addition to the officers the Department consists of four 911 dispatchers, two clerical employees and one parking enforcement officer. The Department has five marked vehicles, one of which is a reserve vehicle, three unmarked vehicles and a van which is used by the Department for a variety of purposes. The Department has a four person dive team (soon to be a 5 person unit). With two rivers running through the City, and Lake Michigan this seems a necessity. Some of the needs facing the Department include the need to update the communication equipment used by the Department, more personnel and more training. The increased demands placed on law enforcement personnel requires that training is constantly updated. Some of the goals of the St. Joseph Police Department include expanding cooperative efforts with St. Joseph Township and Lincoln Township, and instituting a Marina Patrol for the many marinas in the community. E-4 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES In 1990 there were 1,932 complaints, or five percent less than the 2,033 complaints filed in 1989. While the number of complaints decreased between 1989 and 1990, the number of criminal arrests increased. In 1989 there were 539 arrests, this number increased by 20.2 percent in 1990 to 648 arrests. During the same period the number of traffic arrests increased by 24.2 percent from 3,229 in 1989 to 4,011 in 1990. In 1990 the City issued $47,331 dollars worth of parking tickets. Fire Department The Fire Department is located adjacent to the City Hall, in the 2-story fire station. The Department consists of 14 full-time personnel including the Fire Chief and the Fire Marshall. In addition to the 14 full-time personnel there are 11 paid, oncall firefighters. Ideally, the fire station is staffed by four firefighters at any time, but a minimum of three firefighters is allowed. The four police dispatchers are also used to dispatch the Fire Department for fire and other emergencies. The Department has three engines one of which is used as a reserve unit. The newest engine is a 1983 Pierce that is capable of pumping 1,000 gallons per minute. The second on-line engine is a 1973 American LeFrance capable of pumping 1,500 gallons per minute. This vehicle is also fitted with a 50 foot "telesquirt" which assists in fighting fires in multi-story buildings. The reserve engine is a 1954 American LeFrance that is capable of pumping 1,000 gallons per minute. In addition to the fire engines the Department maintains a utility /pickup truck, a van for the inspector and a station wagon for the Fire Chief. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN The City's water system provides an overall flow of 3,500 gallons per minute for fire fighting.; In 1990 the Department responded to 199 calls, usually the Department responds to between 220 and 225 calls per year. The Department currently has several needs. The major need is to update its facilities by either renovating the existing building or building a new facility. If a new facility is built it should be more centrally located than the existing station. Another major requirement is the addition of a ladder/pumper truck to the Fire Station's fleet of vehicles. Updating existing vehicles is another need, as is replacing 4" fire mains and providing improved maintenance to hydrants. Some of the goals of the Department include increasing crew sizes to five people (instead of 4). This would allow for safer operation of the vehicles by allowing more than one person operate an engine. Another goal is to increase support staff by adding a secretary/ clerical worker to the Department. Increasing computer literacy for Fire Department members is also a goal of the Department. Recreational Facilities The parks and other recreation related facilities in and around a community directly contribute to the quality of life for area residents. St. Joseph is aware of the importance of recreation to an area and has implemented a 5-year recreation plan to guide the City's recreational programs into the future. The following inventory of area facilities is taken from the Plan: E-5 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES TABLE E-2 RECREATIONAL AREA FACILITIES , ':tl; " r vtit~ m•::c:t? \lf -:.--· .-,.-. lii' it \F .. :~::;:;:::: ,:;@(\= -. Fibillttea .· .... t;t:,.lK. ?f , .•.--· --:-:-. t h:;tes ,., '-:-:-::-· Berrien County Facilitie• Rocky Gap Park Swimming , Picnic /vea Madaline Bertrand Park Hiking, Shelter, Disc Golf Course, Nature lveas Love Creek Park Nature Center, Exhibits, Hiking, Restrooms, Book Store 11.0 Silver Beach/Broad Street Under Development 22.0 3.0 Total Acreage State of Michigan 157.0 Facilitia■ Warren Dunes State Park Camping , Swimming, Hiking, Lake Michigan Shore Sand Dunes Warren Woods State Park Hiking , Picnic /veas, Educational Programs Grand Mere State Park Hiking, Educational Programs 1,190.0 500.0 1,022.0 Total Acreage City of St. Joseph 121 .0 2,712.0 Facilitie ■ Tlscornia Park{Tiscornia Park Drive Swimming , Picnic lvea, Pavilion, Lifeguards, Restrooms 16.0 West Basin Marina/ Edgewater 79 Slips, 100 A. of Broadside Dockage 94 off-street Parking 7.96 Spaces, Restrooms, Store Bluff Park/ Lake Blvd . Lake View, Memorials, Band Shell , Restrooms, Formal Garden, 7.34 Community Events Upton lvboretum/ Blossomland Bridge River, Frontage, Asphalt Paths, Lighting, Benches, Gazebo Kiwanis Park/Wolcott Avenue Large Playfield, 2 Ball Diamond (1 Lighted), 6 Lighted Tennis 2.3 19.2 Courts, 2 Horseshoe Pits, 1 Basketball Court, 2 Shuffleboard Courts, Shelter, Restrooms, Off-street Parking ' ' I Point Park/ State and Main Passive Recreation, Aesthetic Value 0.3 Boat Launch Site/Industrial Island Concrete Launch Ramp 3.0 Lion 's Park/ Pine Street Passive Recreation, Lake View, Hiking Milton Park/ Niles Avenue Small Neighborhood Park, Lights, Sandlot, Paths Stubblefield Tennis Courts/ St. Joseph H.S. 7 Tennis Courts Dickenson Park/ Lakeview 2 Ballfields (1 Lighted) 8.39 Whittlesey Park/ Napier Avenue lee Skating with Warming House, Rocket (Youth) Football 2.64 Lookout Park/ Lakeshore Drive Passive Recreation, Picnic lvea 8.96 Riverview Park/ Niles Ave. South Passive Recreation, Fully Enclosed Lodge, 2 Shelters 2 Picnic /veas, 3 Ballfields (1 Lighted), Restrooms, Boat Launch, Park, Fee for Non-City Residents (St. Joseph Township) 17.22 2.12 4.0 Total Acreage 107.00 206.43 SOURCE: City of St Joseph Recreation Plan, 1990 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN E-6 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIF.S The City's 1990-1995 Recreation Plan has determined that an adequate amount of land is currently devoted to public recreational purposes. The plan stresses the importance of the City's location at the mouth of the St. Joseph River and feels the expansion of marina services should be encouraged. The long-range objectives from the City's 1990-95 Recreation plan are listed on the following page. In addition to the parks, the area's schools are also used for many recreational activities as described in the public schools section of this Plan. St. Joseph's proximity to Lake Michigan provides many recreational opportunities that relate to the lake. In the City's boundaries, there are several marinas (Table E-3) offering a total of 740 slips. In addition to the 740 slips in St. Joseph there are currently an additional 780 slips in Benton Harbor and St. Joseph Township. TABLE E-3 MARINAS IN THE CITY OF ST. JOSEPH AND NEARBY MARINAS ________________ ______ ,,,::c Name . ........_ # of Slrps - .;.;.;.._ City of St. Joseph Brian's Harbor 220 Harbor Isle Marina 175 (42 owned by condominium • 50-75 additional slips planned) _,;__..;..__..;.._ Pier 33 - East South West _____ ~ 44 127 49 Waterfront Marina 53 West Basin Marina 72 Shoreview Condominiums 18 Total 758 Nearby Marinas Eagle Point (St. Joseph Township) 503 (more planned) --'----------~ New Harbor Marina (City of Benton Harbor) 56 (107 more planned • engineering and permits ready • waiting for economy) Pier 1000 (Benton Harbor) 220 ng Total (Existing) SOURCE: City of St Joseph, Gove Associates Inc. 0 - CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN - - - - - - - - ~ ~- - -- ----- E-7 -- �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES Long-Range Objectives Lookout Park: A) Expansion of Lookout Park should be programmed to provide erosion protection along the edge of Lakeshore Drive. Silver Beach Area: A) Continue to work with Berrien County and adjoining property owners to assure a public beach access to Lake Michigan. B) Facilitate residential development and similar land uses that will compliment the recreational activities anticipated in this area. School District Facilities: A) Continue to work with the School District to provide a broad range of recreational facilities and programs. B) Maintain a formalized relationship with the School District to assure continuing funding for any joint recreational activities. Ravine Area Protection: A) Provide protection for major ravine areas in the City through scenic easements, dedications, or reservations. B) Encourage protection of such areas by allowing density credits in development proposals. C) Acquire ravine areas wherever possible. Bike Path System: A) Implement the Bike Path System as previously recommended. B) Provide for dedications and/ or reservations of the bike path 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN system when new development takes place. Marina Improvements: A) Continue to refine and improve facilities at West Basin Marina. B) Provide additional slips and dockage in the St. Joseph River to enhance the leisure-time recreational opportunities provided by these natural resources. School District An area's school system is an important part of a community. Schools educate the area's youth and prepare them for adult life in the community. Not only do a community's schools benefit the existing residents, they are often the reason new residents choose one community over another. Schools also are an important part of a community's social character. Since schools are vital to a community's well-being, it is essential that a thorough description of the school system is included in this Plan, and that the system is included in the planning process. The St. Joseph Public School District covers 22 square miles of land and serves residents in the City of St. Joseph and portions of St. Joseph, Lincoln and Royalton townships. Between the 197778 school year and the 1991-92 school year, overall enrollment in the School District decreased by 33.0 percent. Table E-4 breaks the student enrollment into three separate school age categories and shows total enrollment figures for the District. Between 1977-78 and 1981-82 overall enrollment decreased by 23.0 percent with similar decreases in the E-8 �j, 1, 1 11 0 TABLE E-4 (') ~ STUDENT ENROLLMENT TRENDS ~ I,· .• I ...,.,.·.,.·.,.·.·.,.,.·.,.,.. v,, , , ........ -,.......·.L.,. ,......,.,.......,.•. L,.,,-,., ....................,.. , . ~ ..... ta1r lffl 0 Cl.) ~ j > @ 0 n Elem. (tl!i 1 1 llill llm • 1,716 1,571 1,456 1,387.3 1,290 -24.8 1,212 1,151 1,150 1,142 1,147 -5.4 1,004 1,039 1,056 1,113 1;-160 + 15.5 -32.4 567 584 520 450 460 -18.9 496 490 445 400 255 -28.4 538 523 507 529 551 +2.4 -2.8 1,427 1,294 1,230 1,179 1,108 -22.4 1,029 1,017 976 988 1,004 -2.4 924 866 818 770 774 -16.2 -45.8 -23.o I 2,131 2,506 -s.4 I 2,466 2,485 +0.8 -33.0 (K-5) Middle School (6-8) "'1:1 ~ High School (9-12) Total 3,110 I 3,449 I 3,206 I 3,016* I 2,asa•• *Includes 7 Special Education Students **Includes 15 Special Education Students SOURCE: St. Joseph Public Schools; Gove Associates Inc. tT1 \0 I 2,658 I 2,511 I 2,530 I I 2,428 I 2,381 I 2,412 I �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES three school age categories. Between 1982-83 and 1986-87 overall enrollment figures decreased by 8.4 percent - a much smaller percentage decrease than the previous period. During this period the middle school enrollment figures decreased by 28.4 percent - a much greater decrease than elementary school or high school figures. Enrollment in the St. Joseph Public School System increased by 0.8 percent between 198788 and 1991-92. The majority of the increase is due to the 15.5 percent increase in elementary students. Between 1977-78 and 1991-92 elementary student enrollment decreased by 32.4 percent, Middle School enrollment decreased by 2.8 percent and High School enrollment decreased by 45.8 percent. The total student count in 1991-92 of 2,485 students was 1,225 less than the 1977-78 figure of 3,710. Enrollment projections for the School District indicate an increase in total students between 1992-93 and 1996-97 of 9.0 percent. Table E-5 shows the projections for the three age groups. Table E-6 shows the level of service provided by the School District during the 1981-82 and 1991-92 school years. During this 1O year period the overall staff size of the school system has decreased by 19.5 percent but the number of students per teacher (class size) has also decreased. Table E-6 shows that during the 1981-82 school year there were 21.1 students per teacher. During the 1991-92 school year there were 20.3 students per teacher - so more attention could be given to students during the 1991-92 school year. This is not due to the hiring of additional teachers, but is due to fewer students. During the 1O year period the number of teachers decreased from 135.5 to 122.7 a 9.4 percent decrease. During the same period the number of students decreased from 2,858 to 2,485 -a decrease of 13.1 percent. Overall, the number of students to School District employees increased from 10.2 during the 1981-82 school year to 11.0 during the 1992-92 school year. The major changes in the distribution of employment occurred between professional occupations and nonprofessional occupations. TABLE E-5 FIVE YEAR STUDENT ENROLLMENT PROJECTIONS 1,191 1,218 1,212 1,251 1,264 +6.1 Middle School {6-8) 572 605 628 636 646 +12.9 High School {9-12) 765 746 782 816 846 +10.6 2,528 2,569 2,622 2,703 2,756 +9.0 Elementary (K-5) Total SOURCE: St. Joseph Public Schools 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN E-10 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES personnel, food service employees, operations/maintenance staff and transportation employees. It is apparent that the school system desires to keep the number of employees that are directly involved in teaching the student as high as possible, while cutting back on the number of employees that are not directly involved in the education of St. Joseph's youth. The number of students per professional School District staff decreased from 17.4 in 1981-82 to 16.5 in, 1991-92. The number of students per nonprofessional School District staff increased from 24.5 in 1981-82 to 32.9 in 1991-92, both in the number of employees and in the staff to student ratio has been in the noninstructional support staff. These employees include administrative TABLE E-6 LEVEL OF SERVICE FOR ST. JOSEPH SCHOOL DISTRICT ,',''\:}•:• . Classification Number Classroom Teachers Professional Nonprofessional 1991-92 1981-82 Ratio of Students·.••· to Staff Number . Ratio of .•.$tudents to Staff %Change 1981-82 to · 1991-92 135.5 134.0 1.5 21.1 122.7 121.2 1.5 20.3 -9.4 7.0 7.0 0.0 408.3 14.8 6.3 8.5 167.9 +111.4 Professional No.,professional Pupil Services Professional Nonprofessional 7.5 6.5 1.0 381.1 10.3 9.3 1.0 241 .3 -36.7 Instructional Support Staff Professional Nonprofessional 8.0 2.0 6.0 357.3 8.0 3.0 5.0 310.6 0.0 123.0 15.0 108.0 23.2 70.5 11 .0 59.5 35.2 -42.7 - -13.1 Added Needs Noninstructionai Support Staff Professional Nonprofessional Student Count 2,858 - 2,485 Professional Subtotal 164.5 17.4 150.8 16.5 -8.3 Nonprofessional Subtotal 116.5 24.5 75.5 32.9 -35.2 281 10.2 226.3 11.0 -19.5 Total SOURCE: St. Joseph School District; Gove Associates Inc. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN E-11 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIFB St. Joseph Beauty College is also located in the Jefferson School building. The North Lincoln School property is being leased to the Berrien County Intermediate School District which uses the facility for special education programs. The Washington School was sold to KitchenAid. During the 1991-92 school year, there were 226.2 School District employees. This figure includes 127.5 professional teaching staff members and nine nonprofessional teaching staff members. Instructional support staff, i.e. counselors, account for 10.3 staff members and instructional staff services, i.e. library personnel, account for eight staff members. The administrative staff consists of 21 people, food service accounts for 12 people, operations and maintenance accounts for 26 employees and the transportation staff accounts for 8.5 members. The transportation of students to school and special events is accomplished by the 8.5 person transportation staff and the seven school buses the District maintains. The existing problems currently facing the District are related more to external relations with the State of Michigan than internal operations of the school system. It is not felt that any serious problems are currently facing the School District. Short-range goals are developed annually that relate to the operation of the School District and these short-range goals are often related to longer-range goals. The St. Joseph School District consists of five schools. These schools are listed in Table E-7. Since 1980 three schools have been closed in the St. Joseph School District: Jefferson, North Lincoln and Washington. Jefferson School is now being used for School District Administration personnel and alternative education programs. The TABLE E-7 ST. JOSEPH PUBLIC SCHOOL FACILITIES Grades Served K-5 K-5 K-5 6-8 9-12 1991-92 Student Count 353 405 402 551 n4 Year School Built 1958 1964 1948 1967 1957 Major Renovations 1963 1953 Major Facilities Student Capacity Acreage/Site Size 1959 Gym, Planetarium, Auditorium Gym, Auditorium, Pool 420 504 448 520 1,574 7 10 4.83 35 31.5 SOURCE: St. Joseph Public Schools 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN E-12 • �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES Mercy Memorial Medical Center Mercy Memorial MedicaJ Center (MMMC) is part of the Lakeland Regional Health System which is also comprised of Mercy Center in Benton Harbor, Pawating Hospital in Niles, Mercy Memorial Nursing Care Center in St. Joseph and several specialized clinics throughout the area. MMMC was built in 1951 (at that time it was called Memorial Hospital) and expanded in 1969. In 1977 Memorial Hospital merged with Mercy Hospital in Benton Harbor to form the Southwestern Michigan Health Care Association. In 1985 Memorial Hospital was renamed the Mercy Memorial Medical Center. In 1990 consolidation of acute care to MMMC was completed. In 1988 MMMC opened a lab and X-Ray Center at 2500 Niles Road and in 1989 a speech and learning clinic in Berrien Springs. The following year MMMC opened Lakeside Lab, X-Ray and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Center and Pharmacy in the Cedarwood Medical Center. In 1991 MMMC acquired Shoreham Terrace Nursing Home and opened a pharmacy in Berrien Springs. A _partial listing of the center's extensive services, facilities and capabilities are: Heart Center - This program was initiated in 1972 and expanded in 1990. The facilities include: • • • • 0 Two cardiac catheterization labs Short- and long-term recovery EKG room Education/screening room CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN • Cardiac surgery facilities The center is capable of performing any type of cardiac surgery except transplants and pediatric cardiac surgery. Nuclear Center - This program, which uses radioactive isotopes to diagnose and treat diseases, was instituted in 1974 and expanded in 1990. The center maintains a testing laboratory, SPECT camera and a hot lab. The center is capable of diagnosing and treating a variety of disorders affecting the thyroid, bones, brain, liver, lungs and other areas of the body. Cancer Care Center - This program was also instituted in 1974 and expanded in 1990. The center maintains a linear accelerator and simulator, a 20 bed inpatient center and seven outpatient rooms. The Cancer Care Center's capabilities include radiation oncology therapy and chemotherapy. Surgery .-- The surgery facilities were expanded in 1985 and consist of five general surgery suites, three specialized surgery suites, an endoscopic procedures room, a cytosopic procedures room, pre- and post-surgery rooms and outpatient rooms. The center is capable of a variety of surgical procedures such as: • • • • • • Cardiac Surgery Vascular Surgery Neurosurgery Orthopedic Surgery Plastic Surgery Ophthalmologic Surgery E-13 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES The team also has 24 hour anesthesia coverage, laser surgery and a respiratory therapy team for open heart surgery. Critical Care Unit - This unit was expanded in 1990 and consists of a 22 bed critical care unit with individual rooms. Each room is equipped with a variety of monitoring equipment. Capabilities of the unit include a combined medical/surgical critical care unit and a 2-1 patient/nurse ratio. Rehabilitation Center - This center was established in 1988 and expanded in 1989. The center includes a 10 bed inpatient rehabilitation unit, outpatient facilities, a sports medicine center and a speech therapy center. Capabilities include rehabilitation for victims of strokes, accidents and debilitating disease with physical, occupational and recreational therapy. The center can also treat a variety of disorders associated with speech, language, hearing and swallowing. Family Birthing Center - The center was expanded in 1985 and includes five labor-delivery-recovery rooms, a surgical suite and four nurseries. 1,894 employees - up nearly 20 percent from the 1990 count of 1,586. In 1992 there were 145 doctors affiliated with MMMC - up 45 percent from 100 doctors in 1988. Table E-8 shows some selected statistics for MMMC such as the number of admissions between 1989 and 1991. Current issues being faced by MMMC include the combining of health care services to provide a more regional approach to health care; the decreasing availability of qualified health care workers; and charitable care for uninsured users of the center's facilities. The goals of MMMC includes providing a comprehensive system of health care serving all stages of life and responding to the needs of the community. MMMC will seek new opportunities and initiate alliances to meet these goals. MMMC will also continue to promote more interaction between physicians and other health care providers. The center will advocate ·equal access to health care to improve the health status of area residents. MMMC recently purchased the Lakeview Radiology - In addition to facilities located at MMMC, two outpatient locations are available. School property and is devising a plan to develop the property. Other services include a pediatrics facility, a substance abuse treatment program, 24 hour emergency room services, a psychiatric unit and a variety of other services. In 1992 the 280 bed facility had 1,794 employees, plus an additional 100 at the MMMC Nursing Care Center for a total of 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN E-14 ] �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES TABLE E-8 SELECTED STATISTICS !~!2l !•:• 1•!· )J j 9$Qf 1991}> 1 1 1 1 !l:! li:l !i 1 1 Admissions Angioplasty* Ambulatory Care* Births Cardiac Catheterization * Surgery X-Ray 11,100 10,419 -6.1 9,905 -4.9 177 294 66.1 514 74.8 11,628 13,341 14.7 17,002 27.4 1,203 1,357 12.8 1,174 -13.5 862 1,177 36.5 1,515 28.7 7,977 9,092 14.0 9,658 6.2 62,088 74,699 20.3 77,811 4.2 *Primarily outpatient SOURCE: Mercy Memorial Medical Center , , 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN E-15 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES residents. Table E-9 lists churches that are in and around St. Joseph. Churches Churches are an important part of community life for many of St. Joseph's TABLE E-9 CHURCHES IN THE ST. JOSEPH AREA American Baptist church of St. Joseph 3265 S. Cleveland, St. Joseph, Michigan First Baptist Church 902 Broad, St. Joseph, Michigan First Landmark Missionary Baptist Church Chapel 3835 Washington, St. Joseph, Michigan Niles Avenue Baptist Church - SBC 1301 Niles Avenue, St. Joseph, Michigan Oakridge Baptist Church 766 Oakridge Drive, St. JosepO00h, Michigan North Lincoln Baptist Church 683 Maiden, St. Joseph, Michigan St. Joseph Catholic Church 211 Church St., St. Joseph, Michigan Niles Road Community Church 3800 Niles Road, St. Joseph, Michigan Riverview Park Christian Church 2929 Niles Road, St. Joseph, Michigan Christman Reformed Church of St. Joseph 3275 Washington St., St. Joseph, Michigan First Church of the Nazarene 3351 Niles Avenue, St. Joseph, Michigan First Congregational Church 2001 Niles Avenue, St. Joseph, Michigan Pilgrim Congregational United Church of Christ 1200 W. Glenlord Road, St. Joseph, Michigan St. Paul's Episcopal Church 914 Lane Drive, St. Joseph, Michigan Chapel An Evangelical Free Church 4250 Washington, St. Joseph, Michigan Grace Lutheran Church 404 E. Glenlord Road, St. Joseph, Michigan Saran Lutheran Church - ELCA 510 Main St., St. Joseph, Michigan Trinity Lutheran Church 715 Market, St. Joseph, Michigan Church of Christ 3550 Niles Road, St. Joseph, Michigan St. Joseph Seventh-Day Adventist Church 2929 Niles Avenue, St. Joseph, Michigan Berrien Unitarian Universalist Fellowship 4340 Lincoln St., St. Joseph, Michigan St. Peter's United Church of Christ 623 Church St., St. Joseph, Michigan Zion Evangelical UCC Church 3001 Veronica, St. Joseph, Michigan Arden Limited Methodist Church 4841 N. US-31, St Joseph, Michigan First United Methodist Church 3003 Leco Court, St. Joseph, Michigan SOURCE: 1988-89 Benton Harbor-St. Joseph Ameritech PagesPlus 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN E-16 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES Historic Sites There are currently nine historic sites in St. Joseph that are listed on the State's Register of Historic Sites. None of the sites are listed on the National Register of Historic Sites. Table E-1 0 lists the sites, the location and the date the site was put on the State's Register of Historic Sites and the date a marker was placed on the site. TABLE E-10 HISTORIC SITES IN ST. JOSEPH ·. ·...,tr::H1is Bi~J~~#efi.I:I: William Burnett Trading Post East of Miller Dr. and Langley Ave., on the western shore of the St. Joseph River State Register - 03-13-62 Marker - o1-17-65 Congregational Church of St. Joseph 601 Main Street State Register - 03-13-62 William S. Dunbar House 814 State Street State Register - 01-18-80 Edgewater Club Annex 375 North Ridgeway Street State Register - 07-20-84 Fort Miami Lake Boulevard and Ship Street State Register - 02-18-56 Marker - 04-26-56 Fort St. Joseph and St. Joseph Mission 200 Lake Boulevard State Register - 07-20-89 Herring's First Flight Silver Beach State Register - 05-10-68 Old St. Joseph Historic District State and Main Streets and Lake Boulevard State Register - 09-17-81 Markers (2) - 08-07-84 St. Joseph Public Library 500 Main Street, corner of Elm Street State Register - 06-18-82 SOURCE: Michigan Department of State Bureau of History The YWCA of Southwestern Michigan The YWCA, located at 508 Pleasant Street, has been located in the present building since 1925. An addition to the building was completed in 1958. Facilities at the center include a fitness center, swimming pool, gymnasium, Nautilus room and a day care center, 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN which currently serves 80 families. The YWCA offers many programs for area residents such as swimming lessons, gymnastics .ballet, Tae Kwon-Do, aerobics, aqua-aerobics, yoga, senior fitness classes and babysitting for users of the facilities. The center has a staff of 60 and currently has approximately 1,500 members. E-17 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES KRASL Art Center The KRASL Art Center, located at 707 Lake Boulevard, is a nonprofit organization supported by memberships and donations. The Center is accredited by the American Association of Museums and is open seven days a week, free of charge. The Art Center is sponsored by the St. Joseph Art Association and was opened in 1980. The Center is operated by four full-time employees and two parttime employees. Additionally there are numerous volunteers that help make many of the Center's programs a success. The 3-level building, which is handicapped accessible, offers 2,200 square feet of exhibition space plus an additional 2,000 square feet of classroom space. The three galleries house numerous exhibitions that are changed monthly. In addition to the many exhibitions, the Center sponsors a number of classes for people of all ages. Other opportunities include day trips, travel abroad, an art shop, music programs and dinner lectures - as well as a variety of other opportunities. The KRASL Art Center has between 20,000 and 25,000 visitors annually. The Center also sponsors an art fair every July that attracts as many as 75,000 people from around the Midwest to the two day fair. The Benton Harbor-St. Joseph YMCA Family Center The YMCA, located at 3665 Hollywood Road was opened in 1981 replacing an older facility in Benton Harbor. In 1984 an addition was added to the YMCA that includes four racquetball courts and a mens' full service area. In 1987 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN additional parking and a multipurpose room was added. Recent membership trends indicate an increase in the number of users. Table E-11 shows membership trends, by sex, between 1988 and 1990. TABLE E-11 YMCA MEMBERSHIP TRENDS % ':) 988 1"989 1990 :::, Increase ' 88-90 Male 1,783 2,749 3,224 80.8 Female 1,402 2,228 2,557 82.4 Total 3,185 4,977 5,781 81 .5 SOURCE: Benton Harbor-St. Joseph YMCA These dramatic increases demonstrate the important role the YMCA plays in the St. Joseph area. The YMCA estimates that 49 percent of its members live in St. Joseph, the remaining members live in the surrounding communities. Since a large portion of the YMCA's income (55. 7% in 1990) are from membership dues, the total income has increased along with the memberships. In 1990 the YMCA's income was $906,380. Programs currently sponsored by the YMCA include the following: - Exercise and Aerobic Classes - Prenatal Exercise Classes - Strength Training Classes - CPR Training - Arthritis Classes - Aquatics for Various Ages -Youth Team Sports - Karate - Racquetball - Adult League Sports -Golf -Day Camp E-18 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES - Nursery and Preschool Programs Halloween Party Leadership Training • Plus many others The YMCA is aware of the importance of planning for the future. More information relating to the YMCA can be found in the report titled "YMCA Moving Ahead: A Working Paper Developed for Use at the Long-Range Planning Meeting, June 20, 1991". Maud Preston Palenske Memorial Library The City of St. Joseph, as well as the Charter Township of St. Joseph is served by the Maud Preston Palenske Memorial Library. The Library, built in 1966 with an addition added in 1981, has approximately 25,000 square feet. In December 1991 the Library had 72,475 volumes. Additionally, the library houses many periodicals, records, audio and video cassettes, toys, cameras, microfiche and other media forms. The Library offers a TDD (Telecommunication Device for the Deaf) to allow people with a hearing impairment to communicate using the telephone system. Enlarging equipment and a magnifier are available for the visually impaired. A variety of programs are offered for residents of all ages including story hours, cooking contests, crafts, puppet shows and a pet show in the summer for area children. Programs designed for adults include photography shows, art exhibits, ,. -genealogy, a book club, investment counseling and various club meetings. The Maud Preston Palenske Memorial Library is a member of the Southwest Michigan Library Consortium and the Michigan Library Association. The 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Library has 12 employees - several of which are considered part-time. The circulation in 1990-1991 was 185,251. At the time of this report the Library's Board is conducting a needs analysis. Preliminary data indicates the Library is in need of additional seating space, periodicals and audio books. Water Lake Michigan offers an unlimited source of fresh water for the people and businesses of St. Joseph. Water is drawn from the Lake via an intake riser 1,500 feet from shore from a depth of 14.5 feet. The water is considered to be moderately soft but is influenced by weather conditions, discharge from the St. Joseph River and the shifting topography of the Lake bottom. The City of St. Joseph's water system provides water for 9,214 residents. In addition, the system provides water for over 82 percent of St. Joseph Township's 9,613 residents, nearly 86 percent of Lincoln Township's 13,604 residents, all of Stevensville's 1,230 residents, 100 percent of Shoreham's 737 residents and 74 of Royalton Township's residents. 1 Applying the 1980 percentages, and 1990 Census figures, a total of 30,837 residents are served by the water system. The water treatment plant, originally built in 1931, has had numerous improvements. In 1975-76 the plant's capacity was expanded to 16 million gallons per day. In 1972 a booster pump station was constructed at Marquette Woods Road in Lincoln Township and in 1 1990 Census of Population, City of St. Joseph E-19 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACIL~ FIGURE E-1 1967 a 750,000 gallon elevated tank was constructed. AVERAGE DAILY WATER PRODUCTION Figure E-1 shows the daily amount of water produced by the plant based on yearly averages. The 6.068 million gallons per day produced in 1988 was 27.7 percent higher than the 1980 average of 4.753 million gallons per day. On June 13, 1988, the plant produced 15.39 million gallons of water to meet high demands brought on by the drought. This figure (15.39 million gallons per day) represents 96.2 percent of the plant's designed capacity. The average per capita production in 1988 was 192 gallons per day. The St. Joseph Water system has a total storage capacity of 5.12 million gallons. Over half (2.87 million gallons) of the storage capacity is located at the treatment plant. The remaining storage areas are the elevated storage (0.75 million gallons) and ground storage (1.5 million gallons) tanks. Emergency water supplies are available via interconnections between the City of Benton Harbor and St. Joseph. Wastewater Treatment In May of 1991 the "Benton Harbor/St. Joseph Area-Wide Sewer/Water Study" was completed for the Community Economic Development Corporation. The report details existing capacities of the water and sewage treatment facilities. Wastewater treatment is provided by the joint wastewater treatment plant owned and operated by the City of St. Joseph and the City of Benton Harbor. An eight member Board with three representatives from St. Joseph operates metering stations to determine the wastewater flows from each municipality using the 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AVERAGE DAILY PRODUCTION (MIWONS OF GALLONS) 7-r-------------• 4+-----------~• 3+-----------~• 2~------------11 0 ..,__-r--.---r----.----,---.-........--.---...,......J ~ ~ # ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ YEAR SOURCE: City of St. Joseph facilities. These flows are used to determine the distribution of costs for operating the treatment plant between the users of the system. The treatment plant is located on Marina Island, within the City of St. Joseph. St. Joseph has a gravity sewer which was built in the early 1950s in conjunction with the treatment plant and Benton Harbor's gravity sewer system. In addition to these two gravity systems, a 20 inch force main was constructed in 1976. A modified activated sludge process for secondary treatment is used to treat the area's wastewater. Anaerobic digestion is used to stabilize the sludge and vacuum filtration is used for sludge dewatering. Phosphorus removal is performed by chemical precipitation. The plant was designed to provide 90 percent removal of suspended solids and biological oxygen demand (BOD), and 90 E-20 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES percent removal of phosphorus. The plant is designed to process an average wastewater flow of 13~0 million gallons per day (mgd) with a maximum daily wastewater flow of 19.5 mgd. The peak hydraulic capacity of the plant is 24.0 mgd. The plant design is also based on a raw wastewater suspended solids load of 28,200 lb/day and biological oxygen demand (BOD) of 37,950 lb/day. 2 The treatment plant is well maintained and consistently provides quality treatment at an affordable cost. The plant currently has the capacity to meet the area's wastewater needs. Projections -indicate that in 2010 the plant will be able to adequately handle the average daily wastewater flow, but peak day flow will exceed the plant's current capacity. Improvements to the plant that will allow it to meet peak day flows is estimated to cost $1.5 million (CEDC). While the combined treatment plant is shared by Benton Harbor, Benton Charter Township, St. Joseph Charter Township, the City of St. Joseph, Lincoln Charter Township and Royalton Township, each area is responsible for maintaining their own sewers. St. Joseph's sewer system still contains some combined sewers (sanitary and storm sewers). The City is in the process of addressing this problem as well as problems relating to the age of the system and infiltration of the system. The 1991 report also concludes that detailed inspections of major trunk lines should be undertaken to determine specific capacities and to locate any structural problems. provided through an integrated power network. Over 65 percent of the electricity generated by Indiana Michigan Power is generated in coal burning plants. Nearly 35 percent is generated by Cook Nuclear Plant in Bridgman, Michigan, and less than one percent is hydro power. Indiana Michigan Power generates 6, 159 Megawatts of electrical energy. Residential rates are 4.66 cents per kilowatt hour for under 500 hours. The rate increases to 5.16 cents per kilowatt hour for over 500 hours. There is also a monthly service charge of $7.05 per customer. The national average for electrical energy is 7.87 cents per kilowatt hour. Indiana Michigan Power provides energy for Berrien, Cass, Van Buren and St. Joseph counties in Michigan, with limited services provided to Kalamazoo County and Allegan County. Indiana Michigan Power has 424,077 residential customers, 46,623 commercial customers, 4,497 industrial customers and 2,079 other customers for a total of 477,276 customers. The company serves an area that covers 7,307 square miles of land in Indiana and Michigan and has 20,882 miles of electrical line. Electricity Indiana Michigan Power provides electricity to the residents and _businesses of St. Joseph. Power is 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2 Community Economic Corporation Development E-21 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIF.S Natural Gas Michigan Gas Utilities Company, which is owned by Utilicorp United, is the fourth largest provider of natural gas in Michigan. Toe company serves 165,000 customers throughout Michigan. The company's Western Michigan Division provides natural gas for many of west Michigan's communities - including St. Joseph and Benton Harbor. Residential rates are $3.87 per 1,000 cubic feet. Commercial rates are $3.92 per 1,000 cubic feet. Of the four largest natural gas companies in Michigan, Michigan Gas Utilities Company has the lowest rates. Public Transportation Toe Twin Cities Area Transit Authority provides Dial-A-Ride services to the residents of Benton Harbor, Benton Township and the majority of St. Joseph. Regular rates for services in St. Joseph are $2.00. For residents over 62 or medicare card holders, the fee is $1.00 children's rates are $1.20. These fees account for 21 percent of the Authority's operating budget. The remaining costs are covered by the Federal Government (30%), the State of Michigan (40%) and the City of Benton Harbor (9%). The Authority has a total of 35 employees 24 of which are full-time and 14 of which are drivers. The Twin Cities Area Transit Authority, located at 275 East Wall in Benton Harbor, serves an average of 635 passengers per day. Existing needs include more busses and more drivers a lack of additional funding limits the number to the existing levels. Future goals include longer operating hours and expanded service areas. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN National Functional Classification System As residents of a community, people know from experience which roads are local and which roads are used to travel to adjacent or distant communities. The same idea has been used by the U.S. Department of Transportation to classify street systems. There are essentially three types of street classifications - with variations for each classification. Arterial streets are designed to maximize mobility through limiting access and maximizing speed. Local streets are designed to maximize access by limiting speed and maximizing access. Collector streets are meant to act as a "bridge" between the two other types of streets. Map E-1 shows the National Functional Classification System for St. Joseph. The major arterials are I-94/US-33, Niles Avenue, Lake Shore Drive, Napier Avenue, Wayne Street and portions of Port and Ship streets. The minor arterial streets include Hilltop Road, Cleveland Avenue, Lake View Avenue, Lake Boulevard, Langley Avenue, Broad Street and Ship Street. Collector streets include Hawthorne Avenue, Wallace Avenue, • Kingsley Avenue, Wolcott Avenue, Lake Street, Vine Street and Upton Drive. The remaining streets are all classified as local streets. Average Daily Traffic Trends Even though St. Joseph's population has been decreasing most of the traffic count stations operated by the Michigan Department of Transportation (MOOT) have shown an increase in traffic between 1980 and 1990. The location of the stations and the average daily traffic counts for 1980, 1985 and 1990 are E-22 �~ I._/~,/<. I'( ~& C ~0 LEGEND I NON-FREEWAY PRINCIPAL ARTERIAL--CONNECTING LINKS OF RURAL MINOR ARTERIALS 3 f■ ■ ■ i NON-FREEWAY PRINCIPAL ARTERIAL--NONCONNECTING LINK I E - ~ <f 8 ~ MINOR ARTERIAL STREETS I I I I I CO~LECTOR STREETS ~ s LOCAL STREETS I II "'""'"'"~~ -•w liAvt: I a • __ J • I L . .i V/\r-i · :::::,111 I ~:=L - ~ 1 I I SAINT MAPE1 SCAL£ ~ o· 500· 1ooo· 1500· • 2500' GOVE ASSOCIATES INC. i 1.,.1 JOSEPH, MICHIGAN NATIONAL FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM I �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES shown on Map E-2. Although most of the stations increased over the 1O year period, several stations decreased. Station A, located on 1-94 /US-33 between the northern and southern portions of St. Joseph, decreased by 17.7 percent during the 10-year period. The most dramatic decrease occurred at Station B, which is located on Wayne Street between St. Joseph and Benton Harbor. The station decreased by 30 percent during the 10-year period from 18,000 in 1980 to 12,600 in 1990. Station 0, located on the south side of the City, decreased by 10.2 percent during the period. Other stations that decreased include Stations C, D and J. Station M, located on Niles Avenue north of the City boundary, increased by 32.5 percent between 1980 and 1990. This increase, from 20,000 to 26,500 was the most dramatic. Station K on Cleveland Avenue increased from 12,000 to 15,600 - an increase of 22.5 percent. Station L on Lakeshore Drive increased from 12,000 to 14,800 - an 18.4 percent increase. Station H on Main Street increased by 16.4 percent. Other stations that increased include Stations E, F, G, I and N. In 1990 the station with the highest count was Station M on Niles Avenue, which had a count of 26,500. Stations E and F both had 1990 counts of 24,400. In 1980 Station E had the highest traffic count with a count of 23,000. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN E-24 �~ I_/~ ~& ,/I.. ''( C ~(.J LEGEND STATION A 8 C D E F G H I J K L M N 0 1980 13,000 18,000 9,000 8,800 23,000 22,000 11,000 12,800 12,500 16,000 12,000 12,500 20,000 1'1,000 13,700 1985 1990 14,200 10,700 14,900 12,600 7,500 8,700 8,500 8,700 22,800 24,400 24,300 24,400 13,000 11,800 13,500 14,900 13,100 13,900 16,800 15,800 13,000 15,600 11,300 14,800 22,800 26,500 12,800 11,300 13,100 12,300 <' i1 I 8 ~ ~4M J✓, ~/2/~r ~ ~f% v~~ ~~a ds~t!?l 88 ~~ oO~ ~□ AACJL -,□o2:TE~:f .:":;·~ ~ ✓ ~~"-UooB~~ ~Q rj.ui: ;in~e; Jc! t;"A\£ 11 ~,,MOHA\11(]~\£ A~ 1 -' ~ ~ _.J )~6~ ~11-s9aD[J~~c 1~ ~~ 3I~ ~□~GOV ~I 1(ilrl 7...~II-- ilNl!/ All[ ~II ~~·~□n'l£Sll:R Al/En~~C n "• g)LONI - loR 3 I 2 WV [ nnw,n~n~ , . . ifN II.""'- I ■ :JIii ■~ ~~ c:::> • __ J •IL . .i••~,--------r,--~MA~P~E-~2---~1 SAINT JOSEPH, ~- SCAL£ ~-,. o· ~ I I soo· I 1000· 1500· MICHIGAN 2500· GOVE ASSOCIATES INC. AVERAGE DAILY I TRAFFIC TRENDS I �PUBLIC PARTIC/PA TION �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Introduction In order to create a pJan that reflects the desires of the area's residents, it is necessary to determine how people feel about a variety of topics. This has been done by distributing a community-wide questionnaire, interviewing members of the Planning Commission and City Commission, other interested people, and through an initial public meeting and the monthly Planning Commission meeting. Additionally a public hearing was held at the end of the planning process. This Section of the Plan contains the St. Joseph questionnaire results and the key person survey results. St. Joseph Questionnaire Results During June and July of 1992 a planning survey questionnaire was developed, distributed, collected, tabulated and analyzed by Gove Associates, City Staff and the Planning Commission. The questionnaire was mailed with the tax bills for homeowners and businesses and distributed by hand to the City's major multi-family units. In order to have a statistically valid survey, 300 responses were required, but 750 questionnaires were returned to the City - a very good return rate for a survey, 18.75 percent. The tabulated results of the survey questionnaires are included at the back of this section. The results of the survey, on a question by question basis, follows: Tabulated Survey Results Question #1: Are you an adult City resident or a non-resident property owner? 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN the 740 responses to this question, 672 (90.8%) were City residents and 68 (9.2%) were nonresident property owners. It is apparent that this survey will represent residents opinions to a greater degree than non-resident property owners, i.e. business owners and landlords. This is to be expected since there are more residents than businesses. Of Question #2: To what age group do you belong? Of the 743 responses to this question, 7 (0.9%) were between 19 and 24; 70 (9.4%) were between 25 and 34; 126 (17.0%) were between 35 and 44; 142 (19.1%) were between 45 and 54; 142 (19.1%) were between 55 and 64; and 256 (34.5%) were 65 and over. The median age of the respondents is 56. 7 years of age. This is higher than the City's median age of 37.2 years of age, however, when those residents under age 19 are removed, the City's median age rises to 42.9 years - which is still considerably lower than the median age of the questionnaire respondents. Factors contributing to this include: 1) many of the City's residents are retired and tend to have more time to complete a survey; 2) many older residents have more at stake and have lived in St. Joseph longer than many younger residents; and 3) many of the City's younger residents live with parents that would have completed the survey. Considering these points, we believe the survey results to be valid but skewed to older residents' opinions. F-1 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Question #3: If a City resident, do you own your home? Of the 669 responses to this question, 608 (90.9%) were homeowners and 61 (9.1%) did not own their home. The 1990 Census lists 2,396 (57.0%) of the City's 4,200 occupied units as being owner-occupied - which indicates that a higher proportion of homeowners are represented in this survey. The reasons for this imbalance are similar to the age difference, 1) homeowners tend to have more at stake than renters; 2) homeowners tend to have lived in an area longer than non-homeowners; and 3) homeowners tend to be older and have more time to devote to community betterment. This anomaly does not invalidate the survey, however, it only means that the opinions tend to be weighted towards the homeowner's perspective of the City. Question #4: Please indicate which category your total family income fell into last year. Of the 699 responses to this question, 92 (13.2%) had incomes below $14,999; 58 (8.3%) had incomes between $15,000 and $19,999; 49 (7.0%) had incomes between $20,000 and $24,999; 49 (7.0%) had incomes between $25,000 and $29,999; 49 (7.0%) had incomes between $30,000 and $34,999; 52 (7.4%) had incomes between $35,000 and $39,999; 81 (11.6%) had incomes between $40,000 and $49,999; 122 (17.5%) had incomes between $50,000 and 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN $74,999; and 147 (21.0%) had incomes greater than $75,000. The median family income of the respondents was $40,000. In 1989 the median family income of St. Joseph was $38,504 - which correlates very well to the survey results. Question #5: Which of the following residential types should be encourage as future development? #5(1) - Single -Family Residences Of the 750 responses, 575 (76.6%) were in favor of the additional development of single-family dwellings. #5(2) - Multi-Family (Apartments) Of the 750 responses, 114 (15.2%) were in favor of the additional development of multi-family housing (apartments). #5(3) - Duplex (Two-Family) - Of the 750 responses, 133 (17.7%) were in favor of the additional development of duplexes. #5(4) - Condominiums, - Of the 750 responses, 175 (23.3%) were in favor of the additional development of condominiums. #5(5) - Senior Congregate Housing Of the 750 responses, 265 (35.3%) were in favor of the additional development of senior congregate housing. #5(6) - Modular Homes - Of the 750 responses, 44 (5.9%) were in favor of the development of modular housing. F-2 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION The only category where over 50 percent of the respondents feel that further housing development should occur is in the additional development of singlefamily housing. However, a higher than expected number supported congregate housing. Question #6 - Where do you shop and the frequency? #6(a) - Downtown St. Joseph - Of the 700 responses, 638 (91.1%) shop in downtown St. Joseph. Of the 616 respondents that stated how often they shopped in the downtown area, 323 (41.7%) shopped four or more times per month. #6(b) - Other areas in St. Joseph Of the 671 responses, 638 (95.1 %) shop in other areas of St. Joseph. Of the 579 respondents that stated how often they shopped in other areas of St. Joseph, 423 (73.1%) shopped four or more times per month. #6(c) - Niles Area - Of the 457 responses, 38 (8.3%) shop in the Niles area. Of the 446 respondents that stated how often they shopped in Niles, 19 shopped four or more times per month. #6(d) - Benton Township - Of the 614 responses, 504 (82.1%) shop in Benton Township. Of the 543 respondents that stated how often they shopped in Benton Township, 201 (37.0%) shopped four or more times per month. #6{e) - South Bend Area - Of the 567 responses, 357 (63.0%) shop in 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN the South Bend area. Of the 512 respondents that stated how often they shopped in the South Bend area, 30 (5.9%) shopped four or more times per month. #6{f) - Kalamazoo/Grand Rapids Of the 516 responses, 241 (46.7%) shop in Kalamazoo/Grand Rapids. Of the 487 respondents that stated how often they shopped in the Kalamazoo/Grand Rapids area, 15 (3.1%) shopped four or more times per month. #6(9) - South Haven - Of the 456 responses, 68 (14.9%) shop in South Haven. Of the 441 respondents that stated how often they shopped in South Haven, 6 (1.4%) shopped four or more times per month. Question #7 - Are there specific commercial businesses or professional services which you feel are needed in St. Joseph? A list of the responses, in descending order of responses received, are listed below: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. # of Responses Department Store 19 Grocery 14 Discount Store 11 Recycling 11 Clothing 11 Additional/Improved 9 Medical Services Mass Transportation 9 Tourism Related Activities 7 Sporting Goods 7 Hardware/Lumber 6 Womens Clothes 5 Shoes 4 Restaurant on Beach 4 General Retail 4 F-3 �- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PUBLIC PARTICIPATION # of Responses General Restaurant 4 Mens Clothing 4 Additional Parking 4 Civic Center with conference 4 and banquet facilities 19. Mall/Outlet Mall 3 20. Fabric Store 3 21. Childrens Clothes 3 15. 16. 17. 18. Two responses were received from the following: Taxi Service, Day Care, Olive Garden Restaurant, Zoo, Stores should be open later, Art Gallery, Computer Store, Recreational Boating, Water Park and Golf Course. One response was received from the following: Business Services, Seafood Restaurant, Harley Davidson Shop, Candy Store, Steak & Ale, Chi Chi's, Show Biz Pizza, Bakery, Female Physicians, Information Kiosk, Coffee Shop, Auto Parts Store, Antiques, Existing businesses should improve level of services, upgrade Mall, Dry Cleaning, Ethnic Restaurant, Food Co-op, Public Pool, Music Store, Boat Rental, Restaurant with live music, Convenience Store, Sidewalk Cates, Ice Skate sales/rental, Hobby Shop, Buick Dealer, back door access to shops, Dance Hall and Ice Cream and Sandwiches. Question #8 - How do you feel the older manufacturing areas should be redeveloped in the future? #8(1) - Residential - Of the 750 responses, 193 (25.8%) feel that the 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN areas should be used for residential purposes. #8(2) - Commercial - Of the 750 responses, 289 (38.5%) feel that the areas should be used for commercial businesses. #8(3) - Public - Of the 750 responses, 121 (16.1%) feel that the areas should be used for public uses. #8(4) - Business/Industry - Of the 750 responses, 426 (56.8%) feel that the areas should be used for business and industry. #8(5) - Recreation/Open Space - Of the 750 responses, 299 (39.9%) feel that the areas should be used for recreation and open space. Of the five types of land uses, Business and Industry was chosen by more residents as the favored way to redevelop older manufacturing areas. Question #9 - Is there a particular type of recreational activity which you would like to see developed in St. Joseph? Of the 293 tabulated responses to this question (others are included in the comments section}, 73 of the responses (24.9%) favored further development of beach/water related activities; 49 (16.7%) feel the City needs to improve walking and biking trails; and 44 (15.0%) feel that additional recreational opportunities are needed for young people. Of the 293 responses, 18 (6.1%) felt that additional indoor activities are F-4 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION needed; 17 (5.8%) would like to see ice skating developed further; 15 (5.1 %) would like to see passive parks developetf further; 11 (3.8%) would like to see more playgrounds developed; 5 (1. 7%) would like to see more team sports; and one respondent feels more softball facilities are needed. Other responses can be seen in the comments section. Question #1 O and #11 - See Planning Questionnaire for the results. The 1O categories under "current condition/situation" which received the most responses in the "good" rating (highest rating) are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Fire Protection Facilities Police Facilities Churches Library Facilities School Facilities Livability of City Snow Removal Overall Appearance Sidewalk Access Downtown District (591) (574) (562) (561) (547) (536) (529) (515) (506) (480) The 1O categories under "current condition/situation" which received the most responses in the "fair" rating (lowest rating) are: 1. 2. 3. 4. &. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Ausco Property Redevelopment Bicycle Path Development Tax Base Tourism Waterfront Areas Recreational Facilities Traffic Flow YWCA Family Orientation Downtown District (468) (373) (215) (123) (109) (101) (95) (79) (55) (49) The 1O categories under "future attention" which received the most responses in the "high" rating (high level of attention should be devoted) are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Ausco Property Redevelopment Livability of City Waterfront Areas Overall Appearance Tax Base School Facilities Recreation Facilities Housing Conditions Downtown District Tourism (452) (360) (358) (328) (306) (301) (300) (298) (295) (295) The 1Ocategories under "future attention" which received the most responses in the "low" rating (low level of attention should be devoted) are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Churches Marinas Bicycle Path Development Library Facilities Sidewalk Access Mercy Memorial Med. Center YWCA Neighborhood Parks Snow Removal Police Facilities (156) (144) (116) (108) (106) (99) (97) (77) (76) (68) It should be noted that while these categories have been chosen for not needing much . attention, all but one category (churches) have more responses in the "high" rating than in the "low" rating. Comments from Survey In addition to the preceding survey results, that can be numerically tabulated and compared, the survey comments are a compilation of residents feelings. Comments tend to be more critical of the City, since they are points that the 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-5 --------- �- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PUBLIC PARTICIPATION respondents feel need to be improved upon. Fewer comments are received that state a particular service or other item is not in need of improvements. 12. Due to the quantity of comments received they have been placed into 33 groups. For a complete listing of the comments, contact the City's Inspection Department. 14. The comments, listed in descending order of responses are as follows: # of Responses 1. 2. 3. Dissatisfaction with City Services, Employees, School System, City Commissioners and Boards 47 16. Problems with rental properties 11 17. Improve downtown parking 11 18. Improve shopping 10 19. Do not increase tourism - pay more attention to year-round residents 10 20. Move City Hall 10 21. Limit waterfront development 10 24. Increase citizen input 9 35 25. Keep City Hall downtown 8 26. Improve public relations 7 27. Regulate pet owners 7 28. Infrastructure improvements 7 29. Improve vacant industrial sites 6 30. Regulate billboards and political signs 5 31. Attract younger people 4 32. Regulate ski jets and boats 4 33. Increase/institute non-resident fees 3 29 Improve sidewalks and paths for pedestrians and bicycles 25 23 Improve marina (5) and beaches (11) 16 Approve of bluff improvements and activities 15 Dissatisfaction with waterfront development 12 41 Improve recreation and related activities 11 . Comments concerning questionnaire 15. 9 6. 10. 12 Traffic problems Like living in St. Joseph -9. Satisfied with City services, Employees, School System, City Commissioners and Boards 23. 5. Maintain and improve residential areas 13 9 Need more business, industry jobs and tourism (9) 8. Dissatisfaction with Mercy Memorial Medical Center 13. 22. · Develop additional parking 44 7. 14 78 Dissatisfaction with development and activities on Bluff 4. 0 Taxes and cost of housing too much Dissatisfaction with zoning and various City ordinances 14 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-6 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION see what choices are preferred by particular groups in St. Joseph, i.e. homeowners, seniors, etc. Cross-Tabulations This section shows. the responses of certain questions with those of others - to Cross-Tabulation #1 - Age and Income (Questions #2 and #4) age group, which earns a median family income of $61,665 - considerably higher than the overall median family income of $38,504. The only age group (with adequate responses to determine a median income) that was below the overall median income was the 65 and over group. Residents 65 and over had a median family income of $21,600. When age and income are crosstabulated it becomes apparent that certain age groups earn more money than other groups. When the median income of residents is compared by age it can be seen that income rises as age increases and then decreased as residents reach retirement age. The highest income age group is the 45-54 Income Below $14,999 19-24 2 25-34 Age 45-54 35-44 55-64 65+ 73 9 11 1 3 2 1 6 3 3 $20,000-$24,999 0 1 8 10 $25,000-$29,999 0 7 3 4 36 25 7 12 18 $30,000-$34,999 2 9 10 7 $35,000-$39,999 $40,000-$49,999 2 8 13 14 $15,000-$19,999 $50,000-$74,999 8 9 13 20 0 6 11 25 14 15 39 33 54 41 25 5 NA $61,667 $42,500 $43,461 $56,089 Median Family Income for St. Joseph - $38,504; 1990 U.S. Census 0 0 $75,000+ Median 13 18 15 22 $21,600 Cross-Tabulation #2 - Age and Home Ownership (Questions #2 and #3) Age also influences home ownership. As people grow older, home ownership percentages climb, to peak at 98.3 percent for residents between the ages of 55 and 64 years of age. The percentage drops to 86.9 percent for residents 65 and over. Age Homeowner Non-Homeowner % Homeowners 0 19-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-64 1 55 106 111 117 3 8 25.0 87.3 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 10 91.4 5 2 95.7 98.3 65+ 212 32 86.9 F-7 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Cross-Tabulation #3 - Age and Residential Development (Questions #2 and #5) This series of cross-tabulations shows how residents in different age groups responded to question #5 - which is actually six separate questions (plus comments) dealing with how people feel about the development of different residential types in St. Joseph. This is important in order to understand if the results vary between age groups especially since the survey was answered by a large proportion of residents age 65 and over. 76. 7 percent of the respondents feel that more single-family homes should be developed. For residents 65 and over, 62.5 percent feel that single-family homes should be developed. This figure is higher for residents under the age of 65 (84.2%). The 25-34 age group has the highest percentage of positive responses with an 87.1 percent approval rate. The second most popular form of future residential development is senior congregate housing. While the overall figure is influenced by residents age 65 and over, it is also the second most chosen form of residential development for residents under the age of 65. Overall, 35 percent of the respondents favor the development of senior housing. The cross-tabulation shows that the type of residential development desired by different age groups varies - slightly in some categories and to a greater extent in others. The most favored form of future residential development is singlefamily housing. For the total population, Age Residential Development Categories 19-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-64 In favor of single-family residential Not in favor of single-family residential % in favor of single-family 2 5 28.6 61 9 87.1 108 18 85.7 118 24 83.1 121 21 85.2 160 62.5 410 570 173 77 84.2 76.7 In favor of multi-family residential Not in favor of multi-family residential % in favor of multi-family 2 5 28.6 13 57 18.6 16 109 12.8 15 127 10.6 27 115 19.0 38 218 14.8 73 111 413 631 15.0 15.0 0 7 0.0 9 61 12.9 11 114 8.8 30 112 21.1 27 115 19.0 53 203 20.7 77 130 612 409 15.8 17.5 2 5 28.6 18 52 25.7 27 98 21.6 54 88 35 221 13.7 140 346 28.8 175 567 38.0 39 103 27.5 0 7 0.0 18 52 25.7 23 102 18.4 59 83 41.5 55 87 38.7 105 151 41.0 155 331 31.9 260 482 35.0 5 65 9 116 7.2 6 136 4.2 7 135 4.9 13 243 5.0 28 458 5.8 41 701 5.5 In favor of duplexes Not in favor of duplexes % in favor of duplexes In favor of condominiums Not in favor of condominiums % in favor of condominiums In favor of senior congregate housing Not in favor of senior congregate housing % in favor of senior congregate housing In favor of modular homes Not in favor of modular homes % in favor of modular homes 0 1 6 14.3 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 7.1 65+ 96 Under 65 !Total 23.6 F-8 JI �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION For residents 65 and over, 41 percent are in favor of developing additional senior housing - for residents under the age of 65 the figure is 31 .9 percent. The 45-54 age group has the highest percentage of favorable responses (41.5%). The third most chosen response is for the development of condominiums. Nearly 24 percent of the survey's respondents favor this type of development. Age does seem to influence peoples' opinions when it comes to the development of condominiums. For residents under 65, 28.8 percent favor their development - for residents 65 years of age and over the figure is 13. 7 percent. Although duplexes are similar to singlefamily housing (the most popular response), only 17.5 percent of the survey's respondents feel that more duplexes should be developed in St. Joseph. People 65 years of age and over are more in favor of their development than people under the age of 65. development of modular housing, with 5.0 percent 65 years of age and older and 5.8 percent under 65 years of age favoring modular housing. Again, the cross-tabulations show that age does influence peoples' responses to a certain extent - but the residents of St. Joseph tend to favor the same types of residential development regardless of age. ''Traditional" types of housing - singlefamily housing - is the overall favorite in St. Joseph. Modular housing (which can be manufactured to be virtually undetectable from traditional single-family housing) is the least favored form of residential development. Senior housing is a popular form of housing development - and was chosen by a variety of age groups. Condominiums, duplexes and multiple-family housing are all forms of housing that some residents feel are needed in St. Joseph - but not the majority. The development of multiple-family housing is the fifth most favored form of residential development. Age does not seem to influence the responses. Overall, 15.0 percent of the respondents favor the development of multiple-family housing with 15 percent under 65 years of age and 14.8 percent 65 years of age and over favoring this development. The least favored form of residential development in St. Joseph is modular housing. Again, age does not seem to influence the results. Overall 5.5 percent of the respondents favor the 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-9 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Cross-Tabulation #4 - Age and Development of Manufacturing Sites (Questions #2 and #8) This series of cross-tabulations shows how residents in different age groups responded to question #8 - which is actually five separate questions dealing with how people feel older industrial sites should be developed. This is an important tabulation since a disproportionate larger number of residents 65 years of age and over returned the survey. Of those residents under 65 years of age, 55.3 percent are in favor of redeveloping industry. Of those residents 65 and over, 59.8 percent are in favor of redeveloping industry. Favorable responses for this category are lower in the younger age groups and increase steadily - reaching a peak of 69 percent approval at the 55-64 age group - before decreasing for the 65 and over group. The cross-tabulation shows the type of development that the different age groups desire in older manufacturing sites varies slightly in some categories, and to a greater degree in other categories. The most favored use for redeveloping older industrial sites is business/industry. Nearly 57 percent of the respondents feel that business and industry should be redeveloped on the older sites. The second most favored type of development that residents chose for the older industrial sites is recreation/open space. Over 40 percent of the respondents feel that the sites should be redeveloped to serve the recreational needs of the area. The differences based on the responses of each age group are more pronounced for this category. Age Development Categories In favor of residential Not in favor of residential % In favor of resident In favor of commercial Not in favor of commercial % In favor of commercial In favor of public uses Not in favor of public uses % In favor of public uses In favor of manufacturing Not in favor of manufacturing % in favor of manufacturing In favor of recreation/open space Not in favor of recreation/open space % in favor of recreation/open space 0 19-24 25-34 35-44 2 5 24 46 42 84 34.3 33.3 24.1 19.1 29 41 57 69 59 82 55 87 41.4 45.2 41.8 38.7 28.6 2 5 28.6 2 5 28.6 2 5 28.6 1 6 14.3 25 45 22 104 45-54 55-64 65+ Under 65 34 107 27 114 63 193 129 356 31 110 21 121 35.7 17.5 22.0 14.8 33 37 73 68 98 44 47.1 63 63 50.0 51.8 69.0 41 29 66 60 64 77 57 85 58.6 52.4 45.4 40.1 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 24.6 84 172 32.8 20 238 7.8 153 103 59.8 69 187 27.0 26.6 202 284 41.6 101 382 20.9 269 217 55.3 229 257 47.1 F-10 Total 192 549 25.9 286 456 38.5 121 618 16.4 422 320 56.9 298 444 40.2 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Over 47 percent of residents under 65 years of age favor changing older industrial sites to recreational open space. Only 27 percent of residents over the age of 65 favor using the land for recreation. The 25-34 age group had the largest percentage of respondents favoring the development of recreational areas. Redeveloping the areas for commercial uses was the third most chosen option with 38.5 percent of the respondents favoring commercial development. Of the residents 65 and over, 32.8 percent of the respondents favor the redevelopment of the sites into commercial uses. For residents under 65 years of age, the favorable response equal 41.6 percent of the responses. The age group with the highest percentage of favorable responses is the 35-44 age group. 65 year of age, 20.9 percent favor developing the older industrial sites for public uses. While the cross-tabulations show that different age groups favor different types of development to different degrees - it shows that they essentially agree that business/industry should remain, or be redeveloped, in the older manufacturing sites. Redeveloping the City's older industrial sites for residential purposes is the second least chosen category - this api:-Jies for residents 65 and over as well as residents under 65 years of age. For residents 65 of age and over, 24.6 percent of the responses are in favor of developing the areas for residential uses - this figure is 26.6 percent for residents under 65 years of age. The age group which chose this response the most was the 25-34 age group - which is the age when families generally are in the market for their first home. The least favored category - for both the under 65 age group and the 65 and over age group - is public uses. Only 7.8 percent of the responses from those 65 and over are in favor of developing the sites for public uses. For those under 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-11 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Cross-Tabulation and #5) #5 - Homeownership & Housing Development (Questions #3 Homeowners and non-homeowners differ on the types of housing that should be developed. Homeowners are more in favor of the development of single-family housing and non-homeowners are more in favor of multi-family housing - which is not unusual since each group favors the further development of housing similar to what they live in. Homeowner Non-Homeowner Encourage single-family development 491 28 Do not encourage single-family development 117 33 74 23 533 38 99 12 Do not encourage duplex development 508 49 Encourage condominium development 129 15 Do not encourage condominium development 478 46 Encourage the development of senior housing 203 28 Do not encourage the development of senior housing 404 33 32 8 575 53 Encourage multi-family development Do not encourage multi-family development Encourage duplex development Encourage the development of modular housing Do not encourage the development of modular housing 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-12 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Cross-Tabulation #6 - Age and Shopping Habits (Questions #2 and #6 While age does influence where people shop to some degree, the influence is not significant. Age 55-64 65+ 128 121 206 8 10 15 19 64 111 126 121 205 1 2 10 2 8 10 Shop In Niles area 0 2 5 8 5 18 Do not shop In Niles area 6 43 80 97 87 102 Shop in Benton Township 6 51 95 90 104 152 Do not shop in Benton Township 0 11 18 30 20 31 Shop in South Bend 5 42 69 88 73 75 Do not shop in South Bend 2 15 34 37 40 81 Shop in Kalamazoo and Grand Rapids 5 31 44 55 50 53 Do not shop in Kalamazoo and Grand Rapids 2 21 53 62 52 82 Shop in South Haven 1 6 10 10 17 24 Do not shop in South Haven 5 41 74 93 71 100 19-24 25-34 35-44 Shop in downtown St. Joseph 4 61 113 Do not shop in downtown St. Joseph 2 8 Shop in other areas of St. Joseph 5 Do not shop In other areas of St. Joseph 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 45-54 F-13 �PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Cross-Tabylatlon #7 - Homeownershlg and Redevelogm ent of Older Manufacturing Sites (Questions #3 and #8) The only area where homeowners and non-homeowners seem to differ on opinion is in the area relating to the development of business and industry. Morehomeowners favor the development of business and industry and most nonhomeowners are opposed to the development of business and industry. Homeowner Non-Homeowner Favor residential development 165 16 Do not favor residential development 441 45 Favor commercial development 244 14 Do not favor commercial development 363 47 99 11 Do not favor public development 508 50 Favor business/industry development 355 26 Do not favor business/industry development 252 35 Favor recreation/open space 254 22 Do not favor recreation/open space 353 39 Favor public development I ;I 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-14 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION St. Joseph Planning Questionaire Raw Figures 1. Are you an adult City resident? (a) 672 or/non-resident property owner? (b) 68 2. To what age group do you belong? (1) .L_19-24 (2) -1Q_25-34 (3) _jg§_35-44 (4) _jg_45-54 (5} __HL55-64 {6} 256 65 and Over 3. If a City resident, do you own your home? (1) 608 Yes 4. Please indicate which category your total family income fell into last year. (1) 92 Below $14,999 (2) 58 $15,000-$19,999 (3) 49 $20,000-$24,999 5. (4) 49 $25,000-$29,999 (5) 49 $30,000-$34,999 (6) 52 $35,000-$39,999 (2) _§g_No (7) ~$40.000-$49,999 (8) 122 $50,000-$74,999 (9) 147 $75,000 Above Which of the following residential types should be encouraged as future development? (Please indicate all desired types) 6. (1) .filg_Single-Family Residences (5) 265 Senior Congregate Housing (2) 114 Multi-Family (Apartments) (3) 133 Duplex (Two-Family) (4} 175 Condominiums (6) 44 Modular Homes (Prefabricated Single-Family) (6) ,JJLOther (Please Explain): _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Where do you shop and the frequency? # Times/Month* 62 No (b) 638 Yes 33 No (c) 38 Yes 419 No (d) 504 Yes 11 0 No (a) 638 Yes Downtown St. Joseph Other Areas in St. Joseph Niles Area Benton Township # Times/Month* 323 (e) 357 Yes 423 (f} 241 Yes ...m (g) 68 Yes w 11.Q No South Bend Area 30 275 No Kalamazoo/Grand Rapids .1§ 388 No South Haven _§ (h) Other Areas 19 *Over 4 times per month 7. Are there specific commercial businesses or professional services which you feel are needed in St. Joseph? 8. How do you feel the older manufacturing areas should be redeveloped in the future? (Answer all appropriate) (1) 193 Residential (2) 289 Commercial 0 (3) .!ll_Public (5) 299 Recreation/Open Space (4) 426 Business/Industry CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-15 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION 9. Is there a particular type of recreational activity which you would like to see developed in St. Joseph? ISSUE IDENTIFICATION: 1O. and 11 . Indicate your impressions of the following facilities/services/areas and what level of attention they need to make St. Joseph a better community in the future? 10. Current Condition/Situation Good Average 11. Future Attention Fair High Average Low Housing Conditions 452 216 28 298 224 43 Library Facilities 561 132 18 149 252 108 Recreational Facilities 331 251 101 300 219 45 66 160 373 238 193 116 School Facilities 547 126 13 301 192 65 Fire Protection Facilities 591 101 13 288 259 61 Police Facilities 574 110 21 254 230 68 irraffic Flow 343 265 95 246 261 50 Sidewalk Access 506 160 30 129 312 106 Neighborhood Parks 455 207 42 179 301 77 Snow Removal 529 139 38 186 288 76 Downtown District 480 175 49 295 209 56 Mercy Memorial Med. Center 420 171 109 246 213 99 55 87 468 452 90 30 Tourism 261 299 123 295 224 49 Family Orientation 325 259 55 225 245 54 rYWCA 353 231 79 160 267 97 Churches 562 112 15 121 261 156 Waterfront Areas 374 214 109 358 159 51 Marinas 474 160 38 152 235 144 Livability of City 536 125 32 360 156 41 Tax Base 180 241 215 306 184 52 Semi-Public Uses 224 289 47 93 323 44 Overall Appearance 515 114 14 328 165 27 4 5 10 6 0 4 Bicycle Path Development Ausco Property Redevelopment Other 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-16 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION St. Joseph Key Person Survey Results Trends A survey was distributed to Planning Commission members, City Commission members and other people that have an interest in the planning process. Surveys were mailed to people that attended the initial meeting. City Commission and Planning Commission members were interviewed in person - or mailed a survey if they could not attend the interviews. This survey was distributed for the purpose of soliciting ideas about St. Joseph's present trends and the City's future. The results of this survey are not meant to be a numerical comparison of results, but are meant to show what kinds of ideas people have • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 about St. Joseph. By having open ended questions, unlike the community survey, a variety of responses were given. This variety of responses gave the Planning Commission additional information to use to see if the Plan was going in the right direction. It also showed that everybody has different priorities. While many of the following responses are based on facts, it should be remembered that for the most part the responses are opinions of people - which is what this section was designed to determine. Quantities of responses have not been included in this section since it was felt that it was more important to view the variety of opinions -instead of the quantity. Increase in service jobs Downtown well-maintained Active Citizens Growth in Marinas Increasing attendance at public events Condominium development Well-maintained properties Progressive community Influx of stores (not downtown) Cultural Influx of physicians Expansion of MMMC Tourism Increase in upscale housing Younger City Commission Growing awareness of St. Joseph's uniqueness Increased support from businesses CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-17 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Loss of industry and manufacturing jobs Increasing property taxes Decreasing tax base Increased isolation between St. Joseph and surrounding areas Declining population/slow growth Conservative Declining credibility due to association with Benton Harbor Apathy /lack of drive Inability to attract young people Higher salaries out of St. Joseph Negative attitudes City tries to influence peoples decisions Unwilling to work with developers Resentment towards Cornerstone Poor public relations Lack of promotion Negative impact of surrounding shopping areas in downtown • • • • • Aging population Increasing tourism More liberal thinking Increasing number of young, high income couples/families Need to improve public input process Analysis The first thing people will notice in this list is that they might not agree with all of the responses - some people might feel that a trend is positive and another may feel that it is negative. The benefit of this is that it gives people something to think about - that maybe there is something positive in every trend, or that not every 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN positive trend is without its faults. Other trends are more neutral. The City can ·benefit by working to emphasis the positive trends and reverse or minimize the negative trends. Care should be extended to ensure that one does not cancel out the other - and care should be used to determine if the opinions are actually true. F-18 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Opportunities and Problems 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • The waterlront Health Care/MMMC AUSCO site and other vacant areas Lions Park County development of Silver Beach Work with surrounding communities Tourism Existing character of City Bluff Cultural development Growth opportunities Acquire Whirlpool field and connect to existing CBD • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • AUSCO site Lack of space for growth Lack of vision/change Two separate commercial areas Proposal C, or other limits on property taxes Cost of implementing ADA Loss of Silver Beach Ship canal Lack of public transportation Appearance of many Main Street businesses Conservative administration High cost of housing Too much waterlront development Commercial sprawl No schools centrally located Whirlpool may not always be in St. Joseph Image of racial problems/inequities Traffic Residents not convinced change is needed High level of rental properties Parking Lack of restaurants downtown CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN F-19 �~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Comments • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Need to attract industries/jobs Improve airport City Hall - relocate/renovate Need more businesses downtown Maintain/improve harbor/marina Senior services needed Senior housing needed Convert box factory Continue to upgrade infrastructure Need person(s) in charge of promotion Market St. Joseph as an area for large Chicago businesses to locate "satellite" businesses Curbside recycling Need to work with developers to ensure successful projects Schools need more teachers and rooms Consolidate small residential lots to create new areas for upscale homes Analysis such as what opportunities does the AUSCO site offer. The same should be Opportunities and problems also divide many people - it is more apparent here since some people chose certain points as opportunities while others chose them as problems. Some of these include the AUSCO site, Silver Beach and growth opportunities. Many of the listed opportunities are obvious, such as the waterfront, but many listed opportunities need to be debated and expanded upon to determine what the opportunities are - 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSNE PLAN done with the list of problems. Additionally, problems should be matched up with opportunities. An example of this is the problem relating to the lack of space for growth - this can be matched -with the AUSCO site as an opportunity. Many other problems and opportunities can be matched with each other - which is one of the useful points of this Section. F-20 ~ �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Leadership • • • • • • • • • • • • City administration/staff City Commission Businesses Lending institutions Whirlpool Planning Commission St. Joseph Improvement Association Cornerstone Alliance County officials City Service Clubs St. Joseph Today Philanthropists • • • • • • • • • • • City administration/staff City Commission Cornerstone Alliance St. Joseph Today Non-forward looking people Long-time residents Retail business that treat customers poorly School Board Planning Commission (compatibility of land us~s versus development dollars) LECO Whirlpool • • • • • Need inspections of new and renovated buildings Need more optimistic outlook Need more leaders Need greater variety of citizen input City Manager needs assistant Analysis The City Staff and City Commission are the most influential people in St. Joseph some people perceive what they do as negative and others feel their work is 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN positive - either way they seem to have the most control over the direction the City will go in the future. Many leaders are perceived as both positive and negative influences in St. Joseph. F-21 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Master Plan • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Blueprint/Vision/Guide for the future Realistic/implementable plan Reference point Identify trends Inform citizens and gain information from citizens Promotional tool Identify a limited number of goals "Outsiders" view of St. Joseph Identify historic aspects of St. Joseph Identify opportunities Identify future land use Tie with ongoing Strategic Plan Encourage good neighborhoods and services Encourage new businesses Stabilize local economy More active community Greater tax base More visitors More industry Analysis People feel the plan should act as a flexible guide for the City's future 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN development. All responses were positive, or neutral, which indicates that people feel the Plan is a necessary part of the City's future. F-22 �EXISTING LAND USE �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING LAND USE Introduction For a community to plan for its future it is essential to analyze the existing land uses, and in order to analyze the existing land uses it is necessary to perform an inventory of the area's land uses. This allows for the relationships of various land uses to be identified and measured. The inventory of St. Joseph's land uses was accomplished by updating the inventory of past plans with field checks. The inventory was then recorded on a computer based map to allow for the calculation of acreages and ease of changes on clear readable maps. Land Use Classifications In order to compare the existing land uses with the 1976 land use map, the same land use classifications are being used in this Plan. These land use categories minimize confusion between the maps, and show the changes of land uses which have occurred throughout the City. Residential - This category indicates an area in which dwellings with their accessory buildings occupy the major portion of the land. This i clude_s singlefamily housing, daplexes and multiRle~r:nily Eiousiog. Commercial- The commercial category includes areas, with or without structures, wh_d ~~-----onal business s ~~-- This i and services to local residents and consumers attracted from outside the community. The two commercial districts in St. Joseph, as well as retail, wholesale and office space are included in this 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN category. Ware ousing ancl storage are also included unless the storage space is more closely related to another land use - such as industrial. Industrial - This category incudes areas where raw or unfinished materials or commodities are used to produce a product. Tnis inclua_es heavy industry, or im:f ustr1e hose manufacturing process causes various emissions (fumes, odors, smoke, noise, light or vibrations) that can be detrimental to surrounding land uses. Also included is light in ustnal uses whicfi ao not influence surrounding land uses in the manners of heavy industry. War-ehuusing ana s- r.ag_e are included in t -is ca egor_y Lf the warehousing and storage space is an integral part of the manufacturing process. Public/Quasi Public - Public and quasi- public land uses include land areas and facilities that are available to all of the people within a particular service area, or are used to provide services to the people. These uses include schools, libraries, cemeteries, government buildings, public utilities, recreation and open space and museums. Also included in this category are areas and buildings which are used by a limited number of persons with particular interests and nonprofit groups. These include such uses as places of worship, clubs and other activities. This category is comprised of all dedicated surface rightsof-way including streets, highways and railroads, which are used for the movement of people and goods. Transportation - G-1 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING LAND USE community. Establishing an accurate inventory of land uses is important since future land use distribution will largely be shaped by existing patterns. There are other factors that influence future land use patterns, but the existing distribution of land uses is the major factor which influences the future land use distribution. This is particularly true for a mature City such as St. Joseph. The existing land use inventory for St. Joseph has been put on the base map to form an Existing Land Use Map (G-1). The acreage figures listed in Table G-1 have been derived from this. The City's existing land use analysis is presented by category, and the various planning areas within St. Joseph. Redevelopment - This is a new category which was not included in the previous Comprehensive Plan. This area of the City, north of the St. Joseph River, is an area that is mostly older industrial uses that are either in need of modernization or conversion to another land use. Vacant Land - This category includes land not used for any purpose previously listed, and is not developed. Existing Land Use Inventory/Analysis The inventory of existing land uses is an important part of determining the future distribution of land uses in and around a TABLE G-1 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH EXISTING LAND USE ACREAGES Land Use · ,,.. Arii es ·; -·-·-· %of Landh~a Residential 889.7 40.8 Commercial 112.6 5.2 Public 347.1 15.9 Industrial 109.0 5.0 Redevelopment 152.4 7.0 Vacant 199.6 9.1 Transportation (Streets) 289.5 13.3 82.4 3.8 Land Area 2,182.3 100.0 Total Area (includes Rivers) 2,369.2 -- Transportation (Rail) SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc., 1992. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN G-2 �\_./.,-1/" /<.. / I ( ct' \ ~ ~0 ~~ A LEGEND RESIDENTIAL = I COMMERCIAL ~ 1m1mm1mi ... :,,......1 INDUSTRIAL () ~ PUBLIC/QUASI PUBLIC ~ REDEVELOPMENT I VACANT I $ /M4~~. .~ V /i:: ~1' Jlff6,..ltftllJjpJ . l;/IJ '-~,:;:lf!I l:::::::r -".,..,. .• .•··· a?==:ri-lIDbcrnl ~ •::~:..: .:~~: ■1f I:: : :~: · Ifl1·iii 1 ~ '" cfil@~CTI ~c {Iii ~ l~~1m1, .IiHi"I I ::::i ···· · ' ""lii!!iiiiilili ![![, .>i"™'!lfcW~,,;q,,,,11,,.,...... ... . .,, :;:~· ~~rn~·- :l. _ : . .l . :. i l • i..•: i J• ~~I "' I ~ 1[!i ~ □~ ~ ~ ..:r V :ii -' 1111 - ~ MAP u· SCALE ~ o· ~._ Cl I soo· 1ooo· 1500· 2500' SAINT JOSEPH, MICHIGAN _______________..._______________________________________ GOVE AS SOCIATES INC. EXISTING LAND USE MAP �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING LAND USE Residential - The total amount of land devoted to residential uses in St. Joseph is 889. 7 acres, or 40.8 percent of the City's land area. Residential land uses are by far the most predominant land use in the City. The majority of residential land uses are distributed throughout the City of St. Joseph, south and west of the river. North of the St. Joseph River residential uses are limited to the area near Lake Michigan, along Ridgeway and Marina drives. A limited amount of residential development is located on Marina Island. Commercial - The total amount of land devoted to commercial uses in St. Joseph is 112.6 acres, or 5.2 percent of the City's land area. Two main commercial districts exist in the City. The Business District located just south of the St. Joseph River serves as the City's Central Business District since City and County offices, and many other public buildings and private businesses are located in this area. Much of this main commercial district has extensive streetscaping to provide a festive atmosphere for shoppers and visitors. The Central Business District is oriented to accommodate pedestrian traffic, and is interactive with the lakefront parks. The southern commercial district, located along Niles Avenue in the southern portion of the City, contains many retail and service shops but does not have any of the major public offices or facilities that exist in the Central Business District. Other major differences between the two districts include the fact that the southern business district is more oriented towards the automobile, and it is not as oriented towards attracting outside visitors as the Central Business District. In addition to the two commercial districts there are 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN several smaller commercial uses throughout the City. One commercial area exists on Marina Island and no major commercial uses are located north of the river. Public - Public land in St. Joseph accounts for 347.1 acres of land, or 15.9 percent of the City's land. This is the third largest land use category - following residential and transportation. Public and quasi-public land uses are located throughout the City. Industrial - Industrial land uses in St. Joseph account for 109.0 acres, or 5.0 percent of the community's land area. When land in the redevelopment category is not counted as an industrial land use, the industrial land use category is the smallest category in the City. The major industrial areas are located north of the St. Joseph River, on Marina Island and in the southern portion of the City. Redevelopment - This land use is confined to one area of the City, north of the river. The area covers 152.4 acres and accounts for 7.0 percent of the City's land. The area mainly consists of older manufacturing sites, which are proposed for redevelopment. Vacant - St. Joseph has 199.6 acres of vacant land, or 9.1 percent of the City's land area. Some of this land is located near the St. Joseph River and on Marina Island and is within the 100-year floodplain. Other vacant land exists along Lake Michigan in environmentally sensitive areas. In the southern panhandle portion of the City there are several areas of undeveloped land located between residential and industrial land uses. G-4 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING LAND USE Transportation - Rights-of-way for streets and railroads account for 371.9 acres, or 17.0 percent of the City's land area - the second largest land use in St. Joseph. Of the 371.9 acres, 289.5 are street rights-of-way and the remaining 82.4 acres are railroad rights-of-way. Existing Land Use Inventory/ Analysis: Planning Areas In addition to studying the City of St. Joseph as a whole, this Plan examines five distinct planning areas of St. Joseph. Map G-2 shows the boundaries of the five areas. These areas are based on Census tracts except for Areas #1, #2 and #3, which are all in one Census tract. These three areas have been identified since they are separated by a geographic feature (the river). Planning Area #1 - Planning Area #1 , located north of the St. Joseph River contains 353.3 acres. This is the second smallest of the five planning areas, and accounts for 16.2 percent of the City's land area. The largest land use in the planning area is the redevelopment category which covers 152.4 acres, or 43.1 percent of the area's land. The relationship between the various land uses is illustrated on Table G-2. The redevelopment area is crisscrossed with highways and railroad tracks and is composed of old manufacturing sites and vacant land - much of the redevelopment site is in the 100-year floodplain . The second largest land use in Area # 1 is residential which accounts for 91.4 acres of land, or 25.9 percent of the area's land. The residential land uses are concentrated in the western portion of the area, near Lake Michigan. Land 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN used for streets account for 39.6 acres, or 11.2 percent of the area's land. Business 1-94/US-33 is a major arterial that passes through the area. Upton Drive is the only collector street and all other streets are considered local streets. Railroad rights-of-way cover 27.1 acres, or 7.7 percent of the area's land. Public land in Planning Area #1 covers 32.9 acres, or 9.3 percent of the land. The public land is located where the St. Joseph River meets Lake Michigan and consists of Tiscornia Park, the U.S. Coast Guard Station, the Army Reserve Armory and the North Pier. There are no commercial land uses in Planning Area #1 and the only vacant land is contained within the redevelopment area. Planning Area #2 - This Planning Area consists of Marina Island, between the St. Joseph River and the Morrison Channel. The 134.0 acre island is the smallest of the five planning areas and accounts for 6.1 percent of the City's total land area. The largest land use on the island is vacant land - this is due to the fact that much of the island is in the 100-year floodplain. The second largest land use on the island is industrial, which accounts for 35.9 acres or 26.8 percent of the island's land. Public land in Planning Area #2 covers 25.0 acres of land, or 18. 7 percent of the island, and consists of the City's wastewater treatment facilities, a boat launch facility and a new parking lot. The streets on the island are all local and cover 10.2 acres of land. There are 6. 7 acres of commercial land on Marina Island. Planning Area #3 - This is the largest of the five planning areas. The planning area is located in the main portion of St. Joseph, north of the ravine. The area G-5 �~$ /- • 1......./_/_/ /l.. ''( \ '::,...c.y ~ ~(.) i-~ 'V .~ <' ff ,~ (J ~ N~ i~N- /QNQ i'V/o/~f lZ~a{ ~~p0o ,b((t ~ s /4 1~ 9.9 _9J ~ · .. ~LA ,~-~ II ll.l..EML_JLI__VE --:; ~ /A'-£ IMADJSONaj, ...VE ,----, /, ~ ~l ~I t; ~~~ ~n~ M ~3?~EJG c·- #'!"~GQD I .,, ,L.. A ...... 1m ~ COU/MBI" A ~ :<In : . ~~c ~ 7/~.. IEJ _ ,. · ~ ~ MlDYrf Lu_J ,!M ~"VE j---jHij-···~.. ''7 ' ~I - ~..,,. • ::=!._~ ~ MAP G-2 SCALE o·IY'c• 500· 1000· 1500· I 2soo· SAINT JOSEPH, MICHIGAN GOVE ASSOCIATES INC. .._____________ PLANNING AREAS °' _________________________________ ___ 0 �., 0 TABLE G-2 § EXISTING LAND USE DISTRIBUTION FOR THE CITY OF ST. JOSEPH ~ en ;i ..... 0 ! ; (') - Il l Resldentlal 91.4 I 25.9 0.0 0.0 364.7 45.5 241.8 58.0 191.8 39.7 z Commercial o.o I 0.0 6.7 5.0 44.3 5.5 27.9 6.8 33.7 7.0 112.6 5.2 ~ Public 32.9 9.3 25.0 18.7 201.1 25.1 46.0 11.2 42.1 8.7 347.1 15.9 9.9 2.8 35.9 26.8 6.2 0.8 2.5 0.6 54.5 11.3 109.0 5.0 152.4 43.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 152.4 7.0 0.0 0.0 56.2 41.9 24.2 3.0 20.5 5.0 98.7 20.4 199.6 9.1 Transportation (Streets) 39.6 11.2 10.2 7.6 124.5 15.5 58.2 14.2 57.1 11.8 289.5 13.3 Transportation (Rall) 27.1 7.7 0.0 0.0 36.5 4.6 13.5 3.3 5.3 1.1 82.4 3.8 Land Area 353.3 100.0 134.0 100.0 801.5 100.0 410.3 100.0 483.2 100.0 2,182.3 100.0 Total Area (Includes water) 408.1 -- 195.3 -- 817.9 --- 464.7 - 2,369.2 en ~ Industrial Redevelopment Vacant SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. C) .!.) - 483.2 889.7 40.8 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING LAND USE covers 801.5 acres, or 36. 7 percent of the City's land. The area is essentially a mixture of residential areas, a large commercial district and several public areas. Residential uses cover 364. 7 acres, or 45.5 percent of the area's land. The residential uses are distributed throughout the entire area. Public or quasi-public land in this area covers 201.1 acres, or 25.1 percent of the land. Some public land is located along Lake Michigan's shoreline, in the Central Business District, at two cemeteries and at the high school and stadium. Transportation is the third largest land use category in Planning Area #3. Streets cover 124.5 acres of land, or 15.5 percent of the land. No other area has as high of a percentage of streets as Planning Area #3. The major arterial streets in the area include Main Street, Port Street, Ship Street, Wayne Street, Niles Avenue and Lake Shore Drive. The minor arterial streets include Lake Boulevard, Cleveland Avenue, Lake View Avenue and Broad Street. Collector streets include Wallace Avenue, Kingsley Avenue, Wolcott Avenue, Lake Street and Vine Street. The remaining streets are all considered to be local streets. Railroad rights-of-way cover 36.5 acres of land, or 4.6 percent of the planning area. There are 44.3 acres of commercial land, or 5.5 percent of the land. No other planning area contains as much commercial land. The majority of the commercial land is located in or around the City's Central Business District. Some smaller commercial areas are located throughout the area. Vacant land in the planning area covers 24.2 acres or 3.0 percent of the land. Most of the vacant areas are located adjacent to Lake Michigan, but others exist throughout Planning Area #3. There are 6.2 acres of industrial 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN land in the area - these uses are located adjacent to the Morrison Channel. Planning District #4 - Planning Area #4, located on the east side of St. Joseph adjacent to the St. Joseph River, is the third largest of the five planning areas. It contains 241.8 acres of residential land uses, or 58.9 percent of the area's total land. Of the five planning areas none has a higher percentage of residential land. The residential uses are located throughout the area. The second largest land use is transportation which covers 71.6 acres, or 17.5 percent land. Railroad rights-of-way account for 13.5 acres of the transportation land uses, and streets account for 58.2 acres. The main arterial streets are Whittlesey Avenue and Napier Avenue. The one minor arterial street is Langley Avenue and the only collector street is Wolcott Avenue. All of the remaining streets are considered local. Public land covers 46.0 acres of land. Much of the public/quasipublic land is located at the Mercy Memorial Medical Center, near the St. Joseph River. Lincoln School and park space are two other public uses. The fourth largest land use in the planning area is commercial. The majority of these land uses are located along Niles Avenue, in the City's southern business district. The area has 20.5 acres of vacant land and 2.5 acres of industrial land. Planning Area #5 - This area, which is located in the southern portion of the City, covers 483.2 acres of land, or 22.1 percent of the City's land. The planning area, which is the second largest of the five areas, is the only area that does not have direct river access. There are 191.8 acres of residential land uses in the area, G-8 I l l • • • • • • • • -~ ~ -~ �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING LAND USE or 39.7 percent of the area. The second largest land use is the vacant category, with most of the vacant land being located in the southern panhandle of the City. Transportation, at 71.6 acres, is the third largest land use category. The only major arterial street in the area is Lake Shore Drive. Minor arterial streets include Hilltop Road, Cleveland Avenue and Lake View Avenue. Hawthorne Avenue is the only collector street and all other streets are considered local streets. Streets account for 57. 1 acres and railroad rights-of-way account for 5.3 acres. Industrial land uses in the area cover 54.5 acres of land, or 11.3 percent of the planning area's land. The area has the smallest percentage of public land of any of the five areas - 42.1 acres, or 8. 7 percent. The majority of public land is located along Lake Michigan. There are 33. 7 acres of commercial land which account for 7.0 percent of the area's land. Most commercial uses are located near Niles Avenue, but other commercial areas are located throughout the planning area. Potential Areas of Conflict The current distribution of land uses in St. Joseph have several areas where a combination of land uses can adversely influence each other or surrounding land uses, or can lead to conflicts in the future if existing trends continue. The following list are potential areas of conflict: Planning Area #1 - Several potential areas of conflict exist north of St. Joseph River. The residential areas, located adjacent to Lake Michigan, limit public access to beaches and are near 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN environmentally (beach areas). sensitive areas Another potential area of conflict is the redevelopment area, north of the river. When redevelopment occurs it should be designed to minimize the impact to surrounding areas - such as the residential areas to the west. When planning for future uses in the redevelopment area, the large amount of land within the 1DO-year floodplain should be planned for in order to avoid potential conflicts. Another conflict that currently exists in the area is the existing site of environmental contamination (see Environmental Contamination Sites). Planning District #2 - The major potential conflict on Marina Island is that a large portion of the island is in the 1OD-year floodplain. This limits the type of development that can occur on the island. Another conflict on the island is the existing site of environmental contamination (see Environmental Contamination Sites). Planning Districts #3, #4 and #5 Having two commercial districts separated by a residential area and connected by a major arterial street creates the potential for unplanned commercial development to occur between the two commercial areas. This could disrupt the existing residential areas and detract from the existing businesses in the two areas. G-9 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING LAND USE Planning District #5 - The vacant land in the southern portions of St. Joseph are surrounded by both residential and industrial areas. Since the vacant areas are currently acting as buffers between these two conflicting uses it will be necessary to create buffers between conflicting uses if the vacant areas are developed. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Floodplains and Sensitive Areas In addition to the previously mentioned potential areas of conflict relating to floodplains, there are several other areas in St. Joseph where conflicts can occur that relate to floodplains, beaches or wetlands. • • ~ 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSNE PLAN G-10 ~ �~ffi\[ffiu ~~ ~ [fQJ)lf'QJ)~[E [Lffi\[M[Q) QJJ~lEu @(Q)i%[L~u (Q)WJ}[E(t;lf'□~lE~u ~lf'~lf'lE@□lE~ GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOALS, POLICIF.S AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE The following is a list of the issues identified in the planning process. The goals, policies and actions listed are ways to address the issues. The policy and action statements present specific methods for implementing comprehensive planning in the City. The recommended policies are stated in an obligatory sense for implementation. In order to allow for related issues to be grouped together, each set of issues, goals, policies and actions has been listed under one of six major headings. ■ Major Headings are groups of issues that are closely related to each other. ■ Issues are areas of concern which have been identified within the City, which the Planning Commission believes require some manner of attention. ■ Goals are broad statements identifying what is to be accomplished under each topic. ■ Policies are statements which identify what is to be done to achieve each goal, as well as the responsible agency. ■ Actions are statements specifying measures identified to implement a policy. sites for reuse beneficial to the St. Joseph area. Policy: The City will work with Cornerstone Alliance, the owners of the various properties and the various State and Federal agencies to promote the redevelopment of the sites. Actions: • Continue to work with involved parties to cleanup the contaminated sites north of the river (Edgewater) and on Marina Island (the tank farm). • Determine the most feasible mixture of uses to be developed in the areas based on future land use requirements and the future direction of St. Joseph. • Work with Cornerstone Alliance, developers, investors, property owners, adjacent communities and area residents to create reuse projects that achieve areawide goals. 2. Waterfront Development Land Use 1. Redevelopment Areas ~ : Utilizing redevelopment areas. Goal: Complete the cleanup of contaminated sites and redevelop those 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Issue: Further waterfront development can control public access to Lake Michigan and the River. It can detract from the beauty of St. Joseph by controlling views of Lake Michigan. Goal: Work to maintain access and views of the waterfront by evaluating the types of redevelopment that can occur on the lakefront and in areas H-1 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE that could potentially control views of the waterfront. Policy: The City will strive to maintain waterfront access and preserve existing views of the lake by controlling further development through code compliance (height or bulk limitations of structures). The City does not control waterfront development on land owned by the State and Federal Governments. Actions: • • • Determine lakefront access points that are important for maintaining adequate access to the beaches. Evaluate existing views and determine areas that should not be developed, or that should be limited in height or bulk, to preserve views from important parts of St. Joseph, i.e., bluffs, parks, etc. Review the zoning ordinance to enhance access and views of the waterfront. 3. Sensitive Environmental Areas Issue: Development on or near environmentally sensitive areas can irrevocably damage St. Joseph's natural resources. Goal: Preserve environmentally sensitive areas in St. Joseph by limiting development nearby and restricting development in sensitive areas. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Policy: The City will zone sensitive areas so as to limit development in and around the areas. Actions: • Identify environmentally sensitive areas. • Determine an appropriate buffer zone that should be adjacent to sensitive areas. • Review zoning ordinance to protect areas designated as environmentally sensitive by the City. 4. Vacant or Underutilized Land ~ : The ability for St. Joseph to expand beyond its existing borders is very limited. Goal: Create opportunities for various types of development in St. Joseph by better utilizing existing areas of vacant or underutilized land. Policy: The City should create an inventory of all existing areas of land that are not currently being utilized to their fullest capability. Actions: • Inventory all vacant parcels of land, include ownership and current zoning of parcels. • Inventory all underutilized, abandoned or dilapidated buildings in St. Joseph - include ownership, SEV, size and zoning. H-2 1 l 1 1 1 1 ~ •1 ~ ~ -,_ - ~ �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOAI..S, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE • Contact owners of identified parcel to learn if parcel is marketable. • Encourage the development of vacant infill parcels. 5. Separated Commercial Areas Issue: St. Joseph has two separated shopping areas - one is pedestrian/ tourism oriented and one is resident/ automobile oriented. Goal: The City should not allow commercial zoning in areas between the two commercial areas in the City. Policy: In order to prevent the creation of a large strip-type commercial development running between the existing commercial areas, commercial development should be restricted between the two commercial areas. • 6. Conflicting Land Uses ~ : Conflicting land uses can detract from the value of adjacent property and can reduce the overall livability and workability of the City. Goal: Preserve the integrity of various conflicting land use through special separation, screening and relocation of land uses. Policy: The City should endeavor to reduce the impact of conflicting land uses. Actions: • Identify areas where conflicting land uses exist. • Identify areas where future conflicts will occur if existing development patterns continue. • Revise the zoning ordinance to reflect the need to limit conflicting land uses, in the future, by creating buffers between the uses, not allowing new conflicts to occur and minimizing the effects of existing conflicts. Actions: • 0 Update the City's zoning ordinance for commercial development standards. • Designate areas where commercial development can occur without promoting strip developments. • Restrict existing commercial zones that exist in the strip area, to prevent strip development from creeping into sound residential neighborhoods. CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Utilize future office developments as buffers between commercial and residential areas. Economy 1. Commercial Businesses Issue: Commercial businesses provide jobs for the community, help to diversify the tax base, and help to promote the area's tourism. H-3 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE Goal: Promote a business atmosphere that encourages the expansion of existing commercial businesses and the location/creation of new businesses. Policy: The City of St. Joseph will work with the Chamber of Commerce, existing businesses and potential businesses to determine their current and future needs. Actions: • • • • 2. Maintain an up-to-date listing of commercial businesses in the area. Include a contact person and all pertinent business information. On a regularly scheduled basis, survey the businesses to determine the existing business climate. Maintain a list of local sites and buildings available for existing and new businesses to expand or locate. promotes new industries to locate in St. Joseph. Policy: The City of St. Joseph will work with existing industries to determine their existing and future needs. The City will also work to provide industries looking to locate in the area a positive experience. Actions: • Maintain an up-to-date listing of industries in the area - include contact person and all pertinent information about the industry. • On a regularly scheduled basis, survey the businesses to determine the existing business climate. • Maintain a list of local sites available for existing or new businesses to expand or locate their operations. • Perform a target industry study to determine the types of industries best suited to St. Joseph (i.e., workforce skills, training available, high school and vocational school specialty areas, etc.). • Refocus existing industrial areas under an "Urban Business Park Concept" to beautify and give a theme to specific industrial areas. Perform a market study to determine the types of commercial businesses that are needed and could succeed in St. Joseph. Industry Issue: Industries provide jobs for the community and strengthen the local tax base. 3. Tourism Goal: Create a business atmosphere that encourages the expansion of existing Industrial Base and 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ~ : Adequate facilities must exist in order to meet the needs of yearH-4 1 l 1 1 ' ' '• ' '- -~ ~ -~ �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE round residents, seasonal residents and visitors to St. Joseph. regulations, allowing access to people with limited physical abilities. .9QID: Create an equitable balance Policy: The City will work to meet or exceed the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act. between providing the residents the facilities and services they require with the need to attract additional tourists to the City. Actions: Policy: The City will work to create a level of tourism that promotes the overall character of St. Joseph, and continues to attract an appropriate level of visitors to St. Joseph. • Assess the accessibility of all applicable City facilities in St. Joseph (the assistance of a design professional and people with various physical limitations can be very useful). • Assess all parks and outdoor public spaces (Recreation Plan). • After assessing public areas create an improvement schedule (Capital Improvements Program) for needed improvements. Actions: • • • Ensure that adequate recreational facilities are available to meet the needs of St. Joseph's residents (Recreation Plan). Determine level of parking required to meet peak visitor demands at key locations (beach, bluffs, downtown). Through traffic counts, determine if weekend and holiday traffic is adversely affecting the quality of residential neighborhoods. Public & Quasi Public Facilities 2. Park and Recreation Areas ~: The City's Park and Recreation Plan should reflect the needs of the City's residents. Goal: Provide a park and recreation system that meets the needs of various residents, age groups and lifestyles. 1. Access Issue: Many City owned facilities are inaccessible to people with limited physical abilities. Goal: Provide equal access to applicable City facilities through the use of design standards that meet the Americans with Disabilities Act 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Policy: The City will work to provide a park and recreation system that meets or exceeds the needs of area residents. Actions: • Maintain an up-to-date Recreation Plan. H-5 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE • Work to better understand what the residents of St. Joseph expect from their park system through various forms of public input. the future expansion of MMMC/ Medical Service in St. Joseph. Actions: • Work with MMMC to determine if additional facilities are needed to provide health care that is targeted towards the area's residents. • Maintain and upgrade park and recreation facilities to accommodate for seasonal population. • Assess the park system's ability to provide recreational opportunities to residents with limited physical and/or mental capabilities. • Establish forum for group discussions. • Determine where the goals of each group are compatible. Assess the recreational value and function of additions to parks prior to making improvements. • Hold open discussions together to solve differences that may exist. • Modify zoning to implement solutions. • • Assess the need for all existing public park and recreation areas in the future. Aesthetics Medical Services Issue: The future growth in the Medical Service Sector in St. Joseph can create conflicting land uses with the surrounding residential areas. Goal: Promote superior health care/ medical services while preserving the character of the surrounding neighborhoods in St. Joseph. Policy: The City, Mercy Memorial Medical Center (MMMC) and residents in the surrounding neighborhoods should have open lines of communications in order to promote a cooperative atmosphere where all parties are involved in any plans for 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ' '1 1 '• ~ 1. Appearance 3. 1 1 1 1 Issue: Maintaining the overall appearance of St. Joseph is vital to preserving the City's beauty and appeal to residents and visitors. Goal: Maintain and improve the overall appearance of St. Joseph. Policy: The City of St. Joseph will work to maintain and improve the overall appearance of the City. Actions: • Ensure all public facilities are properly maintained. • Work with businesses to reduce unnecessary signage. H-6 ~ ~ ~ ~ �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOAIS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE • Continue to limit the placement of billboards to industrially zoned properties. • Continue to provide for sound code enforcement. • Work with political parties to create mutually beneficial ways to reduce the size, duration and quantity of political campaign signs. • Work with the owners and Michigan's Bureau of History to have the sites placed on the State's Register of Historic Places. Housing • • Work with electrical/telephone/ cable television utilities to encourage underground lines and aesthetic screening. Maintain street tree and curb lawns. 2. Historic Preservation Issue: Historic buildings, areas and neighborhoods should be preserved to maintain the City's character. ---- ~ : Affordable housing is needed to encourage people of all age groups to live in St. Joseph. Goal: Encourage the development of affordable housing for households with a range of incomes and lifestyles. Policy: The City will identify areas where a variety of housing types can be made available and encourage the development of housing units of varied costs and types by allowing for a variety of housing densities. Actions: Goal: Preserve and improve St. Joseph's character and quality of life through the preservation of historical or architecturally significant buildings. Policy: The City, in cooperation with local historic societies, will work to recommend sites and areas that are of historic interest to St. Joseph. Actions: • 0 1. Housing Identify structures and areas that should bA maintained or preserved as' historic sites. CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN • Identify infill sites where singlefamily units can be built in existing neighborhoods. • Promote housing designed with varied senior lifestyles in mind. • Zone areas for higher housing densities. • Identify areas appropriate for condominium/ congregate style housing and zone those areas for alternative housing by Special Land Use. H-7 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE • Determine where higher density multiple-family rental housing O.e., apartments) would best fit into the landscape. Transportation 1. Streets Issue: Maintaining the City's street system is vital to ensuring a safe and convenient transportation network throughout the City and points beyond the City. Goal: Maintain and improve St. Joseph's streets to allow for safe and efficient inner-city and intra-city travel. 2. Downtown Parking ~: Adequate parking in St. Joseph's downtown is an important part of the downtown's success. Goal: Ensure that adequate parking exists to allow shoppers easy access to downtown businesses and public facilities. Policy: The City will work to ensure that adequate parking is available in the downtown area. Actions: Policy: The City will work through the Department of Public Works and the Michigan Department of Transportation to maintain and improve the street system, in order to meet the existing and future transportation needs of the area. • Continue to monitor the local parking situation in the downtown area. • Determine future parking needs for special events and tourism as growth occurs. Actions: • Identify areas that can be used to meet any future parking needs. • Monitor employee parking downtown to determine employee parking shopper /tourist conflicts. • • • 0 and where major street improvements will occur. Conduct inventories of areas where streets are in need of repair, and input to a Capital Improvements Program. Through traffic count records, analyze trends to find where improvements to lane condition and traffic flow are needed, (i.e., widen lanes or establish one-way streets). Through the Capital Improvements Program, schedule when CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 3. Alternative Transportation Networks Issue: Maintaining and improving the City's sidewalks and other pathways is a viable way to reduce inner-city automobile trips, while providing a source of recreation. H-8 I I 'I I 'I 'I I - �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS FOR THE FUTURE Goal: Provide an improved network of sidewalks and other pathways. Policy: The City of St. Joseph encourages the use of alternative transportation networks by maintaining the existing network and expanding/improving the network in the Mure. Actions: 4. • Perform an inventory of the existing network of sidewalks and pathways to determine the existing conditions of surfaces. • Maintain the operation of the existing network. • Identify where the network needs to be upgraded or expanded. • Determine areas where crosswalks should be located to provide continuous paths of travel. • As the local street system is improved or expanded the improvement or expansion of alternative transportation networks should be considered. Policy: Work with the Twin Cities Area Transit Authority to ensure the level of Dial-a-Ride services match St. Joseph needs. Actions: • Continue to support the concept of public transportation. • Conduct surveys of residents in non-service areas to determine if the existing service area should be expanded in cooperation with the Twin Cities Area Transit Authority. Public Transportation Issue: Ensuring that adequate public transportation is available in St. Joseph is necessary to meet the special needs of St. Joseph's various age groups. Goal: Work to provide adequate public transportation. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN H-9 �FUTURE LAND USE �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FUTURE LAND USE Introduction In order to determine an appropriate distribution of future land uses it is necessary to consider several factors. These factors include the existing distribution of land, location of arterial streets, location of rail transportation, location of environmentally sensitive areas, density standards, public opinion, common sense and planning. These are the major factors that will guide the designation of future land uses in St. Joseph. This section of the Plan, which analyzes future land use distribution lists two separate sets of acreage figures. The first set lists the future land use requirements. These figures are based on established planning standards and an evaluation of projected growth in the area. These standards do not consider such things as the existing distribution of land uses, the amount of available land, qualities unique to the community or other factors that are difficult to quantify. The acreage figures are used as a guide for overall land use requirements - they do not necessarily represent the future of St. Joseph. The other acreage figures are based on the future distribution of land as shown on the Future Land Use Map (Map 1-1 ). This information is presented for both the City and the five planning areas. Future Land Use factors, such as housing densities, persons per household and housing types can all influence the amount of land that will be required for residential uses. Table 1-1 shows that the "average" urban area has between 35 and 39 percent of its land occupied by residential uses. In St. Joseph this would equal between 764 and 851 acres of land. St. Joseph's residential uses currently occupy 40.8 percent of the City's land. This figure is slightly higher than the average, which can be attributed to several things such as larger lots, seasonal homes and the fact that St. Joseph is a nice place to have a home. St. Joseph is oriented towards serving residential uses - as opposed to many other land uses. Hou_s1ng neeas in St. Joseph are not e-xpectea to drastically change in the Mure. While the population is expected to continue to decrease, much of the decrease can be attributed to decreasing household size - not a decreasing number of households. Table 1-2 shows that the acreage requirements, based on the assumption of a decreasing population, will decrease by 0.8 acres by 2010 (essentially no change). While this means the amount of residential land required to serve the residents of St. Joseph will remain fairly constant, it does not mean that land for residential development should not be set aside. Residential The main factor influencing the amount of residential land required by a community is population growth or decline. Other 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN l-1 �~ <.._J.,,".1/'/l.. ' ' ( -1:s- C ~ ~c.; ~~ A LEGEND H;;;;;;;;::;::::1 ~ ~ RESIDENTIAL <' COMMERCIAL ~ INDUSTRIAL lililililili!i!ii PUBLIC/QUASI PUBLIC ~ REDEVELOPMENT I I J ~ VACANT .¢' ✓ ~ /20~./tlW'I{__~/::· •· b~$)%:~i~lil -~ ·;•;; ~~~ • ~ · ,n,: < ~ FT:,. ';iii :~~·•'!!•-~1·-, ; ; :,;, 1111 :1111 :,_p::· · · ··· ······ V ~ -~ ~ 1·~\ ::::;l~17:mw:::n,v • ---··- · ·- ··.: !:\:imi:\:\,i MAP , 1 11lli:~rnird SCALE ,-.•.• 500· o· .... N 1000· 1500· I 2500' GOVE ASSOCIATES INC. I SAINT josEPH: MICHIGAN FUTURE LAND USE MAP I �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FUTURE LAND USE TABLE 1-1 COMPARISON OF STANDARD LAND USE DISTRIBUTION PERCENTAGES TO ST. JOSEPH'S LAND USE DISTRIBUTIONS Residential 35% to 39% 40.8% Commercial 4.8% to 5.0% 5.2% 5.0% 10% to 11% Industrial (12% with redevelopment area) Streets 20% to 26% 13.3% Public 10% to 18% 15.9% SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc.; The Urban Pattern TABLE 1-2 FUTURE LAND USE REQUIREMENTS: CITY OF ST. JOSEPH (Based on Standards & Population Projections) y~~Qge,ih =1· ~:~e : ~~ii:;:;1t1t=1tt:;~~~-~ Acreage_In -~~~a!c~!g~ Residential 889.7 890.9 885.0 887.2 889.7 888.9 -0.8 40.7 Commercial 112.6 112.6 112.6 112.6 112.6 112.6 0.0 5.1 Public 347.1 347.1 347.1 347.1 347.1 347.1 0.0 15.9 Manufacturing 109.0 130.8 152.6 174.4 196.2 218.0 +109.0 10.0 Redevelopment 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 152.4 0.0 7.0 Vacant 199.6 177.6 160.7 136.7 112.4 91.4 -108.2 4.2 Transportation (Streets)* 289.5 289.5 289.5 289.5 289.5 289.5 0.0 13.3 Transportation (Rall) 82.4 82.4 82.4 82.4 82.4 82.4 0.0 3.8 2, 182.3 2, 182.3 2, 182.3 2,182.3 2, 182.3 2, 182.3 0.0 100.0 Land Area *The amount of land required for future streets will Increase proportionally to the land developed. Increases do not appear in this category since each of the increases In land uses for the various categories are net figures - which include streets. SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN I-3 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FUTURE LAND USE People, or developers, wishing to build new dwellings will be more likely to locate in St. Joseph if there are areas in which to build. St. Joseph does not have a great deal of suitable land available for future residential development. Since several of this plan's goals relate to developing housing, it is essential to set aside adequate acreage to meet the City's future housing goals. Planning Area #1 currently has 91.4 acres of residential uses. This figure is not expected to significantly change in the future, unless a portion of the redevelopment area is used for residential purposes. No significant residential redevelopment exists or is planned for Planning Area #2. The future land use map shows an additional 86 acres of residential land by 2010. This will account for 44.7 percent of St. Joseph's land area (Table 1-3). Planning Area #3 will remain the area with the most residential acreage (381.8 acres). This figure accounts for 49.2 percent of the planning area's land. Residential areas are located throughout the planning area. The amount of land set aside for future residential use in Planning Area #3 is 17.1 acres more than is presently being used. The amount of land required for commercial development in an area is dependent on several factors such as the area's population, the size of the market area, the quality of available shopping, the availability/ quality of shopping in surrounding areas (competition), and many other factors. While population is a factor in commercial development it does not influence the amount of land required as much as residential development. Between 4.8 and 5.0 percent (Table 1-1) of the "average" urban area's land is devoted towards commercial land uses. Currently there are 112.6 acres of commercial development in St. Joseph, or 5.2 percent of the City's area - slightly higher than the average (Table 1-2). The planning area with the second most future residential acreage is Planning Area #5, with 256. 7 acres. This accounts for 53. 1 percent of the area's land and is a 64.9 acre increase over the existing residential acreage - the largest residential increase of the five planning areas. The residential areas are located throughout Planning Area #5. Planning Area #4, with 245.8 acres of future residential uses, is the area with the highest proportion of residential land uses (59.9%). The amount of land to be reserved for residential uses is only 4.0 acres more than currently exists in the planning area - so very little is expected to change in Planning Area #4 in regards to residential uses. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Commercial Many businesses are designed to serve the weekend visitor, especially during the summer. With this in mind a figure of 0.2 percent above the average urban area's range is not excessive. Another standard use for judging the amount of land a community can support is cited in The Urban Pattern. The standard indicates that 50 feet of street frontage per 100 persons in the area is adequate. If this rule is followed, St. Joseph has actequate crommercial land available to upport 52,300 pers ns, 1-4 ~ ·~-- "~ --~ .~ �TABLE 1-3 0 FUTURE LAND USE DISTRIBUTION (Based on Future Land Use Plan, Map H-1) (') ~ ~ Vl i{ ::: •:• ;::,:::.} ti• ·•• ):iiAA~frid•• N,~•:1.JU•·t:u• 1::n ;l .... ;:•e.<isting/ft.Jtu" 1: : • ~1t~tif•:· •· ·. 0 Vl tt1 ~ (') 0 ~ ; Vl ~ ~ Residential % of Land Area Commercial % of Land Area Public % of Land Area Redevelopment I o.o 44.7 33.4 +38.0 44.3 5.5 32.9 9.3 0.0 36.9 27.5 + 11 .9 o.o I 42.2 31 .5 0.0 0.0 Transportation (Streets)* % of Land Area 39.6 11.2 % of Land Area I 0.0 0.0 Vacant % of Land Area I ~r4'$ . 27.1 7.7 o.o I o.o I o.ol I o.o I 0.0 ::F~~~hin~Iw;,~1rnN]·::1:;,m:qit/;pt'~TJqsep~/C. · 1 •· •· •· •:•~:~~f I . Existing/Future ; I \~!::1Ji: 1 !• •·• •1: ~j!ii:• • _111•. · •_: :•_ :1: •~-•E>c;lstfn.g/futur\( ·:• ~i:i~:.•. ~s~irig/F1,1ture ;1:1••;••:1•1·: 1 ·_ 0.0 0.0 152.4 43.1 (Rail) 4 :t~!!i•·•·• : • :••••:••11••·•·•:::;• • ·•;: • ·•:•~ -:r._l_n_:::::::•i•! E>dsti11g/f1Jture Acr!!L~isti~g/f:utut!'.; ;•···::::r 0.0 I % of Land Area Transportation l .::. P,liy,ni~g(v~~~;i>-: .•• , •••• ····•· Planhin~~e~f4 91.4 25.9 9.9 2.8 Manufacturing % of Land Area pi~~tiiri~f'.N~~-~~.s.; ·•••• ::_:_t•_.:1111_• 256.7 53.1 +64.9 975.7 44.7 +86.0 +15.6 67.3 13.9 +33.6 199.9 9.1 +87.3 46.0 11 .2 0.0 42.1 8.7 0.0 366.81 16.8 +19.7 3.3 0.8 +0.8 54.7 11.4 +0.2 115.61 5.3 +6.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 I 0.0 0.0 0.0 -20.5 0.0 0.0 -98.7 0.0 58.2 14.2 0.0 57.1 11 .8 0.0 289.5 13.3 0.0 36.5 4.6 0.0 13.5 3.3 0.0 5.3 1.1 0.0 82.4 3.8 0.0 381 .81 49.2 + 17.1 245.81 59.9 +4.0 0.0 43.5 10.6 208.9 26.1 +7.8 +6.3 5.5 0.7 -0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -56.2 0.0 0.0 -24.2 10.2 7.6 0.0 124.5 15.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 o.o 152.4 7.0 -0.0 Total Land Area 353.3 0.0 134.0 0.0 801 .5 o.o 410.3 0.0 483.2 0.0 2,182.3 0.0 Total Area (includes water) 408.1 0.0 195.3 0.0 817.9 0.0 464.7 0.0 483.2 0.0 2,369.2 0.0 *The amount of land required for future streets will increase proportionally to the land developed. Increases do not appear in this category since each of the increases in land uses for the various categories are net figures • which include streets. SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. I VI -199.6 0.0 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FUTURE LAND USE or 2r,300 pe sons fa -commercial areas south of Har ison ~venue and 31,000 for areas norfh of arrjson Avenue. Area #'4 cringing tfle to_al ac'fea§e-to 43.5 acres. Most of the new commercial areas will be along the St. Joseph River. The Future Land Use Map (Map 1-1) has an additional 87 .3 acres of commercial land designated throughout the City - to keep pace with the increasing service industry and to allow for an improved tourism and commercial base. In Planning Area # 1 no commercial land is being set aside, unless some form of commercial development occurs in the redevelopment area. Much of the new commercial development (33.6 acres) will occur in Planning Area #5, making it the area with the most commercial development. Much of the existing commercial development in the planning area exists along Niles Road. The new commercial development will occur in the southwest corner of the planning area, along Hawthorne Avenue, Kerth Street and Hilltop Road. The amount of land required for industrial land uses is largely based on the desirability of the area to industries. If a community wishes to attract industries there are certain requirements that need to be met, such as good transportation facilities, quality workers, good infrastructure and land that is ready to be occupied. Planning Area #2, Marina Island, will be the second largest commercial area due to the development of commercial marinas and other marine related activities. An additional 38 acres is being designated to bring the island's commercial area to 44. 7 acres, or 33.4 percent of land. Most of the land is located on the eastern side of the Island, along the St. Joseph River. Planning Area #3 currently has the largest amount of commercial land (44.3 acres), but is not expected to change a great deal in the Mure - since the commercial land uses in the area are already well-established. The commercial land uses in Planning Area #3 are located in or adjacent to St. Joseph's Central Business District. An additional 15.6 acres of land is being designated as commercial in Planning 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Industry Table 1-1 shows that the average urban area's industries occupy between 1O and 11 percent of the area. The City's industrial uses currently occupy only five percent of St. Joseph. If the redevelopment area (which used to be primarily industrial) is included, a total of 12 percent of St. Joseph's land can currently be considered industrial land. In order to increase the amount of industrial land in St. Joseph to 1O percent of the City's area, the amount of land would need to be doubled. The only way to double the amount of industrial land in St. Joseph would be to use a large portion (109 acres) of the redevelopment area. This is possible even though current preliminary plans indicate that once the cleanup of the area is completed the area will be used for less intensive purposes - such as recreation and residential. If the land was dedicated to light industrial or warehouse uses it is I-6 II ~ • -.. ~ --~ ~ ~~ ~ �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FUTURE LAND USE likely that it would remain vacant for a period of time vntil appropriate businesses locate on the site. Table 1-3 shows an increase of 6.6 acres of industrial land in the Mure - none of which is located in the redevelopment area. Planning Area #5 will have the largest amount of industrial land, with 54. 7 acres, or 11.4 percent of the area's land - no significant change will occur from what currently is located in Planning Area #5. Planning Area #2 (Marina Island) will have a total of 42.2 acres of industrial land, or 31.5 percent of the area's total acreage. This reflects an increase of 6.3 acres of industrial land, the largest increase of any planning area. The planning area with the third largest amount of industrial land is Planning Area #1, which has 9.9 acres of industrial land, or 2.8 percent of the area's land. The redevelopment area is also located in Planning Area # 1, so the potential for increased industrial activity exists. Planning Area #3 and #4 both have small amounts of industrial land uses and are not going to significantly change. Public Land The amount of land required for public facilities is directly related to the population of the community and the level of services offered by the community. Since St. Joseph offers services to nonresidents this accounts for much of the public land, which is still within acceptable ranges. The beaches 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ~long Lake Michigan and some of the many City parks are a few of the City's amenities that are meant to be enjoyed by both residents and nonresidents. The combination of the beaches in the City and the shops designed for the visitors is the basis of the tourism industry 'for the area. Table 1-1 lists the desired amount of public land to be between 10 and 18 percent - the widest range offered for any of the categories. St. Joseph's figure is 15.9 percent, which is reasonable since the City's figure is near the high end of the range. Table 1-2 shows the amount of public land remaining constant in the future. Table 1-3, which reflects the future land use map, shows an increase of 19.7 acres of public land. Planning Area #3 currently has the largest amount of public land and will continue to into the future. With 208.9 acres designated for various public uses, over 26 percent of the area's land will be used for public uses - an increase of 7.8 acres from existing public use acreage figures. Planning Area #4 has the second largest amount of public land with 46.0 acres, or 11.2 percent of the area's land. This figure will remain the same in the future. Planning Area #5, with 42.1 acres, has the third largest amount of public land. This area will also remain unchanged in regards to public land. An additional 11.9 acres of land on Marina Island (Planning Area #2) are being set aside for public uses - the largest increase of public land of the five planning areas. No changes are planned for Planning District #1. 1-7 �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FUTURE LAND USE Transportation The amount of land required for future street requirements is directly related to how much development occurs in the City of St. Joseph. Table 1-1 shows that streets generally occupy between 20 to 26 percent of an urban area's land generally the second largest land use. In St. Joseph the streets occupy 13.3 percent of the City's land. This large difference can be attributed to the large areas of land that have no streets crossing them, especially on the north side of the river, Marina Island and the southwestern portions of the City. The ravine area prevents many east-west streets from connecting. Additionally, many areas along the St. Joseph River and Lake Michigan have limited street access. Land required for additional rail transportation is not expected to increase, but would be more likely to decrease. Many spurs in the redevelopment area will most likely be removed especially if the area is going to be used for nonmanufacturing related uses. • • • • • • • •I The fact that St. Joseph's street system is not based on a true grid, but is influenced by natural features is the main reason that streets are not as dominant in St. Joseph as other areas. Table 1-3 shows that o incre se in streets is planned_, but this is not actually true. Since all of the future land use acreages for the various categories are net figures, streets would be included with these figures. To determine an approximate level of additional street acreage, the existing percentage of street acreages for the City (13.3%) has been applied to the vacant land and the redevelopment area. A figure of 46.8 acres is arrived at using this method which would bring the total amount of land required for streets to 336.3 acres, or 15.4 percent of the City's land area. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN I I-8 • • �CONCLUSION �_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ CONCLUSION In order for this plan to be implemented it will take the continued efforts of the planning Commission: City Commission and staff, as well as the people of St. Joseph. There are others whose cooperation will be necessary, but the overall responsibility for the implementation of the plan lies with the previously listed people. For the plan to be an effective tool, it will be necessary to continuously review the plan to ensure that it continues to reflect the needs of the people. This should be done on a regularly scheduled basis to ensure that the plan is used and does not become outdated before its time. A major review and update should be scheduled for the year 2001, when the Census information from the 2000 Census becomes available. This major review should be used to update population figures and facts as well as to revise projections if necessary. Members of the planning Commission should occasionally review the plan on their own, and treat their copies as an active tool - their plans should become well used and worn - not dusty. New members of the planning Commission should be provided with new copies and should become familiar with the plan. This will ensure a degree of continuity between old members and new members - but it does not mean that new members should not question the plan. If these points are kept in mind, the plan will act as a guide for St. Joseph to follow into the future. 0 CITY OF ST. JOSEPH COMPREHENSIVE PLAN J-1 �APPENDIX A St. Joseph Planning Questionnaire St. Joseph Key Person Survey �ST. JOSEPH PLANNING QUESTIONNAIRE Zoning and land use are critical to the future of St. Joseph. These areas are being evaluated by the City Planning Commission as part of a Master.Plan Update. This questionnaire is one of the early steps. The Planning Commission is asking you to take a few minutes to answer the questions and return the form to City Hall. The form may be dropped off at City Hall, or returned by mail. Thank you for your cooperation and input to the Master Plan for the future of St. Joseph. Your thoughts and opinions are a valuable part of the Master Plan. 1. Are you an adult City resident? (a) __ or/non-resident property owner? (b) _ _ 2. To what age group do you belong? (1) _19-24 (2) _25-34 (3) _35-44 (4) _45-54 (5) _55-64 3. If a City resident, do you own your home? (1) __ Yes (2) __ No 4. Please indicate which category your total family Income fell into last year. (1) Below $14,999 (2) -$15,000-$19,999 (3) $20,000-$24,999 5. (4) $25,000-$29,999 (5) -$30,000-$34,999 (6) $35,000-$39,999 (7) $40,000-$49,999 (8) -$50,000-$74,999 (9) $75,000 Above Which of the following residential types should be encouraged as future development? (Please indicate all desired types) (5) Senior Congregate Housing (6) --Modular Homes --(Prefabricated Single-Family) (6) __Other (Please Explain): _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ (1) Single-Family Residences (2) --Multi-Family (Apartments) (3) --Duplex (Two-Family) (4) -Condominiums 6. (6) _65 and Over Where do you shop and the frequency? # Times/Month (a) Yes No Downtown St. Joseph (b) -Yes-No Other Areas in St. Joseph (c) -Yes -No Niles Area (d) -Yes =No Benton Township # Times/Month (e) Yes No (f) -Yes-No (g)-Yes-No (h) Other South Bend Area Kalamazoo/Grand Rapids South Haven Areas_____________ 7. Are there specific commercial businesses or professional services which you feel are needed in St. Joseph? 8. How do you feel the older manufacturing areas should be redeveloped in the future? (Answer all appropriate) (1) Residential (2) --Commercial (3) Public (4) --Business/ Industry (5) __ Recreation/Open Space 9. · Is there a particular type of recreational activity which you would like to see developed in St. Joseph? �ISSUE IDENTIFICATION: 10. Indicate your Impressions of the following facilities/services/areas and what level of attention they need to make St. Joseph a better community in the future? (a) Housing Conditions (b) Library Facilities (c) Recreational Facilities (d) Bicycle Path Development (e) School Facilities (f) Fire Protection Facilities (g) Police Facilities (h) Traffic Flow (i) Sidewalk Access 0) Neighborhood Parks (k) Snow Removal (I) Downtown District (m) Mercy Memorial Med. Ctr. (n) Ausco Property Redevel. (o) Tourism (p) Family Orientation (q) YWCA (r) Churches (s) Waterfront Areas (t) Marinas (u) Livability of City (v) Tax Base (w) Semi-Public Uses (x) Overall Appearance (y) Other (Please specify) : Current Condition/Situation {1) Good {2) Average {1)-Good {2)-Average {1 )-Good (2)-Average (1 )-Good (2)-Average {1)-Good (2)-Average (1)-Good (2)-Average {1 )-Good (2)-Average {1 )-Good {2)-Average {1 )-Good {2)-Average {1)-Good {2)-Average {1 )-Good {2)-Average (1 )-Good (2)-Average (1 )-Good (2)-Average {1 )-Good {2)-Average {1 )-Good (2)-Average {1 )-Good (2)-Average (1 )-Good (2)-Average {1 )-Good (2)-Average (1 )-Good (2)-Average (1 )-Good {2)-Average (1 )-Good (2)-Average (1)-Good {2)-Average (1 )-Good (2)-Average (1)_Good (2) Average {3) Fair (3)-Fair {3)-Fair {3)-Fair (3)-Fair {3)-Fair (3)-Fair (3)-Fair {3)-Fair (3)-Fair (3)-Fair (3)-Fair (3)-Fair {3)-Fair {3)-Fair (3)-Fair {3)-Fair (3)-Fair {3)-Fair (3)-Fair (3)-Fair (3)-Fair {3)-Fair (3)=Falr 11. Future {1) High {1 )-High (1 )-High (1 )-High {1 )-High (1)-High (1 )-High {1 )-High {1)-Hlgh (1)-High (1 )-High (1)-High (1)-High (1)-High {1 )-High (1 )-High {1 )-High (1 )-High (1 )-High {1 )-High (1 )-High {1 )-High (1)-High (1)=High Attention {2) Average {2)-Average {2)-Average (2)-Average {2)-Average (2)-Average {2)-Average {2)-Average {2)-Average {2)-Average (2)-Average {2)-Average {2)-Average {2)-Average (2)-Average (2)-Average {2)-Average (2)-Average (2)-Average {2)-Average {2)-Average {2)-Average (2)-Average (2) Average (3) Low {3)-Low {3)-Low {3)-Low {3)-Low (3)-Low {3)-Low {3)-Low (3)-Low (3)-Low {3)-Low (3)-Low {3)-Low {3)-Low (3)-Low (3)-Low (3)-Low {3)-Low {3)-Low (3)-Low (3)-Low (3)-Low (3)-Low (3) Low COMMENTS: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I I I I • • • • • • • • • •II "~ Ill 1111 �Name Date St. Joseph Master Plan Key Person Survey 1. What are trends in the St. Joseph Area over the last 5 to 1O years dealing with economic, physical development, public policy, political/socialjneighborhood climate? 2. Identify major current development and planning issues, problems and opportunities in St. Joseph. 3. Identify emerging or future opportunities or problems for St. Joseph. �4. Who are local leaders that could accomplish or restrict the future of St. Joseph (city, county, neighborhood, business, planning commission)? I I ,. I I 5. What do you think should be the product or benefit of an updated St. Joseph Master Plan? 6. Identify data, information or reports that we could use in the Master Plan process or local people with which you believe we should talk. • • • • • • • • "" " � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context St-Joseph_Comprehensive-Plan_1993 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gove Associates, Inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1993-02 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Plan for the City of St. Joseph was prepared by Gove Associates, Inc. in February 1993. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications St. Joseph (Mich.) Berrien County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/e512888c1a7c3f54a1844fbbe44487b8.pdf e507f77f1ed40c7fbfae749a8a8ceb10 PDF Text Text COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2021-2026 �THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Plan best viewed in Adobe Acrobat as in two page view mode. Navigate to View / Page Display / Two Page View. �__ BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Date Adopted: __________________ Date Effective: ___________________ TOWNSHIP CONTACT INFORMATION Website: www.bathtownship.us Address: 14480 Webster Road PO Box 247 Bath, Michigan 48808 Email: info@bathtownship.us Phone: (517) 641-6728 Fax: (517) 641-4170 �THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Plan best viewed in Adobe Acrobat as in two page view mode. Navigate to View / Page Display / Two Page View. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 3 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS BOARD OF TRUSTEES Marie Howe, Supervisor Brenda Butler-Challender, Clerk Steve Wiswasser, Treasurer Jason Almerigi, Trustee Joe Benzie, Trustee Ryan Fewins-Bliss, Trustee Allen Rosekrans, Trustee PLANNING COMMISSION Dan Kramer, Chair John Reich, Sr., Vice Chair Jason Almerigi, Member George Baker, Member Ryan Fewins-Bliss, Township Trustee Representative Joel Gutzki, Member Bob Howe, Member Raymond Severy, Member BATH TOWNSHIP PLANNING STAFF Karen Hildebrant, Superintendent Nick Tafelsky, Former Planner Miles Roblyer, Planner Tayler Reeves-Hodge, Deputy Superintendent Bert Gale, Building Official & Zoning Administrator PREPARED BY Tayler Reeves-Hodge, Deputy Superintendent Katherine Schmidt, Design Consultant « Thank you to all who have contributed their time and energy to this endeavor. �| PAGE 4 CONTENTS 5|INTRODUCTION 9|OFFICIAL ZONING DISTRICT MAP 12|FUTURE LAND USE 16|GOALS 27|APPENDICIES: COMMUNITY PROFILE Overview of Property and Population POPULATION PROFILE State & Region Contextual Population Statistics Socioeconomic Projections Distribution of Sexes Racial Make-Up Age Distribution Education Households & Housing Health ECONOMIC PROFILE State & Region Contextual Population Statistics Key Industries Employment Forecasts Income NATURAL FEATURES TRANSPORTATION COMMUNITY PROFILE �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 5 INTRODUCTION & VISION The 2020 Bath Charter Township Comprehensive Plan (The Plan) is the result of over two years of work by the Bath Township Planning Commission, Board of Trustees, Township staff, and citizens. This plan is a significant update from previous versions of the Township Comprehensive Plan. The intent of this update was to develop a document that is more user-friendly and can be utilized by both Township staff and residents alike. The Comprehensive Plan is a policy document created to guide development of the township. The Plan was created by the Planning Commission and Township staff, guided by input from township residents who share a deep respect for the township’s past, who understand present conditions and trends, and who strive to advance the aspirations that they have for the township’s future. As the principal guide of land use policy for the Township, the Comprehensive Plan directs Township efforts in land use planning and growth management, environmental stewardship, economic development, housing, efficient transportation, and other relevant areas. “Growth is inevitable and desirable, but destruction of community character is not. The question is not whether your part of the world is going to change. The question is how.” -Edward T. McMahon, Senior Resident Fellow, Urban Land Institute �INTRODUCTION | PAGE 6 ) HISTORY OF BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP Many early settlers came to this region from the state of New York when the Erie Canal opened. This was due to the region offering abundant natural resources, plentiful farmland, and a healthy environment where families could prosper. Bath Township was first surveyed in 1826 by Harvey Parke. However, it was not until 1844 that Bath Township came to be Bath Township. Originally, Bath Township, together with Victor Township, was known as Ossowa Township. Silas W. Rose Sr., the first Township Supervisor, was instrumental in having the Township separated from Victor Township and the name changed to “Bath” Township, after his hometown in the state of New York. Bath Township remained relatively small and unincorporated until the establishment of the railroad in 1857 from the city of Lansing to Owosso, dissecting Bath Village en route. The original owner of the railroad was the Amboy Lansing and Traverse Bay Railroad. The railroad proved to be an incredible catalyst to Bath Township’s economy. A grain elevator, stock yards, grist mill, hotels, restaurants, and sawmills were all a part of Bath Township’s economy and employment base. However, the investors of the railroad did not see the line as profitable. Over the course of a century, the railroad eventually passed hands to Penn Central Railroad, its final owner who abandoned the line in 1976. While the railroad’s decline initially presented a challenge for the community, the construction of the I-69 highway brought new life to the community. Today, Bath Township once again has a flourishing business climate, with over sixty independent businesses within its borders. Because of the ease of access to the Tri-County area and it’s small-town charm, the town remains an ideal place to raise growing families in a safe and healthy environment. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 7 “Long-range planning does not deal with future decisions, but with the future of present decisions.” AUTHORITY TO PLAN -Peter F. Drucker, Author and Educator Planning in Michigan is unique due to Michigan being classified as a “home-rule” state. Home-rule means that local governments, including Townships, are given the ability to form a governmental body that makes decisions and laws at a local level. Bath Charter Township has its own governmental body in the form of the Township Board of Trustees. Governments are given planning decision-making through the Standard State Enabling Act of 1926 and the Standard City Planning Enabling Act of 1928. Both pieces of legislation gave state and local governments the authority to divide the local government’s territory into districts, propose zoning regulations, and propose procedures for establishing and amending the zoning regulations. These two laws also allowed for state and local governments to develop comprehensive plans for the jurisdiction and gave the Planning Commission the ability to approve comprehensive plans. Bath Charter Township is authorized to prepare and implement the Comprehensive Plan through the Michigan Planning Enabling Act (Act 33 of 2008). The stated purpose of the act is: To codify the laws regarding and to provide for county, township, city, and village planning; to provide for the creation, organization, powers, and duties of local planning commissions; to provide for the powers and duties of certain state and local governmental officers and agencies; [and] to provide for the regulation and subdivision of land. This Act contains several requirements governing the content of municipal plans. Some of these requirements identify specific elements that comprehensive plans must include, while others establish goals and policies which, if relevant, must be addressed. Both types of requirements have guided the development of this plan. RELATIONSHIP TO ZONING The Michigan Zoning Enabling Act states that the “zoning ordinance shall be based upon a plan designed to promote health, safety and general welfare, (and) to encourage the use of lands in accordance with their character and adaptability…” The Comprehensive Plan is the long-range planning document upon which planning and zoning decisions are based, including creating and amending the Township zoning ordinance. Although the Comprehensive Plan is a policy document and does not have the force of law, it is the basis of the zoning ordinance. �INTRODUCTION| PAGE 8 CITIZEN PARTICIPATION IN PLANNING PROCESS The 2020 update officially began on January 29, 2019 when the Planning Commission moved to begin the planning process. This was followed by letters to surrounding communities informing them of the Township’s intent to plan, as required by the Michigan Planning Enabling Act. Planning staff began working on the framework of the updated plan and writing the first draft of the chapters. At the same time, the Township began public engagement efforts. The first of the public open houses were held on May 23, 2019. These open houses did not draw a lot of attention, but the conversations that resulted from them gave a direction for further efforts. An additional open house was held on July 11, 2019. Advertisement for this open house was sent out with the summer tax bill and advertised on the Township’s website. As a result, the July 11, 2019 open house had much greater attendance. Further input was received from residents during the 2019 Bath Days Festival on August 2 and 3, 2019 when both the Planning Commission and former Downtown Development Authority (DDA) staffed a booth and spoke to residents. Information from the July 11 open house was given to residents at the Bath Days Festival. Throughout the creation of this Comprehensive Plan, this document was placed on the Bath Township Planning Commission’s agenda over 30 times, which allows the subject to be open for public comment. “Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.” - Margaret Mead, American Cultural Anthropologist and Author IMPLEMENTATION & AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN The Comprehensive Plan and its goals, objectives, and actions will be implemented through the local regulatory processes, the work and actions of various Township committees and boards, and the activities of Township government departments. Regulatory forms of implementation include the administration of the Township’s code of ordinances and the relevant development review processes it dictates. Non-regulatory forms of implementation include the updating and amending of the Township’s Capital Improvements Plan (CIP), as well as development of other studies and plans by Township staff. Upon adoption of this plan, the Township’s code of ordinances will be reviewed and revised to be consistent with the goals, objectives, and policies outlined in this plan. Consistent with state law, the Planning Commission will review and, if necessary, update the Comprehensive Plan every five years. However, the Planning Commission may review and �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 9 �OFFICIAL ZONING DISTRICT MAP | PAGE 10 Rath Charle TOWilllship Offida Zom g Dismd: Map ZmlingDisbiEts Demsity ~:4A-nirmemt Jei'4~crmemt HOR- DR - Medium ~ l y ___,,,___ D D -11.ow DernsJtr Residential R-Rwra P- PUIBJ TC Parcels o.wted [by MOOf 425 - Ea5t Lall15iiru Watet· Zoning Dvem,lay Dishid:s ~ Access Ma la<letlnent [0a DEv:elqpmentt J - - -- -- - Ovetiaf/ :~l.::ttil 425 - Dew.'itt 1 J l' - .. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 11 VISION Bath Charter Township has historically been a rural, agricultural township. Continued suburbanization of the Lansing region has placed growth pressures on the southern portions of the township, and there is little reason to expect that these pressures will not continue. The Township will continue to strive to develop a community that ensures smart land use by balancing the economic, social, and environmental needs of all residents. The community will continue to acknowledge the diverse interests that have been present in the township for decades. Reducing and resolving conflicts between suburbanization and agricultural preservation will be viewed as both our challenge and, by creating a common purpose, our strength. The vision this document represents is driven by principles which are important to the community. Bath Charter Township strives to recognize, preserve, and celebrate its rural character. This rural character is especially evident in the northern half of the township where rural zoning and a lack of infrastructure has led to larger lot single-family residential development, among remaining natural or farmed areas. In between the urbanized south and the rural north lies the Bath Village area. The Bath Village generally runs along Main Street between Clark Road and Sleight Road, and includes a mix of singlefamily homes, multi-family buildings, and local commercial and office uses. Built on a grid with street trees and sidewalks, the Bath Village area is the only area most like a traditional downtown in Bath Township. Targeted investment with both public and private funds could serve as a catalyst to new development and could help the area see its full potential. There exists a desire to pursue context-appropriate development as the township grows. Bath Township welcomes new development that is smart, innovative, and recognizes the important role that rural lands play in the community. Smart Growth is compatible with urban, suburban, and rural areas alike. Finding ways to promote development while preserving rural and natural areas will be an important consideration for Bath Township’s future. + = PRESERVATION OF RURAL CHARACTER INNOVATIVE NEW DEVELOPMENT S M A RT GROWTH �FUTURE LAND USE | PAGE 12 • - ~ ~ FUTURE LAND USE ~ ~ -., r . WJilll"~ ·•·. .... • ~ ·. .~-~· !"'...-:·· . . ' ' \ 1\ • ~ . :-. ~-4 . ._ . , 111\\,\: ...____ • · This section of the Comprehensive Plan describes the definitions of future land use patterns as they are portrayed in the Future Land Use Map. These future land use patterns incorporate, where feasible, the Township’s growth principles described previously in this document. RURAL RESIDENTIAL LAND USE CHARACTERISTICS The least intensive development pattern with primary emphasis on open space preservation, large parcel single-family detached residential development, very low-density cluster single-family residential development, individual or community utility systems, agricultural use accommodation, open space, and the accommodation of compatible land uses through the utilization of special use permits (agricultural production, specialized rural oriented low intensive commercial services, home occupations, etc.). Future Land Use Map Designation: Rural Density: Maximum of 1 dwelling unit per 2 acres �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN| PAGE 13 RESIDENTIAL LAND USE CHARACTERISTICS This is defined as low, moderate, and high-density residential development typically found in individual parcel, platted, planned unit/cluster developments, site condominium developments, or other creative residential options, with a variety of housing structural types, centralized public or private utility systems, planned open space and/or environmental conservation measures, connected by a coordinated pedestrian pathway system, and accessible to a public street system capable of appropriate ingress and egress, and served by community recreational services. • Future Land Use Map Designation: Density: LOW-DENSITY MAXIMUM OF 2 DWELLING UNITS PER ACRE Future Land Use Map Designation: Density: MEDIUM-DENSITY MAXIMUM OF 4 DWELLING UNITS PER ACRE Future Land Use Map Designation: Density: HIGH-DENSITY 7 TO 12 DWELLING UNITS PER ACRE Future Land Use Map Designation: DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY ,a,a,a ,a,a ,a,a,a,a ,a,a,a ,a,a,a,a,a,a Density: MAXIMUM OF 18 DWELLING UNITS PER ACRE Mlp2: Bath Cha-ter Township. Futul9 land UN Map .........,_ --·-~ ................ .... --_ ___ -----~ ............ D -- ,_ .,..,,...,....._. •11--c-,..i ---,--411 _ _ . . . _ . ........... ; . 1 - * An enlarged copy of Map 2 Bath Charter Township: Future Land Use Map can be found on pages 55-56. �FUTURE LAND USE | PAGE 14 MIXED LAND USE CHARACTERISTICS This is defined as medium to high-density residential development, office/research/light industrial development, and commercial retail/wholesale services land uses which serve the community, as well as the region, and accommodate more intensely developed non-residential land uses through the special use permit process (retail, light industrial, warehousing, research, medical, and service-oriented businesses). This land use category includes the Chandler Road Corridor / Chandler Crossings area and the M-78/ Marsh Road area. Future Land Use Map Designation: Mixed Land Use Future Land Use Map Designation: Manufactured Home Park �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN| PAGE 15 TOWNSHIP ACTIVITY CENTER This is defined as the centrally located geographic area which represents the focal point of the community and includes such land uses as the Township Offices, Community Center, the traditional village area, and the central location of office, commercial development, and higher-density housing. Future Land Use Map Designation: Township Activity Center COMMUNITY COMMERCIAL This defined as the small-scale retail, wholesale, professional office and professional services, and auto-oriented interchange commercial land uses which serve the community. Future Land Use Map Designation: Community Commercial COMMUNITY FACILITIES This is defined as the Township-owned facilities providing governmental, public safety, educational, recreational, or other public services. Future Land Use Map Designation: Community Facilities LIGHT INDUSTRIAL / WAREHOUSE This is defined as the light industrial, storage, warehousing, and related uses which serve the community and region. Future Land Use Map Designation: Light Industrial / Warehouse �GOALS & OBJECTIVES | PAGE 16 GOALS & OBJECTIVES A VISIONARY PLAN FOR ACTION & IMPLEMENTATION Township staff, in consultation with the Planning Commission, developed a list of overarching goals for this Comprehensive Plan and a list of issues facing Bath Township. The key issues facing the Township that were identified were: • • • • • • • • Multiple diverse identities associated with different geographies of the township Housing-jobs balance Environmental protection/preservation Housing variety/affordability Growth pressures Internet access Sewer issues Non-motorized transportation Once these key issues were identified, a set of eight goals were developed. Many comprehensive plans try to have only one goal per issue area (land use, transportation, housing, etc.); this plan acknowledges that there are some issues that overlap specific goal areas and has a set of goals which reflect that reality. Each goal is accompanied by objectives and actions that provide a clear blueprint for how to achieve that goal. It should also be noted that the goals and objectives are aspirational in nature; not every one of these will be achieved. M GOALS 1: UR HO N O OR 2: TH RY O T HIS G Y RIT RIO P IFY NT IDE W RO 3: PR O T TEC THE ME N IRO V EN 4: NT CO EN GE A UR 5: D IC O EC 6: T EN CI FFI E, E AF S EA T EA CR P LO E EV M NO T N ME PR O E VID SPO N TRA C FA ND A IES ILIT 7: E LYZ TA CA TE YS S RT O ST ICE V SER 8: O ET IV STR NT E PM LO VE E ED ERS DIV L AL TE INN A OV �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 17 GOAL 1: HONOR THE RICH HISTORY OF THE TOWNSHIP THROUGH CONTEXTSENSITIVE DEVELOPMENT AND POLICY DECISIONS IN ORDER TO FOSTER A STRONGER SENSE OF COMMUNITY OBJECTIVE 1 | ENACT POLICY AND ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS TO STRENGTHEN THE TOWNSHIP’S IDENTITY Action 1 | Work with the Township’s Deputy Superintendent to strengthen communications strategy and branding. Action 2 | Hold an annual joint meeting of the Township Planning Commission and Board of Trustees to further strengthen communication and planning between the two boards. OBJECTIVE 2 | ENGAGE IN ZONING-BASED PLANNING ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE ORGANIZED DEVELOPMENT Action 1 |Conduct an annual review of the Township zoning ordinance to find areas of weakness or sections that may need revision. Initial revisions will prioritize previously identified areas of need, such as subdivision regulations, environmental issues, housing diversity, and the development review process. Action 2 | Promote the redevelopment and/or infill of under-utilized commercial properties. OBJECTIVE 3 | STRENGTHEN BATH TOWNSHIP’S POSITION AS AN IDEAL COMMUNITY TO LIVE, WORK, AND PLAY Action 1 |Continue to support the Bath Days Festival and other community events to foster a stronger sense of community. Action 2 | Institute a placemaking initiative sponsored by the Public Art Committee and Township Planning staff. Action 3 | Identify ways to make it easier for seniors in the township to age-in-place. Action 4 |Work with the Recreation Department to identify opportunities for improvements and expansions of Township parks and recreational facilities as recommended in the Parks and Recreation 5-Year Plan. Action 5 |Identify resident needs and priorities through periodic outreach efforts including surveys, workshops, town halls, etc. Action 6 | Consider future options for renovations, new buildings, or combination of the Senior Center and the Community Center. OBJECTIVE 4 | ENHANCE RURAL PROSPERITY AND FOOD SECURITY BY PROMOTING AGRICULTURAL LAND USES AND CRAFT PRODUCTION Action 1 |Increase awareness and consumption of locally-produced agricultural and craft products through the Bath Farmers Market, newsletters, social media, and Township events. Action 2 |Aid in the development of a community-sourced food initiative that supports locally-produced food availability, especially for families and individuals who have food insecurity. Action 3 | Support community gardens by providing space and resources. Action 4 |Encourage responsible agricultural practices in the production of animal and plant products by encouraging state Generally Accepted Agricultural and Management Practices (GAAMPs). Action 5 |Promote educational opportunities on small-scale farming and gardening techniques, food handling and preservation, and craft production. Action 6 | Conduct a product survey to identify the range of agricultural and craft products produced within Bath Township. Action 7 | Support local producers through infrastructure development. �GOALS & OBJECTIVES | PAGE 18 TOWNSHIP, WHICH CAN REASONABLY ACCOMMODATE GOAL 2: THE ANTICIPATED FUTURE GROWTH IDENTIFY PRIORITY GROWTH AREAS ON THE SOUTH-END OF OBJECTIVE 1 | CONTINUE COORDINATION BETWEEN VARIOUS REGIONAL STAKEHOLDERS Action 1 | Host an annual meeting with the development community to identify potential development projects and priorities. OBJECTIVE 2 | DEVELOP SPECIALIZED PLANS, AS NECESSARY, FOR LOCATIONS AND TOPICS WITHIN THE TOWNSHIP THAT WARRANT SPECIAL ATTENTION Action 1 | Draft a corridor plan for the Webster Road corridor, from I-69 up to Clark Road, that recognizes general development issues and concerns, such as mixed land uses, walkability, utility burial, street lighting and furniture, unified public signage, landscaping, and the possible need for a frontage road on the west side of Webster Road. Action 2 | Review and update the Bath Village plan as needed in order to adjust to current conditions and promote further development. Action 3 | Develop a small-area plan for the neighborhoods around Park Lake, which recognizes the primarily small- lot residential nature of the area. This plan will recognize resident concerns including view of the lake, open space and environmental preservation, waterfront development regulations, non-conforming parcels, and the desire to limit commercial use of the lake and the surrounding area. Action 4 | Create a plan for the Saginaw Highway/Old M-78 area to guide future commercial and industrial growth. Land uses with high vehicular traffic will be located to the west of Marsh Road along Saginaw Highway, while land uses with lower traffic volumes will be to the east of Marsh Road and primarily along Old M-78. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN| PAGE 19 GOAL 3: PROTECT CRITICAL ENVIRONMENTAL AREAS AND DEVELOP NEW ENVIRONMENTALPROTECTION METHODS WITH AN EMPHASIS ON GREENFIELD PRESERVATION AND STORMWATER MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVE 1 | DEVELOP POLICIES AND ORDINANCES RELATED TO VARIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL TOPICS Action 1 | Create a wetlands ordinance to protect priority wetlands within the township. Action 2 | Draft a landscape ordinance for new commercial, industrial, and mixed-use developments to better manage stormwater in an aesthetic way. Action 3 | Explore various options for protecting prime farmland in the township. Action 4 | Review the zoning ordinance to clarify and/or upgrade requirements that have environmental impacts such as drainage, soil suitability, wetlands, and various dimensional standards, which would include compliance with National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Phase II permit requirements of the Clinton County Drain Commissioner for those portions of Bath Township within the identified Greater Lansing Urbanized Area. (See map on page 61-62) Action 5 | Continue to research and map sensitive areas such as wetlands, floodplains, groundwater recharge areas, watersheds, wildlife habitats, prime farmland, Public Act 307 sites, minerals, and other unique natural features to utilize in development review decisions. �GOALS & OBJECTIVES | PAGE 20 GOAL 4: ENCOURAGE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT WHICH LEVERAGES THE TALENT DISTINCTIONS OF THE TOWNSHIP WITH AN EMPHASIS ON SMALL BUSINESS. OBJECTIVE 1 | ENGAGE IN APPROPRIATE PROGRAMS TO STRENGTHEN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES IN THE TOWNSHIP Action 1 | Review whether it would be beneficial for the township to become a certified Redevelopment Ready Community through Michigan Economic Development Corporation. OBJECTIVE 2 | FACILITATE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT THAT FULFILLS THE NEEDS AND DESIRES OF THE COMMUNITY Action 1 | Survey residents on the types of development and businesses that they would like to see in the township. Action 2 | Promote the development of independent businesses owned by Bath Township residents. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 21 GOAL 5: CREATE A SAFE AND EFFICIENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM FOR THE MOVEMENT GOODS AND PEOPLE WITH ADDED OPPORTUNITIES FOR NON-MOTORIZED TRANSPORTATION. OBJECTIVE 1 |DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT PLANS AND PROJECTS TO DEVELOP A WELL-ESTABLISHED MULTI-MODAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM Action 1 | Develop and implement a sidewalk plan for identified priority growth areas. Action 2 | Review existing Township access management standards and identify possible changes to improve traffic safety and flow. Action 3 | Work with government agencies, non-profit entities, and other regional partners to plan for and build a Township trail network. Action 4 | Build non-motorized transportation facilities, such as sidewalks, trails, and bike lanes, where appropriate. Action 5 | Identify ways to connect existing neighborhoods to improve walking and biking opportunities. Action 6 | Planning staff will continue to monitor the long-range transportation plan and inform the Planning Commission if there is any change on the status of the I-69/Chandler Road interchange. Action 7 | Consider the possible impacts of new and expanded development along Chandler Road on the need for an expanded road network. Action 8 | Work with the Township Superintendent and Board of Trustees to create a list of priority transportation projects with estimated costs and timelines. .... �GOALS & OBJECTIVES | PAGE 22 GOAL 6: PROVIDE ADEQUATE FACILITIES AND SERVICES TO ALL RESIDENTS AND MAKE STRATEGIC FUTURE INVESTMENTS IN NEW INFRASTRUCTURE WITH A FOCUS ON PRIORITY GROWTH AREAS OBJECTIVE 1 |MAKE APPROPRIATE INVESTMENTS IN IMPROVEMENTS AND EXPANSIONS TO TOWNSHIP INFRASTRUCTURE Action 1 | Identify and implement necessary upgrades and expansions to the sewer system Action 2 | Facilitate improvement to available internet services within the township, including working with providers and engaging in public-private partnerships where appropriate THE DEVELOPMENT OF A MORE DIVERSIFIED HOUSING GOAL 7: CATALYZE STOCK IN ORDER TO ENSURE FAIR HOUSING OPPORTUNITIES FOR ALL OBJECTIVE 1 | IDENTIFY OPPORTUNITIES TO PROMOTE A GREATER VARIETY OF HOUSING TYPES Action 1 | Review the zoning ordinance and amend it as necessary to allow for “missing middle” housing, such as townhouses and multiplexes, where appropriate. Action 2 | Explore adopting ordinance language allowing for alternative housing types, such as tiny homes, live-work housing, and cottage clusters. OBJECTIVE 2 | ENSURE THAT NEW AND EXISTING HOUSING IS OF A HIGH QUALITY Action 1 | Determine whether the adoption of a rental housing ordinance or rental housing inspection program would be of benefit to the community. Action 2 | Draft a set of architectural standards guidelines for new commercial and multi-family housing projects. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 23 TO BE INNOVATIVE AND FORWARD-THINKING IN GOAL 8: STRIVE PLANNING DECISIONS OBJECTIVE 1 | LEVERAGE VARIOUS EDUCATIONAL AND INFORMATIONAL ASSETS TO STRENGTHEN PLANNING COMMISSION AND PLANNING STAFF KNOWLEDGE Action 1 | Strengthen working relationships with Michigan State University’s staff and students. Action 2 | Continue to research and learn about the latest innovations and ideas in planning through webinars, conferences, and other events. OBJECTIVE 2 | IDENTIFY WAYS TO BROADEN UNDERSTANDING OF THE PLANNING PROCESS AND PROFESSION Action 1 | Engage in periodic community engagement and outreach activities including charettes and open houses to discuss planning issues and ideas. Action 2 | Draft a frequently asked questions section for the Planning & Zoning page on the Township website. �GOALS & OBJECTIVES | PAGE 24 TOWNSHIP GROWTH PRINCIPLES In addition to goals, objectives, and actions, the Planning Commission also developed a series of Township Growth Principles. Each of the goals, objectives, and actions in this plan serve at least one of the Township Growth Principles. PRINCIPLE 1| RECOGNIZE, PRESERVE, AND CELEBRATE THE TOWNSHIP’S SMALL-TOWN CHARACTER IDENTIFY SMALL TOWN Bath Charter Township prides itself on the agricultural lands, parks, and natural areas which cover much of the township outside of the Urban Service Boundary (USB) (See map on page 60-61). The Bath Village area lies on the northern edge of the USB and contributes to the small-town feel. These areas provide a special way of life, both economically and culturally, for lifelong residents and newcomers alike while attracting visitors and new residents to Bath Township. PRESERVE SMALL TOWN Identification of important landscapes makes preserving them a much simpler task. Calling attention to wetland protection or stormwater filtration efforts can present learning and community participation opportunities. Farm-to-fork explorations can highlight to residents how important the community’s agricultural lands are to the Township. Focusing development in areas of the township which are better suited to more urban activities, like the Bath Village area or the M-78/Marsh Road area, makes preservation of the rural areas that much easier. CELEBRATE SMALL TOWN Providing easy access to parks, such as James Couzens Memorial Park, natural areas, like the Rose Lake State Game Area and the activities within them is one way in which the Township hopes to celebrate its character. When combined with a sense of rural separation achieved through focused development efforts, the Township hopes to create a small-town character unique to Bath Township. 1 RECOGNIZE, PRESERVE, AND CELEBRATE THE TOWNSHIP’S SMALL-TOWN CHARACTER 2 PURSUE CONTEXT APPROPRIATE DEVELOPMENT 3 FOCUS ON DESIGN WITH THE FUTURE IN MIND �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 25 PRINCIPLE 2| PURSUE CONTEXT-APPROPRIATE DEVELOPMENT BALANCE DEVELOPMENT Emphasis will be placed on creating places that fit together within the greater context of the township. Where small-town character is desired, effort shall be put into creating structures and amenities that will help develop that feel. Alternatively, where larger commercial or residential opportunities are desired, policies which encourage such activities shall be considered. CONTEXTUALIZE DEVELOPMENT Dense development is encouraged within the Bath Village area, which is intended to be a gathering center that is inviting and accessible to all. To attract such development, the Township is open to allowing developers to bring any necessary infrastructure to provide amenities. These amenities, such as sewers, can be connected to the Township’s existing utilities, but any necessary upgrades are the developer’s responsibility. FOCUS DEVELOPMENT By advocating for concentrated centers of commercial and residential activity, and by limiting utilities to within the USB rural areas are encouraged to retain their character without the pressure of development. It is expected that by allowing denser urban growth within the USB and rural development in the rest of the township, the community can appeal to many demographics. BALANCE small-town charm with developed opportunity CONTEXT must be a priority in lasting infrastructure and placemaking FOCUS on character in concentrated, purposeful places �GOALS & OBJECTIVES | PAGE 26 PRINCIPLE 3| FOCUS ON DESIGN WITH THE FUTURE IN MIND LINK FOR THE FUTURE An essential focus is the ability to cope with linkages between the rural, residential, and commercial interests that are all present and changing within the township boundaries. Creating appropriate separation, while still inviting integration among uses, will be a focus in all planning decisions. INNOVATE FOR THE FUTURE The Township strives to incorporate appropriate and diverse pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular circulation and storage into the design of all projects. This means taking into account initiatives which are already in place, such as the Township’s Non-Motorized Plan, when planning for new non-motorized routes, especially sidewalks. Provisions for complete streets will be encouraged where appropriate within the USB, which can attract bicyclists to the area. Sustainable parking solutions, such as permeable surfaces, shared parking lots, and electric vehicle charging stations, would contribute greatly toward alleviating environmental issues while bike and/or stroller parking can go a long way in encouraging alternative thinking in terms of travel patterns. PLAN FOR THE FUTURE Successful development is driven by the integration of the zoning ordinance, Comprehensive Plan, and community leaders working together toward cohesive goals and objectives. It is essential that regulatory documents, and those who are charged with their interpretation, work in tandem to avoid confusion on issues of development, design, and direction. It is the intention of the goals, policies, and objectives to provide direction for the future. “An essential focus is the ability to cope with linkages between the rural, residential, and commercial interests that are all present and changing” �APPENDIX | PAGE 27 APPENDIX CONTENTS 28|COMMUNITY PROFILE 29|POPULATION PROFILE 29|State & Region Contextual Population Statistics 32|Socioeconomic Projections 33|Distribution of Sexes 33|Racial Make-Up 34|Age Distribution 35|Education 36|Households & Housing 38|Health 39|ECONOMIC PROFILE 39|State & Region Contextual Population Statistics 40|Key Industries 43|Employment Forecasts 44|Income 45|NATURAL FEATURES 45|Topography 46|Watersheds 47|Lakes and Rivers 48|Wetlands 48|Soils 49|Agricultural Land 49|Woodlands 49|Environmental Concerns 50|Flood Plain Map 51|TRANSPORTATION 51|Roads 52|Alternative Transportation 53|COMMUNITY FACILITIES 53|Township Buildings 54|Police Service 54|Fire and EMS Service 55|Schools 55|Recreation 55|Cemeteries 56|Water and Sewer Service 57|ENLARGED FUTURE LAND USE MAP 59|URBAN SERVICE BOUNDARY MAP 61|LANSING URBANIZED AREA WITHIN CLINTON COUNTY MAP �COMMUNITY PROFILE | PAGE 28 COMMUNITY PROFILE Bath Charter Township is located in the southeastern corner of Clinton County. Adjacent to Bath Township, DeWitt Charter Township lies to the west, Victor Township to the north, Woodhull Township in Shiawassee County to the east, and Meridian Township in Ingham County to the south. Clinton County is part of the Tri-County Region and shares that association with Ingham and Eaton Counties. The city of Lansing is the largest city in the Tri-County region and plays a vital role in its surrounding communities. It is also the location of Michigan’s State Capitol. The neighboring city of East Lansing is home to the largest university in the state of Michigan. Due to its geographic proximity and socioeconomic similarity to the rest of the Tri-County Region and many of the municipalities which lie within its bounds, it is important to analyze how Bath Charter Township compares in terms of overall population and housing characteristics. Bath Charter Township & Clintion County 2019 Median Housing Values         $1,000,000 or more         $750,000 to $999,999         $500,000 to $749,999         $300,000 to $499,999         $100,000 to $299,999         $50,000 to $99,999         Less than $50,000 -I - 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Percent • Bath Township • Clinton County Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 2019 ACS Tables S2506 55 60 65 70 75 �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 29 POPULATION PROFILE STATE & REGION CONTEXTUAL POPULATION STATISTICS The population profile paints a statistical picture of the population of Bath Charter Township. It compares Bath Township with the surrounding regions in terms of overall population, distributions within the population based on age, race, education, and household characteristics. MICHIGAN The 2020 U.S. Census showed that the state of Michigan was home to 10,077,331 people. This was a 1.96% increase from 2010 and showed that the state gained 193,691 residents over the ten-year period. Currently, Michigan is ranked tenth nationally in terms of overall population. This showed that more people are moving to the state than are moving out of the state. The 2020 Decinnial Census indicates that the state’s population loss seen in the 2000 - 2010 time period has been reversed. III Michigan Population 1980 - 2020 2020 10,077,331 2010 9,883,640 2000 1990 1980 9,938,444 9,295,287 9,262,078 Source: U.S. Census Bureau; 1980,1990, 2000, 2010, 2020 Decennial Census Table P1 �POPULATION PROFILE | PAGE 30 TRI-COUNTY REGION The Tri-County area, which includes Ingham, Clinton, and Eaton Counties, surrounds the city of Lansing and, in many ways, acts as a single economic region. For this reason, it is important to address population trends within the Tri-County area over the past few decades. Much like Michigan’s population, the TriCounty population grew in the 1980’s and 1990’s, but in contrast, it continued to grow at a steady pace. Between 1980 and 2000, the Tri-County region continuously grew at a rate of around 3% annually. According to the 2020 U.S. Decennial Census, the Tri-County area had a population of 448,568. The 2020 population states that the Tri-County region’s population has increased to 482,427, which represents a 3.87% increase since 2010. Tri-County Population 1980 - 2020 III 2020 482,427 2010 464,461 2000 448,568 1990 433,482 1980 419,750 Source: U.S. Census Bureau; 1980,1990, 2000, 2010, 2020 Decennial Census Table P1 CLINTON COUNTY Clinton County lies in the heart of mid-Michigan, north of the city of Lansing. It is a predominately rural county with a few small municipalities, including the city of DeWitt, DeWitt Charter Township, the city of St. Johns, and Bath Charter Township. Clinton County has experienced a notable influx of residents in recent decades. There is an abundance of land in the county adding to the appeal for residential use and adding to population pressures. Clinton County’s population has continued to increase, according to the Census data, with the fastest ten year period increase taking place between 2000 and 2010. III Clinton County Population 1980 - 2020 2020 79,753 2010 75,382 2000 64,913 1990 58,136 1980 55,893 0 20,000 40,000 60,000 80,000 Source: U.S. Census Bureau; 1980,1990, 2000, 2010, 2020 Decennial Census Table P1 100,000 �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 31 BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP Bath Charter Township had a population of 5,746 in 1980. The township’s population continued to increase to 6,387 in 1990 and 7,541 in 2000 before experiencing a huge increase to 11,598 in 2010. The 2010 Census data showed that of the forty-eight townships in the Tri-County region, Bath Charter Township was the fastest growing township from 2000-2010, with a growth rate of 53.80%. Many other jurisdictions within the region saw dramatic decreases in population. Some explanations behind the exploding population rates are the availability of rural and vacant land, the proximity to urban areas, and the addition of a large number of multi-family residential units. It is apparent that Bath Charter Township has had pressure in the residential sector. Most of this pressure came from the development of student apartments in the DeWitt 425 area, also known as the Chandler Crossing area. Population estimates from the Decennial Census indicate that Bath Township’s 2020 population had increased to 13,292. This represents a 14.6% increase from 2010 and most likely represents continued multi-family residential growth in the township. The growth rate for the township since 2010 is greater than Clinton County’s (5.8%) and the State’s (1.96%). Population Change Comparison Jurisdiction 1990 Change 2000 Change 2010 Change 2020 Bath Township Clinton County 6,387 18.10% 7,541 53.80% 11,598 14.61% 13,292 58,136 11.66% 64,913 16.13% 75,382 5.8% 79,753 Michigan 9,295,287 7.00% 9,938,444 6.47% 9,883,640 1.96% 10,077,331 Source: U.S. Census Bureau; 1980,1990, 2000, 2010, 2020 Decennial Census Table Pl III Bath Township Population 1980 - 2020 2020 13,292 2010 11,598 2000 7,541 1990 1980 6,387 5,746 Source: U.S. Census Bureau; 1980,1990, 2000, 2010, 2020 Decennial Census Table: P1 �POPULATION PROFILE | PAGE 32 POPULATION PROJECTION Population projections are important when planning and determining growth for an area. Projections help with overall economic, land use, and community planning, and thus need to be thoughtfully reviewed. Projection calculations are approached by first examining past growth rates and trends for the Township to determine whether growth is consistent or changing. In examining Bath Charter Township growth trends, one can see a fairly consistent and linear growth pattern until the year 2000, at which point the township experienced its highest growth rate of the previous forty years. Much of this growth took place in the first half of the decade, as population growth slowed significantly when building growth slowed in 20062007. Much of the last decade’s growth can be attributed to several multi-unit housing developments that have attracted a high college student population to the southern portion of the township. 25,000 Projected Population Growth in Bath Township 20,000 15,000 10,000 5,000 0 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 The Tri-County Regional Planning Commission (TCRPC) updated their forecasts for population projections in 2010, based on the 2010 Census, with assumptions regarding shifting employment classes and age of population, which were outlined in the document entitled SOCIOECONOMIC PROJECTION The township experienced larger growth than was shown in the Tri-County projections. New and expanded multi-family residential and mixed-use developments in the southern third of the township have led to the significant growth at a higher percentage than predicted by TCRPC in 2010. The TCRPC is expected to update their population projections after the 2020 Census. Since 2000, Bath Charter Township has been the fastest-growing township in Clinton County, as well as the Tri-County region. If this trend continues, Bath Township should plan for an increased population of 68%, bringing the total to 19,608, by 2050. If Bath Township continues to grow at rates similar to the past decade, this projection could be significantly higher. Another component of a population projection includes the Build-Out Analysis, a tool used to determine the population if the Township were built to its maximum allowable capacity (barring any environmental limitations). A Build-Out Analysis was performed for the 2014 Master Plan, which showed that if Bath Charter Township were built to capacity, there would be an additional 62,571 residents and an additional 23,347 housing units in the township. This would bring the total population up to approximately 72,353 and the total number of housing units to 28,042. It is unlikely that Bath Township will reach these levels of population and housing units, as a Build-Out Analysis does not consider other limiting factors in development, such as availability of septic service or the presence of unbuildable wetlands. However, it is still an important tool to assess the maximum capacity of the township land and zoning ordinance. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 33 ~ 1\ t (t 2010 49.10% 50.9% .n. 2019 51.40% 48.58% DISTRIBUTION OF SEXES The U.S. Census figures showed that Bath Charter Township’s 2010 population of 11,598 was comprised of a slightly higher male population with 50.9% males and 49.10% females. Clinton County was similarly comprised with a slight majority of the population being female. Bath Township’s distribution of males to females is estimated to have changed by about 1.6% between 2010 and 2019. According to estimates from the Census, the female population increased to 51.41% of the population in 2019. RACIAL MAKE-UP The racial make-ups of Bath Township and Clinton County are very similar, both being predominately white. Bath Township shows more diversity at 77.4% white, than Clinton County at 93.6% white, and less diversity than the State, which is estimated to be 79.4% white. For the township, the greatest percentage of change in racial population cohort between 2010 and 2019 was within the white community, which dropped from 87.5% to 77.4% of the population. The greatest percentage of increase came from the two or more races cohort, with an increase from 2.3% to 7.4% of Bath Township’s population. Racial Make-Up 2010 Two or More Races, 2.3% White Some Other Race alone, 1% Asian/Pacific Islander, 3.6% Black or African American American Indian and Alaska Native Asian/Pacific Islander American Indian and Alaska Native, 0.4% Some Other Race alone Two or More Races Black or African American, 5.2% White, 87.5% Racial Make-Up 2020 White Two or More Races, 7.4% Some Other Race alone, 1.9% Asian/Pacific Islander, 6.9% American Indian and Alaska Native, 0.3% Black or African American, 6% Black or African American American Indian and Alaska Native Asian/Pacific Islander Some Other Race alone Two or More Races White, 77.4% Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 2010 & 2020 Decennial Census, Table P2 �POPULATION PROFILE | PAGE 34 AGE DISTRIBUTION Age is important to look at because it helps determine what specific services need to be in the upcoming years. Between 2000 and 2010, Bath Township’s population became significantly younger in age thanks to the addition of multi-family residential developments, especially in the southwest corner of the township along Chandler Road. This area saw a large influx of student tenants, which has continued at a slower rate since 2010. The median age of Bath Township went from 36.1 years in 2000 to 30.1 years in 2010. Since that time, Bath Township has appeared to have aged. 2019 ACS data does not report median age, but the 2016 American Fact Finder statistics report that the median age of Bath Township had risen to 34.3 years old. No further age cohorts were available. The increasing age of Bath Township is further indicated by the over sixty-five population. This group made up 16.9% of the population in 2019. In addition, the 2019 ACS data indicated that 5.5% of the population was under five years of ages and 24.4% of the population was under twenty years of age. A more refined analysis of age data will be possible after completion of the 2020 Census. It is recommended that this Population Profile be updated at that time to incorporate updated Census data. In the meantime, the table below shows the age breakdowns within Bath Township and Clinton County as of 2019. Age Break Down for Bath Township & Clinton County in 2019 Age 19 & Under 20-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-64 65+ Total Bath 3,113 1,629 1,373 1,589 1,647 1,630 1,764 12,745 Bath 24.40% 12.80% 10.80% 12.50% 12.90% 12.70% 13.90% Clinton 19,541 4,965 9,154 9,540 11,127 11,165 12,897 78,389 Clinton 24.90% 6.30% 11.60% 12.17% 14.19% 14.20% 16.45% Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 2019: ACS 5-Year Estimates TablelD: S0101 �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 35 EDUCATION Education is an important aspect of long-range community health. The 2019 ACS data summarized more generally than Census data and is therefore not directly comparable. However, the ACS data indicates that 96.0% of the township’s residents aged twenty-five or over have attained at least a high school degree. This is approximately 2.2% higher than the 2010 Census data showed. While this is not a drastic change, the percentage of population aged twenty-five or over that has attained at least a bachelor’s degree has shown a significant increase from 36.5% to 43.8%. School enrollment has increased in the past decade as well, in line with the increase in population. The 2019 ACS estimates that enrollment of populations three years and over in Bath Charter Township was 3,952 and in Clinton County 19,705. About half of the township’s enrolled student population, an estimated 1,897, is enrolled in college or graduate school. Nursery and preschool students total an estimated 67 (1.7%) in the township, and 1,000 (5.1%) in the county. Grades K-12 in Bath Charter Township comprised an estimated 1,988 (50.3%) enrolled population, compared to 13,124 (66.6%) students in all of Clinton County. 2010 93.8% Graduated High School or Higher 36.5% Completed Bachelor’s or Higher 2019 96.0% Graduated High School or Higher Source: U.S. Census Bureau 2010 & 2019 ACS 5-Year Est. Table S1501 43.8% Completed Bachelor’s or Higher �POPULATION PROFILE | PAGE 36 HOUSEHOLDS “Household” includes all the persons who occupy a housing unit. The occupants may be a single-family one person living alone, two or more families living together, or any other group of related or unrelated persons who share living arrangements. Household data can help policymakers determine the future demands a population will place on a community. In lieu of accurate data of all household types collected at the federal government level. Bath Township is able to use year-over-year data collected by the Township’s Building Department. One household type that the Township’s Building Department has tracked the most consistently over the years is new singlefamily home construction. By using only one house type as a data method to understand the housing trends in the township and their pros and cons. A con of this is policymakers could be missing important trends happening in other areas and, in this case, housing types. However, there are several reasons why using a larger sample that includes more housing types could be problematic in Bath Township’s case. A leading reason is because of local data reporting and collection issues in recent years. Another reason this could be problematic is, the different metrics used over the years to categorize different housing types within Bath Township. The pro of using one housing type (where the raw data is collected directly by the Township and the metrics for this type of data has not change over the years) is data consistency. This consistency allows staff and policymakers to make more accurate data inferences and predict housing trends of all house types based on those inferences. Bath Township Building Department By the numbers, the amount of new single-family housing developed in Bath Township has been very consistent over the last six years. Bath Township is averaging about 27 single-family homes developed per year between 2014 and 2019. There is likely to be a significant fall in housing developments when the data from the year 2020 is process fully, due to the Coronavirus Pandemic. However, it is the opinion of the Bath Township Planning Department that new single-family housing developments, and therefore all types of housing developments, will remain growing at a steady rate over the next three to five years. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 37 HOUSING Looking at the housing profile for the township helps to provide insight to the type of housing Bath Township residents reside in. Data related to housing helps forecast future needs in the residential sector. According to the 2010 Census, there were 5,106 housing units in the township. The 2019 ACS data does not indicate the number of housing units in the township, but does report on some housing statistics. This information is shown in the Housing Statistics Table below, which compares Bath Township housing statistics with comparable statistics from the county and the state. A more detailed analysis of housing will be possible after the 2020 Census is published. HOUSING STATISTICS Housing Statistics 2019 Topic Bath Township Clint on County Mich igan Owner.occup ied Housing Unit Rat e 69.00% 80.00% 71.20% $204,900 172,800 $154,900 $1,505 $1,407 $1,298 Median Val ue of Owner.occup ied Housi ng Units Median fv1ont hly Costs - Incl uding Mortgage Median Mont hly Costs - W it hout -------- Mortgage ______________________________________.....,...:,!~if.~~;-;·~-~·-:~ M edian Gross Rent 1.004 Source: U.S. Census Burea u, ACS 5-Year Est. TablelO: B25077 It is important to obtain an accurate description of the number of units per housing structure in Bath Charter Township in order to understand the intensity of land use and the demands placed by each housing structure. The township and county have high percentages of single-family housing structures, however according to the estimates from the 2019 ACS, Clinton County has a much higher percentage of single-family housing than Bath Charter Township. Nearly 30% of all housing structures in Bath Township hold ten or more units. �POPULATION PROFILE | PAGE 38 A large percentage (40.8%) of housing structures in Bath Charter Township have been built after the year 2000, according to the 2019 ACS. This is in sharp contrast to Clinton County, where only 22.1% of housing structures have been built since the turn of the new millennium. Housing value is an important aspect of the housing stock to examine. Proper inventory ensures that Bath Charter Township has an adequate balance of affordable housing and high-dollar homes. According to the 2019 ACS, Bath Charter Township had an approximate median housing value of $219,100, while Clinton County had a median value of $184,900. Both estimates are significantly higher than their 2000 U.S. Census values, which were $123,000 and $120,500, respectively. HEALTH The 2019 ACS data reported two health-related statistics. According to the data, 11.2% of the township’s population have a disability. It is unknown how that compares to past rates, but this does compare with the Clinton County rate of people with disabilities within the population at 12.61% and the state of Michigan at 13.5%. In addition, 3.8% of persons in Bath Township under the age of 65 do not have health insurance. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 39 ECONOMIC PROFILE STATE & REGION CONTEXTUAL POPULATION STATISTICS The economy of Michigan, the Tri-County Region, Clinton County, and Bath Charter Township are interrelated and dependent on each other. If the Michigan economy suffers, Bath Township will ultimately feel the trickle effect. The same is true if Michigan’s economy is vibrant and thriving. Thus, it is imperative to gather an accurate summary of all these jurisdictions to adequately forecast the future of Bath Charter Township’s economy. This profile will examine the state of Michigan’s economy, as well as the economic conditions of the Tri-County Region, Clinton County, and Bath Charter Township. The factors being examined are income, employment, employment by industry, and employment forecasts. MICHIGAN At the end of 2019, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics estimated the state’s unemployment rate to be 9.7%. While unemployment rates are high for the state, the median family income has risen just under $10,000 since the 2005 ACS to $75,703. Bat h Township-Emp loymen t Sta tus -- • 2019 2 15 EMPLOYMENT STATUS Count MOE Percent ¾MOE Count MOE Percent %MOE Popu lat ion 16 years and over 9,93 3 110 (x) (X) 10,471 235 (::,:) (Xl In I.J bar for ce 6.283 3.2.2 63.3 2,9 6,726 30& 64,2 2.7 Civ il ian labor for.:,~ o,255 327 63 3 6 ,726 306 6 4 .2 2.7 Emp loyed 5,781 332 58.2 3 6 ,327 327 60.4 3 474 169 4.8 1.7 399 188 3.8 1.8 Uri@mp loy@d 28 32 0.3 0 ..3 D 16 D 0.2 Not in labor force 3. 650 305 36.7 2,9 3,745 305 35,S 2.7 Civil ian labor forc,e 6,.255 327 (x) (X) 6,72.6 306 (x) (X) (X) (X) 7.6 2.6 (X) (X) 5 .9 2.8 Armed Forces Urie mp lo ymen t Rate -~11.,l@d ian Househo ld I ncom@ $ 60,083.00 $ 68,313 .00 -~M-ed ian Fam ily Income $ 76,605.00 $ 90,060.00 • Per Capita Med ian In come $ 30,635.00 $ 36,027 .00 Sou rce: U.S. Censu5 2015, 2019 ACS 5 Year Est. Ta blelD DP03. 51902, S1903 *Adj usted fo r inflation in the year t he stats were taken �ECONOMIC PROFILE | PAGE 40 TRI-COUNTY AREA Eaton, Clinton, and Ingham Counties together make up the Lansing – East Lansing Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA), as defined by the Federal Office of Management and Budget. This MSA is referred to as the Tri-County or Greater Lansing area. Bath Township’s place in the MSA is important to consider because federal and state transportation and economic funds come through the regional Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO). As a result, the overall economic health of the region has an impact on the township. Lansing-East Lansi ng Metropo litan Statistica l Are a (Referred to as Tri-County or Greater Lansing In 2015, the ACS estimated that while actual unemployment grew since 2015, the unemployment rate for the Tri-County region was down to 4.1%. Median household income has increased significantly (nearly $17,000) since that time, as well. EMPLOYMENT STATUS l'nrlJ ,1t inn 1 r, yf',1r<, ,-,nrJ o•;pr . In J;i bor force Civilidn l;;bor lorLe Area) Employment Status -2015 Count MOE Percent %MOE 41)1 3810:-l'i 4 f-+ll'> (XI 2E+O'., 2E, 05 G3.1 0.,1 63.3 ',4,8 0.4 (1.4 0.2 0.4 10G'i 100 1656 3.5 257 2E, 05 0.1 0.4 (XI :-lf-+[I', 1h'i'i 0.1 36.6 ) 8H34 5.6 0.4 0.'l 63.2 'i/.4 0.4 ll. 'i 0. 3 0,1 f-m plnyPd / f-+ll'i 20085 9G'i 5.3 199 1E, 05 87 1601 Civili .1n l,1borfo rrP / f-+ll'> 1h11 0.1 36.8 )41 18(14 Unemp_l2y ,nent Rate •Medi-, r1 Ho·J sd1uld Incom e 'MPd i.1 n f-,1 mil•1 lncnmf' l G-19 G3.2 Unemp_l2yed A'med rorces Nol in l;;brn lo rLe {:_<l_ _ l:_<) 8.3 s \ 4f-+II', 2019 Percent %MOE 44/h',4 {X) 4/'i MOE 1655 1 /4/ 1'.J99 1612 1 / /[I Count 3E+05 3E, 05 :-lf-+[I'> 158,1'] (:_<)_ _ (:_<) 0.4 50,L.21 .00 hh,14-l .[ll l s {X) 5'.l,117.00 /8,04(1_1)[ ) ';', $ 2G,G,11 .00 •Pe r Glpitci Medi;i n Income $ SULl ' l l': U.S. Ce nsus 2015, 201') ACS 5 YL'cH Es l. T;, b lc•ID DP03, 51')02, 51')03 • Adj usted lor in ll-, l io11 in Lill' ,'cdr l he sl-, l s Wl're l -, ( c n 31,53-1.00 “There is no purpose, to which public money can be more beneficially applied, than to the acquisition of a new and useful branch of industry; no consideration more valuable than a permanent addition to the general stock of productive labour.” -Alexander Hamilton BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP Bath Charter Township is the fastest growing community in the Tri-County Region in terms of population. This growth directly affects the economic growth, as well as the economic health, of the township. Where growth occurs, there is a following increase in demand for services and businesses to be located closer to home. Although Bath Township remains a residential community, it is important to plan for a growth in the economic sector as well. In the following paragraphs and tables, Bath Charter Township’s economic profile will be compared to Clinton County’s profile. Bath Township-Employment Status -EM PLOYM ENT STATUS ~Colmt 2015 2019 MOE Percent %MOE Count MOE Percent % MOE Popula t io n 16 years and over 9,9.33 220 (x) (X) 10_,471 2.35 (x) [X) In labor force 6,283 322 63,3 2.9 6,726 306 6 4.2 2.7 Ci11i lian la bar fo rce 6,255 32.7 63 3 6,726 306 54.2 2..7 Employed 5,781 .332 58,2 3 6,327 327 60.4 3 Unemployed 474 169 4.8 1.7 39~ 188 3.8 1.8 Arm@d For(@s 28 32 0,3 0,3 0 16 0 0,2 Not i fl labor force 3,650 305 36,7 2.9 3,745 306 35 ,8 2.7 Ci11i lian la bar force 6,255 327 (x) (X) 6,726 306 (x) (X) (X) (X ) 7,6 2.6 (X) (X) 5,9 2.8 Unem p~yment Rat e "Median Househo ld Income $ 60,083.00 $ 68,313.00 '·Median Family ln(ome s 75, 505.00 $ 90, 050.00 '' Pe r Capita I\J1edian Inco me s 30,635.00 s 36,027.00 Source: U.S. Ce mus 2015, 2019 ACS 5 Year Est. Ta blelD DP03, S1902,, S1903 ''Adjus;e;;d for inflation in th@ year t h@ ,tats w@r@ ta k@n �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 41 KEY INDUSTRIES Education, health, and social services, in addition to manufacturing and retail, continue to be the largest employment bases in the region. No other industry has made large strides or has taken large cuts to employment since 2015, according to the 2019 ACS. Lansing-Eas: Llnsing Metropclit.i.n S:.i.bs:ic.i.l Area (H:eferred to .i.s Tri-Ccunt1 er ~ re.i.ter L.i.nsin9 Area:, Emplc,..,,en: Bf lndus:r) lndus:r) Ci•:ilian emplc)ed po.::ul.Jtion 18 years and over Agric:ul:ure fo• estry. fistiing and hunbng and ,iining Cons:ruc:bon Manufacturing 2C15 C.oun: 220719 2386 8789 1 OS'¼ 39S'¼ 2019 Ceul"tt 277742 2829 13996 PGre~nt P.;;reM: 1.c2r.,'n 5.,:4% 24464 11.08'',~, 29669 1 C6S% ';\'holesale :rade 3727 7 69% 6364 2.2~% Retsilt'sde Tren,portatio!'l and warehousing. and lt:ilites Infcrme:icn Financ8 and insuranc& and rGal Gstate and rental and leiasing Prc fe-ssional sci,en:ific, and management and ad'llinistrativ& and ·,.,ast8 11anagement servi cGs Edue.r:il!:n.il sar:ic&s. :ind ha:11:h cara :ind social assis~nea 23607 10.70'% 3 84'~\) 1 60% 70S% 895% 26.92% 10.23"'/o 272 :J 11848 39 12 2 16C5 23239 75439 24035 14157 22196 S.791\·i; 4.27% 1.41'% 7.73% 3.39% 27 16% S.65% 5.31 1% a.21% Ar:s. en:ert.linm&nt. arrd recre.Jtion. a nd accommodimon a nd focd ser•1ic:es 0:her ser..,ices, exc:ept ::u=lic: ad-ninistr.Jtion P ublic adminis:ra:icn 8468 37C9 1562 1 19752 59409 22578 1C755 17454 487'¼ 791% 1 So1.11ce: J.S. Ce11s1.1s 2019 ACS 5-Yesr Est. Tst!e!C S2405 INCOME AND OCCUPATION The median family income for Bath Charter Township in 2019 was $68,313, slightly lower than Clinton County’s $79,390, according to the ACS. Similarly, per capita Bath Township residents earned more annually than Clinton County as a whole, $36,077 versus $34,920. Both the township and the county had higher per capita and family income than the state of Michigan. The 2019 ACS estimates that Bath Charter Township had 10,471 residents sixteen years or older legally able to work, of which 6,726, or 64.2%, were in the labor force. Clinton County had 64,161 persons sixteen years or older with 41,261, or 64.3%, in the labor force. According to the 2019 ACS estimates, Bath Charter Township and Clinton County had similar percentages of workers in labor classes, despite the county’s nearly seven-fold population advantage. In each job classification, both entities’ populations were within a percentage point of one another. Both the township and the county reached nearly 75% of the employed labor force working in the private sector, and nearly 20% in the public sector. �ECONOMIC PROFILE | PAGE 42 2019 Bath Townsh ip and Cl inton County Class of 'oJVorker Bath Townsh ip Count t\,1OE+/- Percent 73 2.39% 134 118 171 81 140 7.32% 5.14% 10.94% 3758 2.10% 6.16% 459 2203 Civilian employed population 16 years and over 6327 327 Private for-profit wage and salary workers: 4324 4173 151 463 325 363 358 Employee of pritJate company wor kers Self-employed in own incorporated business workers Private not-for-p rofit ws..ge and salary workers Local government workers State government workers Federal government workers Self-employed in own not incorporated business workers and unpaid family workers 692 133 390 Cl inton County Count 38589 26753 25636 1117 3321 2095 68.34% 65.96% MOE+/- Percent 547 738 69.33% 714 66.43% 162 2.89% 318 8.61% 241 5-43% 345 9.74% 122 1.19% 248 5.71% Source: U.S. Census. 2019: ACS 5 Years Est. TablelD: S2408 Similarly, Bath Charter Township and Clinton County mimic one another in employment percentages by industry, according to 2019 ACS estimates. However, the township does have slightly higher employment rates in the Professional/Scientific/ Management, Education/Health/Social Services, and Arts/ Entertainment/Food Service sectors, presumably due to its proximity to the cities of Lansing and East Lansing in comparison to many other townships in Clinton County. Conversely, the county has a higher rate of employment in Manufacturing, Wholesale Trade, and Public Administration. 2019 B.ith Township & Clinton County Employmen t By Industry Bath Township Count MOE+!- Percen t Civilian emp loyed population 16 years an d over 327 6327 Agricu lture. forestr;. fishing and t1unting . and mining 0.38% 24 29 5.03% 318 119 Construction 458 142 7.24% Manufacturing 252 102 Who lesale trade 3-98% 8_08% 511 142 Retail trade 4 _17% 264 Transportation and warehousing . and utilities 131 1.38% 87 79 Information 7_55% Finance an d insurance, and real esta te and rental and leasing 478 154 Professional . scientific , and managemen t, and administrative and waste management services 751 181 11 .87% Educationa l services , and hea lth care and socia l assistance 1839 284 2907% 572 163 9.04% Arts , entertainment, and recreation , and accommodation and food services Other services , except public ad minis tration 2.84% 180 84 Public administra tion 9.37% 593 191 Source U_S_Census. 2019: ACS 5-Year Est TablelD: S2405 Clinton County Count MOE+/- Percent 547 38589 932 156 2-42% 2366 252 6.13% 4321 343 11.20% 1112 183 2.88% 3700 368 9.59% 1530 193 3.96% 0_98% 377 127 8_01% 3092 292 310 9.13% 3523 449 25.14% 9700 2780 276 7.20% 1697 215 4-40% 3459 348 8.96% �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 43 EMPLOYMENT FORECASTS The employment forecast estimates the additional number of people living in a municipality employed in the Retail and Non-Retail sectors (but not necessarily working in said municipality). Based on these forecasts provided by the Tri-County Regional Planning Commission (see 2035 Long Range Plan for assumptions), it is estimated that Bath Charter Township will experience an increase in retail and non-retail employment. Clinton County is projected to follow a similar path in both sectors, exhibiting increased growth in retail and non-retail employment. RETAIL EMPLOYMENT FORECAST Municipality Bath Charter Towns hip Clinton County 2015 Clinton County 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 387 392 397 401 405 410 415 5,366 5,531 5,645 4,737 5,846 5,958 6,072 NON-RETAIL EMPLOYMENT FORECAST Municipality 2015 Bath Charter Towns hip 2020 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2,157 2,260 2,336 2,409 2,480 2,553 2,624 26,672 27,397 28,063 28,702 29,368 30,049 30,745 *Tri-County Planning Commission, 2035 Long Range Plan (LRP) �ECONOMIC PROFILE | PAGE 44 INCOME According to the 2019 ACS data, the median household income in Bath Township was $68,313. This is comparable with the county’s median household income of $70,390, and is significantly higher than the state’s median household income of $57,144. The per capita income for the township was $36,027, as compared to $34,920 for the county and $31,713 for the state. The 2019 data indicated that the poverty rate for Bath Township persons was 17.6%, which is higher than both the county (8.8%) and the state (14.4%). MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME: PER CAPITA INCOME: BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP: $36,027 CLINTON COUNTY: $34,920 MICHIGAN: $31,713 BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP: $68,313 CLINTON COUNTY: $70,390 MICHIGAN: $57,144 POVERTY RATE: BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP: 17.2% CLINTON COUNTY: 8.8% MICHIGAN: 14.4% �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 45 NATURAL FEATURES Generally, due to Bath Charter Township’s lowland nature, much of the township is dominated by water features, including wetlands, lakes, rivers, streams, and ponds. Management of the surface water directly impacts the quality of drinking water within the township. Other important aspects of the natural makeup of the township include relatively small elevation changes and a mixture of loamy wetland/muck soils. TOPOGRAPHY Topography refers to the characteristics of land in terms of elevation, slope, and orientation and is useful in determining whether an area of land is suitable for development or agricultural purposes. Topography relates to the intensity of soil erosion. The terrain and topographic characteristics of Bath Charter Township are directly influenced by glacial activities from the past. In terms of elevation, the topography ranges from 795 to 920 feet above sea level, with the lowest areas being on the north township boundary and the highest being on the Timber Ridge Golf Course in the southern portion of the township. The majority of existing landforms in Clinton County date from the retreat of the last glaciers, about 15,000 years ago. Bath Township’s soil profile exemplifies this glacial heritage, with glacial till in the township approximately 125 feet thick. The last glacial formation to occupy this area was the Saginaw Lobe of the Wisconsin Glacier. More information on the glacial influence on Bath Charter Township can be found in the Tri-County Regional Planning Commission’s reports, 208 Water Quality Management Plan (1979), and Water Supply Paper (1973), among others. Patterns of deposition by the glaciers throughout the township are complex, especially in the lake areas. The glaciers went through a series of advances, melting, and retreats, resulting in a series of moraines, eskers, and small esker lakes. The moraines run predominantly east and west, and are separated by till plains. Of particular interest to Bath Township are the Ionia and Portland Moraines. The Ionia Moraine traverses east and west, and passes south of Wacousta and DeWitt, through Gunnisonville and Bath, proceeding east to just north of Shaftsburg. The Portland Moraine runs across the northern part of Bath, Woodhull, and Perry Townships. There are several glacially-formed lakes and kettles within Bath Township, with Park Lake being the largest. �NATURAL FEATURES | PAGE 46 WATERSHEDS A watershed can be defined as land with presence of water, soils indicative of frequent and prolonged flooding, and vegetation suited to handle flooding or saturated soils. Precipitation falling inside this area is delivered to small streams or tributaries, which join to form rivers. Ordinarily, precipitation is redelivered to the groundwater system, which is the main source of drinking water. It is important to ensure that local watersheds are maintained to the highest quality as to allow for healthy drinking water and recreation water for fishing, swimming, boating, and wildlife health. Bath Charter Township is located predominantly within the Looking Glass River Watershed. In the words of the Upper Looking Glass River Watershed Management Plan (2017), “The Looking Glass River flows over gentle, sloping land, with its tributaries and surrounding watershed extending from headwaters in Livingston County to the confluence with the Grand River in Portland.” The Upper Looking Glass River Watershed Management Plan has seven main goals: 1. Reduce or eliminate threat of human health hazards in rivers and streams caused by pollutants. 2. Pursue restoration efforts of designated uses that are confirmed to be threatened or impaired. 3. Assess watersheds for designated uses not currently listed as impaired. Restore these designated uses where found to be threatened or impaired. 4. Identify and offer protection strategies/opportunities for high quality areas in the watershed. 5. Promote opportunities that the watershed can offer for recreation and wise stewardship. 6. Implement specific actions that enhance such identified recreation while preserving the integrity of the watershed. 7. Identify land use planning measures complementary to watershed protection and/or enhancement. A small portion of the township, south of I-69, lies within the Red Cedar River Watershed. Both the Red Cedar and Upper Looking Glass river flow into the Grand River and, ultimately, to Lake Michigan. Although Bath Township is experiencing increased development pressure, there is adequate rural land which, when maintained properly, can help maintain a quality groundwater supply. According to the Michigan Department of Environment, Great Lakes, and Energy (EGLE) and the Michigan Department of Natural Resources (MDNR), “Priority water bodies within the township include the Looking Glass River and the Vermillion Creek,” both of which are impaired for reasons of ‘Untreated Sewage’ and ‘Discharge of Pathogens.’ EGLE also cites that helping restore watersheds requires eight (8) basic management tools: watershed planning, land conservation, aquatic buffers, better site design, erosion control, stormwater treatment practices, control of non-stormwater discharges, and watershed stewardship. This could be accomplished through the adoption of a Low-Impact Development (LID) ordinance. Lansing Area Watersheds �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 47 LAKES & RIVERS There are approximately 700 acres of waterbodies in Bath Township. Most of these are small ponds, but there are six named lakes, the largest of which is Park Lake at approximately 181 acres. Park Lake was named in 1826 by the original surveyor of Bath Township, Harvey Parke. During the years of 1988-90, for a period of eighteen months, Park Lake was studied intensively by the Township. This study, Park Lake, Phase 1, was financed by the Township, Clinton County, and the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. In 2013, a project was approved to repair the dikes that control the water level on Park Lake, allowing for improved water level control. Park Lake is the only lake in Bath Township that has potential for recreational development. Information presented in Park Lake, Phase 1 indicates that the lake is one of four lakes in the counties of Clinton, Eaton, Ingham, and Shiawassee that have public boat access, with Park Lake being the second largest of the four and the only one in Bath Township. The other named lakes in Bath Township are Perch, Rose, Mud, Potter, and Fox Knoll Lakes. These lakes are partly or wholly filled in, or lined with acres of cattail, and are generally inaccessible for recreational purposes. Although it is not a lake, the reclamation area in the Schlegel gravel mine, south of I-69 in Section 19, qualifies as the fourth largest water body in the township, with approximately 24 acres. All of these water bodies are in the southern half of the township. MAJOR WATER BODIES There are two major streams in Bath Township, both of which flow northward toward the Upper Looking Glass River. These are Vermillion Creek, which snakes in and out of the eastern boundary of the township, and Mud Creek, which generally flows north through the middle of the township. (See the Bath Township Water Features map at the end of this chapter) NAME SIZE (ACRES) PARK LAKE 181 PERCH LAKE 43 ROSE LAKE 30 SCHLEGEL MINE PIT 24 MUD LAKE 20 POTTER LAKE 19 FOX KNOLL LAKE 8 �NATURAL FEATURES | PAGE 48 WETLANDS Bath Township is dotted by small wetlands in many areas and in some locations, entire sections are covered by extensive wetlands. Rose Lake Wildlife Area, Potter Lake Area, the Gardner Drain, and the Vermillion Creek floodplain area are all examples. Wetlands, legally defined, must contain three essential ingredients: hydric soils, hydrophytic plants, and necessary hydrology to support the plants. According to the information compiled by the EGLE, Bath Township has approximately 15,858 acres of wetlands. This translates into approximately 24.8 square miles of land, or 71% of the total land area in the township. This number does not differentiate between regulated and non-regulated. Most of the wetlands are in the northern half of the township and contribute to the Upper Looking Glass River. SOILS Soil surveys are essential in determining the assets and limitations of an area. Soils act as filters for rainwater improving the overall quality of our drinking water. Soils are the basis of agricultural production in the township and can be credited for the extensive amounts of wetlands in the township. In addition, certain soils can pose limitations on development due to certain characteristic instability. Proper maintenance and best management practices should be utilized in regards to the township’s soils. The soils of Bath Charter Township vary widely across the jurisdiction, ranging from loamy sands on the uplands to fibrous peat, muck, and soft clay in the poorly drained low lying marsh areas. The extensive concentrations of muck are in the northeastern, southeastern, and southwestern areas of the township. Mucky soils are regarded as unsuitable for development purposes and should be approached carefully when building on this soil type. The northeastern muck areas are traversed by the Gardner Drain and the Vermillion Creek. The southeastern muck areas exist near Potter and Rose Lake. The southwestern muck area is identified as the Chandler Marsh, a former lake bed that is drained by the Remy-Chandler Drain. The Chandler Marsh is now occupied by Chandler Crossings. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 49 AGRICULTURAL LAND According to the current land use analysis (Chapter 6), there are approximately 3,800 acres of agriculture land in Bath Township. Almost all of the agricultural land is located in the northern half of the township and outside of the Urban Services Boundary (USB) (See map on page 60-61). Agricultural land in the southern half of the township has been gradually lost to development over the last two to three decades. WOODLANDS The majority of woodland in the township is within the Rose Lake Wildlife Area. This MDNR property consists of unmarked trails and is open to hunting during regulated seasons. Most other woodland in the township has been lost to either agriculture or development. ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS This chapter discussed the dominant physical features in Bath Charter Township. Some of the natural features require special attention and management that must be addressed in this Comprehensive Plan. Bath Charter Township, according to Michigan Resource Information System (MIRIS), is the largest of the townships in Clinton County, containing 23,351 acres, of which 1,138 acres is in a 425 Agreement with the City of East Lansing and DeWitt Charter Township. �NATURAL FEATURES | PAGE 50 �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 51 TRANSPORTATION ROAD SYSTEM In Bath Township, there are four different types of roads. The Clinton County Road Commission classifies the roads as state, primary, local paved, and local gravel. The differences between the four types are the jurisdictions responsible for the care and maintenance, and the carrying capacity of each road. State roads are operated and maintained by the Michigan Department of Transportation and are usually associated with highways. M-78 is classified as a state road and I-69 classified is an interstate highway, both are located in the township, totaling approximately 10.1 miles. PRIMARY ROADS Main roads are those that service multiple different townships, and are operated by the Clinton County Road Commission. Chandler, Clark, Upton, Marsh, and Park Lake Roads are all Primary Roads that carry traffic from multiple jurisdictions and usually are associated with higher traffic volumes than local roads. There are approximately 26.1 miles of primary roads within Bath Township. Chandler Road, located on the western border of the township, has become a heavily traveled primary road due to the addition of the use-intensive Chandler Crossings multi-family units. Chandler Road also functions as a direct north-south route from Bath Township to East Lansing and Michigan State University. Chandler Road is a route to the 127 freeway via Round Lake Road. Special planning is required for Chandler Road to ensure that traffic pressures do not become overwhelming in the future development process. LOCAL ROADS Local roads are those that typically serve local residents and are maintained by the Clinton County Road Commission (CCRC). The CCRC receives funding for local road maintenance from the State Gas Tax (Act 51). In addition, Bath Township voluntarily contributes funds to the CCRC to assist local road maintenance. The Bath Township Road Committee works with the CCRC to prioritize the maintenance of local roads. There are 24.8 miles of paved local roads and 21.0 miles of gravel local roads in the township. �MICHIGAN HIGHWAYS TRANSPORTATION| PAGE 52 M-78 is a major east/west artery, which connects East Lansing to Bath Township, and allows traffic to flow to I-69. It is a busy major arterial road and needs special attention when planning future development. In 2019, the Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) underwent a large redesign project on the intersection of M-78 and Marsh Road. This project, which was done to mitigate severe accident issues, led to the development of a J-turn at the intersection. INTERSTATE HIGHWAYS The major traffic artery in Bath Township is I-69, providing quick access to and from the township, with an interchange at Webster Road and at Marsh Road. Much of the I-69 traffic is passing through the township, but development along M-78 and Marsh Road in Bath and Meridian Townships has drawn traffic as well. New roads, or any widening efforts to existing roads, must be built within specified right-of-ways. All utilities, including but not limited to sanitary sewers, storm sewers, water lines, electric lines, telephone lines, natural gas pipes, and cable television lines, are preferred to be placed within the right-of-way. Additionally, publiclyowned and maintained sidewalks, street trees, street lights, and utility poles should be installed within road right-of-ways, or easements must be obtained from property owners. Not only does this make infrastructure design marginally simpler, but it shrinks the affected areas when repairs are necessary. ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION NON-MOTORIZED Bicycle traffic is considered with each new project, and the development of such pathways is guided by the Township’s Non-Motorized Transportation Plan. Bath Charter Township updated the Non-Motorized Plan in 2017. The Non-Motorized plan lists four goals with associated objectives. The full list of the non-motorized goals and objectives are found in Chapter 7, but they state that the Township’s non-motorized system should be welcoming and safe, that it should connect to non-motorized systems outside the township’s borders, that creative and cost-effective non-motorized solutions should be developed, and that non-motorized solutions be environmentally compatible and sustainable. BUSSES Bath Charter Township is served by bus services such as the Capital Area Transportation Authority (CATA) and the Blue Bus. The Blue Bus is a service provided by Clinton Transit. According to their website, Clinton Transit is a public transit system established in 2001 that provides curb to curb service to meet the transportation needs of passengers in all of Clinton County. The Blue Bus is a demand response system with busing running only when people have requested a ride. There are no bus stops or regular schedules for any routes like larger fixed route services, such as CATA. CATA has served the Greater Lansing area since 1972 and was formed under Public Act 55 (1963). CATA provides a variety of public transportation services in Ingham, Eaton and Clinton counties. CATA’s fixed route service in the township is limited to the Chandler Crossing area with seven bus stops located on Hunsaker and Coleman Roads (Route 25) and one in front of The Rocks apartments on Chandler Road (Route 26). 69 CATA ROUTES IN BATH TOWNSHIP �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 53 COMMUNITY FACILITIES TOWNSHIP BUILDINGS There are several public buildings in Bath Charter Township. The Township Hall was originally built in 1967, and it housed both the Township Offices and the Police Department. In 1995, the Township Hall was expanded to add administrative offices to the front of the building. In 2005, the Police Department expanded into its own office building adjacent to the Township Hall. On the same property lies the Fire Department, Department of Public Works garage, and the Senior Center. Finally, the oldest public building, the Community Center, was built in 1954 on Park Lake Road and is available to rent for events, educational purposes, and community happenings. In 2013, Bath Township officially opened the doors to a new service center for the community, the Bath Township Public Library located in Bath Corners. The library remains at this location. In 2018, Bath Township voters approved a millage for the public library. The Bath Township Public Library provides access to a selection of books, as well as a pick-up and drop-off location for the DeWitt Library. The library provides programs for the community, meeting and study spaces, as well as computers with access to the internet and Microsoft Office. �COMMUNITY FACILITIES | PAGE 54 POLICE SERVICE Public safety is a top priority for Bath Charter Township, where residents are serviced by Michigan State Police, Clinton County Sheriff’s Department, and the Bath Township Police Department. The Township’s own local department provides a strong model for community policing, with officers who are dedicated to serving as friendly, familiar faces throughout the township. They are assited in their efforts by a K-9 unit. As of January 2021, Bath Township had one Police Chief, eleven full-time police officers, and one part-time police officer. In 2020, the Bath Township Police Department responded to 15,102 calls. FIRE AND EMS SERVICE The Bath Township Fire Department was first formed in 1929, consisting of a host of volunteer firefighters. Throughout the years, many improvements have been made to the department. The fire station, redeveloped in 2001, sits just west of the Township Hall on Drumheller Road. The station is 9,987 square feet and houses the Fire Department’s equipment: two rescues, three engines, two brush trucks, one command car, one water tanker, one light and air truck, two boats, and one ATV vehicle that the Firefighter Association purchased from donations in honor of Chief Eugene “Bud” Rounds. The Fire Department has a full-time Fire Chief and Fire Marshal, as well as eighteen paid on-call firefighters. In 2020, the Fire Department was dispatched to 1,072 Service calls, with just over 200 calls being fire-based alarms. Bath Township Fire Department is also contracted for EMS and fire coverage for the northeast corner of DeWitt Township and has mutual aid agreements with all fire departments in Clinton County. The ISO fire protection rating for Bath Township is 6/9. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN | PAGE 55 SCHOOLS There are four different school districts that serve the education needs of Bath Township residents. The primary school district is Bath Community Schools, which serves the largest geographical area in the township. Children in the southeast portion of the township attend Haslett Public Schools. The southwest portion of the township is part of the East Lansing School District. Children in the northeast corner attend Laingsburg Community Schools. According to the 2019 American Community Survey, there were 7,952 children three years and older enrolled in school from Bath Township. For the 2018 - 19 school year, Bath Community Schools had 1,988 students enrolled in kindergarten through 12th grade. This includes 652 students at Bath High School, 698 at Bath Middle School, and 550 at Bath Elementary School. RECREATION The 2018-2022 Bath Charter Township Parks & Recreation Plan was updated and adopted on February 20, 2018. The Recreation Plan serves as a guide to improve recreation facilities and develop new recreational opportunities. The Recreation Plan forms the basis to guide policy for implementation of improvements and new initiatives that will meet the recreational goals and interests of the Bath Charter Township community. CEMETERIES Two Township cemeteries exist, Pleasant Hill on Webster Road comprising of five acres and Rose Cemetery on Upton Road comprising of about eight acres. Historically, the first cemetery to exist in Bath Township was the Cushman Cemetery (1839 A.D.), which was on Clark Road directly opposite the entrance to Chandler Estates. According to Burnett’s History of Bath Township, “a utility company working in the area unearthed several skeleton bones.” The remains were subsequently moved to Gunnisonville Cemetery in DeWitt Township. �COMMUNITY FACILITIES| PAGE 56 WATER & SEWER SERVICE Bath Charter Township is part of the Southern Clinton County Municipal Utilities Authority (SCCMUA). SCCMUA was formed in 1970 and subsequently purchased the existing wastewater treatment plant of the City of DeWitt. Each of the participating Townships purchased a percentage of wastewater treatment capacity which enabled the construction of the sewers for Bath Township, as well as the large sewer main connecting Bath and DeWitt Townships to the wastewater treatment plant. In 1980, a completely new wastewater treatment plant and offices were constructed by SCCMUA in DeWitt Township. The capacity of the plant is ten million gallons of waste per day, but treats an average flow of five million gallons per day. On average, Bath Charter Township produces 650,000 gallons of wastewater per day. The Township continues to update its sewer system and evaluate the need to perform repairs and preventative maintenance. The Sewer Master Plan helps drive these decisions, and the Capital Improvements Plan serves as a mechanism for funding some of the repairs and expansions. Increased development in Bath Charter Township has created a demand for public water systems. Municipal water is provided to sections of the township by the Lansing Board of Water and Light (LBWL). This service is limited to developments in the Urban Service Boundary (USB). Outside of that, water service is provided by private wells. Although most of the township still operates by personal septic tanks, the southern portion of Bath Township where concentrated development occurs is almost entirely connected to the municipal sewer. Sewer access is required in high-density developments. �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN | PAGE 57 �FUTURE LAND USE MAP | PAGE 58 Mlp2: Bath Cha-tar TcMnship: futu'9 Land Use ,._p n21.ill D n21:afc,"' "*" . ..... GIii ......... nntt,:JJIII .._. UN a.l11k• •• 7 &lhapt IIIIIIID I &It M&idK.llllfJ!!! • PIIII :at:•• ..,. . - Cl&!!!! • A• Cl&!!!!t! :l:A �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN | PAGE 59 �URBAN SERVICE BOUNDARY MAP| PAGE 60 Hath Oharter Township 2022 Urban Servioo Boundary Legend c:::I Uman 5ef'!J.'ice 8ol!lndary I I Bat h liowns!iap Parcels - - 1--69 &. Saginaw Hwy - - Roads N 1 0 D.250.5 --=:::::::1--• M•es ---===::::J 0 2,500 5JOOD US Feet �BATH CHARTER TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN | PAGE 61 Lansing, MI urb within Clinto 2010 Ce Round La Cutler Rd 3 2 6 1 5 4 DeWitt 3 2 Howe Rd Howe Rd BR 127 Web 10 11 7 12 bR 8 d 9 10 11 127 Herbison Rd 15 13 14 18 17 16 DeW 15 14 26 30 State Rd 29 21 22 Wood Rd Turner Rd 20 Stoll Rd 25 DeWitt Rd 19 24 Airport Rd 23 DeWitt Rd 27 Watertown Twp. Grove Rd 22 Lowell Rd Clark Rd 28 27 33 34 Lansing 34 35 36 31 23 BR 127 26 127 32 35 Sheridan Rd Regulated Area (2010 Census) D - N Minor Civil Division Lake/River County/Intercounty Drain - Open Channel County/Intercounty Drain - Enclosed Main Road Local Road 0 1 Scale in Miles 2 �LANSING URBANIZED AREA WITHIN CLINTON COUNTY| PAGE 62 banized Area on County ensus 3 Clise Rd Angle Rd Webster Rd Herbison Rd 16 17 Clark Rd 19 Drumheller Rd 20 Bath Twp. 23 22 21 30 29 28 27 Upton Rd 25 Center Rd Stoll Rd Peacock Rd 24 18 12 11 10 Center Rd 13 Watson Rd Witt Twp. d rR te n Hu 12 1 2 Upton Rd Center Rd 1 Chandler Rd Krepps Rd ake Rd 25 26 State Rd East Lansing 36 31 32 34 33 35 36 Colem an Rd 78 Source: Urban Areas derived from "Lansing, MI Urbanized Area 2010 Census" map Basemap from Clinton County Drain Commissioner's Office (2015) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Bath-Charter-Twp_Comprehensive-Plan_2020 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning Commission, Bath Charter Township, Clinton County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2020 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan 2021-2026 Description An account of the resource The Bath Charter Township Comprehensive Plan 2021-2026 was prepared by the Planning Commission in 2020. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Bath Charter Township (Mich.) Clinton County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/d887c3d9c895a949bb391a1d18d5c5b9.pdf e5710cabc3a69c388c8e9c3d97ef9311 PDF Text Text RESIDENTIAL/COMMERCIAL STRATEGY AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP AMENDMENT 11 Pittsfield Township Planning commission Adopted August 9, 1979 �RESIDENTIAL/COMMERCIAL STRATEGY AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP AMENDMENT #1 1. Amend the Residential Strategy, page 15, by adding the following new item: "7. Areas should be designated for residential buildings at high densities, without limitation as to height, for persons desiring high density living accomodations and buildings with central services. such areas could be especially suitable for housing for elderly persons. such housing could be incorporated into commercial and office centers in order to create a mixture and balance of uses." 2. Amend the land use plan, Residential Uses section, page 33, by adding the following paragraph after the last paragraph of this subsection: "High rise residential structures will be permitted within the several commercial and office areas as designated on the strategy maps, plates 3 and 4, for the purposes of providing a mixture and balance of land uses in these areas, and to provide housing which is conveniently located in relation to commercial and office facilities. such residential structures will be limited to areas which have frontage or direct access to one or more major arterial streets, as designated in this master plan and which will have public transportation services. It is preferable that high rise structures also be adjacent to large public open space areas or community parks. High rise residential buildings should be so located and designated as to enhance the appearance and importance of the major activity centers. These structures should not be located within or adjacent to existing or planned low-density residential areas unless these areas are part of a plan for a planned unit development. High rise residences may be used, subject to all the foregoing standards, as transition uses between commercial or office areas, and medium density residential areas." 3. Amend Commercial Strategy, Section #3, page 17, as follows: "3. Multi and verticle use areas (including office and residential) in the commercial areas are anticipated. High rise residential buildings, including senior citizen housing, are considered suitable in the three designated commercial areas (see Plate 14)." -1- �Residential/Commercial strategy Amendment to the Comprehensive Plan Pittsfield Charter Township 4. Amend "Residential Densities", following paragraph in the section: page 40, by adding the "High rise housing facilities are not included in Table 1 of this plan because of the uncertainty regarding location and the relatively small size of the population that would be included in such areas." Motion made by Peer and supported by Wiedman to approve the Amendment to the Comprehensive Plan. Roll Call Ayes: Nayes: Absent: Vote: Woolley, Gates, Peer, Farrell, Wiedman None Morris, Cushing Motion carried. -2- �( ( CHARTER TOWNSHIP OF PITTSFIELD, TOWNSHIP ELLSWORTH COMMERCIAL AREA TEXT ILE QC ...z w w A. QC < u ...< ... w 11'1 BEMIS COMMERCIAL STRATEGY * PLATE 4 Possible areas for high rise, high density residential structures (Master plan amended August 9, 1979) ,r �( -15is in the range of 40 percent low density (single-family detached dwellings); 20 percent in moderate density areas (such as single-family attached, modular housing, townhouses and mobile homes); and the remaining 40 percent in higher density categories (such as townhouses, walk-up apartments, and highrise dwellings). Agricultural Strategy · 1. Since much more land is available for urban use than will be required to serve the expected urban population of 1990, the plan will provide for interim uses and land use patterns which are reasonable in terms of land values and location but which will permit later extension of sanitary sewer and water facilities and other urban services, and development at urban densities. Orderly conversion will be emphasized so that agricultural uses will be permitted, indeed encouraged, as one interim use during the conversion period. 2. Designation of areas in the General Development Plan for residential uses applies to an ultimate development condition. Such designation will not preclude agricultural activities as interim uses during the period of transition from rural use to urban development. 3. Agricultural activities include uses of land other than for crops, including nurserys, game preserves and wildlife areas, hunting and stables. Commercial Strategy 1. The Township will require compact, unified centers for commerce and services in strategic locations at intersections of major streets and will discourage indiscriminate scattering of these uses along major streets throughout the Township. The Township intends to prevent strip commercial development along major and secondary streets. (See Plate 4.) 2. Existing commercial developments on Carpenter Road and Washtenaw Avenue, at Carpenter and Packard Roads, and at Carpenter and Ellsworth Roads, should be contained within their present general development areas and should not be expanded in a linear fashion along the street on which they front. Existing commercial developments at Carpenter Road and Michigan Avenue should be enlarged somewhat into adjacent areas but should not be further extended along Michigan Avenue. New general commercial centers should be located on Michigan Avenue at Platt Road and at State Road, at the Ann Arbor Saline interchange south of I-94, and on the west side of State Road between I-94 and Ellsworth Road. �AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSI\ 1. IELD AUGUST 9, 1979 Amend the Residential Strategy, page 15 by adding the following new item: "7. 2. PLAN - CHARTER TOWNSHIP OF PIT{ Areas should be designated for residential buildings at high densities, without limitation as to height, for persons desiring high density living accommodations and buildings with central services. Such areas could be especially suitable for housing for elderly persons. Such housing could be incorporated into commercial and office centers in order to create a mixture and balance of uses." Amend the land use plan, Residential Uses section, page 33, by adding the following paragraph after the last paragraph of this subsection: "High rise residential structures will be permitted within the several commercial and office areas as designated on the strategy maps, plates 3 and 4, for the purposes of providing a mixture and balance of land uses in these areas, and to provide housing which is conveniently located in relation to commercial and office facilities. Such residential structures will be limited to areas which have frontage or direct access to one or more major arterial streets, as designated in this master plan and which will have public transportation services. It is preferable that high rise structures also be adjacent to large public open space areas or community parks. High Rise residential buildings should be so located and designed as to -enhance the appearance and importance of the major activity centers. These structures should not be located within or adjacent to existing or planned low-densit y residential areas unless these areas are part of a plan for a planned unit development. High rise residences may be used, subject to all the foregoing standards, as transition uses between commercial or office areas, and medium density residential areas." 3. Amend Commercial Strategy, Section #3, page 17, as follows: "3. 4. Multi-and verticle use areas (including office and residential) in the commercial areas are anticipated. High rise residential buildings, including senior citizen housing, are considered suitable in the three designated commercial areas(See Plate #4)." Amend "Residential Densities", page 40, by adding the following paragraph after the last paragraph in the section: "High rise housing facilities are not included in Table 1 of this plan because of the uncertainty regarding location and the relatively small size of the population that would be included in such areas." Motion made by Peer supported by Wiedman to approve the Amendment to the Comprehensive Plan Roll Call Vote: Ayes: Woolley, Gates, Peer, Farrell, Wiedman Nayes: None Absent: Morris, Cushing Motion Carried. �SECTION 15/16 DEVELOPMENT POLICY AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP AMENDMENT 12 Pittsfield Township Planning Commission Adopted February 17, 1983 �Section 15/16 DEVELOPMENT POLICY AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP 1. Land Use Plan - The land use plan is illustrated in Map 1 and Table 1. 1.1 Residential Land Use - The southeast quarter of Section 16 (Residential Component #13), east of the railroad track, and the southwest quarter of Section 15 (Residential Component #14) are designated for resideutial use. Two densities are designated - medium density along the railroad track, the industrial boundary, and the south edge of the landfill/future park; and low density in the remainder of the area. The medium density residential category includes single-family detached and attached dwellings, two-family dwellings and townhouse units, at a design density of 6 dwelling units per acre. The low density residential category includes single-family detached or attached units, at a design density of 2.6 dwelling units per acre. In both categories dwelling units may be clustered. Residential densities are summarized in Table 2. The acreages and dwelling unit numbers presented in this table are illustrative; actual numbers for development approval will be calculated on the basis of information supplied in applications for approval. However, Table 2 illustrates a basic policy of this plan; namely preservation and protection of open space. Wetlands (consisting of Houghton, Hoytville, and Pewamo soils, as defined in the Soil Survey of Washtenaw County, Soil Conservation Service) are not developable in their natural state and are vital to the hydrologic system. Therefore these soi 1 s are not to be developed and are not to be included in the density base area used to determine the number of dwelling units to be permitted. Wooded areas not in the wetland area are developable, but township pol icy is to retain as much of the wooded areas as possible. To encourage retention, the density permitted in such wooded areas may be transferred to other developable land in the designated residential sector, but at least 50 percent of existing wooded areas are to be retained. The residential area wi 11 be oriented in part to the City of Ann Arbor. However, the primary orientation is intended to be to the south, to the future town center. �2 1.2 Residential/Office - The 9 acre area along the south side of Ellsworth Road presently contains four residences. These may continue as single-family dwellings; they may be converted to two-family dwellings or offices or the area may be cleared and medium density residential uni ts ( two-family townhouses, etc. or offices) may be constructed. 1. 3 Open Space - Four open space areas are designated. Three are wooded areas located in the east half of Section 16. The northernmost area, in the industrial sector, is 10 acres in area, and is intended to be preserved in its entirety, since it is the only stand of trees in entire 385 acre industrial area. The other two wooded areas are located in the medium density residential area. As noted in Section 1.1, preceding, at least 50 percent of each of these two wooded areas is to be preserved. The fourth open space area is the wetland/wooded area along Morgan Road and the Swift Run Drain. This area is to be retained as a preserve and groundwater recharge area, and as a natural storm water retention area. At least 50 percent of the woods in the north part of the area should be preserved intact, with the maximum number of trees in the remaining 50 percent of the woods also to be preserved. 1.4 Landfill Site - The City's landfill site will be gradually filled from east to west. Upon completion, the site will be converted to a major community park. Access to the landfill operation will be limited to one drive from Platt Road. A berm, fence, and landscape screen will be provided along the south, west, and north edges of the landfill site (in Pittsfield Township) during landfill operations. The berm and fence will be removed upon conversion of the landfill to a park. 1.5 Local Commercial - A small local convenience center of approximately three acres is designated in the southeast quadrant of the Ellsworth/Stone School Road intersection. The center is intended to serve the residential areas north of Ellsworth Road and the future residential areas in Sections 15 and 16. The commercial area should be developed as a shopping center and should contain shops which provide for the daily, convenience needs of nearby residents. Small offices may also be included in the center. 1.6 General Commercial - An 8 acre tract at the southeast corner of the State/Ellsworth Road intersection is designated for general commercial use. This area is not �3 expected to be developed in the form of a shopping center. However, the number of driveways should be rninimi zed and the several lots should be con sol ida ted to the rnaximim extent feasible. 1.7 Research/Industrial - The remaining 385 acres of the planning area is designated for research and various types of light and high technology industry. Development should occur in one or more park-1 ike settings with the entire area tied together with an interior road system and utilities, especially storm drainage. The existing trees along the railroad right-of-way in the south part of Section 16 should be preserved as a buffer for the residential area to the east. A landscape buffer strip at least 100 feet wide should be created along the south line of the industrial area east of the railroad to screen the future residential area from industrial uses. The research/industrial area should be developed in large land parcels, so that the necessary common facilities, such as roads, sanitary sewer and water services, and storm drainage facilities, can be properly provided. The area should not be divided into small, unrelated parcels of land. Each development parcel should participate in its share of common facilities. 2. Land Use Projections 2 .1 Residential - The designated residential area has a capacity of 1,081 dwelling units and 2,469 people. {See Table 2. Note - Residential Component #13 is the area west of Stone School Road; Residential Component #14 is east of the road.) 2.2 Public School Children - The number of public school children which can be expected to be generated by the residential areas {upon complete development) is presented in Table 2. The generation rates reflect current experience in the Ann Arbor school district and are subject to change in future years. 2. 3 Parkland - The basic parkland requirement in the master plan is one acre of public parkland per 100 people. This requirement consists of two components: 1/2 acre of neighborhood-type playgrounds and 1/2 acre of large, community parks. Since ample open space will be available in the residential area and in the future comrnuni ty park to be created from the landfill site, only playground facilities will be needed in the residential area, as follows: �4 Residential Component 13 Residential Component 14 7 Acres (1,458 People x 0.5 AC/100 People} 5 Acres (1,011 People x 0.5 AC/100 People} 2.4 Employees - The number of employees which will be generated by commercial and office uses in the planning area will be negligible. For the research/industrial area a reasonable employee/land ratio would be 10 employees per acre. On this basis the research/industrial area would generate 3,850 employees. 2. 5 Vehicle Trips - The residential area wi 11 generate 8,648 vehicle trips per 24 hour period (vt/d), based on 8 vt/d per dwelling unit. (Residential Component 13 will generate 5,168 vt/d; Residential Component 14 will generate 3,480 vt/d.} The industrial area will generate 11,550 vt/d, based on a rate of 3 vt/d per employee. Trip generation rates for the commercial and residential/off ice areas would be 200 vt/d per acre and 50 vt/d per acre, respectively. On these bases the commercial area will generate 2,284 vt/d and the residential office area 466 vt/d. The total number of vehicle trips which would be generated by the designated land uses in the planning area, upon complete development, would be: Residential Industrial Commercial Residential/office 8,648 vt/d 11,550 2,284 466 22,948 vt/d The trip generation data are presented on Map 2. This map shows the number of vehicle trips per day assumed to be generated by each area of land use and the percentage of those trips assumed to be entering and leaving the area through the indicated points. The assumed distribution of vehicle trips on area roads, projected from the designated land uses, is shown on Map 3. This distribution is based on the generation data presented on Map 2, and on the assumption that 60 percent of traffic will interchange with a land use area from the north or west, and 40 percent will interchange from the east or south. For example, the industrial area in the southwest part of Section 16 has a projected traffic flow of 3,162 vehicle trips. Map 2 shows that 60 percent of these trips are assumed to enter and leave via State Road and 30 percent via Morgan Road. Sixty percent of the State Road trips are assumed to enter from the north �5 and exit to the north, and 40 percent of the trips are assumed to enter from the south and exit to the south on State Road. Similarly 60 percent of the trips allocated to Morgan Road are assumed to enter from the west and exit to the west; 40 percent are assumed to enter from the east and exit to the east. The projected accumulated traffic volumes from the designated land uses are shown at selected locations on the existing roads. These volumes do not include through traffic on the roads. 3. Transportation Plan 3 .1 Road Plan - The road plan is shown on Map 4. In addition to the policies indicated on the map, the following policies apply. A. State Road should be increased to four driving lanes from Morgan Road north, with turn lanes provided at major intersections. A traffic signal might eventually be needed at Morgan Road. B. Ellsworth Road should be expanded to four driving lanes between State and Platt Roads, with turn lanes provided at major intersections. Traffic signals might eventually be needed at Stone School and Platt Roads. c. Stone School Road should be paved between Ellsworth and Morgan Roads. Two driving lanes will be required, with turn lanes at major intersections. The road should be extended to the south to improve the relationship between the future residential area and the future town center. D. Morgan Road should be paved between State and Platt Roads. Two driving lanes will be required, with turn lanes to be provided at major intersections. 3.2 Public Transportation - Bus service should be extended to the planning area as the area develops. The interior road system of the research/industrial area should be designed to accommodate busses. 3. 3 Pedestrian/Bicycle Paths - Paths should be provided along Ellsworth, State, and Stone School Roads, and throughout the research/industrial area. A path system should also be developed in the Swift Run Drain Corridor, to provide access to the future park in the landfill site, and to points north along Platt Road. The path can also be extended to the south to the future town center. Secondary paths should be provided from the residential area to the central path. �6 3.4 4. Ann Arbor Municipal Airport - The Comprehensive Plan's statements regarding the airport, as they appear on pages 43 and 58 in the plan report, are still valid, as they apply to Section 15/16. The 5,000 foot, 10-28 runway presently being promoted for the airport directly affects future land use in Section 15/16. The f 1 ight patterns that would result from that runway could have potentially adverse impacts on the designated residential area (components 13 and 14), even to the extent that residential might not be an acceptable use in this area because of safety and noise problems. The Township's desired land use pattern should take precedence over airport improvements - residential use in this area should not be precluded or jeopardized by proposed airport improvements. Public Utilities Plan 4 .1 Sanitary Sewers - A trunk sanitary sewer should be constructed along Airport Drain in accordance with Alternate 2 of the "Airport Sanitary Sewer Study" prepared by the Township Engineer. The Ellsworth Road frontage sewer should also be constructed as part of the Airport sewer project between State Road and the Airport sewer trunk, to provide service to the properties along the south side of Ellsworth Road. Lateral sewers to serve individual parcels should be provided by developers. The airport sewer trunk and the Ellsworth Road lateral will serve all of Section 16 east of State Road, except the southeast 1/4, which drains by gravity to the south. This area, and the southwest 1/4 of Section 15, both designated for residential use (Residential Components 13 and 14 respectively), will be served by the Michigan Avenue trunk sewer 1 1/2 miles to the south. 4.2 Water - A 16 inch water line should be constructed in Stone School and Ellsworth Roads, between the existing lines in Morgan and State Roads. This line will complete a water service loop around Section 16 and will provide service to the west part of Section 15. 4.3 Storm Drainage - The research/industrial area will drain into the Airport Drain. Retention facilities should be provided within the industrial area to control the water volumes in the drain. A series of retention facilities to serve the entire research/industrial area, maintained by a drainage district, would be preferable to retention facilities on individual sites. �7 The residential area drains by gravity into the Swift Run Drain. Retention facilities for the residential area should be provided in natural low areas in the open space corridor along the drain. 5. Public Facilities Plan - Only two kinds of public facilities are of concern to the planning area - public schools and playgrounds. Other facilities are or will be available within a reasonable distance of the area. The projections in Table 2 indicate an ultimate need of 330 elementary school student stations. This amounts to approximately one-half an elementary school building. Because . of the trend of reduced enrollments in the Ann Arbor school district, and conversely, rising capacity in the district's elementary schools, and the expected continuation in these trends, no new elementary school facilities will be provided in this area. Children will be bussed to elementary schools which have sufficient capacity. · The projected need for junior and senior high school facilities is substantially smaller than the elementary need, and the solution will be the same - bussing to schools with capacity. There is no indication that a junior or senior high school facility will be provided in this area in the forseeable future. The projections in Table 2 also indicate a need for two playgrounds in the residential area, one in each residential component. A general location of the playgrounds is indicated on Map 1. The playgrounds should be more or less centrally located within each residential area, and part of each facility can be located within a wooded area. 6. Zoning Plan - The entire industrial area should be zoned I1. This district permits research and light industrial uses. R-D, W-1 and PUD zoning districts could also be utilized in special instances, particularly the PUD district, where a park-like industrial or research development is desired. The entire area should be zoned I-1 at one time, upon Township initiative, prior to need, in order to eliminate potential delays in developing industrial property. The general commercial area at State/Ellsworth Road should be zoned C-2, except the auto service station, which can remain zoned C-3. Only two lots remain to be zoned C-2; the remainder of the area is zoned properly. �8 The 11.18 acre parcel in the southeast quadrant of the Stone School/Ellsworth intersection should be zoned C-1 and I-1. Approximately 3 acres at the intersection should be zoned cl for the local commercial center proposed for this location. The remainder should be zoned I-1; R-D would also be acceptable. PUD zoning would be acceptable for the entire parcel and would permit a mixing of uses. Zoning of this parcel should await a petition from the owner in order to eliminate uncertainties regarding uses and types/location of zoning districts. The residential-office area should remain in its preser.t AG zoning until a change in use is desired by a property owner in that area. Appropriate districts would be R-2A, R-2B, or 0-1. The residential area should remain zoned AG until sanitary sewer services are available to the area. At such time the preferred zoning would be PUD, to permit a mixing of housing types and proper provision of open spaces. The zoning plan is illustrated on Map 5. �Table 1 FUTURE LAND USE Section 15/16 PLANNING AREA Land Use Low Density Residential Medium Density Residential Residendial/Office Open Space Landfill/ Future Park Area (in Acres) Percent of Total Land Area 88 10.6 118 14.2 9 1.1 90 10.8 109 13.l Local Commercial 3 General Commercial 8 1.0 385 46.4 20 2.4 830 100.0 Research/Industrial Railroad Right-of-Way �Table 2 RESIDENTIAL AREA PROJECTIONS Section 15/16 PLANNING AREA Residential Component 13 (Section 16) Gross Acreage Residential Component 14 (Section 15) Totals 132 Ac 154 Ac 286 Ac Low Density 36 Ac 52 Ac 88 Ac Medium Density 68 50 Net Residential Area: Total 104 Ac 102 Ac 118 206 Ac Number of Dwelling Units: Low Density 94 DUs (@ 2.6 DUs/Ac) 135 DUs (@ 2.6 DUs/Ac) 229 DUs Medium Density 552 DUs (@ 6 DUsLAc) 300 DUs (@ 6 DUsLAc) 852 DUs 646 DUs 435 DUs 1,081 DUs Number of People: Low Density Medium Density 244 People (@ 2.6 P/DU) 1,214 People (@ 2.2 PLDU) 351 People (@ 2.6 P/DU) 595 People 660 People (@ 2.2 PLDU) 1,874 People 1,458 People 1,011 People 2,469 People Gross 4.89 DU/Ac (646 DU/132 Ac) 2.82 DU/Ac (435 DU/154 Ac) 3.78 DU/Ac (1,081 DU/286 Ac) Net 6.21 DU/Ac (646 DU/104 Ac) 4.26 DU/Ac (435 DU/102 Ac) 5.25 DU/Ac (1,081 DU/206 Ac) Overall Densities: �TABLE 2 Continued Residential Component 13 (Section 16) Residential Component 14 (Section 15) Totals Public School Children: Low Density K-6 52 (94 DUS 7-9 10-12 X 0.55) 21 (52 children x 0.4) 74 (135 DUs 126 X 30 (75 children x 0.4) 26 37 (52 children x 0.5) (74 children 99 0.55) 51 63 X 0.5) 141 240 Medium Density K-6 7-9 10-12 138 (552 DUs X 0.25) 75 (300 DUs 213 X 0.25) 55 30 (138 children x 0.4) (75 children x 0.4) 69 38 (138 children x 0.5) (75 children x 0.5) 262 143 85 107 405 Total Number Public School Children, both Residential Components: K-6 7-9 10-12 339 136 170 645 �t1 a~ 3 ·- _scll -::2 J ~ ~ C) -:::1.. ~ ~ 2 j - - -·- \ ~ 0- .:::I �" ... ... ~... ... ~ V\ ~ ~II'\ ~ i"'>g I,.-., {'y\ ~ ~~ 7/'YQ,(.s;.. ~ \ J ~w ~ I('~ r::r= ,--m .... -- \ \ --1 I I a.) ~ 1/) \ ' 1 �zeu,o(h!J1o; ~ 144?>~~) hi.. I I l'IB'1~14'l"~ ~ (4o1:} ~ °C4',~ "g\¢ ~,,! 1' 11 II 4447. i r A1Afll)~ ,ff)~'(} ~5°W6 ~78 ~ I •- I I (1,e,?o') 443~ , r " II 'lH or '1-Y l - I ,,,-443~ 1774 (401.) . ------------ _ _ ___J --.._ ~ .~ _, ~' . \ I , I I I I I II 4240 \ 1 I I ,, / ... ' ' ~------- I I I• ... ,,,- 11 ="38oB \ _J ~'17'lt I 47Zb -L------ / • £-U-:S°IA/b, '\ -·.. l Zf,(,/ ~ 35'48 1 - -~ - 4q"7 I I ,' 4'115" \ _,_---\ \ (3~) f1,>:! I'. 111 t r \1l' --r 4IB7 1 3'?'30./i -~ ·· · · 30q3/ ·"l lb75" {~o7o) ,_,~ ,. {4r:t'/i,) zs-12 ~ /Al - - It♦ X II - , .I -•(V"i: - --,Y _· ---- zqg~ I I ~~ -- - - • +--12DJ"ECTED !12.\P D15n2.IBt.m0k.J (\IE.HICLE. ~ \ P S ~ DA'-{- -rt/d) ~/\t.iP ~ �• "' ij ~ V\ -~ . C: . •. ~ -. "E <t ~ -~ 2 ·•.'-...... .. ul .J <1 \.} Vl �~ ~ \}\ ~ I• ~ V) ~ I ''t j~j: __!f lr I i / ___ d I I !Iii1 r \()11 r-C-1. ,F ii" I I K'.-ZA, '2-2B, 0-1 i I ,E<-L.5""""71,' @I / . .. . .I-1t oe MIX OF= I-11, T2-D,W-i. ... J a.PUD / ----·- ··-------------- --1 ( AG j LAtt2 PuD . , I . • •1 .eo. - I (Al<- ..· . . - .... ~11 ZD"-11~6 :PLA~ I ·---. ~I I MAP 5 �. ~ : -:- ·- ·- - ~ · · ~- L~.,_,___.....- .- T -e1,_ - ::::-J:::' .:..-· ,--- .. !,'• - r·--- ~ 1 cu •l!. I ; :..,.:1:- J:! ~ 4 ,e 7 ! I 32 M(IU 1TT 0 r===t1t==~~=:d,1I,/' I' 1(~ RESIDENTIAL COMPONENTS Plate 8 Rev: 2-17-83 �-39- Table 1 POPULATION AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES EQUIVALENTS Residential Cornponent 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 14a 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Gross Acreage 220 151 225 233 38 22 222 229 140 373 84 330 132 154 80 109 276 152 152 210 162 207 260 185 157 163 10 37 33 91 90 129 308 227 1,137 Totals Dwelling Units 220 453 675 233 304 88 2,664 916 1,680 1,119 168 660 646 435 320 545 552 456 760 1,260 1,944 1,656 2,080 925 942 652 80 148 132 546 450 645 308 227 1,137 26,026 Population Equivalent 660 1,359 2,025 699 760 246 7,459 2,565 4,704 3,357 504 1,980 1,458 1,011 832 1,526 1,656 1,368 2,128 3,528 4,860 4,637 5,824 2,590 2,638 1,826 200 370 330 1,529 1,260 1,806 924 681 3,411 72,711 School Classroom Equivalent (1) 4 7 10 3 4 1 38 13 24 17 3 10 12 11 8 8 8 7 11 18 24 23 29 13 13 9 1 2 2 8 6 9 9 7 34 406 Park Land Requirement(l) 3.3 6.0 10.1 3.5 3.7 1.2 3.7 12.8 23.5 16.8 2.5 9.9 7.3 5.1 4.2 7.6 8.3 6.4 10.7 17.6 24.3 23.2 29.1 13.0 13.2 9.1 1.0 1.9 1.7 7.8 6.3 9.0 9.2 6.8 34.1 Density 1 3 3 1 8 4 12 4 12 3 2 2 5 3 4 5 2 3 5 6 12 8 8 5 6 4 8 4 4 6 5 5 1 1 353.9 (l)Based on an actual population of 39,000 rather than the "density population equivalent" of 74,875. Rev. 2-17-83 �CARPENTER ROAD CORRIDOR DEVELOPMENT POLICY AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP AMENDMENT #3 This development policy for the Carpenter Road corridor as designated herein was adopted pursuant to the Rural Township Planning Commission Act (Act #168, P.A. 1959, as amended) and constitutes an amendment to the adopted Comprehensive P1an with respect to the Carpenter Road corridor. All statements, data, and illustrations that are contained in this report supercede and replace any statements, data, and illustrations that are contained in the Adopted Comprehensive Plan as they relate to the Carpenter Road corridor. Pittsfield Township Planning Commission Adopted July 19, 1984 �CARPENTER ROAD CORRIDOR DEVELOPMENT POLICY AMENDMENT TO THE CCJ,tPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP AMENDMENT #3 1. Objectives 1.01 The integrity and stability of the single-family residential neighborhood east of Crystal Drive should be protected. Future land uses, buildings, and site developments along the west side of Crystal Drive should be compatible with single-family residences. 1.02 Commercial and office sites should not be permitted to have vehicular access to Crystal Drive. 1. 03 2. Commercial uses should be concentrated at the Washtenaw AvenueCarpenter Road and Packard Road/Carpenter Road intersections. Commercial strip development along Carpenter Road should not be permitted. Land Use and Development Policies 2.01 The Carpenter Road frontage should be developed for office use between the commercial areas at the Carpenter Road/Washtenaw Avenue and Carpenter Road/Packard Road intersections. 2.02 Office and commercial use may extend to the west frontage of Crystal Drive if all the following conditions are met: a) The lots on the west side of Crystal Drive are combined for site planning and development purposes with adjacent lots that front onto Carpenter Road. b} Vehicular access to Crystal Drive is not permitted for any office or commercial parcel. c) A landscape buffer strip, consisting of earth berms, trees, and shrubs, is provided along the west right-of-way line of Crystal Drive, and around lots #28-31 and #17-18. d} The frontage along the west side of Crystal Drive is treated as a front yard for zoning purposes, and setback requirements for structures and parking are applied accordingly. e) The buildings and site layout are designed to make the height and overall scale of the building and the site improvements compatible with the single-family residential character of the adjacent neighborhood. 1 7-19-84 �f) Development is planned and approved under the PUD zoning district regulations. 2.03 The lots fronting on the east side of Carpenter Road should be combined with adjacent lots fronting on the west side of Crystal Drive and planned and developed as one site, to provide sites of reasonable depth. Lots that are adjacent (side to side) along Carpenter Road should be combined for planning and development, to reduce the number of potential driveway openings on Carpenter Road. Lots that are already assembled under one ownership should not be separated into smaller development parcels. 2.04 If the lots on the west side of Crystal Drive are to be developed separately (in relation to the adjacent lots on Carpenter Road) the use of these lots should be low density residential (single-family detached.) The adjacent lots along Carpenter Road should be used for office purposes. In this situation, the office lots along Carpenter Road should provide screening and plant materials along the corrmon property lines, to buffer and protect the adjacent residences. 2.05 Commercial uses may be permitted in the area between Carpenter Road and Crystal Drive, but only if they are located in the north part of the development area north of Central Boulevard and in the south part of the development area south of Central Boulevard, and if all the conditions set forth in Section 2.02, preceding, are met. Unless all these conditions are satisfied, additional commercial uses should not be permitted to develop along this segment of Carpenter Road. 2.06 Lots #71, 73-76 and 79-80, on the west side of Carpenter Road, should be developed for office uses. The existing residences on Lot #71 may continue, but conversion to or replacement by office uses would be acceptable. Lots #49-51, presently combined with lots #79 and 80, should be developed with lots #79 and 80 as one office complex. If they are developed separately, the preferred use is multiple-family residential. 2.07 Lots #47 and 48, along Gross Road, should be developed for office use, if the lots adjacent to the north are used for offices. If the lots adjacent to the north are used for multiple-family residences, lots #47 and 48 should also be used for multiple-family residences. The two lots could also be combined with lots adjacent to the south and/or east for purposes of commercial development. However, commercial use should not be permitted unless the lots are planned and developed in common with the adjacent lots. The existing residences may continue until conversion or replacement occurs. 2.08 Lots #52, 53, and the south half of 54 should be ~sed for myltiplefamily residences. Office use would be acceptable 1f the entire area were combined and planned and developed jointly with the adjacent lots on Carpenter Road. The existing residences may continue until conversion or replacement occurs. 2 7-19-84 �2.09 Lots #59 and 60 should be developed for multiple-family residential use, but the existing residences may continue until conversion or replacement occurs. Office or commercial uses would be acceptable if the two lots were combined with the adjacent office or commercial properties and planned and developed in conjunction with them. 2.10 The existing single-family residential zoning classification in the area between Carpenter Road and Crystal Drive should be retained until specific development proposals are submitted to Pittsfield Township for review and approval. This policy will permit zoning changes and site plans to be reviewed simultaneously, thereby helping assure that the objectives and policies of this plan will be implemented. 2.11 Planned unit development (PUD) zoning should be used to properly mix land uses and to make certain that development proposals will be implemented in accordance with this plan. 2.12 Gross Road should be paved when new development, with principal access to this road, occurs. 3 7-19-84 �......... . .~ .·.·· ···6;···> :' :- ___ -~ 59 ... . ·, .•. .. .. ~ .. ... ---- - -·-· ' .. ,___ _. I ._- I ;'. !' 78 79 o I :Zoo' 100' I I I I J i ~ ~ ~ i ~ I I I ~i ~ ~' ~ ,· f ! I L �I I H AMENDMENT 414 NORTHWEST AREA PLAN AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP WASHTENAW COUNTY, MICHIGAN Adopted by the Pittsfield Township Planning Commission February 6, 1986 CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION: I hereby certify that the attached amendment to the Comprehensive Plan of Pittsfield Charter Township was adopted by the Planning Commission of Pittsfield Charter Township, in accordance with Act 168, Public Acts of 1959, as amended, by unanimous vote (6 yes, 0 no) on February 6, 1986. Peer, Secretary Planning Commission Pittsfield Charter Township �f " NORTHWEST AREA DEVELOPMENT POLICY AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP PART 1 INTRODUCTION 1.01 Planning Area - The plan amendment covers the northwest corner of the Township. The area is bounded on the west by the Pittsfield/Lodi Township line; on the south by the south frontage of Ellsworth Road and the road itself, east of Lohr Road; on the east by the west edge of the Airport Plaza development; and on the northeast by the 194 freeway. (See map 1.) The planning area has a land area of 1,385 . acres or 2.2 sguare miles. 1.02 Existing Conditions - The planning area has at present, or faces in the future, a number of significant conditions that require detailed planning attention. These are, in summary form, as follow. a) The area is close to the interchange on 194, and the land closest to the interchange ramps is undeveloped. The interchange will be a major factor influencing the nature and timing of development in the planning area. The interchange will attract commercial development. b) The planning area is located in a developing residential corridor between the cities of Ann Arbor and Saline. Both cities, and Lodi Township in between, are preserving the residential character of this corridor. c) The planning area has a strong orientation to the city of Ann Arbor. Therefore, a strong community identity should be established for residential development in the area, to strengthen the relationship with Pittsfield Township. d) The interchange area functions as an entry to the city of Ann Arbor from the south, and as a entry to Pittsfield Township and the Lodi/Saline community from 194 and the north. e) The area is subject to development influences of Briarwood, as these advance to the west, on both sides of 194. The planning area is the west terminus of the Briarwood influence area, on the south side of 194. 1-1 �1.03 f) Public water and sanitary sewer services can be provided to the planning area (the area is designated for services in the comprehensive plan adopted in 1976). However, there are significant limits to the extent of water and sewer services in this area. g) The planning area has limited accessibility by surface roads, because the 194 freeway blocks traffic flow between the a~ea and the city to the north. As a result, Ann Arbor Saline Road will be the ma j or access route for the planning area, since it is the only road that crosses the freeway. Therefore, development in the area will create heavy traffic demands on this road. The Lohr/Waters intersection with Ann Arbor Saline Road and the ramp area to the north will be the major traffic problem area. h) The natural features in the planning area present no major limitations to development. Topography has a definite pattern that should be respected, but slopes are low to moderate. Drainage is available to all parts of the planning area, but retention facilities will be required to control discharges. Soils are generally not a problem for development if drainage facilities improve wet soil conditions in certain parts of the area. Poor soil conditions are limited to drainage corridors. These areas are small and provide opportunities as open space features. Purpose of Plan Amendment - This amendment is intended to provide more detailed policies for the area than are contained in the adopted comprehensive plan. This amendment is the fourth in a series of refinements of adopted policies for critical areas of the Township. The Planning Commission believes that the northwest area will experience substantial growth pressure in the foreseeable future, and that detailed policies are required now to cope with these pressures. The current adopted plan designates the northwest area for urban development and contains numerous policies that apply, in a general way, to the area. This amendment uses the adopted plan as a base, and elaborates these policies, or in some cases, modifies them, to the particular circumstances in the area. In the event of a conflict between this amendment and the current comprehensive plan as adopted in 1975, interpretation should favor the policies in this amendment. This plan amendment is the culmination of over one year's study of the planning area by the Planning Commission. Five working papers were prepared during the course of the study to generate discussion and to focus attention on critical issues. Numerous public meetings, in which public participa- 1-2 I -~-·..... �/- , . tion was encouraged, were held on the study as it progressed to its adoptive stage. The Planning Commission considered nine alternative land use patterns in the process of deciding on the policies set forth herein. This plan amendment is intended to set Township policy for the planning area for the foreseeable future. It will be the basis for zoning decisions, development reviews, planning and construction of water and sanitary sewer facilities, road improvements, land acquisition for public purposes, and other public improvements. The plan is detailed and i t attempts to anticipate future needs. Nevertheless, conditions change over time, and changing conditions and experience with the plan will - likely indicate the necessity of reviewing and possibly modifying these policies from time to time. ..' 1-3 -· . . ... �• l' .·, • ·,ia~ i t III : M 1· ·! ~ ii ll 11 ~ c:( ~ .-f c:( 0.. c:, c:( zz .... z E . . ' c:( 0.. . -~ . . L . --- - ---- ti:1~~~¢ .m - �PART 2 PROJECTIONS The land use policies in this amendment result in the following projections. 2.01 Land Use Distribution - The distribution of proposed land uses is presented in Table 1. Residential land use comprises 73 percent of the planning area. Commercial and office uses comprise 17 percent of the area. -Park land comprises 2.5 percent of the land area. 2.02 Residential Land Use - The designated residential area has a capacity of 2,060 dwelling units and 4,300 people (numbers are rounded). Projections by residential component are presented in Table 2. 2.03 Public School Child r en - The planning area could generate as many as 1,200 to 1,300 K-12 school children by the time the residential parts of the planning area are fully developed. However, the actual number of K-12 children at any one time in the future will probably be substantially less, because of the long period of time in which the housing will be constructed in the area, and the cyclical nature of household sizes and ages of residents. 2.04 Public Park Land - The projected population of the planning area will require 35 acres of public park land when the residential areas are completely developed. The park land is divided into three neighborhood parks at five acres each, and one community park at 20 acres. The requirement is based on the comprehensive plan standard of 10 acres per 1,000 people. However, the requirement is reduced somewhat to reflect less demand for neighborhood recreation area by people living in rural areas. 2.05 Employment - The office and industrial areas will be employment centers. These areas have a potential of generating as many as 7,000 jobs, based on 40 employees per acre in the office areas, and 20 employees per acre in the industrial areas. 2.06 Traffic (Vehicle Trips) - Projected traffic, assigned to the planned road network, is presented on map 8. The projections include only additional traffic that wi~l ,be generated by land uses in the planning area; they do ' not ' include existing 2-1 , �• J. • , • traffic on area roads or future increases in that traffic that will be generated by uses outside the planning area. 2.07 Public Water and Sanitary Sewer Demands - The urban part of the planning area will generate an average demand of 0.6 mgd of water and sanitary sewer capacities. 2-2 J �• J. . .. TABLE 1 FUTURE LAND USE NORTHWEST PLANNING AREA Land Use Area (in acres) Percent of Total Land Area Rural Residential 564 40.8 Low Density Residential 326 23.6 Medium Density Residential 59 4.3 High Density Residential 67 4.8 Village Center (Commercial) 21 1.5 Shopping Center (Commercial) 35 2.5 Highway Commercial 41 3.0 133 9.7 95 6.7 9 0.6 35 2.5 Office Research/Industrial Rental Storage Public Park Land 1,385 Acres 100.0% Note: The land areas include rights of way of public roads • , . �TABLE 2 PROJECTIONS BY RESIDENTIAL COMPONENT ~ "' · I ,. j ' i , RESllDENTIAL COMPONENT GROSS ACREAGE la 151 lb GROSS DENSITY NET DENSITY DUS 1.0 0.7 103 40 6.0 6. 0 2a 52 1.0 2b - · 88 3a -.~ "' POPULATION CAPACITY CHILDREN 2.6 268 103 240 2.2 528 120 0.7 35 2.6 91 35 2.5 2.1 185 2.6 480 185 19 6.0 6.0 114 2.2 251 57 3b 158 2.5 2.1 332 2.6 863 332 3c 80 2.5 2.1 170 2.6 442 170 3d 47 10.0 10.0 470 1.2 . 564 47 3e 20 10.0 10.0 200 1. 2 240 20 4a 180 1.0 0.7 121 2.6 315 121 4b : .. 181 1.0 0.5 83 2.6 216 83 Totals . 1,016 4,258 1,273 # PERSONS PER DU K-12 I '' I 2,053 �PART 3 OBJECTIVES 3.01 Overall Objective - Analysis of existing conditions in the planning area, examination of current Township policies for the area, and consideration of the various land use options, result in an overall objective of creating an attractive, comfortable residential community, primarily urban in character, in the northwest part of the Township. 3.02 This 9verall objective can be expanded into the following · specific objectives. a) The area should be developed in a timely and orderly manner. b) The area should be developed primarily as a residential community. c) The community should be primarily urban in character, but should blend in with the rural residential parts of the Ann Arbor Saline Road corridor to the south and west. d) The continuity of the residential character of the road corridor north and south of 194 should be maintained. e) The community should have its own identity. f) The uses, design and character of the community should recognize its location at the entry to the City of Ann Arbor from the south, and its function as an entry to Pittsfield Township and the Lodi/Saline community from the north, especially from 194. g) Advantage should be taken of the proximity of the freeway interchange to the planning area. h) Commercial and other nonresidential uses intended to take advantage of the area's location and freeway access should be limited in location and extent so as not to jeopardize the desired residential character of the future community or of the Ann Arbor Saline Road corridor to the south and the north of 194. i) The transition of the area from its present semi-rural state to development status should be planned and managed so that the existing residences will be able to adapt adequately and gradually~~ the changing condi- 3-1 �tions. j) A full range of urban services and facilities, both public and private, should be provided in the community. k) The costs of developing the infrastructure to serve the future community should be paid by developers or users; these costs should not be borne by the taxpayers of the Township. 1) Existing vegetation should be preserved as amenities for the community~ . .. 3-2 �... PART 4 STRATEGY 4.01 Introduction - This strategy is derived from the objectives in Part 3 and analysis of existing and future conditions and opportunities. The strategies in the adopted comprehensive plan are valid for the northwest planning area, although more detail is required in some instances, as described in the following statements. However, the housing unit mix of 40 percent low density, 20 percent medium density and 40 percent high density units is not necessarily valid at the . present time and is not incorporated into the strategy and policies for the northwest area. (See f2, page 13, and #6, pages 13-15, in the comprehensive plan.) 4.02 Strategy - The strategy for planning and managing development in the northwest area consists of the following elements. a) A highway service (commercial) center will be established in the southwest quadrant of the 194 interchange and on the radio station property south of Lohr Road. These locations will isolate highway service uses from residential areas and will help prevent pressure for strip commercial development along Ann Arbor Saline Road. b) A sub-regional shopping center will be established in the north part of the planning area, on the east side of Ann Arbor Saline Road, close to the interchange. The center will serve the southwest part of Ann Arbor, the west part of Pittsfield Township, and the Saline/ Lodi community. The center will be required to provide special landscape treatments opposite residential areas, additional setbacks will be required, and parking lot lighting will be regulated to make the center more compatible with neighboring residential areas, and to create less intrusion into the residential character of the Ann Arbor Saline Road corridor. A new zoning district, permitting only shopping centers, and tied to site plan review, will be created to assure that only a shopping center will be developed at this location. c) A village center will be established in the triangular area between Waters and Ann Arbor Saline Road. The center will be a mixed use area of commercial, office, and residential uses, at a small scale, and will be designed to provide a variety of activities. The center will be primarily oriented t~, the residential part 4-1 , �of the northwest area and adjacent residential areas in Lodi Township and Ann Arbor. The center will function as a transition area between the highway commercial area to the north and the residential areas to the south. The center will be residential in scale and design. Drive-in facilities will not be permitted in the center. The center will be oriented, in its interior design, to pedestrian movement. Architectural review will be required for remodeling of existing buildings and construction of new buildings. Special architectural and landscape treatments will be required opposite residential areas.~ special zoning district, based on PUD principles, will be created for this area. d) An urban residential area, of varying densities and housing types, will be established around the shopping center and the village center to the west, south, and southwest. e) A rural residential area with a density of not more than one dwelling unit per acre will be established on the south and west fringes of the community. This area will provide a transition between the urban part of the community and existing rural residential development along Ann Arbor Saline Road and future residential development to the east, in Lodi Township. f) A community park, approximately 20 acres in area, will be provided in the central part of the planning area. The park will be part of the Township's park system, and will have areas and facilities for active and passive recreation. The park will incorporate the existing wooded area and stream corridor, to provide natural amenities in the park and to preserve natural features. g) Lohr Road will be used as the west edge of the Ellsworth Road industrial/commercial corridor. The right of way will be developed as a divider and buffer between that corridor and the future residential area to the west. h) Office development will be used as a buffer in the north part of the planning area, west of Lohr Road, between the residential area and 194. i) A new road will be constructed between Waters and Lohr Roads. The new road will provide an alternate access to Ann Arbor Saline Road and to the shopping center, will reduce the number of turns Ann Arbor Saline on 4-2 I ,. . - �. '- Road, will provide a physical separation between the shopping center and the residential area to the south, and will help integrate the various parts of the community. The road will be extended to the north, to provide access to the northwest cor-n er of the Township and the village center, and to create a separation between commercial and residential areas. The road will also be extended to the east and south, to to serve as a collector street for the mixed use area east of Lohr Road, and to provide an alternate access to Ellsworth Road. j) Sanitary sewer service will be provided to the planning area from two connections to the Ann Arbor sewer system. Initially, service will be provided to the part of the planning area closest to 194 by one connection north of the freeway. The remainder of the planning area that will be served will be connected to the airport sanitary sewer to the southeast. The sewer service area will correspond to the designated urban area. k) Public water service will be provided to the planning area by Pittsfield Township. In the early stages of development, service will be provided by a booster pump, a 16" water line extension, and an elevated storage tank. Later, service will be provided by a second (west) pressure district in the -Township. Water service will generally be limited to the sanitary sewer service area, but could be extended into rural residential areas, where feasible, if needed for clustering of dwelling units in planned unit developments and preservation of natural features. 1) Existing drainage courses will be used in their natural state as part of the drainage system. Retention will be required to stabilize storm water discharges and to create amenities for the community. Drainage districts will be established to assure proper long term maintenance of drainage facilities. rn) Existing roads will be improved in line with traffic projections and intended functions. n) Land development will be coordinated with provision of public improvements. Needed improvements will either accompany or precede development. o) Installation of infrastructure will be scheduled primarily on the basis of the occurrence of key land development events, rather than on a preset time schedule. 4-3 I �p) Land will be rezoned on request, based on the plan; land will generally not be be pre-zoned. PUD or similar special zoning districts will be used when possible to coordinate proposed development with adopted Township policies. q) Density transfer will be encouraged in residential areas, for purposes of preserving natural features and providing open space. r) Infrastructure will be financed primarily by developers and users. Density transfer will also be used to compensate for dedication of land for public use, such ·as land for parks. · 4-4 �PART 5 LAND USE POLICY 5.01 Residential Land Use - The major part of the planning area is designated for residential use, which is consistent with the objective of maintaining a primarily residential character in the Ann Arbor Saline Road corridor and the planning area. Four residential classifications, based on densities, are proposed: rural residential, with a minimum lot area of one acre, with on-site water and sanitary sewerage facilities; low density, with a density range of 1 to 4 dwelling · · units per acre (DU/ac); medium density, with a density range of 4 to 8 DUS/ac; and high density, with a density range of 8 to 15 DUs/ac. All but the rural residential class of dwellings are located in areas that will have Township water and sanitary sewer services. The designated residential area is divided into sub-areas identified as residential components. The numbering system is based on the system in the adopted comprehensive plan, Plate 8 and Table 1. The components are delineated on map 3, herein. The rural residential areas are located along the west and south edges of the planning area as a transition in density between the urban residential areas to the north and east and the rural residential area in the Ann Arbor Saline Road corridor. The location of the dividing line between rural and urban residential areas is based on the limit of the Township water service area north of Waters Road, and the design limit of the sanitary sewer service area south of Waters Road. The primary type of dwelling unit will be the single-family detached unit; however, attached single-family units and clustered units on lots smaller than one acre, with common open space areas, will be permitted, the overall density of one DU/ac is not exceeded. Residential components la, 2a, 4a, and 4b constitute the designated rural residential area. The low density residential area consists of three residential components - 2b, 3b, and 3c. The primary type of dwelling unit will be detached single-family units on lots 10,000 square feet or larger in area. However, single-family attached and clustered units and smaller lot sizes will be permitted if an overall density of 4 DUs/ac is ~ot exceeded. In some parts of low density residential areas a proposed road is the dividing line between rural and urban residential areas. In general, a road is the preferred separation between these density areas, rather than abutting the two areas along side or rear lot lines. Ho_w,e ver., · if water and 5-1 �sanitary sewer lines are installea in the road, both frontages of the road should have access to these lines, in which case the separation should occur along lot lines. Residential components la and 3a are designated for medium density residential use. This category has a density range of 4 to 8 DUs/ac and includes dwelling unit types such as attached single-family, townhouse, patio house, and similar dwellings. Component lb is intended to be a transition between the office and highway commercial areas to the east and the rural residential area to the west (residential component la). Access to the area should be provided by the proposed road along the east edge of the area. Component lb represents the northwest Jjmit of water service by Pittsfield Township. Residential component 3a is intended to provide a residential area adjacent to the shopping center, and a transition between the high density residential area east of Lohr Road and the low density residential area west of the road. The north boundary of 3a is flexible with respect to the north; the area could be expanded to the north if office use is not feasible to the extent indicated at the time of development. However, the north boundary should not be moved to the south, because the remaining area would be too narrow to develop properly, unless it is moved as far south as proposed road B. Office use would be an acceptable alternate use for component 3a i f demand exists for additional office area. Access should be provided from the future road and not from Lohr Road. Residential components 3d and 3e are designated for high density residential use, with a density range of 8 to 15 DUs/ac. The primary type of dwelling unit will be apartment or condominium units in 2 or 3 story buildings. The areas are intended to provide a mixture of uses east of Lohr Road. Either 3d or 3e or both could be expanded in area if additional residential land is needed at the time of development. Alternatively, they could be developed with offices, or a combination of offices and multiple-family dwellings. The two components are located along a proposed road to connect them with the residential areas and commercial facilities to the west. Access to both components should be provided from the future road and not directly from Lohr Road. Residential densities are summarized in Table 2. The acreages, dwelling unit numbers, and densities are illustrative; actual numbers for development approval will be calculated on the basis of information supplied with applications for approval. 5-2 J �.. ~ 5.02 Open Space - The principal open spaces in the planning area are stream corridors and wooded areas. The stream corridors are designated to remain as open, natural drainage courses. Their associated vegetation should be preserved as open space. Ponds should be created along or in the stream corridors as amenities and storm water retention facilities. The wooded areas should be preserveq to the maximum feasible extent. Density may be transferred from the wooded areas to open lands. Density transfer might result in a higher net densities and attached dwellings, instead of detached dwellings. These changes are acceptable if the density limits are not exceeded and the wooded areas are retained. The wooded area in residential component 3b should be preserved and integrated with the neighborhood park proposed for this area. The woods in the north part of residential component 4a should be preserved and integrated into the proposed community park. The wooded area in component 3d should be preserved as part of the design of the high density residential development and should be integrated into the neighborhood park proposed in this area. The park can be a connection between the wooded area and the stream corridor in and south of component 3e. The planning area contains a number of fence rows. Detailed information regarding the type and quality of trees and other vegetation in these fence rows is not available. However, the policy is to preserve the fence rows where possible, or at least individual trees or clusters of trees and brush, where the development pattern can reasonably accommodate them. In particular, fence rows should be preserved, and augmented where necessary, where they would link open space areas or parks, as in residential component 3b. In this case, the fence row extending east from the community park connects with the stream corridor in component 3b. Also in 3b, a short fence row connects the woods adjacent to the proposed neighborhood park with the stream corridor. 5.03 Shopping Center - A 35 acre parcel on the east side of Ann Arbor Saline Road, just south of the 194 interchange, is designated for a community (sub-regional) shopping center. The center would have a floor area of approximately 200,000 square feet and would be oriented primarily to the north, to the city of Ann Arbor and 194. The center should be contained in one building or in a tight cluster of two or more buildings with a unified architectural treatment. Establishments in the center should be selected and managed as a unit for the benefit of all tenants. The uses should be primarily retail sales, with offices and services that are supplement~!Y ' to retail opera- 5-3 �tions. Highway service type uses, such as gas stations, fast food restaurants, and motels, should not be permitted in the shopping center. The site should provide common drives and parking areas, and should be designed with the building(s) as one development. Parking and drives should be arranged to provide safe and convenient access to the adjacent streets and to the building(s) in the center. The parking lot should have landscape islands and medians to channel traffic flows, to sepa r ate parking areas from principal traffic flows, and to make the paved areas more attractive for shoppers. Only one driveway opening should be permitted on Ann Arbor Saline Road between proposed roads A and ·B. A service area separate from the parking areas and other public parts of the center should be provided, and should be located and screened so as not to intrude into the adjacent residential areas. All edges of the center should be landscaped so as to create an attractive setting for the center. The west and south frontages should have additional landscape areas to make the center as compatible as possible with adjacent residential areas. The image of the center along Ann Arbor Saline Road should complement the entry character of its location. This image should be achieved by landscape treatment along the road, and substantial setbacks. Individual buildings along the road frontage should not be permitted, in order to maximize the landscape area along the road, to maintain the character of a "center" type of development, and to provide a suitable transition to the residential part of the corridor by preventing strip commercial development along the road. Outside lighting should be of a type and height that will be compatible with the future residential areas. The shopping center should have vehicular connections with the office and highway commercial areas to the east and northeast. 5.04 Village Center - A village center is designated for the triangular area between Ann Arbor Saline Road, Waters Road, and proposed road B. The village center should be a specialty commercial center and should have the following characteristics. a) The center should have a residential scale and appearance, to be derived from residentially sized structures, roof lines, proportions, window and door details, exterior finish materials, and similar treatments. Existing residential structures could be used, 5-4 �and expanded or connected with adjacent structures. Maximum height should be limited to two floors. b) Individual parcels should be assembled where possible; otherwise each parcel's development and use should be coordinated with the development and use of the other parcels. c) A unified architectural and site design theme should be established for the entire center. Landscape treatment should be consistent with this theme and should help implement it. The center should have a carefully designed grouping of shops and other build. ings, -intended tb .create a special experience for : shoppers; and to create a sense of discovery, entertainment, and adventure through spatial relationships, architectural and landscape treatments, and pedestrian circulation patterns. The center should be oriented to pedestrians, with common pedestrian areas such as plazas, courtyards, and paths. Signage should be consistent with the theme and character of the center. d) Common parking and driveways should be provided. Parking and loading areas should be screened and well landscaped. Existing parcels fronting on Ann Arbor Saline Road should combine drives; where combination is not possible, access to the road should be limited to not more than one drive for each current lot. Access to Waters Road should be similarly restricted. Access to proposed road B should be limited to common driveways. e) Uses in the center should be small shops, able to utilize floor areas not larger then 1,500 to 2,500 square feet. Uses considered appropriate would be shops offering gifts, handcrafted items (including those made on the premises), luxury merchandise, boutique fashion items, imported goods, art galleries, specialty restaurants and food shops, personal service offices, and dwelling units as part of offices or shops. The tenants should be primarily local and independent. The center should not have a large anchor store; the variety of small shops and the character and atmosphere of the center should be the principal means of attracting people to shop there. f) Design review procedures by the Township should be established to ensure that the architectural and site characteristics intended for the center will be achieved. g) Fast food chain restaurants and similar highway commercial uses and drive-through facilities should not 5-5 . ff- �. ' be permitted in the center. These uses and facilities are not consistent with the intended character and atmosphere of the center, or with its pedestrian orientation. 5.05 Highway Commercial - Two highway commercial areas are designated in the plan. The larger area is adjacent to the east bound exit ramp of 194, north of Waters Road. Access to this area should be limited to a road or common drive between the commercial area and the office area to the .west. The second area is located east of Ann Arbor Saline Road and south of Lohr Road, on the radio station property. Access to this area should be limited to realigned Lohr Road; access to . existing Lohr Road should not be permitted. Typical uses will be motels, restaurants, including fast food chain establishments with drive-through facilities, and auto services (gas stations and minor repairs). Each area should be developed according to an overall plan. Commercial signs should not be permitted in the entry zone. (See 5.08, herein.) 5.06 Offices - Four office areas are designated in the plan. The office area east of residential component lb should have access from proposed road Band from a road or common drive between the office and highway commercial areas. The office area east of the shopping center should have access from Lohr Road (the north-south segment) and should have vehicular connections with the shopping center. These two office areas should be developed with general administrative, professional, business, and personal service offices in a planned, office park setting. The office area east of Lohr Road, north of residential component 3d is intended for general office uses that would be compatible with neighboring medium and high density residences. The office area south of residential component 3e is intended to have general office uses or a combination of office and research operations. This area should be developed as an office park according to an overall plan. The plan for the park should be organized around the open space corridor associated with the drainage course. Access to the area should be provided by proposed road B. 5.07 Industrial Uses - The plan designates two industrial areas in the same general location - one is east of proposed road B, and the second is located along the - east side of Lohr Road. The first area is intended to be similar in use and character of development to Airport Plaza adjacent to the east. It should be developed as an ind~~ttial park, with 5-6 �access from proposed road B. The second area should be primarily office, research, and development in a planned, park type setting. Alternatively, it could be an extension of the area adjacent to the east. The area could also be a mixture of medium and high density dwellings, or a medium density residential complex. If the area is to be developed as a mixed used area, similar to Airport Plaza, or if it is to have offices or light industrial uses, a substantial landscape buffer should be provided along the Lohr and Ellsworth Road frontages to separate the area from the neighbor ing residential areas. · 5.08 Entry Zone - The intersection of Waters/Lohr Road with Ann Arbor Saline Road, and the area between the intersection and the ramps in the south part of the interchange, is an entry for Pittsfield Township and the planning area from the north. It is also part of the entry for the city of Ann Arbor from the south. Therefore, this area should convey a desirable image of both municipalities. The predominant character in the Ann Arbor Saline Road corridor, on both sides of 194, is intended to be residential, even though the area immediately south of the interchange will be commercial in use. The entry zone should soften the commercial character of the interchange area and create a transition to the residential areas. The entry zone should feature substantial landscaped setbacks, and should be free of development, including signs and other forms of commercial advertising. Highway commercial uses may be visible from the interchange ramps but should be oriented away from the entry zone. 5.09 Image Along 194 - The appearance of development in the planning area from 194 conveys important images of Pittsfield Township and the city of Ann Arbor. Therefore, the frontages along the freeway right of way should be considered as front yards, in terms of zoning setback -requirements, and should be landscaped accordingly. Existing trees along the freeway right of way should be preserved. Views of parking and service areas from the from the freeway should be softened by landscaping. 5-7 , -- --~ -..- ...-- ,--.,,.~ --,e :ass• �,...,., . ... - . -, EISE .. .. . I p :• .,....: .. :. C:,~ Tc.-e.. I ~tfU{)..l i· I , _[J I ir < MAP 2 lAND USE PLAN i . : _. i t- :'" -• ~_ ___J -_____}. ~-·r_,::~::--~ ·- -~~-~~I~_:_ -:: ·_:; -_ -~ A N_ ARBOR LuN1c1PAL t. :;;;;:~~~;=.::;:, ~-~, ~~~~~~r~..,.......... t • I �M .. i' ... I t I l 'll'I I -- - -, ----- 1b EISE fT 4b □ j . - .\ ' I MAP. 3 -:-~~ESIDENTIAL-- CCl-1PONENTS _t--~-~ - ,j: ·_--=-= • I .. ,·- •i . •, · . t : ~>'-~-~.__ -~ , ,:·-> ~]r ~:~;-.. \'. - -- - - - - - - - .. - - . --· _ .... l • - N .ARBOR -- · 'dil UNICIPAL - -lilt i-, & Jit► & W �PART 6 PUBLIC FACILITIES POLICIES Public Schools - The planning area could generate as many as as 1,300 K-12 public school children, based on the projected capacity of the designated residential areas. The plan is based on the assumption that all students will be bussed to school facilities in the school district. Therefore, no future school sites are designated in the planning area. · 6.02 Public Recreation Areas - The planning area wil1 require 35 acres of public recreation land when fully developed, based on the standard of 10 acres of recreation land per 1,000 people. The recreation area should be divided into three neighborhood parks, each at five acres in size, and one community park at 20 acres in size. The neighborhood parks should be located in the urban residential areas, as centrally located in the service area of each park as possible. (The service area is defined by a radius of 3/4 mile from the park.) Each park should be generally accessible to the neighboring rural residential area as well. One neighborhood park should be located in the high density residential area east of Lohr Road, to serve residential components 3d and 3e. A neighborhood park should also be located west of Lohr Road, in residential component 3b, adjacent to the woods in the southeast part of that area. This park would serve all of residential components 3a, 3b, 3c, and the east parts of 4a and 4b. The third neighborhood park should be located in the north part of the planning area. Two locations are possible for this park: 1) in the northwest corner of residential component 2b, and 2) in the central part of residential component lb, where it could be integrated with the existing wooded area. The latter location offers more natural features and character, whereas the former is more centrally located with respect to the urban residential area. The community park should be located as centrally as possible with respect to residential parts of the planning area, and also where natural features are available for passive recreation activities. A location in the north central part of residential component 4a, adjacent to 3b, meets both criteria. A park in this location could incorporate a wooded area (3 to 4 acres) in its northeast corner and the stream corridor along its south edge. Each park should have at least one frontage on a public street for good access and to expose tne parks to the com- �munity view. 6.03 Police Protection - The Pittsfield Township Department of Public Safety will provide police protection to the planning area. The area will be served initially by the west patrol district, which also serves the rural parts of the Township. At some future time, as the planning area develops, especially the residential parts, the patrol districts will be realigned, in order to concentrate police services in the northwest area. The planning area will be served out of the main police station at Michigan and Platt, as will the remainder of the Township. Police substations are not contemplated fo;r the any -par_t of the Township. 6.04 Fire Protection - The planning area can be adequately served by fire protection services out of a substation located in the old main station at the Township Hall. The substation will require remodeling of the old station and purchase of one pumper truck, to be stationed at this location. The substation will not require additional full time personnel, but additional volunteer fire fighters will be recruited in the residential parts of the planning area, as these develop. -6-2 . - ---- . .., __ _ ' �,..,,,, I ---- EISE 4bj . . I □ �... PART 7 PUBLIC UTILITIES POLICIES 7.01 Sanitary Sewer Service - The north part of the planning area will be the phase 1 sewer service area. It will be served by by a 15" - 18" trunk sewer that will connect to the City's sewer system at the west loop road in Briarwood. The sewer will be stubbed to the south on Lohr Road, and to th~ west on Waters Road ., to provide for future service to the southeast and northwest parts of the planning area. The phase 2 service area will · be . served by the third stage · of the Airport sanitary sewer project. This stage involves construction of an 18" sewer across the north part of the Airport, south of the hangars and parallel to Ellsworth Road. The sewer will be extended to the north and west into the phase 2 area. (See map 5, herein.) Omission of the west and south edges of the planning area from the sewer service area is intended to accomplish several purposes. First, it keeps the total amount of effluent discharge from the planning area within the range of volumes assumed for the area in the sewer contract with the city of Ann Arbor. Second, the policy recognizes the limits in the northwest corner of the Township for water service by the Township's water supply system. Third, this policy supports rural residential densities in these areas, and thereby, a gradual transition between the urban residential part of the planning area and the rural residential areas adjacent in Lodi Township. 7.02 Water Service - The combined sanitary sewer service areas (phases 1 and 2) will also constitute the area that will be served by the Township's water system. Improvements necessary to serve the urban part of the planning area consist of a booster station at Platt and Morgan Roads, and a 16" water main constructed west from the southwest corner of the Airport Plaza development to lohr Road, thence north and west to Ann Arbor Saline Road. It should be noted that the water system, so far as the booster station and 16" water main are concerned, will not be phased and could serve the phase 2 sewer service area at the same time as the phase 1 area. However, as a matter of policy, water service will not be provided to the phase 2 sewer service area until sanitary sewer service is available to that area. It should also be noted that providing water service to any part of the planning area from the cit~ of _Ann Arbor is not 7-1 �feasible for two reasons: 1) the city will only extend water to this area on a short term basis, such as five to ten years; and 2) the Township's water contract with YCUA requires YCUA approval of a connection to a second source of water, such as the city. A request for permission to make such a connection has been denied. As discussed herein, urban development in the planning area requires construction only of the booster station and the 16" main. Three other major improvements in the water system - a 7504000 gallon .elevated storage tank in the northeast · corner of the planning area, a 24" transmission main along Merritt Road, and a 2 million gallon ground storage tank in the vicinity of State and ~i~higan - ·will eventu~lly be required to provide adequate quantities and pressure of water throughout the service area. The need for these improvements is not attributable to development in the planning area; these improvements will be needed even if urban development does not occur in the planning area. Water service might be extended to rural residential developments in the planning area, if necessary for clustering of dwellings for purposes of retaining open space and natural features. Decisions to extend water in these situations will be made on a case by case basis, at the time of development review. Water service cannot be provided by the west pressure district above the 940 foot elevation, because of low water pressure at higher elevations and the pressure range limits in the district. The extreme northwest corner of the planning area is higher than 940 feet; therefore water service cannot be provided to this area by Pittsfield Township out of the west pressure district. This area is therefore designated for rural residential use, with on-site wells and septic tanks/drainfields. 7.03 Storm Drainage - The north part of the planning area drains to the north and east, under the freeway, into the drainage system in and around Briarwood. The remainder of the planning area drains to the south and southeast by several drainage courses, which eventually discharge into the Rouse and Wood Outlet drains, then into the Saline River. These open drainage courses should be used as the principal drainage courses in the planning area. These courses should be retained as primarily natural features, but should be improved where necessary to accommodate drainage flows. Such improvements should supplement and respect the natural character of the drainage corridors. Retention facilities should be provided on individual sites or as common facilities to protect the drainage courses from flooding and sedimentation. . \ ________________ _____ 7-2 ,..,...,.__,,.,.,,,.,,,._,,, �• f I I I I 11 =-:c= t =-i:::!::Q I - - 6 I ~e1. -- s~ l~ serwiu_A~ea.. ' TEf,S EISE . W ... .. . ...... - - ... . r TIT I I. ~ ! I -I I I I 1· I I .! D □ MAP 5 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE PLAN . ,. , .. ,· \ • I i ': '. C �,...,,,, •. f 1 I I t I EISE I ~(L lliiit---~ rr ...J, , -......... -""T.... "IC'".,...--,....., _ __, .....,.... ....._-_-..... I J ' I ::=====:::=:::;:::======== . l~=:::=:::===lt~=::::::::;:::=:::!~~~~2:::ciL53:!l:D;=J:~~J;;;Sia=:: -----ti L □ MAP 6 WATER SERVICE PLAN . . \ . I :_,~J AL- :R~OR ~UN/CIPAL �PART 8 TRANSPORTATION POLICIES 8.01 Road Plan - The plan for roads in the planning area is illustrated on Map 7. The following detailed policies apply. a) Ann Arbor Saline Road - The road will continue to be designated as a major arterial road. The minimum · right of way should be 120 fe~t through the planning area. The road should be widened to four driving lanes, with additional turn lanes provided at major intersections. Access to adjacent ·properties should be limited to intersecting streets, so that a fifth, center turn lane will not be needed for the entire length of the road in the planning area. However, a center turn lane will be required in the segment of the road south of the Waters/Lohr intersection, because the existing lots on the west side of the road already have individual driveway openings on the road. The five lane section should extend through the intersection with the proposed new road south of the shopping center and village center (road B). b) Maple Road - Maple Road should be developed as a major arterial road between Ann Arbor Saline Road and the city of Saline. The road should be paved, two lanes, and should be the primary access between Saline and 194 and Ann Arbor. c) Ellsworth Road - The road should be developed as a major road east from Ann Arbor Saline Road. The road should be paved, two lanes wide; widening to 4 lanes east of the proposed road B to State Road and beyond will eventually be required. d) Lohr Road - Lohr Road should be developed as a secondary arterial south of proposed road B, with a right of way of 120 feet. Between proposed road Band Ann Arbor Saline Road it should be developed as a collector road, with a right of way of 86 feet. The road should be paved, two lanes, with additional lanes at major intersections, as necessary. e) Waters Road - Waters Road should be developed as a secondary arterial west of the realigned intersection at Ann Arbor Saline Road. The right of way should be 120 feet and the road should be paved, two lanes. Turning lanes should be provided at major intersections. f) Waters/Lohr Intersection - The e~~sting intersection S-1 �with Ann Arbor Saline Road . has two major deficiencies in view of the large traffic volumes that are projected for Ann Arbor Saline Road: 1) the roads intersect at a poor angle, in terms of sight lines and ease of turning; and 2) the intersection is located only 400 feet from the south ramps in the 194 interchange. These two conditions will interfere with traffic flow through the interchange area and, more seriously, with turns between the interchange ramps and Ann Arbor Saline Road. The situation can be improved by constructing a new road, identified as road A on map 7, as a relocation of the Waters/Lohr intersection south of the existihg intersection. This plan consists of the following elements. (The concept is illustrated .on map 9.) 1) Construct a new road (A) between Waters and Ann Arbor Saline Roads as a two way public road, intersecting Waters Road opposite the southwest corner of the designated highway commercial area. This road will provide traffic leaving the highway commercial area with access to Ann Arbor Saline Road and the 194 interchange. 2) Waters Road, between Ann Arbor Saline Road and road A, will be converted to one-way west bound traffic flow. The road will be paved, two lanes. 3) Road A will be aligned to the south, to intersect Ann Arbor Saline Road at the northwest corner of of the designated shopping center; will cross the north end of the shopping center site; and will connect with the existing Lohr Road just west of the rental storage area. An alternate alignment, east of Ann Arbor Saline Road, could be south of the east-west segment of Lohr Road, either between the rental storage and office areas, or further south, through the office area. In any case, the location of the intersection with Ann Arbor Saline Road would not change. In these alternates, Lohr Road north of the new east-west alignment could be vacated, except to the extent necessary to provide access to the rental storage area. 4) Existing Lohr Road will be vacated between the connection point with road A and Ann Arbor Saline Road. 5) Road A will provide vehicular access to the proposed shopping center and t!l~ designated highway 8-2 J �commercial area to north from Ann Arbor Saline Road. No other direct access will be permitted on the east side of Ann Arbor Saline Road, between the interchange and proposed road B, except one two-way driveway for the shopping center, if located at suitable distances from the intersections of proposed roads A and B with Ann Arbor Saline Road. The only permitted access to the highway commercial area northeast of the shopping center will be from road A. Similarly, road A and Waters Road will provide access to the village center. Direct access to the village center from the Ann Arbor Saline Road will not be permitted between the interchange and road A. g) h) Proposed Road A - This new road is generally described in item f), preceding. The road should be a public road, with a right of way of 66 feet. Two through lanes should be sufficient, especially east of Ann Arbor Saline Road, although turn lanes might be necessary at major intersections. The road could be extended north as a private drive or public road, to provide the principal access to the highway commercial area, and a second access to the designated office area to the west. Road A, together with its northerly extension, will also provide a vehicular connection among the office and highway commercial areas, the village center, and the shopping center. Proposed Road B - Road B should be developed as a major collector road from its intersection with proposed road C north of Waters Road, in residential component la, and Ellsworth road, east of Lohr Road. The right of way should be 86 feet. Two lanes should be sufficient north of Waters Road; 3 to 4 lanes will be needed in the area between Waters and Ann Arbor Saline Roads, because of the large number . of turns that will likely occur in this area. Four or 5 lanes will eventually be needed between Ann Arbor Saline Road and the shopping center drive opening. Two through lanes should be sufficient east and south to Ellsworth Road, with turn lanes at major intersections. The road is intended to provide the principal access to the shopping center from the residential areas to the south and east. The road is also intended to be the principal access to the village center. North of Waters Road road Bis intended to provide access to the office and medium density residential areas, and a physical separation between these two use areas. The road could someday be extended to Scio Church Road when the area adjacent to the west develops, provided that area develops with residences. 8-3 I �. . i) Proposed Road C - Road C should be developed as a minor collector road in the west part of the planning area. The road is intended to provide access to the residential areas and the public parks. The road should have a right of way of 66 feet and two driving lanes, paved. j) Other Proposed Roads - The other future roads shown on map 7 are intended to illustrate concepts of access to the future residential areas and parks. Each road should be a public road and ~hould have a right of way of 66 feet. k) Road Construction - All roads in the planning area should be constructed to Washtenaw Road Commission standards for urban roads. All roads should have urban sections, with concrete curbs and gutters. The roads should be dedicated to the County Road Commission, except where private roads are indicated as acceptable. 1) Rights of way for roads should be dedicated to the County Road Commission at the time of development of the fronting property, or arrangements in lieu of dedication, acceptable to the Road Commission, should be made. m) All roads in the urban part of the planning area should have street lights in accordance with Pittsfield Township standards. n) Access to properties in the Lohr/Waters intersection area should be restricted as shown on map 9. In general, access to individual properties elsewhere in the planning area should be provided by internal roads, especially in residential developments. Major non-residential developments may have direct access to adjacent roads, if the access points are limited in number and are properly spaced with respect to other drives and road intersections. Public Transportation - Bus service should be extended to the planning area as the area develops. The planning area should be connected with bus routes to the north, on Ann Arbor Saline Road and Eisenhower Parkway, and to the east, on Ellsworth and State Roads. The road system in the planning area, and the internal circulation systems of the shopping center and other major use areas, should be designed to accommodate busses. 8.03 Pedestrian/Bicycle Paths - Paths or sidewalks should be 8-4 �provided along all streets in the urban part of the planning area. Bicycle lanes lanes should be provided on both sides of Ann Arbor Saline Road. Paths should be provided to connect urban residential areas with public parks, the village center, the shopping center, and employment areas. The highway commercial area, the village center, the shopping center, and office areas should be interconnected with paths. . • ______________________________ 8-5 . .-. I , �Sc IO C~L.'12C.t-4 l?D. WAY z.WATEJ25 ~ I.Z.O , 4 z. '2.. 12.0 I 120· 2. = Fl.Vf tAJ'l.eti. Lo. vies 120 1 :: F ~ 4?.0,\)J. . . -. -- -- - -_... _. ~· - ;_ - . ....... ..... ... . /. . " -·.... -.-·. . - - . ._ ,_. __;,__.:_--• • 'I, ·. • --·- .... - ·-- ·.- - ... �Sc t O C~lJl2.C.H gD. I I l I I I l I WATE2S ~ - I 3,200 2,100 I I I l 14,~ R, 100 830 Z,200 �z: .... 0 !;;: uz: 0\ 0 ex: ...J ...J ~ 0.. t 0.. ex: :E OU ...JZ ex: ::c w ~ ~ J ~ a a -- ____J . . ,- - - ....... o ~u .'.' -~-,.~ .. . - _,_ __---•--..--..-·· - --_ _l.:_ .. . ·• . . - -- . --· ----- �PART 9 IMPLEMENTATION POLICIES 9.01 Sanitary Sewer and Water Improvements - The phase 1 sanitary sewer, between the connection at Briarwood ·and the terminus on Ann Arbor Saline Road, including the stubs to the south on Lohr Road and to the northwest, on Waters Road; the 16" water main from the southwest corner of Airport Plaza; and the Platt/Morgan booster station will ·be constructed by the Pittsfield Township Utilities Department. A consortium of property owners that will benefit from these improvements will pay 85 perceni of . the costs ·of constr~ction, and ·the Utilities Department will pay the remaining 15 percent. The Utilities Department will pay the full costs of providing the 750,000 gallon elevated water storage tank, the 2 million gallon ground water storage tank, and the 24" transmission line, since these improvements will benefit all public water users in the Township. All costs of constructing connecting lines from individual properties in the service area to water lines and sanitary sewers will be paid for by developers or owners of those properties. 9.02 Storm Drainage Facilities - Each property, when it develops, will be required to provide drainage facilities, including storm water retention areas, according to Township standards, with all costs thereof to be paid by the developer. Drainage districts will be established to assure that a permanent mechanism exists for maintenance of drainage facilities. Property owners will be encouraged to participate in providing common drainage facilities, especially retention areas. 9.03 Police Protection - Police services will be provided to the planning area by Pittsfield Township, out of the Township's general fund. No new capital facilities will be provided in the planning area. 9.04 Fire Protection - Fire protection will be provided to the planning area, as well as the State Road corridor, by a substation located at the Township Hall. A portion of the old main fire station will be remodeled to house a fire truck and other equipment. A new truck (pumper) will be purchased for stationing at this location. The costs of the new truck and remodeling will be paid by the Township's general fund. "9-1 �It should be noted that this substation is one of two substations that have been planned since the main fire station was moved to the Platt/Michigan location. The State/Ellsworth substation is needed not only to serve the planning area; it is also needed to provide adequate service to existing and future commercial and industrial developments in the State Road corridor. 9.05 Roads - Road i~provements will be provided as follows. a) Ann Arbor Saline Road - Additional right of way will be dedicated by properties upon development. The shopping center should provide a widened surface from the 194 ramps to a point south of road B, with paybacks to be obtained from other frontage properties when they are developed. Widening of the road south of road B will be provided by developers of frontage properties in that area. b) Maple Road - The road will be paved as part of the County Road Commission's road improvement program. Adjacent properties should pay their fair share of the improvement costs at the time of development. c) Ellsworth Road - The road will be paved as part of the Road Commission's road improvement program, with fair share contributions from neighboring properties when they develop. Additional right of way should be obtained by dedication at the time of development. d) Lohr Road - Additional right of way will be obtained by dedication upon development of adjacent properties. Since the road improvements will primarily benefit neighboring properties and not the general public, improvement costs should be paid by the benefiting property owners. A special assessment district could be established for improving Lohr Road. · e) Waters Road - Road improvements should be provided by developers as part of development projects. Payback arrangements could be used. f) Road A - The first stage of road A (east of Saline Ann Arbor Road) should be constructed by the shopping center developer, as the north access drive and service drive for the center. This segment of the road should be constructed to County Road Commission standards for future conversion to a public road. The remaining section of the road, to connect with Lohr Road, should be constructed when the highway commercial area (radio station property) is developed, with 9-2 �the costs to be paid by that developer. If an alternate alignment is used, the costs would be shared by the developers of the highway commercial and office areas. The segment of road A between Ann Arbor Saline and Waters Roads should be constructed at the time that development of the highway commercial area at 194 commences. This will avoid increasing traffic problems at the Lohr/Waters intersection. Therefore, the developer of the highway commercial property should pay the road improvement costs, including right of way acquisition, with payback arrangements with other benefiting property owners. g) The segment of road B between Ann Arbor Saline Road and the entry to the shopping center should be constructed by the shopping center developer, at the time the center is constructed. Construction of the remainder of road B, along the center's frontage, should be guaranteed by the developer of the center, or by the owner of the property from whom the shopping center site was obtained, or a combination of the two. The segment of road B between the shopping center and Lohr Road should be constructed by the developer of the property that it crosses, as part of the first phase of that development. Similarly, the segment of road B between Lohr and Ellsworth Roads should be constructed by the developers of that area. h) Road C - Road C should be constructed by developers as part of the residential developments that it will serve. Similarly, other roads shown on map 7, as well as others that might be needed to serve interior areas, should be provided by developers of the areas served by those roads. 9.06 Street Lighting - Street lighting equipment should be provided by developers as part of development projects. Operation and maintenance costs of the lighting systems should be paid by special assessment districts, established at the time of development. 9.07 Garbage and Refuse Collection - Collection services should be provided by private contractors. 9.08 Parks and Open Space - Open space areas, such as stream corridors, significant fence rows, and woods will be preserved by density transfer and development review (site plan and subdivision plat reviews). Land for neighborhood 9-3 I �parks will be obtained by density transfer, to the extent possible, with public purchase where necessary. Land for the community park will be acquired by public purchase. Development, operation, and maintenance costs of the parks will be paid by the Township's Recreation Department budget. Grant money will be sought for acquisition and development of the proposed park lands. 9.09 Zoning Plan - Special zoning districts should be established for the shopping center and the village center. These districts should link zoning approval to preliminary site plans, and should establish architectural and landscape standards. Each district should require a design review process to assure that the design standards will be met. The PUD process should be used in all parts of the planning area, especially in areas in which open space is to be preserved, density transfer is needed, or mixed uses are proposed. The entry zone should be protected by a special zoning district. The district should establish boundaries of the zone, use and setback regulations, and design criteria. The zone should be applied to the area by Township initiative. Landscaping and other improvements needed to implement the entry zone concept should be provided by developers as part of the adjacent developments. A detailed plan should be prepared for the entry zone. 9-4 �AMENDMENT 16 REVISION TO AMENDMEMT 14 NORTHWEST AREA PLllN AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP WASHTENAW COUNTY, MICHIGAN Adopted by the Pittsfield Township Planning Commission December 3, 1987 CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION: I hereby certify that the attached amendment to the Comprehensive Plan of Pittsfield Charter Township was adopted by the Planning co-ission of Pittsfield Charter Township, in accordance with Act 168, Public Acts of 1959, as aaended, by unanimous vote (6 yes, 0 no, 1 absent) on Deceaber 3, 1987. eer, Secretary Planning Commission Pittsfield Charter Township �AMENDMENT #6 REVISION TO AMENDMENT 14 NORTHWEST AREA PLAN AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PITTSFIELD CHARTER TOWNSHIP Section 5.01 of the Northwest Area Plan, adopted on February 6, 1986, as Amendment i4 to the Pittsfield Township Comprehensive Plan, is hereby amended by adding the following sentences at the end of the fourth paragraph of this section: "Single family attached dwelling units, at a maximum density of 6 DUs/acre, may be permitted in the portions of residential components 2b and 3b that abut or are close to the village center and the shopping center if such units will have the character of single family dwellings. These units will serve as a transition between the commercial areas and the lower density residential areas further west and south." � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Pittsfield-Charter-Twp_Comprehensive-Plan-Amendments_1979-1987 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Pittsfield Township Planning Commission, Pittsfield Charter Township, Washtenaw County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1979-1987 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan Amendments Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Plan Amendments for Pittsfield Charter Township was prepared by the Pittsfield Township Planning Commission and were adopted from 1979-1987. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Pittsfield Township (Mich.) Washtenaw County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/4fa777eaecaee78ac3072cbda68381c4.pdf effd17fd8a781d75ed3d0945da611d2c PDF Text Text ER and WATER · FACILITIES �I COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR SEWER AND WATER FACILITIES Emmet County, Michigan APRIL, 1971 PART I-A: Population, Economic Conditions, Public Utilities, Resources, Agriculture, Land Patterns, Trends and Water Resources. PART II-A: Maps of the Planning Area, Soils, Topography, Land Use, Sewer and Water Systems. B: Financing Plan C: Plan Updating Proposal PART III: Comprehensive Sewer and Water Plan PREPARED FOR: THE EMMET COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION PREPARED BY: VILICAN-LEMAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. COMMUNITY PLANNING CONSULTANTS 29621 NORTHWESTERN HIGHWAY SOUTHFIELD, MICHIGAN 48076 and McNAMEE, PORTER & SEELEY CONSULTING ENGINEERS ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN The preparation of this report was financially aided through a Comprehensive Sewer and Water Planning Grant fro~ the Farmers Horne Administration of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. �COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION WARD H. WALSTROM, Chairman DONALD HODGKISS, Vice Chairman CHARLES WILLS, Secretary ROBERT CILKE, JR. JAMES Co ESTERLINE THOMAS FAIRBAIRN SEBERON LITZENBURGER HARRY PINTARELLI ROBERT TRACY COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSTONERS HUGH HEYNIG, Chairman HUBERT BACHELOR ROBERT CILKE, JR. AL FOSTER ROBERT J. GREENWELL ERNEST KUEBLER DONALD D. JARDINE ERNST MANTHEI FRANK SCHMALZRIED J o H. WEBSTER Eo So WIXSON �C O N T E N T S FOREWARD l POPULATION 1 TRENDS AGE GROUPS PROJECTIONS OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 1 2 4 6 AREA ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 8 FINANCIAL CONDITIONS 9 EXISTING PUBLIC UTILITIES AREA-WIDE TRANSPORTATION WATER AND SEWER UTILITIES SANITARY LAND FILLS (Solid Waste Disposal) CENTERS OF TRADE AND COMMUNICATION NATURAL RESOURCES SOILS TOPOGRAPHY DRAINAGE PATTERNS WATER RESOURCES AGRICULTURE, LAND PATTERNS AND TRENDS LA.T\JD PATTERNS POTENTIAL FOR RECREATION AND TOURISM TRENDS IN COMMERCIAL USES TRENDS IN INDUSTRIAL USES EMPLOYMENT BY OCCUPATION TRENDS IN RESIDENTIAL USES 13 13 15 17 19 23 24 27 29 30 32 35 39 40 47 47 51 WATER RESOURCES 59 LONG RANGE FINANCING PLAN 60 PUBLIC ACT 185 GENERAL OBLIGATION BONDS ACT 94 REVENUE BONDS STATE AND FEDERAL AID ACT 188 SPECIAL ASSESSMENT BONDS 60 61 62 62 63 PLAN UPDATING PROPOSAL 64 COMPREHENSIVE SEWER AND WATER PLAN 66 WASTE WATER COLLECTION AND TREATMENT COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEMS FUTURE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS 66 72 79 �T A B L E S • 1. HISTORY OF POPULATION GROWTH - 1900-1970 1 2. POPULATION TRENDS: 3 3. SUMMARY OF COUNTY POPULATION PROJECTIONS 4 4. PROJECTIONS FOR COUNTY CIVIL DIVISIONS 5 5. RESIDENTIAL DENSITY IN SELECTED AREAS 6 6. HOUSEHOLD SIZE - 1960 7 7. STATE EQUALIZED VALUATIONS BY COMMUNITY 11 8. TYPICAL TOWNSHIP - SCHOOL PROPERTY TAX 12 9. RESIDENTIAL WATER AND SEWER SERVICES 16 10. INVENTORY OF COMMUNITY SERVICES 22 11. COUNTY SOIL RESOURCES 25 12 . SELECTED FARM CHARACTERISTICS 33 1 3. VALUE OF FARM PRODUCTS SOLD 34 14. EXISTING LAND USE 36 15. RETAIL SALES BY YEAR 42 16. 1960 OCCUPATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS 48 17. EMPLOYEES BY MAJOR INDUSTRY GROUP 50 18 . PETOSKEY, MICHIGAN - COMPLETE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WATER 74 A.W.W . A. WATER QUALITY GOALS U.S.P,H . S. DRINKING WATER STANDARDS 74 HARBOR SPRINGS, MICHIGAN - COMPLETE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WATER 75 MACKINAW CITY, MICHIGAN - COMPLETE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WATER 76 WELLS DRILLED IN EMMET COUNTY IN 1970 78 1930 to 1970 • 19. 20 . 210 22 . �I L L U S T RA T I 0 N S J J EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SERVICE 22A EXISTING COMMUNITY WATER SERVICE 22B GENERALIZED SOIL RESOURCES 24A TOPOGRAPHY 27A EX I STING LAND USE 35A RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN 53A FUTURE COMMUNITY WATER SERVICE 69A FUTURE SANITARY SEWER SERVICE 79A �A P P E N D I X T A B L E S J J J 1. --;--- EXISTING LAND USE - SUPERVISOR DISTRICT NO. 1 A-1 2. EXISTING LAND USE - SUPERVISOR DISTRICT NO. 2 A-2 3. EXISTING LAND USE - SUPERVISOR DISTRICT NO. 3 A-3 4o EXISTING LAND USE - SUPERVISOR DISTRICT NO. 4 A-4 5 EXISTING LAND USE - SUPERVISOR DISTRICTS NO'S. 5 - 11 A-5 0 �FOREWORD J J This report is titled the "Comprehensive Sewer and Water Plan", for Emmet County, Michigan, and was funded by a planning grant from the Farmers Home Administration, U. S. Department of Agriculture. When application was made for the Farmers Home Administration planning grant, a supplemental planning program was funded by the U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development to prepare a County-wide Comprehensive Land Use Plan. The operation of this two phase planning program resulted in a more comprehensive approach to County planning. The Water and Sewer Plan is more complete because it benefited from detailed land use plans developed under the "70ltr work. Conversely, the Comprehensive County Land Use Plan will be more complete because of the research completed for this plan. The two programs dovetailed well from a technical point of view, and both were coordinated under the auspices of the Emmet County Planning Commission . This Plan was accepted and approved by a formal resolution of the Planning Commission on April 21, 1971. It is cautioned that much of the basic statistical analysis work was completed before any 1970 census data was available. Hence, persons using this report should consider this unavoidable limitation. For some data, however, census data recently available has been trinserted" to give a more accurate trend picture. J l - �COMPREHENSIVE SEWER AND WATER PLAN: PART I and PART II �POPULATION !Eart I Ao 1 . ) In November of 1969, a Comprehensive Analysis and Report of Population in Emmet County was prepared with FHA Planning Assistance Funds. The conclusions from that report are summarized and updated herein so that the finds will be current for this Comprehensive Water and Sewer Plan. TRENDS Emmet County's population in 1960 was lower than it was in 1950. Also, the County's population in 1930 was only slightly lower than the 1960 total. However, the 1970 Census reports show a 15.3% increase over 1960. Despite this recent gain, the County reached its peak population in 1910. The history of County population change since 1900 is summarized in TABLE 1. TABLE 1 HISTORY OF POPULATION GROWTH - 1900 to 1970 Emmet County County Population Census Year 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 15,931 18,561 15,639 15,109 15,791 16,534 15,904 18,337 Emmet County's past growth represents a long period of population stability, despite two World Wars, a major depression and other volitile national growth influences. In the decades from 1930 to 1970, the population increased 14.6%, yet the 1910 population was 230 persons higher than in 1970. Emmet County is composed of 16 Townships ranging in size from 185 citizens to a population of 2,450. The past growth pattern of these communities varied from one another, some increasing gradually while others lost population. - l - �TABLE 2 illustrates the recent history of population growth among the communities of the County. Only four Townships have increased in population in each Census year between 1930 and 1970. These are the Townships of Little Traverse, Littlefield, Resort and Springvale. Bear Creek Township and West Traverse Township have experienced consistent growth since 1940. Between 1950 and 1960, eight Townships reported population decreases . Since 1960, six Townships reported declines . Population losses since 1960 occurred in the Townships of Bliss, Carp Lake, Friendship, McKinley, Pleasantview and Readmond. Those that experienced increases, exceeded the growth rates of the Cities and Villages . Little Traverse and Center Townships increased by a rate ov~r 60%. WaWatam Township had the lowest percent increase at 17.1% which exceeded the County average of 15.3%. In the order of importance, the largest numerical population gains occurred in Bear Creek Township, Little Traverse Townsnip, Littlefield Township, Resort Township, Harbor Springs, Petoskey, Springvale Township and Center Township. AGE GROUPS ,Some of the population age group data which characterized Emmet County in 1960 is described below. This data should be re-evaluated when the results of the 1970 Census become available. 1. Pre-School Age (Under 5 years) In 1960, 12.4% of Michigan's population was under five years of age . West Traverse Township had 16%. In the order of highest percentage, Springvale, Bear Creek, Wawatam, Resort and Friendship Townships also exceeded the State average. Pleasantview, Center and Cross Village Townships reported fewer than 6% of the population in this age group. 2. School Age to young Adults (5 to 24 years) Both the County and State have 33.7% of their population in the school age - young adult group. Eleven of the 16 Townships have higher than average proportions, with Readmond, Friendship, West Traverse, Bliss, Center and Resort Township's exceeding 36% ~ 3. Family Forming or Young Labor Force (25 - 44 years) A consistent population disparity with State averages in northern communities is the family forming or young labor force population group. The State reported 26.5% of the 1960 population in this group, while Emmet County reported 21.8%. Only Pleasantview Township exceeds the State average, with 53% of the population aged 25 to 44 years. In contrast, Cross Village and Center Townships have less than 16% of their population in this age group. - 2 - �\---4 L.J TABLE 2 POPULATION TRENDS: 1930 to 1970 Emmet County & Civil Divisions Township_s_: w Bear Creek Bliss Carp Lake Center Cross Village Friendship Little Traverse Littlefield McKinley Maple River Pleasantview Readmond Resort Springvale Wawatam West Traverse 1930 __ 1940, 1950 - 1960 - 1,227 399 374 442 323 336 4-40 691 1,121 53 8 165 362 656 298 298 270 7,94-0 1,204 421 431 425 290 428 481 835 980 540 207 4-40 708 371 343 245 8,349 1,756 355 524 307 228 297 575 842 845 415 114 352 727 387 397 319 8 , 4- 4-_0 1,859 298 464 215 14-0 318 602 906 8 4-3 335 198 246 74- 8 467 368 326 8,333 287 1, 4-2 9 '283 810 5,740 7,169 330 1,4-23 326 562 6,019 7, 44-2 319 1,626 365 4- 4-2 6, 4-6 8 8,094- 290 1,433 336 429 6,138 7,571 15, rog 15,791 16,534- 15,904 60 to 70 Chan~e Number Percent 591 31. 8 - 16 - 5.4 - 5.4 - 25 134 62.3 45 32.1 78 -24.5 63,6 383 39.7 360 - 0.9 8 23,9 80 _ 3 7. 4 - 74 - 12 - 4.9 · 2 51 34.9 4 2. 0 196 17.1 63 28.8 9 41,98423.8% 1970 2,450 282 439 349 185 2 4-0 985 1,266 835 415 1242 3 41,009 663 431 4-2 0 10,327 Cities & Villages: ~':Alanson Harbor Springs *Mackinaw City (pt) ~•:Pellston Petoskey City County NOTE: - 72 229 6 40 204 4-3 3 2--;1+21 2 4-. 8 16.0 - 1.8 9.3 3. 3 s-:r 15. 3% 362 1,662 330 469 6,342 8,004 18, 3 jl Villages indicated with* are included with their respectiv e Townships and not added under the category 11 cities and villagesir, �4. Mature Family Group (45 to 64 years) Nearly 21% of the County population is aged 45 to 64 years, which compares closely with the State's proportion of 19.2%. Township proportions range from the low 11.6% in Pleasantview to the high of 26.5% in Center. In general, Northern Michigan communities have higher proportions of mature family aged groups and Emmet County reflects this pattern. 5. Retirement Age Group (65 and over) Emmet County has a significantly higher proportion of retirement age citizens than the State (12.1% compared with 8.1%). Only two Townships have percentages lower than the State average: Pleasantview 3% and Friendship 7.9%. Cross Village has the highest proportion with 27.1%. A large proportion of retirement age citizens is also typical of northern area communities. PROJECTIONS For the purposes of the Emmet County Comprehensive Plan, four population projections to 1990 were completed for a 22 year projection period, beginning with 1968 . These were done before 1970 Census data was available. The results of the various methods are summarized on TABLE 3. I I TABLE 3 SUMMARY OF COUNTY POPULATION PROJECTIONS Emmet County Projection Method 1960 Population 1990 Projection Long Term Arithmetic 15,904 18,331 16,700 Long Term (Dept. of Commerce) 15,904 18,331 18,180 Short Term Arithmetic 15,904 18,331 21,890 Short Term Ratio Apportionment 15,904 18,331 22,000 Average J 1970 Population 19,9 4 0 - 4 - �If the four projection methods are averaged, the 1990 population would total 19,940 persons . As a general conclusion, the short range projection techniques appear to be the most accurate in view of the 1970 total population. If the current pace of growth continues, the 1990 "average" projection figure will be reached by 1980. It was assumed that the Michigan Department of Commerce projections for the Civil Divisions of Emmet County would be reasonable working estimates of future population. These are presented along with the adjusted population for communities in the Petoskey Area on TABLE 4, "Projections for County Civil Divisions". The 1970 population Census strongly indicates that many Civil Divisions are growing more rapidly than the Department of Commerce figures indicate. In any event, it should be recognized that projections for smaller community areas, are tenuous and more subject to inaccurate results. Also, the process of apportioning a total County population of less than 20,000 persons among 18 communities is always a questionable procedure. TABLE 4 PROJECTIONS FOR COUNTY CIVIL DIVISIONS Emmet County County Civil Divisions 1960 Population Bear Creek Township Bliss Township Carp Lake Township Center Township Cross Village Township Friendship Township Little Traverse Township Littlefield Township (Alanson) McKinley Township Maple River Township Pleasantview Township Readmond Township Resort Township Springvale Township WaWatam Township West Traverse Township Harbor Springs (City) Petoskey (City) Total County 1 2 - 1 1990 Projection 1990 Projection Adjusted for Petoskey Area Projections 1,859 298 464 215 140 318 602 906 843 335 198 246 748 467 368 326 1,433 6,138 2,63Q 247 582 94 65 238 770 1,040 810 226 165 150 860 565 450 400 1,750 7,138 2,380 Low 3,165 Low Low 7,520 15,904 18,180 22,502 5,050 Low Low 4,387 Low Low Michigan Department of Commerce Projections. The 1970 U.S. Census provides a basis for re-evaluating the projection results for Civil Divisions. Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc., Projection for the Petoskey Area Planning Commission, and comments based on 1970 Census findings. - 5 - 2 �With t he adjustments made for Petoskey, Bear Creek Township and Resort Township, the total projected 1990 County Population is 22,500 . This f i gure will be used for the purposes of the Comprehensive Plan. It is r easonable, but slightly conservative in view of the 242.7 person per year growth experienced since 1960. OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 1. Commuting Patterns Ac cording to t he 1960 U. S . Census of Population, 262 workers commut ed to jobs outside of Emmet County (5.5% of the employed workers ). Comparat i ve commuting rates in adjoining Counties are: 6 . 0% in Ot sego, 7. 5% in Cheboygan and 11 . 3% in Charlevoix o It may be conclu ded that a comparatively high rate of persons who work in the County live in the County . Hence, a new employment source in Emme t Cou nty will attract employees and families into the County as well . 2. Dens i ty For each resident in Emmet County there is 16.2 acres of land . Considerably less per capita area is available when the influx of tourists are included . The results of an analysis of density for selected residential blocks in the County are presented on TABLE 5 . TABLE 5 RESIDENTIAL DENSITY IN SELECTED AREAS Emmet County Select ed Commu nity Land Eer Dwelling Alanson Brutu s Conway Cross Village Pells t on Lev ering Oden Pon-she-wa-ing (Oden) Paradise Lake Van 1 0,000 12,500 7,650 15,000 6,600 9,720 12,860 6,000 12,500 15,000 square square square square square square square square square square feet feet feet feet feet feet feet feet feet feet Dwellings :12er acre 4 o3 3. 5 5. 7 2. 9 6.6 4. 5 3. 4 7.3 3. 5 2. 9 The fo r ego i ng density l ist i s based on sample blocks in areas where the r e a r e no community water or sewer systems . Within each community area individual homes may be sited on either smaller or larger sites . - 6 - �Households & Family Size In 1960 there were 4,696 households in Emmet County as reported in the U. S o Census of Population. Dividing the population in households by the number of households gives an average population per household of 3 . 33 persons. This is compared with other communities in TABLE 6 . TABLE 6 HOUSEHOLD SIZE - 1960 Community The State of Michigan Emme t County Charlevoix County Cheboygan County Grand Traverse County Average Number of Persons per Household in 1960 3 . 42 3.33 3.35 3.49 3.31 1950 to 1960 Percent Change + 24 . 9 % 2 . 1% 0 . 3% + 6 . 5% + 21. 3% Comparatively, the County has a low po~ulation per household, and had been decreasing through 1960 . This trend may or may not be continuing through 1970, but is probably influenced by: fewer young people livi ng on farms, increased retirement age population, high proportion of retirement age citizens, and the in-migration of students at North Central Michigan College. J - 7 - �AREA ECONOMIC CONDITIONS !PART I A. 2.) Emmet County's location in the northwest regi0n of the State has a direct relationship on economic conditions in the area . From sev eral indices, the regi0n including the County is economically behind the State of Michigan, recogn i zing that the State economy is heav ily influenced by rapidly growing and industrialized metr opolitan areas . In general, the northern and nonmetropolitan areas of the State are i nfluenced by resource industries (agriculture, forestry, fishing, min- ·. ing, etc.) rather than manufacturing. Moreover, retail services a r e highly dependent upon seasonal trade fr0m tourist recreation act iv i ty. The result of these regional conditions are manifested by seasonal employment fluctuations, lower wage scales, and limited job oppor t un i ties . There tends to be a predominance of older citizens of retirement age, community services . '.are generally inadequate - especially water and sewer utilities, and housing has a higher incidence of substandardness . As there are broad differences in the economic characteristics of the State, there are economic differences among communities withi n a r egie2m . For example, Emmet County has economic resour-ces and economic activ ities that differ from other Counties in the Northwest Region. Following is a summary of economic indicators that reflect on the char acter and status of Emmet County's economy. Data sources reflect Comprehensive Plan finding, census reports, assessors records, sales tax reports and data published for the Northwest Economic Development District . 1. Slightly less than the region average in acreage of commercial forest (182,700 acres) . This suggests that the County has a forestry economy that is t yp i ca l of other Counties in the region . 2. Based upon 1967 M, E . S.C . data Emmet County had a February unemployment rate of 9.5%. This dropped to 4.5% in August (av erage 8.0 % for 1967) . The County has a high rate of unemployment in comparison with Stat eNational averages . Peak seasonal employment gains br i ng the Cou nty up to the State average for a brief period in the summer . 3. Agriculture is a _good basic economic activity, with high spec i a l ization in livestock (dairy, poultry, and other) . The average agric ultural employment was 300 jobs according to 1 967 M. E . S . C. U. S . Census findings reflect a declining trend in farm employment , bu t an increasing v alue of farm products are sold . - 8 - �4. Population trends are a general index of overall economic conditions. Emmet County has maintained a fairly stable population level for several decades, with the 1990 population being almost equal to the 1960 level. Since 1960, however, growth has been taking place and if the trend continues the 1990 population will approximate 22,500 persons. Urban influenced areas will absorb most of this impact. So Tax collections on retail sales give a strong indication of growth in the retail community. Between 1962 and 1969, sales taxes collected in Emmet County increased by 68%. 6. Real Estate values in Emmet County are also increasing at a high rate. From Farm Census data, it was reported that the average value of farms has increased 136% between 1954 and 1964. This high change results in part from farm consolidation and in part from increased demands for land on a state wide scale. County assessment records also indicate strong upward trends in the value of Real Estate. In 1968, the County's State Equalized Valuation was $62.9 million. The 1970 S.E.V. stands at $98,0 million. 7. Other indices of economic vitality in Emmet County show growth trends in: wholesale trade sales, retail sales, value added by manufacturing and bank deposits. FINANCIAL CONDITIONS Tpe financial ability of every community must be viewed in terms of a particular project or community facility. There are usually two basic determinants of financial ability: 1. Legal permissives or limitations on local financing. 2. Community acceptance of policies of programs to utilize available financing. Legal financing limitations are determined by State Statute, and as a rule there are fewer financing alternatives available to townships than to cities. However, townships are permitted to provide and maintain various acilities, including water mains and sewage collection systems. 1 1 With a County Department of Public Works, Emmet County could lend its credit for up to $9.8 million worth of public works (water, sewage and solid wastes.) - 9 - �A significant finding irom TABLE 7 shows that the Township communities are accounting for an increasingly larger share of the total County valuation . In 1968, townships accounted for 63.3% of the total and by 1970, the proportion increased to 68.9%. Two townships with the largest valuations are Bear Creek and Resort, and both of these communities are within the urbanizing influence of the City of Petoskey. Also, both Resort and Bear Creek have substantial lake frontages for cottage and seasonal home development in locations farther removed from Petoskey. · Five (5) townships which are experiencing pressures from urbanization and tourism-recreation development are Wawatam, Little Traverse, Littlefield, West Traverse and Springvale. The equalized valuations of these communities range from 3.3% to 7.5% of the County total . These Townships also increased their share of the County total valuation (except West Traverse). Even though Pleasantview Township houses major ski resorts and seasonal home developments, the proportion of total County valuation is only 2.5%. The remaining Township communities each account for less than 3.3% of the County's total valuation. As a general observation, the tax base of the major urban and tourist influenced townships is broadening and therefore a corresponding legal ability to finance public improvements for water and sewage facilities. Each Township in Emmet County has a different tax rate. This is because the local population varies, some Townships support services which others do not (as a cemetery), local assessments of true cash value vary, and different school district taxes are involved. TABLE 8 was prepared to illustrate the combined affect of the variables affecting local tax levies. The TABLE shows the theoretical situation of a $20,000 home, and how it would be valued and assessed in each Township. The basis of most local financial ability is the valuation of all property in the community . This data is used to determine overall bond debt ability, which can be exceeded by extra voted millage authorized by the citizenry. Of itself, however, the assessed valuation does not; (a) reflect the ability of individual families to afford a given tax levy, (b) show the need for a given project, (c) indicate citizen desires to have the service. TABLE 7 gives a comparative list of assessed valuations as equalized for each community in the County since 1968. Through property reevaluation and some new development, there was a dramatic rise in the valuations between 1968 and 1969 . However, the $4.28 million increase between 1969 and 1970 is due largely to new development. - 10 - �TABLE 7 STATE EQUALIZED VALUATIONS BY COMMUNITY Emmet County 1968 Bear Creek Bliss Carp Lake Center Cross Village Friendship Littlefield Little Traverse Maple River McKinley f-' f-' $ 5,570,465 468,150 1,439,470 492,415 635,295 613,121 2,354,045 3,980,654 786,256 1,386,190 1968 Percent 8.86% .74 2.29 1969 1970 1.01 $10,165,720 720,779 2,803,304 670,454 1,066,485 $10,727,362 726,588 3,050,153 681,558 1,079,342 .98 3.74 6.33 1.25 2.20 1,132,554 4,368,430 6,871,040 1,474,623 2,185,315 1,152,416 4,621,860 6,674,502 1,745,664 2,590,696 •78 1970 Percent 10.94% . 74 3.11 •70 1.10 1.18 4.71 6.95 1. 7 8 2.64 Pleasantview Readmond Resort Springvale Wa\Jatam West Traverse Total 1,374,852 1,021,384 13,269,882 1,149,967 2,476,770 2,751,859 $39,770,775 2.19 1.62 21.11 L 83 3. 94 4.38 63.25% 2,070,259 1,374,687 16,447,410 3,006,618 5,894,248 3,313,252 $63,564,908 2,426,763 1,447,417 16,602,352 3,284,069 7,366,710 3,405,011 $67,582,463 2.48 1. 48 16.93 3.35 7.51 3. 47 68.97% Petoskey Harbor Springs Total $19,050,075 4,055,546 $23,105,621 30.30% 6.45% 36.75% $23,509,704 6,645,088 $30,154,792 $23,758,147 6,661,350 $30,419,497 24.23% 6.80% 31. 13 % Emmet County $62,876,396 $93,719,700 $98,001,960 SOURCE: 100.0% Mr. Alan F. Behan, Director Emmet County Equalization Department 100.0% �TABLE 8 TYPICAL TOWNSHIP - SCHOOL PROPERTY TAX Emmet County $20,000 HOME AS A BASE S.E.V. Assess.:::. ment, 50% of True Cash Value Bear Creek Bliss Carp Lake Center Cross Village Friendship Littlefield Little Traverse Maple River McKinley Pleasantview Readmond Resort Springvale Wawatam West Traverse $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 Totals for Averaging County Average (Townships) SOURCE FOR TAX RATES: Book Value for Tax purposes by Township $ 6,940 6,250 9,520 5,340 7,750 5,780 6,620 5,980 9,610 8,260 7,630 4,460 9,350 4,440 8,060 6,490 Typical Tax Bill for 1969 $ 33 7 .4 2 302 . 25 355 000 307 . 58 286 . 90 342 . 11 399 , 38 349 . 90 343.27 302.65 348 . 46 342.93 326 . 03 391.83 323.32 345 098 $112,480 $5,405.01 $ $ 7,030 337 . 81 Mr. Alan F. Behan, Director Emmet County Equalization Department The overall differential between the high and low township amounted to $112.48 in 1969, ranging from $286.90 to $399.38. Altogether, the township's averaged $337,81. This illustration of a typical tax on a $20,000 home is only theoretical. There are other costs related to home ownership that are not included, such as special service fees and other private contractual fees that may include well drilling, septic tank cleaning, garbage collection and non-county snow plowing. - 12 - �EXISTING PUBLIC UTILITIES (PART I A . 3.) AREA-WIDE TRANSPORTATION Emmet County has access to several major area-wide transportation services. These relate to the economy of the County in terms of tourismrecreation, industrial development and retail services. 1. Highways The most dominant highway feature serving the County is the I-75 Freeway. Although only a small portion of the freeway actually enters the County, it is accessible from several major State roads serving the northwest region of the Lower Peninsula, as well as County roads. I-75 is a key transportation facility for truckers who are moving increased volumes of highway freight and tourists from metropolitan areas who can now visit the County more often on two day weekends. A second freeway route (US-131) is planned in future years to enter Emmet County . US-31 is a major State trunkline passing through the entire length of the County. This highway links the Mackinaw Bridge (and I-75) with the County Airport, and the urban areas of Petoskey. It is expected that Highway US-31 will continue as a major local facility to serve business, industry and tourism-recreation. Future freeways will supplement the functions of this roadway. US-131 is a major State trunkline entering the County from the south, and is a major regional access route from the south. North of Petoskey, US-131 is a scenic road along Lake Michigan and it links the Harbor Springs service center with Petoskey. 2. Airports Emmet County has three public airports, the County Airport at Pellston, the Harbor Springs Airport east of Harbor Springs and the Mackinaw City Airport north of Carp Lake. a. Pellston The County Airport at Pellston is the only scheduled commercial air service facility in the County, and it serves a fi v e Co u nty area including Cheboygan . Existing terminal facilities are inadequate to serve the increased passenger traffic generated by the larger fan jet aircraft and increasing numbers of peop l e who use air travel service. Runway extensions are underway and a new east-west runway may be necessary in the next 20 years. A conservative projection of traffic shows a 1,000 daily passenger load by 1973 . This is a volume comparable to existing loads at the Bay City-Midland-Saginaw Airport, some 160 mi l es to the south. Once the runway extensions have been completed a major air terminal expansion will be made, - 13 - �The Pellston Airport will expand as the area's major air traffic facility. It is important, therefore, that residential, industrial and recreation developments recognize the impact of jet aircraft and runway approach zones when locating in the area. Homes, schools and industries must be planned around the basic needs of the operating airport and new demands for community water and sewage services may evolv e in the area . b. Harbor Springs The City of Harbor Springs owns the County's seco nd largest air traffic facility in the County. It is primarily a chartered flying service facility, handling executive type aircraft, but no scheduled airline service. The Harbor Springs Airport is well located near Little Traverse Bay, major ski resorts, and concentrated areas of recreation homes. This produces a year-round market for private-recreational air service between Emmet County and metropolitan centers in the Midwest. In the recent five year period, aircraft movements have increased by more than 65%. The combination of features that make the airport attractive to air traffic also attract development. Hence, industries, homes and seasonal-resort dwellings are attracted to the Bay area and are clustering near to the airport lands. Some industry has located adjacent to the airport. The growing use of this airport and the development of surrounding lands has created the need to provide community water-sewage facilities. c. Mackinaw City The Village of Mackinaw City owns some 320 acres of land north of Paradise Lake (also Carp Lake) that has been used for private-recreation air traffic. Having sod runways and no improvements, this landing field receives very minimum use. The future of this land for airfield development is not optimistic and casual private use may be the extent of demand . Increased demands for use would be greater if an Industrial Park area were feasible to develop in Mackinaw City or the lands intervening the City and the Airport. Until then this airport will have little or no impact on the area in terms of land use or public facility requirements. - 14 - �3. Lake Ports With over seventy (70) miles of Lake Michigan shoreline, Emmet County has access to the shipping lanes of the Great Lakes . At present, there is only one major industrial port in the County and this is owned and operated by the Penn-Dixie Cement Company in Resort Township. Penn-Dixie is a major County employer involved with mining limestone reserves along the Lake Michigan shoreline. Another deep-water port is accessable t hrough Mackinaw City in nearby Cheboygan County. Recreation boating is the most dominant uses of local harbors and marinas. This generates demands for docking facilities and a need for facilities to handle sanitary wastes from both pleasure and commercial boating activities. The day has passed when direct dumping of sanitary wastes in any Great Lake can be permitted, Recreation craft, lake carriers and foreign freighters must be required to dump wastes in approved land based community disposal systems. Natural water ways (rivers, lakes and oceans) can no longer be considered the "final stage 11 in the sewage treatment process. WATER AND SEWER UTILITIES At the present time, complete water and sewerage utilities serve the developed portions of the Cities of Petoskey, Harbor Springs, and the Village of Mackinaw City. The Bay View Association in Bear Creek Township has a water and sewage system connected with Petoskey, but service is now provided only in the summer months, The Bay View water mains are above the frost level and therefore cannot be used in winter months. For this reason, the Bay View dwellings are not occupied during the winter skiing season . There are a few other water and sewer service extensions near the City of Petoskey, but these are close to the City limits. In the past, Petoskey maintained a policy that services would not be extended unless accompanied by annexation. However, broader area-wide services from the City's system are now feasible. The City of Harbor Springs ~xtends water services westerly to serv e the Tamarack Trails subdivisions and easterly into the Wequetonsing . Sewage collection services closely follow areas within the City limits . A more complete in-depth review of water and sewer services in Emmet County will be prepared in the engineering sections of this County Comprehensive Sewer and Water Plan. - 15 - �The 1960 Census of Population and Housing provided some basic data on how County families are being served by sanitary disposal facilities and community water supplies. TABLE 9 summarizes the significant comparisons between the State and County, including a breakdown for rural Emmet County. This data should be re-evaluated when the 1970 Census findings are made available. TABLE 9 RESIDENTIAL WATER AND SEWER SERVICES Emmet County Dwelling Service by Number and Percent Rural NonFarm Rural State of Emmet County Emmet County Michigan To t a l Emmet -Count y Source of Water Community System 1,547 29.5% 12 2 . 2% NIA NIA Individual Well 3,318 63.4% 460 82.7% NIA NIA Other or None 372 7.1% 5,237 84 15.1% 556 NIA NIA 3,746 71.4% 388 71. 2% 85.7% 6,155 77.4% 812 15.5% 64 11. 7% 8.5% 955 12 . 5% 690 13.1% 5,248 93 17.1% 545 5.8% 100 . 0% Public-Community System 1,038 19 . 8% None Septic Tank 3,272 62.5% 418 75.1% Other or None 927 17. 7% 5,237 138 24 . 9% 556 7 ~1 Water Service Hot and Cold Water in Dwelling Cold Water Only in Dwelling No Piped Water in Dwelling 801 10 .1 % 7 ,951 Sewa~e Dis;eosal SOURCE: U.S. Census of Housing, 1860 - 16 - 94.0% 6,689 84 .1% 6 . 0% 100.0% 1,262 15 . 9% 7,951 100 . 0% �The conclusions from TABLE 9 indicate the following: 22.5% of the County's dwelling units have only cold water piped in the structure or have no domestic water in the dwelling (10 . 1% none). This condition affects 1,796 dwellings. Assuming half of these to be seasonal homes, some 2,900 County residents are without adequate water service (900 d.u. x 3,22 per household= 2,880 persons). 801 dwellings (perhaps 400 permanent) have no water service inside the structure. 456 dwellings (perhaps 230 permanent) do not have a private well or community water supply. Nearly 16% of all dwellings have no community sewer system or septic tank, hence, either there is no sewage facility or the dwelling has a privy. This affects an estimated 2,000 residents in the County. As may be reasonable to assume, most of the inadequately served units are in rural nonfarm and rural farm areas, because community services were not available in 1960. Overall, from 15 to 22 percent of all dwellings have inadequate utility services, even though up to half of these may be seasonal . However, both seasonal and permanent residences have minimum adequate facilities for sanitary health reasons as well as to avoid resource pollution. SANITARY LAND FILLS (Solid Waste Disposal) Land fill sites are indicated on the ncommunity Facilities" map. When needed, additional land fill sites can probably be developed with relative ease, because of the rural nature of the County. However, it may prove effective to operate land fills in areas where land reclamation could prove beneficial to recreation developments or other extensive use adaptations. Not withstanding these objectives, care should be exercised to ensure that land fill sites have minimum nuisance affects to home areas, tourist facilities and scenic resources o Other methods of solid waste disposal, such as incineration, probably would not be considered unless serious pollution and nuisance hazards occur from existing methods, or unless technological developments render other methods more feasible, In any system of waste disposal, all communities of the County should seriously consider jointly operated disposal areas . This will reduce the number of active disposal sites operating at a given time and will facilitate the cost of maintaining lands and equipment . . ] - 17 - �Bliss, Center, Pleasantview and Readmond Townships have no sanitary land fills operating at the present time. However, these communities may be cooperating with an adjacent Township. The Cross Village site is currently unlicensed . Because of operating costs, several Townships may have to cooperate in the operation of sanitary fill areas . Another feasible method would be to operate a County-wide system through a County Department of Public Works, Existing sanitary fill sites are located as follows: Carp Lake Township, Section - 2 Wawatam Township, Section - 13 in Mackinaw City Cross Village Township, Section - 34 West Traverse Township, Section - 3 Little Traverse Township, Section 10 Littlefield Township, Section - 17 Springvale Township, Section - 2 Bear Creek Township, Section - 8 Resort Township, served by Bear Creek Center Township, None Readmond Township - None Maple River Township, Section - 3 in Pellston McKinley Township, Section - 1 Pleasantview Township - None Bliss Township - None Friendship Township, served by West Traverse As evident from the County's Land Use Inventory, there appears to be a need for disposal areas for used automobiles and major appliances . It would be most desirable if these waste items could be delivered to an industry involved with converting the scrap to usable industrial metals . Future solid waste disposal demands will increase as a result of increasing tourist visitation and local population growth. Some items that will pose serious disposal problems in the future are: depreciated mobile homes (permanent and travel vehicles). discarded automobiles, farm implements and other vehicles. junked appliances, sporting equipment, etc. Based on national averages, each 1 U. S. citizen discards about 1,500 pounds of solid waste each year. At this rate, Emmet County produces over 12,000 tons of solid waste each year . By 1990, the rate will be 15,200 tons plus discarded waste from tourists who v isit the County . • ] 1 More recent national averages indicate that each citizen discards from six to se v en pounds of solid waste every day . This yields more than a ton of waste per year (2,300 pounds). - 18 - �CENTERS OF TRADE AND COMMUNICATION Persons who live in rural and unincorporated areas generally depend upon nearby urban centers (Cities and Villages) for various community services. Hence, it is important for the service center communities to recognize their area-wide roles. For the most part, the urban centers would have fewer or less adequate serv i ces to offer were it not for the support of more or less dependent rural areas " In Emmet County there are several centers of trade and communication and these vary from one another in terms of size, types of services and potential for future growth or development. Many of these rural centers are smaller today than in previous years because of population out-migration and improved highway access to larger centers such as Petoskey, Harbor Springs and Cheboygan . Some basic services include: active recreation, retailing and business services, nonfarm employment, health, education and other services of a social or cultural nature. It is not feasible for every Township in Emmet County to provide all of these services, hence, a natural pattern of urbanrural communication evolves. A key index to the size and influence of one center over another is the retail base. As~ rule, those communities which have the highest volume of retail 1ctivity will also be larger and offer more diverse community wide services o Although retailing is not the only service of regional importance, it is a fact that commercial activity is a direct reflection of the frequency and volume of visits that people in a region make to the community. Therefore, if people visit the retail center for shopping purposes, they are likely to patronize such other services as the post office, library, hospital or a medical office, bank and related facilities. In Emmet County, the City of Petoskey has the largest retail-service influence, and competes effectively on a regional level with centers as distant as Traverse City and Alpena. The second most influential County center is the City of Harbor Springs. Of near equal importance, but influencing the northern portions of the County most is the City of Cheboygan in adjacent Cheboygan County. In March, 1969, Emmet County's Commercial Economic Base Analysis was published under the contract terms of a 11 701 11 Urban Planning Assistance Granto This report delineated the major retail trade patterns as they influence Emmet County and communities within the County. Following is a summary of findings from the Commercial Base Analysis . Emmet County has two regional trade areas based upon the retail potential of Petoskey's downtown shopping area o The primary trade area was determined to be coterminus with the County boundaries while the secondary trade area encompasses the County plus the areas of Charlevoix, East Jordan, Vanderbuilt, Onaway, Mullett Lake, and Mackinaw City . The larger secondary trade area is based upon Petoskey's drawing power for major comparison shopping goods (apparel, furniture, specialty shops, etc.). - 19 - �Of the three Counties, Emmet, Charlevoix and Cheboygan, Emmet County holds a dominant retail position. Some 43% of the 1963 retail sales in this region occurred in Emmet . Within Emmet County nearly 76% of the retail sales volume occurred in the City of Petoskey. County areas outside of Petoskey which includes Harbor Springs, increased their share of the total sales between 1958 and 1963. Using 1963 constant dollar figures, Emmet County's 1958 retail sales totaled $25.6 million. This increased nearly 1 7% by 1963, for a total retail sales volume of $29.9 million . During this same period, the County population increased by less than five (5) percent. This is a strong reflection of tourist drawing power and regional trade area influence. Population and retail sales trends suggest the high impact of tourist sales in Emmet County. From an estimate of "maximumtt tourist spending, it was concluded that retail sales and services expenditures attributed to nonpermanent households total some $13.7 million in 1962. This increased to $22.9 million by 1966 for an overall gain of 67%. Regardless of the methods employed, the tourist retail sector of the economy is strong and increasing at a far greater rate than permanent household spending, Detailed development plans for Petoskey's downtown shopping area are published in a separate report on the City's retail economic base. The details for Harbor Springs are also presented in a separate 1r701n planning program. Plans for improving the outlying retail areas of Emmet County are contained in the Emmet County Economic Base report, under the section "Minimum Convenience Centers" . These pertain to the retail areas of Alanson, Carp Lake, Cross Village, Levering and Pellston . Retail sales in Emmet County will be distributed among the various local centers, each serving a slightly different level of retail activity, For planning retail service improvements and enlargements, the County's retail centers were classified as follows: Major Comparison Shopping Center City of Petoskey Major Convenience Shopping Centers Petoskey Harbor Springs Mackinaw City - 20 - �Minimum Convenience Shopping Centers Alanson Carp Lake Cross Village Levering Pellston Minimum Retail Services (General Store or Larger) Boyne Highlands - Nubs Nob Wilderness Park Larks Lake Bliss Center Resort Township Good Hart West County Line Brutus Epsilon Stutsmanville The list of retail centers classified by type is an accurate reflection of the relative importance of one community over another as a center for trade, communication and community services, For the most part, these services are available to the residents of the community center as well as persons who live in the surrounding Township units of government . TABLE 10 briefly lists the distribution of various community services among selected communities of Emmet County. Because the data on the TABLE is derived from several sources, each employing slightly different criteria and prepared at different times, column totals are not too meaningful. However, the 1963 U. S. Census of Business reports are based upon consistent data and indicates that 69% of the County's retail establishments are in the City of Petoskey, 17% in Harbor Springs and 14% in the Townships and Villages. Tourist lodging facilities present a near opposite picture. Some 62% of the County's lodging places are in the Townships and Villages, and 38% in the two Cities , Among the smaller Villages in the County, Alanson, Pellston, Levering, and Cross Village offer a wider variety of community services, According to area population projections, Alanson has the greatest potential for improving and expanding retail-community services in the noncity areas of the County. J 7 For those communities and County areas that have a projected population loss, and should a future loss become a reality, it is reasonable to expect future reductions in the quantity and quality of existing service levels. Except for Petoskey, Harbor Springs and Mackinaw City, none of the rural communities and villages provide public water and sewer services (refer to map "Existing Water and Sewer Systems"). - 21 - �TABLE 10 INVENTORY OF COMMUNITY SERVICES Emmet County (l) (l) 0 cu (/) (l) rl (/) P-< :::> 4-i rl 0 •rl Selected Communities Petoskey cu • +' 0 (l) :z; P::: bl) 4-i i:: 0 •rl bl) • 'D 0 0 .....:I :z; 0 (/) (/) rl •rl 0 0 H H H +' :s:(l) ..c: !3 (/) (/) (l) (l) cu > 0 :>, 0 H i:: (l) 0 0 •rl •rl +' (l) (/) rl 4-i 4--i cu cu +' 0 0 •rl rl .Q ;:::l •rl rl .Q ;:::l •rl rl .Q ;:::l H ·rl .Q •rl P-< P-< P-< .....:I ::s P-< J:y cu 0 'D (l) 0 +' (/) 0 (/) (l) H •rl 218 16 1 1 6 1 4 1 1 Harbor Springs 55 6 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 Alanson 25 1 1 1 1 1 Brutus 4 1 1 Carp Lake 6 5 1 Conway 3 2 1 Cross Village 6 2 Levering 9 5 1 Oden 4 5 1 Pellston 12 2 Mackinaw City (Emmet Sci.de1:) 15 ~•: 18 1: Emmet County SOURCE: (a) (b) (c) 316 58 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 13 5 11 6 1 3 Emmet County Land Use Inventory, 1968 U.S. Census of Business, 1963 Harbor Springs Comprehensive Plan, 1969 - 22 - 1 5 �I ~ ~ ' \~' ' , , \ \ 1' , I ~ l '''' ' ' ' ' 1 I I ' ~ 1 1 i C £CI L --c · ... 8 A Y ~•*• •- --····-···· ,.o•T T. HN, ~ }1 I I I I t ·-1 I ' 1 I . I A. Ill -·-----t-- STIIRGEON --~------- - 7F 8 . r··---. I~ , \ I ,..., (iJ .--;: '~ i: : ,, A Y LJEEb ~J. ~ ' . ,~ ::a: t I, ' ~ r, · ·1, G L G •, LJ \ ~ _JI \ 3\ ,. I -· -'f-- · - + I '7 I II i~ ___ -4 .. ---- I: ---.. .. i' ~~ ,~ II• I " - 1 " • ·7"' ! f u\\ • \' 1 ' , • 1 , jLJl Ii ts: . ! r:=:1 --hr.: • s • 1 -· ~ MC ' I N II :, .,. 11 ,: K I / ~ E i'l!.. ~ ii !:·: ..... A ...... / I ,, "IF ' L . •~~- il ') I n ~F==-- + I '<>i"' ., " .. ----Jf"''"'"" 1 ' =- = ~_JI - . Q ___• 1 ·-· • [· N , L , •!, T f n • " '- " ✓-~-Jul---- • ..,1ll~ ----,---::'c1:-;c••Q,-_ J"• !' ::,o li1 " • i~ I';_ - . ,;? rX, 1" I ~ .. ; -- ~ ~ i'\: ~:, • ,',r········ ,, '" "' ::1#11 ":" I -~ 1 ~ -~J ~FFJJ.·l. 1 ~ l , _ .. 7 ~□ 7n□i .r7 - T 3!5N 'I + TRA V E RS E I I A 1.. I -\ ~.~A~~-----,, ~ ' ' I I I\ I II ,---~--- l'\_ . ;\~ . lI _.j/ '. T '6N 1,~_iLLLJ~='-- =;,===a~_j -- --i•1--·-·•~\ '• . .....,_]~ Ri ;; ·, ,, ' 1 1, ! • i V ! 1 ! __ _ J . "" . [JlLJr ,•]C:i...l/ • •~- . ~ir-----:'. ~ A. • ''!° ____ _ " ---- \i l ' T ' IEl " . U~( i\\"-~l===u~~' • :-=e,,,,:~(I • - ,t,.,~ • t---i~~~l.J..~•· f,_1/ " --• r---_T J[ a l v E Rsl\~~=~===~y=\' -· ,I i., 8 □··.I~ ----• -- "8' _______ l~I LIT T LE , l.t ---- --- • ' w in --- ~ JL ----nr™ · · _, _. .. REA -.J .. .• J T 37N l) • =~~~ ~=;r=JL~ • .. -=t .. I '"!"" •JV''" ''"'" ~ ,.,. -~~- .. • 1'' =-=-'"'L --------- '[ - •---- - "-- ·1 -"-- · -! _ 1 · j .. ..,' --- ---- - T-:--~TI· -'--::::, ·-" "-- ! . ,, •--- =---------- i:J . : T.!IN. ~ I . C--------- I ( ~- __,j ·-- .. ["; ·: "R j - " ,. · ~ I • • 1 ' •p)1----.-----1' ' •! , . .-. r -' . "i I. '\,L _ ;,i • I . -, ;~ .'R _,.. p • □ h_~-t··,~·j'.7' •.f":l□•E I .' )~-·~.•.. ~ !EJ_J•□'. ' •;~~:B . ' I A • ., ' • "! ll . . [3 . •otu vu.I.Ml' R : gp II i ,. ..!' JI ·7··· ·· •'- G ',··, · . i !! , '' . ' iTEt N ~n ~ 1 \. ,,.y "-- -11 E s_1: -------- : .. ,, ·,- 1· C ' . • • •--=, E u . 'I-- • IN !I ' ~'----•----''---1 - ~ ===---i s ==:=lk=lr- • . : I ip=====,=jf ·- A. • u '. : '~ ,L___ L-\,,- I , ,, ' . , · ' V · -~ ~· • - · ·:· ...,.~...,, I I" . L..i "---' ""7L_____J I......... .. , D .·luD- ~□□ ~ -J.:10 : , _ ; l□' ·cC::S:-,-- I. ' ' • 5 . . _ . Mr: " . ~ : " Q w.· N·.. ,. '; r· • :______ _ ..._J_ ~ ~l, :n ,_ _ l(_ 1 •. ,d ~ CJ t : ,,--- I . ~ \ f77l ~ "",. ,,,, 1 ~I r id I ===t . J,.____.l,._ TREATMENT 1E9E~ - (_.J-..~ . l~~ -~[j . ~i ";: A. --c::,.:& ,0 ··~',.~II':,, · •~ II1 -1r - E r. _K ·- ·1-· J1 I I I r-1~.·l;-~":;;~.: : L' I 1 " 11 " ~ ·ti " 1 .. IO I I. " . ·, [J:::r : ~ - - -~ - ,. ~ • I! . \ LEGEND EXISTING WASTEWl!.TER TREATMENT PLANT MAJOR SANITARY SEWER LINES PRESENT SEIIVIC[ IOUNOARIES ' " ' 1"11[1".ll•IITION or T'4tS ..... ro1t HU CW .. [1 COU IIH' ......,o,1a1, C0 IOll $SI0N w•s '1 NUI C[O • ., I. I IIAIIT fllO IIII THC f AIUlll (lt°S HO ME •DMU.l!S TIU,110 N, UNllCO STAT CS tU'A II ' "' ' " t Of 4Glt1CIJL1U•C ttl'O ·71 .... vilican · lemon a 0110c. inc. plonnin9 con1ultanl1 MC NAMEE PORTER & SEELEY CONSULTING ENGINEERS I EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SERVICE EMMET COUNTY /"' C.\LJc1 ... COUNTY • •• - l ( ''ii/ . -.I . L. R. tW . T :S4N �, ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '''''''' j j 1 j j C ·-~o ,. .~.~. l £CI L -·· · ·-· 8 A Y itOIIIT T, J9N, ~ I I .. I ) I I I -------}-- STURGEON ,, \I ,, i ' I ~-----. I I 8 A Y ii l : rmiH~ □"'tRU ~11'. 71~.,- -. -□ l Il'. ~R7f ~a-·- - ·i .:. - - ,[~,I L -~ ~ ' ' 1 I( -#JI! ' ~ T.'8N. ~ --='=rrffl -~.□·□·'Ir'-, ' ~ l, er: rt'lrf. ~□c.x::::::J . ~~ DD~ ' t I I \" ~[ I ~ --;;--~ L _ ..,l .... ~ Q·-[SJ 1 . . E.:~ •□ . .t---ihJ' ' ~ .ill ~1M \~~-" □·~ \ N D r i"' '" -'' •11_,_l-':1 :.. \ nJ · -· in-·1 ·· . • , '-;;:_\ . . ---- n . II I .. 1 ~.J L.J · - I ·_·. . , - I -': - - ~--:,,. ..::.. .L.:... _ ST.7 ~I, If-=l r-~- " ·7 .. : .. L_Jd-~------- - ,"_ • ,_ ,' ---.' :, ,_ L.I ...' -·-,, · »·· .. - T-~'---,_L_ """"....,. ·' J _ .. . ' II j---~-\,~t-7: .' ;- . ,c . • • : J • • r==L___=~u_.::::: • '1 I .-;11r;· I --.---~..:, " ' •::.-----' ' ---,-- • • • · •·-- ~c i K i" T . 37N. ~ 1 i -_ : - ~, , , "· . n""" .. I ~ _~1b,_-'--s~1~1···~~ k -==11 _IFl.[I_···:···~ . -~-- i . F =~-·J-17' \: • - \ --1 m I 1 - Ii , 1· . . . ( ·J td :I - ,.' C - II - I • - ' /. VTII , '.'\¼-f. . ,,,. j ./.§--ir~ :i i. ji ' " :, __ ,.,....,..~ Os ~rT~); I ~IDJ ' . ' \·[r=""1ii -~• • _. : , _ __J •, □ ~ ~L__ j : , i :· EJ· • □ ·~I·□\ \-_ ~:' . :-J~:tL " ~• ·· "1 -- ,,-, ,....~,----•-·"•·- --~- . ___"___ ________J. •-"'r, •,. , w~~ 11' , r l " ,. . LJLJ -~~" ~~ ou··. Lb!"' :, Jo'~□·.f\□i ,~-J- .. " □• " .~ f: • J ~ c' 10 R. Lul Rl~ , :,.( :1~t£ll .. "' Cl k~l 17 '· -~,. ____,,, .. ·- [''r····... ····;:1 ···~,, 1 ~ • ,,t: . 1·· JJ • I' ' ' 0 1 A ' N • wt _' v ' ~ -- I • I ~, - -- , - 11 -- C""..·11 -- ll • ~- _ 'I \I ,morn H\fLET i. 1 "- , EJ~ ' ----- ' ----- ~ ~'. ··,~ \R • 'r"< 1\ _ S ,-- 1~ j E ~n ~ ~ · L • 11 ~ , L - ' 1 .. ii E ;===cc!- i \ - \i ,, L □ -···i-·s--~,-ic\1 :: ,: ./ I,, - .. - i ,:- l \\ . • I r:1 · : ~ \I. _ _ " "~ ' ,. . ,L_jLJ[_ ~\L,__<L.J -----s:~Pm--H-- ~!/..--·'· .... :J --- "\,. , ,,. C: I j ----- I " ,---·- , · )- ·:- . r··· ····'-··· .!\.--~••\ !i~ ' s.\:;====:7]r' :, I i' 'l E E r ~- -·- · "'I ![ . [ . 71 Q Jl.:J Q 11/ ;·-~-·L . -j~-----·· , ~__J, '""' , DL__ ' ,, . ••• :• A V , 1: T. 31N M . AI , L '",,,,___J . !!- j I . . j L.,.o --f=:J□ - I.: no ·,, . ··i'\ . "{ llrTL£ -J T 3'N ~~~- TRAVERS£ ......... 8 A r L ~l ii ... ......., .I IB :,,: ' :=J5J !• ~ . I . . ' LJ lo=14~lf CljDDn 'c -~ ·~. '~ J ··· ___j._ -~,. JOU E . A R I . --~. I I ;' _ .. . • , " " " • • ow .nl:rl · . ~ ~· : 1 --~,:1 'IT""" : ~ • or TOIi$ " " " tOlt TH( CO tilllll /SSION .. T,1[ rAIINt:ll 'li ·•- - ~ - EXISTING WELLS EXISTING STORAGE WITH CAPACITY (t,l lll (T ,1.0JIIIIMISUt4Tl0W • or ,_,l1111C1,1UUNt: ltl0 •11 ..... l ( A\.( I ll ,c1n vilicon · lemon a ossoc. inc. planning con,ultonts MCNAMEE PORTER & SEELEY CONSULTING ENGINEERS • .. I I, • ll -" :----1,7 I . • • ,s n1t1o1o1cto ., " " 01,U. : tr 'r ! I .;::' _.!_ "'-""'"''"o :· r. • LEGEND l'IUl'•IIIIAIIO"' ) ~ ~□,o· ~..-. MAJOR WATER MAINS EXISTING SERVICE AREAS TN( ~•1 ,o • I ~ ~ .~ // [ .. ~-,... ·I-cr:£1-~ L~b .... 1,;----, UNIUO IT&TII OIP.,.IITNINT l, SPRINGVALE I I " CHARLE VOIX G U1N T JltO .. , • ~ COUtHT .,-. ~1ttJ-lJ f0 ~I ~((_ ~ ~ •··-·· [ .......,.~.... . ·--. .. _j ..l ·•t • -!~ • - I ~ 1 • I " L_=.__-E .~ L.1 u I EXISTING COMMUNITY WATER SERVICE EMMET COUNTY ~ .I \ COUNTY ~ T 34N �, - NATURAL RESOURCES (PART I A. 4.) Emmet County has a diverse resource base that is well adapted to yearround recreation attractions. This fact, plus the increasing accessibility of the County to tourists from metropolitan centers will cause accelerated development pressures on the existing resource base. The momentum of rising tourism, crowded metropolitan centers, new highways, and improved air service may well precipitate local development related to industrialization and factors other than tourism recreation. The cumulative impact of the County's latent growth potential will be accompanied by an urbanization process that will be paralleled by resource depletion . Hence, community water and sewer systems must be provided to minimize the negative aspects of development . Wood lots will be converted to building sites, farm lands to neighborhoods, and lake, river, and stream frontages subdivided in lots . The character of the County is under pressure to change and as a minimum it will take community water-sewer systems, good zoning and subdivision control ordinances to assure the most satisfactory patterns of use and development. Generally, the processes of urban growth and development results in the displacement of an area's natural environment. Game habitates, fishing streams, wooded areas, and farms are displaced by highways, housing developments, commercial uses and industry. Whether or not it is feasible to accommodate urban growth and still retain the basic natural environment remains a challenge to society. It is known, however, that the continuing pressures of urban growth are placing even greater demands upon resources which are within commuting distance of metropolitan centers. Emmet County's natural resource base must be viewed as an important element of the ecological structure of Michigan and the Upper Midwest. Deer hunting, fishing, natural scenery, other outdoor recreation, and clean waters represent major factors in the local economy and are attractions which account for the increasing demands upon the rural environment. As more freeways develop north from Chicago and Detroit, the impact of urban growth on the County can be expected to increase substantially. While it will not be possible to resolve all the County's ecological and environmental questions in a planning study, it is an objective of the plan to suggest development patterns that will recognize the mutual needs of urban uses and the natural resource base. Implementating the development patterns will be an evolving long-term program necessitating strong cooperation among citizens of the County, resource specialists, land developers and government. - 23 - �Some selected natural resources of concern in Emmet County are deer yards, trout streams, warm water fish streams, canoeable rivers and principal drainage basins. As a general observation, deer yarding areas, canoeable waters and the quality trout streams are concentrated in nearly the same County locations. These resource areas also provide habitat for other game species native to Northern Michigan. Hence, efforts to preserve these areas in their natural state will fulfill numerous conservation objectives including a quality outdoor recreational environment for future generations. The drainage patterns on the map relate rivers and streams to their principal watershed areas . It is important that land users in the County recognize these drainage patterns as certain activities may contribute to stream pollution or resource depletion. The County cannot afford these losses if it is to retain the Northern image so attractive to urban populations which tour the United States. SOILS The accompanying 11 Soil Resources 11 map illustrates a refinement of the County's Land Type map, and presents ten (10) relatively homogenous soil groups. These soil classifications are based upon their general physical similarity. Soils in a group have similar capacity to sustain urban uses and resources development. This map gives a broad picture of the distribution and comparative quantity of County soil resources. Because of the generalized nature of the mapped information, it is applicable to County planning as an overall development guide or reference, More detailed soils surveys and/or on-site investigations are needed for specific uses and site planning. In determin~ng the general suitability of soils in their natural state for various uses, the following criterion are applied by soil scientists of the U.S. Soil Conservation Service: 1. 2, 3. 4. Adaptability Adaptability Adaptability Adaptability for for for for Agriculture Housing (subdivision type) Woodland and Forest Use Recreation A summary rating of the ten (10) generalized Soil Resource Areas is presented on TABLE 11. It is pertinent that about 70% of the area of Emmet County has soil conditions that are suited to urban development uses. This also implies a general suitability for forestry, agriculture and recreation. - 24 - �' ' ~ 1 . 1 ~ ... "I 'I 1 1J 1 i i • i ' i ' , i i ' ,1 1 i I 1 1 1 C E CI L STURGEON 8 A r ~ 'l(:, t (, t l i• ~ l . ;: . [Ju.L__j ----- -----J~s>----- • 71. . . \, . "' " " L I TT l. £ TRAVERSE 8 A r rl tr ~f~ ·rt, . ~-:... r . , ~ • If • I.I ·- 11 . 1 ~~~~L_ ltLJ, ,~ ~ GR OU PS I 'TH( •11•11 ... TlOOI 0, 1..1 WU ''"'""°°'4U •10tllllMCk>ONAUOfUl.OU... l!fO,ooTOfl'l>IPIIIIMl! .. I Of H0USttl0AHOIIUAHl>t¥!10,,._l,.I. 1/l'fOU TH( Ill ilfr:E::rf::::::·:~:~f2!;~::::. ..... Generalized vilicon · lemon a ouoc. inc . plonn l nQ con sultonta ISOIL EMMET RESOURCES COUNTY COUNTY EMMET SANDY L OAM a LOAMY SAND 2 3 4 5 6 ST. IGNACE· LON GR IE - ALPENA 7 DUNE 8 9 IQ BLUE LAKE - LEELANAU EA S T LAKE - BLUE LAKE - KALKASKA RUBICON SANO EAST LAKE - AU GRES LANO - DEER PARK BRIMLE Y- BRUCE -WAI NOLA IOSCO - THOMAS BREVORT CARBONDALE - TAWAS - ROSCOMMON SOURCE : U. S . SOtL CONSERVATION SERVICE �TABLE 11 COUNTY SOIL RESOURCES Emmet County Agriculture Good Subdividing L Sandy Loam 2. Loamy Sand Fair-Good Good 3. Deep Loamy Sand Fair-Good Good 4. Deep Acid Sands Poor 5. Sand and Gravel 6. Use Rating or Adaptability Recreation-Woodland Drainage Good Good Hardwoods and Pine Good Good Hardwoods and Pine Good Good Good-Fair Poor Good Poor Fair-Good Poor Fair-Poor Fair Sand Gravel over Bedrock Poor Fair-Poor Poor Fair-Poor Poor 7. Sand Dunes Poor Poor Poor 8. Silts, Clays, Sand Poor Poor Fair Fair-Good Poor 9• Silty Clay Loam Poor Poor Poor Fair-Good Poor Organic Soil Poor Poor Poor Game Habitat Poor Good Hardwoods Fair-Good N u, 10. SOURCE: U.S. Soil Conservation Service, Boyne City, Michigan Good Good �Resort and Bear Creek Townships have from 85% to 90% of their lands in soils suited to urban development. This is important because these communities are expected to absorb most of the projected urban development in the County. It · is unfortunate that soils rated very good for farming and forestry may be displaced by development in the Petoskey area. Vast land areas in the central and west central portions of Emmet County are well suited for urban and recreation development. This means that ski chalets and summer home development can proceed with few soil limitations. However, there are other planning considerations necessary to assure that new developments do not destroy the quality of the natural environment which generates demands for use~and development. Deer yarding areas and sport fishing streams will need protection. Crooked Lake, Pickerel Lake and the Crooked River Valley through Alanson are positioned among wet soils rated fair to poor for urban use. Since this is an intensive resort-cottage area, pollution control measures will become increasingly necessary and a strong need is already apparent. The Cross Village area is divided among several soil types: sandy loams, loose sand and organic soils. The organic soils are generally in State ownership and hence, may not be a development problem. However, the loose sands, which occur in dunes and ridges have many development limitations in terms of drifting sand (wind, erosi~n) and difficulty in establishing and maintaining cover. Development of these soils will reduce the high scenic value of the area, as many dunes will be leveled and existing tree stands will be gradually reduced. The Mackinaw City area and Wawatam Township are on limeston~ formations and cobbly soils. These are generally unsuitable for urban•development in their natural state. Careful and detailed soils analysis can reveal the nature of development limitations on particular sites. A large proportion of the soils unsuited for development are in the north areas of the County. Also, much of this land is currently in State of Michigan ownership, as part of the Hardwood State Forest. - 26 - �TOPOGRAPHY The accompanying topography map illustrates the slope characteristics of Emmet County's natural landscape. From a County-wide view, there is a great deal of variety in land formations, which include: flat lands, gently rolling, rolling to steep, and very steep slopes. Elevation gradually increases from north to south, with some of the highest hilltops in Pleasantview and Springvale Townships. The discussion which follows describes the topographic characteristics of each Township in the County. As a general statement, there are a number of areas that have limitations to development in terms of urban density development. However, these limitations become scenic attractions in communities that cater to tourism-recreation activities. Resort Topography in Resort Township is gently rolling with picturesque contrasts between cultivated farm land and patches of wooded area. Some steep landscape follows the Lake Michigan Shoreline, mostly in the Penn-Dixie mining area. Bear Creek - Land forms in Bear Creek Township tend to be more severe than in Resort. From a development point of view, it is well that the incidence of steep topography lies well south and southeast of Petosk~y and can be avoided by expanding urban development. Some 10 sections of land are affected by steep topography. Springvale - Except for areas generally within two miles of Crooked Lake, Pickerel Lake, and the Minihaha Creek Valley, Springvale Township is influenced by steep slopes. Not all of this area can be considered prohibitive to development, but it does present some severe limitations. The flat areas around the lakes are separated from rolling lands by a large band of steep slope area, Littlefield - Topography has almost no development limitation on this community. Some moderate to steep slopes exist in the extreme northwest area. Little Traverse - The southern tiers of sections in this Township are generally flat or gently rolling, although incidences of steep slope are present. A large area of steep · topography affects the eight sections in the northeast area, West Traverse - Topography in West Traverse Township varies from rolling to steep and is steep in most sections. The rolling and gently rolling land is found north of Harbor Springs and east to the Township line. - 27 - �Friendship - Except for some areas near Stutsmanville and Middle Village, Friendship is characterized by moderately steep to steep topography. Other incidences of flat and gently rolling land is scattered among the steeper slope lands. Pleasantview - A band of flat land extends north-south through this community. Steep to very steep topography is found in the southwest and southeast areas, where the Boyne Highlands and Nubs Nob ski resorts are located. Moderate to steep slopes are found in the northwest and northeast sections. Maple River The west one-third of this community has moderate to moderately steep topography but few steep areas. The land character in the east sections is flat with some incidence of swamp. McKinley - McKinley Township has a varied land character. Extensive swamp land is positioned along the east line and flat but drier sections extend along the south. Some nine sections in the northwest portion are moderately rolling, with very little incidence of steep, Center - Rolling to moderate slope areas are found in the extreme northeast sections, while moderately steep to steep topography influences a large area in the southwest. A wide band of flat land (high incidence of swamp) traverses the community from southeast to northwest. Readmond - Readmond Township's physiography resembles Friendship. Most of the landscape is characterized by moderately steep slopes and there are incidences of steep. Gently rolling and moderate slopes are found in the north and west areas and in the sections near Good Hart. There is considerably more developable land along Lake Michigan in Readmond than in Friendship. Cross Village - Steep topography is limited to the Mccort Hill area in Section 5 and in portions of Sections 2 and 3. A steep ridge parallels the shore of Lake Michigan from the south to the Wycamp Lake area, Rolling sand dunes are found in the northern sections. - 28 - �Bliss - Bliss Township is predominantly flat with incidences of swamp. Some moderately steep landscape is located in the central, south and southeast area. Incidences of steep slope can be found near Bliss Center and among the sand dunes along Lake Michigan. Carp Lake - Gently rolling to moderately rolling topography is present in the southwesterly seven and one-half (7 1/2) sections. The remainder of the community is relatively flat and there are swamp lands to the southwest and northwest. Wawatam · - Overall, Wawatam Township has the flattest topography in Emmet County. The topography map reveals only a gradual fall in elevation from the southeast to north Township Line. The foregoing analysis of the County's physiography is limited in respect to detail. U.S.G,S. data on a County-wide scale at the 20 foot contour interval is effective as a general reference for slope data, but cannot illustrate the variety of slope change that can occur within a given 20 foot interval. DRAINAGE PATTERNS In addition to indicating slope, topography defines the surface drainage pattern of the County. This information is useful in water-sewer system planning, because the drainage pattern influences the extension of sanitary sewer mains. Whenever a topographic barrier is encountered, there are specific construction costs related to the following: excess pipe to circumvent the barrier. lift stations, force mains and booster pumps to overcome a change in elevation. costly excavations to maintain satisfactory grades on the collector mains. possible need for duplicate treatment facilities (lagoons, plants, etc.). additional time needed for installation of the system. Following are some general observations relative to sanitary sewer service areas based upon the County's principal drainage pattern: A sewage system in Pellston would have the physical capacity to serve a large regional area. Pellston is also a potential industrial area. - 29 - �, Alanson is reasonably well situated to serve a large·drainage area. Although new industry may be limited, recreation, tourists, and year-round home demands will be significant. Poor soils and flat terrain suggest a serious need for urban services in the Alanson, Oden, Crooked Lake area. Large areas of Bear Creek Township fall within the natural drainage pattern of Petoskey's sewage collection and treatment system . However, east Pickerel Lake and East Mitchell Roads lie in another drainage basin . Most of Resort Township's drainage pattern lies in basins which do not run toward Petoskey. Natural drainage is in the direction of Walloon Lake . Harbor Springs has a large drainage area, Hence, the City can be analyzed as a source of sewage treatment for surrounding Township areas that are urbanizing. Cross Village is positioned just south of the dividing line of two drainage basins. The northernmost areas of Emmet County lie in two principal basins; Bliss Township is in the westerly basin and WaWatam Township is easterly. Carp Lake and Wawatam Townships are largely in the Carp River basin. The Village of Mackinaw City is in a sub-basin. All of the drainage basins on the map reflect large overall drainage patterns . Within each there are small sub-basins that would affect the detailed engineering of specific community sewage collection systems. WATER RESOURCES In Emmet County, a prime use of water resources is for recreation, mainly in terms of swimming, boating, fishing and wildlife management. Howev er, water resources are necessary for municipal water systems, individual wells for domestic water and irrigation . Hence, it is essential that the County's water resources are protected from pollution and depletion. Lake Michigan is a major water reserve for recrea~ion as well as municipal water supplies in the Petoskey area. Municipal water in Harbor Springs is obtained from ground sources via four wells . For the most part, the r emaining County areas rely on individual wells . On the basis of general state-wide data prepared by the Water Resources Commission of the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, most of the area of Emmet County is in glacial deposit areas with fairly high yields of ground water. The lower yield areas are found mostly in Resort Township, Wawatam Township and northern Bliss Township . However, individual wells in specific locations may have high or low yields depending on local geologic conditions. - 30 - �In addition to Lake Michigan and ground water resources, community water systems may be developed from rivers and smaller lakes. Emmet County has seven (7) inland lakes, of which three are positioned in urban growth areas (Round Lake, Crooked Lake and Pickerel Lake). Also, the U. S. Soil Conservation Service has identified nine (9) potential water impoundment locations on the rivers of the County. For the most part, surface water resources other than Lake Michigan, would only be of use in recreation-resort locations, and detailed engineering feasibility will be necessary to determine the suitability of any surface water for domestic consumption. Some discussion of the quality of domestic water resources is contained in Part III of this "Sewer and Water Plan'' report . - 31 - �AGRICULTURE, LAND PATTERNS, AND TRENDS : (PART I A. 5.) Farming and agricultural activities have two major influences on each community. First is the income derived for rural families and other services that are supported by farming. Second is the value of farms as a resource for open space, wildlife support, and environmental breaks with developed urban areas. Farming has become a highly complex operation requiring skilled operators and huge investments in mechanical equipment and land. This is evidenced by the fact that the average value of farms in Emmet County increased 135% between 1954 and 1964. Also, the character of farming i s moving in two directions, one of increasing farm acreage and the other toward intensive farming where crops are scientifically managed to include complete climate control. Over and above this is the influx of artificial foods; items developed through laboratory chemistry. Part of the national trend in agriculture can be observed from TABLE 12, which summarizes selected farm data for Emmet County. In the 10 years between 1954 and 1964, the average size of a farm increased by nearly 50 acres or 32% , Overall, there was a 51% decrease in the number of farms in the County. Employment also decreased markedly . In 1950, the U.S . Census listed 632 persons employed as farmers and -farm managers. By 1960, this occupation group declined to 228 for a percentage loss of 64% . While farm size has been increasing and the number of farms and total acreage has been decreasing, farm production has been increasing along with the average value per farm. This is a good index of the economic advantages of the large scale farm and why this trend is taking place. Better and more productive yields are taking place. TABLE 13 shows the value of farm products 1959, the value has increased nearly 38%, State of Michigan. The trend since 1954, as there was a decline from 1954 to 1959, and 1964. sold in Emmet County . Since compared with 23% for the however, is not as optimistic and an increase between 1959 Of the two categories, livestock and corps, it is evident that livestock farms are most valuable. Between 1959 and 1964, livestock farm product sales increased $528,000 compared with $208,000 for crops. Dairy and poultry were the most important growth factors, as other livestock increased slightly. Field crops accounted for over 60% of the sales increase among crops. Forest products and vegetables gained some, while fruits and nuts experienced sales decreases, - 32 - �TABLE 12 SELECTED FARM CHARACTERISTICS Emmet County Farms by Size 1 - 99 acres 100 - 499 acres 500 - 999 acres 1,000 acres and over Totals Land in Farms % of County Land in Farms Average size of Farms Average Value of Farms Farm Operators residing on farm Farm Census 1964 1954 382 439 13 3 145 247 17 4 -237 -192 + 4 + 1 - 837 413 -424 - 51% 123,478 80,841 - 35% 42% 27% 148 acres 196 acres + 32% acres +136% $ 16,698 +$9,680 512 389 -123 1,682 U.S. Census of Agriculture - 33 - 62% 44% + 31% + 33% + 48 acres $ 7,019 Persons in Farm Operator households SOURCE: 1954 to 1964 Change No. % - 24~ �TABLE 13 VALUE OF FARM PRODUCTS SOLD Emmet County All Products Sold Farm Average Crops 1954 1959 1964 $1,715,495 $1,311,707 $2,071,272 1,943 2,484 5,015 834,220 451,066 659,119 338,828 243,963 381,121 a. Field Crops b. Vegetables 25,848 33,390 55,832 c. Fruits and Nuts 28,744 30,376 15,751 d. Forest Products 440,800 143,337 206,415 881,275 860,641 1,389,415 61,540 34,715 261,994 Livestock a. Poultry b. Dairy 561,606 390,355 651,230 c. Livestock 258,129 435,571 476,191 SOURCE: 1964 and 1959 United States Census of Agriculture, U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, Vol . 1, Part 13, Michigan. - 34 - �A final assessment of the value of agriculture to Emmet County can be established from a general rule of thumb, that each dollar earned in farming turns over about 2.3 times. Hence, the $2.07 million produced from farm sales in the County has an estimated multiplied impact of some $4,761,000. This is a significant local economic factor that should be retained to the fullest extent possible . In Emmet County, owner occupied farm trends may be estimated from data on farm operators residing on farms. The 1964 Census of Agriculture showed that 94% of the County's farm operators resided on the farm. Also, the average farm supports a resident population of 4.07 persons, well above the average County household size of 3 , 33 persons. The fu ture of agriculture in Emmet County is uncertain, because of national events and local pressures for land that may or may not occur. The trend, however, shows farm acreage declining, and farm population declining. However, the value and size of a farm is increasing. It is reasonable to conclude that the value of farm land will increase as a result of tourist demands for rural land. This will cause farm acreage to decline further, lessening the impact of agriculture as an economic activity (employer). Farm productivity may decline as well . On the other hand, national-international demands for farm products may give new economic incentives for preserving and expanding vital agricultural activity. In terms of the relative importance of agriculture, Emmet County ranked 57th among the 82 counties in farm product sales. Hence, 57 counties are agriculturally more significant. Another index shows that Emmet County has a high percentage of nonfarm income to supplement farm product sales (17th of 82). This is an index showing decreasing reliance upon farming activity for basic income. LAND PATTERNS The a c companying map illustrates the generalized existing land use pattern in Emmet County. TABLE 14 summarizes the acreages and proportions of uses by Township areas and City-Village areas. APPENDIX TABLES 1 and 5 present the detailed land use acreages for each community with totals for the principal Supervisory Districts. It is noted that whenever City-Village data is statistically portrayed, only that portion of Mackinaw City, which lies in Emme t County, is included . No land use data for the Cheboygan side has been tabulated, however, it was inventoried and mapped. Also, data for Petoskey and Harbor Springs were taken from land use studies prepared for those communities under separate planning programs. - 35 - �- - -' 0 0 " u ~ " ... ► .. .... " ..;:;i ... .. -' .."' +' ,r, ::, ~ "' ! .." .. -' 0 ~ .J z 0 ... .. " "'"' .,.!. z .., : :, " " 0 4iif" ., ID :, ~ :, 0 :,: ~ .., .J ;:: +' ~ ¥" z 2 ~ I- "'a: w .,0 "'ua:" .. a: 0 "'u :::; .. ID :, . QII <.., 0 0 0 '-I ,- 4 2 ◄ j ;: .." ... .. 4 z " @) ::, .... " 0 ...► ► 2 ::, 0 "z :; u ., 0 z <( .J u .J .. ID :, ., "'a: "'..,a: IIll 0 IL .. .J <( ;:; a: .J ::! a: u I"' :::; "" ., ., "' ::,0 :, "'2 ;!, ., I<( I- .. □~II~ ~ ¥' ,- - w en +" :::) ~ r ¥" ... 0 z ~ <t _J ~ "'"' ¥"' "' J ,_ "'... ., .."' ,._ ¥"' "' .... .. >(!)~ .. z~ i=u "' l.:w" ' ".... Cf)t- ... ·: □ -1&.1 X::E -11--.11-- tr , ~=: .. +' ,,... ... . co. ~ /;;,:·:~)\ ~ .... - cl. :)rr Q-,, z-"" J : . • I . ~= . . W C ~ L •' :IE: a "" ~(~ ~ ·"'>r--i ~d___j • ,.:J "" w! ~ ~ / . , ....i / ,. -► --'fl" 3 )I 7 • § ~ . " C �TABLE 14 EXISTING LAND USE Emmet County All To'wnshiE..§_ Residential 703 acres To·t al Counti 2,094 acres Percent DeveloEed Total 9.1% 778 37 815 3. 6% Public 2,357 154 2,511 10.9% Quasi-Public 2,754 301 3,055 13.4% Recreation 7,372 206 7,578 33.1% Commercial 203 129 332 1.5% Industrial 429 114 543 2.4% Railroads 374 102 476 2.1% 4,830 635 5,465 23.9% Seasonal Homes w 1,391 acres · Cities g Villa~es 0) Roads Total Uses Vacant, Farm g Forest Surface Water GRAND TOTAL 20,488 acres 2,381 acres 22,869 acres 100.0% 7 . 8% 2 58,932 3,453 262,415 88.9% 9,485 301 9,756 3 . 3% 2 88,905 acres 6,135 acres 295,040 acres 100 . 0 % �Inventory Techniques The study of land use in the Comprehensive Plan has several objectives related to understanding the County's present development and guiding future planning decisions. Foremost, the land use inventory provides both a graphic and statistical picture of the County, emphasing the impact of man-made features. The inventory of existing land use was accomplished by field inspections, conducted during the summer of 1968. Each use of land was recorded on field maps and later transcribed to base maps. The field inspection technique is not 100% accurate since all uses in buildings are not apparent from the street and there may be uses in wooded areas and on large private properties generally inaccessible by vehicle. Common limitations are accurate counts of apartments within multiple family dwellings and seasonal homes in forested areas. Overall, however, the field inspection technique is a valuable means of assessing the character of uses, and it consumes less time and cost than other inventory systems (such as reviewing all tax records or photographic interpretation). Nevertheless, aerial photographs, U. S.G.S . maps, and interviews of local officials were used to resolve questions on property usage. It should also be noted that the use of land changes continually in all communities, hence, the data must be v iewed in terms of the date inventoried. Use Classifications Because there are many and varied uses of property in Emmet County, it is necessary to calssify them into meaningful groups. This is essential to assist in analyzing the information as well as to simplify understanding the total picture . Following is a list of how the County land uses were classified: Residential - Includes three separate categories: One-family dwellings, two-family dwellings, and dwellings with three or more units. Cottages and seasonal homes were also inventoried. Commercial - For ease of statistical analysis, all retail and business uses are grouped into one category. However, each use was inventoried and it is possible to show shopping center uses, tourist lodging and general commercial activities . Industrial - Identifies manufacturing industries, welding services, machine shops, cabinet shops, saw mills and similar uses primarily involving the production, processing and fabrication of goods . Also, warehouses, truck terminals, enclosed and open storage, junk yards, bulk fuel depots, gravel pits, contractor yards, lumber yards and similar activities . - 37 - �Public Quasi-Public - All governmental uses and buildings including schools. Includes municipal offices, hospitals, D.P.W. garages and yards, fire stations, community buildings, libraries, post offices, the County Airport, public cemeteries and similar uses. Includes uses which are semipublic in nature, such as: churches, parochial schools, fraternal lodges, utility substations, private cemeteries, Country Clubs, Ski Resorts, private parks, radio and TV Towers, etc. Parks - Public recreation uses, including parks, public access sites, playgrounds, roadside parks, campgrounds and related. Includes the Petoskey and Wilderness State Parks, but not State Forest Land. Streets and Railroads - Includes alleys, streets, roads, highways and railroads in use as of the summer of 1968. Water - All principal bodies of surface water including the measurable waters of the Crooked River. Lake Michigan harbor waters are not included. Vacant, Farm and Forest - Encompasses unused open land in tracts or lots, farm land except dwelling areas, and forested areas. Emmet County's total area is 461 square miles, which is equivalent to 295,040 acres. Of this area, less than eight percent is used for housing, business, industry, community services, recreation and transportation. Another three percent is in major surface water area, including inland lakes and the Crooked River. Some 88.9% of the County is land classified as vacant, farm and forest, Lands in vacant, farm and forest are most apt to be consumed by other uses as the County grows. Soils, topography, land ownership and the economic strength of farming will determine those lands that will be consumed first. As an illustration of existing County development, all of the County's roads, highways, railroads, parks, airports, and other land uses, except farmed or forested land could roughly fit into the area of one Township (McKinley for example). That is if all of the urban uses and services were concentrated. However, every community has varying amounts of development and uses are widely scattered throughout . At the present time, the Cities and Villages of the County have over 3,453 acres of undeveloped land. If future permanent housing were to concentrate in Village-City areas where central utility services may be available or could be provided, the County could absorb nearly 8,000 new families without losing one acre of farm land. The Township's of course have vast areas of open land that could be developed. - 38 - �POTENTIAL FOR RECREATION AND TOURISM The potentials for recreation and tour•ism in Emmet County must be viewed in terms of the position of the County in Michigan, and the availability of quality resources and existing recreation developments designed to accommodate tourists . Situated in the northern most portion of the Lower Peninsula, Emmet County has landscape features and environmental characteristics which differ significantly from down state areas. This of itself is a major attraction force, as people from crowded metropolitan areas travel northward to benefit from cooler climatic conditions, cleaner outdoor air and unpolluted waters. To the extent that these resources can be protected from despoliation, the transient tourist economy will continue to grow at a rapid pace. Regional Potentials Millions of people live within a days drive from Emmet County, and the trip becomes easier and safer as freeway construction continues northward. Tourists in Emmet County travel from many states and foreign countries, but are primarily from Michigan, Ohio, Indiana and Illinois. Regional access is provided by freeways, highways, airports and the Great Lakes waterways. Resource Potential The resources of Emmet County were described in previous sections of this report. However, the greatest potential for tourism-recreation is related to the waters of Lake Michigan. Winter tourist visitation is enhanced by major ski resorts developed among prominent topographic features. Hence, topography, climate and water oriented recreation combine favorably in the County and improved regional access (I-75) permits increased patronage. At this writing, some undeveloped shoreline remains along Lake Michigan and on some inland lakes o If these areas are "walled off" by development, the general potential for tourism-recreation will be more restricted. It is recommended that the sand dune areas north of Cross Village be included in a public recreation area. This will prevent an outstanding resource area from the ravages of soil erosion and septic tank pollution . The inherent recreation values of resources in the County reflect the continued losses and depletion of resources in metr' opoli tan areas. Strong efforts will be needed to establish water and sewer serv ices in resource areas where recreation home development may threaten the quality of lakes, streams and ground water. - 39 - �Cultural Potential Emmet County has a history rich with cultural interest . The history of the Indian community is colorful and relates closely with miss'ionary activities in the region. This is substantiated by the numerous monuments and historical markers throughout the County . Fort Michilmackinac is another major historical-cultural feature that attracts thousands of visitors annually. Efforts are now underway to establish an Indian Cultural Center north of Petoskey. If effectively implemented, this center could become a major attraction feature for tourists and at the same tj~e provide cultural educational services, Economic Potential If tourism-recreation is to have its full potential realized, there must be provision for private investment. A major investment in yearround tourism development is Boyne Highlands. Some other significant private investments in tourism-recreation include: Nubs Nob Ski Resort; Country Clubs; Bay View Association; Harbor Point Association; Wequetonsing Association; Hidden Hamlet and similar recreation home developments; marinas; campgrounds; fee fishing ponds; and numerous motel-hotel accommodations throughout the County. Based on the Commercial Economic Base Analysis for Emmet County, total tourist spending in fiscal 1962 - 1963 was estimated at about $13 . 7 million . This increased by about 50% through 1966-1967, for a total volume of about $20.0 million. As long as metropolitan growth continues as in the past, increases of this magnitude can be expected to continue . Using established rates, tourist spending has been increasing at about 16% annually . If the trend continues, tourist spending may reach some $140,000,000 by 1990. This reflects strong and continuing gains in the tourist economy of Emmet County. TRENDS IN COMMERCIAL USES As a general land use standard commercial uses in urban communities make up about three (3) percent of the developed land area, In Emmet County, the percentage of commercial land is 1.5%, However, these two figures are not fully comparable because of the large acreages of County land in roads, highways, regional community services and large recreation sites tend to distort percentage relationships. - 40 - �On the basis of the land use inventory several physical trends were discernible among commercial land uses. These are summarized: 1. The City of Petoskey provides region-wide retail services and has the largest concentration of commercial land use . Of some 272 retail establishments in the County, 143 are in Petoskey (53%). Remodeling, expansion and the development of new centers in and near Petoskey reflect the strength of this retail community. The tourist impact is noted from numerous retail establishments that close during the winter months . 2. Harbor Springs is another important retail center, that reflects strong tourist activity in the summer season. Resort homes and harbor facilities reflect seasonal trends to a high degree. New and remodeled stores indicate good trade area drawing power. 3. Alanson is in a growing market area reflected by the fair to good condition of stores as well as traffic activity in th€ retail center . Some market may be lost to competing centers because of congestion and lack of convenient parking. 4. Mackinaw City has a high tourist impact that is evident from seasonally operated stores and numerous tourist services (motels, restaurants, gifts, etc.). Several new establishments reflect a steady tourist market. In the smaller community areas, particularly the rural townships, commercial uses are operating on a more marginal basis. Some stores have been abandoned and there are fewer retail services because of a decline in the year-round population. However, several quality tourist services are established in rural areas. In the urban influenced townships, new commercial uses are locating along County roads and Sta~e Highway's. This is a reflection of broader market areas, scarcity of land in established centers, and the need for larger business sites . Retail Sales One of the more accurate indices of retail-commercial trends are sales statistics o Based on the data published in the U. S. Census of Business Reports, Emmet County has attained a consistent record of retail growth . - 41 - �TABLE 15 RETAIL SALES BY YEAR Emmet County Year Reported Sales 1958 1963 1967 $24,930,000 $29,977,000 $38,109,000 SOURCE: U. S. Census of Business It is significant that total retail sales in Emmet County increased by $13.2 million since 1958 . Not counting the impact of inflation this is a gross sales increase of 52.9%. Some other significant trends show the following: Emmet County is holding its relative position in terms of percent of sales retained in the three County Regi0n of Charlevoix, Cheboygan and Emmet. The County share of retail services increased in the three County Region of Charlevoix, Cheboygan and Emmet. County areas outside of the City of Petoskey attained a larger share of the total County sales . Retail Center Plans Future retailing in Emmet County cannot be measured with· the same accuracy as past and existing trends. However, all of the projection indices of metropolitan growth, local population increases, and tour..i.st business projections established a sound economic basis upon which to plan retail center improvements. The actual impact of future development within the major trade areas of the County will determine which centers can be improved or expanded to the greatest degree. - 42 - �Retailing in Emmet County has a bright future in terms of the following: The County is a geographic terminus for tourist travel in the northern Lower Peninsula. It is a major destination area. Interstate freeways link the region with growing metropolitan centers . There is excellent access from Detroit and Chicago oriented routes are improving. The County is centrally located within a complex of major ski resorts and benefits from year-round tourist business on a high level. Local population growth is progressing at a reasonable rate, and gains have occurred in diversified manufacturing. Although the County has experienced growth, much of the development has concentrated in the Petoskey-Harbor Springs area. Several northern Townships are expected to hold a stable permanent population, with some slight growth. If past trends continue, a few rural Townships may lose population. Following is a summary of retail center plans for Emmet County: 1. Petoskey CBD Plan The long range development plan of Petoskey's Central Business District is described and illustrated in detail in the report and plan of Petoskey's Central Business District a separate report funded by the HUD "701" Program, The overall objective of Petoskey's CBD Plan is to create a central community area that is attractive and can function as the comparison shopping and governmental focal point of a wide regional area; including rural Emmet County. 2. Harbor Springs The City of Harbor Springs has a sound base upon which to plan future retail center improvements. These relate to the high value investments in seasonal homes in and adjacent to the City, large marine facilities and services, and the increasing popularity of winter sports activities in nearby areas . In the County Plan, Harbor Springs is classified as a major convenience center and has a large convenience trade area. It is expected that the City will expand as a major retail center in the County and probably will progress to include more comparison shopping facilities. Specific plans for Harbor Springs retail center have not been prepared as a part of this report, since the City is engaged in a separate comprehensive planning program . - 43 - �3. Mackinaw City Although the central retail area of Mackinaw City is not in Emmet County, this community and the City of Cheboygan exert a strong trade influence in the northern Townships of Emmet County . For the purposes of Emmet County's retail center plan, it is assumed that Mackinaw City will pursue programs to plan and improve retail areas . Hence, the City will retain or increase its share of the trad e area's retail market . Being positioned out of the County, no specific retail center plans for Mackinaw City have been prepared . 4. Minimum Convenience Centers In addition to the larger City retail trade centers, there are. several villages and unincorporated places that provide minimum retail facilities. These minimum retail centers provide services ranging from a general store to several shopping center uses, as in the Village of Alanson. In addition to a general store, however, the minimum convenience centers are supported by tourist lodging facilities and perhaps some general commercial activity as well. Following is a description of the six Minimum Convenience Centers in Emmet County. The basic design principles expressed in these plans relate to: Consolidation of scattered retail uses into expanded retail shopping centers. Provision for off-street parking to increase retail sales capacity. The addition of landscaped areas and street trees to make the centers more attractive. a. Alanson Center Behind Petoskey and Harbor Springs, the Village of Alanson is the third largest retail center in Emmet County. Alanson's retail activity should be concentrated on US-3 1 with parking behind the stores. If possible, a large community park should be developed aiong the Crooked River. This would attract tourists, boating enthusiasts and fishermen who use the River at Alanson. A large central park i ng lot would be able to serve the retail stores as well as the park facility. - 44 - �b. Carp Lake Center Retail services in Carp Lake are largely tourist oriented, and there are numerous tourist lodging facilities situated around the Lake (Paradise Lake), Existing center uses include: two gasoline stations, one marina and boat livery, one sporting goods and hardware store, a grocery store and several motels and cabin courts. The existing pattern of development is crowded, there being little room for expansion and very limited parking. Future expansion at the Carp Lake Center will be difficult and expensive to achieve because of existing development . However, if an expanded market is desired, two critical objectives must be reached. First, the retail area must be enlarged to provide room for building expansion and off-street parking. Second, some landscaped open space should be provided to develop open views of Paradise Lake. c. Cross Village Center The retail potential of Cross Village is strongly oriented to the summer tourist season. However, it is reasonable to expect some lake lot subdivisions to result in year-round resort dwellings. Also, there are a number of farms located in the surrounding area to support basic services. Cross Village's retail inventory includes: two gasoline stations, two gift shops, one grocery store, a large inn, and small snack bar. The plan for future development illustrates a gradual "filling in" of retail uses between these basic uses . Offstreet parking is located so as to serve the retail stores and act as scenic turnouts for views over Lake Michigan. Landscaped setbacks are sugges~ed for State Road to evolve into a scenic route to the sand beaches and boat landing, which may be expanded into a larger marina or harbor. d. Levering Center Retail services in Levering are limited to one hardware store, although several other commercial services are located on US31, out of the Village's former retail center . Levering's plan is based on the potential attraction force of a "County Ghost Town". The original retail shops are mostly vacant, as former retail enterprises have ceased or moved to US-31. Another possibility is the development of a pre-1900 retail street. Under this possibility, the existing buildings would be restored to their original design. The main street could be cobblestoned and made to function like a pedestrian mall. All parking would then be provided behind the stores (east side). The restored buildings could then be used for actual retail services (groceries, drugs, gifts, etc.). - 45 - �If the Ghost Town or Old Town theme does not evolve, retail services will probably continue to develop on US-31 since there would be little attraction to pull travelers off the highway. e. Pellston Center Pellston is the largest Village in the County and has the largest concentration of permanent homes outside of the Petoskey-Harbor Springs area. The future plan for retail development is relatively uncomplicated emphasizing basic retail concepts. These relate to retail use concentrations, off-street parking, and a beautification plaza or mall to act as a focal point. Added to this would be architectural improvements and pleasing center appearance. 5. Other Minimum Shopping Facilities The previous paragraphs described various shopping areas in Emmet County . In addition to these, there are other locations that may develop commercially and these may include shopping center type uses. Based upon the distribution and compositi0n of competing retail areas in the County, ten (10) other locations have possible longterm future retail center development. The location of the ten potential retail centers are listed below, roughly in the order of their development importance: 1. Boyne Highlands - Nubs Nob Area 2. Wilderness Park 3. Larks Lake 4. Bliss Center 5. Resort Township (Intertown and Resort Roads) 6. Good Hart 7. West County Line on US-31 8. Brutus 9. Epsilon 10. Stutsmanville The actual priority and timing at which these centers may develop, will be dependent upon the rate of future County growth and the distribution of that growth among the sixteen Townships. - 46 - �TRENDS IN INDUSTRIAL USES The generalized Existing Land Use Map of Emmet County illustrates the location of industrial uses. However, the term industry encompasses many different types of land uses with industrial characteristics, and is not restricted to manufacturing operations. In addition to the manufacturing and fabrication operations, the industrial use classification includes enclosed storage, open storage, private gravel e x traction areas, junk yards and related uses. It is important to recognize the inclusion of uses that are by nature nonmanufacturing. The typical urban community has about nine percent of its developed land area in industrial type use . In Emmet County, all City and Village communities average about five percent and the Ccunty 2.4 percent . It is to be expected that the County and its constituent communities would have a below average proportion because of the County's regional location. Nearly half of the County's developed industrial land is in the communities of Petoskey, Resort Township and Bear Creek Township. The Penn-Dixie Cement Company in Resort Township is the largest industrial use in the County and it supports the largest employment. Several smaller industrial plants have located in the urbanized area of Petoskey, near the Harbor Springs Airport and in Pellston. For the most part, manufacturing uses are limited in size and number . Moreover, their locational pattern reflects the attraction forces of transportation media (airports, railroads, highways and harbors), concentrated labor markets, housing areas and access to other urban services such as water and sewer facilities. EMPLOYMENT BY OCCUPATION In terms of employed labor force, TABLE 16 on the following page indicates the breakdown by occupation within the County . These figures are converted to percentages and compared with the State of Michigan. Some general observations can be drawn from the table. Those occupations contingent to farming are somewhat higher than the state average . Craftsmen and operatives are lower than the State . This was also found to be true in xhe City of Petoskey . (See Petoskey Industrial Study, March, 1969). The Managers and than that of the tourist trade in similar to State Officials group and Service Workers groups are higher State . This reflects in part on the motel and the region. The remaining categories are relatively averages. As noted on the TABLE, the categories most oriented to manufacturing industries (craftsmen, operatives, laborers) hav e a smaller percentage of the employed labor force than the State average . This is partly attributed to the dominance of retail employment to serve recreationtourist services, as well as the general lack of industrial activity in all rural regi0ns of the State. - 47 - �TABLE 16 1960 0CCUPATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS Emmet County Major Occupational Group Emmet County Number Perc·ent Michigan Percent Relation to State Professional, Technical and Kindred 550 10.6% 11. 5% Farms and Farm Managers 228 4.4% 2.2% Higher Managers, Officials and Proprietors 632 12.2% 7.3% Higher Clerical and Kindred 581 11.2% 13.9% Sales Workers 411 7.9% 7 . 4% Same Craftsmen, Foremen and Kindred 666 12.9% 15.4% Same Operatives and Kindred 681 13.2% 22.2% Much Lower Pvt. Household Workers 254 4.9% 2 . 2% Higher Service Workers 635 12.3% 8.7% Higher 78 1.5% 0 . 9% Higher Laborers 326 6.3% 4.0% Higher Not Reported 132 2. 6% 4 . 3% 5,174 100.0% 100 . 0% Farm Laborers and Foremen TOTAL EMPLOYED SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population, 1960 - 48 - Same Lower �TABLE 17 shows the County's employed labor force by industry group, ranked in terms of importance in a 12 County Region. It is significant that Emmet County had the second highest employment base for major service industries including retail trade. Manufacturing ranked fourth and agriculture fifth. Industrial Pl·an Elements Based on the existing employment characteristics of the County and general economic conditions related to manufacturing industry it can be concluded that: The area's economy is premised on a retail-service trade, based primarily on tourist spending and will probably continue as such in the future. The labor force of Emmet County is oriented to service-retail occupations and is lacking in the manufacturing skilled labor. The region is removed from the major metropolitan centers of the State and thereby removed from large labor markets, major triansport systems and market areas. Labor diversity is a limiting factor in attracting industries that are able to function in this economic area of the State. Future industrial development may occur on isolated parcels until some basic changes in transportation systems of the area are completed. Future population growth will be affected by future industrial development as well as increased tourist recreation services. Emmet County is a major recreation service center in one of the most impressive resort areas of the Midwest, which extends along the entire Lake Michigan shoreline. The smaller and more northerly centers that dot this shoreline rely to a heavy extent on tourist spending. It- may be possible to see small scale machine shops, fabricating plants, circuit production and similar industries come to Emmet County at a gradual pace as in the past. The diversity and pace of future industrial development will be affected by The following: There may be a natural trend toward industrialization in the smaller urban areas as an answer to problems of overcrowding in major metropolitan areas. Open lands suitable for industrial development near the Pellston Airport may spur substantial economic growth in this central region of the County. This will generate both industrial and domestic demands for community sewer and water services. - 49 - �TABLE 17 EMPLOYEES BY MAJOR INDUSTRY GROUP Emmet County '19'50 Agriculture Rank in 12 · co·u nty_ Ar·ea_ 844 7th 24 5th 3 Construction 1960 Rank in 12 COU!l,_!y Area 366 5th 10th 0 12th 420 1st 468 3rd Manufacturing 924 2nd 681 4th Utilities 337 2nd 336 3rd 1,195 2nd 1,447 2nd Business & Personal Services 795 1st 568 2nd Other Services 579 1st 891 2nd Public Administration 189 -2nd - 183 - 2nd 5,387 2nd 5,174 2nd 16,534 2nd 15,904 2nd Forestry & Fishing Mining (J"1 G) Wholesale and Retail Trade Total Employed Total Population SOURCE: U.S . Census of Population Twelv e Counties in the Northern Region o f the Lower Peninsula. �Other significant industrial growth areas may evolve at Mackinaw City, and near the Harbor Springs Airport. Again sewer and water demands will be generated. The provision of new community water-sewer systems as well as the expansion of existing systems. Although not underway at this writing, a detailed Industrial Economic Base Analysis and Plan will be prepared for Emmet County under the 11 701" Urban Planning Assistance Program. When completed, a more precise analysis of industrial locations in the County will be available . TRENDS IN RESIDENTIAL USES Residential development in Emmet County assumes three basic forms. First, is the urban density development in City-Village communities, second, is the rural farm and rural nonfarm dwellings scattered among the Township communities, and thirdly, the resort-vacation homes occupied on a seasonal basis, largely by families from distant metropolitan centers. Each of these housing types exert basic pressures for development and each type has a slightly different impact on the lands and resources of Emmet County. From the viewpoint of sewer and water utility services, the higher density urban development in City-Village areas requires complete water-sewer utilities. Competing for second priority needs are low density housing areas close to City-Village areas and the higher density seasonal home areas (as the one-hundred foot lots along lakes and rivers). Rural farm and rural nonfarm homes exert lower priority demands because of large individual building sites . The need to promote concentrated residential development in Emmet County is dramatized by the land to population ratio . Emmet County's total surface area (land and water) is 295,040 acres. Assumimg all of this was available for use and equally divided among the County's 1970 population, there would only be some 16 acres of land per resident. By addition in tourist demands and deducting land in forests and nonresidential purposes, the available acreage would be much less . In 1960, Emmet County's population was 15,904 persons occupying 4,696 households (3.33 persons per household). Of this total, 48% of the population lived in the urban communities of Petoskey and Harbor Springs. Seventy-three (73) percent of the population lived in the County area encompassing the Townships of Bear Creek, Little Traverse, Littlefield and Resort; and the Cities of Petoskey and Harbor Springs . Hence, the remaining twenty-seven (27) percent of the population was divided among the twelve remaining Townships. This is an a v erage 350 persons per Township. - 51 - �Population projections for Emmet County show a possible 22,500 persons by 1990. Of this total, some 18,510 persons are expected to live in the six (6) urban oriented communities listed in the preceding paragraph (82% of the 1990 total). The 1990 projection suggests an, increase of 2,060 permanent dwellings over the 1960 total . Of these added units, only 370 are projected to impact the Township's away from urban communities . This is an average growth rate of about sixty permanent dwellings per year plus the repair and replacement of older depreciated units. In 1960, Emmet County reported 2,560 seasonal housing units. This represented some 32% of all housing in the County, both occupied and 1 The rural nonfarm areas had over forty-seven (47) perunoccupied , cent of their housing classified as seasonal . Comparable data on seasonal dwelling constructed since 1860 is not readily available, however, a substantial number of seasonal homes were constructed in "Chalet Villages" near the ski resorts, on inland lakes, and on Lake Michigan. Adding in trailers used for seasonal occupancy, it is probable that more than half of the current rural nonfarm hou sing is seasonal. For residential planning purposes, it can be expected that urban resi_,dential demands will be greatest in and near Petoskey, moderate in the Community areas of Harbor Springs, Alanson and Mackinaw City, and slight in the outlying rural service communities . The type of home most in demand is for three bedrooms and ov er (80% to 90% of the market). Only ten (10) percent of the market is for efficiency, one bedroom and/or two bedroom units. 2 There is a strong demand for three and four bedroom homes for families with incomes under $6,000 per year. Seasonal or recreation home demands will be strongest in those areas that have multiple recreation use potential . Hence, a vacation home that can offer ready access to skiing facilities, swimming beaches, scenic views, forests, hunting and fishing will be in greatest demand, Residential Planni~oncepts for Emmet County Based on the analysis of County housing demands and population trends, the following planning concepts should be used to guide future residential development in Emmet County: 1 2 According to the Emmet County Equalization Department, the proportion of seasonal homes to permanent homes is still about one-third in 1969. Mr. Ken Peterson, Realtor and Mr. Cy Jordan, from questionnaire interviews assessing the real estate market in the five year period prior to January, 1969 . - 52 - �1. Recognize the fact that all land in the County will not and should not be developed. That which is developed for residential use should fit into logical service areas for schools, parks, shopping and related. 2, Scenic resources are integral elements of the County's economy . These should be protected so that the character of the County remains attractive and desirable for both permanent residents and visitors. 3. Wildlife is important to Emmet County as are forest and vegetative resources. Development patterns must recognize ecological factors in the environment. Hence, swamp lands, wooded areas, streams and related resources must be protected from pollution and depletion . If present in the area, natural resource areas can extend into urbanizing areas as open space wedges and recreation sites. 4. Access to lakes and streams becomes more scarce each year . View existing undeveloped lake-river frontages as resources to be protected, Encourage water oriented development to form in cluster development patterns, rather than parcel off the frontage on a 100% individual access basis, Cluster patterns can provide more recreation home sites per foot of water frontage than the traditional subdividing method. Moreover, the scenic shore or river bank will be protected. 5, County roads normally provide access to farms and nonfarm homes in rural areas, Traditional developments follow the existing road patterns until the frontage is gone and large internal vacant areas remain. Preferably, small service roads and cluster developments should extend from the County road rather than serve individual unit frontage. This will keep the roadway safer for abutting developments and more efficient for traffic needs. 6. Organize communities t~ promote and establish housing for low income families and retirement age citizens. A review of housing needs among Indian families should also be initiated . The approach to the Residential Plan for Emmet County considers the foregoing as concepts to guide the overall design of the Plan . Residential Areas Plan The "Residential Areas Plan" map illustrates several factors that will influence the configurations of future housing areas in the County, These are: Resource areas that should remain in a natural condition to support broad scale resource management programs and ecological balance. - 53 - �..."' z z "' I .... ~~iJ.,......--c==#==4==r==mr-=jt=·-;:n= - ., ::, 0 .. ., .. .."' .."" 1' "' ~ ~ L ~ ~ <> .. "' 3 .,.. "' .. .. •. "' .~ I- ! ► ► z 0 0 ::, Q ~ - C - I I I I 0 .•• • .. J -- z 1- z "'l- .. o - .."'" .." '-> <( _J a... ► "''-> !:: CJ) - <( w 0::: <( ,,.. ~r;·~-:--:-··· · t _J ;: <( :: ~ ~ :: (/) 0.. ::. 11 4 0 : ,( ~ ~ ...J }:_ :,'.,• C .. ,, w ii1 z . i!i:' !l - -t---- "' •• "' ~1 n 1,l ~' t: E I ~ ; ~ Q -I-~ "' "'<t ll. ~ o i . --}r _r zz w~ "',. " "' ~~==-,i'-=~""1n11 "' ",._ "' o<-> - -❖:•:•:•:•.: • "' ,._ (/)~ ,._ I '~r.i==!' W:E z a::~ 0 ... ~ ..., -~-;; .o .,_ .~Ii ~ ,- ..., ............ r •- ... -.., r ............. ~ I -1,, t>/ .::, / >I/ 3 )( t,' 7 ...... o -::, o c ., 0 u C 0 E ~ o .c c::·c ]; ·; Q. �A highly tentative flignment for a future express type highway through the County. The basic County road - State Highway network which interconnects the functional land use areas of the County . Some suggested route changes have been included. Key resort attractions and facilities wherein seasonal home construction is likely to continue. Existing urban communities and concentrated housing areas. The above factors were mapped and evaluated in terms of the pattern of soil resources, topography, deer yard areas, quality fish streams and existing land use. These topics were discussed in previous report sections. On the basis of the above, a generalized pattern of logical future housing areas evolved. In the communities of Petoskey, Bear Creek Township and Resort Township, the Residential Plan is bas d on neighborhood and residential plans for those communities. 2 These Petoskey Area findings are considered to be a part of the Emmet County Residential Plan, including any modifications and amendments that may be made from time to time. The methods used to delineate the urban residential areas near Petoskey are the same as the methods used to determine urban residential areas in other County areas. Major highways, railroads, public lands, steep topography, soils poorly suited to development and related features were used as boundary references for residential areas. On the 11 County Residential Plan 11 map, long-range urban neighborhood areas were combined to form larger community areas. Each of the community areas may be further divided into one or more neighborhood units. The number of neighborhoods will ultimately be determined by the density of population within each unit and the geographic size of the community. 1 • J 2 The mapped expressway is an interpretation of a general State Highway Department proposal. The route, however, is in an alignment which appears to support basic planning conclusions for the County. The final alignment may vary substantially from the tentativ e routing illustrated. Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc., Residential Areas, Petoskey Area Planning Commission, January, 1969. - 54 - �ii Following is a discussion of the general community areas mapped on the irResidential Areas Plan": 1. Petoskey Area Area 1 Altogether there are nine residential areas in and near the City of Petoskey and the Townships of Bear Creek and Resort. These vary in size, some containing several planned neighborhood units. The neighborhood units, however, are not delineated in expectation that they will be fully developed within 20 years. It may be appropriate to view the neighborhoods as basic "planning units" or simply as residential areas. Persons who build homes and purchase lots in the neighborhood areas have the knowledge that they are in logical home areas. On a long term basis, they can expect to be within a reasonable distance from planned elementary schools, local recreation areas, and community water-sewer-utility services. 2. Harbor Springs Area Areas 2, 3, 4 and 5 The Harbor Springs Area Residential Plan is presented in four (4) basic areas. Area 2 can probably be divided into two neighborhood units, centered on a large resource area for open space recreation. Area 3 has the potential of being divided into four neighborhoods. The exact number will depend on actual growth, the ratio of seasonal homes to permanent residences, and the acreage devoted to recreation-community uses. Area 4 encompasses most of the existing developed lands in Harbor Springs. Area 5 is positioned along Little Traverse Bay and is predominantly a recreation home area at this time. Development will be attracted to this area by the scenic qualities of Little Traverse Bay. Some negative aspects relate to the flight path of the Harbor Springs Airport and the rather narrow shape of the area. Overall, Areas 2 thru 5 indicate the probable impact areas for future high density residential development. As in the Petoskey area, the capacity population of these areas exceeds the projected growth. 3. Round Lake Area Areas 6, 7 and 9 The Round Lake Area of Emmet County is a sort of development crossroads where the urbanizing influence of Petoskey, Harbor Springs and Alanson come together. Round Lak~ also generates development influences by virtue of water oriented recreation, home sites, the Petoskey State Park, the Harbor Springs Airport, Conway and Highway interchanges. - 55 - �• Planning and arranging land uses in the Round Lake area is complicated by the narrow highway corridors (US-31 and M-131) created by Lake Michigan, Round Lake and Crooked Lake. Added to this is a general mix of existing land uses, an incidence of poorly drained soils, and absence of urban utility services. The potential routing of a north-south freeway through this area, will result in accelerated pressures and demands for land . Hence, the Townships and communities involved must allocate land resources to housing, industry, tourist lodging and general commercial before it is too late to decide the best growth pattern. Zoning will then be necessary to enforce decisions on the best uses of land . 4. Crooked Lake Area Areas 8, 10 and 11 Crooked Lake is an established tourist housing area . The most concentrated recreation home areas are found along the north shore in and near Oden. Pickerel Lake to the east is also developed with seasonal homes and new units are being constructed along undeveloped shore area. The entire Crooked-Pickerel Lake area is limited for development by poorly drained soils. The problem is particularly acute along the shoreline where the demand for lake front home sites is greatest. As a result, quantities of sewage effluent on the surface of the ground and in the lake have reached a point of serious pollution hazard. This is an area which clearly demonstrates planning deficiencies in terms of : (a) carrying capacity of soils and land resources . (b) substandard and out-moded development standards . (c) inadequate traffic routes to serv e local and regional traffic , (d) disregard for land use relationships (mix ed uses) , (e) failure to implement central utility services prior to intensive use of land. The above points underscore some major problems affecting the Oden-Crooked Lake area and it will likely result in expens iv e community improvements to correct past mistakes , • - 56 - �5, Alanson Area Area 12 Alanson is an incorporated Village and is the County's third largest retail service center , Retail services, the Crooked River, and a new school will attract additional development in and near Alanson. School enrollment increases since 1960 are factual evidence of continued growth. The Valley of the Crooked River in Alanson is characterized with soil and drainage conditions similar to areas near Crooked Lake. Poor drainage and swamp conditions establish unstable building conditions that will become more acute unless community sewer and water systems are installed. 6. Pellston Area Areas 13 and 14 The community of Pellston is an incorporated Village located in portions 6f two Townships. This community is important because it is adjacent to the Emmet County Airport, hence, a potential source of added economic development for the County as well as a major transportation terminal in the northern Lower Peninsula . One manufacturing plant has located adjacent to the airport, and others may be possible in the future . A problem in accommodating residential growth is relating to existing community service facilities, while avoiding the flight ~aths of major runways. There is also a land squeeze in Pellston, because the existing Village is surrounded by public lands, some poor soil areas, a major highway, and airport approach zones. It is difficult to cluster new housing because of the factors listed above. 7. Mackinaw City Area Area 15 Mackinaw City supports a relatively low year-round population because of the seasonal nature of the economy . Moreover, the community is situated in two County's: Emmet and Cheboygan . Most of the retail services, shopping and tourist lodging facilities are in Cheboygan County, while many of the seasonal and year-round dwellings are on the Emmet side. l The demand for residential land in Mackinaw City will be determined by successes in developing industrial land, especially_ those activities that require access to Great Lakes shipping lanes . Also, the extent of tourist services will bear on added employment to sustain a larger year-round population . Potential industrial areas are located in Emmet County and these are linked by rail to port areas and are readily accessible from the I-75 Freeway. - 57 - �"' 8• Cross Village Area Areas 16 and 17 Cross Village is located in a highly scenic area of Emmet County . Developed on a high bluff, there are commanding panoramic views over Lake Michigan, views which are especially dramatic during sunset periods. Cross Village is also an historic Indian Mission site. Significant year-round employment opportunities in Cross Village may be difficult to realize. Highway access is limited, there are no railroads and existing community serv ices are oriented to rural and tourist markets. Additional seasonal home development is the most likely economic impact that can add to the Community. Cross Village has excellent Lake Michigan orientation and it lies between the attraction forces of Wilderness State Park and the ski resort areas to the south. Since rleasure boating on Lake Michigan is a highly attractive tourist activity, harbor, beach and lake front park developments at Cross Village could enhance community development potentials. 9. Other Residential Areas Even though the Residential Plan outlines a wide number of potential residential areas that can be planned and serviced to house concentrated patterns of development, a large proportion of new homes (seasonal and nonseasonal) will locate on tracts of land throughout farm and nonfarm areas. Although this scattering development should not be promoted as a planning principle, it can be less of a problem with careful attention to ground water resources, soils and overcrowding. The problems of overcrowding and the mixed use character of developments on Crooked Lake and Paradise Lake must be avoided on the other inland water resources of the County . If developers anticipate high density subdivision activity, then immediate concern must be given for community water supplies and sewage treatment services. - 58 - �WATER RESOURCES (PART I A . 6.) The general discussion of water resources is included in the report section covering Natural Resources. Specific information on the quality of ground water supplies, well logs and community water resources is contained in PART III of this Comprehensive Sewer and Water Plan. PART III contains the conclusions and recommendations of the consulting engineers who participated in the preparation of this report, McNamee, Porter and Seeley, - 59 - �LONG RANGE FINANCING PLAN (PART II B 0 ) There are various bonding approaches and financial methods that local units of government in the State of Michigan employ for the financing of major water system and/or sewer disposal and collection facilities . The following are the most commonly used in Michigan: 1. Contract Bonds sold on the provisions of Act 185, P . A. of Michigan, 1957 as amended, commonly known as the Department of Public Works Act. 2. General Obligation Bonds sold under the prov isions of City and Village Charters and Act 202, P.A. of Michigan, 1943 as amended, commonly referred tQ as the Municipal Finance Act . 3o Revenue Bonds sold pursuant to the provisions of Act 94, P.A . of Michigan, 1933 as amended, commonly known as the Revenue Bond Act. 4. Special Assessment Bonds sold under the provisions of Act 188, P.A. of Michigan, 1954 as amended, and/or the Municipal Finance Act. PUBLIC ACT 185 Each of the above mentioned financial arrangements has certain advantages to the issuing municipality o The one that seems to combine all the advantages and the one that is enjoying the greatest use, at this time in Michigan, for the financing of major capi t al improvement water and sewer programs, is the Department of Pubic Works Legislation, Act 185 . Under this legislation, local units of government may enter into a contract with the County Board of Commissioners . The contract between the County and the contracting municipality, provides, among other things, that the local unit has the right to pay contractual commitments for debt service charges from many and varied sources. Contractual obligations incurred in behalf of the local unit of government are exempt from any charter or statutory tax or debt limitations. This is a key advantage from the standpoint of the small community that finds itself facing the problem of financing several new public facilities at the same time . In many instances where communities with a low tax base are confronted with the major capital improvement programs, it is often advisable for that community to save its local bonding capacity for those projects that cannot be financed through the County Department of Public Works. Article 9 of the 1963 Michigan Constitution, provides that the local unit would have an unlimited taxing power to meet the contractual commitment to the County. - 60 - �The unit of government requiring water and / or sewer serv ice may contract with the Emmet County Board of Commissioners for the acquisition and construction of said facilities. A contract would prov ide for semi-annual principal and interest payments to be made by the local unit of government to the County for the liquidation of County Bonds sold to finance the improvement. Under the provisions of Act 185, the local unit has numerous financial alternatives whereby it can meet the contract payments to the County. Mainly these are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ad valorem taxation water and/or sewer user charges connection charges debt service charges general fund allocations. From the foregoing, it can be readily determined that the local unit of government has many options available to it. These options combine the advantages of both the general obligation bond issue and the revenue bond issue as well as the special assessment financing arrangements . Many communities in Michigan are financing water and sewer programs through the Department of Public Works and liquidating the contractual obligations by both connection charges and water/sewer user charges. Such an approach eliminates the need to tax residents in the community that may not be served by the proposed facility and places the utility on a self-sustaining user pay basis . GENERAL OBLIGATION BONDS If the local units in Emmet County were to elect to finance water and sewer projects within their own statutory limitations, the general obligation bond, from the marketing standpoint, is the most attractive. However, the provisions of the Municipal Finance Act (Act 202), limits the amount of general obligation bonds that may be outstanding at any one time, to ten percent of the local unit's latest state equalized valuation . Local charters may provide for a lesser bonding capacity than the ten percent as provided by state statute . General obligation bonds must be submitted to a vote of the people. Even though a local unit may offer general obligation bonds, and pledge the full faith and credit of the municipality, they could, nonetheless, employ water and / or sewer user charges as a means of liquidating the debt and possibly eliminate the need for an ad valorem tax spread , - 61 - �J ACT 94. REVENUE BONDS Many communities in the State of Michigan, because they found themselves faced with the problem of bonding capacity, turned to the provisions of Act 94 and offered revenue bonds for the acquisition of water and sewer facilities. The revenue bond, under the provision of Act 94, does not require a vote of the people but is authorized solely and only by the adoption of the bond ordinance by the looal units of governing body. The marketing problems inherent to the issuance of Act 94 bonds are somewhat more rigid and consequently, interest charges are somewhat higher than normally experienced on general obligation bonds or Act 185 bonds. STATE AND FEDERAL AID As a result of the favorable "Clean Waters Bond Issue" election held State-wide in November of 1968, the State of Michigan has monies available with which to fund a new grant program for water pollution control facilities. Under the provisions of enabling legislation, cities, villages, townships and counties may receive up to 55% of the total project cost in the form of State and Federal Aid. Four Federal agencies presently have grant-in-aid programs available to municipalities for the construction of water distribution systems and sewage disposal facilities. These agencies are: 1. 2. 3. 4. The Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Farmers Horne Administration (FHA) Economic Development Administration (EDA) Federal Water Pollution Control Adrninistration.(FWPCA) Much news is being generated by the Congress, regarding inadequate funding of the foregoing Federal programs in the past few years and every effort is being made to remedy that situation4 At the present time, Congress is considering substantial increases in the appropriations to once again fund the Federal programs for basic water and sewer construction grants. The proper procedure for applying to these agencies for financial assistance is to secure Form SF-101 of any of the regional offices of the above mentioned Federal Agencies and process them . Once the form has been prepared and signed by the local unit, it should be returned to that agency, from which it came, where it will be reviewed and assigned to the appropriate Federal Agency having jurisdiction over the applying municipality . - 62 - �ACT 188 . SPECIAL ASSESSMENT BONDS Public Act 188 of 1954 stipulates that a township with a State Equalized Valuation of at least $7,500,000 may issue special assessment bonds on petition signed by not less than 51% o f the district requiring improvements, pledging full faith and credit of the township. Only Bear Creek and Resort Townships now qualify in Emmet County. Act 188 Bonds may be issued in an amount not to exceed 3 % of the assessed valuation per year without a vote of the electors and with a maximum of outstanding bonds at any time of 12% of the assessed v aluat i on . With an affirmative of the electors, the maximum 12% may be issued in one year. These bonds are retired by special assessments against the benefiting property. The assessments may be spread over a maximum period of 30 years and if any assessments default, they revert to the Township at large. Therefore, in order to sell the bonds, it is necessary to have a vote of the electors to prov ide for the necessary millage should a default arise. If the equalized valuation of the Township is less than $7,500,000, then the Township must use Act 116 of 1923 which requires a petition signed by 65% of the district requiring improvements and prov ides that no annual installment of the assessment may exceed 15% of the assessed valuation of the property. - 63 - �j PLAN UPDATING PROPOSAL (PART II C . ) It is recommended that consideration be given to the formation of a County Department of Public Works or similar department (as outlined in Part II B) for the purpose of keeping the Comprehensive Sewer and Water Plan up-to-date. This department would: 1, Be responsible to the County Board of Commissioners, yet relieve the Board of working on time consuming details. 2. Be in a position to determine project priorities which may change in response to the demands of any given future date. 3. Keep abreast of current methods of financing and federal assistance programs. In rural areas, the Farmers Home Administration Programs will be important. 4. Work with the local and state health departments in order to establish programs for achieving and maintaining the increasingly more stringent water quality standards as established by the Department of Natural Resources, 5. Insure the best utilization of existing and future resources within the County for the planning and construction of public works projects. 6. Provide overall technical leadership for sewer and water planning, including assurances that facilities are competently operated and maintained by a qualified staff. 7. Be flexible to assist smaller units of government with system development, especially in terms of extending financial abilities through full faith and credit backing of County valuation . As a particular project is planned, the services of a competent bonding attorney and bonding consultant should be obtained to assist in the financial planning of the project. The determination of sewer and water needs is directly related to land use . Hence, the County Board of Commissioners should establish procedures whereby the Department of Public Works or any other responsible committee, works in close coordination with the County Planning Commission. If there is County-wide zoning, then the County Zoning Commission will be brought into the water and sewer planning process also . Perhaps the single most important responsibility of the DPW, outside of its financial objectives, is to determine project priorities . To best perform this, the County must plan and execute individual projects within the framework of the overall County Sewer and Water Plan. Township Boards, the County Board of Commissioners, priv ate land developers, the Health Department, and various other planning groups will initiate many of the project proposals. - 64 - �l Because of the importance of the Comprehensive Sewer and Water Plan, efforts must be made from time to time to reappraise the Plan and update the proposals outlined therein. The frequency with which the updating process occurs will depend on the pace of future land development, major new directives on pollution control, an~/or unforeseen changes in the quality of existing water supplies. The Plan should probably be given a thorough review every ten (10) years; sooner if major new land developments impact the County. - 65 - �COMPREHENSIVE SEWER AND WATER PLAN: PART III �COMPREHENSIVE SEWER & WATER PLAN This section of the report encompasses PART III of the Comprehensive Sewer and Water Plan, and describes the salient features of existing systems and proposed improvements. WASTE WATER COLLECTION AND TREATMENT Due to the importance of the water resources in Emmet County, it is vital that they remain of the highest quality. To insure this quality, improved waste water treatment facilities are required . As a result of the Federal Water Quality Act of 1964, a number of communities in the County have already taken steps to provide new or improve existing waste water treatment and collection facilities. The Federal Water Quality Act required all states to establish upto-date water quality standards, The Michigan Water Resources Commission has complied with this act and has obtained approval from the Federal Water Quality Administration of the standards it has established. J Early in 1969, communities in the State, including some in Emmet County, received stipulations from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. These stipulations stated that these communities would provide secondary waste water treatment, if they were not already doing so, and would provide facilities for the removal of a minimum of 80 percent of the total phosphates from the waste water influent to their treatment facilities. The stipulations also provided for consideration of a lesser degree of treatment than would be accomplished with a secondary process. However, the Water Resources Commission had stated that if the treatment method employed did not achieve a minimum 5-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand removal, Federal grant monies would not be available. The Cities of Petoskey, Harbor Springs and Mackinaw City have made every effort to comply with these stipulations and each has plans and specifications for waste water treatment improvements completed or being prepared. A large portion of the present population will be served by these improv ements . Following is a discussion of the existing waste water collection and treatment facilities, existing problem areas, and proposed improvements within Emmet County. -66 - �Existing Facilities At the present time, the Cities of Petoskey, Harbor Springs and Mackinaw City have collection and treatment facilities. The resort communities of Harbor Point and Wequetonsing also have sewers and treatment facilities and the Bay View Association has sewers only, with treatment being provided by the City of Petoskey. Boyne Highlands provides waste water treatment also. It is estimated that approximately fifty-three percent of the year-round residents of Emmet County are served by these collection systems. 1. Petoskey The City of Petoskey is served by a separate sewer system; that is, a sewer system for waste water and a storm sewer system for surface water runoff. The City's waste water is given primary treatment at a plant located at the mouth of the Bear River. It's location is shown on the map, "Existing Sanitary Sewer Service." The plant was originally constructed to use a chemical precipitation process . However, as the degree of treatment was not appreciably increased by the addition of chemicals, this process was abandoned and the waste water had been given primary treatment only since November, 1969. The area presently served by the Petoskey treatment plant is shown on the map "Existing Sanitary Sewer Service." Harbor Springs The City of Harbor Springs also has existing storm and sanitary sewer systems. There is some ground water infiltration into the sanitary sewer system and possibly some storm water connections. Fine screening and disinfection of the waste water is prov ided and it is then discharged into Little Traverse Bay without further treatment. Discharge was originally at the shore line but around 1960 the outfall sewer was extended out into the bay . The Harbor Springs service area is shown on the "Existing Sanitary Sewer Service 11 map. ,1 3• Mackinaw City Mackinaw City is served by separate sewer systems . The service area for the sanitary system is shown on the existing service area map, as ls the location of the City's existing treatment plant. The existing plant is similar to an Imhoff Tank and provides the equivalent of primary treatment. Primary sedimentation is accomplished in the upper part of the tank and solids digestion in the lower sections. - 67 - �4o Harbor Point The community of Harbor Point provides its own waste water collection and treatment system. An Imhoff Tank followed by disinfection is the treatment process used. So Wequetonsing Wequetonsing has a sanitary sewer system with treatment by means of an Imhoff Tank. 6. Bay View Bay View also has a sanitary sewer system. The waste Water is pumped to the Petoskey Plant for treatment. 7. Boyne Highlands Boyne Highlands provides for its own waste water treatment with 2 1/2 acres of lagoons. Effluent from the lagoons is by infiltration into the ground through the bottom of the lagoons. Existing Problem Areas The existing treatment facilities discussed above, with the exception of Boyne Highlands, are not adequate and will not meet present water quality standards. Problems also exist in areas of the County not served by the above sewer systems. As previously mentioned, the areas around Crooked and Pickerel Lakes and along the Crooked River have poorly drained soils and high ground water levels. These conditions will prevent the proper operation of septic tanks and drain fields. A sewer system and treatment plant to serve this area is required . However, sewer systems of this type, around lakes, are characteristically expensive. A greater length of sewer is required to serve any given number of dwellings and ground water is normally high around lakes requiring costly dewatering or trenches prior to the installation of sewers. A potential problem exists in Pellston. The majority of the lots within the Village are small, 50 feet wide by 160 feet deep, particularly in the Business District where they are 25 feet wide by 150 feet deep o These sizes do not provide sufficient area to operate both private wells and septic tanks on the same lot without potential health hazards. J • - 68 - �Planned Sewer Facility Improvements A number of waste water treatment improvements in the County are being planned at the present time. They are as follows: Petoskey The City of Petoskey recently awarded contracts for the construction of a new 2 . 5 million gallons per day, design flow, waste water treatment plant which is to be located in Magnus Park in the City. The existing treatment plan is to be abandoned and the waste water will be pumped to the new treatment plant by means of a pumping station to be constructed near the existing plant site. The new facility will provide primary treatment, secondary treatment utilizing the activated sludge process and tertiary treatment by microstraining. The treatment effluent from the new plant which will be of a very high quality, will be discharged into Little Traverse Bay approximately 1,100 feet from the shore line. It is anticipated that phosphate removal will be well ov er the 80 percent minimum requirement. The new treatment plant, which was designed by McNamee, Porter and Seeley, Consulting Engineers for the City, has a design capacity to serve nineteen thousand people in the design year 2000. This design population includes both permanent and seasonal residents in the City of Petoskey and adjacent areas in Resort and Bear Creek Townships . The 1990 and year 2000 service area boundaries and the location of the new treatment plant is shown on the Future Water and Sewer Service map . These boundaries are based on anticipated future development and their location may vary from that shown depending on where this development occurs" McNamee, Porter and Seeley have developed a General Sewer Plan for the City of Petoskey in which provisions were made for conducting the waste water from the townships to the new treatment plant. However, no sewers as yet have been designed in the Townships . Plans are to continue to treat the waste water from the Bay View Association at the Petoskey Treatment Plant. Bear Creek Township has obtained the serv ices of Williams and Works, Consulting Engineers, to study waste water collection and treatment in the Township. Harbor Springs and Little Traverse Township The City of Harbor Springs and Little Traverse Township have joined together in the formation of a waste water treatmen t authority . The authority has recently received bids on a new treatment facility which was designed for them by Williams and Works . Treatment will be aerated lagoons followed by disinfection and spray irrigation. The phosphates are utilized by the vegetation growth on the area on which the lagoon effluent is sprayed . Therefore, no separate phosphate remov al facilities are required . Spraying will be done during the summer months with storage provided for the waste water during the winter months. The location of the treatment facility, which is to be constructed on a 320-acre site, is shown on the ''future Water and Sewer Service Area" map. - 69 - �' l I ,' \ ' 1' ,~. ~ , '{ ' ' ' { J J J J 1 ,{ 1 1 1~_, l~,- ~-' 1 1 1 l ~ l - J -1 _J 7 -1 C E C I l -~·c r B A A s r T .M A --~,, ---- u R G EON •• • •• ~ r B A ~ □ TI-·1'1G\ I i ~~·1-------- : ~ ,~ " ' ' ~ C:Jl-6~ lo_~"C]\ il ~~ . _i. ,£_.__j v . G • ~=~-- • toOO!UillT i , ' ii I ~ ,. \, " .--· • . ' . 'r . 1o --ll .. " I ~ · • __:_ ~-)1 ~~~L· I : i .. .o:;:, ;_ . .; I -T- -\----~ -------~~--\ .- ; ' , 1 . .. ;· I \ ;----1 TI·: 1 ~'- , I >··: r:z1 · f i i .. ..,, 'h 1 ~ •• i T 37N ~. __ J " . r ••• • I ,~I1, 3 : i!["".= .....]_]Lr::]..IE]..' . ~\-~:::i:= -- -jlJuyL.uuJ~~, ='=~~~.--- .- . - - - ~- JI---------] . □□'r i -+ p- " lJ ... ,~·o,,o·:·. ;- .1 j • jp ~ · S~ A ,-•;·---r---, I, l~i,. • . ,,., !i:, .• .-:=-"''~ L E A I ~\ : ,. · "~ r' ----7" . J I .~--\'=--+ . = .. --1r-· . _ .. 1 I Jnl.. I ,~1:1: - !S===== ·~k... ---· ~rc:7,--r- "" 1 -=""'~·_J" - ~ s H •: 1 ..... .• c:n·" . ,. l i····~ , ---~:~;,-. ,,....J'i ,a F . 1 1 . • ,,L---J--.- \.,-- I I . ------- I 100[=:T - -~': . . D ' 11 .:-~ ~~B.±-~ , . E j.. l I S" LJ . : . E \" . ·:. . I[ ., i . I., ~ ---~ ,,--- ' l . : . i···- " t "B . ~ i · I I~-· -~ --·1 ~ N • .. u u .. .. HIDDEN . T ' - - - -•• - - - \ . . . " - ., .°'I·-:.;~--I□\ .T--~1l~------p 1 ~ ~ L' J L _ ,r7r---7 ___JI ~·- ,, - - -T • 11 R A v d a E ' _ 5 + ~ ---i\" ---,. A. • ~ ,. '\\ I :: v I E \\\\ ,, I )"--- ,, 1 I ~~~~~~\~, :: I ~r[\·-.:/~- trj? \!-, I ." \: :';=====7rj --·-t--·--; : ,:"~---.,:l i: \~-- ~ 1 I ; ,, I\~ I l. ~~-- I II :: t? ~~ ! T. 38 N. i CD!\\ -=' 1 =' ' ,, 1:,__ V .l[ J E W _,{I I f]fl ,.,_J~l :J ~ - !. 4J < 7DIT '7 ,_ <l; ...., L I TT L E . TR A VER S E B A -~ N --D r ,-~1·1r IG:::'J\~ ~~ ~JI" ; 7 ~ ; . I L, L. ..~ - -I . ~ ..e--- --+ - • -1 - ~ s • .. • , ___: _ ., l..___ " l " . . " I -o-[ rG; . . . , _.: : i'.·7□·: _j " ~ ·· ~ . . ttjl ' / T'. ' . .. . .,--, i :I . . . - ~'v.--- .i .... . .. . ~~.. .. ~_ Olr"JI ,·," \\ .0v;•f n H '--· 1 ,... . _j COUNTY R. !!W. R . 6W R •• LEGE N D ~ 1'H[ o, .. PIOl[PA ■ A1'10H • TIii$ ,.. ,.,. 1"011 l1'1[ [MW[T C0UNll fL.OOtlNG C0lilMtSSI0H WI.$ r1N• ... cto . , .. GII.UtT l1'4[ fAlt !ij [lt's HOii[ &OMINlSTR.t.TION ' UN11'(0 SlAT[S DEPIIIIHHlrlT .t.GIIICULfUR[ •ll70 ·11 ,~o• l(& L [ or ~ PROBABLE fU T URE SERV I CE AREAS PROPOSED fUTURE WELLS TENTATIVE FUTURE SERVICE AREAS ·IASED ON PROJECTED LAND USE . ( ENGINEERING FEASIIILITY NECESSARY TO DETERMINE SPECIFIC SERVICE AREA 80UNDARIESJ Ill f l:l t vilicon · lemon a assoc. inc. planninQ con1ullants MCNAMEE PORTER & SEELEY CONSULTING ENG INEERS I FUTURE COMMUNITY WATER SERVICE EMMET T 3 ~N COUNTY T S4N �Harbor Point and Wequetonsing have contracted with the City of Harbor Springs for waste water treatment. Waste water from the Conway area will a l so be treated at the authority's facility . The area to be served by the authority is shown on the map "Future Water and Sewer Serv ic e Area''. The treatment facility is designed to serve a population of 2,500 in the winter and 4,500 in the summer to the 1990 des i gn year o Prior t o the design of both the Petoskey and Harbor Springs - Little Trav er se Township Projects, McNamee, Porter and Seeley, acting f8r t he City of Petoskey, and Williams and Works, acting for the Authority, worked jointly on a study of the feasibility of incorporating the two proposed t reatment facilities into one larger facility which would serv e t he entire area. A number of possibilities were studies, but due to the distance between Harbor Springs and Petoskey and the relatively little development between the two Cities, it was found to be more economical to proceed independently as planned. Alanson and Littlefield Township Due to the problems previously discussed around Crooked Lake and along the Cr ooked River, the Village of Alanson and Littlefield Township hav e jointly obtained the services of Williams and Works for the purpose of making a study for waste water collection and treatment. Wor k on this study was begun just recently and no recommendations have been presented to date. Some of the possibilities being considered by the engineers are: ., J J l o Alanson and Littlefield Township joining the Harbor Springs Littl e Trav erse Authority with the waste water from this area being treated at the Authority's proposed facility. 2o Alan s on and Littlefield Township contracting with the Authority for waste water treatment at the Authority's facility. 3o Al anson and Littlefield Township either joining or contracting with the Authority and the Authority treating the waste water fr om this area at a second treatment facility to be cons t r u cted in Littlefield Township. 4o Alanson and Littlefield Township remaining independent from the Harbor Springs - Little Traverse Authority and constructing the i r own waste water treatment facility . Regar dless of the results of the engineer's study as to the most feasib l e and economical method, it is encouraging that the Village of Al ans on and Littlefield Township recognize the present problems and are taking steps to eliminate them . - 70 - �Mackinaw City The firm of Johnson and Anderson, Consulting Engineers for Mackinaw City, are preparing plans and specifications for a new waste water treatment facility which is to be constructed in the near future. Current plans are to abandon the existing treatment_ plant and pump the waste wat er to a new treatment facility to be located on a 60 a cre s ite southwest of the City . Treatment will be by lagoons with d isinfection and spray irrigation. Storage will be provided for the waste water for 6 months during the winter . The facility will serv e the area within Mackinaw City only . The design is based on serving a population of 6,000 people in the year 1985 . J J The proposed facilities for Petoskey, Harbor Springs - Little Traverse Township and Mackinaw City will have a design capacity to serve a t otal of 29,500 people, which is nearly 50% greater than the 1990 projected year-round population of Emmet County . Should Alanson and Littlefield Township provide waste water collection and treatment, the abov e total capacity of treatment facilities will be even greater. A very high percentage of the present population will be provided with waste wat er collection services and the areas most likely to experi ence t he majority of the future population growth will already hav e been provided with this utility. Although the Village of Pellston is not planning sewer improvements at the present time, it is recommended that they be considered in the near future, should financial assistance be available. It is dou b tful t hat the Village could fund such a project without assistance . 1 There a r e many programs available, both Federal and State, which would pay a substantial portion of the project cost. Even with assistance it is often d ifficult, if not impossible, for small communities to finance ~he remaining portion . J Was t e wat er treatment facilities are becoming increasingly more expens iv e as more stringent treatment requirements are adopted by the gov ernmental agencies. For example, treatment by lagooning has been a common ly used method for small communities, as construction cost was relatively low and very little maintenance or operations was requir ed . But then it became a requirement that lagoons could discharge into t he r eceivi ng body of water but twice each year, once in the spring and once in the fall . Thus, it was necessary to design lago0ns larger t o pr ovi de for six months storage. It then became a 1 ] - A l a r ge pr ivat e recreati on and housing development (approximately 200 unit s ) is being planned in an area south of Pellston . If the dev e lopment materializes, it would be desirable to consider the feasibility of a joint community sewage treatment serv ice. - 71 - �- requirement that all effluent from lagoons would be chlorinated for disinfection and this increased the initial cost and required more attention to operation. It is now a requirement that 80 percent of the total phosphates in the incoming waste water be removed by the treatment. The lagoon type treatment process is not adaptable to phosphate removal so that the method most commonly used is to follow the lagoon treatment with spray irrigationo A large amount of additional land is required, an extensive network of spray piping increases the maintenance required, and additional fencing, tree planting and other requirements of the Health Department make this type of treatment much more expensive than in the past. It would be desirable to have all the dwellings in the County provided with waste water collection and treatment. But it is not economically feasible even with substantial financial aid. It is recommended that the remainder of the County continue with private septic tanks and drain fields at the present. As further development occurs or as potential problems arise, additional sewer systems should be studied. Some rural areas that may require sewage services because of increasing development and therefore increasing volumes of sewage effluent include: Walloon Lake, Paradise Lake, Larks Lake, Mackinaw Shores, Cross Village and the Ski Resort areas in Pleasantview Township . Demands in the rural Townships of West Traverse, Friendship, Readmond, Cross Village, Bliss and Wawatam would probably arise in areas along the Lake Michigan shore. The other Townships may remain more rural, and services may never be feasible except in a few instances where concentrated development may occur or increase. Levering, Carp Lake, Brutus and Van may be affected under these conditions . Springv ale Township could have some potential utility service area near Crooked Lake and Pickerel Lake. COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEMS Safe and abundant drinking water is a most fundamental requirement to our existence. There are two sources available for obtaining this water. These are surface water sources such as lakes and river, and ground water sources such as artesian and drilled wells. Although there is an abundance of high quality surface water sources in Emmet County all domestic water is obtained from wells. Petoskey, Harbor Springs, Mackinaw City, Hidden Hamlet and Boyne Highlands all have existing distribution systems. Pellston does not have a public water system but does have wells and a cistern for fire protection. Alanson has cisterns for fire protection also. The following is a discussion of water s u pply and distribution in the County. J -, .J - 72 - �Petoskey Water System The present area served by the City of Petoskey water system is shown on the "Existing C0mrnunity Water Service" map. The water is supplied by an infiltration well, 17 feet deep, and a pumping station located on the shore of Little Traverse Bay within the City. The water is chlorinated and fluoridated prior to entering the distribution system. Storage is provided by one new 300,000 gallon steel elevated storage tank, two 150,000 gallon concrete ground storage reservoirs and one 110,000 gallon steel standpipe, 40 feet tall. The new 300,000 gallon elevated tank is supplied by three high level pumps at the pumping station on the lake shore . These three pumps each have a capacity of 600 gallons per minute at 500 feet total head. Also at the pumping station are located three 600 gallons per minute low level pumps which serve the main part of the City and also supply the two 150,000 gallon ground storage reservoirs. The water is pumped again from the ground storage reservoirs to maintain the level in the standpipe which supplies a second high level district , The location of the pumping station and storage facilities are also shown on the "Existing Community Water Service" map . J J ., It is believed that the infiltration well is recharged from ground water flowing from the south, rather than from Little Traverse Bay, as the level in this well is normally above that in the Bay. This is somewhat substantiated by the complete chemical analysis of the City's water which is presented in TABLE 18. A surface water supply would not be expected to have a total hardness as high as 170 parts per million. The Petoskey water supply is of a good quality as can be seen from a comparison of TABLE 18 with the Water Quality Goals and Drinking Water Standards listed in TABLE 19. The Water Quality Goals were established in 1967 by the American Water Works Association (A.W.W . A. ) as an outline of the characteristics of a treated water of a high quality. The Drinking Water Standards were established by the United States Public Health Service (U.S.P.H.S.) in 1962 and are endorsed by the A.W.W.A. as minimum standards for all public water supplies , The water is fairly hard but not so much as to warrant a softening plant at the present time . J ., ] J ,,,, :-, J - 73 - �~ I j TABLE 18 PETOSKEY, MICHIGAN COMPLETE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WATER (parts per million) Determination Resu l t Determination Color units Odor Turbidity units Total solids Silica-SIO 2 Manganese-Mn Iron as Fe Magnesium-MG Sodium-Na Calcium-Ca 0 None Potassium-K Nitrate-NO 3 Chloride-CI Sulphate-SO 4 Bicarbonate-HCO3 Carbonate-CO 3 Fluoride-F Hardness-CaCO3 Hydrogen ion-pH Conductance-Micromhos 0 216 4 0 0.1 11 8.1 so Result 1. 2 1. 2 16 29 170 0 0.30 170 7.4 375 TABLE 19 A oWoWoAo WATER QUALITY GOALS U. S . P.H oSo DRINKING WATER STANDARDS (parts per million) j , .., ] Determination Color units Odor Turbid i ty units Total solids Iron as Fe Manganese-Mn Nitrate-NO3 Chloride-CI Sulphate SO 4 Hardness Flu oride A . W. W. A. WATER Quality Goals 15 3 None 0.1 200 0 . 05 OoOl 45 250 250 80 0 6-1. 2 0 ] ] U.S . P.HoS, Drinking Water Standards - 74 - 3 5 500 0. 3 0. 0 5 45 250 250 �1 Harbor Spr in~s The Harb or Springs water system is supplied by four wells and one 335,000 gallon ground storage reservoir. The wells are: II j Name Depth Capacity Stadium Well Bu l l Moose Well Peffer Well State Well 160 90 180 160 750 430 330 330 feet feet feet feet gpm gpm gpm gpm In a 1 966 revision of the City's Master Plan by Williams and Works, it was recommended that three additional wells be installed in the future o The locations of the existing and proposed future wells and the ground storage reservoir are shown on the "Existing Community Water Ser•v ice" map o The area served by the system is also shown on t he "Existing Community Water Service" map. 1 1 A complete chemical analysis of the shown in TABLE 20 0 The water is of is quite hard t here is no manganese not chlorinated at the present time Harbor Springs water supply is a good quality and although it or iron present. The water is but fluoride is added. TABLE 20 HARBOR SPRINGS, MICHIGAN COMPLETE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WATER (parts per million) Determination Color u nits Odor Turbidity units Total solids Silica-SIO 3 Iron as Fe Manganese-Mn Calcium-Ca Magne s ium-Mg Sodium-Na Result 0 None 0 210 8 o. o 0 0 48 16 0 L4 Determination Result Potassium-K Nitrate-NO Chloride-Ci Sulphate-SO4 Bicarbonate-HCO3 Carbonate-CO3 Hardness-CaCO3 Fluoride-F Hydrogen ion-pH Conductance Micromhos 0. 5 12 0 7 210 0 185 0.30 7. 3 370 J J - 75 - �Mack i naw City One 8- i nch well approximately 200 feet deep and one 10-inch well 296 feet deep supply water to the Mackinaw City system . It is estimated by the City that these wells hav e ov er double the capacity of that being utilized at the present time. Storage is provided by one 100,000 gallon elev ated storage tank . The existing service area, wells and storage tank are shown on the "Existing Community Water Service" map. j There hav e been problems in the past with an odor from the water caused by hydro gen sulfide, but this has been successfully eliminated by c hlori natio n o The water is not fluoridated . TABLE 21 MACKINAW CITY, MICHIGAN COMPLETE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WATER (parts per million) Determi nation Color units Odor Turbidity units Total solids Silica-S I O4 Iron as Fe Manganese-Mn Calcium-Ca Magnesium-Mg Sodium-Na Results 5 None 2. 0 290 10 0. 2 0. 0 68 17 4 Determination Potassium-K Nitrate-NO3 Chloride-CI Sulphate-SO4 Bicarbonate-HCO 3 Carbonate-co Hardness-CaC 3 Fluoride-F Hydrogen ion-pH Conductance Micromhos 8 Results 0. 5 o. oo 4 19 220 0 240 0. 3 7.9 460 The complete chemical anal ysis of one of the wells, given in TABLE 21, shows the water to be very hard. When this analysis is compared to TABLE 19, with respect to total solids and iron, the water will not meet A .W.W. A. Water Quality Goals, but it is well within the U. S . P . H.S. Drinking Water Standards. Boyne High l ands Boyne High l ands operates its own private water system which is supplied by one 6-inch wel l and one 8- inch well, each of approximately 250 gallons per minute capacity, and one 10-inch well that i s 650 gallons per minut e c apacity . Storage is provided b y a 2,000 gallon reservoir . The water i s r eport ed t o be of a v ery go0d quality . J - 76 - �,r Hidden Hamlet i ...------- 1 ...------- ...------- -- There is an existing water system in Hidden Hamlet, a development of recreational homes located directly north of the Nubs Nob ski area . The system is privately owned and operated by the Hidden Hamlet property owners. The system has no fire hydrants and fire protection is provided by the City of Harbor Springs. The system is supplied by four 4-inch wells and one 6-inch well. Present pumping capacity is 420 gallons per minute and the total capacity of the existing wells is estimated to be over 700 gallons per minute, A 4,000 gallon ground storage reservoir provides storage for the system . L'Arbre Croche This new development on Little Traverse Bay between Petoskey and Harbor Springs is constructing a private water system which is to be supplied by two 350 feet deep wells. The new system will be hydro-pneumatic. Pellston Although the Village of Pellston does not have a public water supply, the Village does have three wells for fire protection . Two of these wells are approximately 40 feet deep and the third is approximately 125 feet deep. The Village also has a 20,000 gallon cistern which is used for fire protection . Remainder of Emmet County Wequetonsing and Harbor Point have water systems supplied by the City of Harbor Springs. Bay View also has a water system and is included in the Petoskey service area, The remaining area of the County is served by private wells. Logs of the wells drilled in Emmet from the District Health Officer . well logs . All Townships in Emmet TABLE with the exception of Center in 1970 0 County during 1970 were obtained TABLE 22 is a tabulation of these County are represented in the Township which had no new wells J J J - 77 - �- 7 TABLE 22 WELLS DRILLED IN EMMET COUNTY IN 1970 Township ....- Bear Creek Bliss Carp Lake Cross Village Friendship Littlefield Little Trav erse Maple Ri v er McKinley Pleasantvi ew Readmond Reso rt Springv ale Wawatam West Traverse Na o of Wells 7 1 2 4 2 45 2 3 1 2 4 3 2 1 Least Depth(ft o) Greatest Depth(ft .) 29 145 62 57 135 51 51 170 43 169 190 185 13 8 233 206 62 66 140 69 121 9 41 80 148 1 85 Av erage Depth ....- ..J J J - Total Wells Average Depth(ft.) 93 210 116 120 160 91 169 188 53 370 80 164 109 153 225 153 43 Thirty-nine of the wells list ed in TABLE 22 were constructed with 4-inch casings and the remaining four were constructed with 2-inch casings. The varying topography within the County is illustrated by the large range in depths of t he wells . Twenty-four of the new wells were constructed in the six southerly Townships in the Cou nty o The logs for these twenty-four wells indicate a clay layer of v arying thickness and dep t h throughout most of this area . This is a desirable condition as the clay layer acts to seal of and protect the aquifer from possib l e contamination from th e surface. The majority of these wells draw water from a sand or grav el aquifer while a few of the deeper wells were in shale . Fourteen of the wells listed i n TABLE 22 were construct ed in the central seven Townships of the Count y . Clay and clay mixtures of sand and grave l wer e found throughout most of the depth of these wells with the wat er bearing strata be ing sand or gr a v el. No rock was en countered in any of the fourteen wells o The remaining fi v e wells we r e constructed in the three most northerly Townships in Emmet County . Two of the fiv e were drilled to water bearing limestone and the other three to sand or grav el o Clay materials were reported throughou t most of the depth o~ four of th e five wells. - 78 - �A.l though the wells listed in TABLE 22 cover but a small portion of the wells within the County, they do indicate that potable water is readily available from ground water sources in Emmet County. Lake Michigan and Little Traverse Bay are also available as a source for public water supply but, to date, have not been utilized. This is not unusual as the costs of inlet structures and long intake lines in the lake are usually prohibitive to small communities. It is not unlikely that as the City of Petoskey's population grows and as Resort and Bear Creek Townships develop that Little Traverse Bay may be utilized as a rater source for this area in the future. FUTURE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS It is recommended that the existing water distribution systems in Petoskey, Harbor Springs and Mackinaw City be extended as required in the future to serve the areas approximating those to be served by their waste water treatment facilities. However, certain problems will be encountered in expanding the present sys~ems. Due to the varying terrain of the County, booster pumping stations and reservoirs will be required to maintain adequate pressures in the areas at the higher elevations. Due to the previously mentioned potential problems within the Village of Pellston, caused by the small lot sizes, it is recommended that consideration be given to a public water supply for the Village. As safe drinking water is a necessity, it is recommended that a water system be given priority over waste water collection and treatment facilities . Construction of a water system also has the advantage of increased fire protection. It is recommended that a public water system also be considered in Alanson. However, a waste water collection system should have top priority at the present time. As there is an abundance of potable ground water available, the remainder of the County should remain with private wells. As these rural areas develop, a water system, as with a sewer system, should be considered a necessary part of that development. J If community sewage services are not feasible in the more rural County areas, then water services may have to be provided when significant increases in development occur . The need may be prompted at an earlier time if the capacity of the soils to absorb septic tank effluent is exceeded o Areas that may require central wa~er systems first, will likely be in resort locations, particularly water oriented sites . These may include: Walloon Lake, Paradise Lake, Crooked Lake, Larks Lake, Mackinaw Shores, Cross Village and the Townships which have frontage on Lake Michigan. At least some limited need could be experienced in any one of the rural Townships of Bliss, Carp Lake, Center, Cross Village, Friendship, Readmond, Springvale~ McKinley, Maple River, Pleasant View and Wawatam. The communities of Alanson, Pellston, Carp Lake, Levering, Brutus, Van, Oden, Conway, Bay Shore and other locations may develop needs at an earlier time. - 79 - �., { t~ ( i 1 r-= C t i .J ,--: { • ~· -~· ' j ,· ·1990 SERVICE C £C I - ~ ..W ~~ L AREA r B A ~ PRO'l\OSED TREATMENT PLANT T.ltN, :JI ~ A B A T 1' ~f If A ·------r;::::= ",,,,,, ,,,. l\ sTUl?GEON r -.'~:,. -h.J "' ---...< I ---j,r• II II . LJL□ □ ~----□·[] ~ "~~---~ ~ ~ e.J•J ~ ('.) ' H ti • I I 11 C •• T. 51N. l--"~ ,_, ' ,,,,,,, : ' 't ! (., c r• t _llJ : ' I I~ •[L•JiJc.~• !c • □ ·\ ' ~ ✓[ dz::r71 .·s=JpP□----~- - · ~ \ J A D M : N I D I • :- l . \~ · ~ -- ~ \ C . 1· " . · i . I . " . I " ' I. .-. I , . I; N ::t D E S ' ,1 "_J H "I: - ~ p -- [ 11 ' > • ,'I • TI I ' :K MC ~ J~~ ' 1 i .,. , • i ;I"--===-'"-"'~--• • I c" 1J . .., • - ( ,.-· ! ·· ~ ... c __ ____ Jlr==7"b~ .., t ! IL==='---=:!~: • ·Jv . lLJ ]□ 7d'□" • " • IOI ~- . I - + • =-· /'~ ' " I ,= \ - ~ w' E ,·,, i • u □.□[I l=rl -l ' -~-~·------~--T·-----i t--- . ,-· lJ. . . ..i 7 , _:DO! ' . · t · --~-J • ~, -t • : j " • " l 1 » ~I " ~-hi - ---·· n. - ------_.... ' • - ___,, --~---F-----" ' ~~·,, \I L • [L ___: S . \\ - --=:==;,:- ➔ \ 1E : ,:, • I ,,~ t 11 ;::.,,.,,. ,~, ~:..---.,-, I 1I t--- ----t-I --··l,;,a 11\ I . ~ T. MN I ii V E _j, . ::i--- I, T • !;- . . · 1 \ . 1:,i ,. .---, ' f==-, ~~·-·-==1~=~=11• ::--~~~~: . -,,--- _______ _J\ ~ T. 37N, 1 y E L N ' ILJ. ; I " -iii----'-- _ i1· .. ~ ~- ~ - - ,~ . ,: -=~ ~ I ~ " "-L" ~ :i 'I \ I I + . -C cl=-•1•.•"]o••--,~,t t_ __' ,] ' __ _J "L--JI - ----,-- ..: . " l . : -~] --r - O 1, I• - --;=='='•~!'==--~~---: __ _]~ I . '· E .□ u□ • ---- D ¥u,A11' . Ir< ~.-.I-! '. \!• • " ·)c• Jr7-fl - -'-'----\ ---,,---4 • • LlJ . ' -·- i 1\ ~ ' ' ~-~~ I " 1 ~• . 1 ' F \ D . r~ -•··•·.... ~•· r -l~ -; ~~ u.. . · · :· ·' JQ;\1. rh· -· ··r:; . .lf-b.'----' Ml.OIL( I :r,1 11 \L-1'i1 ~ --~-- -·----- ,, ..~, Ill ,111. - - , " :11 . . l,.t,J;;;:,;-1t ..I. B~( ~ I!: ~ --1._ _ _ ! : "''".. ~ c___,,,,.,._J l.., i T 3!5N. ,-----.;( "" ~ LITTLE -.J Tl?AVE l? SE 8 A r ~ J::j\:,,, ~((n•· r==~ . . t[j~----: - -i o•:•:[ ~ ;aa! -r~fi II~ . REA ~-- t~l~J_··_ ~Fl t,-1 ....~ E !t.. ,. - K _ _J1 ·- · I ~ a\ ---7 : 1,1:,,:f" 17\\ :,'( I " U·Gu:J·, -~ !!""' ~I_..../, ' .. ' . G PROPOSEO WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROPOSED WAJOR SANITARY SEWERS t ·:·':':·:·:·::';:·:·:·:·:·:·:·:·:·:·:·:·::j PROPOSED 1990 SERVICE AREAS PROPOSEO 2000 SERVICE AREAS .. 1•11s ... , ,011 ,Ht [ Mlit tT Wlla COUNT¥ f'LollOIINO C0011 1lllS10N WA$ flN AN ttO · • I. .IIANT flt0 1t TH[ fA ll .. (ll 'S NO•t A0Ml,.IITIUTl0N , u,ollO nuts 01:,.,11, ... c111 c, ..,ucu1.1u1tt • l9l'O · fl S CALI UI TE NTATIVE F UTURE SERVICE AREAS - BA SED ON PROJEC TED LAND US E. ( ENGINEERING FE A SIBILI TY N ECESSARY TO OET ERMINE SPECIFIC SERVICE AR EA BOUNDARIES.) fl('T vilicon · leman a assoc. inc. planninQ consultants MCNAMEE PORTER & SEELEY CON SULTING ENGINEERS I FUTURE SANITARY SEWER SERVICE EMMET COUNTY A \~ - - - - - PROPOSED MAJOR P UMPING MAINS o, V L _1E ~ ____: " ~ ~~ - LEGEND o,t .-11t ....11 .. 1,011 -~~' COUNTY R 4W ----- ~ " ,·••' ',,,? • T. 34N. SW ■ .. �,...... -I A P P E ND I X .....- , j �LJ l_j L:::J ~ ~ l_J l_J I__J Ld \_J l-1 I__J \_J \_J l__J l_J L-1 APPENDIX TABLE 1 EXISTING LAND USE SUPERVISOR DISTRICT NO. 1 Emmet County Bliss Carp Lake Cross Village Readmond TOTAL -- Mackinaw City(Pt) DISTRICT TOTAL Residential 57 95 26 48 226 32 258 Seasonal Homes 14 90 30 30 164 30 194 Public Uses 85 9 2 2 98 39 137 2 97 4 4 107 17 124 Recreation 6,960 53 5 12 7,030 15 Commercial 1 32 2 8 43 20 Industrial 3 12 - - 15 41 Railroads - 8 - - 8 14 422 392 197 458 1,469 -- 145 1,614 17% 7,544 788 266 562 9,160ac . 353 9,513ac. 100% 3% 2% 1% Quasi-Public ► I I-' 1% 7,045 74% 63 1% 56 1% 22 • Roads TOTALS SOURCE: Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc . 9.:0 Land Use Inventory, Summer, 1968, \_J I �~ ~ L..:J L....:::-J l__J l_J l_J L..d l_J l_J l_l LJ LI L.J '-' LI APPENDIX TABLE 2 EXISTING LAND USE SUPERVISOR DISTRICT NO. 2 Emmet County Center I I'-) Maple River TOTAL Pellston DISTRICT TOTAL Residential 55 79 76 210 82 292 Seasonal Homes 32 4 6 42 - 42 Public Uses 63 1,450 9 1,522 16 3 6 7 16 2 Recreation 11 2 1 14 6 Commercial 1 12 28 41 5 Industrial 12 6 30 48 7 - 65 63 128 14 99 351 465 915 16 Quasi-Public ::i> McKinle_z Railroads Roads TOTAL SOURCE: 276 -1,975 685 Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc . -2,936ac. 148 9% 1% 1,538 50% 18 1% 20 1% 46 1% 55 2% 142 5% 931 30% 3,084ac. 100% Land Use Inventory, Summer, 1968 ~ L-1 1 1 �I APPENDIX TABLE 3 EXISTING LAND USE SUPERVISOR DISTRICT NO. 3 I:mmet County Friendshi,E_ Little Traverse Pleasantview West Traverse Residential 46 145 12 55 258 173 431 Seasonal Homes 60 105 28 68 261 NIA 261 Public Uses 6 131 27 31 195 16 211 Quasi-Public 9 155 1,984 97 2,245 18 Recreation 1 3 - - 4 47 29 1 32 62 32 TOTAL Harbor SErings DISTRICT TOTAL 9% 6% ::i:,. I w .) 5% 2,263 47% 51 1% 94 2% 207 4% Commercial ( Industrial 10 180 2 15 207 - 447 343 80 246 1,116 144 1,260 26% 579 1,091 2,134 544 4,348ac . 430 4,778ac. 100% Railroads Roads TOTAL SOURCE: Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. NIA - Not available Land Use Inventory, Summer, 1968 ~ 1 �!___JI l._JJ I_ APPENDIX TABLE 4 EXISTING LAND USE SUPERVISOR DISTRICT NO.4 Emmet County Littlefield Alanson 99 221 81 82 65 147 7 175 14 189 7 92 106 198 - Recreation 7 5 12 10 Commercial 8 1 9 13 Industrial 2 12 14 - 52 - 52 13 378 550 928 51 Seasonal Public Uses Quasi-Public + TOTAL 122 Residential ► I Springvale Railroads Roads DISTRICT TOTAL 302 16% 154 8% 196 10% 198 10% 22 1% 22 1% 14 1% 65 3% 979 50% -- TOTAL SOURCE: 918 Vilican-Leman 853 l,77oac. & Associates, Inc . 182 l,952ac. 100% Land Use Inventory, Summer, 1968 j �I APPENDIX TABLE 5 EXISTING LAND USE SUPERVISOR DISTRICTS NO'S 5-11 Emmet County Bear Creek Residential 0, TOTAL · Peto·skey 335 142 477 335 98 66 164 - Public Uses 333 20 353 76 Quasi-Public 186 2 188 264 Recreation 298 14 312 128 Commercial 64 19 83 59 Industrial 10 150 160 66 Railroads 116 70 186 61 Roads 909 504 1,413 279 2,349 987 3,336ac. Seasonal Homes ► I Resort TOTAL SOURCE : Vi lican-Leman & Associates, Inc . 1,268 DISTRICT TOTAL 812 18% 164 4% 429 9% 452 10% 440 9% 142 3% 226 5% 247 5% 1,692 37% 4,604ac. 100 % Land Use Inventory , Summer, 1968 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Emmet-County_Comprehensive-Plan-for-Sewer-and-Water-Facilities_1971 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. McNamee, Porter & Seeley Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1971-04 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan for Sewer and Water Facilities Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Plan for Sewer and Water Facilities was prepared by Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. and McNamee, Porter & Seeley in April 1971. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Emmet County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/f135a25cbf675a6f08d4acb017458e5e.pdf af15327478e1f4d7f638252a7623b8e0 PDF Text Text ��Acknowledgments City of Kalamazoo City Commission Members Mayor Francis P. Hamilton Vice Mayor Robert D. Dunbar Edwin L. Walters Caroline R. Ham Dr. Raymond L. Hightower Patricia Cayemberg Moses L. Walker The Kalamazoo Planning Commission Dr. Richard Schreiber, Chairperson Robert Hannah, Vice Chairperson The Rev. Braxton V. Burgess, Member Ann Gerould, Member Brooks Godfrey, Member Martha Moffet, Member Helen Nelson, Member Henry J. Schaberg, Member Judy Shamu, Member Past members: Patricia Michael Willie Mae Pierson William Rae City Manager Robert C. Bobb The Department of Community Development G. Michael Conlisk, Director Evan M. LeDuc, Head Planning Division Gary Niemeck, Chief Planner Allen White, Senior Planner Eileen Davis, Associate Planner Mark DuBay, Associate Planner James Visser, Associate Planner Carrol Deweese, Secretary Jerrie Dierks, Secretary Linda Robinson, Secretary Other Contributors: Sheryl Sculley Brian Chase Preparation and Financing The Kalamazoo Planning Commission Preparation of this report was financed in part through the urban planning grant from the Department of Housing and Urban Development, under provisions of Section 701 of the Housing Act of 154, as amended. The study was prepared for the City of Kalamazoo, December, 1976. ��June 1977 iii City of Kalamazoo - Preface - The Comprehensive Plan represents a synthesis of information and ideas produced as a result of data collection and analysis, position papers developed from neighborhood public meetings, and numerous meetings of the Planning Commission, both formal and informal. The plan is intended to provide a context for determining policies needed to preserve and enhance the quality of life in Kalamazoo, as well as to serve as a practical working guide for City Commission decisions. It allows the City Commission to present to the community a unified picture of long-range policies, and it enables the community to understand and anticipate Commission decisions in the context of long-range planning. Although Kalamazoo's plan is designed as a guide to the city's development through 1990, changes in the patterns of human activity require that the plan be flexible and adaptable. While planning lends stability, continuity, and rationality to change, no plan is ever rigidly fixed. Kalamazoo's plan ensures that the impact of change will be beneficial to the community; at the same time, it allows the city to adapt to the naturally changing forces of human activity. Finally, the plan is a neighborhood-oriented document. Although this summary reflects a citywide analysis of land use, transportation, community facilities, etc., it is oriented toward meeting neighborhood as well as citywide needs. The constant involvement of neighborhood and community residents will be required as the plan is continually refined and adapted to changing conditions, and as the tools needed to implement the plan are fashioned. The success or failure of the plan as a practical guide for preserving and enhancing the living environment of Kalamazoo hinges on the support of the people of Kalamazoo. This summary of the Comprehensive Plan is divided into major technical sections: Land Use, Transportation, Utilities, and Community Facilities. A glossary of terms has been provided at the end of each section for the convenience of the reader. The sections are made up of summaries of several lengthy and detailed technical reports which constitute the Comprehensive Plan. The summary also contains sections describing planning goals, strategies, and potential implementation techniques and areas of special concern related to the plan. Although the summary is quite lengthy, the Planning Commission favors a comprehensive report that provides usable substance. Advance Planning Section, Department of Community Development �Table of Contents iv Comprehensive Plan iii viii Preface Introduction 1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Goals, Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniqu_e_s_ __ I ., I ~ I Fundamental Goals of Kalamazoo's Plan 3 General Goal for Land Use Planning 5 ---------------- ----------------_ 12 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _G _e _n_e_r_a_l G~~r Tr_a_ ns_,p_o_rt_a_t_io_n_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ General Goal for Community Facilities 15 - - - - -- --------- -- ----------General Goal for Water Management 19 Use Component 24 - - - - - - - - - - - - -Land --- -~-----------------Residential Element 27 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -- Scope 27 Recommendations 29 -----------------Housing Element 30 30 Scope 32 Recommendations 33 Commercial Element - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - 33 Scope -'-----------------------34 Recommendations --------------35 Cent r aI Business District 35 Sco_p~ __ _ 38 Recommendations ----39 Industrial Element ----- --- 40 Scope 41 Recommendations - - - - -- - - - - - - - 42 0 pen Space Element ---42 Scope 42 Recommendations -------43 FI o o d Plain Element 43 Sco~- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - 44 Recommendations --- - - - - - - -- - - - -- - -44 Fiscal Impact - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - 46 Land Use Glossary 72 Transportation Component --------------~--------------75 Streets and Highways Element 75 Scope 77 61 81 84 85 85 86 86 87 87 Recommendations - - - - - - - - - - -Ra i I roads Element Scope Recommendations Metro Transit Element Scope Recommendations Airport Element Scope Recommendations - -- - - - - -- �Table of Contents V City of Kalamazoo 88 94 Transportation Glossary Community Facilities Component Mun icipal Admin istrative C~nter, Police and Court Facilities Scope Recommend ations ----Fire Facilities --Sco pe Recomm end ations -Library Facilities --Scope Recommendations -Health Service Facilities Scope Recommendations Neighborhood Centers School Facilities Scope Recommendations - - - - - ----- - - Cultural/Fine Arts Amenities Scope Recommendations 97 97 98 98 98 98 99 99 99 100 100 102 103 103 103 108 109 109 109 122 ~_!ilities Co~p~nen~ 125 Wate.!:__Utility Element 126 Scope 127 Recomm endations -------128 Storm Drainage Element 128 Scope 129 Recommend ations 130 Wastewater Treatment Element 130 Scope 132 Recommendations -------------------------132 Semi-Public Utilities 134 Utilities Glossary 142 Special Areas of Concern ---------------------------145 Population and Employment Profile 149 Citizen Involvement 152 Historic Preservation Statement ------------------------153 Environment aI Consideration Statement ------------------------------156 Energy Consideration Statement 157 Equal Opportunity Statement ---"-----------------157 Needs of Handicapped Residents ---------------164 Tech n i ca I Studies Bibliography - �Guide to Tables vi Comprehensive Plan Table Subject Page 1 Comparison: Current Zoning and Land Use to Proposed Land Use 65 2 Comparison: Current and Future Residential Land Use 65 3 Comparison: Future Population to Potential Housing Units 66 4 Median Annual Income for Families 67 5 Comparison of National Standards to Kalamazoo's Commercial Land Use 68 6 Suggested Alternatives: Commercial 69 7 Summary of Annual Fiscal Impact Results for Redevelopment Alternative A 70 --------------- 70 Summary of Fiscal Impact Results for Redevelopment Alternative B ---------------------------------70 9 Summary: Annual Fiscal Impact Results New Growth Area -Alternative A 8 Summary: Annual Fiscal Impact Results New Growth Area -Alternative B 11 118 Kalamazoo Area School Enrollment Trends ----- ----- --------118 1976 Enrollment by Public School Type 12 13 • 70 10 14 15 16 17 18 19 Projected Kalamazoo Area School Enrollment Trends 118 ------Elementary School Inventory 119 Junior High School and High School Inventory --Kalamazoo County Population Projections 120 161 1976 Vacant Acreage to be Developed Residentially 161 ------162 Net Change in Dwelling Units: Based on Density Measures - ----Population and Employment Growth Rates in 162 Kalamazoo County �Guide to Figures vii City of Kalamazoo Figure 1 Subject Page Proposed Land Use 49 2 Census Tracts 50 3 Housing Deficiencies - - ---------- 51 ----------------4 --- Area Retail Centers 52 5 Potential Sites for Commercial Development within the CBD 53 6 Existing Housing in the CBD 54 7 Amenities in the CBD 55 8 Proposed Residential Development Areas within the CBD 56 9 New Reutilized, and Abandoned Industrial Sites 57 Areas Targeted for Industrial Redevelopment 58 11 Entryway Greenspace Corridors 59 12 Recreational Trails 60 13 100-Year Floodplain 61 14 Possible Redevelopment Areas Tested for Cost-Revenue Consequences 62 15 Possi bIe Residential Development Area Tested for Cost-Revenue Consequences 63 63 16 Arter i aI Designation 89 Proposed Traffic Flow: CBD 90 Phase I Short-Range Rail Solutions 91 Existing Route Structure and ¼ Mile Service Area 92 10 ---- ----~-- ------ ---- ---------------- 17 --------- ------------------- ---~------ 18 19 ------- 20 Fire Stations and Travel Distances 21 Library Facilities 111 -----------112 Health Care Facilities 113 23 Kalamazoo Public School District 114 24 School locations 115 25 Institutions of Higher Education 116 26 Growth of the Service Area 136 27 Projected Service Districts 137 28 CBD Water Main Upgrading 138 29 Proposed Channel Work 139 30 Wastewater Planning Area 140 31 Census Tracts 159 22 --- �Introduction viii Comprehensive Plan Section six of Michigan Public Act 285 (1931) charges the Planning Commission with legal responsibility to "make and adopt a master plan for the physical development of the municipality." This introduction briefly explains the characteristics, purposes, and goals of contemporary planning, and the particular goals of Kalmazoo's Comprehensive Plan. The Purpose and Functions of Planning Section seven of the same state law describes the general purpose of the plan as guiding a coordinated, adjusted, and harmonious development of the municipality and its environs which will, in accordance with present and future needs, best promote health, safety, morals, order, convenience, prosperity, and general welfare, as well as efficiency and economy in the process of development. The purpose of this plan is to protect the health, safety, and well being of community residents through the promotion of a harmonious and efficient pattern of urban growth and development. Preserving and enhancing the quality of the urban living environment requires using imagination in planning what the city could be. An effective plan will preserve and expand the city's assets in order to make the city more beautiful, peaceful, exciting, and innovative as a place to live. • The quality of the urban environment depends upon many things: cleanliness of air and water, beauty and function of aspects of the urban landscape (buildings, streets, parks, and open spaces}, and diversity of life styles enjoyed by the residents. Historical, cultural, educational, and recreational assets are all considered within the Comprehensive Plan. Fundamental to the successful preservation of these desirable assets is the city's economic base, dependent upon energy and utility resources and the transportation network. Housing supply is a critical element in any consideration of urban living environments. Planning, therefore, must be realistic about needs and about the potential for meeting those needs; it must develop practical guides to action, it must be comprehensive; it must provide flexibility; and, most important, it must serve rather than dominate the many varieties of human needs and activities. All human activities are linked to one another in some fashion, and a change in one activity pattern affects other human activities. A truly comprehensive plan, then, not only accounts for a wide range of human activities, but also recognizes how activities are linked. �Introduction ix City of Kalamazoo ------ - -- ---------- The recognition that human activities are linked, however, cautions that limits must be placed on the comprehensiveness of planning. While public planning ensures that the lives of citizens will be enhanced, their rights and privacy must be preserved. This plan will enable Kalamazoo's residents to make rationally guided improvements in the city's environment which enhance their ability to conduct their own private affairs successfully and in harmony with one another. The plan must be flexible not only because human activities are constantly changing, but also because human behavior is unpredictable. A rigid document having no provision for amendment becomes quickly obsolete. Yet, a plan that lends stability and continuity to the city's development is essential. This plan permits adaption to the changing forces of human activity while ensuring that the impact of change is beneficial to the community. The Planning Commission recommends, within the plan, a five-year update to ensure adaptation to change. State Act 285 and City Ordinance 340 allow the Planning Commission to amend or adopt portions of the Comprehensive Plan. The public is provided with opportunity to participate in the amendment procedure through a required public hearing. The Planning Commission is also charged with preparing, each year, a capital improvement program that projects needed public improvements six years into the future. The legal amendment procedures of the plan lend stability and continuity to Kalamazoo's development. Although this plan is meant to be a general guide to future development, no serious deviations from it may be undertaken without the approval of at least six of the nine members of the Planning Commission. Major land use changes, for example, must be considered according to the degree of conformance to the Comprehensive Plan. If the land use change results in amending the provisions of the plan, a two-thirds vote of the Planning Commission is needed to honor the request. By city ordinance, the City Commission retains final authority for approving the plan before it goes into effect. State law grants the City Commission authority to overrule any recommendation (including amendments) of the Planning Commission. Both actions require a two-thirds vote of the City Commission. Planning is oriented toward developing goals, cataloging needs, and proposing courses of action in order to approach the future with a clearer idea of what lies ahead. Planning must constantly monitor the patterns of urban activity and prepare for the impact of change on the lives of urban dwellers. Because Kalamazoo will continue to grow and develop, planning will help guide the change for the well being of all the community's residents. ���Goals and Strategies 3 City of Kalamazoo The overall goal of this Comprehensive Plan is to improve the quality of living for every Kalamazoo resident. To achieve this primary goal, the Planning Commission has defined eight fundamental planning goals and potential strategies for attaining them. Fundamental Goals 1 To Improve the Residential Environment by eliminating substandard housing; stabilizing residential neighborhoods through effective land development controls; increasing the variety of housing choice; expanding recreation and open space areas; providing design standards to ensure compatible land uses within residential areas; prescribing reasonable densities required for prevention of overcrowding; ensuring reasonable traffic volumes on residential streets; encouraging development of new residential areas which provide for land-use mixtures on a planned basis; and encouraging a proper mixture of compatible land uses required to produce an interesting and functional residential living environment. 2 To Strengthen and Diversity the Economy by renewing and expanding industrial areas; improving transportation facilities, strengthening the central business district; establishing and encouraging outlying shopping areas to serve neighborhood needs; supporting expansion needs of institutions for higher learning, research and medical care; providing incentives for industrial and commercial location and expansion within the City of Kalamazoo; and implementing and accelerating, through educational and special training programs, the development of resources to assure an adequate work force for industry, business, commerce and the professions. 3 To Strengthen and Enhance the Environmental Quality by identifying areas of unique environmental value and preserving them in their natural state; preventing use of the flood plain for intensive urban development; placing reasonable controls on the use of signs, promoting visual responsibility through design ordinances and cooperative programs with business and industry; making greater public use of the Kalamazoo River and Portage Creek; and providing open space in all areas to serve as urban breathing spaces. 4 To Enlarge Human Opportunities by increasing employment opportunities and ensuring equal opportunity; improving public services; supporting freedom and equality of housing choice throughout the city; and increasing the variety of housing choice within residential neighborhoods. 5 To Develop Safe and Efficient Transportation Systems by improving air and rail services for the region; continuing promotion of a multi-modal transportation center in the central business district; encouraging the compatibility of air and rail service with other land uses; alleviating rail/highway conflicts; �Goals and Strategies 4 Comprehensive Plan promoting rescheduling of local train and auto traffic to reduce peak hour traffic loads; providing public mass transit systems; implementing park-and-ride, car pool and incentive-parking programs; encouraging the separation of high-speed through and local traffic; improving the operational characteristics of arterials; discouraging through traffic within neighborhoods; and protecting the community against dominance by auto-related land uses. 6 To Develop, Maintain, and Plan for Adequate Community Facilities by encouraging the development of adequate energy sources for present and future needs at the lowest possible cost; providing efficient utility systems which fulfill present and future developmental needs; developing a fire protection system that meets response-time requirements with ease; encouraging the establishment of a cooperative emergency service system; providing for the present and future space needs of the city's police and district court operations and administrative offices; maintaining and improving citywide public health services and facilities; providing recreational facilities both on a neighborhood and on a community-wide basis; promoting the multiple use of educational facilities for all age groups; and encouraging an adequate library system to meet the needs of all segments of the population. 7 To Meet Areawide Planning Needs by cooperating on issues of mutual concern, especially in the areas of residential, commercial, and industrial development to ensure the proper utilization of the region's resources. 8 To Ensure Efficient Use of Areawide Energy Resources by conserving energy through reduction of waste in private and public use; adjusting thermal-efficiency standards for new construction; encouraging innovative, energy-saving approaches to building design and construction; encouraging home winterization; incorporating rational land use and transportation elements into this plan that result in reducing energy waste; utilizing liquid and solid refuse-derived fuels for city facilities and/ or for sale to private users; and cooperating in a regional solid-waste recovery program. �Goal and Land Use ----------------■ 5 -- --------- City of Kalamazoo tiff �Goals and Strategies 6 Comprehensive Plan To ensure the safe, healthy, aesthetic, and efficient development of the city's physical, social, cultural, and economic systems through the promotion of harmonious land-use relationships. Residential Land Use Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques Protect, preserve, and improve the quality of the residential environment, ensuring the availability of land and the balanced and harmonious future of residential development. 1 Protect viable residential neighborhoods from the intrusion of adverse land use and intensity of use through: a correction of existing incompatible or potentially incompatible land uses by rezoning and other techniques, b amending the zoning ordinance to ensure reasonable neighborhood intensities, c encouraging harmonious new development. 2 Upgrade and improve residential neighborhoods showing signs of deterioration through: a rezoning where adverse land uses have affected the viability of the residential area, b rehabilitation of residential structures to protect the neighborhood environment, c capital expenditures on streets, curbs, gutters and sidewalks to enhance the residential environment. 3 Increase the amount of land available for residential purposes by: a abolishing substandard units, b reuse of excess commercially and industrially zoned land for residential purposes, c rezoning unneeded industrially zoned land for residential use, d rezoning suitable vacant land for residential purposes. Housing Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques Protect, preserve, and improve the quality and quantity of housing, ensuring availability and choice for area residents. Preserve the existing housing inventory and ensure its value by: 1 a providing continual neighborhood improvements to extend housing life, b encouraging housing maintenance for individual structures, c requiring reasonable housing densities, d strictly enforcing an equitable housing and building code. 2 Upgrade the deficient housing stock by: a rehabilitating and/ or redeveloping blighted or declining housing, b requiring occupancy permits for rental units, c strictly enforcing housing and building code requirements. �Goals for Land Use 7 City of Kalamazoo 3 Increase the supply and broaden the choices of the city's housing through: a effective use of funding mechanisms designed to stimulate private construction, b adoption of policies to aid in reduction of home construction costs, c encouraging new and innovative forms of residential development, d allowing some mixed-use development (re idential with limited commercial/office) in residential areas adjacent to existing commercial centers or along major arterial streets. 4 Widening housing oppo'rtunities for low-income households by: a encouraging formation of an areawide low-income housing program, b ensuring the construction of housing for low-income families in dispersed locations, citywide, c encouraging adoption of federal or other rent subsidy programs for those in need. Commercial Land Use Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To provide for the commercial needs of area residents through the planned development and redevelopment of varied and convenient shopping areas. 1 Better utilization of commercially zoned land by: a limiting commercial expansion to designated commercial centers or within multi-use developments as future demands dictate, b encouraging planned unified development of neighborhood, community and regional shopping areas, c designating nonviable commercial uses with little potential for rehabilitation as a noncompatible land use, d permitting existing viable neighborhood or community-oriented individual commercial uses as an allowable noncompatible land use, e establishing a new wholesale and warehouse district, meeting the locational need to be close to commercial centers. 2 Preservation and strengthening of existing commercial centers by: a encouraging variety and intensity of activities in commercial areas so they properly relate to the neighborhood and/or community, b limiting commercial centers to convenience shopping, c developing design standards and criteria insuring compatibility with surrounding land uses, d aiding the private sector to develop and enhance commercial centers, incorporating such features as: i) common parking areas and circulation designs, ii) landscaping for visual appearance and buffering effects, iii) sign design to fulfill a function without creating unnecessary visual blight, �Proposed historic commercial district, Michigan Avenue �Goals for Land Use 10 Comprehensive Plan iv) architectural design qualities which blend in and complement the surrounding land uses, v) restricted curb-cuts and traffic access lanes. 3 Encourage maintenance and growth of the Central Business District (CBD) by: a retaining and attracting central city functions such as professional and commercial offices in the CBD, b encouraging retail growth which will ensure that the CBD remains the commercial focal point of the city, c encouraging medium and high density residential development intheCBD, d retaining the city's administrative offices in the CBD, e maintaining and improving the design quality of the CBD f ensuring access from all parts of the city to the CBD especially the Mall and Bronson Park areas - by auto, metro, and area transportation. Industrial Land Use Goal Implementation Techniques Strategies and Potential Encourage maximum industrial development of the city in order to supply employment for its residents and improve Kalamazoo's tax base. 1 Better utilization of industrially zoned land by: a curtailing non-industrial development in industrial districts, b ensuring availability of all utilities, i.e., power, water and sewer in industrial districts, c improving and maintaining the industrial transportation system, i.e., rail, highway and air service. 2 Preservation and augmentation of the existing industrial areas by: a developing design standards and criteria that ensure compatibility with surrounding land uses, b implementing programs for redeveloping abandoned and deteriorated industrial sites in properly located and well serviced areas, c aiding in the consolidation of industrial redevelopment sites by the vacation of streets and alleys to accommodate large industrial redevelopment, d encouraging industrial redevelopment through economic means available to the city, such as Act 198, Industrial Revenue Bonds, and all other ways possible. 3 Promote economic growth and increase Kalamazoo's industrial tax base by: a establishing city bonding for industrial development, b extending utilities to new areas through cooperation, c encouraging retraining programs to ensure an appropriately skilled labor supply, Open Space Goal To encourage proper expansion, growth, maintenance, and programs for the open space, parks, and recreation systems in Kalamazoo. �Goals for Land Use 11 City of Kalamazoo Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques 1 Encourage the wise use of land, water and human resources. 2 Preserve quality open space lands. 3 Carry out an extensive program of tree maintenance and planting. 4 Develop and expand river front areas for open space, parks and recreational activities. 5 Establish a trail and bike path system connecting major parks throughout the city. 6 Develop neighborhood parks and playgrounds in each neighborhood. 7 Establish written policies for the implementation of the park/school systems. 8 Improve maintenance of all area facilities. 9 Evaluate the total system and its subcomponents for effectiveness. 10 Identify environmentally unique areas. Flood Plain Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To ensure judicious utilization of the flood plain while minimizing potential flood damage. 1 Improve utilization of floodplain areas by: a Establishing effective floodplain management standards which protect new construction from future flooding, b Rezoning to limit floodplain users to purposes which do not unduly suffer from the action of floods, with such uses based upon performance standards in the flood fringe and flood way. 2 Assist existing uses in the floodplain by: a Publicizing and encouraging participation in the floodplain insurance program. 3 Encourage the enlargement of open space areas in the floodplain by: a Targeting high flood-hazard areas for open space uses, b Assisting in the redevelopment of these areas through the acquisition and demolition of deterioriating structures, c Capitalizing upon the aesthetic assets of the city's water bodies to obtain funding to acquire land and monitor open space areas. �Goals for Transportation 13 City of Kalamazoo Streets and Highways Goals Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To develop a safe and efficient multi-modal transportation system while preserving the integrity of the neighborhoods. To minimize the widening of existing streets within Kalamazoo, except where operational improvements require widening at intersections; and to limit the construction of new facilities to those that ensure a more efficient and balanced circulation system. 1 Improve the operational characteristics of artP.rials by: a implementing a detection system for timing traffic signals, b removing on-street parking, c limiting left hand turns, d contra-flow e relieving 90 degree turns, f improving connections to the Central Business District (CBD} and all areas of the city, g continuing to monitor data concerning traffic demand and to develop other implementation techniques. 2 Increase vehicle occupancy by: a implementing car and van pooling programs, b implementing incentive-parking programs, c distributing peak-hour traffic over a longer time frame by staggering work hours in major employment centers. 3 Reduce traffic deficiencies by: a increasing auto occupancy, b increasing bus ridership. 4 Discouraging through traffic within neighborhoods by: a working with each area to determine collector streets, b developing certain controls to channel locally generated traffic to the arterial network, c designating intra-city truck routes. 5 Provide adequate pathways for pedestrian traffic and ensure the rights of the pedestrian, particularly on major arterials such as West Michigan, West Main Street and Westnedge Avenue. Railroads Goal To continue and to improve rail service in Kalamazoo, and to coordinate it with other means of transportation. 1 Solve the rail/highway conflict within the CBD and other problem areas by: a coordinating track relocation and improving connections to reduce auto-rail conflicts and improve operations, b supporting operational projects intended to monitor local auto/rail traffic, c promoting the rescheduling of local train traffic to non-peak hours of auto traffic, �Goals for Transportation 14 Comprehensive Plan d seeking financial assistance from state and federal sources for the construction of rail improvements needed to alleviate rail/highway conflicts. 2 Promote the upgrading of rail trackage in Kalamazoo by: a remaining active in the evaluation process of essential/ non-essential track designations through: i) discouraging the abandonment of essential lines, ii) considering the purchase of abandoned rights-of-way, b coordinating an ongoing inventory system of all rail lines in the city including ownership, status and condition, c coordinating the preparation of a complete inventory of all rail-highway crossings, d coordinating an ongoing priority program for crossing upgrading with concurrence of the two railroads, e seeking financial assistance from state and federal sources to accomplish the upgradings. Metro Transit Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To expand the use and continue development of an attractive, comfortable and dependable mass transit system, which moves citizens to their desired destinations. 1 Provide better and expanded bus service by: a modifying existing routes where proven necessaryfor example: peripheral service, b implementing the limited demand/response service. 2 Improve the perception of Metro Transit as a transportation choice by: a surveying existing patronage and latent demand, b adjusting service to meet changing needs. 3 Continue to serve the elderly and handicapped with specially equipped vehicles. 4 Continue to investigate innovative means of mass transportation in Kalamazoo. Airport Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To provide air facilities and services that are safe, adequate, convenient, well regulated, and of an appropriate quality. 1 To provide noise abatement and safety measures in the interest of an improved airport environment. 2 To improve only as necessary the operational capabilities of the Kalamazoo Municipal Airport. 3 To decrease the adverse environmental effects perceived by the residential areas surrounding the Kalamazoo Municipal Airport. �Goals for Community Facilities 16 Comprehensive Plan To attain a satisfactory aesthetic and functional relationship between public facilities, transportation, and residential neighborhoods. Administrative Center Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To assure the accessibility of municipal offices to the people they serve, while meeting the space requirements demanded by increased administration. 1 Maintain the existing city administrative center by: a developing a detailed urban design plan of the area, b encouraging a complementary relationship with any additional municipal facility constructed in the vicinity of City Hall, c ensuring the availability of public transportation and parking in the area. 2 Accommodate the existing and future space needs of Kalamazoo's administrative center complex by: a expanding City Hall through the construction of a municipal office annex, b encouraging the continued modification of city office organization and efficiency. Police and Court Facilities Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques Fire Protection Facilities Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques Library Facilities Goal To accomplish the basic mission of providing efficient police and court service within the City of Kalamazoo. 1 Accommodate the serious space deficiencies of both police and court operations by: a expanding the existing building at its present site, b encouraging relocation of the District Court, c ensuring the availability of public transportation and parking in the area. To provide adequate fire protection to all areas of the city, with facilities, manpower, and equipment distributed according to need. 1 Develop a fire protection system which places every point of Kalamazoo within a response time roughly equivalent to a one-and-one-half-mile service radius by: a providing for the most appropriate and efficient locations for fire stations, b coordinating new site selections with the improvement plan for major streets, c encouraging area-wide fire service agreements between the city and adjacent townships. To develop a system of facilities located to encourage library use and to offer service to all age and interest groups. �Goals for Community Facilities 17 City of Kalamazoo Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques 1 Continue to improve the availability and accessibility of library facilities by: a relocating branches to serve existing needs better, b locating libraries in businss centers, c expanding branches in areas currently lacking service. 2 Accommodate the space deficiencies of the present central library by: a expanding the existing building at its present site, b encouraging the location of a parking structure within the immediate area. Health Service Facilities Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To assure that the entire spectrum of modern health services and facilities is readily available to all Kalamazoo citizens. 1 Maintain and improve citywide health facilities and services by: a encouraging a continuous dialogue between major providers of health services concerning area needs and potential programs, b continuing the availability of health services to all residents of Kalamazoo through proper location of potential clinic programs. 2 Minimize the adverse effects of expansion or new construction of medical facilities on the surrounding neighborhood by: a encouraging land-banking programs for future development, b recognizing hospitals as major traffic generators within the city's traffic circulation system, c providing adequate parking for both employees and visitors under carefully specified conditions such as: i) special set-back, ii) landscaping, iii) off-street parking, iv) screening requirements. School Facilities Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To meet the physical needs of the Kalamazoo educational system through a combination of programs, physical improvements, and administrative techniques. 1 Provide a basis for continued coordination of school programming and physical development. 2 Develop a system for multiple use of school buildings and recreation areas which meets educational needs and is flexible in use by: a coordinating site selection within a park-link system, b encouraging the continued evening and weekend use of schools, c combining indoor and outdoor recreation facilities for use by both park and school systems. �Goals for Community Facilities 18 Comprehensive Plan 3 Promote the reuse of abandoned school facilities for other appropriate uses such as neighborhood centers. 4 Provide advice and assistance to private schools seeking new locations or having expansion needs. 5 Continue the coordination of planning activities between the city, Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo College, and Nazareth College. Cultural/Fine Arts Amenities Goal Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques To encourage the retention and expansion of existing cultural/fine arts amenities in Kalamazoo. 1 Coordinate expansion of cultural amenities facilities to: a reduce negative conditions restricting facilities growth, b minimize potential traffic, parking and other neighborhood problems resulting from amenities growth. 2 Encourage reutilization of vacant school facilities to house fine arts amenities. �Goals for Water Management - - - - - - - - 19 City of Kalamazoo I I �Goals for Water Management 20 Comprehensive Plan To manage Kalamazoo's water resources and uses in order to ensure an adequate supply of quality water resources, proper use of those resources, and an environmentally safe distribution and disposal of those resources. Water Utility Goal Strategies and P,otential Implementation Techniques To encourage cooperative water resource management in the Kalamazoo Metropolitan Area, so that adequate and responsive service and high water quality is provided to the consuming public at the lowest reasonable cost. 1 Continue to provide a water supply and distribution system to serve adequately and responsively the existing and projected population by: a ensuring a highly efficient and effective management of the city's pumping operations. b maintaining the capability to provide adequate water flow through planned maintenance, renovation, and expansion of the city's pumping facilities, c maintaining operations through continuous collection of relevant data, and preparation of engineering, planning, and financial reports. 2 Maintain the purity and quality of Kalamazoo's water as set by federal or more stringent standards. 3 Safeguard our natural water resources from overuse and pollution by: a preserving the environment around our water supply through proper land use practices, b planning for and acquisition of water supply sites as needed preserves for the present and the future, c monitoring water quality data continuously and preparing annual reports for guidance and planning, d cooperating with recreational agencies to ensure that multiple uses of water resource areas are environmentally compatible. 4 Continuing coordination of water utility planning and management through cooperation with all Kalamazoo area governments and water agencies by: a developing mechanisms for cooperation in current water utility management activities, b developing mechanisms for planning for future area-wide water utility needs, c coordinating water utility, storm water drainage, and wastewater management and planning. Wastewater Treatment Goal To enhance public health and welfare through providing an adequate and environmentally safe method of wastewater collection and treatment in the Kalamazoo Metropolitan Area. �Goals for Water Management 21 City of Kalamazoo Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques 1 Provide environmentally safe sewage treatment through: a strict adherence to state and federal requirements regarding wastewater treatment, b continuous monitoring of the demand on the capacity of Kalamazoo's treatment facility, c enlarging the treatment facility to ensure adequate treatment on a predictable demand basis, d minimizing the potential for ground water contamination. 2 Ensure comprehensive and coordinated coverage of a logical service area within the metropolitan area by: a continuing to lead in the development of a consolidated area-wide collection and treatment system, b continuously monitoring area-wide growth and responding with extension of the service systems within guidelines established in Kalamazoo's Comprehensive Plan, c coordinating where possible the scheduling of wastewater, storm water, and street and road construction. 3 Assure the citizens of the City of Kalamazoo an equitable user-charge system by: a equalizing any new construction costs fairly throughout the service area, b ensuring that operation and maintenance costs are shared proportionately by all service recipients. Storm Water Drainage Goal To enhance public health and welfare by providing an environmentally sound method of channelling and retaining storm water to minimize flooding. Strategies and Potential Implementation Techniques 1 Provide storm sewers of sufficient size to handle runoff by: a constructing relief sewers where necessary, b requiring short duration on site storage in new construction, in accordance with state law. 2 Maintain and improve natural drainage courses by: a utilizing retention facilities to prevent siltation, b cleaning and rechannelling stream channels to allow for maximum flow and capacity. 3 Require the use of all storm water retention and recharge basins by: a purchasing and developing property needed for such use, b encouraging private developers to utilize temporary storage facilities before releasing runoff into the public storm-sewer system. �Goals for Water Management 22 Comprehensive Plan 4 Encourage land uses that reflect environmentally sound drainage needs by: a encouraging the use of streams, valleys and flood plains as park or natural areas, b encouraging significant open space, pervious surfaces, or other storm water disposal techniques in the development of apartment, commercial, and manufacturing complexes. 5 Provide mechanisms of cooperation and coordination in storm water drainage systems by: a cooperating with other area governments and agencies to control storm flows of those streams in the city whose tributary area is in part outside the city, b coordinating water utility and storm drain management to make better use of storm runoff as a water resource, c cooperating with other area governments and agencies to purify and treat storm water where necessary in accordance with state law. ���Land Use Component 27 City of Kalamazoo Introduction ll The Land Use Component of the Comprehensive Plan designates the amount and location of land to be used for future residential, commercial, industrial, and recreational purposes within the City of Kalamazoo (see Figure 1). The Plan, in depicting how, where, and to what degree future land development and/or redevelopment should occur, is a step toward the achievement of the community's fundamental planning goals, as adopted by the City Planning Commission. These goals include the improvement of Kalamazoo's residential environment, the strengthening and diversification of the local economy, the enhancement of the city's environmental quality, and the expansion of opportunities for area residents. The Land Use Component contributes to the realization of these goals by allocating land to meet the city's current and projected needs for particular land uses, by arranging land in an efficient and rational manner and by minimizing the intermixture of land uses which might have adverse effects upon one another or upon the community as a whole. The plan stresses the importance of protecting the integrity of Kalamazoo's viable residential neighborhoods. The Land Use Component of the Comprehensive Plan consists of four separate elements or plans: residential, commercial, industrial, and recreational. A series of technical reports have been prepared in conjunction with the development of each of the plans. These reports analyze in great detail the city's current land use in relation to area-wide socio-economic trends as a means of isolating community needs and/or problems with respect to land use. Using the analyses in the reports, alternative solutions have been formulated to remedy community problems and recommended strategies have been developed to meet community needs. Many of the recommended strategies and alternative solutions are discussed in the following summary of the Land Use Component. (Table 1 compares current land use to the proposed land use plan.) Residential Element Based on an extensive statistical analysis of current neighborhood conditions and a series of neighborhood meetings conducted to gather citizen input, the Planning Commission adopted policy positions concerning future neighborhood development and/ or redevelopment. On the basis of the neighborhood policy positions, the Residential Element of the Land Use Component was formulated. The major purpose of this element is to allocate currently vacant land for future residential use and to recommend changes, if necessary, in previously developed residential and nonresidential areas. Scope The Residential Element of the Land Use Component designates not only the amount and location of land intended for residential use, but also its probable density and intensity of use. Density is defined as the number of residential units per acre of land; intensity of use, on the other hand, reflects the physical character �28 Land Use Component Comprehensive Plan of the residential development. A density classification of low, medium, and high was used in the residential land-use planning process: 1-4 dwelling units per acre (du/a) is low; 5-10 du/a is medium; and 11 du/ a or more is considered high. Table 2 compares the current residential land use to the proposed residential land use plan. The results indicate that the proposed plan would expand the amount of residential land by some 1,369.53 acres. Most of the land increase would be targeted for low-intensity development, permitting multi-use construction within the required 1-4 du/ a. This would allow the city to accommodate 5,000 more residential structures than existed in 1975 (see Table 3). Given this data, the city's ability to hold additional housing units or, more technically, its residential "holding capacity" was found to have an upper limit of 33-34,000 housing units. Comparing the holding capacity to the projected Kalamazoo population, it is apparent that the proposed residential land use will accommodate potential growth through 1990. To ensure that all those who wish to live within the Kalamazoo area are able to find adequate space for their housing needs, the city plan promotes the adoption of a Regional Housing Policy by all local governments within the planning area of the Southcentral Michigan Planning Council. Such a policy, if adopted, would speak to the issue of a more equitable distribution of housing opportunities throughout Kalamazoo's metropolitan area. -Neighborhood Analysis -- ---- The Residential Element documents the analysis of the city's current residential zoning and land use patterns. This analysis was conducted as a means of isolating current problems of incompatible land uses and excessive residential densities. In reviewing statistical descriptions of current neighborhood conditions, it was found that portions of the Northside, Edison, Central City, and Eastside neighborhoods contain deteriorated housing. A mixture of residential, commercial, and industrial land uses has prevented these areas from remaining viable residential neighborhoods. Their proximity to the Central Business District and established industrial zones demands that portions of these neighborhoods be redeveloped and used for more productive commercial or industrial purposes. Other portions of these neighborhoods are suitable for residential use, but require extensive residential rehabilitation and, to some degree, redevelopment. To safeguard potential private/public investment, many residential areas within these neighborhoods must be rezoned from their current industrial designation to recognize their residential character. The residential land use analysis revealed further that many of the older inner-city neighborhoods, among which Vine is a prime example, suffer from problems caused by excessive residential densities. In these areas, most of the street network includes �Land Use Component 29 City of Kalamazoo ------ extensive patterns of narrow places and courts where singlefamily structures were developed with minimal yards. A high degree of conversion to multiple units has also occurred in the core area, causing greater transiency and serious incidents of deterioration. These factors, coupled with more cars, have placed an extraordinary strain on the inner city's residential environment. While Kalamazoo is a residentially-mature city, there are still some 1,754 acres of currently vacant land available for new-homes construction. Recent trends have shifted housing preferences from single-family dwellings to more economical multipledwelling units. This trend encourages land owners, especially those along major thoroughfares, to develop their properties for multiple-family use. Although many single-family neighborhoods have felt the growing presence of new apartment construction, the trend has been of particular importance in high demand areas like those adjacent to Western Michigan University. Constructing apartment complexes in close proximity or within well established single-family neighborhoods can often adversely affect the character, value, and viability of such neighborhoods when good design standards are not followed. Recommendations It is the intent of the plan not to significantly change existing area densities except where specifically designated for increases due to new redevelopment. In developing areas the plan proposes to protect surrounding or adjacent single-family neighborhoods from the intrusion of large scale multiple dwelling development. In both instances a simple density designation would not fully represent the proposed action inherent within the Comprehensive Plan. The intensity designation for residential areas within the Comprehensive Plan represents a relationship between existing and/or proposed density, the characteristics of a given site and its location in the anticipated community land-use pattern. Intensity takes into consideration the relationship between any given proposed development and the structural mass (building bulk} and open space of surrounding or adjacent developed property, as well as the Planning Commission's stated goals for an individual neighborhood. The proposed Residential Element of the Land Use Component recommends that the amount of municipal land devoted to residential use be expanded from its current 38.8 percent to 47.0 percent once the plan is fully implemented. Most expansion will result from the residential development of the vacant land, noted above. A majority of all currently vacant land is located in residential areas which are predominately single family in character. Residents of these areas have expressed their concern at public meetings and through other channels of communication that the character of their neighborhoods may be impaired if �I Land Use Component 30 Comprehensive Plan apartment complexes and other similar high intensity residential uses continue to be constructed within their boundaries. Because market trends indicate that multiple dwelling units will continue to be in high demand in coming years, their development cannot and should not be limited. To minimize their impact on existing single-family neighborhoods, the plan encourages the development of residential areas which provide land use mixtures on a planned basis. This allows construction of a full range of activities and housing types within single-family neighborhoods (including mid-rise apartments of three to six stories), but reduces the possible deleterious effects by ensuring low overall residential intensity. To assist the city in improving the quality of life within its existing residential neighborhoods, the plan recommends utilization of a number of implementation techniques. Foremost among such strategies are those that stimulate neighborhood preservation, stabilization, rehabilitation, and/ or redevelopment. Neighborhood deterioration results from the interaction of numerous complex socio-economic variables. The Housing Element, which is summarized in the following discussion, analyzed Kalamazoo's housing market in terms of local supply and demand. Certain attributes of each were found to be responsible for causing, at least in part, the deterioration of many older, inner-city neighborhoods. Strategies include the rezoning of land where incompatible land uses currently exist, and amending the city's zoning ordinance to ensure reasonable neighborhood densities. Housing Element In 1949, Congress declared that every American family should have a "decent home." Since then, numerous federal programs have been designed and implemented to meet this elusive goal. This element of the Comprehensive Plan was written in compliance with current federal requirements to evaluate the condition of Kalamazoo's existing housing stock, to analyze the current and projected housing needs of area residents, and to establish policy in light of community goals for the preservation, renewal, and expansion of the existing housing supply. The intent of this study is to promote the betterment of Kalamazoo's residential environment through the reduction or elimination of identified problems and the adoption of realistic planning policies to guide the responsible development of future residential areas. Scope To determine whether Kalamazoo's housing supply is currently meeting the needs of area residents and to determine the likelihood of its meeting community needs in the future, an analysis of housing supply-and-demand characteristics was performed. Included in the analysis were supply statistics descriptive of present housing quantity, quality, type, age, density, value, cost, occupancy, and tenure. These statistics, �Land Use Component 31 City of Kalamazoo which were presented on a census-tract basis, were related to the socio-economic characteristics of area residents (see Figure 2 for a map of census tract boundaries). The findings from this analysis suggest that the city suffers from three distinct but interrelated problems. The first stems from the fact that area developers are unable to construct low-cost housing profitably within the City of Kalamazoo. In recent years, newly constructed single-family homes have been typically constructed for sale in a median price range of $35-40,000, while the median rent in large, privately-built apartment complexes ranges from $192 to $294. Household income statistics suggest that while Kalamazoo's relatively affluent families can afford such costs, many others are simply priced out of the new housing market. The second problem, the concentration of low-income and minority groups within the city's older inner-city neighborhoods, results in part from the first. Because competitively-priced homes are difficult to locate in Kalamazoo's newer residential areas, many low-income families are forced to buy or rent homes in the city's older, less expensive neighborhoods, particularly those adjacent to the Central Business District (see Table 4 for the distribution of median income by census tract). Stuart, Douglas, Central City, and the Northside neighborhoods have become less attractive in terms of home ownership since 1960 and, as a result, have experienced an increase in the number of neighborhood rental units. Large single-family homes have, in addition, been converted to accommodate high student demand for rental properties within these areas. These conversions have caused problems of excessive residential densities, increased traffic, front-yard parking, inordinate amounts of trash, and a noticeable lack of home maintenance. The physical deterioration of Kalamazoo's current housing supply is considered the city's third major housing problem (see Figure 3). While 4.2 percent of all housing units within the city were declared deficient to some degree in 1975, parts of the Northside, Central City, Edison, and Vine neighborhoods had, in the same year, housing deficiencies in excess of 10 percent. While age and, in some instances, soil construction are factors responsible for physical deterioration in many of the city's older neighborhoods, such deterioration has been accelerated by the financial inability of home owners to provide or renters to induce the provision of proper home maintenance. The Housing Element of the Comprehensive Plan also includes a discussion of the results of 19 neighborhood meetings conducted earlier this year. Citizens at these meetings, in describing current neighborhood conditions, reinforced the findings of the statistical analysis performed in isolating the stated problems. Physical �- a Land Use Component 32 Comprehensive Plan deterioration, tenant abuse, landlord neglect, the conversion of single-family homes, and the problems related to excessive residential densities were cited most frequently by residents of inner-city neighborhoods as being prime detriments to the quality of life within these areas. Citizen complaints from many of the city's newer outlying neighborhoods emphasized the lack of capital improvements like sidewalks, street lighting, and curbs/gutters rather than the quality or condition of housing within their neighborhoods. Recommendations It is recommended that Kalamazoo approach the solution to the city's current housing problems in three ways. First, the city must adopt and utilize techniques which will promote the preservation of currently sound residential areas and encourage the rehabilitation of those displaying signs of physical deterioration. The Community Development Department has recently completed a comprehensive study of the city's code-enforcement program. Improved procedures should permit the employment of a new and intensive code-enforcement program as a primary means of attaining neighborhood preservation, stabilization, and rehabilitation. This approach, by requiring individual homeowners and landlords to maintain their properties to specified standards, should improve the quality of Kalamazoo's residential environment but, at the same time, require the city to expend few public funds. A loans-and-grants program m1;1st, however, be coupled with an approach to reduce the cost burden for low-income families. Without such a program, many families will simply be unable to afford the repairs necessary to bring their homes up to the standards specified within the city's building code. Such a program must be a cooperative effort between the public and private sectors. A second strategy recommends the expansion of the city's total housing supply. Kalamazoo can achieve an expansion of its housing supply through the vigorous use and promotion of federal programs and agreements with financial institutions intended for this purpose, and the development of a cooperative agreement between the city and the private housing industry. By encouraging an increase in the number of available housing units, the city would ensure greater opportunity for all citizens to locate in units of preferred quality, cost, type, and style. An abundance of available housing units would, in addition, permit the removal of substandard units, encourage more competitive pricing practices within the market, and promote an overall upgrading of the city's housing stock. A third recommended public strategy suggests the expanded use of federally-funded rent subsidy programs. By providing rent subsidies to low-income residents, the city would encourage landlords to improve the quality of their rental properties as they �Land Use Component 33 City of Kalamazoo -----------------compete for the expanded resources of low-income families. This should not only induce the rehabilitation of deteriorated rental units and promote continued maintenance, but should also permit low-income families to choose more freely the location of their homes. Commercial Element In the last several decades, the number and nature of commercial establishments within Kalamazoo has increased and changed dramatically. The most significant change in commercial development has been the growth of three regional shopping centers outside the city's corporate limits. The emergence of these regional centers, in raising the level of competition for the consumer dollar, has adversely affected many of Kalamazoo's older and perhaps less efficient commercial areas. The Commercial Element of the Land Use Component analyzes Kalamazoo's numerous commercial districts in order to assess their present viability and to determine their probable future need. The major purpose of this element is to target land for future commercial activity and to recommend policies to guide and strengthen Kalamazoo's broad commercial base. Scope To determine Kalamazoo's present and future commercial needs, an analysis was made of present commercially zoned land, current commercial land use, the absorption of land into commercial use, and business turnover and vacancy rates. Kalamazoo has twenty-eight major/minor shopping areas excluding the Central Business District (CBD). The following is a discussion of these areas. A summary of the CBD analysis is presented separately. A comparison of Kalamazoo's commercial land use distribution with national standards revealed that, for a city of its size, Kalamazoo has much more land zoned for commercial purposes than is thought necessary by good design practice. Over 70% of the 441 acres currently in commercial use are located in unplanned commercial areas, a majority of which are classified as strip-commercial developments. Despite an overabundance of land zoned for commercial purposes, Kalamazoo's need for neighborhood shopping centers has not been met. (see Table 5). Large amounts of unplanned commercial land use causes inefficiencies and problems such as increased traffic and traffic accidents, unnecessary air and noise pollution, and a wasteful use of valuable energy and land resources. While absorption rates indicate that much of the city's commercially zoned land could be absorbed into commercial usage over the next twenty years, business turnover and vacancy rates suggest that many existing commercial areas are already unstable and in need of revitalization. Allowing commercial activity to increase without renewing or redesigning older commercial areas will serve only to reinforce growing commercial decay. �I - Land Use Component 34 Comprehensive Plan An important part of the Commercial Element included an analysis of the city's twenty-eight major/minor shopping areas to permit the isolation of problems specific to each. In reviewing the full range of existing problems, it was found that five techniques, used either alone or in combination, may prove to be effective in ameliorating, if not solving, problems currently found or anticipated in commercial areas. These techniques and their definitions are as follows: 1 Zoning Reassessment/where existing commercial zones are not being used 2 Consolidation/where stable commercial areas should have easier access and better service 3 Aesthetic Planning/where use of green spaces would enhance commercial areas 4 Improvement of auto/ pedestrian traffic/where access for cars and pedestrians is improved 5 Preservation/where the area in question needs little or no change Figure 4 displays the location of the twenty-eight areas analyzed, while Table 6 indicates the alternate techniques suggested for use in each. Recommendations It is recommended that the amount of land zoned for commercial use be reduced in accordance with current/projected community and neighborhood needs. Future commercial expansion should be permitted to occur only in those areas proved viable or targeted within the Comprehensive Plan, and the Central Business District should be maintained as the principal commercial center in Kalamazoo. Commercial land uses which have been found to be of marginal value and which shows little potential for rehabilitation should be designated as non compatible land uses and ultimately removed. Unplanned commercial sites which are scattered throughout neighborhoods should be allowed to remain only if they provide substantial service to neighborhood or community shoppers. It is recommended that such unplanned but viable commercial areas be used as a basis for future commercial development within an area and that such areas be redeveloped to meet the standard definition of neighborhood or community shopping areas. Many problems between existing commercial development and surrounding residential areas stem from poor site-planning and/ or design. The adoption of workable design standards and criteria to ensure the proper development of future commercial sites and the potential redevelopment of existing areas is recommended. In redevelopment of existing areas, private �Land Use Component 35 City of Kalamazoo individuals will be encouraged to enhance the beauty and use of their commercial properties by incorporating such features as common parking areas, improved circulation patterns, and landscaping, including signs, utility lines, and service areas, to buffer adjacent areas from possible adverse effects. In order to incorporate necessary flexibility within the plan and to meet community needs, it is also recommended that commercial development be allowed within multi-use developments in areas located on major arterials or adjacent to existi g stable commercial centers. The plan views the City Market as an asset to Kalamazoo and recommends that such a facility be maintained. Central Business District Before World War II, Kalamazoo's Central Business District (CBD) served as the sole regional shopping center for the metropolitan area. In the last decade, however, three additional regional shopping centers have emerged: Maple Hill, West Main, and Southland. These enclosed malls, which are outside the city's corporate limits, have significantly raised the level of competition for the consumer dollar. Kalamazoo's downtown mall has, in recent years, lost its place as the number one retail area. The Maple Hill and West Main Malls, according to the 1972 Census of Business, had the highest sales volume of any commercial district in the metropolitan area. A consumer market survey has shown further that the Maple Hill and West Main Malls are preferred by nearly one-half of all shoppers within the City of Kalamazoo. Despite this shift in area-wide shopping preferences, Kalamazoo's Central Business District continues to play a crucial role in the city's economic life. The following statistics suggest its importance. While the CBD accounts for only 1.1 % of the city's total land area, it generates 6.4% of the total tax revenue for the city and the school system. It also generates no less than 10% of Kalamazoo's sales revenue and perhaps up to 25% of its total yearly receipts (approximately $154.1 million in 1972, according to the Upjohn Institute). Currently a fourth regional shopping center is being planned south of Southland Mall in Portage. The development of another commercial center within Kalamazoo's market area will undoubtedly impact both the existing enclosed regional malls and the CBD. When this fact is coupled with area market and population projections, the possibility of the Central Business District's maintaining its current sales levels seems remote unless steps are taken to bolster its market position. Scope It is vital to Kalamazoo's local economy that the CBD remain healthy. The development of new commercial areas within the CBD may prove to be the greatest stimulus for continued economic growth and viability in the Kalamazoo area. Figure 5 indicates that portion of the CBD which has been suggested as a potential area for new commercial development and/ or �I - a Land Use Component Comprehensive Plan redevelopment. Analyses showed several other existing factors which could potentially influence the direction of growth within the CBD. These include specifically housing, parking and the rail/highway conflict. Housing The construction of quality residential units within the CBD could help not only to stabilize existing fringe residential areas, but could also provide an excellent clientele for downtown merchants. Currently, as the following statistics indicate, residential uses make up only 2.5% of the total uses in the CBD. This figure would be considerably less if the fringe CBD blocks on the western and southern edge of the Central Business District were to be excluded. Square Footage by Use in CBD CBD Square Footage Net Retail* 1,470,119 18.8% Net Service* 584,238 7.5% Net Office* 660,812 8.4% Manufacturing 287,982 3.7% Vacant Space 240,178 3.1% Storage 959,027 12.2% Public 446,418 5.7% Residential -------Parking 192,400 2.5% 1,002,149 12.8% 619,000 7.8% 1,076,288 13.7% 298,059 3.8% ----- Bronson Hospital ----- ----Upjohn Co. Vacant Lots Total 7,836,670 sq. ft. % ofTotal 100.0% * Less area devoted to storage or vacant space. As part of the study to determine the potential for new CBD housing, the Community Development Department analyzed the existing condition, location, and types of residential structures within the CBD. The analysis revealed the existence of four major categories of housing types. (See Figure 6 for their location) 1 Single-family and conversions ( converted from single-family homes to two or more) 2 Older multiples (3 or more units) 3 Older hotels (institutional and group quarters) 4 Modern hotel-motels. 36 �Land Use Component 37 City of Kalamazoo - - -- - - - - Generally, it was found that the structure and/or site conditions of all housing within the CBD is in need of major improvements both to bring it up to code and to provide residents with a quality residential environment. A consumer market survey conducted by the Community Development Department revealed that certain socio-economic groups would be interested in locating their homes within the CBD if quality housing units were available. Many of those interested work in the downtown area. By socio-economic group, those who fall into the professional/managerial level and those who are in the retired and low-income classification make up the bulk of those who would consider living downtown. In terms of structural type, new townhouse developments were stated most frequently as preferred by upper and middle-income groups. Among potential low-income CBD dwellers, apartment living was the preferred choice. Through conversations with people interested in downtown housing, it became clear that many of these people see Kalamazoo's Central Business District as offering many civic and cultural advantages. Indeed, the CBD has an excellent concentration and variety of very desirable amenities that are not available in other residential areas of the city. Social and cultural institutions, such as churches, library, museum, and art center with their varied activities and displays are easily accessible. Entertainment and recreational activities exist in the form of theaters, night clubs, restaurants, convention centers and movie theaters. Public parks and tree-lined streets exist for passive activities. Health facilities, police and fire protection are provided within blocks of any area of the CBD. Shops providing items for any need are located along the Kalamazoo Mall or the CBD's many commercial streets. (See Figure 7) Parking While the construction of additional housing within the CBD may bolster the economic expansion of Kalamazoo's downtown area, the lack of sufficient parking may act to inhibit such growth. Because Kalamazoo's main retail competition, the enclosed regional malls, provide free parking, it is imperative that sufficient parking spaces be made available within the CBD. The cost of such spaces may discourage a few potential shoppers from the onset, but their inability to find convenient parking spaces on a regular basis may, in the long run, be much more damaging. A lack of some 965 parking spaces within the South Mall area already exists while a lack of 177 spaces potentially exists in the North Mall area, as soon as the Kalamazoo Center and other North Mall structures become fully occupied. Future needs tor additional parking within the Mall area could also be affected by such potential developments as a new County Building, expansion of businesses on the Mall or a large scale project constructed on one of the several city-owned lots. Consideration should be given to �Land Use Component 38 Comprehensive Plan the construction of other parking ramps so as to provide needed parking spaces without using large areas of prime space within theCBD. ------- Rail/Highway Conflict Another factor which may influence the economic growth of the CBD is a problem known as the rail/highway conflict, most visible when trains block intersections. The ConRail main classification yard is located immediately east of Kalamazoo's downtown area. Local movements are arranged in accordance with the production schedules of local industry. Since these schedules fluctuate, movements can occur during peak hour auto traffic. The problem becomes intensified as a result of two additional factors: 1) the tracks which are in poor condition are constructed with a curve which slows rail movements, and 2) backing movements are frequently necessary to get a train onto its destination track. A single train may block major arterial streets two and three times before leaving the city for its final destination. {Please refer to the Railroad summary in the Transportation Component for a more complete review of this problem.) Although Kalamazoo residents have lived with the rail/highway conflict for many years, the long term continued economic vitality of the city's CBD may, to some extent, depend upon its immediate solution. As competition for the consumer dollar increases, it becomes more important to provide a shopping environment which is free from both hassle and unnecessary delay in arrival and departure. Recommendation The plan recommends that the CBD be reinforced as the city's major commercial center. To this end, specific consideration has been given to commercial and residential development, parking and traffic circulation. In order to maintain the CB D's vitality it is recommended that increased commercial development be encouraged in a controlled form that allows for multiple uses such as retail, office, and residential functions. Any CBD residential development is viewed as desirable for it will supply an additional market for downtown merchants and stabilize the area's tax base. New housing in this area could replace deteriorating structures and create open space through the functional design of apartment buildings with proper site consideration. It is recommended that new housing should preserve existing residential scale, street trees, and limit nonresidential blight. The location of future housing in the Central Business District is recommended in five special areas as shown in Figure 8. The number of each area indicates priority with one, being the most desirable and five, the least. Housing development is recommended to be limited north of Michigan Avenue in the CBD because of nonresidential character of the area and lack of sufficient �Land Use Component 39 City of Kalamazoo ------- amenities. Area Vis seen as a housing rehabilitation or new midrise area. Area IV was selected because of its proximity to the Central Business District and the availability of a possible site where there are large expanses of surface parking lots. A large site could be developed to provide open space not currently provided. Housing types seen in this area are mid-rise with possible high-rise. Areas Ill and II are seen as mid-rise apartment developments to match the mid-rise character of surrounding buildings. The sites are located close to all amenities. Urban open space fringes the area with Bronson Park and the Kalamazoo Mall. These sites are currently vacant or used for parking and are located close to major downtown employers. With respect to parking, it is recommended that serious consideration be given to several strategies that would free spaces for retail customers in the CBD. It is recommended that the potential need for parking be met with the construction of parking structures in both the north and south mall areas. Because the city-owned lots take up such a large area in the CBD, it is recommended that some means for landscaping these areas be found to enhance the central environment of the CBD. Please refer to the Railroad summary within the Transportation Component for a comprehensive review of these recommendations. lfff l-- 1H 1 Industrial Element It is also recommended that traffic flow to the CBD from the south be improved through the operational improvements on Burdick. These improvements would be linked to the proposed circulation pattern within the CBD and the proposed parking structure on the South Mall. The industrial goal of the Comprehensive Plan is to encourage maximum industrial development in the city to supply employment for its residents. Proposed implementation techniques will ensure an improved industrial base without detrimental effects on the environment or the character of adjacent neighborhoods. Based on national land-use standards provided by urban design criteria and an analysis of current industrial land use and zoning within Kalamazoo, the city has an extensive amount of land zoned for industrial purposes. Two reasons account for such extensive industrial zoning: first, Kalamazoo zoned an inordinate amount of land along the river for the anticipated growth of the paper industry. Second, in the late 1950's, as industrially zoned land was annexed, no reassessment was made of Kalamazoo's industrial districts. In addition, considerable industrial development has occurred outside the city, due to lower land costs and increased use of private auto. �Land Use Component 40 Comprehensive Plan Scope While the city has 3,896 acres of industrially zoned land, only 862 acres are actually utilized for industrial purposes. The city's absorption of industrially zoned land into industrial use has been relatively low over the last five years. This and other trends suggest that industrial growth within Kalamazoo will continue to be slow in coming years and will, perhaps, never require the amount of land currently zoned for industrial purposes. Large portions of Kalamazoo's industrially zoned land are either vacant or being used for nonindustrial purposes. This situation is due primarily to the industrial zoning of residential areas near the river and the use of industrially zoned land for commercial development. To determine which industrial areas are most viable and which therefore, should be eligible for retention as industrial zones, an analysis was conducted in which the city was divided into four separate districts: A, B, C, and D. The boundaries of District A correspond to those of the Eastside neighborhood. District B includes the northern portions of the Central City and Edison neighborhoods and the eastern portion of the Northside neighborhood. District C includes the Milwood neighborhood in its entirety, the southern portion of the Edison neighborhood, and eastern portions of the Parkwood and South Westnedge neighborhoods. District D includes all of the Stuart and the western half of the Northside neighborhoods. Each district was compared in terms of the number of industrial building permits issued for the district in the last seven years, the dollar value of the permits and the ability of the districts to attract and retain industry. The latter test of viability was measured by subtracting the number of industries which ceased to function within the district from the number which relocated from outside the city into the district. Using the above stated criteria, it was found that districts A and Dare nonviable industrial-growth areas. Both these districts account for only 9.3 percent of the total number of industrial permits issued for the entire seven-year study period. The value of the developments within these districts, when compared to the values of districts B and C, was found to be insignificant. District A was unable to attract any new development during the study period with an assessment greater than $100,000, while District D lost two of the seventeen industries which have left Kalamazoo since 1950. It was discovered that several areas within or adjacent to District B require as well as merit industrial redevelopment (See Figure 10). Redevelopment advantages which are currently in effect within these areas include the availability of wastewater and rail facilities at all locations, recently improved streets in some locations, relatively close proximity to the Central Business �Land Use Component 41 City of Kalamazoo District, and many sound, multi-storied structures which, although currently in disrepair, could provide suitable quarters for many types of industries when properly rehabilitated. Potential advantages which could encourage redevelopment within these areas include improved north-south access via the relocation and improvement of the U.S. 131 Business Route, the potential transfer of gas allocations from abandoned facilities to those targeted for redevelopment, and the solution to the rail/highway conflict. A factor which may inhibit the redevelopment of these areas is the expense and difficulty of aggregating contiguous parcels of land. Most industries, today, require large amounts of floor space on a single level to accommodate large-scale, continuous-flow production techniques. Conflicting uses of land, such as industrial and residential, are freely intermixed throughout the suggested redevelopment areas. Numerous small residential lots and many well maintained residences intensify the dual problems of costs and aggregation. Further analysis indicated that District C contains some of the city's largest sites currently zoned for industrial development. These sites are presently being subdivided into smaller lots for such purposes. Because District B already contains sites ideal for small industrial plants, the city should adopt policies to encourage smaller industries presently locating in District C to choose, instead, sites within District B. Such policies will promote the redevelopment of District B while leaving larger sites within District C free for larger industrial development. Recommendations It is recommended that industrial areas being used for other than industrial purposes be rezoned according to their predominant use. The creation of a wholesale district is recommended with the industrial portion of the Edison neighborhood where commercial/ service uses predominate. Residential areas within industrial districts should, likewise, be rezoned in accordance with projected needs for and absorption of industrial land. In addition, open access between the Central Business District and the Northside is proposed within the light industrial redevelopment area north of the Metro Transit Facility. The Comprehensive Plan proposes 2,021.27 acres of industrial land use, removing large areas of land currently being utilized for other purposes, and allowing 1,008.46 acres for future industrial development. This provides the city with opportunity to eliminate the downgrading of viable residential or commercial areas previously targeted for industrial development while maintaining Kalamazoo's ability to attract new industry. The industrial plan will ensure the availability of all water and sewer in industrial areas, and an improved overall transportation system including rail, highway, and air service. It also recommends �I Land Use Component 42 Comprehensive Plan the curtailing of nonindustrial development in industrial districts to reserve available large vacant parcels for industrial use. Special emphasis is given to development of abandoned and deteriorated industrial sites through the proposed programs to aid in the consolidation of property, including acquisition and demolition of dilapidated structures to preserve existing industrial areas. To implement these strategies, the city will have to take an aggressive role in stimulating industrial development through continued use of financial incentives and the county's overall economic development authority. Encouraging retraining programs to ensure an appropriately skilled labor supply will also help to attract new industry to the area. Open Space Element The Comprehensive Plan recognizes open space as an essential land use. Open space provides city residents with fresh air, sunlight, and an opportunity for physical exercise. It is the intent of the open space plan to preserve unique areas of natural interest and improve overall landscaping to create a more positive environment for the residents of Kalamazoo. This will be accomplished through the proper expansion of recreational programs and careful maintenance and growth of the city's open space and park system. Kalamazoo presents a unique opportunity to create a quality urban environment. The city is well endowed with natural physical beauty preserved in park land, tree-lined streets, rivers, and lakes. Attempts to preserve and enhance these qualities have resulted in the creation of Crosstown Parkway, the improved water quality of the Kalamazoo River, Kleinstuck Preserve, and the Asylum Lake area. Scope In preparing an outline for its Master Plan, the Department of Parks and Recreation extensively inventoried park land and facilities throughout the city. Included within the outline were standards and criteria used in classifying future recreational needs both on a city-wide and a neighborhood basis. Apparent deficiencies were noted and plans for their correction suggested. The findings and recommendations of the Parks and Recreation Master Plan have been incorporated, in their entirety into this document. These include the priorities for acquisition of property for recreational use in Westwood, Oakwood, and Arcadia neighborhoods. Specific additions to the inventory include a proposed entryway beautification program and a system of recreational trails (see Figures 11 and 12). Recommendations Building on this sound base, the open space plan emphasizes significant physical improvements in deficient residential areas. It also recommends continued preservation and improvement of the total visual appearance of Kalamazoo. �Land Use Component 43 City of Kalamazoo Assessment of deficient residential areas on the Northside, Edison, Central City, and Eastside have resulted in strategies to reduce the adverse effects of improper land use development. Commercial and industrial site design, reduction of large-scale signs and large, open, paved parking areas are seen as means to promote an improved visual environment. In addition to enhancing the general environment of Kalamazoo the open space plan proposes increased park land on a neighborhood basis through redevelopment and rehabilitation of existing park and school sites. Necessary acquisition would be minimal and developed on a strict priority basis. Extensive streettree planting programs and entryway beautification projects are recommended. These would be carried out in conjunction with the transportation plan. Landscaping along major arterials would not only provide aesthetic entrances to Kalamazoo but would also buffer residential areas, screen industrial uses, and add harmony to strip-commercial areas. Utilizing the Kalamazoo River, its tributary creeks, lakes, and marshes as active and passive recreational focal points, a system of recreational trails has been proposed. By linking existing park areas, vacant city-owned property and institutional lands with these natural amenities, neighborhood access would be provided throughout the city's total park system. An opportunity to walk or bike to recreational activities or scenic areas would be provided to all residents of the community. I& Preservation of Kalamazoo's areas of unique environmental value such as the city's water bodies- its lakes, creeks, ponds, and river; its water recharge areas; Kleinstuck Preserve and the Hull Estate constitutes a primary emphasis of the Comprehensive Plan. Flood Plain Element The floodplain located within the City of Kalamazoo is comprised of the Kalamazoo River and its tributaries- Portage and Axtell Creeks and the land adjacent to their channels (Figure 13). Approximately 708 acres or 4.5% of the city's total acreage is in the floodplain with the greatest amount of land and the highest intensity of development in the Crosstown Parkway area. The intent of the Floodplain Component of the Comprehensive Plan is to examine the intensity of development within the floodplain and to recommend policies to regulate land use therein. Scope The floodplain is divided into the floodway and flood fringe areas. The floodway is a high flood-hazard area and generally there is very little development there. The flood fringe contains 439 or 91.5% of the 480 structures in the floodplain with land uses diversified among residential, commercial, industrial, and vacant land uses. Residential uses number 216 or 45% of all structures in the floodplain with 99 structures utilized for industrial purposes. Several industrial structures are located in the floodway. �I I Land Use Component 44 Comprehensive Plan Recommendations In order for a community to qualify for the National Flood Insurance Program, the Community must commit itself to floodplain management which protects new construction from future flooding. Floodplain management is an overall program of corrective and preventive measures for reducing flood damage including emergency preparedness plans and regulations such as portions of zoning, subdivision, building, or floodplain ordinances. Zoning is the most widely used tool to regulate land use within floodplains. It is recommended that the city utilize performance standards for permitted uses in the flood fringe and floodway. Such zoning techniques would insure judicious use of the land compatible with the overall goal of minimizing potential flood damage. Fiscal Impact Scope To assist in selecting the most economically viable Land Use Component, cumulative fiscal impact relationships of proposed new development and redevelopment areas in the city of Kalamazoo were analyzed. All land use alternatives were examined in terms of public expenditure and revenue impact upon city finances. Figures 14 and 15 show the five areas studied in the cost-revenue analysis. Two alternatives were analyzed for each area, with the existing development pattern compared to the pattern outlined in the Land Use Component for the four redevelopment areas located in central city neighborhoods. The four redevelopment areas identified in Figure 14 are described as follows: 1 The eastern portion of the Northside neighborhood comprising 54 acres of mixed uses proposed for industrial redevelopment; 2 A 13-acre site of commercial and industrial uses within the Central Business District, proposed for commercial development; 3 A 66-acre site of commercial and residential uses in the Vine and Central City neighborhoods, proposed for medium and highdensity ·residential redevelopment; and 4 A 154-acre site of mixed uses in the Edison neighborhood, proposed for commercial-wholesale redevelopment. Tables 7 and 8 summarize the annual fiscal relationships for the four redevelopment areas, with Alternative A representing existing conditions, and Alternative B representing the desired end results. �Land Use Component 45 City of Kalamazoo Alternative A represents potential development at an intermediate density and larger population: Alternative B represents the density targeted in the Land Use Component and emphasizes predominantly low-density development. Tables 9 and 10 outline projected fiscal relationships for the area targeted for new residential development. Recommendations The five proposed alternatives outlined in the Land Use Component would result in a projected annual surplus balance of $374,105, delineated as follows: $329,405 Central city redevelopment areas 44,700 New residential development area $374,105 Total When implemented, the four Central City redevelopment proposals targeted in the Land Use Component are expected to produce a net annual increase of $495,560, compared to public service costs under existing conditions. At present, a 60 percent deficit exists between projected city revenues and expenditures for these areas. Under the redevelopment proposal, a surplus of $329,405 or 32 percent would accrue annually to the City of Kalamazoo. In the residential area proposed for greatest growth in population and service demands, the residential alternative emphasizing low-density development is more cost effective than the intermediate-density proposal. The $193,000 difference is in large measure, however, due to the disparity in average assessed valuation between single-family homes and townhouses or apartment units. It is recommended that the four Central City redevelopment proposals and the low-density residential alternative fodhe Arcadia-Knollwood-Westwood areas be implemented as designated in the Land Use Map due to their projected cost effectiveness for the City of Kalamazoo. �Land Use Glossary 46 Comprehensive Plan Census Tracts small areas into which large cities and adjacent areas are divided along neighborhood lines and for which detailed census data are gathered. Central Business District (CBD) a major commercial and/or industrial sector located in or near the geographic center of the city. Commonly referred to as "downtown", the CBD usually contains retail stores, offices, banks, and the seat of the city's government. Code Enforcement a program to insure that all structures within the city's corporate limits are maintained to the minimum standards specified in municipal building and housing codes. Owners of those in violation must correct the defect within a given amount of time. Density the number of dwelling units per acre of land. Flood Fringe that portion of the floodplain beyond the limits of the floodway. Floodplain flood hazard areas within a community. Floodplains are composed of floodway and flood fringe areas. Floodway unobstructed portion of the floodplain consisting of the stream channel and overbank areas capable of conveying a selected flood discharge. Household one or more persons who occupy a housing unit. Housing Unit a house, an apartment, a group of rooms, or a single room occupied or intended for occupancy as separate living quarters. Intensity a relationship between existing and/or proposed density, the characteristics of a given site and its location in the anticipated community land-use pattern. Industrial Absorption the annual rate at which acreage of all new industrial construction is added to the city's total of industrially used land. Industrial Redevelopment the process of aggregating or disaggregating existing industrial land and restoring, modifying or clearing structures located thereon for purposes of making it suitable for more productive industrial use. Land Use the utilization of land for a specific purpose. The activity or development characteristic of a given parcel of land. Loans and Grants a combination of public {federal, state or local) and/ or private loan programs and outright grants to eligible homeowners to upgrade the physical condition of their homes. Eligibility restrictions may vary but primarily include the age and type of structure and income levels. -- - - - - - -- �Land Use Glossary 47 City of Kalamazoo Median Income the point which divides all income amounts into two equal groups. One level being above the median and the other below. Multi or Mixed Use Development development that is predominantly residential but contains limited commercial and/ or office uses if the area to be developed is adjacent to an existing commercial center or along major arterials. Neighborhood Preservation to maintain the current neighborhood condit on and to protect it from any adverse intrusion such as external traffic flow or incompatible developments. Neighborhood Redevelopment to develop areas in accordance with a recommended land use or intensity of use which may be indicated by the zoning district. Neighborhood Rehabilitation to improve the present neighborhood condition through the physical improvement of individual properties. ---- -- ------------------Neighborhood Stabilization to prevent environmental change; to maintain by the development of programs which tend to restore, improve and monitor the current condition without drastically changing the present character of the neighborhood. Rent Subsidy a program to financially support eligible low-income renters by paying a portion of their monthly rent out of private or public funds through federal or state programs. Section Eight, Community Development Act a new lower-income housing assistance program sponsored by the federal government to replace some older programs of the same nature. Unplanned Commercial Development commercial areas that develop without regard to overall planning of building location, design, parking, street entrances, etc. Often, unplanned commercial development occurs in "strips" along one or both sides of major streets or roads. �-~ ....... ... Proposed office development at Rose and South Street. �Land Use Component 49 City of Kalamazoo Proposed Land Use Figure 1 A LArio B G A 11 Legend ABCD- Low Density Residential Medium Density Residential High Density Residential Commercial EFG- Industrial Public Semi-Public Parks Open Space Central Business District/CBD �Land Use Component 50 Comprehensive Plan Census Tracts Kalamazoo, Michigan December, 1976 Figure2 ------------------------•-----TKalamazoo Twp Part \ Pa,chrnea, , 15.01 I 13 , , .,.... ' ,_,. .. a: I I L Kalamazoo Twp Part i 14.02 <( 2 <( _J ,, <( NORTH I I 5 4 15.05 18.03 HOWARD w 11 10 ALCOTT "' w 0 ... LANE "'w ;: 16.01 .... MILLER CORK w 0 z<( "'w 0 _____ _ ---, .. 16.02 _J "" <( 0 17.01 <( u. 18.01 WHITES I (I u INKSTER 12 PARKVIEW ----.4!..I ,. a: 0 2 I I ,--~✓ N 15.03 I I I I I I , ;-'.. J 0 0 2 11 L_., ... ~ \ 3 14.01 .. ] I ·4'-, .--J ,_z "';: w J ,, &i ... -.. 17.02 a:. a: u "- __ .,,. .,, J ' ,-, I .... 18.02 I I I I r-.r-J 1,J1 11..1 I l11:i., I ~ I I I II L.1 �Land Use Component 51 City of Kalamazoo Housing Deficiencies Figure3 ---------------------------Kalar,1azoo Twp Part 15.01 Kalamazoo Twp Part 14.02 15.03 15.02 .z ..I C, u. '"' RIVER 18.03 Deficient Structures Per Block 0-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 - 9-10 - 11-12 Source: 1974 Parcel Survey Statistics, City of Kalamazoo �52 Land Use Component Comprehensive Plan Area Retail Centers Figure4 1 TwJ toper Twp Oshtemo Twp Kalamazoo Twp --• --i I --l\ -.&:-~----I amo I Cooper Tw~Richland rwp azoo Twp Comstock Tw I I -.. J--- I I 1 I ----1-!--Oshtemo Twp Texas Twp Kalamazoo Twp Kalamazoo Twp I Comstock Twp I Pavilion Twp ---►--­ ' l!:' I rI ., I I Portage Twp Portage Twp I I I \ I A w l.1 Regional Shopping Centers Community Shopping Neighborhood Shopping Spot Commercial Development �Land Use Component 53 City-of Kalamazoo ------- -- Potential Areas for Commercial Redevelopment within the CBD Figure 5 Metro Transit Bu1id1r1g Site Inter modal T1ansportation Center 111111111111 Commercial �Land Use Component 54 Comprehensive Plan -----------Existing Housing in the CBD Figure 6 11111111111 Single Family- Conversions Old Multiple Old Hotel - 2nd Floor Apartments Modern Hotel-Motel Source: Planning Division, 1976 �Land Use Component 55 City of Kalamazoo ---- Amenities in the CBD Figure 7 - IIll 11111111 ~ Public- Semi-Public Cultural Parks Entertainment Grocery- Drug - Laundry Source: Planning Division, 1976 �Land Use Component 56 Comprehensive Plan Proposed Residential Development Areas Within the CBD Figures CBD ~h Development Area Source: Planning Division, 1976 �Land Use Component 57 City of Kalamazoo New, Re-occupied and Abandoned Industrial Sites Figure 9 Kalamazoo Twp Part 15.01 ~-,. .. ~ ... -, PR'OUTv Kalamazoo Twp Part I I ..... 2 3 ...i I C 0 '~ er NORlH 14.02 0 Cl I I ~-.l'LI ''--,.r.1 I I I I L.... .__ _-. -,_ 15.05 A,--1.-AK_l_ _•.o(' ,.. I 11 uJ Cl .... 16.01 12 "'"'s: ~ ·•.!. ALCOTT fNKSTER MILLER ■ 18.01 WHITES PARKVIFW ~ --- 10 <., 0. P. _00 RIVER 7 ,s.03 llOWARO 0 uJ 7 KALP.~ CORK I I (I _____ _ ----,.16.02 17.01 ..... J ,, 17.02 18.02 -, I ,-, New Industrial Sites Since 1971 Sites Losing an Industry Since 1950 - Now Vacant and Abandoned Source: Planning Division, 1976 I .I l J1:i. Sites Losing - Then Gaining an Industry Sites losing an IndustryThen Gaining Other Use 1,J1 IL.I I p I I I , .. r-J --..,. .,, J I , I \. I I I II L..a �Land Use Component 58 Comprehensive Plan Areas Targeted for Industrial Redevelopment Northern Industrial District B Figure 10 /11111111111 Light Industry ~/h Heavy Industry December, 1976 �Land Use Component 59 ---------------- ------ --- -- --------- - City of Kalamazoo Entryway Greenspace Corridors Figure 11 -L-~TwJI.... -amo looper Twp Oshtemo Twp Kalamazoo Twp ---~I ... Oshtemo Twp Texas Twp Kalamazoo Twp I Portage Twp Kalamazoo Twp 1rr I' I Comstock Twp I Pavilion Twp ---►--­ Portage Twp 1 ,.J I --------+-------tt----+---+--- - I ., \ I tJ II I �Land Use Component 60 Comprehensive Plan Recreational Trails Figure 12 1 TwJtoper I\ ---r-1 i. I -~-~... -amo Oshtemo Twp I Cooper Tw~Richland Twp Twp zoo Twp Kalamazoo Twp I Comstock Tw I I ---~-Oshtemo Twp Texas Twp I ...• Kalamazoo Twp K I Portage Twp 1 ,.I r 1rr I....._....,_--+---+----+--+------, II ..... tll1l1fW \ I tJ Separate Recreational Bike Hike Path Improved Combination Bike Hike Path Open Space- Parks - I Comstock Twp -•-1!----• Portage Twp I Pavilion Twp Water Recharge Areas II I �Land Use Component 61 --- City of Kalamazoo Special Flood Hazard Area Map Figure 13 100 Year Flood Plain MOS[ AVE 131 B.l NORTH KA A AZOO "I,~ MILi t;,i Wl-'IT CORK ~ Q w 2 I- t/; ""u 6 a: ~ w ;; CITY \MTS I I I �Land Use Component 62 Comprehensive Plan Possible Redevelopment Areas Tested for Cost-Revenue Consequences Figure 14 9'/A 1 Industrial 111111111111 2 Commercial 3 High-Density Residential 4 Wholesale-Warehouse �Land Use Component 63 City of Kalamazoo Possible Residential Development Area Figure 15 Tested for Cost-Revenue Consequences ._ _______ _ .. �Land Use Component 65 City of Kalamazoo Table 1 Comparison: Current Zoning and Land Use to Proposed Land Use a Proposed Land Usec (3) Difference (Column 3 less Column 2) 6,095.22 4,214.28 1,222.91 658.03 7,464.75 5,528.67 1,333.24 602.84 1,369.53 1,314.39 110.33 -55.19 967.50 751.05 88.84 --- - - - - 127.61 850.73 596.53 163.46 90.74 -116.77 -154.52 74.62 -36.87 Current Zoning (1) 10,631.68 Residential Low Intensity ---------Medium Intensity High Intensity Commercial Retail/Service ----Wholesale Office Industry Light Heavy Current Land Useb (2) 1,276.58 3,896.33 1,012.81 2,021.27 -----219.43 708.73 -----793.38 1,312.54 ---- 1,226.39 Parks 1,908.50 1,008.46 489.30 519.16 862.11 a Expressed in acres. b With the exception of Residential Land Use, does not include Streets, Rail, Lakes and Streams. c Generalized statistics. Source: Planning Division 1976 Comparison: Current and Future Residential Land Use Table2 Density Current Acres Percent of Total Proposed Acres Percent of Total Low 4,214.28 1,222.91 658.03 6,095.22 69.1 20.1 10.8 100.0 5,528.67 1,333.24 602.84 7,464.75 74.1 17.8 8.1 100.0 Medium High TOTAL Source: Table developed by the Community Development DepartmentPlanning Division (October, 1976) �66 Land Use Component Comprehensive Plan Comparison: Future Population to Potential Housing Units Table3 1 Vear 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 2 3 4 5 6 Population a within Households Estimatedb Persons Per Household Estimated Number of Households Number of Housing Units Difference (Column 5 Less Column4) 2.84 2.62 2.49 2.42 2.39 25,799 27,865 31,483 33,326 34,449 27,167C 28,640d 73,202 73,007 78,392 80,648 82,333 Table prepared by the Planning Division, 1976 33,774e 33,774 33,774 1,368 775 2,291 448 -675 a Based on an averaging of population projections prepared by the Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation, Michigan Department of the Budget and the W. E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research. NOTE: Does not include persons residing within group quarters. b Based on statistics developed by the U.S. Census Bureau. c As estimated for 1970 by the U.S. Census Bureau. d Based on building and demolition statistics on file with the Community Development Department, Building Division. e Includes the 1975 housing unit count plus a potential of 5,134 additional units as estimated through a "holding capacity" methodology (See the Residential Land Use Element for discussion). �Land Use Component 67 City of Kalamazoo Median Annual Income for Familiesa Table4 1969 1959 -- Census Tract 1 2 3 4 5 Median Percent of CityWide Median 5,673 4,081 5,505 4,906 6,265 5,613 89.1 64.1 86.4 77.0 98.4 88.1 5,195 4,945 6,212 5,976 11,579 7,074 81.6 77.6 97.5 93.8 181.9 111.1 6,167 96.8 7,066 111.0 7,497 117.7 6,555 7,899 6,365 102.9 124.1 100.0 Median Percent of CityWide Median Percent Change 87.5 52.1 8,626 -62.8 51.7 6,190 -42.1 79.3 7,822 -15.5 4,145 42.0 --- - ---33.1 8,336 84.6 - -78.7 38.2 7,759 ~lb 8 9 10 11 12 14.01 15.04l 15.05 C 16.01 16.02 C l 11.01 l 17.02 C 18.01 18.02 City-wide Table prepared by the Planning Division, Department of Community Development, 1976 a 7,932 8,135 9,217 9,022 16,678 10,615 6,671 11,163 18,087 9,879 12,966 10,481 11,254 12,312 9,852 ~-- 80.5 82.5 93.5 91.5 169.2 107.7 67.7 113.3 183.5 100.2 131.6 106.3 114.2 124.9 100.0 52.7 64.5 48.4 51.0 44.0 50.1 71.7 55.9 54.7 Selected Population, Housing and Economic Characteristics in Kalamazoo County by Tracts: 1960-70. The W. E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research March, 1973. b The boundaries for census tract 7 correspond to those of the Kalamazoo State Hospital. c Tracts aggregated (15.04 and 15.05, 16.01 and 16.02, 17.01 and 17.02) to illustrate a subdivision of tracts for 1970 census. �Land Use Component 68 Comprehensive Plan Comparison of National Standards to Kalamazoo's Commercial Land Use Tables A Neighborhood Shopping Center (4 acres per 5,000) 1 5-20 stores within neighborhood 2 neighborhood service/ convenience good oriented B Community Shopping Center (10 acres per 10,000) 1 15-40 stores of wide range of goods 2 accessible to several neighborhoods C Regional Shopping Center (60 acres estimated) 1 30-60 stores 2 several major tenants with many small shops 1 2 3 Standard Land Use Allocation Present Land Use Amount Zoned 68Acres 21 Acres 399.45 Acres (5, SA, SB) 87 Acres 73Acres 730.85 Acres (Zone4) 60Acres 27.4Acres 146.28 Acres (Zone 3) -------------- 0 Unplanned Commercial Strip Commercial Neighborhood service areas Scattered site Miscellaneous *TOTAL 320.39 Acres 203 Acres 24 Acres 15 Acres 78.39 Acres 215 Acres 441. 79 Acres 1276.58 Acres Table prepared by the Planning Division, 1 Standards taken from Planning Design Criteria Community Development Department, 1976 Kalamazoo population is estimated 86,800 in 1976 2 Commercially-used land within commercial zones. An additional 525.71 acres of commercially-used land is found in noncommercial zones. Lakes, streets, and railroads are excluded from these figures. 3 Includes lakes, streets, and railroads. �Land Use Component 69 City of Kalamazoo Suggested Alternatives: Commercial Table& 1 Zoning Reassess. 1 Portage-Lakeway-Milham 2 Corkland Shopping Center 3 Burdic~ South of Cork 4 S. Westnedge-Garland to Liberty 5 Kilgore at S. Westnedge - 6 Oakwood Plaza-Parkview and Oakland - 7 Parkview Hills Shops 8Stadium Dr.-DrakeRambling Road 9W. Michigan-Drake to Lancaster 10 w--:-Michigan at Howard St. 11 W. Michigan at Burrows 12 Westwoocf Plaza Area 13 N. Westnedge-N-orth Side 14 Patterson at Burdick St. 15 Alamo-Douglas Intersection 1EiDouglas-North Street 17 1-94 at Sprinkle 18 Stadium Dr. at W. Main 19 Locust and Davis Areas 20 S. Westnedge-Vine Street Village to Crosstown Crosstown and Howard 21 Burdick - Walnut to Alcott 22 Portage -Vine to Bryant 23 Portage - Alcott to Miller 24 Riverview Dr. - Mosel to Paterson 25 Riverview Dr. - South of Gull Road 26 E. Main - Roosevelt 27 Miller Rd. - Commercial Areas 28 Mt. Olivet - Commercial Nodes Source: Planning Division, 1976 X X X 2 Consolidation 3 4 5 Aesthetic Plan Improve. of Auto-Pedest. Preservation X X X - X X - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X �Land Use Component 70 Comprehensive Plan Summary of Annual Fiscal Impact Results for Redevelopment Alternative A Table7 Alternative A 1 2 3 Total 4 Redevelopment Area Projected Revenues Projected Expenditures Annual Fiscal Balance (Deficit) Percent $ 52,300 $20,020 $104,000 $101,200 $277,520 124,000 43,800 114,650 161,550 444,000 ($ 71,700) -137% ($23,780) -119% ($ 10,650) -10% ($ 60,~50) -60% ($166,480) -60% Source : City of Kalamazoo Planning Division; Barton-Aschman Associates Summary of Annual Fiscal Impact Results for Redevelopment Alternative B Tables 1 2 Total 3 4 $208,900 $190,400 $495,200 145,700 141,600 --- -- - 175,950 223,225 $ 14,450 8% $271,975 55% Redevelopment Area Projected Revenues Projected Expenditures Annual Fiscal Balance (Deficit) Percent $121,380 - ($ 24,320) -20°/c_o __ $ 67,300 32%- - --- - $1,015,880 686,475 --- $ 329,405 32% Source: City of Kalamazoo Planning Division; Barton-Aschman Associates Table 9 Summary: Annual Fiscal Impact Results/New Growth Area Alternative A Projected Revenues Projected Expenditures Annual Fiscal Balance (Deficit) Percent - $757,000 905,300 ($148,300) -20% Source: City of Kalamazoo Planning Division; Barton-Aschman Associates Summary: Annual Fiscal Impact Results/New Growth Area Alternative B Table 10 Projected Revenues Projected Expenditures Annual Fiscal Balance Percent - $724,000 679,300 - f 44, 70=-c0c--- - 6% Source: City of Kalamazoo Planning Division; Barton-Aschman Associates ���Transportation Component 75 City of Kalamazoo The general goal of the Transportation Component is to develop a safe and efficient transportation system that meets the demands of the increased movement of people and goods in a way that has minimal environmental impact. Utilizing a multi-modal approach incorporating pedestrian, bike, private auto, bus, train, and air transport, with emphasis on people rather than vehicular movement, the plan is based upon energy conservation and neighborhood preservation. The functional goals appearing in the report provide direction for future decisionmaking on transportation issues. The Transportation Component is divided into four topics: streets and highways, metro transit, railroads, and the airport. Individual technical reports address past, present, and future issues in each of the four topics. The research involved in these analyses includes a working relationship with the Kalamazoo Area Transportation Study (KATS) staff and various committees working to complete a transportation plan for the urban area. The city of Kalamazoo plan supports continued cooperation with KATS. Streets and Highways Element Policy recommendations concerning thoroughfares are based upon a limited new-construction approach: discouraging the widening or building of roads when other improvement alternatives are available. The typical major street plan outlines its system based upon physical characteristics necessary to accommodate expected traffic. The Transportation Component, on the other hand, outlines a system based upon transporting projected numbers of people, goods and services on existing roadways. To achieve the general goal of the Transportation Component, the functional goal of the major street plan is twofold: 1) to minimize the widening of existing streets within Kalamazoo, except where operational improvements may require widening at intersections; and 2) to limit the construction of new streets, except where no other alternative will serve the needs of the community. Scope The major street plan is based upon the analysis of statistical data related to neighborhood concerns throughout the city. It is evaluated in relationship to the Land Use Component of the Comprehensive Plan in an attempt to reduce land-use/ transportation conflicts. Mileage of Kalamazoo streets is illustrated on the next page. This classification is defined by the Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation (MDSH&T) in "Uniform Criteria for Major Streets." �Transportation Component 76 Comprehensive Plan Type Average Right-ofWay State Trunklines not Maintained by City 200' 5.11 123.88 State Trunklines Maintained by City 100' 11.97 145.09 Major and Local Streets 66' 249.08 1,992.64 Private Streets 20' 5.44 13.18 271.60 2,274.79 Total Miles Acres Source : Public Works Department, City of Kalamazoo, June, 1976 Truck traffic within Kalamazoo is not restricted to particular roadways. Although weight restrictions are posted on various local streets, the city does not have designated truck routes. Freight zones exist on various streets which prohibit loading and unloading cargo during certain hours. Statistics concerning existing roadway capacities and 1995 projected person trips are taken from the Kalamazoo Area Transportation Study Deficiency Analysis issued by the MDSH&T in September, 1974. The KATS boundaries outline an area somewhat less than the county limits. By applying mathematical equations to future land use and socio-economic factors within the KATS limits, future trip generation and distribution is estimated. This approach accounts for the development of areas outside of the city of Kalamazoo and their impact on the Kalamazoo street network. The Deficiency Analysis reports that while the northern portion of the city of Kalamazoo generally shows enough capacity to handle the 1995 demand, trip crossings in the southern portion, specifically the north-south movement, show a significant deficiency. The following example illustrates this point. Northsouth arterials (i.e. Oakland Drive, Westnedge Avenue, Burdick Street, Lovers Lane, and Portage Street) have a current total capacity of 97,500 person trips per day. However, 1995 projections indicate that 132,500 person trips are to be expected to utilize these five facilities. The 1995 residual deficiency is 35,000 person trips. Other arterial streets in Kalamazoo exhibiting 1995 deficiencies include West Main Street and portions of Drake Road, Stadium Drive, Howard Street, Crosstown Parkway, Alcott Street, Mills Street, Riverview Drive, Portage Street, and Douglas Avenue. If nothing is done by 1995 to accommodate the 1995 traffic projections, the level of service on deficient roadways will deteriorate. Level of service standards assigned to particular roadways reflect the quality of traffic flow. Such standards are outlined below. Level of service "C" is used by the MDSH&T in evaluating 1995 Kalamazoo street deficiencies. �Transportation Component 77 City of Kalamazoo -- - -- - - -- --- Level of Service Condition of Traffic Flow A Free flowing Stable flow, medium to low density Stable flow, ranging toward high density_ Approaching unstable flow _ Unstable flow, street at capacity --'"'------Forced flow B C D E F Kalamazoo citizens have stated that they do not choose to widen the roads within their neighborhoods to handle the projected deficiencies caused by development outside the city limits. However, if the Central Business District (CBD) is to remain viable and continue to redevelop, some type of roadway improvements are necessary to provide and maintain accessibility to downtown. The following program approach outlines the potential means to accomplish both objectives. Recommendations Better utilization of the current street network can be achieved through the following strategies, which emphasize transporting more people in fewer vehicles on existing roadways. Traffic flow on arterial streets may be improved in several ways other than street widening. Examples of operational improvements include a detection system for timing signals, the removal of onstreet parking, the prohibition of left-hand turns, allowance for better transitioh between varying pavement widths for capacity consistency, and contra-flow. An increase in vehicle occupancy will accommodate future person trips through such programs as car and van pooling. Cooperation can be encouraged by implementing incentive parking programs which reward those who commute with three or more persons per car. An increase in bus patronage is another means to handle expected person trips through concepts such as park and ride, limited demand-response, express buses, and the peripheral spoke-pattern looping system. Staggering work hours within major employment areas, for example the CBD, is another approach to dealing with future person-trip deficiencies. Approximately 10,000 people are employed in the Kalamazoo CBD, or 20 percent of the total number employed within the city limits. If CBD work trips can be distributed over a longer peak hour, additional person-trip deficiencies can be handled. If some eight-hour work days began at 7:30 a.m. and others at 8:30 a.m., peak traffic would be spread over more time. An additional consideration is the physical and operational improvement of Burdick Street, which is not shown as over capacity in the 1995 projections. If, for example, some of the 90-degrees turns are improved, Howard Street is extended �Transportation Component 78 Comprehensive Plan eastward, and a better connection in the CBD is provided, Burdick Street will attract more trips. It is necessary to note, however, that any of these potential techniques alone cannot solve the existing and future problems of Kalamazoo roadways. A combination of these programs is necessary for success. Not only policy determinations are involved, but commitments from the local citizens of the Kalamazoo area, as well. It is also recommended that surveillance data concerning street characteristics, i.e. capacities, signalization, traffic counts, surface condition, etc., be collected and monitored for the entire network. This information should assist city staff in the solution of a number of traffic management problems including the designation of intra-city truck routes to remove unnecessary through trips from residential streets. In addition, an ongoing program to evaluate future suggestions and consider other implementation systems is necessary. An investigation of new forms of transportation as they become cost effective will be included in the analysis process. This total approach is necessary to make possible inventory, analysis, and evaluation of all improvements. Special consideration will be given to improved pedestrian safety throughout the city, particularly where community facilities like schools and parks increase foot traffic. The plan views pedestrian traffic and the rights of the pedestrian as an integral part of Kalamazoo's total transportation system. Street Designations It recommends improved pedestrian safety and adequate pathways throughout the city, particularly where community facilities like schools and parks increase fast traffic. It is recommended for the purposes of priority improvement budgeting and for encouraging the usage of designated streets for through traffic movement, that thoroughfares be defined as follows: Expressways/Provide for rapid and efficient movement of large volumes of through traffic between urban areas; not intended to provide land-access service. Arterials/Provide for through traffic movement in excess of 10,000 vehicles per day on a statewide, regional, metropolitan, and local basis with controlled direct access to abutting property.* Collector Streets/Provide for traffic movement between arterials and local streets with direct access to abutting property; should not form a secondary street system. �Transportation Component 79 City of Kalamazoo Local Streets/Provide for direct access to abutting land for local traffic movement; through traffic on these streets should be discouraged. *Controlled direct access refers to design standards which discourage excessive numbers of curb cuts which impede traffic flow. Examples of the streets as defined are illustrated below: SUN VALLEY DA LOCAL STREET a: 0 0 z <( ...J "" <( 0 1-94 EXPRESSWAY According to the above definitions, expressways and arterials are graphically represented on Figure 16. Specific new construction improvements are also indicated. Five improvements are recommended, below, based upon needs of and benefit to the community. 1 Exploration of the feasibility of an off-ramp connection east onto U.S.131 Business Route for exit by northwest U.S.131 traffic. 2 Relocation of the U.S. 131 Business Route on Park Street and Westnedge Avenue to Riverview Drive connection via Mosel Avenue. The Riverview connection appears most feasible because a) a select-link analysis on the Business Route between Douglas and Westnedge avenues indicates that nearly 50 percent of that traffic travels to and from Mosel Avenue; b) the County Road Commission plans to reconstruct the Mosel Avenue bridge in the near future; c) East Main, East Michigan, Gull Road and Riverview Drive intersection areas, shown as deficient in 1995, require some type of improvement; and d) the smallest number of residential property acquisitions would be involved. These improvements are seen as the first stage in the development of a limited access business loop through or around the northeast quadrant of the city. 3 Extension of Howard Street via a corridor to the 1-94 Business Loop in the area of Alcott and Bryant streets. Although Reed �Transportation Component 80 Comprehensive Plan Street has been recommended as the eastward connection of Howard Street, the planning analysis shows that a connection in the industrial area near Alcott Street is more desirable because it would interfere less with residential areas. The Bryant Street corridor is recommended, due to existing vacant land on the south side of the street which parallels the railroad tracks. Because of the amount of land in this area, housing could be screened from the improved roadway. A computer analysis shows this particular connection contains the potential for relieving downtown traffic on Michigan and Kalamazoo avenues by some 13,000 vehicles per day. 4 The widening of Drake Road from Stadium Drive to Parkview Avenue, with a grade separation at U.S.131 connecting Drake Road where it currently dead ends at Parkview Avenue. Drake Road is indicated as deficient in the 1955 projections. The land adjacent to the suggested widening appears resistant to change because there is no development on the street. This is not to suggest that the area be developed, but that the road can be widened without disrupting the area. 5 An improved connection from Lovers Lane to Burdick Street. Because Burdick Street is not shown as deficient in 1995, better utilization of this facility rather than the construction of a new roadway is recommended. Operational improvements which are being considered on Portage Street, Westnedge Avenue, and Oakland Drive should also be considered for Burdick Street. Because sufficient data is currently unavailable, collector streets within neighborhoods will be designated following detailed analysis of each area. This research, in conjunction with continued neighborhood input, may prove that a traffic control approach is necessary to redefine circulation patterns and eliminate through traffic on local streets. Designated collector streets with certain controls can channelize locally generated traffic to the arterial network. Cul-de-sacs, traffic diverters or traffic circles can be constructed to modify the grid street pattern to reduce through traffic and conflicts on local streets. CBD Considerations Central Business District (CBD) traffic patterns have been examined with respect to commercial and industrial redevelopment, existing flow problems, access to parking, and railroads. Figure 17 depicts the future network. Specific changes from the existing system include the following: 1 Return Michigan Avenue to two-way traffic from the intersection of Kalamazoo and East Michigan avenues to West Main Street at Douglas Avenue. �Transportation Component 81 City of Kalamazoo 2 Reverse the direction of traffic on Kalamazoo Avenue from Michikal to Riverview Drive. (Traffic west of Michikal on Kalamazoo Avenue would become two-way.) 3 Upgrade Ransom Street to handle westbound traffic from Gull Road to connect with Michikal, which would become two-way. 4 Designate Harrison Street as one-way south as part of a traffic circle (Gull Road, Riverview Drive, Kalamazoo Avenue). 5 Designate Riverview Drive as the U.S. 131 Business Route and improve the Riverview/ Ampersee arrangement including the intersection of Kalamazoo Avenue, Riverview Drive, Mills Street, in conjunction with further studies regarding the inadequacies of east-west arterials. 6 Connect South Pitcher Street to Portage Street between Lovell and Gibson Streets. Pitcher Street would become two-way and serve the industrial corridor along the western side of the river. 7 Relocate Burdick Street from Cedar Street to connect with Henrietta between Lovell and South Streets. The project will also include the consideration of one-way traffic on Burdick and Rose Streets north of Crosstown Parkway. Rose Street would remain one-way south, south of Cedar Street. 8 Extend Lovell Street eastward to King Highway to provide access from 1-94 to the CBD area. This is necessary because Kalamazoo Avenue will become eastbound. Railroad Element The City of Kalamazoo is serviced by two interstate carriers: The Grand Trunk Western (GTW) connecting Port Huron, Lansing and South Bend with a branch line from Pavilion Township into Kalamazoo; and ConRail, the primary rail line of Kalamazoo. ConRail freight traffic generally flows in a north-south direction (Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Elkhart). Although there is some freight traffic, the primary purpose of the east-west line is to provide the link in the Detroit-Chicago passenger (AMTRAK) network. The functional goals of the railroad portion of the Transportation Component are to continue to improve rail service while solving rail/highway conflicts within the Central Business District and other problem areas, and to promote the upgrading of rail trackage throughout Kalamazoo. Scope The analysis of the railroad problems and issues is based upon a review of the area rail network including the identification of directional flow patterns, abandoned lines and industrial/ commercial rail users. It also includes a review of past rail reports as well as results of a series of meetings with ConRail and Grand Trunk Western personnel. �Transportation Component 82 Comprehensive Plan The National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) operates its Chicago-Detroit passenger line through Kalamazoo. On this route, the Depot, located south of the former Penn Central railroad tracks between Rose and Burdick streets, is part of the multi-modal transportation center being developed by the City of Kalamazoo. The historic AMTRAK station is being renovated with the financial assistance of the Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation. ConRail serves some 73 industrial rail users in the city of Kalamazoo, while Grand Trunk Western serves a total of 19 companies. Trailer-on Flatcar (TOFC) Service Trailer-on-Flatcar or piggyback service operates in Kalamazoo from the ConRail Mosel Yard location. Piggyback freight service transports highway trailers on rail flatcars. Once loaded on flatcars, the piggyback freight travels by rail to a designated regional TOFC ramp. The remainder of the journey is completed by truck delivery. This service provides access to rail transportation for companies not located directly on a rail line. Piggyback service is also more efficient for shipping high value and foreign goods. Rail/Highway Conflict Over the past eight months, city staff have worked closely with ConRail and .Grand Trunk Western railroads as well as federal, state, and local officials in developing a consolidation plan which eliminates rail/highway conflicts for a number of years. In April of 1975, a report entitled the East-Central Rail Highway Study was completed by Commonwealth Associates of Jackson, Michigan. Under contract with the City of Kalamazoo, the consultant outlined strategies for relieving the existing problems. However, the proposals were not funded for implementation. In an effort to complete a Comprehensive Plan for this city, the Kalamazoo Planning Commission began discussion of the railroad issue in the spring of 1976. City planning staff conducted several meetings with ConRail and Grand Trunk personnel over the summer months. In September, the City Manager became actively involved and, with planning staff, met with the Northern Region General Manager of Con Rail and the Vice President of Grand Trunk Western Railroad to formulate solutions to the rail/highway conflicts. Alternatives were discussed in November and preliminary engineering of the proposed solution was presented by Con Rail to the City of Kalamazoo in January of 1977. Other interested parties who have participated in the series of rail meetings over the past eight months include the Rail Division of the Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation, Kalamazoo Area Transportation Study, Kalamazoo County Chamber of Commerce, and the City of Portage. �Transportation Component 83 City of Kalamazoo Statement of Problem The rail/highway problems within the City of Kalamazoo are due to a number of factors, the first of which is the proximity of the ConRail main classification yard (Botsford Yard) to the Central Business District (CBD). North-south and east-west ConRail mainlines also intersect in the CBD and cross several major streets and state trunklines. Two of the most critically affected roadways blocked for extended periods of time are important access routes to the CBD. Such blockage not only strains vehicular movement, but causes hardships on nearby businesses and discourages shopping in the CBD. The problem is further complicated by the fact that there are three parallel north-south rail lines in the downtown area which are inadequately connected to the east-west mainline and Botsford Yard. These north-south lines include the former Pennsylvania Railroad or Grand Rapids and Indiana (GR&I); the former New York Central Railroad, currently known as the Kalamazoo Branch; and the former Chicago, Kalamazoo, and Saginaw Railroad (CK&S). To move to and from Botsford Yard, trains are required to back out of the classification area on a section of track constructed at 14 degrees of curvature. Trains travel 15 miles per hour on a 1O degree curve and 25 miles per hour on an 8 degree curve, according to ConRail. The following examples of freight movement through Kalamazoo illustrate many aspects of the existing problems. Each day, a freight train leaves Elkhart, Indiana for Grand Rapids via Kalamazoo. North of Gibson Street, the railroad tracks are constructed at 14-degree curvature and the train must slow down at this point. After the cars are reassembled in Botsford Yard, the same train must back down the Kalamazoo Branch past the GR&I connection and switch to the GR&I to continue north to Grand Rapids. When the freight travels south on the way back to Elkhart via Kalamazoo, the process is reversed. While most of the Con Rail freight traffic moves in a north-south direction, Grand Trunk Western (GTW) Railroad shipments usually end at Michigan Avenue. Only one GTW train per day travels north of Kalamazoo and Michigan Avenues. This train contains fewer than 10 cars. The GTW railroad has a small classification yard at Mills Street and King Highway; GTW movements, however, do not create any rail/highway conflicts in Kalamazoo. Another problem concerning the railroads is the general condition of all rail crossings in Kalamazoo. Of 123 rail crossings, 111 are Con Rail and 12 are Grand Trunk. The city has applications under consideration for federal assistance in upgrading these crossings. �Transportation Component 84 Comprehensive Plan Recommendations To accomplish the functional goals of the railroad system, the following strategies are outlined. Potential Implementation Techniques Passenger and industrial rail service can be better maintained if the city remains active in the process of evaluating essential and nonessential track in Kalamazoo. The city must discourage the abandonment of essential lines and service, and purchase abandoned right-of-ways for such uses as bike paths and roadways. The rail/highway conflict can be alleviated if the city promotes the rescheduling of local train traffic during nonpeak hours of vehicular traffic and supports operational programs intended to monitor local and through train traffic, such as the Centralized Traffic Control. The city can promote the upgrading of railroad tracks in Kalamazoo by coordinating: 1) development of an ongoing inventory system of all lines in the city; 2) preparation of an inventory of conditions of all rail lines and rail/street crossings; 3) a priority program for crossing improvements in conjunction with the two railroads; and 4) financial assistance to accomplish the upgradings. The best available approach at this time for accomplishing the rail goals includes a short range plan addressing rescheduling issues and limited construction projects. However, as other or more satisfactory solutions are developed, they will be reviewed in relationship to the plan's overall goals and incorporated as necessary. Present action included within the plan are the upgrading of the road-rail crossings on a prioritized basis and four new, improved connections and/or relocations: 1 The relocation of the Kalamazoo Branch north of Gibson Street to connect with the Chicago, Kalamazoo & Saginaw Branch (CK&S) at Kalamazoo Avenue, including a direct connection eastward into Botsford Yard, preferably at a less-than-10-degree curve. 2 A connection from the east-west mainline north to the CK&S to allow direct access to and from the north and the east. 3 Utilization of the GTW tracks at Gibson Street as opposed to the CK&S tracks between Gibson Street and Kalamazoo Avenue. 4 A connection of the GTW and GR&I north of Mosel Avenue where the tracks begin to parallel west of the river. Construction and relocation of the projects, shown on Figure 18, will eliminate the present backup movements within Kalamazoo as well as allow trains to travel at faster speeds through the city. It will also consolidate the existing three north-south crossings on Kalamazoo and Michigan Avenues into one crossing. �Transportation Component 85 City of Kalamazoo This move would include consolidation of the Mosel (piggyback) Yard to the new location south of the main line. Trains would then travel from the south into the classification yard via the GTW tracks at Gibson Street and across the river. An upgrading of the existing bridge at this point would be necessary, as well as the construction of a Gibson Street connection joining the Kalamazoo Branch to the GTW just south of the Clarage Fan Company. Safety precautions were also discussed for future consideration, in terms of higher train speeds. Metro Transit Element The Metro Transit goal of the Comprehensive Plan is to encourage the increased ridership and continued development of a mass transit system designed to move citizens to their desired destinations. Public ownership of the Metro Transit system began in 1967 upon recommendation of a majority of the citizens of Kalamazoo. Federal legislation has provided for financial assistance to the bus system for capital and, recently, for operating expenses. Such assistance has also provided for newly implemented services and promotional programs. In response to the federal dollars made available in 1974, the City of Kalamazoo completed a Transit Development Plan (TOP) for the urban area in March of 1975. The plan outlined anticipated improvements in transit service for a five-year period. The original problems outlined in the 1975 TOP have been refined and expanded in an effort to improve and maintain better bus service. Scope In addition to present operational levels, the analysis of Metro Transit service includes review of the proposals outlined in the TOP and subsequent revisions. At present, bus patronage constitutes only 5 percent of all person trips generated in Kalamazoo. The current cost of each ride is subsidized 80 percent by local, state, and federal funds. Metro Transit now includes seven bus routes on a cross-city pattern. All routes converge at a central transfer point in the Central Business District (CBO). Each route is double-ended, running from one outbound point to the CBO and continuing to an outbound point at the opposite side of the city. (Refer to Figure 19 for the current route structure.) The city has installed new shelters throughout the city to provide bus patrons with shelter from inclement weather. Metro Transit has also launched an advertising campaign to attract a larger clientele. The advertising is intended not only to promote transit, but also to explain new concepts and programs. �Transportation Component 86 Comprehensive Plan To modify and maintain adequate routes as well as to meet latent demands, the Kalamazoo Area Transportation Study (KATS) and Metro Transit staffs plan to conduct surveys that will provide data to evaluate the existing route structure. Metro Transit plans to use a number of small 25-35 passenger buses, featuring hydraulic lifts and removal seats for persons in wheelchairs. Other strategies include construction of the new bus garage in the CBD, and maintenance of a fleet of large buses with an average age of less than five years. Implementation of peripheral service through experimental looping will provide area citizens the service they have been requesting. A limited demand-response program will also provide area citizens with additional service. Nine mini-buses will operate in nine zones on a door-to-door basis as feeders to the regular routes. Finally, a new bus garage to store and maintain Metro Transit buses is expected to be completed in the fall of 1977. The new facility is located within the CBD on Ransom Street between Rose and Burdick streets, across from the AMTRAK Depot - an area already well developed as the city's multi-modal transportation center. The center will link intra-city buses with inter-city buses, trains, and possible limousine service. Recommendations T Airport Element Recognizing the importance of Metro Transit within the multimodal approach to Kalamazoo's transportation system, several strategies to increase patronage are outlined in the Comprehensive Plan. If the limited construction approach to streets and highways is to be successful, use of Metro Transit as an alternative transportation choice must be increased. To provide better bus service and meet changing needs, the plan recommends continual evaluation of route patterns and monitoring of service demands. The plan also endorses specific techniques, such as park-and-ride programs, limited demandresponse service, and implementation of experimental looping as a means of promoting increased use of Metro Transit and of providing more person trips in fewer vehicles. Since technological changes occur rapidly, the plan recommends that the city continue to investigate innovative means of mass transportation in Kalamazoo. Airways Engineering Corporation of Washington, D.C. is currently completing a Southwest Michigan Regional Airport Study at the request of the City of Kalamazoo. The purpose of the multi-phased report is to identify the need for and guide the development of a regional airport serving Southwestern Michigan, centered around the Kalamazoo and Battle Creek metropolitan areas. �Transportation Component 87 City of Kalamazoo Scope Aviation use of the site currently called the Kalamazoo Municipal Airport began in 1923. In the mid-1920's, the Kalamazoo Airport Association was formed as a nonprofit Michigan Corporation. Community leaders requested designation as a scheduled stop on the commercial air route from Detroit to Chicago to St. Paul in 1926. In August of the same year, the airport was formally dedicated, "Indian Fields Park." In 1929, an Airport Advisory Board was created and the City acquired full title to the land, making Kalamazoo the first city in Michigan to have a statelicensed municipal airport. The Kalamazoo Municipal Airport covers 541 acres of land and includes three runways and associated taxiways. General aviation hangar/apron facilities are divided into three main areas, including five conventional hangars for public use and eight T-hangar buildings with a total of 85 stalls. Kalamazoo Municipal Airport is used primarily by small aircraft: light twin-engine and single-engine planes. Some business jets and turbo-props also use the facility. Service presently includes 17 daily flights, with 5 flights direct to Chicago; 4 additional Chicago flights stopping in South Bend, Indiana; 5 direct flights to Detroit; and 3 additional Detroit flights, stopping in Jackson, Michigan. Scheduled passenger trips for 1974 totalled 101,256. Recommendations Prior to completion of the Comprehensive Plan for Kalamazoo, the City Commission determined to complete the runway extension at the Kalamazoo Municipal Airport to accommodate DC-9 aircraft. To date, the Environmental Impact Statement concerning the runway extension has been approved by the State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Noise levels expected as a result of the runway extension and DC-9 aircraft meet EPA standards. Federal approval of the Environmental Impact Statement is still pending. The Comprehensive Plan recognizes the need for commercial air service in the Kalamazoo area. It recognizes, too, the concern of the residential area adjacent to the airport and, therefore, strongly supports the city's development of a noise abatement program in conjunction with the runway extension. �Transportation Glossary 88 Comprehensive Plan Amtrak National Railroad Passenger Corporation. Capacity the maximum number of vehicles which can pass over a particular section of roadway during a specific period of time under prevailing roadway and traffic conditions. Capacities can generally be expected to approximate 2000 vehicles per lane per hour under ideal conditions. Centralized Traffic Control a device used by railroads to monitor train traffic throughout the city. ConRail plans to implement such a system in Kalamazoo in 1977. Conrail Consolidated Rail Corporation; a semi-public corp. structured to consolidate bankrupt but potentially profitable lines in the Northeast Region of the United States. Contra-Flow a traffic operations methodology whereby a majority of the street lanes are used to transport traffic into an area in the a.m. rush hour and out of the area in the p.m. rush hour. e.g. given a four lane facility, three lanes into the Central Business District and one lane out of the Central Business District during the a.m. rush hour and the opposite during the evening. "Deadhead" Time the time a bus spends on the road traveling from the bus garage to the Central Business District where its route begins each day; no revenues are generated during this time. Exact Fare Policy Metro Transit bus patrons must pay with exact change, otherwise 25¢ bus passes are issued as "change". This policy was implemented in September, 1976. Level of Service a qualitative measure of operating conditions that may occur on a given lane or roadway when it is accommodating various traffic volumes. Limited Demand-Response a Metro Transit program in which buses operate in zones on a door-to-door basis transporting riders to a central point for bus transfer. "Looping" Concept a form of peripheral bus service whereby loops are formed at the enss of the spoke-like routes, e.g. the West Main bus would travel from the Central Business District to Drake Road and travel back to the Central Business District via Drake Road to Parkview Avenue to Oakland Drive. Peak Hour that daily hour in the a.m. and p.m. whereby traffic demand is at its highest. -- ------- ---------- Trailer-On-Flatcar (TOFC) a form of transport whereby truck trailers travel on rail flatcars to regional delivery points. The remainder of travel is made by highway. �Transportation Component 89 City of Kalamazoo - - - - - - - - Arterial Designation Figure 16 I\ 1 TwJ -.&:-~1---amo Oshtemo ..-w, ---r-• . I toper Twp Coopur azoo Kalamazoo Twp 1 I Tw;f'R ch 3nd T "" ,vp Comstock Tw .. I I I II 1--13a I 4 ---~-Oshtemo Two Texas Twp I 1s.a1arnazoo Twp I Po,tage rw I 94 I Expressways Arterials •·--- Potential Improvements Source: City Planning Commission, Kalamazoo, Michigan �Transportation Component ----------------■ Comprehensive Plan Proposed Traffic Flow: CBD Figure 17 90 �Transportation Component 91 City of Kalamazoo Phase I Short-Range Rail Solutions Figure 18 �Transportation Component 92 Comprehensive Plan ------------------- Existing Route Structure and ¼ Mile Service Area Figure 19 1 I -.&::-~----I lamoTwJtoperTwp Oshtemo Twp Kalamazoo Twp ---~-Oshtemo Twp Texas Twp I Kalamazoo Twp Kalamazoo Twp I Portage Twp 1-94 I Existing Routes Looping Route ¼ Mile Service Area I Comstock Twp r --- ►---1fr::"T"' rwmooTw, I \ I II &.J I I ���Community Facilities Component 97 City of Kalamazoo The Community Facilities Component of the Comprehensive Plan refers to the public use and ownership of buildings. The term is generally applied to those physical elements associated with the delivery of community services. Kalamazoo's community facilities analysis includes schools, libraries, fire stations, city administration, police and court facilities, and health service facilities. Many of these facilities are not under direct control of city government but still provide public services. For this reason the collection and analysis of current and anticipated need has been closely coordinated with the various controlling agencies. In this manner, a balanced and accurate relationship of the Community Facilities Component can be made to both the Land Use and the Transportation components. Municipal Administrative Center, Police and Court Facilities The analysis of Kalamazoo's City Hall, police, and court buildings represents an initial step toward setting operational policies concerning the expansion and location of municipal offices. This report analyzes the existing and future space needs of the city administration in relation to the natural demand for increased services. Scope The City of Kalamazoo has enjoyed a long history of good municipal administration. As the demand for municipal services has grown and the complexity of administration has increased, the city organization has been modified and modernized as necessary. In 1970, the City of Kalamazoo undertook a study of the organization and management of municipal government. Many of the resultant proposals have been implemented. In 1972, the city prepared a long range study of the expansion of administrative buildings in Kalamazoo. The latter projected space needs for City Hall, the Police Department, and the District Court through the year 1990. These reports and studies formed the basis for the analysis contained in the Municipal Administrative Center, Police and Court Facilities Report. Future municipal administrative space requirements are seen as an outgrowth of increased government employment in response to demands for municipal services. Because of increased services related to noncriminal activity, Police Department responsibilities outstripped population growth in the city and urban area. For example, minor cases which include public accidents, home accidents, dog bites and the like, the general conditions which include lost property, found property, trouble with neighbors, etc. have increased. This has resulted in the extreme overcrowding of the present police facilities. Every available space is now being used, including, in some cases, the open hallways. Significant increases in district court workloads have also �Community Facilities Component 98 Comprehensive Plan occurred in the past ten years due to a change in organizational structure and operational emphasis. One solution to the present overcrowding caused by these changes is the possible state financing and reorganization of district courts. Recommendations Of all the recommendations, the most significant is the consideration given to maintaining a concentration of city administrative offices in the Central Business District. General location and design issues are given careful consideration in the expansion of Kalamazoo's existing civic center grouping around Bronson Park. These items include the quality of urban design, evaluation of long-range parking facilities and increased evening activities. Specific projects recommended are the expansion of City Hall and Police facilities. Fire Protection Facilities The Kalamazoo Fire Protection Facilities Study analyzes existing and projected population needs as they relate to delivery of fire protection. The study area approximates the boundaries of the City of Kalamazoo including Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo and Nazareth Colleges, and the Kalamazoo State Hospital. Scope Major topics of the study include an inventory of existing facilities, fire protection and insurance ratings; and the need to improve fire facility locations in relationship to service areas. Kalamazoo is serviced by seven fire stations. The existing distribution, based on one-mile and one-and-one-half-mile travel time distances from existing facilities, provides good protection to most mature and middle-city areas. However, outlying new and developing areas, such as in the western portion of the city between Parkview and Grand Prairie, and along Westnedge Avenue between Cork Street and Kilgore Road are covered by a limited number of large-response assignment areas. In response to this need, the Kalamazoo Fire Department is investigating the possibility of reciprocal fire protection agreements with adjacent townships. Adequate fire flow or the number of gallons of water per minute that would be required to extinguish fires, is maintained throughout the city. This includes both existing and proposed high value districts of existing high density residential, commercial, and industrial development. Recommendations A major recommendation regarding fire protection in Kalamazoo is to continue the present evaluation process of fire facilities and service areas on a citywide basis. Station-by-station monitoring provides information on changes in service demand and allows replacement and consolidation of existing fire facilities in an equitable manner. These actions therefore are seen as improving the efficiency of the Kalamazoo Fire Department without altering its fire response capabilities. �Community Facilities Component 99 City of Kalamazoo Currently the Eastside, Douglas, and Cork Street fire stations are undergoing an assessment process to examine utilization of equipment and/or personnel. Within the context of the Comprehensive Plan it is recommended that current levels of fire protection be maintained and expanded as growth occurs. It also encourages area-wide fire service agreements with adjacent local governmental units as necessary. Figure 20 locates the existing and proposed fire stations as well as travel distances. Library Facilities The library portion of the Community Facility Analysis examines the Kalamazoo Public Library system, its function and the factors that affect it. The goal of the library report is to encourage better library service for all of the citizens of Kalamazoo through the analysis of existing and future library needs. The report presents an initial step in the formation of operational policies and guidelines for locating future facilities. Scope In an effort to determine existing and future library needs the report presents an inventory of library services within the metropolitan area. At present the Kalamazoo library system operates five area libraries, three within the city (the Central Library, the Powell Branch and the Washington Square Branch). The library system maintains circulating and reference collections for children, young adults, and adults. It also operates a district bookmobile and a county bookmobile, and houses a museum and a planetarium within the main building. Figure 21 locates the five libraries. The old concept of the library as a facility to serve children and scholars is no longer true. Facilities and programs have been expanded to include music, art, special seminars, exhibits, bookmobiles, films, cable television, microfilming, reproduction, etc. Service to young adults in Kalamazoo is increasing. In the past this age group almost ceased using the library shortly after leaving high school. Today, with increasing educational attainments and more leisure time available, the young adult is using the library to continue his education. The demand for library services for adults is also increasing with the realization that the library is a source of technical information. Not only must services be available for recreational and educational reading, but libraries are often used by groups with special interests, such as businessmen, industrialists, and farmers. Recommendations New approaches to library planning and programming are evident in Kalamazoo. The consortium of Kalamazoo libraries is one example: this system of cross-library use provides community access to academic, public, and special libraries. An expansion of this type of programming is encouraged as a means of broadening the opportunities for the citizens of Kalamazoo. The most significant recommendation is that, in general, future sites for branch libraries should be located in or adjacent to community �Community Facilities Component 100 Comprehensive Plan or medium sized shopping centers. Based on projected need, a specific recommendation is made to expand the present Central Library within the next five years. Health Service Facilities Scope The City of Kalamazoo does not provide municipal public health services. However, the health needs of Kalamazoo's citizens are more than adequately met by private physicians, hospitals, and specialized institutions. These activities, supplemented by state and county public health agencies, provide health care beyond what is normally expected for a community this size. The goal of this report is to encourage the continuation of the innovative and comprehensive health care presently available to the community. The Health Service report analyzes health care provisions in Kalamazoo. Four kinds of facilities are covered: 1) general hospital facilities, 2) community mental health facilities, 3) family health centers, and 4) nursing homes. rKalamazoo is served by two major general hospitals, Borgess and Bronson. The two hospitals have been in competition for many years. However, this competition has been beneficial to the community. Refer to Figure 22 for location of health care facilities. General Hospital Facilities Borgess Hospital is a 473-bed acute-care hospital located on Gull Road. The hospital is sponsored by the Sisters of St. Joseph of Nazareth, Michigan. Located on the Gull Road property are a main 366,000 square foot hospital, a companion physicians' office building, a companion ambulatory care building, some houses on Shafer Street, and an interns' residence. The original hospital building was constructed in 1917, with substantial additions made in 1929, in the 1950's, and in 1971. Recently constructed was a 22,000 square foot emergency and trauma center located adjacent to the 1971 North building, and the former nursing residence was remodeled for use as an ambulatory care clinic. Both of these projects were completed and operational in late 1976. In addition to the projects currently under construction, the hospital has proposed the construction of a 35-unit physicians' office building on the east end of the property. The hospital has also proposed the addition of four stories to the North building to house additional patient beds, a surgical and radiology department, a remodeled pharmacy, and a central sterile supply department. Bronson Hospital is a 461-bed general hospital located on East Lovell Street in Kalamazoo's Central Business District. The hospital stands on land purchased by the Kalamazoo Hospital Association in 1900. Currently located on the hospital property are a main hospital building, an incorporated physicians' office building, and a multi-story automobile garage. A school of nursing is operated at the facility. Bronson Hospital has expanded its facility in a staged program of development. The current structure can be divided into four sections, or service stacks, all J �Community Facilities Component 101 City of Kalamazoo in various phases of maturity. The past policy of the hospital has been to build new bed space while converting the obsolete areas into administrative office space. Off-street parking is currently deficient at the hospital. Employee parking presents the most trouble because of the necessity of overlapping shifts. The hospital is currently served by a 350-car three-story enclosed parking ramp, which has vertical expansion capability to contain 1,000 cars. However, expansion of this parking facility would be expensive. The hospital administration would prefer entering into a long-term leasing arrangement with the City of Kalamazoo which could be coordinated with implementation of the current South Mall Parking Study. The hospitals of Kalamazoo serve the needs of a relatively large population in a geographic area half-way to Battle Creek and, for a greater distance, toward the smaller hospitals and smaller towns of Plainwell, Allegan, Paw Paw, Vicksburg and Three Rivers. Within this area, 80 percent or more of the population comes either to Borgess or Bronson Hospital. Within the Kalamazoo core area, including the cities of Parchment, Portage, and part of Comstock, 95 percent come to the local hospitals. Discussions with hospital planning personnel of the Michigan Department of Public Health indicate that the growth of Borgess and Bronson Hospitals in the future will be largely tied to the overall growth of population in the Kalamazoo metropolitan area. Mental Health Facilities Although Borgess Hospital maintains the Delano Clinic, a hospital attached to the Community Mental Health Center, the major mental health facility in Kalamazoo is the Kalamazoo State Hospital. This facility serves an 11-county area in Southwestern Michigan. The hospital's activities are directed through the State of Michigan Mental Health Department. Currently, the hospital houses 850 patients, and hospital planning personnel foresee a stabilized patient population for the future of approximately 600. As a result of the state's plan to decentralize mental health care, the Kalamazoo State Hospital is expected to be used in the future for intensive psychiatric care and services not available at local community mental health centers. The Kalamazoo State Hospital has under its jurisdiction 260 acres within the city, and represents a major land use. The property includes two sites, the largest being the 250-acre main facility located on Oakland Drive. The second parcel is a ten-acre northwest site located on Blakeslee Street. This 200-bed unit is scheduled to be abandoned within the next two years. This action will leave the State Hospital with only its main facility. As a result of the trend toward community-based treatment rather than institutionalization of persons requiring supervised residential care, licensed foster care facilities are permitted in all �Community Facilities Component 102 Comprehensive Plan residential zones under State of Michigan law. Currently, there are 44 adult foster family homes in the city housing a maximum of six adults apiece and 14 adult foster group facilities housing between 7 to 20 persons apiece. Family Health Centers Kalamazoo currently has one family health center located on West Paterson Street which provides comprehensive health services to any low-income resident of Kalamazoo County or the north Kalamazoo community regardless of income. Fees are charged for specific services needed, but may be reduced in relation to a family's ability to pay. The Kalamazoo Family Health Center is supported by fees, individual and foundation contributions and grants. The center has 5,500 registered members, 4,000 of which are considered active. Seventy percent of the membership is from the northside community. Nursing Homes Licensed nursing homes and licensed homes for the aged are an integral component of the total health services in Kalamazoo. They present special planning problems because they very often exist within or in close proximity to residential neighborhoods containing private homes. Kalamazoo presently has five licensed nursing homes, and two licensed homes for the aged. Licensed nursing homes range in size from the 24-bed Smith Memorial Home, to the 180-bed Ridgeview Manor. The city currently has a total of 513 nursing home beds or a ratio of 6.0 beds per 1,000 population (based on 1970 population). Recommendations Currently, area health programs are coordinated through the South Central Michigan Health Planning Council. A continual dialogue is maintained on a local level through the City of Kalamazoo Medical Planning Commission. Recommendations in the Community Facilities Plan encourage this form of cooperation among Kalamazoo's major health care institutions. It is recommended that because Bronson Hospital is in the downtown area and Borgess Hospital is in a developing residential district in northeastern Kalamazoo, special consideration be given in each case when expansion is planned; particularly in relation to parking, traffic generation, and potential residential development. It is further recommended that both institutions carry on land-banking programs for expansion and parking; and that hospital-related housing be explored. Provisions for this type of housing are made in the Land Use Component. The City of Kalamazoo supports continued improvement in the delivery of health services to city residents. These services can be provided through existing health care facilities. Where need for physically locating services in a given �Community Facilities Component 103 City of Kalamazoo neighborhood is clearly established, it is recommended that available structures, such as school buildings, be used rather than new facility construction. Recommendations are also made concerning the development of health care facilities in close proximity to residential districts. These recommendations detail requirements which will protect the quality of the surrounding neighborhoods such as: adequate parking, landscaping and screening requirements. The Comprehensive Plan also recommends that the licensing of additional adult foster care facilities includes consideration of nearby residents and that a balance be sought between communitybased treatment and legitimate neighborhood concerns. Neighborhood Centers The City of Kalamazoo supports the concept of neighborhood community centers where the individual neighborhood defines such a need. Community centers can provide a cohesive function in a neighborhood and contribute to its stability and improvement. Because of recurring concerns about funding for construction, maintenance, utilities and staffing, the Comprehensive Plan recommends the maximum utilization of available structures such as schools which offer both office and recreational facilities. School Facilities The school facilities portion of the Kalamazoo community facilities analysis is a broad statement of intentions and strategies within the context of a general approach to educational facilities planning. The aim of the school facilities report is to encourage the development and maintenance of public educational facilities that best provide intellectual, cultural, and vocational opportunities to the whole spectrum of the community as well as to their student population. The primary objective of the school facilities analysis is to provide a basis for coordination of school programming with the projected plans of other public agencies involved or related to school activities. A secondary objective is the delineation of existing facilities, possible new construction, future obsolescent and possible abandonment of educational facilities. Scope In an effort to determine the present and future capacity of Kalamazoo's educational facilities, an analysis was made of the existing and projected school enrollment and an inventory of all school facilities, both public and private, was taken, including primary, secondary, and post-secondary institutions. Primary and secondary school location, classroom size, and gross physical structure were evaluated for each facility in relation to present and future demands. Figure 26 outlines the Kalamazoo Public School District. �Community Facilities Component 104 Comprehensive Plan Projected Kalamazoo Area Primary and Secondary School Enrollment Trends Public and private school enrollment in the Kalamazoo area has declined significantly during recent years as shown in Tables 11 and 12. This reflects a national trend attributable to significant changes in family composition, e.g., relatively large numbers of small families, single persons, and young married couples without children. The impact of this trend on the City of Kalamazoo's long-term growth potential is uncertain at this time. Kalamazoo area school enrollment trends for the years 1975 through 1995 are projected in Table 13. Trends are indicated for public school and nonpublic school enrollment. The public school enrollment projection is based on separate elementary school, junior high school, and senior high school projections. The projections contained in Table 13 were based on three primary factors: 1) Kalamazoo area population growth, 2) anticipated long-range school-age population levels, and 3) past school enrollment trends. Nonpublic school enrollment projections contained in Table 13 are based on the assumption that such enrollment will represent approximately 18 percent of total enrollment. This is consistent with the average ratio of public school enrollment to total school enrollment evidenced during recent years. However, long-term trends suggest that nonpublic school enrollment could decline to a slightly smaller proportion of total school enrollment. The school enrollment projections contained in Table 13 reflect the interaction of two demographic trends: 1) moderately increasing population levels, and 2) steadily declining proportions of school age persons to total population. The projections indicate school enrollment is expected to decline steadily through 1985, and then begin to increase slightly through 1995. Total public school and nonpublic school enrollment was projected to be 15,800 in 1975 and 17,200 in 1995. Public school enrollment is expected to decline from 14,800 in 1975 to 13,000 in 1985, then increase to 14,100 by 1995. Considerable fluctuation is projected in the relation between public elementary, junior high, and senior high school enrollments. This fluctuation is attributed to the movement of different sized age cohorts through the population over the twenty-year period between 1975 and 1995. Because these fluctuations are self-adjusting over time, detailed planning of elementary, junior high, and senior high school needs should be met with a balanced and flexible school inventory. Existing Public School Facilities The school board feels at this time its present inventory of facilities can meet future demands. Currently the system contains 23 elementary schools, 5 junior high schools, 2 senior high schools and 3 special education facilities. (Refer to Figure 24) �Community Facilities Component 105 City of Kalamazoo Elementary School Facilities Table 14 contains basic data on elementary schools derived from the educational facilities survey. Table 14 shows an inventory of generally old elementary schools. Median age for all 23 schools is 44 years. Eight of the 23 schools are over 50 years old and at least ten of them are old enough so that kindergarteners who entered them in the fall of 1975 may be using the same classrooms their grandparents used in elementary school. No new elementary schools have been built during the past ten years. Only nine schools, those 11 to 23 years old, can be considered in the prime of their functional life. There is only one interme iate-aged elementary school, the Lakewood School, built 37 years ago. Most of the older elementary schools are located in the mature city or the middle city. The median age for mature and middle-city elementary schools is 52 years. A few older elementary schools are located in the new city, the developing city, or outside the city limits. These can be found along major arterials which were the paths for advancing urbanization. Junior High School and High School Facilities Table 15 contains basic data on junior high schools and high schools derived from the educational facilities survey. The table depicts a large, fairly new inventory. The median age for the seven junior and senior high schools is 17 years, and the oldest of the seven, South Junior High School, is only 25 years old. The junior and senior high schools are relatively large facilities. The median building size of the junior high schools is 100,000 square feet. The two high schools contain 303,000 square feet and 321,000 square feet. Considering projected population trends and the age of existing facilities, none of Kalamazoo's junior or senior high schools should need replacing before the second or third decade of the 21st century. Community Education Center The school system's old Central High School is being utilized as a community education facility which accommodates a broad range of activities and services including community education, County Health Department clinics, public recreation facilities, and School Board functions. The old Central High School in which the Community Education Center is located is 62 years old and has an addition 51 years old. The basic structure of the facility is reported to be sound and the school board has adopted the policy of preserving it for future use. However, extensive remodeling is needed. The total size of the building is 119,000 square feet. It contains 50 classrooms of approximately 570 square feet each. This is small by current standards, but adequate to serve the class sizes typical of the community education programs. The Community Education Center is located on a small site (3.89 acres) and parking is severely inadequate. Special Education Programs and Facilities The Kalamazoo Public School System operates special education programs for approximately 650 students. Six specific programs �Community Facilities Component 106 Comprehensive Plan are designed for: 1) trainable mentally impaired, 2) educable mentally impaired, 3) physically or otherwise health-impaired, 4) emotionally impaired, 5) learning disabled, and 6) hearing impaired. Most of these programs are carried out within regular elementary, junior high, or senior high school facilities. However, about one-third of the students are accommodated in three special education centers: the J. F. Kennedy Center, the Upjohn Center, and the Lakeside Center. Community Use of Public School Facilities Community use of public school facilities is fostered by the Community School Executive Board. The board is made up of members from the Board of Education, the Upjohn Institute, the Kalamazoo Parks and Recreation Department, and other agencies. The board operates the community school program in five elementary schools and three junior high schools distributed throughout the city and outlying portions of the school district. These schools are: 1) Lincoln Elementary, 2) Edison Elementary, 3) Washington Elementary, 4) Indian Prairie Elementary, 5) Chime Elementary, 6) South Junior High, 7) Milwood Junior High, and 8) Northeastern Junior High. The community school program provides for a broad range of neighborhood activities and offers a variety of enrichment programs for all age groups. The community schools contain neighborhood drop-in centers, designed to foster a stronger sense of neighborhood identity. Each community school has a local advisory council which organizes and coordinates neighborhood-related activities. Although the community schools are specially designated centers for intensive community use, other Kalamazoo area public schools are also available to community organizations. Respondents of a facilities survey indicate 25 of the 28 elementary, junior high, and high schools are used by community organizations. Ten of the city's public schools are utilized for the Kalamazoo Parks and Recreation Department summer program. The program includes outdoor recreation activities such as softball, badminton, and cricket, as well as craft activities such as batik, macrame, and painting. The 10 schools are: 1) Arcadia Elementary, 2) Burke Acres Elementary, 3) Greenwood Elementary, 4) Oakwood Elementary, 5) Parkwood Elementary, 6) West Main Street Elementary, 7) South Westnedge Elementary, 8) Spring Valley Elementary, 9) Vine Elementary and 10) South Junior High School. These schools were selected to provide recreation programs in neighborhoods where City Parks and Recreation Department facilities are not available. Phased-Out School Facilities There are six public school buildings in the city which are no longer utilized by the Kalamazoo Public Schools: Grand Prairie, �Community Facilities Component 107 City of Kalamazoo Pleasant Park, Peter Pan, Hillcrest, Fairview, and Roosevelt schools. Declining enrollment has eliminated the need for the classroom space these facilities provide and the busing program has eliminated the role they played as neighborhood schools. There are several reasons why these facilities have been phased out: 1) they were too small to permit efficient operation, 2) they needed substantial rehabilitation in order to bring them up to modern standards and 3) they are located away from the city's main concentrations of elementary age students. The school board would prefer to avoid demolition of phased-out schools whenever possible; it has adopted a policy of seeking alternative public or private uses. Four of the six vacant facilities have been leased to public institutions in the Kalamazoo area. The Grand Prairie and Pleasant Park Schools are utilized by the Kalamazoo Valley Intermediate School District. Services of the Kalamazoo Valley Intermediate School District The Kalamazoo Valley Intermediate School District (KVISD) is an outstanding service agency meeting various needs of the Kalamazoo area. A service agency for public school districts, KVISD currently provides four special service programs and four educational programs to client school districts. KVISD presents a strong potential for design and implementation of educational programs needed to improve housing and neighborhood conditions in Kalamazoo's older neighborhoods. Such educational services could be provided either directly through KVISD or through public school districts with the technical assistance of KVISD. Colleges and Western Michigan University One university and three colleges exist in the Kalamazoo area. While Western Michigan University and Kalamazoo and Nazareth colleges are located within the city limits, Kalamazoo Valley Community College is located in Oshtemo Township. Figure 25 pinpoints each of these institutions. Western Michigan University's campus consists of two areas divided by the Con Rail (Amtrak) Railroad, Stadium Drive, and athletic fields. The East Campus is the site of the original school founded in 1903. Land to the northwest of Stadium Drive was purchased in 1946. All recent expansion has occurred in the West Campus which has become the main campus. A Western Michigan University Campus Development Plan was completed in 1970 based on a maximum anticipated enrollment of 20,000 full-time equated students. According to the plan, these enrollment objectives can be met within an area generally bounded by: a) Stadium Drive and ConRail (Amtrak) Railroad on the south, b) Howard Street on the west, c) existing residential areas beyond the residence halls on the north, and d) Kalamazoo College on the east. A major facet of the development plan included closing Michigan �Community Facilities Component 108 Comprehensive Plan Avenue through the campus to ensure a pedestrian campus. Vehicle circulation was examined in terms of access for faculty, staff and students living off campus. Ease of arrival and departure and parking for public events on campus were also considered. Western Michigan University's present enrollment totals 19,000 full-time students. The university expects no significant growth during the coming years. The Board of Trustees revised housing policies two years ago to allow all students the choice of living on or off campus. Kalamazoo College, on the other hand, requires its students to reside on campus with few exceptions. Kalamazoo College Trustees maintain an on-campus housing capacity maximum of 1,375 students. The 1975-76 enrollment totalled 1,496 students. With the possible exception of a parking ramp, Kalamazoo College anticipates no expansion south of Lovell Street. The college would like to develop perimeter parking. If property could be acquired, Kalamazoo College would like to construct a parking lot between West Michigan Avenue and the Amtrak line. The college is also interested in closing one of its campus streets, e.g., Academy, Carmel or Catherine. In terms of capital improvements, Kalamazoo College plans to rebuild its gymnasium on one of two alternative sites: 1) rebuild on same site with Catherine Street closed, or 2) build on the corner of Academy and Catherine Streets. An expansion of the college's library is envisioned for 1980-85. The college would like to add two more tennis courts if Carmel Street were to be closed. The school's heating system may also be changed. Nazareth College proposes no physical development through 1990. The only change it foresees will be the Dillon Hall senior citizens complex. The 1975 enrollment totaled 457 students. The 1990 enrollment projection totals 700 students. Recommendations Primary and Secondary Schools The school facilities recommendations consist of general statements regarding site acquisition, new buildings, additions, improvements, and abandonments. Because of the reduced enrollment trends, specific recommendations are also made on possible redevelopment of phased-out schools. These alternatives include residential development, park-playground, neighborhood, social or health service centers, and other compatible uses. Each alternative is qualified by its compatibility with residential areas and possible traffic implications. During recent years, the busing of students to achieve racial balance in the schools has caused the reevaluation of the neighborhood school as an activity or social center for the immediate residential area. The degree to which the neighborhood school continues to serve as a community �Community Facilities Component 109 City of Kalamazoo focal point will be determined by cooperative programming for the school facility by school board, municipal departments, and other agencies for school use. The report encourages year-round use of schools, especially for recreation, special education, and preschool and summer school programs as means to retain neighborhood identification. Institutions of Higher Education Recommendations concerning Western Michigan University and the area colleges emphasize continued coordination and cooperation between those institutions and the City of Kalamazoo. Major development on any of the campuses affects surrounding neighborhoods and city operations. Similarly, changes planned by the city may affect the campuses. It is therefore recommended that these matters of mutual interest be cooperatively developed. Cultural/Fine Arts Amenities The cultural/fine arts amenities portion of the community facilities analysis inventories the range of amenities available in Kalamazoo. The goal of this report is to encourage continued development and expansion of the fine arts amenities through analysis of present offerings and projections of expansion or reduction of services. Scope The analysis of current cultural/fine arts amenities covers three categories: 1 theaters/ auditoriums 2 art galleries 3 museums Only those organizations which can be classified as nonprofit are included. Profit-making associations involved in the fine arts are considered to be business establishments. Recommendations The abundance of cultural/fine arts amenities in Kalamazoo represents a strong, positive force for attracting people and business to the community. Another benefit is the increased stabilization of neighborhoods because of public reinvestment in the area. Expansion of these amenities is encouraged, as they .are assets to the urban environment. The primary recommendation is for coordination of expansion efforts which would lessen the negative conditions restricting growth and, also, the possible adverse effects resulting from further development. Traffic generation and parking problems are foreseen as possible conflicts to be resolved. Reutilization of vacant school buildings for the housing of fine arts amenities is also recommended. �,; .,... .. . :' ' \ ... ·. ~ ·--~ . ... - '11 t l .. --' ... :f,, ! ...,_;;;;:_ I :::-:: ~ 1:_Jl., ' ?f'IJ - ..Jl/f.i1 l-1l ;[!if rtllf/J I 4 ,... ~. ' ..,, (' ' \. . ~ ... w ) ' ~L. ~ij\11; Proposed South Mall project ' ._ /;;' �Community Facilities Component 111 City of Kalamazoo Fire Stations and Travel Distances Figure20 I\ ---r-1 i. I -1-~I.... -amo TwJ Oshtemo Twp I Cooper Tw~R,chland Twp toper Twp azoo Twp Kalamazoo Twp Comstock Tw ... I I I ---~---Oshtemo Twp Texas Twp I Kalamazoo Twp Kalamazoo Twp I Comstock Twp --- ►--r;:.r:e I I Portage Twp Twp 1.. I --, I \ I I Fire Stations Proposed, Pending Final Evaluation One Mile Travel Distance One and One-Half Mile Travel Distance tJ Pavilion Twp I I I �Community Facilities Component 112 Comprehensive Plan Library Facilities Figure21 I TwJLper amo - Twp _.i:;_~ .... - I Oshterno Twp Kalamazoo Twp l\ -- --Cooper Twp I Richland Twp Comstock T U.s IJ? 6 A. ---~--Oshtemo Twp Texas Twp I l~r Kalamazoo Twp Kalamazoo Twp I Comstock Twp -•-I-!"--• I I Portage Twp Portage Twp r-lI I 'I I \ I ~-----+----+-----+---+-- - - , Possible Existing One-Half and One-Mile Travel Radii 1 Main Library 2 Powell Branch 3 Washington Square Branch 4 Eastwood Branch 5 Oshtemo Branch tJ Pavilion Twp II I �Community Facilities Component 113 ----------- ----- City of Kalamazoo ---------------------- Health Care Facilities Figure 22 1 TwJ toper Twp Oshtemo Twp Kalamazoo Twp I\ ---r-• i. I -~-~ .... -,a,,io I Cooper Tw~R,chland Twp zoo Twp I Comstock Tw .. I I I ., :, ---~--Oshtemo Twp Texas Twp I Kalamazoo Twp Kalamazoo Twp I Comstock Twp I ---►--· ' r II I Portage Twp Po,tage Twp I Bronson Hospital County Health Department Family Health Center Borgess Hospital State Hospital l..... I --, I \ I tJ Pavilion fwp I �Community Facilities Component 114 Comprehensive Plan Kalamazoo Public School District Figure23 US-131 OAKLAND DOUGLAS SC a: u 0 WESTN~DGE BURDICK LOVER 'S LANE PORTAGE .- RIVERVIEW OR L--SPR INKLE z - ~ ;:; Kalamazoo City Limits School District Boundaries ... <I) <t w �Community Facilities Component 115 City of Kalamazoo School Locations Figure24 I\ -~-~----I lamo TwJ Lper Twp OsMcmo Twp I ---r-• Cooper Tw~Richland Twp Twp Kalamazoo Twp I .. Comstock Tw I I ■ 24 ---~--Oshtemo Twp Texas Twp ---~--'I II 1rr I Kalamazoo Twp Kalamazoo Twr, I Portage Twp Portage Twp I Elementary Schools 1-23 Ele!T'entary Schoois Junior High Schools 1- 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 to 23 years old Arcadia Oakwood Winchell Indian Prairie Northglade Spring Valley Greenwood Chime Westwood 10-15 10 11 12 13 14 15 34 to 49 years old Lakewood Brucker Burke Acres Woodrow Wilson South Westnedge West Main Senior High Schools and Community Education Center Special School Facilities Private Schools --,, I II a.J 16-23 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 51 to 54 years old Vine McKinley Edison Parkwood Lincoln Milwood Woodward Washington 24-28 24 25 26 27 28 Junior High Schools Milwood HIiiside Northeastern Oakwood South I Comstock r wp_ I Pav•l,on 1wp· I 29-30 Senior High Schools 29 Central 30 Loy Norrix 31-33 31 32 33 Special School Facilities J. F. Kennedy lake Side Upjohn Center 34 Community Education Center �Community Facilities Component 116 Comprehensive Plan Institutions of Higher Education Figure 25 a s" z "'< 0 Western Michigan University Kalamazoo College Nazareth College Kalamazoo Valley Community College �Community Facilities Component 118 Comprehensive Plan Kalamazoo Area School Enrollment Trends Table 11 Non-Public School Enrollment Public School Enrollment Year 1962 1963 1964 1965 --1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 -----1974 1975 --- - - 1976 Percent Change Annual Change Number 17,676 18,018 -----18,097 18,378 18,997 19,150 18,908 18,782 17,908 16,812 15,978 --15,473 15,168 14,551 14,119 342 79 281 619 153 --- Annual Change Percent Change 1962 4,961 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 165 5,126 5,421 295 -----118 5,303 -135 5,168 -312 4,856 3.3 Number Year 1.9 0.4 1.6 3.40.8 5.8 -2.2 -2.5 -6.0 -5.1 4,610 -246 1968 -403 -8.7 1969 4,207 -2.6 -108 1970 4,099 -0.5 4,078 -21 1971 -3.9 -161 1972 3,917 -- · ----261 -6.7 1973 3,656 -----4.0 1974 -148 3,508 1975 5 3,513 +.001 - - - - -- - -· + 1976 Not available as of 12-76 -1.3 -242 -0.7 -126 -874 -4.7 -1,096 -6.1 -834 -5.0 ----505 -3.2 -2.0 -305 -4.0 -617 - ---3.0 -432 Source: Table by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Inc., based on data supplied by the Kalamazoo Public School Administration. Updated by the Kalamazoo Planning Division, December, 1976 Note: Does not include special education students. 1976 Enrollment by Public School Type Table 12 Elementary School Junior High School Senior High School --TOTAL Note: Does not include special education students. Students Percent 7,831 3,144 3,144 --- 14,119 - 55.50 - - 22.25 22.25 100.00 ----- Source: Table by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Inc., based on data supplied by the Kalamazoo Public School Administration. Updated by the Kalamazoo Planning Division, December, 1976 --- - Projected Kalamazoo Area School Enrollment Trends Table 13 1975 Total Public School and Non-Public Enrollment Public School Enrollment Elementary School ·---Junior High School Senior High School Non-Public School Enrollment 18,100 14,800 7,990 - - -3,550 3,260 3,300 1980 - 16,800 13,800 7,460 -3,310 -- 3,030 3,000 1985 1990 1995 15,800 13,000 7,020 3,120 2,860 16,100 13,200 7,130 3,170 2,900 17,200 14,100 7,620 3,380 3,100 2,800 2,900 - 3,100 Source: Table by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Incorporated, based on data supplied by the Kalamazoo Public School Administration, August, 1975 - �... ~ Community Facilities Component 119 ---- City of Kalamazoo - - Elementary School Inventory Table 14 Schools 11 to 23 Years Old Arcadia Oakwood Winchell Indian Prairie Northglade Spring Valley Greenwood Chime Westwood Median Age ol Building (Years) Age of Newest Addition 11 6 n.a. n.a. 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 18.5 10 15 3 1 9 8 Site Size (Acres) Building Size (Sq. Ft.) Number Average of Classroom ClassSize (Sq. Ft.) rooms Indoor Recreation Area (Sq. Ft.) Enrollment Capacity 2,400 2,400 447 330 10.00 4.53 9.60 12.00 11.84 25.92 8.49 3.59 10.20 10.1 34,000 26,000 22,000 29,000 33,000 29,000 18 15 14 13 13 13 11 10 14 13 780 450 950 n.a. 1,000 750 800 800 800 3.29 11.87 6.86 2.81 8.99 2.28 5.07 23,000 9 36,000 10 21,000 11 35,000 14 47,000 13 -30,000 13 33,000 12 820 900 1,000 700 850 n.a. 850 33,000 29,000 37,000 n.a. n.a. Number Number of Parking of Teachers Spaces Total Enrollment n.a. n.a. 3,000 2,400 n.a. 2,400 2,400 447 40 20 316 13 22 -- 13 n.a. 349 28 13 50 350 350 12 30 400 341 390 319 13 n.a. 20 390 261 9 300 213 12 n.a. 450 357 14 90 ---13 30 390 345 n.a. 4,150 2,400 2,440 2,925 2,400 2,440 300 300 330 350 400 750 333 n.a. Schools 34 to 49 Years Old 37 43 44 Burke Acres -Woodrow Wilson 46 South Westnedge 48 West'Main 49 - - -Median 45 Lakewood Brucker 10 6 8 21 14 10 172 233 260 272 344 300 266 7 95 14 10 14 -12 11 n.a. 23 29 25 0 18 24 Schools 51 to 54 Years Old Vine McKinley Edison Parkwood Lincoln Milwood Woodward Washington Median 51 51 52 53 53 54 54 54 53 12 35 6 19 6 28 14 12 13 39,000 2.26 2.73 40,000 7.36 72,000 -- -32,000 2.33 177,000 6.98 21.00 28,000 57,000 9.60 3.40 54,000 5.19 56,000 21 n.a. 10 n.a. 20 800 12 690 -n.a. 52 30 875 27 n.a. 23 700 750 22 2,400 630 360 2,400 308 252 n.a. 500 410 --2,320 425 357 n.a. 700 531 2,400 750 551 n.a. 650 456 4,400 700 503 2,400 640 433 14 11 - 30 16 - n.a. n.a. 13 12 --- n.a. n.a. -- - 27 100 ---27 43 26 41 20 36 Source : Table by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Inc., August, 1975, based on data supplied by the Kalamazoo Public School Administration �Community Facilities Component 120 Comprehensive Plan Junior High School and High School Inventory Table 15 Schools Junior High Milwood Hillside Northeastern Oakwood South Number of Classrooms Aver•£• Clossroom Size (Sq. Ft.) Indoor Recreation ArH (Sq. Ft.) Ago of Age of BulldinE Newest Site Size (Years) Addition (Acres) Building SIN 16 17 22 23 25 128,000 38 100,000 30 80,000 27 -78,000 20 140,000 40 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 303,000 321,000 n.a. n.a. 27 21.45 20.25 9 -15.11 9 21 (Sq. Ft.) n.a. 625 742 n.a. --- 6,000 5,000 Enrollment Capacity Total Enrollment 900 832 950 862 557 600 ------ 600 600 1,200 742 Number Number of of Parkin& Teachers Spaces 275 156 45 43 29 33 45 n.a. 83 85 1,000 700 80 120 High Schools Central 3 ------Loy Norrix 15 - 4 61.84 55 77 73 10,000 12,000 2,200 2,200 1,667 1,586 Source: Table by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Inc., August, 1975, based on data supplied by the Kalamazoo Public School Administration ���Utilities Component 125 City of Kalamazoo Provision for adequate utilities is an important criterion for any active and vital community. Every citizen is directly concerned with electricity, gas, telephone, water and sewage disposal as basic to daily life. The growth of any community is dependent upon these services. Because the provision of water, storm drainage and sewage treatment systems are under direct public control, they form the principal elements of the Comprehensive Plan's Utility Component. Semi-public utility systems, such as electricity, gas, and telephone are planned, primarily, by each of the respective companies serving the Kalamazoo area. Before action is taken to modify current systems, however, proposed plans are extensively coordinated with those of all local governments within the affected area. The purpose of the Utility Component of the Comprehensive Plan is to describe Kalamazoo's existing systems and examine some of the major problems now being observed. This process, because of its technical nature, requires a close working relationship with the city's utility departments. The City of Kalamazoo is fortunate that ongoing utility-planning activities are maintained by both the Water and Public Works Departments. This has helped to facilitate specific problem evaluation and to recommend solutions based on available resources. The "Comprehensive Plan" accepts the expansion and extension of Kalamazoo's utility systems, as outlined in the "Fifty-Year Water Utility Management Plan" of 1975; the "Master Plan of Storm Drainage", 1976; and the "201 Segmented Facilities Plan, Volume I, City of Kalamazoo", 1976. Recognizing that expansion and extension of the utility systems will increase the development potential outside the city, however, the Comprehensive Plan also encourages an areawide commitment to maintaining the City of Kalamazoo as a vital urban center in terms of residential, commercial, and industrial growth. This commitment should be reinforced at every opportunity in the interaction between Kalamazoo and adjacent local governments. To this end, it is recommended that when the city considers utility improvements that benefit areas outside the city, consideration should also be given to the willingness of those areas to undertake cooperative actions. Such actions include: 1) cooperating in planning for the use and impact of the utility on all areas served, 2) aiding the city in solving potential problems connected with utility improvements, and 3) equitable sharing of the costs of constructing and using the improved utility services. Water Utility Element All of the water used domestically or for other purposes in the Kalamazoo urban area is ground water. The water supply system is managed principally by the cities of Kalamazoo, Parchment and Portage. �Utilities Component 126 Comprehensive Plan The City of Kalamazoo's service area includes the city and, through franchise agreements, several surrounding areas, including the townships of Kalamazoo (excluding the City of Parchment), Comstock, Cooper, Oshtemo, Richland, and Texas, and a portion of the City of Portage north of 1-94 and Branch Creek. The entire area, currently, is not being serviced (refer to Figure 26). Both Parchment and Portage operate water systems within their corporate limits. Scope The entire water system is an integrated whole made up of well fields (source of supply), pumping stations, storage reservations, booster-bleeder stations, and distribution piping systems that link all the components. Kalamazoo's service area is divided into 5 pressure districts (see Figure 27). Within these districts, the city operates 20 pumping stations and 5 storage tanks. At present, water is supplied from 104 deep wells, grouped in 21 well fields. It is distributed through an extensive network of pipelines ranging in size from 2 inches to 30 inches, at an average pressure of 55 pounds per square inch (psi) with a range of 35 psi to 110 psi. Replacement needs in this distribution system exist, for the most part, in the Low Service District and, particularly, in the Central Business District (CBD), as shown in Figure 28. A program for upgrading in the Low Service District is proposed. The upgrading and replacement program should be scheduled with other public works projects, such as street widening and/ or relocation and sewer construction. In addition, coordination with any major private construction should be sought. An appraisal of all aspects of the present pumping operation has been made. The appraisal was conducted in light of proposed capacities, so that programs could be formulated in response to identification of deficiencies. Treatment The raw water is treated at each of the pumping stations with applications of chlorine, fluoride, and sodium hexametaphosphate. Sodium hexametaphosphate is used to sequester the iron present in Kalamazoo's water. The treatment method differs from most municipal water systems in that Kalamazoo does not have a single water source or treatment plant. This is not seen as a problem, due to proposed automatic controls now being tried on an experimental basis to determine effectiveness. Usage and Resources A simplied summary of the past development of service and volume is delineated below: 1925 45,000 Number of Customers 11,050 Miles of Main in Service 118.5 ·Average Day M.G.D.,. 4.4 - - Population Served - Maximum Day M.G.D. *Million Gallons Per Day 1950 65,000 17,270 215.9 9.6 18.3 1975 115,000 29,300 439.0 18.1 40.0 �Utilities Component 127 City of Kalamazoo All existing well fields have been extensively tested to determine their ultimate sustainable annual yield, as well as Peak Daily Pumping Capacity. These determine the practical supply limits within the Kalamazoo City and Township area. Wells are generally in good condition by present standards. All are located and constructed to meet Michigan Health Department standards and are given frequent, careful maintenance. The well field environment has, in several cases, been given strong protection, such as the Al Sabo Land Preserve Land Use Ordinance and the Sanitary Control Ordinance for the central pumping station well field. Recommendations The Fifty Year Water Utility Management Plan is not a physical plan in the traditional sense; it is, instead, a management plan: a tool for problem solving. The report was prepared by the Water Department to define the interrelationships among the variables that affect the growth and development of the City of Kalamazoo Water Utility. The plan is a model of the growth that will probably occur in the next 50 years. The recommendations included in the plan, therefore, are made for a series of pdtential alternatives rather than for a specific course of action. The plan highlights future questions and points out the problems which must be solved in the near future. Those areas considered are: 1 Pumping (adequate pressure) 2 Purity and quality 3 Quality and Quantity (firefighting) 4 Commercial service (meter readers, billing) 5 Business management 6 Planning (extension of service) 7 Maintenance of existing system 8 Provision of service to new customers 9 Expansion of water service for long-term needs There is no conflict between the Fifty Year Water Management Plan and the proposed elements of the Comprehensive Plan. The flexibility expressed by the Utility Element will meet the various projected demands of population and land use. �Utilities Component 128 Comprehensive Plan Coordination between utility planning and community planning are necessary and, in the future, will help to ensure Kalamazoo's ideal growth. To this end and for the purposes of ensuring the quality and quantity of the Kalamazoo water supply designated as areas of public improvement within the water utility element are the water recharge areas, water well sites and water pumping stations. Storm Drainage Element The existing storm sewer systems in the older sections of the city have been installed and functioning for a considerable number of years. There are large deficiencies throughout these systems. In spite of the small capacities and large deficiencies, these systems have, to a degree, been performing their function by removing storm water before massive flooding occurs. Scope The Master Plan of Storm Drainage of the City of Kalamazoo, Michigan, prepared by Jones and Henry Engineers Limited, was presented to the City of Kalamazoo in April, 1976. The study and its recommendations cover analysis, design, proposed construction and cost estimates of the plan components. The study provides data essential to determining the nature of future drainage plans. There are many areas in Kalamazoo in a state of transition to apartment, manufacturing or commercial land use. In the Jones and Henry study, the following assumptions were made: 1 Total transition by new construction to a land use with a high percentage of impervious surface may never occur. 2 The present trend in urban land management is to allow for significant open space and pervious surfaces in the development of apartment and manufacturing complexes. 3 The high rates of runoff from impervious surfaces to a storm sewer system can be controlled by the use of short duration, on-site storage of runoff. As a result, the values selected were intermediate between present land use and zoned land use with considerable weight being given to present land use characteristics. The purpose of the comprehensive plan for storm drainage in Kalamazoo is to enable the city to schedule, design, and construct future projects in an orderly and integrated manner. The report includes: 1 A basis of design for the various components of the drainage system; 2 An analysis of the various existing storm sewer systems showing capacities and identifying deficiencies; �Utilities Component 129 City of Kalamazoo 3 Proposed facilities to alleviate existing deficiencies and to provide for future development; and 4 Cost estimate of the proposed facilities. This information is crucial to the Comprehensive Plan and its components. Damage from storm water runoff may pose a hazard to existing and future land uses. The land use component must reflect a knowledge and understanding of the hazards of storm water drainage. The Master Plan of Storm Drainage identifies areas needing correction and improvement. Storm Sewers/Design A detailed analysis was made of all existing storm sewers not studied and reported by Jones and Henry in 1957 and 1959. A careful study was then made of the most economical method to achieve relief. Existing sewers were considered to be adequate if the hydraulic grade line (water surface elevation) remained below the ground surface elevation during the design storm. Relief sewers were sized and located to make maximum use of the capacity of the existing sewers. The existing local storm sewers and the proposed relief sewers will be adequate for a five-year storm event. There is no surplus capacity designed into the systems. More intense storms may cause local, short-duration ponding of surface runoff. Cost estimates of proposed relief sewers are presented in the discussion of each of the various storm sewer systems in the city. Stream Capacity A detailed analysis was made of the major streams conveying surface runoff through the city with the exception of the Kalamazoo River. Design flows and proposed improvements for these streams were determined for a 100-year storm event. There is a separate section in the report for Arcadia Creek, Axtell Creek, Portage Creek, Davis Creek and Spring Valley. Most of the area tributary to these streams is outside the city. Future storm flows from these areas to and through the city will increase as urbanization occurs. Methods to control the magnitude of these increases are discussed in the report. Stream Rechanneling Projects of stream rechanneling are proposed for Arcadia and Portage creeks. The rechanneling is through an underground conduit that would parallel the ConRail track north of Kalamazoo Avenue. The design and timing of construction should take into account proposed development for the area. Preliminary contacts have been made with ConRail regarding the amount of time necessary to procure easements from them, and the time-span seems to be approximately one year for easement finalization at this time (see Figure 29). Recommendations It is the goal of the Storm Drainage Element to ensure both the collection and carrying of drainage waters to adequate outlets, �Utilities Component 130 Comprehensive Plan and the appropriate retention of storm water to minimize flooding. Because of the nature of storm water collection in the Kalamazoo area, it is recommended that any implementation of the Master Plan for Storm Drainage be coordinated with adjacent local units of government. Additional recommendations center specifically on construction of sewers of sufficient size to handle runoff, including relief sewers and on-site storage in new construction, where necessary. Maintenance and improvement of natural water courses through retention facilities, cleaning and rechanneling are also encouraged. Wastewater Treatment Element The first step toward meeting the water pollution control need of the Kalamazoo Metropolitan Area is the preparation of a facilities plan. The purpose of such a plan is to identify the specific needs in the area and to recommend the most cost-effective means of satisfying them for the duration of the planning period. The Segmented Facilities Plan covers the collection system requirements and some improvements to the treatment plant that would be required regardless of the ultimate utilization/ disposal system selected. The planning period for this study is assumed to extend to the year 2000. The planning area, as delineated by the State of Michigan in consultation with representatives from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and local officials, encompasses an area of approximately 505 square miles in Southwestern Michigan. Included in the planning area are the Cities of Kalamazoo, Portage, Parchment, and Galesburg; the Villages of Augusta, Climax and Richland; the Townships of Alamo, Charleston, Climax, Comstock, Cooper, Kalamazoo, Oshtemo, Pavilion, Richland, Ross and Texas in Kalamazoo County; and the townships of Barry and Prairieville in Barry County (see Figure 30 ). Because the planning area is large, the segmented facilities plan is divided into several volumes, each of which contains the detailed information on a particular political jurisdiction. Volume 1 specifically deals with the City of Kalamazoo. Much of the background information, applicable to the entire planning area, is contained in Volume 1 of the facilities plan and many of the conclusions of separate portions of the Facilities Plan are summarized in Volume 1. The conclusions of this study constitute a master plan by which the area can plan a pollution abatement program. The study has been conducted in accordance with U.S. EPA regulations to permit federal funding of the design and construction of the recommended facilities under Public Law 92-500. Scope As a result of long-term contracts, the City of Kalamazoo is obligated to operate wastewater treatment facilities serving the cities of Galesburg and Portage and the townships of Comstock, �Utilities Component 131 City of Kalamazoo Kalamazoo, Oshtemo, and Texas. The City of Parchment operates a separate system. Within the City of Kalamazoo, Allied Paper Company operates a treatment facility. Efforts to provide adequate sanitary sewer facilities in the Kalamazoo area began in 1881 with the construction of the first sanitary sewers in the Village of Kalamazoo. Since then there has been extensive expansion and improvement of sewer facilities in the city. Existing System The existing wastewater treatment facilities of the City of Kalamazoo include primary and secondary treatment with phosphorus removal. The treatment process at the Kalamazoo plant differs from that of most municipal wastewater plants in that the secondary treatment phase processes approximately twice the total volume of the procured flow in the primary phase. Waste from several paper companies receive primary treatment at the source and the effluent from this treatment is conveyed by means of an industrial sewer to the Kalamazoo plant. At this point the industrial waste joins the city's primary treatment waste stream. Both streams receive secondary treatment and phosphorus removal prior to being discharged into the Kalamazoo River. The original Kalamazoo sewage treatment plant was completed in 1955 and has a design capacity of 34 million gallons per day (mgd) with a maximum capacity of 70 mgd. Current flows are estimated at32 mgd. The Kalamazoo River downstream from Kalamazoo is designated for tolerant warm water fish. The minimum daily average of dissolved oxygen (do) under this designation is 5.0 milligrams per liter (mg/I), and no single do volume may be less than 4.0 mg/I. Presently, the river does not meet water quality standards. The present draft NPDES Permit proposes to restrict the maximum daily discharges during the summer to 10 mg/I biochemical oxygen demand (bod) and 2.0 mg/I ammonia (nh3-n). During the winter the restriction is 30 mg/ I bod. The average monthly discharge of suspended solids (ss) is limited to 10 mg/I and 30 mg/I during the summer and winter respectively. Phosphorus concentrations are not to exceed 1.0 mg/I. Projected Demand Approximately 53.3 mgd of wastewaters are expected to require treatment in the year 2000. The wastes will consist of about 15 mgd of paper mill flows and 38.3 mgd of domestic and miscellaneous commercial and industrial wastes. The plant will receive flows from the Cities of Galesburg, Parchment and Portage; from the Villages of Augusta, Richland and Vicksburg; and from the Townships of Alamo, Charleston, Comstock, Cooper, Kalamazoo, Oshtemo, Pavilion, Richland, Ross, Texas, Barry and Prairieville. Both the Village of Climax and Climax Township are expected to remain without sewers. �Utilities Component 132 Comprehensive Plan The paper mill wastes are expected to contain about 250 mg/ I ss and 200 mg/I bod. The remaining wastes are expected to contain approximately 280 mg/I ss and 380 mg/I bod. The total loading to the plant will average about 120,700 lbs. ss and 146,400 lbs. bod. Recommendations The segmented facilities plan covers the installation of sewers to serve presently unserved areas, construction of relief interceptor sewers, infiltration/inflow analysis, construction of pumping, preliminary and primary treatment facilities, as well as the addition of final clarifier capacity at the existing plant. The Comprehensive Plan accepts the proposed segmented facilities plan; recognizing, however, that areawide coordination is necessary to implementation. The plan recommends, therefore, that commitment to maintaining the City of Kalamazoo as a vital urban center be reinforced at every opportunity in any action between Kalamazoo and adjacent local governments. It also recommends that the impact of the extension of any service line be fully assessed, and solutions to potential problems be cooperatively sought by all areas served. '' The Comprehensive Plan further recommends that research be continued to determine appropriate uses for solid waste residue and components of wastewater treatment. Semi-Public Utilities Electricity The Electric Division of Consumers Power Company provides the chief source of electrical power for the Kalamazoo area. Power is supplied through a series of fossil fuel and nuclear generating plants located in this region. The Consumers Power system has a capacity of two million KW minimum and four million KW maximum, and its capacity is expected to be increased in the near future. Consumer's extension of service is based on a ratio of cost of construction to anticipated revenue, and the company feels, at this time, that it would have no trouble meeting anticipated demand. Telephone Telephone service within the Kalamazoo area is provided by the Michigan Bell Telephone Company. The system's current total exchange capacity is approximately 90,000 units. This estimate includes residential, business, and coin-operated phones, in addition to Centrex and Watts leased lines. Demand is projected to increase by an additional 30,000 units by the early 1990's. The company expects to have little difficulty in meeting this demand, if economic conditions remain favorable for such expansion. Natural Gas Natural gas service is furnished through the Kalamazoo area by Consumers Power Company. As a result of the recent energy crisis and the ever-increasing demand for gas service, Consumers has received federal permission to limit the consumption of natural gas. Consumers now has the right to refuse service to new �Utilities Component ----- - -- 133 -- - - City of Kalamazoo industrial or commercial development, as well as service for expansion of existing facilities. Aside from longer-range solutions to the gas shortage, which involve development of alternative sources of fuel, a short-range solution for the Kalamazoo area may be reutilization of existing fuel allocations. Consumer's present policies allow for remodeling and/ or transfers of allocations of gas use only if the previous loads are not exceeded and provided the service equipment is operable and was in use within the previous two years. At the present time, Consumer's gas usage is restricted to existing users. No new commercial or industrial accounts or permits for increased service levels have been issued since April of 1975. The gas restrictions are eased somewhat for customers who operate more than one business, since existing commercial and industrial customers may transfer their gas service from one location to another if there is no change in the service level. Customers requesting a transfer of service must be owners of the equipment and must maintain an active account. Commercial and industrial users wishing to reactivate their existing gas accounts are eligible to do so if the previous account was deactivated less than two years previously, and provided the previous service levels are not exceeded. Consumers will provide gas for new users of existing accounts at existing service levels if the request is made for a building presently serviced by Consumers or actively serviced within the last two years. In light of these current restrictions, it will be necessary for new commercial and industrial businesses to utilize alternative energy sources. ----- Recommendations --- The Comprehensive Plan encourages coordination between semipublic utilities and local governments prior to modification of existing systems. The plan recommends that underground telephone and electric lines be used in new developments. In addition, it is recommended that in view of the current energy crisis, an area-wide energy conservation program be instituted, which would promote maximum utilization of existing resources like natural gas. �Utilities Glossary 134 Comprehensive Plan Design Storm, Capacity and Flows storm sewers are usually designed on an assumption that their capacity will be exceeded an average of once in a certain number of years. It then becomes a problem of design to choose the number of years, the design storm , that will provide sewers of a size adequate to meet the estimated needs of the area. The flows to be conveyed by the sewer during the design storm are then referred to as the design flows. Infiltration/Inflow infiltration/inflow is the water in a sanitary sewer system that should not be there. Infiltration is groundwater while inflow is generally surface or storm water. It is considered excessive if it is more economical to eliminate or prevent 1/1 from getting into the system than it is to convey and treat it. Interceptor Sewer a collector sewer that receives water flow from a number of other sewer mains directing the flow to a point of treatment. Peak Daily Pumping Capacity flows through a sanitary sewer are not constant during a 24-hour period. Certain periods of the day produce flows in excess of the average and are referred to as peak flows. Pumps are generally designed with the capacity to pump these peak daily flows in order to prevent flooding damage to upstream residences and businesses. --------- - -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - Relief Sewer a sewer built to carry flows that exceed the capacity of an existing sewer. Storm Event local rainfall records provide a history of storms with varying intensities of rainfall. From these records probable recurrence intervals can be established for use in designing storm sewers. For example, in Kalamazoo there is a 20% chance that in any given year 1.65 inches of rain will fall in one hour. This is referred to as a 5-year storm event or a rainfall predicted to occur 20 times during a 100-year period. ----- ---- �Proposed commercial office, Michigan Avenue �Utilities Component 136 Comprehensive Plan Growth of the Service Area Figure26 I I 1925 11111111111 1950 }\:::\\ 1975 2020 �Utilities Component 137 City of Kalamazoo Projected Service Districts Figure27 A-Low B- Intermediate C-High D- East Side High E- Super High �Utilities Component 138 Comprehensive Plan CBD Water Main Upgrading Figure28 ':; ."""' +- :, MSC z ..J < ;: 8 RN.JAM Existing Mains ••••• Mains to Be Upgraded Relocated Mains Mains to Be Abandoned �139 Utilities Component City of Kalamazoo Kalamazoo, Michigan Storm Drain Report Location of Proposed Channel Work Portage Creek and Arcadia Creek Jones & Henry Engineers, Limited, Toledo, Ohio Figure29 "' (.J i5 "...a: "' W MAIN \ •••: UNIVERSITY , POND AREA \ .t••••••~ UNIVERSITY. AREA '' OIKESLAKE ..... ~ Proposed Channels Drainage Basin Divide Sub Area Boundary • New Bridge Required ,._ Modify Existing Bridge a: :, "';i PROPOSED ARCADIA CREEK RELIEF DRAIN �140 Utilities Component Comprehensive Plan Figure30 City of Kalamazoo, Michigan Facilities Planning Wastewater Planning Area Jones & Henry Engineers, Limited, Toledo, Ohio ���Special Areas of Concern 145 City of Kalamazoo Population and Employment Profile Two studies that are considered preparatory as well as fundamental to the Land Use Planning process are employment and population. The former, by analyzing the structure and vitality of the urban economy, determines the number of employment opportunities which the economy can support and provides a means by which the growth potential of the urban area may be gauged. For this informatioQ to be of value in the land planning process, however, it must be converted and expressed in terms of population. A discussion of Kalamazoo's employment profile as well as its projected population follows. Two techniques for projecting future population size were used in Kalamazoo's planning process. The first was based on an averaging of population projections prepared by the Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation, Michigan Department of the Budget and the W. E. Up john Institute for Employment Research. These projections and their average appear in Table 12 entitled Kalamazoo County Population Projections. Because the projections were initially completed on a county-wide basis, projected percentages were applied to each municipality. The resultant projections for the City of Kalamazoo on a five year increment are shown below. 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 85,555 87,798 88,852 91,108 92,795 95,415 98,916 Through this approach, 92,795 people can be expected to reside within the City of Kalamazoo by 1990 representing an 8.5% increase over 1970 levels. Technicians applying the various projection techniques for each of the above mentioned organizations have assumed certain levels of in-migration. These migration rates imply that persons currently living outside Kalamazoo will, over the next 15 years, move their residences to the city as a result of increased educational and/ or economic opportunities. Interviews with the city's three institutions of higher education and the area's largest employers, however, revealed that no significant expansion of either enrollment or employment were scheduled for the foreseeable future. Therefore, if area population projections are to be accurate, in-migration must necessarily be generated by new sources of opportunity moving into the area. With the existence of several organizations dedicated to the inducement of new economic development within Kalamazoo, population projections based on moderate levels of economic expansion, as are those mentioned above, may not be unreasonable. The second population projection technique was based on the desired development of Kalamazoo's proposed residential land use plan to its maximum. When this was done, a specific number �Special Areas of Concern 146 Comprehensive Plan of persons could utimately be expected to reside within the city. Briefly, the technique required the conversion of land area targeted for residential use into a projection of future dwelling units. Once an estimate of dwelling units was made, this data was further converted into a projection of future population by applying a factor specific to the number of persons expected to reside per dwelling unit. Through use of this methodology, it was determined that the population holding capacity of the City of Kalamazoo, given static 1976 boundaries and the characteristics of the Residential Land Use Plan as currently envisioned, falls within a projected population range of 101,100 to 102,900 persons. The projection ranges are based on a low range of 2.39 persons per household and a high range of 2.61 persons per household. Individual census tracts may have an average household size outside of the ranges projected for Kalamazoo. Census tracts with significant concentrations of single-person households such as census tracts 6 and 8 may have smaller than average household sizes while other areas such as Tracts 14.01 and 16.01 generally have larger average household sizes. Such ranges in household size indicate areas with differing housing and service demands. Potentially the largest increases in population will take place in census tracts 15.05 and 16.02. (A census tract map appears on Figure 29.) These tracts contain 50% of the City's 1754.13 vacant acres targeted for residential development as shown in Table 13. Demands for increased services thus will center on those open land portions as indicated by census tract. Estimates of future development have targeted 1,543.84 acres or 88.0% of the total vacant acreage for low-density residential use. The majority of the low-density residential development is expected to be in single-family units although Planned Unit Developments or other housing forms which meet the intent of the density ranges could be developed. Based on net acreage and density changes, an additional 6580 dwelling units are projected for the City of Kalamazoo as depicted in Table 18. This will constitute a 24.27% increase in the city's housing supply in comparison to the 1970 Census enumeration of 27,160 dwelling units. Low-density dwelling units dominate the projected residential development with a net loss in high-density development. The most significant loss in high-density residential development is targeted for Census Tracts 2 and 11 where significant changes in land use are projected. The largest increases in housing supply will take place in Census Tracts 15.05, 16.02 and 12. Employment A major product of a city's industrial development potential is its ability to attract employment opportunities for its citizens. There is a cause and effect relationship among the factors of population growth, growth in industrial development, and the growth in job opportunities. As industrial development occurs (i.e., as new ., �Special Areas of Concern 147 City of Kalamazoo industry is attracted, thereby absorbing industrially zoned land) the number of job opportunities increases and growth then occurs in the city's total population. Present and projected business and employment growth patterns, then, are indicative of the need for industrial development and the directions it should take. The following data analysis highlights some of the economic indicators that point to industrial development needs in Kalamazoo. Data for this analysis was provided by the Upjohn Institute for Employment Research and the Michigan Employment Security Commission (MESC). Three major characteristics of the productivity and employment changes now occurring in Kalamazoo County are potentially indicative of the direction industrial development is and should be taking. These characteristics are: 1) the extent to which the Kalamazoo area is retaining its ability to produce goods and services for export and local consumption, 2) the extent to which the area is able to retain its job opportunities, and 3) the nature of the area's industrial base. Of the total 1975 labor force in Kalamazoo County, 88,700 people were employed while the unemployment rate was 8.7%. Inside the city limits, 37,600 people were e,mployed and the rate of unemployment was 10.6%. In both the city and county, the unemployment rate steadily increased between 1970 and 1975 and then began to decline to 9.5% and 7.8% respectively during the first six months of 1976. The unemployment rate in the Kalamazoo area fluctuates in the shortrun with changes in the national and regional economies. Kalamazoo's gain or loss in the number of jobs available to its citizens, however, is a more long-term result of the community's economic health. Between 1960 and 1970, the population of Kalamazoo County increased by 18.8%. The number of employed Kalamazoo County residents, however, increased by 26.1 % during that period. As indicated in Table 19, growth in employment has increased more rapidly than population growth since 1960. The rate of employment growth between 1970 and 1975, however, was less than one-half of the growth recorded in the previous decade. This occurred primarily because during that period, the nation suffered its worst recession since the 1930's. In addition, the difference between population and employment growth rates has been narrowing since 1950. This largely reflects changes in the composition of our population; a greater proportion of Kalamazoo's residents is of working age today than in the 1950's. Kalamazoo is continuing to increase its employment opportunities but at a slower pace than in the past, and at a decreasing ratio to population growth since 1960. * �148 Special Areas of Concern Comprehensive Plan Overall Economic Development Program Federal legislation and local initiative prompted the creation of an Overall Economic Development Program (OEDP) for Kalamazoo County. The OEDP planning process is designed "to create employment opportunities, foster more stable and diversified local economies, improve local conditions, and provide a mechanism for guiding and coordinating the efforts of local individuals and organizations concerned with the economic development of their area.'' Expected to be submitted to the federal government in 1977, the OEDP document will outline strategies for development action for Kalamazoo County on a prioritized basis. It will also provide the basis for meeting the legal criteria that public works and business development projects funded by the federal Economic Development Administration (EDA) be consistent with an approved overall program for the economic development of the area. One of the prerequisites for official designation of an area as targeted for redevelopment is EDA approval of the OEDP. Approval of the annual OEDP by EDA continues the area's eligibility for program benefits provided under the Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965, as amended. An ad hoc committee of local city and county officials as well as representatives of business, industry, finance, agriculture, the professions, organized labor, utilities, education, public health agencies, racial or ethnic minorities and the unemployed or underemployed are developing the Kalamazoo County OEDP. The OEDP document is submitted on an annual basis. However, it must include a minimum two year action program to facilitate necessary cooperation and federal assistance. It is intended that the impact of such a development plan will have a positive effect on the local economy. *Kalamazoo's ability to produce goods and services for export and local consumption, and the nature of its industrial base are not summarized here. See the Industrial Land Use Technical Report for a discussion of these concerns. Population & Employment Glossary Holding Capacity Industrial Absorption ------ -- - - ---- -------in terms of population, desired development of proposed residential land use to its maximum. - - - -- -----------see industrial land use glossary. �149 Special Areas of Concern City of Kalamazoo Citizen Involvement The structure and method of citizen participation outlined here has been accepted by the Planning Commission as an integral part of the planning process for the forseeable future. It assumes continual dialogue between citizens, the Planning Commission, and the Planning Division staff. This outline clearly pinpoints the major organizational components of citizen involvement, the channels of communication between citizens and city government, and the nature of citizen activity in the planning process. Citizen input is provided by both individual residents and organized groups using these channels of communication and engaging in the activities outlined in this statement. The comprehensive planning process is divided into three interrelated phases. The first phase consists of creating the Comprehensive Plan (now completed with this document) and updating it at regular intervals. The second phase consists of special area planning specific to neighborhood needs and goals. Phase three includes the development of specific tools and techniques for implementation. Organizational Components The Comprehensive Plan The following groups have been involved and will continue to be involved in this phase of the planning process: 1 The City Planning Commission functioning as both an official planning body and a citizen advisory body to the City Commission. 2 The Joint Neighborhood Council functioning as an umbrella organization made up of participating neighborhood organizations. The JNC's function is to express the concerns of all neighborhoods and to help coordinate neighborhood activities, particularly those related to planning. 3 Organized neighborhood groups functioning to represent neighborhood residents in the planning process. 4 Business, labor, institutional and professional organizations functioning as representatives of special concerns in the city. Channels of Communication Four channels of communication expedite citizen-city contact in the planning process: 1 Direct contact with Planning Division staff and Planning Commission members. 2 Formal liaisons between citizen organizations and Planning Commission members (and Planning staff). 3 Informal public meetings either sponsored by the Planning Commission and/or Planning staff, or requested by citizen groups. �Special Areas of Concern 150 Comprehensive Plan 4 Formal Planning Commission public hearings to allow final citizen input prior to official action. Citizen Activities The kinds of citizen participation include: 1 Voicing neighborhood concerns and desires and recommending goals and courses of action. 2 Reviewing and commenting on the preliminary Summary of the Comprehensive Plan adopted in January, 1977. 3 Reviewing and commenting on the final Plan prior to adoption. 4 Reviewing and/or initiating subsequent changes in the Comprehensive Plan. Special Area and Neighborhood Planning Organizational Components and Channels of Communication The organizational components and communication channels described above will be utilized during this second phase of the planning process. Citizen Activities Citizen participation will include the following activities: 1 Aiding in the determination of neighborhood and special area goals and objectives. 2 Aiding the planning staff in surveying present neighborhood conditions. 3 Aiding the Planning Commission and staff in keeping citizens informed as to progress. 4 Aiding in the coordination of special area and neighborhood planning among all areas of the city. 5 Reviewing and commenting on special area and neighborhood plans prior to adoption. Development of Implementation Techniques Organizational Components In this phase two additional citizen bodies will be included in the organizational structure utilized in the first two phases of the planning process: 1 Citizen Advisory Boards The City Commission has created numerous citizen advisory bodies to give advice concerning city operations and policies. �Special Areas of Concern 151 City of Kalamazoo The development of implementation techniques will require the participation of these bodies in the planning process. 2 Community Development Act Ad Hoc Advisory Committee This citizen organization must be included in the implementation planning phase because of its function in regard to Community Development Block Grant funding. Channels of Communication The channels of communication utilized in the first two phases will also be used in this phase of the planning process. In addition, direct contacts between citizen and city boards, commissions and administrative departments provided by ordinance or administrative procedure will be maintained. Citizen Activities Citizen activities in the implementation phase include: 1 Voicing concerns before city advisory boards and commissions. 2 Voicing concerns about implementation priorities, the techniques to be used, and funding. 3 Reviewing and commenting on the impact of implementing the Comprehensive Plan and special area/neighborhood plans. 4 Continuing the planning dialogue that now exists between citizens and the Planning Commission and staff. Required Comprehensive Plan Reassessment The Comprehensive Plan and all special area and neighborhood plans must be reassessed at regular intervals not to exceed five years. The purpose of this reassessment is to update planning in light of changing conditions and attitudes in the community. It is the desire of the Planning Commission to insure that active citizen participation is incorporated in the reassessment process. �152 Special Areas of Concern Comprehensive Plan Historic Preservation Consideration Statement The City of Kalamazoo is engaged in an active program of historic preservation. It has established an Historical Commission and an Historic District Commission, both of which are pursuing the city's goal to make historic preservation an essential part of community development. Historic District Commission South Street Historic District I Among the projects which the city has undertaken to preserve Kalamazoo's history is the establishment of the South Street Historic District. Homes within the district display classic examples of late nineteenth century architectural design, and all are subject to special codes regarding their exteriors. The Historic District Commission is the regulatory body enforcing those codes. Stuart-Woodward Area Historic District/The Stuart-Woodward neighborhood displays an architectural quality similar to that of South Street. This district is subject to the same code regulations as the South Street Historic District and is monitored by the same Historic District Commission. Historical Commission As of February 10, 1976, four structures in Kalamazoo are listed in the National Register of Historic Places: 1 Michigan Central Depot 459 Burdick Street 2 Kalamazoo State Hospital Water Tower Oakland Drive 3 Ladies Library Association Building 333 South Park Street 4 Charles E. Stuart House 427 Stuart Avenue The Kalamazoo Ladies Library Association has already undergone restoration with the use of funds from the Michigan History Division and the American Revolution Bicentennial Committee. The Kalamazoo Water Tower was saved from demolition by citizen action and is presently being restored. Plans have been made for restoration of the Michigan Central Depot and its incorporation into a multi-modal transportation center. Coordination of these various projects is through the Historical Commission. The City Planning Commission regards an inventory and assessment of the city's historically and architecturally significant structures as an integral part of the continuing planning process. A partial inventory of these structures was conducted several years ago through the city's Historical Commission. Recently, the Michigan Historical Division has indicated the possibility of funding an update and expansion of the inventory. If the inventory is redone, data will be placed in a format which will allow its computerization, thus facilitating its use in all future planning analysis and evaluation. It should be noted that any activity generated by the Comprehensive Plan which would affect �Special Areas of Concern 153 City of Kalamazoo properties contained within the proposed inventory will be assessed in accordance with the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 and the National Environment Policy Act of 1969, as are all properties now contained within the National Register of Historic Places. Environmental Consideration In order to enhance the quality of life in Kalamazoo for the present and future, the City Commission adopted an environmental policy on March 3, 1975. The adopted policy incorporates environmental consideration for proposed land use changes and major construction projects. It also attempts to ensure a minimum adverse impact on the city's visual environment. Residential The City's Comprehensive Plan emphasizes significant physical improvements in residential neighborhoods in order to upgrade the visual appearances and promote consistent attractions in urban design. The city's fundamental planning goals for the residential component include enhancing the neighborhoods' environmental quality. A residential assessment analysis found portions of the Northside, Edison, Central City and Eastside Neighborhoods contained deteriorating housing. Portions of these neighborhoods require extensive rehabilitation and redevelopment. The Preliminary Summary of the Comprehensive Plan describes Kalamazoo's third major housing problem as one of physical deterioration of the current housing supply. Such deterioration has been accelerated as a result of low-income homeowners being financially unable to provide proper home maintenance. The Plan recommends the city adopt and utilize techniques to promote preservation of the currently sound residential areas and encourage rehabilitation of homes displaying physical deterioration. A new and intensive code enforcement program should improve the city's residential environment by requiring individual homeowners and landlords to maintain their properties to specific standards. The city will enforce standards for rental units to assure the units are up to code for subsidized renters. These standards will apply equally to the low-income housing market and will eliminate many structures that are not up to code. The removal of safe or unsanitary structures promises to eliminate unsightly houses, keep the neighborhood property value up, protect children from dangers of unsafe structures and prevent possible fire hazards. The city's plan to enhance the residential environment includes landscaping private lots and preserving the existing natural qualities and street trees. Coupled with house painting and other structural repairs, the city encourages residential landscaping in an effort to preserve property values and maintain local environmental attraction. �Special Areas of Concern 154 Comprehensive Plan Existing residential roads will be kept at their present capacity and size in order to prevent increased traffic noise, gas fumes and increase pedestrian safety. Commercial The Commercial C()mponent of the proposed Master Plan encourages preservation of the city's environment through improving existing commercial sites. With respect to future commercial development, private individuals will be urged to enhance the beauty and utility of their developed properties by incorporating common parking areas, improved circulation design and landscaping for visual appearance. The Plan recommends the amount of land currently zoned for commercial use be reduced in accordance with current and projected needs. Unplanned commercial sites which are scattered throughout a neighborhood would be allowed to remain only if they provide a substantial service to neighborhood shoppers. The plan recommends these unplanned but viable commercial areas be used as a basis for future commercial development to meet the standard definition of the neighborhood shopping area. Poor site planning and urban design have created many problems within existing commercial areas. The adoption of workable urban design standards will assure proper development of future sites and potential redevelopment of existing areas. The Plan includes several recommendations for site designs relative to maintaining the commercial environment in a more natural scheme. The recommendations emphasize reducing overscaled signs and large buildings, eliminating large paved areas and decreasing traffic noise. The visual impact of these strategies will promote an improved environmental appeal and urban design qualities essential to commercial growth. Industrial An extensive rezoning program matched with strategies for industrial redevelopment reflect urban environmental considerations illustrated in the city's Summary of the Comprehensive Plan. Because Kalamazoo is over-zoned industrially, many non-industrial uses have been and are being developed within the industrial districts. The Plan recommends that industrial areas being used for other than industrial purposes be rezoned according to their predominant use. To rezone land to match its use will prevent the existing land use conflict in terms of environmental urban design. For both new construction and industrial redevelopment the Plan recommends better site design. The Plan encourages better site design to preserve the environment, lessen industrial noise, and allows for increased visual appeal. The Plan recognizes that the quality and quantity of utilities and transportation systems which service induustrial areas play a �Special Areas of Concern 155 City of Kalamazoo ------- prime role in attracting and retaining industry. It is recommended that these services be upgraded within existing industrial areas and that the city take an active role in acquiring and razing deteriorated structures to enhance the industrial environment. Open Space It is the city's intent to preserve unique areas of natural interest and increase overall landscaping to create a more positive and uniform environmental appeal. Open space provides city residents with fresh air, sunlight, and an opportunity for physical exercise. The Plan recognizes open space as an essential part of the land planning process and actively implements this theory while designing future land uses. The city's Department of Parks and Recreation suggests plans for "Entryway" beautification and a system of recreational trails. These proposed improvements may be accomplished in conjunction with transportation improvements by providing landscaping along major arterials. The landscaping will not only protect and buffer residential areas, screen industrial uses, add harmony to inconsistent commercial areas, but create aesthetic entrances to Kalamazoo. The recreational trail system for hikers and bike riders will be incorporated into the city's existing parks, vacant city-owned properties and institutional lands. In order to help naturalize the city the Comprehensive Plan suggests more street trees in the city by initiating an extensive program of tree maintenance and planting. �Special Areas of Concern 156 --------- Comprehensive Plan Energy Consideration Statement In order to contribute to the national goal of energy conservation and self-sufficiency, the City of Kalamazoo has adopted as a goal the conservation and efficient use of area energy resources. Promoting the development of new, basic energy sources is a complex, international task not likely to be greatly affected by policies implemented by the City of Kalamazoo. City policies that focus on conserving and reutilizing existing energy resources, however, are likely to have a more productive impact on the energy crisis. With energy conservation as a goal, the Comprehensive Plan suggests several strategies and implementation techniques designed to cut waste and greatly improve energy efficiency during the next two decades. The Comprehensive Plan supports the creation of an areawide energy conservation program. Such a program should be created through combined city, county, and private action to promote and coordinate energy conservation efforts. These efforts should focus on at least the following elements: 1 Promotion of energy efficiency in the heating, cooling, and lighting of government and private buildings. 2 Promotion of energy efficiency in governmental, private business, and residential operations. 3 Revision of city ordinances, where necessary, in order to remove provisions that inhibit energy-saving innovations and to incorporate energy-performance rather than rigid prescriptive standards for building design and construction. 4 Expansion of both city and county home-winterization programs. 5 Utilization of property tax incentives to encourage energyconserving home improvements. The Comprehensive Plan calls for the adoption of transportation and land use policies and programs which should significantly reduce energy consumption within the city. The Transportation Component recommends the use of various strategies that should, in concert, save energy by increasing auto-occupancy, reducing private vehicular use, and encouraging the utilization of existing mass transit facilities. The rail improvements encouraged by the plan should reduce the conflict between rail and highway traffic and the resulting energy-consuming delays. Patterns of land use advocated in the plan should result in a more rational relationship between land use and transportation uses. Energy efficiency will be enhanced by the proposed location of new industrial and commercial development and redevelopment near major transportation routes and facilities. �Special Areas of Concern 157 City of Kalamazoo The city will also continue its present efforts in exploring the feasibility of recycling waste for new supplemental energy sources. Kalamazoo is currently pursuing involvement in a regional solid waste management program, which may include the burning of refuse-derived fuel (RDF) as a new energy source. Should regional cooperation fail, the city is prepared to explore utilization of liquid and/ or solid RDF as an energy source for the wastewater treatment facility and/ or sale to private customers. Nonenergy byproducts derived from this process should be reclaimed for reuse as raw materials or other products. Equal Opportunity Statement Any results of the policy programming activities involved in the proposed plan are in compliance with the Municipal Code of Fair Practices for the City of Kalamazoo. Such activities are geared to eliminate any discrimination in the housing situation in Kalamazoo, as well as in the citizen participation process. Kalamazoo has also developed an Affirmative Action Plan. The goal of the plan is to establish and maintain an integrated and balanced work force throughout the city. It is intended that the various methods be employed through which the concept of equal employment opportunity for minority groups and women can become a reality. Although the many elements of the Comprehensive Plan are of a policy programming nature, the results of such activities will reflect a non discriminatory approach. Needs of Handicapped Residents The City of Kalamazoo recognizes the need for continuous growth in serving the handicapped citizen. The city encourages implementation of essential services to provide necessary and safe mobility. Convenient transportation and parking and barrierfree access to public and private facilities are vital elements in serving the needs of the handicapped individuals. The city supports the full integration of such programs to allow the city's handicapped residents to pursue a happy and productive life. In order to achieve success of such programs the city will uphold the ongoing communications between representatives of the handicapped citizens and the city. Barrier-free housing, recreation and employment are factors necessary to the daily life style of a handicapped person's pursuit of independence. The fulfillment of this relies upon the city's responsibility to provide convenient transportation. Metro Transit has initiated service to the handicapped on a demand/response basis through the Helen Coover Center. Barrier-free housing regulations as required by state and federal statutes are enforced by the city's Building Division. �Special Areas of Concern 158 Comprehensive Plan ------------------ 1n a effort to maximize the mobility of the handicapped, the city will promote future projects to serve their needs. Housing In this area, the city expects compliance with the state law requiring new and remodeled residences with more than two living units in buildings with 3 to 25 units to supply at least one barrier-free unit. Also, any existing building which undergoes a change in use, such as an older home containing two apartments that adds another must provide at least one barrier-free unit. The city's Building Division is required by law to investigate whether the owner is living up to the law each time it issues a building permit. The city encourages the construction or rehabilitation of a sufficient supply of sound housing units which offer barrier-free access for handicapped people. The city also supports the initiation of rent subsidies so that handicapped residents may obtain housing which would encourage independent living habits. Commercial The city expects the commercial compliance with the state law in order to promote and increase mobility and independence. Under the law, the handicapped people are entitled to elevators where necessary, outside ramps, low toilets, wash basins and grab bars, and wide entrance ways. The city recognizes the probable added expense to commercial outlets in order to provide these essentials, but enforces the requirements in equity to handicapped residents. Transportation The City's Metro Transit Department has provided a transport service for handicapped people on a demand/response basis through the Helen Coover Center. A pending state law may require Metro Transit to equip all new and, perhaps, currently owned buses with wheelchair lifts and stanchions. New bus purchases are being withheld by the state until resolution of this legislation later this Spring. If enacted, these equipped buses will be run on mainline routes. Recreation The city's center of recreation for handicapped residents is primarily serviced by the Helen Coover Social-Recreation Center. The building provides programs for those with special recreational needs with a great emphasis on the swimming pool often used for recreational and therapeutic purposes. The city encourages the growth of new programs provided by the Helen Coover Center, neighborhood schools and organizations in order to accommodate the recreational needs of Kalamazoo handicapped citizens. The city supports the necessary transportation services in order to encourage full participation in these programs. �159 Special Areas of Concern City of Kalamazoo Census Tracts December, 1976 Kalamazoo, Michigan Figure 31 -----------------------•-----T- l> ."' " "' r-J ,1 Kalamazo Twp Part _._,. ...~4'-, --.I I I I I I I I I I I ' ,... r '-J I ) 2 ~-J L ct • '11 ,nazoo Twp Pa, t :E <: 4 " NORTH :; '-<11,v :ii 5 4 15 05 IOWARO 10 11 "' 16.01 12 ~ lNK~TER ----~!.. I ALCOTT MILLER 18.01 Cr'EV Wl➔ ITE,1 I (I I 0 0 N <! 15.03 "' "2Cl l- I I , . . - ... , "' a: 3 r_. : > PROUTY 1401 ,L-., . . . ffi 15 02 I ,3 15.01 COt":!< "" _____ _ 16.02 "z ex: 17.01 w l- "'!;! . ~ 0 17.02 (.) -,.,, J--~' ...-, I .... LJ1:i., I �Special Areas of Concern 161 City of Kalamazoo Kalamazoo County Population Projections Table 16 U.S. Census ---- - 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 MDSH&T MOB Upjohn* Average 227,692 242,500 256,585 269,761 289,285 307,102 209,678 222,130 235,390 248,493 261,862** 275,950** 208,676 217,101 227,111 235,773 242,873 248,873 215,349 227,244 239,695 251,342 264,673 277,308 201,550 *Projections from Series II population projections by Rodger S. Lawson of the W. E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research in "Population of Kalamazoo County, Michigan," August 1975 • *Projections for 1975 and 2000 derived from average rate of projected population figures between each five year period from 1970- 1990 Table Prepared by Kalamazoo County Planning Department, 1976 1976 Vacant Acreage to Be Developed Residentially Table 17 Census Tracts 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Low Density Medium Density High Density Total 29.82 .73 73.30 16.45 6.46 46.27 .73 79.76 2.93 39.95 29.23 5.43 2.20 32.16 47.58 24.82 16.15 1.76 42.73 12.04 5.87 16.89 34.80 100.33 95.77 5.87 6.61 112.81 95.77 519.43 130.15 326.26 84.76 48.91 34.81 19.83 1,543.84 (88.0%) 29.82 18.66 2.35 7.34 17.92 1.46 551.60 148.81 326.26 93.56 66.83 34.81 39.95 1,754.43 (100.0%) 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 14.01 15.04 15.05 16.01 16.02 17.01 17.02 18.01 18.02 20.12 179.32 (10.2%) 31.27 (1.8%) Source: Table developed by the Community Development Department Planning Division, 1976 �Special Areas of Concern 162 Comprehensive Plan Net Change in Dwelling Units: Based on Density Measures Table 18 Tract 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Low Medium 17 -149 152 -25 -95 -18 373 -568 417 -220 334 335 99 -98 40 -31 401 383 128 -626 59 -348 25 2,078 521 1,305 339 196 139 79 5,333 298 187 High Total Change Dwelling Units Very High 71 -525 158 273 236 Percent Change 461 -1,242 569 -87 28 603 38.4 -123.3 29.8 -16.0 51.0 19.4 187 -995 309 -239 525 383 13.9 -129.4 11.5 -11.3 41.5 36.9 2,435 708 1,305 603 425 36 280 6,580 117.1 92.2 142.5 44.1 37.9 2.5 17.1 24.2 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 14.01 15.04 15.05 16.01 16.02 17.01 17.02 18.01 18.02 -40 -271 210 140 99 59 242 229 -36 201 1,080 22 -67 -338 505 Source: Table developed by the Community Development Department Planning Division, 1976 Population and Employment Growth Rates in Kalamazoo County Table 19 Years 1950-1960 1960-1970 1970-1975 Table prepared by the Planning Division, 1976 Ratio Population Employment Growth Rate Increases Percent Increases Percent Difference Percent Employment To Population 33.9 18.8 6.8 27.5 26.1 8.4 6.4 7.3 1.6 .81 1.38 1.24 Sources: Upjohn Institute, July 1972, Michigan Employment Security Commission, July 1976; Southcentral Michigan Planning Council, August, 1976 �Propose d residential townhouses, south Street �Technical Studies Bibliography 164 Comprehensive Plan Planning Division Technical Studies This bibliography is a listing of the technical source materials used by the Planning Commission and its staff to write this Summary of the Comprehensive Plan. These technical reports are available to the public for reading at the Planning Division, City Hall. Land Use Component Residential Element (October, 1976) Housing Element (August, 1976) Commercial Element (January, 1977) Commercial Areas Study CBD Technical Studies Economic Value Land Use Residential Development Parking Traffic Circulation Cost-Revenue Analysis (Barton-Aschman: June, 1977) Industrial Element (December, 1976) Open Space Component See: City of Kalamazoo Parks and Facility Master Plan Outline (Department of Parks and Recreation October, 1975, June, 1976) Transportation Component See the following reports: Streets and Highways: Problems, Issues and Alternatives (October, 1976) Functional Classification of Street Networks: Trip Generation by Neighborhood (July, 1976) Report on the Kalamazoo Transportation Study Deficiency Analysis (July, 1976) Report on the US 131 - BR to 194- BL Connector Feasibility Study (August, 1976) Report on Short Range Plan of Metro Transit (August, 1976) Preliminary Environmental Impact Assessment Report: Kalamazoo Municipal Airport (Williams & Works, Inc., 1976) Southwest Michigan Regional Airport Study (Airways Engineering Corp): Report No. 1: Inventory and Forecast (November, 1975) Report No. 2: Demand/Capacity Analyses and Facility Requirements (February, 1976) Report No. 3: Site Recommendations (May, 1976) Overview of Kalamazoo Region Rail Systems (May, 1976) A Report of the Problems, Issues and Alterations of the Railroads (October, 1976) �Technical Studies Bibliography 165 City of Kalamazoo Community Facilities Component See: Kalamazoo Community Renewal Programming System, Community Facilities Analysis (Gerald Luedtke & Associates, 1975) Utilities Component See: City of Kalamazoo Water Utility Management Plan Kalamazoo City Utilities, February, 1975) City of Kalamazoo Master Plan of Storm Drainage (Jones and Henry, Inc., April, 1976) 201 Facilities Plan, Kalamazoo Metropolitan Area, Vol. 1: City of Kalamazoo, Segmented Plan (Jones and Henry, September, 1976) Demography Demographic Analysis (January, 1975) Neighborhoods Neighborhood Position Papers (February, 1976) Goals and Planning Documents of City Kalamazoo City Planning Commission Goals and Policies Planning Documents Guidelines for Community Development: Pre-Public Hearing (November, 1974) - - ---Guidelines for Community Development: Post-Public Hearing (November, 1974) Goals and Objectives for the Comprehensive Planning Policy (November, 1974) Fiscal Impact Fiscal Impact Evaluation Proposals The Comprehensive Plan Development (Activity No. 4; Barton-Aschman Associates: March, 1977) Flood Plan Flood Plain Report (Planning Division: August, 1976) Other Source Materials Profiles of Change (R. L. Polk and Co., 1975) Bureau of the Census U.S. Department of Commerce: Block Statistics: Kalamazoo, Michigan Urbanized Area (1970) Census Tracts: Kalamazoo, Michigan SMSA (1970) Metropolitan Area Statistics (1970) Business Conditions Business Conditions in Kalamazoo, Upjohn Institute for Employment Research (See especially the issues of July, 1972, April, 1974, October, 1974). See also: Population of Kalamazoo County, Michigan: Estimates as of July 1, 1973 and Projections to 2000 (Up john Institute, August, 1975) Annual Planning Annual Planning Report for Kalamazoo-Portage SMSA: Fiscal Year 1977 (Michigan Employment Security Commission, Received in November, 1976) �166 Technical Studies Bibliography Comprehensive Plan :,,___.,, Housing City of Kalamazoo Housing Assistance Plan (February, 1975) Housing Analysis: Part I (Southcentral Michigan Planning Council 1975) Code Enforcement Study (Mullin and Honey, Consultants: August, 1976) Capital Improvement Office of the City Manager: Five Year Capital Improvement Program: 1973-1977 (Tentative Draft) (Revised, April, 1973) Transportation Kalamazoo Area Transportation Study Reports: Street Inventory and Capacity Analysis: Technical Report No. 3 (Vorhees and Associates: April, 1969) Prospectus and Unified Transportation Work Program; Kalamazoo Urban Area, Fiscal Year 1977 (November, 1975) Kalamazoo Federal-Aid System: Existing Street Network, and Future Alternative Networks City of Kalamazoo US 131 - BR to I 94- BL Connector Feasibility Study: Draft Report (Gilbert/Commonwealth, Inc., July, 1976) City of Kalamazoo, East-Central Rail/Highway Study (Commonwealth Associates, April, 1975) City of Kalamazoo Thoroughfare System Plan (Ad Hoc Committee, March, 1971) Preliminary Major Thoroughfare Plan: City of Kalamazoo and Environs (Kalamazoo City Planning Commission, December, 1950) Feasibility Study of a Regional Airport for the Southwestern Michigan Area (prepared for the Kalamazoo-Battle Creek Joint Regional Airport Study Committee by Ralph H. Burke Associates, 1969) Fiscal Impact Fiscal Impact Analysis of the Comprehensive Plan, Studies prepared for Kalamazoo by Barton-Aschman Associates Comprehensive Plan Alternatives: Outline of Proposed Work Program (October, 1975) Activity No. 1: Cost/Revenue Data Need (June, 1976) Neighborhood Reconnaissance: Central City Area (July, 1976) Activity No. 3: Cost/Revenue Methodology (July, 1976) Neighborhood Development Program (September, 1976) Community Renewal Kalamazoo Community Renewal Programming System Studies, prepared for Kalamazoo by Gerald Luedtke and Associates, Inc.: Technical Working Paper 100.5: Planning and Programming Analysis (July, 1973) Technical Working Paper 100.1: Analysis of Historical Growth Patterns and Trends (October, 1973) �Special Areas of Concern 167 City of Kalamazoo Technical Working Paper 100.6: Citizen Participation Analysis (October, 1973) Design Resources Inventory (November, 1973) - --- --- ------------- Technical Working Paper 200.1: CRPS Parcel Survey Manual (November, 1973) - - ---------------- Technical Working Paper 300: Information System Requirements For Community Renewal Programming and Comprehensive Policies Planning (June, 1974) ---- Technical Working Paper 300: Information System Requirements for Community Renewal Programming and Policies Planning (July, 1974) Technical Working Paper 200.3: Data Utilization Strategy (Part IV) (October, 1974) ---------- Work Program for Preparation of the Kalamazoo Comprehensive Policies Plan (March, 1975) Statistical Evaluation of Kalamazoo Parcel Survey and Recommended Future Validation Procedures of Staff Use (July, 1975) ---- --- ------------------Community Facilities Analysis (August, 1975) ------See also: Attendance Pattern Study (Kalamazoo Public Schools, February, 1976) --------Hospital Facilities Planning Survey (Planning Division, interviews with and materials supplied by hospital officials, May, 1975) Technical Working Paper 500.2: Rehabilitation Costs Analysis (October, 1975) Technical Working Paper 500.2: Residential and Non-Residential Rehabilitation Analysis (November, 1975) Feasibility Feasibility Study Report: Kalamazoo Central City Area (Kalamazoo City Planning Commission, February, 1963) Neighborhood Analysis Neighborhood Analysis: Kalamazoo Urban Area (Kalamazoo City Planning Commission, August, 1963) Planning Documents Planning Documents from Kalamazoo County and Other Communities in the County Comprehensive Plans Comprehensive Planning Reports prepared for the Kalamazoo County Metropolitan Planning Commission by Schellie Associates: A Comprehensive Plan for Kalamazoo County - 1970 to 1990 (Summary) (proposed June, 1970) Comprehensive Planning Program: Plan Elements, 1970-1990; Land Use (May, 1970) ------------------ Comp re hens ive Planning Program: Plan Elements, 1970-1990; Transportation (May, 1970) �Technical Studies Bibliography 168 Comprehensive Plan Comprehensive Planning Program: Plan Elements, 1970-1990; Community Facilities (May, 1970) Comprehensive Planning Program: Plan Elements, 1970-1990; Implementation (May, 1970) Open Space Open Space, Kalamazoo County Michigan (Rober.t L. O'Boyle Associates, September, 1971) City Plans City of Portage, Master Plan (1970) City of Parchment, Zoning Map (1974) City of Galesburg (land use planning in progress) Township Plans Alamo Township, Land Use Plan Map (1971) Comstock Township, Use District Map (1977) Cooper Township, Land Use Plan Map (1977) Kalamazoo Township, Interim Land Use Plan (1976) Oshtemo Township, Master Land Use Plan (proposed, 1976) Pavilion Township, Existing Zoning Map (1967) Richland Township, Use District Map (1975) ----Texas Township (land use planning in progress) ��Land Use Plan Prepared by the City Planning Commission Kalamazoo, Michigan 1977 City of Kalamazoo Low Density Residential ---- - Expressways Medium Density Residential Arterials High Density Residential • Commercial - - - City Limits Heavy Industry Public, Semi Public Parks, Open Space Light Industry ■ -- • Potential Improvements Land Use Plan Boundry Wholesale/Warehouse Office WHITES PARKVIEW �;.. '} ,n "'2.-I m 0 Cl m This plan was adopted by the City Planning Commission on the lM day of v~ , ~~~;£ G. Michael Conlisk, Secretary map revised 1977 ;,;: � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Kalamazoo_Comprehensive-Plan-Summary_1977 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Kalamazoo Planning Commission, City of Kalamazoo, Kalamazoo County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1977-10-11 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Plan Summary Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Plan Summary for the City of Kalamazoo was prepared by the Kalamazoo Planning Commission and the Department of Community Development. The Plan Summary was approved by the City Commission on October 11, 1977. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Department of Community Development (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Kalamazoo (Mich.) Kalamazoo County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/6866c4102ef27cd587d98ddabcb889bf.pdf 287ce2aa2c2907172b924a09a9c85d31 PDF Text Text COMPREHENSIVE RECREATION PLAN �"· FROM THE LIBRARY OF 'Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I COMPREHENSIVE RECREATION PLAN Emmet County PREPARED FOR: EMMET COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION MARCH, 1970 PREPARED BY: VILICAN-LEMAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. COMMUNITY PLANNING CONSULTANTS 29621 NORTHWESTERN HIGHWAY SOUTHFIELD, MICHIGAN 48075 CONTRACT ITEMS: B-1, Part, B-4 and B-5 �CONTENTS I -F OREWORD I INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY INFORMATION I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INTRODUCTION 1 STATEMENT OF COUNTY RECREATION GOALS 2 COUNTY RECREATION ANALYSIS 5 DEVELOPMENT OF RECREATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES 6 THE NEED FOR PLANNING STANDARDS 8 SUMMARY OF RECREATION CONCEPTS 9 COUNTY RECREATION ANALYSIS - REGIONAL DIMENSION RECREATION TYPES 12 PRIVATE AND SEMI - PRIVATE RECREATION 14 BROAD SCALE RESOURCE INTERPRETATIONS 18 BROAD SCALE RESOURCES OF EMMET COUNTY 21 COUNTY RECREATION ANALYSIS - LOCAL DIMENSION LOCAL RECREATION DIMENSION 25 CONCEPTS AND STANDARDS 25 POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS 27 INVENTORY AND DEMAND 28 LOCAL RECREATION PLAN 32 COUNTY - WIDE RECREATION PLAN RECOMMENDATIONS 48 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - ILLUSTRATIONS SELECTED RESOURCE INVENTORY 19A CONCEPT SKETCHES : MICRO CLIMATES 21A SOIL SURVEY 22A SCENIC AND RECREATION RESOURCES 23A NEIGHBORHOOD SCHOOL-PARK CONCEPT 26A RECREATION PLAN 47A T 'A B LES SELECTED PRIVATE AND SEMI-PRIVATE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES 15 2. PUBLIC RECREATION LAND INVENTORY 29 3: LOCAL RECREATION NEEDS 33 1. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FOREWORD This is the fourth (4th) in a series of Preliminary Plan reports for Emmet County, Michigan, and contains the analysis of recreation at both the regional and local leveL Preliminary Comprehensive Plan reports are published to enable ci t izens, organi zations, and others interested in the future of the County, to review initial find ings before a final plan is adopted. Any comments or suggestions on this material w ill be welcome subjects for discussion and consideration by the Emmet County Planning Commission . The preparation of this report required the cooperation of numerous officials and agencies concerned with resources and recreation in Emmet County. Hence, credit for much of the resource data contained in this report and related County planni'ng· reports must be accorded to the following : Mr . William Grimm, District Conservationist, U.S. Soil Conservati on Service, Boyne City Mr . Robert 0. Dodge and Mr . Lawrence Miller, Parks Di.vision, Michigan Department of Natural Resources, Lansing. Mr . Edmund J . Ecker, Area Forester, Michigan Department of Natural Resources, Indian River. Mr . Stephen Swan, District Fisheries Biologist, Michigan Department of Natural Resources, Gaylord. ' ' The preparation of this report was financially aided through a Federal Grant from the Department of Housing and Urban Development, under the Urban Planning Assistanc,e Pr·ogr·am, a _u thori'zed by Section· 701 ·o( the Housing ,Act of 1954, ?-S amended, admi:nistered by ,the Michigan Dep'.a rtment .of Commerce. 11 �INTRODUCTION & SUMMARY INFORMATION �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INTRODUCTION In man's attempt to flee the high density urban environment he has created, he rushes on weekends and vacations to the countryside. "Man depends on nature, and since he cannot live without the natural environment or iri an environment modified beyond certain limits, the preservation of nature and its resources 1 becomes the first and basic goal. 11 Past and current trends with regard to recreation indicate a mounting impact upon those areas endowed with scenic natural resources. Increases in metro- politan population, coupled with more buying power and greater mobility, will place new demands upon recreation facilities available to the public,. The north- ern region of Michigan's Lower Peninsula offers vast recreation potentials for the future leisure-oriented public, and as highway and air traffic facilities continue to improve, tourist visitation will become larger and more frequent. In addition to tourists, the State's northern resources offer an outstanding outdoor environment to its residents, who should assume the responsibility for retaining the quality of the environment. Outside pressures will be exerted in increasing quantities throughout the region, and on;y through advance planning and concerted action can the area avoid the depletion of environmental resources experienced in and around metropolitan areas. This is an exacting process that will demand innovative approaches to recreation home subdividing, road building, community development, and wilderness sanctuaries. The region must be satis- fied with being a mere reflection of development techniques used elsewhere, but must imaginatively combine the vast recreation re<Sources found among public and private lands with the most up-to-date development concepts. Doxiadis, Costantinos A. Emergence and Growth of an Urban Region - the Developing Urban Detroit Area Volume 2, Detroit Edison Company, 1967, Page 29. -1- �I I I I I I STATEMENT OF COUNTY RECREATION GOALS The goals and objectives of the Recreation Plan for Emmet County are presented at two levels : short-range and long-range. While these goals are presented separately, they are closely inter-related and depending upon circumstances at the moment, a long-range goal may be implemented before a short-range goal. SHORT - RANGE RECREATION GOALS Improve facilities at existing community parks and expand parks to serve citizens in the County. I Existing public lands owned by 'townships_,, villages I I I I I I I I I I i the County and school districts should be given priority consideration for recreation-community facility development. If applicable, design local parks to serve visitors and tourists as well as community residents. the multiple function While local recreation demands should have priority, concept is an important consideration. Provide specific recreational facilities and parks to serve the needs of children, youth, young families, adults, and retirement age citizens, as demand indicates. Develop necessary administrative procedures, citizen committees and/ or official park commissions to oversee the evolvement of a complete parkrecreation system. Desirably, a recreation system should include County parks or coordinated local recreation systems at the County level. Utilize available funding programs from state and federal agencies to implement recreation plans in the County and municipalities within the County . I -2- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' Encourage the preparation of detailed site plans and working drawings to guide actual improvements to recreation areas. Promote park usage with adequate signs or other measures to identify available facilities, especially when tourist interest is a factor. LONG-RANGE AND CONTINUING RECREATION GOALS Ad.opt zoning ordinances, subdivision regulations and other development controls which recognize recreation and natural resources as a vital element of community responsibility. Promote an equitable distribution of parks, recreation areas and facilities in the County. Inform private recreation investors of County resources £or outdoor recreation and of proper development standards to meet present day requirements. Guide community improvements so that gradual progress 1s made to enhance the potential for development of private outdoor recreational facilities. Basic improvements include : electric power, natural gas, road improve- ments, airports, and related . Preserve historic areas for their cultural value in the County as well as for their tourist appeal. Protect wildlife habitat areas from pollution, drainage, and other depletion acts which may alter the ecological balance between wildlife, resources and man. -3- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Acquire or otherwise insure the preservation of outstanding natural features which may or may not have been inventoried in this Plan, but which fall with;,. _ in the principles of sound recreation planning for Emmet County and the communities therein. Coordinate over-all recreation planning and development with individual communities, state and federal agencies, sportsmen clubs or associations, private recreation entrepreneurs, and others, with County and regional recreation objectives. This suggests that each development be viewed as part of a larger, more complete, and convenient recreation system. Evolve a comprehensive system of park-recreational facilities in the County and communities of the County. be limited to; community parks, neighborhood parks, recreation buildings, recreation structures, swimming beaches and other specific facilities necessary to support active or passive recreational pursuits. I I I Facilities include, but would not -4- �&£ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I COUNTY RECREATION ANALYSIS The purpose of the County Recreation Plan is to serve as a guide in the maintenance, creation and perpetuation of resources, both natural and man-made, as they relate to the recreation environment. Emphasis is placed not only upon resident use and enjoyment, but on the attraction potential for tourists as well. The County Recreation Plan is a flexible guide, from which orderly growth and dev elopment may ensue. It is not meant to be a rigid plan of action that can be outdated by short-range cycles in recreation desires or changing population characteristics . Hence, the implementation of the concepts in this study hinge upon broad endorsement by County residents who must participate on decisions to pre-serve the County's outstanding natural environment. Each recreation project involves considerable detailed planning for site characteristics, use demand, cost benefit analysis and methods for financing. A single County Comprehensive Plan cannot and should not answer these details for each recreational area or potential. OBJECTIVES The future of Emmet County as a regional focal point in the area of outdoor recreation will depend on successes in achieving the following goals: To illustrate where recreational facilities exist. To familiarize County residents and potential developers with existing resources and environmental advantages. To guide in the identification and reservation of desirable and needed recre ation sites, recognizing that many unique areas can be diverted to other uses. I - 5- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I To propose design standards for preserving and developing the County's natural resources. To guide future development based upon a projected design concept aimed at unifying the recreational elements of the County. To insure an equitable distribution of parks, recreation areas and facilities. To encourage comprehensive outdoor recreation planning at private, commercial and public levels with regard to site development and its compatibility to the County as a whole. To point up the need for various means of control in natural resource development. This analysis of Emmet County's Recreation Plan begins with an inventory of all major recreational features in the County including soils, topography, scenic areas and man-made facilities. These are viewed in terms of the County's region- al setting and the various types of recreational activity that is in demand. The proposed plan is a synthesis of the inventory, adaptable recreation features, and the overall concept of recreation applicable to the County. DEVELOPMENT OF RECREATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES The provision of all recreational facilities discussed in this report lie beyond the County's present and foreseeable financial capabilities. However, the County, as a unit of government, should not be singularly responsible for providing all such facilities . It is nontheless recognized that recreational resource potentials must be preserved until adequate parks, trails, beaches, and water bodies are needed and developed . The realistic achievement of this goal will necessitate cooperative action between various groups - only one of which will be the County. - 6- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,., To implement the County Recreation Plan, some new measures will probably be required to enable or promote cooperative development programs among governmental agencies, quasi-public bodies and private groups. It is intended that pri- vate enterprise, in the form of commercial or tourism recreation, be an active element in the realization of this plan. To be economically feasible for development, a private resort or recreation area must have: The potential to serve a desired use; A market, or demand; Design production (number of lots, houses, rooms, facilities, etc.) to meet a need or deficiency and to pay for the cost of development and provide a profit to developers. To be aesthetically successful, the resort or recreation facility must; Retain the original characteristics of the natural environment that makes the area desirable; Be of a quality that co _m plements the natural environment; hence, careful attention to architectural design, choice of materials, and methods of construction; Be an activity which complements or adapts to the natural environment and adjacent uses. -7- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I To be successful in a planning sense, the resort or recreation facili t y must: Be viewed in its total context with the County, northern Michigan and M 'i dwest region. Have the various physical elements designed in a coordinated and efficient manner so as to give diversity and complementary economic support. See these elements 1n relation to the over-all benefit of the area and the total environment. To attain "successful developments 11 in this sense means that we: Do not overdevelop to the extent that the carrying capacity of the land is exceeded; Do not break down the existing systems of plant and animal ecology; Must develop and meet environmental standards of design and implementation ; Must avoid those developments that, over a period of years, downgrade adjacent or potential uses. THE NEED FOR PLANNING STANDARDS To encourage sound recreation developments, the County must establish minimum design criteria and minimum development controls . This is more critical than prescribing minimum park acreages per 1, 000 population and will be essential to protect those natural amenities originally making the County desirable. Fail - ure to do this will result in less quality and less ability to maintain a quality environment for future generations. -8- �I I I I The last twenty years have witnessed vast changes in leisure oriented activities. There is a definite distinction between resort life in the 1950 1 s and resort life in 1970. The camping boom is still on the increase as are first class motor inn complexes. Tourist accommodations which supply quality services and quality environment manage a successful livelihood. I I I I I I I I I I I I I Resort areas of the nation are experiencing a housing boom with regard to seasonal or vacation homes. Too many of these developments are carried through w it hout planning and lack proper concepts for future development. As a result, we see our scarce water frontages subdivided into small lots which when built up lose the natural character and the amenities that originally made the area saleable. Over-crowding, pollution, poor architecture, poor site planning, inadequate roads, extinction of the native vegetation - these are some of the factors contributing to the depletion of what was once thought as a natural resource. It has happened in metropolitan areas and it will happen in Emmet County, until development embodies standards which spell the difference between quality and building. 11 11 just another Too often, planning regulations are forgotten at city or village limits ; too often, people living within scenic rural areas are oblivious to what makes the area enjoyable until these factors are altered or disappear. SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS IN OVERALL CONCEPTS 1. Missionaries - Promote the historically important role of the missionar y in Emmet County. Acquire historic sites, build replicas of former missions, churches, shrines, trading posts, Indian cultural centers, and related points of interest. This historical theme is an important c u ltural heritage which though not unique to the County, is suited to the attractions of recreation. I -9 - �I I I I I I I I I I 2. interesting facets of any areas history, including Emmet County. I I I The shores of Lake Michigan and communities of Petoskey, Harbor Springs, Middle Village, Cross Village and Mackinaw City all have a strong history in Indian culture. Historical markers, reconstructed Indian v illages, museums, and related means can be used to express Indian history to the educational- cultural advancement of tourists and citizens. 3. Agriculture - Since the County has some excellent agricultural lands, work toward the continuance of farming enterprises. Marginal farms may beco·m e economically sound by adding supplemental activities, such as camping, hunting, fishing and vacation farm activity. Farms are necessary for bas i c food production, they are important economic forces, they support a higher level of wildlife for sportsmen, and are important in maintaining open space. 4. Scenic Easement - Scenic easements are means of preserving scenic areas without taking title in fee. I I I I I I Indian Culture - The life, habits and history of the Indian people are highl y Easements would be most logical along rivers where natural image is important to canoeists and/or fishermen. Also, along some roadways where panoramic views may become obscurred by development. 5. Scenic Drives - Establish a system of scenic drives to link spe cific recre ation activities and sites with one another . The concept of outdoor recre - ation necessarily involves the scenic quality of access routes. Since Emmet County benefits from the fall color season, the scenic routes may be multi functional. At the present time, the main access to the Wilderness Stat e Park does not present the image of a wilderness recreation area . -10 - �I I I I I I 6. establishment of one or more County parks. I I I I I I I I I I I If so, these should be coordin - ated into the recreation system so as to supplement and operate in harmony with community parks and state parks. Some recreational opportunities may only be established through County level action. 7. Local Parks - Recreation for County residents will evolve from County features and tourist facilities. However, each community within the County will have specific local recreational demands to fulfill. I I County Parks - A Gounty level interest in recreation may well lead to the County, school district, township and village lands should be given priority consideration as resources for local recreational facilities. 8. Important to the Recreation Plan is the resource inventory. A more de - tailed inventory of soils, plant and animal ecology, and active recreation sites would strengthen the basis for detailed planning in the years ahead, and this should be pursued. 9. Because of the limited funds available for recreational facilities, the County should encourage the development of recreational facilities through private enterprise and other public agencies. (Bureau of Outdoor Recreation, Michigan State Department of Natural Resources, U.S. Forest Service, et c .) 10. Standards of design should be developed and incorporated into local de v elop ment controls (zoning, easements, sul:3division regulations, as well as boards of review) and where possible, applied on a County-wide basis. -11- �I COUNTY RECREATION ANALYSIS Regional Dimension �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I RECREATION TYPES Recreation is recognized as the humi3,n necessity to pursue those activities that refresh the mind and body, be they achieved through contemplation of scenery, v isitation of historical sites , close association with geological and biological forces of nature, or through such activities as boating, skiing, campi.ng, hunting and other outdoor sports or community activities. For the purpose of this report, recreation will be considered in terms of outdoor activities, active or passive, which are influenced by the landscape environment of which they are a part. Man utilizes the landscape to test his senses and he seeks those landscapes which will provide him with a variety of experiences. Federal and state involvement in _ recreation is highly interdisciplinary . . It aims toward the principle of multiple use of natural and man-made resources. Therefore, state and federal lands, forests, and waters may be utilized for their potential as spots of scenic beauty, wildlife refuge, or source of commercial timber. F£deral and state programs are aimed at satisfying regional and continental demands and usually involve recreation experiences related to conservation areas, historical sites , natural preserves and wilderness regions. County and local governmental bodies are, engaged in similar recreation types, but usually on a smaller scale , Moreover, usage is aimed largely at area resi- dents, except in tourist economy areas, such as Emmet County. The objective to satisfy tourist demands may well dominate local recreation planning and development because local needs can be satisfied in part with tourist attractions. The private sector of outdoor recreation is highly diverse, but may be broken down 1 into the following major components : 1 Thompson , John R . , Parks and Recreation, ''The Giant Nobody Knows", March, 1968. -12- �Profit seeking outdoor recreation enterprises: Ski resorts Golf courses Campgrounds I Fish and hunt camps I I I I I I I I I I I Vacation farms, resorts and lodges I I I Riding stables Swimming pools Canoe liveries Non-profit outdoor recreation enterprises: Voluntary Associations - church groups, YMCA, YWCA, boy scouts, girl scouts , boys clubs, 4-H clubs Employee membership only Impoundments licensed by Federal Power Commission Private forest lands Participant - financed outdoor recreation enterprises: Golf and country clubs Hunting preserves Boat clubs Riding clubs Swimming and diving clubs Athletic clubs Snowmobiling clubs -13- �Some of the more interesting dominant characteristics of the private recreation- r I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I al enterprise on a national scale are : Average development is small - about 52 acres. Most endeavors have a low capital investment. Income is usually supplementary to a regular income . The majority have no paid employees. Very little promotion is done . Many of these characteristics are applicable to Emmet County, and are already developed to a high degree. For example, the ski resorts of Boyne Highlands and Nubs Nob rank among the finest facilities in the Midwest. PRIVATE AND SEMI-PRIVATE RECREATION RESOURCES TABLE 1 lists the private and semi - private recreational facilities available in Emmet County. Also given on the table are reference locations and approximate acreages of each facility . For the most part, the list inventories non-public recreation resources, and although it may not be a 100% accurate list, it represents the spectrum of private recreation in Emmet County. 1 As a general obser- vation, private recreational services are regional in their scope of services, and rely strongly on tourist visitation for economic support. Like regional public recreation areas, they serve local needs as well. The most dominant private recreational resources are Boyne Highlands and Nubs Nob. These ski resorts are complete recreation complexes that offer scenic resources, vacation home subdivisions, con~ominium recreation dwellings, tourist lodging, restaurant services, _golf and other activities for complete year around recreation activity . Snowmobiling_:_- will also become a more dominant recreational pursuit in this area . Both ski complexes contain more than 70 percent of the private recreation land inventoried in the County ( 1, 980 acres). 1 Data was derived from the County land use inventory, aerial photographs, County Plat Book, and Comprehensive Plan Reports prepared for the County, Petoskey, and Harbor Springs . -14- �------- -----------TABLE 1 SELECTED PRIVATE AND SEMI-PRIVATE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES Emmet County ,_. u, I Facility , Location by Township or Reference Northland Drive-in Theatre Hollywood Theatre Victory Lanes Bowling Petoskey Bay- View Count:ry Club Emmet Sportsmens Club (US-131) US-131 Golf Driving Range Petoskey Bowmens Club Camp Petosega May Marina Crooked Lake Yacht Club Two (2) Trout Ponds Ponshewaing Marina Alanson Marinas Petoskey Playhouse W eq uetonsing Golf Club Harbor Point Golf Course Birchmont Farm Resort Walstroms Marina Club Ponytail 5-Mile Creek Community Center Boyne Highlands Ski Resort Nubs Nob Ski Resort Trout Ponds Boat-Rental Indian Museum Marina Wilderness Golf Club J ordans Campground Riding Stable Trout Ponds Campgrounds Resort Petoskey Petoskey Bear Creek Bear Creek Bear Creek Springvale Pickerel Lake Oden Crooked Lake Littlefield Littlefield Alanson Oden Little Traverse West Traverse West Traverse Harbor Springs Little ,T raverse Friendship Pleasantview Pleasantview Maple River Larks Lake Cross Village Paradise Lake Carp Lake Paradise Lake Wawatam Wawatam Mackinaw City TOTALS Approximate Use Acreage 10. 0 acres .1 •5 110. 0 30.0 5. 0 5. 0 190.0 2. 5 . 1 5 7. 0 . 5 1. 0 .6 153. 0 96.2 30. 0 4. 0 .5 5. 0 1,780.0 200. 0 20.0 .1 .3 .3 90 . 0 6. 0 5. 0 •& 2. 1 2, 7 55. 7 acres �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Some other recreational services from the private sector include : recreation farms , golf clubs, marinas, riding stables, trout ponds, camp grounds, and sportsmen clubs. Intensive indoor recreati on is provided by club buildings, bowling alleys, theatres, and playhouse,s. Although ski i ng has exerted an e x ceptional influence on Emmet County 1 s tourist economy and has extended the vacation season to year around prominence, summer recrea ti on related to sand, sun and water is still the predominant tourist volume attracti on . Winter tourism can be expected to grow in importance since the popularity of the snowmobile . By the spring of 1970 , it has been estimated that there will be about 100, 000 snowmobiles in Michigan . Add to this the machines that may come from Illinois, Ohio , Indiana, and other states , and Michigan 1 s w"inter attraction potential looks considerably brighter . Emmet C o unty is excellently positioned to become a major Midwest snowmobile center , and freeways e x isting levels . e x tending northward will improve accessibility beyond The County may well be concerned about the snowmobile in terms of: Scenic trails Winter- camping Machine sales Repair services and parts 0££- sea son storage Servic e centers , with parking , gasoline, food, entertainment, etc. -16- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I It may not be beyond reason to expect snowmobiling to assume resort proportions , much like ski resorts. By 1976, winter tourism may be as big as the summer season . 1 Such a resort could be a year around use of the vacation £arm or dude ranch s i nce steep topography is not a requirement. Snowmobiling to be most success- ful , will require close public - private cooperation, because snowmobiles cover long distances , hence , public and private lands must be packaged to provide continuous safe trails . At the same time resources and privacy must be insured. The snowmobile has trend overtones, of a major outdoor sport. are conflicts between snowmobiles and other County sports. However, there Therefore, County- w i de efforts will become necessary to designate snowmobile trails, perhaps following the early overland trails of Indians , exploit'ers and missionaries. Some areas and trails should be restricted so that snowshoeing, cross country skiing and wildlife habitates are not subjected to the disturbance of motorized vehicles. Old logging roads , pipeline right - of- ways , abondoned railroad grades, and seasonal County roads represent resources £or snowmobile trails. The vacation home is an important economic £actor in tourism-recreation . Be- cause Emmet County has vast areas of land oriented to water resources, the vacation home is and will continue to represent an increasingly important element of local recreation - both £or working and retirement families . A Bureau of Outdoor Recreation Study for the Northern New England States revealed that v acation homes averaged $10 , 659 in that area , ranging from a value of $2, 100 to over $18 , 000 . 1 In addition, the vacation home family spends about $1, 900 Mr . Kenneth Dorman , Manager , Upper Michi gan Touri st Association, Iron Mo unta in , Michi gan . SOURCE : Iron M o untain News , January 12, 1970. - 17- �,t I I I I I I I I I I I I annually in the community for household goods , taxes , maintenance, and local 1 travel . While Emmet County may not be New England, the gravity of metropolitan growth in Michigan plus the stature of ski resort and lake attractions, make the areas comparable . tory is for seasonal homes , with higher proportions in individual townships. A major concern with the recreation home is that itbe developed into the lands c ape and des i gned so as to minimize the visual depletion of scenic resources. Clu ster development concepts will promote this obj ective because it allows dev elopment on a more compact scale with more open space.- around and between clusters . I I Community utility services also are more feasible by this design approach . BROAD SCALE RESOURCE INTERPRETATIONS The bas i s for much of the County's Recreation Plan is formulated from a review of existing conditions , The Plan takes into consideration : Regional setting Existing resource areas (broad scale resource characteristics, potentially developa ble or not, etc). I I I I I Roughly one-third of the County's housing inven- Topography Forests Marshland Riv ers , streams and flood plains Shorelines Farmlands Wildlife 1 Department of Interior , Bureau of Outdoor R e creati on, Northern New England V a c at i on Home Study, 19 6 6 . -18 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I Exi sting recreational facilities County residents Tourists Needs and limitations The following secti on discusses the resource elements embodied m the Recreation Plan . Resource Inventory The resource inventory 1s an essential step in recreation planning. likened to a stock investor's working capital. in part , based upon his present assets . It may be That is, his future investment is, "It is easy to talk about environments in generalities , but the task of protecting and enhancing the remaining attributes that provide diversity, requires in the first place, the task of identifying, evaluating and locating the attributes in the real , living landscape. Without under- standing where they are, wq.ose back-forty or urban block they are in, the nature of the owner , in what county, state or nation they are located, etc., little can be accompl i shed in creating new design criteria for their enhancement, nor implementation tools for their protection." 1 Two i mportant sources of resource information in Emmet County are the U.S. I I I I I I Soil Conser v ation Service and the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. These agencies can provide valuable data and management guidance on soils, wildlife , fish , rivers and streams , forests and related resources . Because of t i me limitations and the scope of this study, the resource inventory as included in th i s report , is primarily comprised of available basic data supplemented by a vi s u al reconnaissan c e . More pre c ise basic data would strengthen the in - v e ntor y and permit a more factual analysis . A c tual on site soil investigations are prerequisi tes f o r every well conceived recreational use, whether for wildlife management or facility construction . 1 Professor Phillip H . Lewi s, Jr ., Upper Mississippi River Comprehensive Basin Study, U . S . Department of Inter i or, Nati onal Park Service, 1968 . - 19- �.. • ••••••• C £ CI L -~ ST(IRGEON 8 A Y ~ 'lt, t ' (, ~ II I I ---,, -- '"; ; ~ li ========i_J[ . j ·I"'r-:7rf""" ! rl L __ l , : ---,,----:I ~. ' C --1 I " IUI D "·---' .JI. • I [JI ' [~J.fi ··~-.. I \ f',, r-rJ~. \\: • ----\f ______~ .. -i . Jr::::\_,. I' ~~ : • =. ~ I . 1. \ : " ' .i •·-- :! "-·· i~~---· I • ······ ;;:f"osa'·,f-;·-p··· ~~~ :\ I II . • " ~ ' " yCL . ~ !~ .I '\ I I 1 1•jl .. 1: _..J~ ~:::,.=>====" I ~'i. '1o•.•· - "- i "" "-· .~.. II ~ ... .. - l.. J---,~-·-,;-----~ .. ;i • \ .. l ' ,. - - - - i_ "' Sc " l I T Tl £ TRAVERS£ 8 A Y ,_,_,._ PRINCIPAL DEER DRAINAGE BASINS YARDING AREAS TO P QUALITY SECOND TROUT STREAMS QUALITY TROUT a TRIBUTARIES STRE AMS 8 TRIBUTARIES TOP 8 SECOND QUALITY WARM WATER GAME FISH STREAMS + _____ ...... --·.....______ ,.-. ............... ..._ . _..... .... __ ... .... _ , .... , _ ... - HI - • , -·. -............._,.,.,_,. .,_,..,_,. , ,.,., 0 8 _" ..... vilicon · lemon a assoc. Inc plonninQ consultonh CANOEA BLE STREAMS " ,_., , . .. _ WITH LIGHT RIVERS DEVELOPMENT TO HEAVY DEVELOPMENT I 12 011 MOR£ D£\IELOPM£JH!I S E L E C CTQEU D R E S Q LJ R C E NT Y EMMET STREAMS t 2 TO II DEVELOf'M[NTS PER MILE I MEOJUM ~~~t.1:,r,:IY~~,~~;~(\•.T I 8 DEVELOPMENT o, PEIi MILE) IUTUIIAl IIUOUl(U , UYlOlltl Ott INVENTORY �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Resource Characteristics Some of the landscape characteristics that influence the recreational potentials of Emmet County are listed below. These should be viewed as standards to guide the actual development of recreational attractions. Historical Characteristics and objects. Significant in association with past cultures They stimulate one's imagination as well as remind us of our pa st heritage. Relief Characteristics - Monotony must not prevail. Whether moving from city to countryside, forest to farmland, or hill to plains, the transition should not be filled with clutter but rather delineated by contrast. Aesthetic Characteristics - Beauty is sought in many respects whether scenic vistas, streams, water bodies, yegetation, topography, wildlife or man ma.de developments. Scientific and Educational Characteristics - Features that have far-reaching value with regard to the evolution of civilizations, bogs, marshes,. and wildlife areas fall into this category as ecological factors. Archaeological ex- cavations, geologic formations, and fossil remains must also be included. Protective Characteristics - Methods to obtain relief from sun, wind , snow and rain are sought by man and wildlife. Shelter belts, forest plantations and ridges are among those features that make up this resource characteri-stic. Sentimental Characteristics aside from beauty. Landmarks and symbols of local significance Popular affection is a strong factor in perpetuation and maintenance of many natural and man-made features. A wood lot, historic building, scenic overlook, or unusual sign may fall into this category. - 20- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - BROAD SCALE RESOURCES OF EMMET COUNTY Water Water is an integral feature in the recreation economy of any area. Emmet County not only has 71 miles of Lake Michigan frontage, but also has a wide selection of rivers, streams and inland lakes. of surface water in the County. There are some 10,400 acres Lake Michigan frontage is important as a factor in regional tourist drawing power. Therefore, development along the lake should be designed to permit observation, public access and retention of its highly aesthetic image. Evening sunsets· over Lake Michigan are a particularly scenic natural phenomena attraction forces. Inland la:kes, rivers and streams are secondary regional However, the nearness of metropolitan centers has given some inland lake areas prir'nary,attraction fore es ( e. g., Walloon Lake). Whether for wildlife management purposes or for outdoor recreation activities, all of the County's water resources must be protected from pollution to retain its purity and natural environmental image. Fish and Wildlife Fish and wildlife resources are fafrly aboundant in Emmet County. As a recre- ational activity, -as sanctuary or preserve, as a business or aesthetic setting, the fish and wildlife are an integral part of Emmet County's environment. Hence, wildlife management practices have a direct bearing on tourism recreation and the tourist economy. To be most effective, wildlife management practice must be extended to involve the vast acreages of private recreation land. the following species: The wildlife of the County include white tailed deer, elk, fox, rabbit, grouse, woodcock, squirrel and waterfowl. Black bear also inhabit areas of the County. major fish species · include: Trout, (brown, brook, rainbow and lake), Salmon, Bass, Bluegills, Perch, Pike, and others. -21- Some Coho �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Government Land An important recreation resource in any region are state and federal lands. Although private forest-farm lands fulfill open space and recreation needs, they are not as permanent as public owned land. Private lands may move into or out of recreational use in terms of the economic needs of the moment. G o vernment lands, therefore, can be regarded as permanent features of outdoor recreation and they are more likely to come under Comprehensive Resource Management. About 100 square miles of land in Emmet County is state owned . This is roughly 20 percent of the County's land area, and exceeds all local acreage standards for recreation land needs . However, the area I s recreation market includes metro- pol i tan centers in the Midwestern states and Canada, hence, comparisons with numbers of County residents is distorting . Topography The analysis of the County's physiography is limited in respect to detail. U.S. G. S. data on a County-wide scale at the 20 foot intervals is effective as a general reference for slope data but cannot illustrate the variety of slope change that can occur within a given 20 foot interval. Topography in Emmet County cannot be described in simple terms, since there is relief variety and contrasts in each of the sixteen ( 16) 'townships. H o wever, the predominant steeper slopes may be found in the centra l portions of the County and in the southeast. The east and north areas are generally flat, while the entire west side has slopes ranging £:vom gently rolling to rolling. Again, m- stances of different slopes may be found in most regions of the County . -22- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Land Being the northermost County in the Lower Peninsula, Emmet County has a relatively open character, interesting land forms, square miles of government land. scenic woodlands, and many These combine to establish a "land resource" that is coming under increasing pressures for recreation - resort development. As the intensity and density of development increases, the open space character will diminsh as will the broad scale resources that make the County attractive. W o od lots will be cleared for building purposes, hills leveled and acreages subdivided into smaller and smaller units . It also means hunting pres sure, sanitary and refuse disposal problems, and ecological imbalance conditions. By and large the land resource must be protected with zoning, us es encouraged to adopt progressive development concepts , and community efforts made to place critical scenic and wildlife resources in public or protective ownership. The two maps which accompany this section of the County Recreation Plan, inventory the important resource and recreation features of the County. The map "Selected Resource Inventory 11 illustrates basic County resources which adapt to broad scale recreation uses and include deer yard areas, trout streams, canoeable waters and basic dra i nage patterns. proposed for broad scale The map 11 These can be regarded as areas resource and game management. Selected Scenic and Recreation Resources 11 inventories specific recre - ation facilities and areas with potential for recreation development. Public lands, state forests , public access sites, local parks and playgrounds are mapped. addition , special or unique recreation pbtentials are listed. In These include such f e atures as potential impoundment sites, historic interest areas, scenic view 1 areas , and related features with recreation - tourism significance . lField inventory work was supplemented by preliminary data from the draft report by the U . S. Soil Conservation Service , An Appraisal of Potentials for Outdoor Recreational Development, Emmet County, Michigan . Also, the report by : Northwest Michigan Resource Conser v ation and Development Project Steering Committee, Project Plan, dated 1969, prepared by the U . S. Soil Conservation Service. - 23 - �eil MACK I NAW BRIDGE HISTORIC FORT ]MI CH ILI MACK INAC C E CI L rL~~~'i~~ l PROJECTS T.JtN. STURGEO N 8 A Y ~~ ~t:=~ff-- SAND DUNES& BEACH RESOURCE ,___JL: ~ I."¥ . . , . .~ F" ,.:, ~,ll<'c/J · .J: -,.,_ (I) •-77 · .-,u---'' •l - ' · ' " ll"Nir-+"SN,, ·· II II• ~I II " ~ i ..11 1 N •IJLJ .. · . • ~..,:i •1j's7'J . ~ 7 'i---: I J ;- ,". u I c """.. \'~ . .. · '... '-- t,,'"',y..:i>=-. ",,, (,_,,,,;,iv ..J • "" u,"' ' I [===+i' " I- •• ' . ~~ ~- - ''\ \ "---'--'-' • ~.~------- ·<•" ~ :~ =7f~~~U~ _J rec, :c) "'o - · .77 "'1 • ts, • T 57N I L , ' ••• .. I -·· ' ~-• ;;::, ;'•..,•l" · ~- . ,0 v<':Ci ..• . ,.,:i~.)';'~ ·4 . . ' -~: oJ)<-;.l.. ~~~v~ r... ~ I'"- . Q~tJ~ ✓, F-~11,I ~1:;,~ • " •'~ tA .,.--£1) ,'l!H I "rt I ,~:") '4: ",, ~-t"E. .• --- ,, Jt r l. \ 1 ; \ ~~ 'v•. . -• ,, , I(.)',;)~ .. , · , , ;:,l''if---'";s<'c'.J,,[.i"'.'c"c~ ·• ~•',,,-f"•J C"o~•.'{;~',;\ ~•JO·•.di~.•••~ C ,• ' ""'·' 1 IJ , =• ,,,-;;; J k:I 0 .. •- •;•7 F,-?~l · ··' (;'1· l.:>s" , L:'.:il)'• ')0.. ~ - _J; I ' ' •C C:.c-J I -" -;!?j , ·J>'.l)•:!> · •"'- • ~-,;~(;" ~ ; I -t- ~ IL..,..,·J1LJI u ,~~~ cu : ~J2<; ' □···~-~-~ _ "~~;·{;6:u~•'J). II ' ........., 7n r-,,, II II I _J~ '• 11 - ,•,j •o I ~L 5~c"'<-,<::~- ~ ~2:J,.' · ~ . !' ~ ~ I I[__ ! ·;~I .. •. () " ,I '1@c\),• rs 71 s \ ~ ~ 'v " i. ., ~ ---f'~0~~0,;;""'~~~~ : o,·,··· r • I ·"'''- ,.r ·p ~(;v' .. L , slJy;:_ ,- '<' ~ . : .. If~~ ~ " □ "tJ:_b ' ·.1l .....• B '?- U.ol M. FOREST H!~foR.fH .,,,,~ . . , • .'<C N P -- r·- I\ • =>=--' 11 ;) ,:' · " n i,,, II .. ._,-~ul ; -,-- A I __J~ I • l JL_J,I •JI- R /o• \ -;, !' l • J 1 11 V I " ~- r---, LJ ~ E ,'l ,~, :: l{J-~;---- .. 1/ E-. _J _"___ _, 'INLAND -- -t- ,_J;;t fu•' . , l 7 ,;►i'-.>cc:.~ .ll ·J~J:.~~~-j 'ti L WATER ..!!.Q.J!.TE rC~R~O~O~K~E~D~ ~:l[~---J~ • -~ITT! ,,,. ""'"'"' -·~LJl ::~gm\ I~" l : T. .MN RP'; ~h~.-.r ~-- \.- ,=-..o """'- 1'\/J 111 ... • I i'LJ : • •,1 - --- 11 p '~·;,_"~~ r-.:-=-- ' ---, ~I. -,l~ ._jLJ ,-,, ,. " r L]'' .--~ :~"f . /... ,\~~:II I..\L... I ' ...,. ~ J4 j-j.I,...~ .) ~. ~.,~~,,) ~ - 1,h=:-'>~ ~~'°'!,: t C' , • . . JJ [_ RIVER H LOCKS <.q;_ ') ~v I""_~ .... G "" ~~~!T ,,: T 35N . I -.J i .di I I ~ . I I t I C ~NRTUEST nc=.=-:)W ._; ~-=·J: ~:in ..LJ . .J~~1,-~ ~, . L~. _Tl E I slo jw . jr::r R • "1r.----G:_]. ,r 8 , i •• T ....... ~, . , . ··' • J~[l□ · 1· . .. ~ 11 · ~ /4;:,. , l .• ~~ .. I ; H 1 _ r.lC.,v--J,c ~LE~E!~ ' L J.~~ ~ I I I '-~ 1 .d ,· V • . . e." - . , ,o I ~ ::,, 0 <>6 >': ,,.J I . ,,,t:;· :- T 54N. . i h·L.· ! 1/ ~ ~ ' - I - ·fl ~ L--1--rLJ~, .~~~r:r:J· R. 6W. " ~v !I ~ HARLEVOIX ~ "itti~(E__- I j: ~~·Ji, 1rf:•?J \~\ ,/'' 0 ... -,:; .. ,-+ . · ,. ,, 1, -~\l_ . • '\1(1 j " ' · DD -. 0 jd~~ rr· J:\ . i~~~l.~: I. \L. l. ~ -. \ ~.3 ~~~l46JL II AR ~ •• LJC~~ ' - -j1 . ' ""' . JL_ ~... IJL:_J\ .·JH HISTORIC II GEOLOGIC ~ 1 ~~ O"; ,1, 4'""' i "' ... * ~;-'Jt\.~I 0 " RECREATION LA NO RESOURCES CJ PUBLIC LAN OS (COUNTY, MUNiCiPAllTY, II SCHOOL) ~ STATE FOR EST * - TIil Pl0AIArl0N o, 1KIS C-,VMIC .. ~ • W_.S f!NANCIAUY AIDlO THI O UGH A FIOU_.,l GIANI ,_0,._ !Hf 00,UHtUll t<O'JIIHG ANO un... N OfVHO,NfHT. UNDU !Hf UI• UN ,lANNUtG AUllUNU ,1oou-. AUI HOIIUO n llC TIOH 701 o, Tt<f "OUSIHGACT Of lf>• , A) 1'""lHOlD AO/IIINlllfUO IY THl #l CIUGAN 01, .... ,,.,tH Of cO ... M!UL~ o, u SOOD IOOO IOOCI ""' .. .... vilican . ieman a assoc. inc. planning ca n1ullanll PUBLIC ACCESS SITES II ROADSIDE PARKS PARKS II PLAYGROU NDS (SCHOO L SiTES - 5 ) SCENIC ViEW RESOURCES MAJOR PRIVATE II SEMi·PRIVATE RECREATION S e Ie c t e d Is C E N I C a RECREATION EMMET COUNT y RESOURCES 11 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - The recreation features on the scenic and recreation resource map should also be regarded as proposed recreation developments, subject to feasibility analysis and implementation. -24 - �COUNTY RECREATION ANALYSIS Local Dimension �I I I I LOCAL The Comprehensive Recreation Plan -for Emmet County must also consider local demands for recreational facilities. While it is true that broad scale recreational resources are critical elements of tourism-recreation, local community environment, and economic development, measures of local service needs are also I presented. I I I I CONCEPTS AND STANDARDS I RECREATION DIMENSIONS Specific types of recreational facilities in a community may vary appreciably from facilities found in another. Population numbers, resources, tourist demands, philanthropic bequests, advance planning, and citizen attitudes all bear on the quality of a given park and recreation system. Even though there are differences in recreation systems, there are some basic facilities which serve all communities. These include: Home Yard Assured through zoning, the home yard is an important recreational facility for I I I I I I I I the pre- school aged child. It also accommodates outdoor family activities. Yard sizes vary. Tot Lots In high density residential areas and mobile home courts, tot lots usually contain space for games, limited apparatus, a sand box and benches for supervisory adults. Size varies with available space. Playgrounds Usually adjacent to the elementary school, playgrounds serve elementary school age children and may contain: Playground apparatus, a shelter area and rest rooms, open space for active play, paved areas and perhaps a tot lot area. 2 to 5 acres, plus 1 acre per 100 pupils. Size: A minimum of 3. 5 acres when a school is included. - 25- �I I I I I Neighborhood Parks Neighborhood parks are intended to serve residential areas in a community. They are often combined with playground sites and are an excellent means for preserving natural features in subdivision areas. These facilities are characteristically quiet and emphasize landscaping, walkways, open lawns and scenic beauty. Size: one acre per 1, 000 population. I The accompanying illustration portrays the heighborhood -·schbol-park . conc~pt. I Playfields Oriented toward the recreational needs of high school age and adult age citizens, I I I playfields are developed to meet the active recreational demands of the community. Ball diamonds, athletic fields and recreation buildtngs are typical playfield uses. Often these facilities are located in conjunction with a high school. Community Parks less space for other required facilities. I Regional Parks I I ' ~ 10 acres minimum, plus 1 acre per 100 pupils. I I I I Size: Intended to serve all community groups, especially the family, community parks offer diverse recreational facilities and strive to preserve or enhance outstanding natural features. Typical. facilities may include swimming, picnicking, scenic views, landscaping and similar attractions. Size: 1 acre per 100 population, Regional parks serve persons from a wide geographic area and may be developed to include some community park functions, but usually emphasize resources and conservation. State, national and county parks typify regional parks which pre- serve nature, offer camping, have outstanding scenic views, and/ or afford hunting, fishing, winter sports, etc. Size varies by type of facility, sponsor, regional demands for park space, and the nature of the facility. - 26- �......................... ______ _ ,.__....__ P A R K - - - - - - - - - PARK B~:~·p-~~ FIELD SPORTS AREA GREEN AREA FAMILY AREA PICNIC A ~ QU IET RE 10 BASEBALL BASKETBALL VOLLEY BALL TENNIS u 0 rz II IT11 IJ 11 uuSCHOOL NEIGHBORHOOD SCHOOL-PARK CONCEPT I vilican-leman planning a assoc. inc. consultants �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I COUNTY POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS Emmet County had a total population of 15, 904 per sons in 19 60. to increase to about 18,000 persons in 1970. This is estimated By 1990, the total County may have 22, 500 citizens depending on the success in attracting additional jobs in industry, retailing, and tourism recreation. Because of tourism recreation the County Recreation Plan assumes importance beyond that of providing local recreation services and facilities. In 1959, the median family income in Emmet County was reported to be $4, 694. This compares with a Michigan average of $6, 256, which was 33. 2 percent higher than the County median. Although ten years out of date, it is reasonable to con- clude that an income gap still exists between the state average income and the County average. The income of tourists and families who visit the County for recreation purposes is probably well above the County average. The population density of Emmet County varies significantly from one area to another. For each resident, there are 16. 2 acres of land in the County, How- ever, in certain village and city locations (selected blocks) the density equals any typical Midwestern . community. The overall density question is distorted some by the influx of large numbers of summer-winter tourists who compete with local residents for land resources. The age group structure of the County indicates some imbalance with general state trends. Significant differences include : (a) higher proportion of ;persons over 64 years of age ; (b) slightly higher proportion of persons in the mature family group (ages 45 to 64); (c) a low proportion of young and middle aged families (ages 25 to 44); (d) slightly more persons in the school age group; and (e) fewer pre-school children. For the pµrpose of long-range planning, the recre- ation service must consider all population groups regardless of the community age profile in any given year. Individual projects, however, may emphasize ser- vice to a given age group, depending upon available financing, citizen desires, and/or basic lack of facilities for that age group. -27- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INVENTORY AND DEMAND A general measure of recreation need 1s the standard figure of 1 acre per 100 population. If this formula is employed in Emmet County, there would be a recreation land need for 180 acres of community-neighborhood park land. This would increase to perhaps 225 acres by 1990. There are 405 . 0 acres of local park and school recreation land in Emmet County. All of this land is owned by local governmental units in the County as there are no County owned parks . In addition, there are 7, 273. 1 acres of land in major regional parks (e . g. Wilderness State Park), roadside parks, public access sites and related recreation resources. State lands, largely in the Wilderness State Forest contain some 90 square miles of land . It is noted that the existing local park acreage is the estimated area of use and not necessarily the total land owned by the community. There are another 2, 755. 7 acres of recreation land in private and semi - private ownership, plus private cottages, ski chalets, recreation farms, and hunting acreage. The population- acreage ratios readily point up the inadequacy of attempts to apply a ratio standard to ascertain basic facility needs. tials are immense ; Open space park poten- hence, the local recreation need will largely relate <--l d 'i.m- proved parks, expanded parks and structural facilities for recreation. However, added local park purchases or acquisitions should be encouraged as a means '. to preserve natural resources and potential recreation sites that might otherwise be lost. For the purpose of recreation planning and the County-wide Land Use Inventory, the park acreages listed on 'TABLE : 2, Inventory'' apply . - 28- , "Public Recreation Land �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TABLE PUBLIC RECREATION 2 LAND INVENTORY Emmet County Communities 1. 2. Bear Creek Township Bliss Township Recreation Feature Recreation Acreage by Ty:ee Local Regional Total Senior High School 29.0 Rotary Park Roadside Park (US 131) Bay View Parks Petoskey State Park Round Lake Public Access--- 2. 9 3. 5 16. 6 273.0 2. 0 29.0 298.0 Wilderness State Park Township Park 6,925.0 34.7 34. 7 3. Carp Lake Township Public Access Paradise Lake Lincoln Park 2 Roadside Parks Center Township Larks Lake Public Access Youth Center Ballfield (Larks Lake) Cross Village Township Boat Ramp on Lake Michigan Wy Camp Lake Public Access Cross Village Park (Historical) Cross Village School 2.0 2. 2 53.3 5. 0 .5 5.5 5.0 11. 0 2.0 2. 0 . 2 1.0 1.0 -29- 6,959.7 .2 6.0 5. 6,925.0 51. 1 51. 1 4. 327.0 4.2 5.2 �TABLE 2 Continued [ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Local 6. Friendship Township Roadwide Park Regional 1.0 1.0 7. Little Traverse Township Conway Beach Conway Ballfield Littlefield Township and Alanson Alanson School Playground near School Alanson Ballfield Alanson Roadside Park and Tennis Court Alanson Public Fishing Oden Roadside Park Oden Lake Access Oden Park Oden Ballfield Pickerel Lake Public Access- ship, Pellston (pt. ) ' Brutus and Levering Pellston High School Pellston Auditorium Public Access on River Pellston Elementary School 2.5 .5 .p .3 .1 4.0 2. 0 Pellston Field Perhton Tennis Courts Roadside Park 11 . Pleasantview Township None 23.6 2. 0 4.0 2. 0 8. 5 1. 0 1. 0 7.3 6.0 .3 6.3 -30- 3.4 2. 1 .4 6.5 10 . Maple River Township , Pellston (pt.), and Van 2.5 7. 0 2. 5 4. 1 20.2 9. McKinley Town- 1. 0 .5 2. 0 2. 5 8. Total �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TABLE 2 Continued Local 12 . Readmond Township Lake Michigan Park Historic Park (Council Tree) Roadside Park 1.5 .5 2.0 1.0 3.0 4.0 Wawatam Township 14.0 1.0 4.0 Pickeral Lake Access 2 - Public Access 5.0 15. 12.0 10.0 10. 0 14. Springvale Township Total 10.0 10.0 13. Resort Township Resort School Waloon Lake Access Roadside Park - US-31 Regional Cecil Bay Park 2.5 (Mackinaw City) High School 17.7 Michilimackinac Park Cecil Bay Public Access (State) French Farm Lake Public Access 5.0 15. 3 3.0 2. 0 20.2 20.3 40.5 Total Townships and Villages Total City of Petoskey Total Harbor Springs 197.5 147.4 60. 1 7, 273 . 1 7,470.6 147.4 60. 1 Grand Totals 405.0 7, 273. 1 7, 678. 1 16. West Traverse Township None SOURCE: Vilican - Leman & Associates, Inc. Land Use Inventory, Emmet County, Summer 1968, and aerial photographs. -31- �LOCAL RECREATION PLAN Statistically, there is a sizeable local park surplus in Emmet County, both under current population levels and foreseeable projections through 1990. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I statistical needs are not equally divided among the local units of government. Hence , the conclusions drawn from TABLE 3 should be related to individual communities rather than from column totals . The TABLE 3 "Local Recreation Needs" , shows that the local recreation surplus i s mainly the result of large acreages in Bear Creek, Bliss and Carp Lake Townships . The Cities of Petoskey and Harbor Springs also reflect large surplus acreages . Between 1970 and 1990, local park needs will be felt in the Townships of Cross Village , Friendship, Maple River, Pleasantview, Resort, Springvale and West Traverse . Following is an outline of local recreation developments that may be pursued. The locations of specific features are presented on the County recreation plan map titled ''Proposed Recreation Features. 11 There are two predominant recreation development recommendations that apply to all communities within the County, as well as the County. 1. These are: Develop parks, improve parks and provide recreation services to satisfy the needs of all age groups. 2. Acquire , promote, and/or assist in the reservation and preservation of outstanding natural resources that exist in the County. These involve scarce waterfront lands , scenic timber stands, unique topography, wildlife habitat areas and the like . - 32 - f However, the �- TABLE ._. ._._. - - 3 LOCAL RECREATION NEEDS Emmet County Community or Local Recreation Acreage Needs Community_ 1. I w w I 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12 . 13 . 14 . 15 . 16 . Existing Acreage Bear Cre·ek Township Bliss Township Carp Lake Township C e nter Township Cros.s Village T ownship Friendshi p Tow nship Little Traverse Township Littlefield Township & Alanson McKinley Township & Pellston (pt) Maple River Township & Pellston (pt) Pleasantview Township R e admond Township R e s o rt Township Springvale T ownship Waw atam and Mackinaw City (pt) West Traverse Township Sub Totals 17. 18 . City of Petoskey City o f Harbor Spr i ngs Totals 1 29. 0 acres 34.7 51. l 6. 0 1.0 2.5 20.2 6.5 6.3 10.0 10 . 0 20 . 2 197 . 5 acres 147 . 4 60 . 1 405. 0 acres 1990 Need 1 1990 Surplus(+) Deficit(-) 50. 5 acres 2. 5 5.8 1.0 1.4 3. 2 7. 7 10. 4 8.4 3. 4 2. 0 2. 5 23 . 8 5. 7 4. 5 4.0 - 21. 5 acres + 32 . 2 + 45.3 + 5. 0 .4 - 3. 2 + 5. 2 + 9. 8 - 1.9 + 2. 9 - 2. 0 + 7. 5 - 13.8 - 5. 7 + 15.7 - 4. 0 136.8acres + 71. 1 acres 75. 2 17. 5 229. 5 a c .1· e s + 72 . 2 + 42.6 + 185 . 9 acres T o wnshi ps w ith a proje c t e d p o pulat i on decline show a 1990 need based upon th e 19 6 0 populat ion . �Bear Creek Townshlp - Project-ions show a mlnlmum need for 21 . 5 acres of local recreat l on land by 1990 . Th-is is a local need that should be provlded for general Townshl p recreatlon purposes and does not relate to nelghborhood needs dlscussed I -in the Petoskey Area Plan . Some development objectives that should be pursued are : I I I 1. A cqulre the federally owned radar stat-ion property in Sect-ion 23 for recreation and general community use. Th-is fadlity is in an excellent recreation resource area . 2. Encourage the development of hlstorical and cultural features, that characterlze the area, and speclfically the proposed Indian Museum and Indian Cultural Center near the Petoskey State Park . 3. Work with the state agendes and adjacent communitles to promote canoeing o n the Bear River . A potential impoundment of the Bear River would also create opportunitles £or township park development. 4. It appears that the Townshlp could use some community ballfields, outdoor skating rinks and related community recreation features . The only local recreation feature i s the high school, and this serves more than the Township area . 5. Some suggested locatl ons for specific active community recreation features are : Near the Townsh ip Hall As a buffer between resldentlal lands and the buslnes s us es on Mitchell Road at Divi s -ion On Pickerel Lake Road at a trans-it-ion po i nt with the proposed freeway, proposed industrial area , and/or trailer housing areas . With planned school locations I I I I On the s i tes of larger community and reg i onal parks - 34 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Locations to consider for general community parks, that may or may not have active sport features include : In the Bear River Valley area On Round Lake to preserve open space Among scenic wood lots, forested -ar,eas and rolling hills in the community - as at the radar site On hillsides or sites offering outstanding panoramic views such as from US-131 south of Petoskey and from Pickerel Lake Road Bliss Township - Statistically Bliss Township will have a substantial local park surplus by 1990, as projections indicate that the permanent population will remain stable or decline somewhat. The 30 acre park on Lake Michigan provides ample recreation space according to standards, however, some recreation projects may include the following : 1. Encourage the state to expand W_i..lderness State Park southward to include the sand dune areas along the Lake Michigan beach. This scenic, sandwooded area is unsuited to small lot subdividing because of the erosion hazards from the sand dunes. It is also a valuable area-wide natural resource and tourist attraction. There are some 2 miles of beach that should go into regional park ownership, be it federal, state, county or township. Cottages could be developed in planned clusters off of the immediate beach area. From 2 to 10 acres of land should be provided for local recreation use (ballfields, skating, sledding, etc . ) . This should be in a central location, perhaps in the vicinity of the Township Hall or in Bliss Center . 3. Consider other recreational facilities oriented toward Wy Camp Lake, e x isting publicly owned lands (state or county) and scenic topographic features . -35- �I I I I I I I I I I I I Carp Lake Township - This community has a relatively low total population, but receives large numbers of tourists in the summer months. tour i st attraction, has a large number of private and tourist accommodations. Some recreational projects may include : 1. Retain the 50 acre Lincoln Park site on Paradise Lake in public ownership , and add recreation facilities in the nature of a general community park. Minimize tree cutting to retain its natural character and improve access roads into the site . 2. Protect the scenic recreation and resource potentials of Carp River. is a valuable canoe water and fishing stream. 3. Poor soils on the south shore of Paradise Lake (Sec. 23) suggest that residential - cottage development be avoided so as to control sanitary pollution to the lake and shorelands . This area should be used £or wildlife management purposes , as well as to retain some open space image on a lake that is now used very intensively. Public ownership or scenic easements are two methods of retaining the open space character. 4. Because there are no improved local recreation areas 1n the Township, it would be desirable to develop some general recreation areas £or active type sports. This may be done at Lincoln Park, although undesirable tree cutting may be necessary, or space could be provided near the Township Hall, which is in a more central location. 5. A future park- recreation area may be established with·9- potential water 1mpoundment on Carp Creek . Center Township possible declines. I I Paradise Lake, a big This Center Township is sparsely populated, and projections show I£ so there will be a 5. 0 acre park surplus by 1990. 1. Ma i ntain and impro v e the community ballfield near Larks Lake. Other active sports facilities may be developed at the Youth Center and/or the Township Hall. More diversified recreation apparatus could also be provided. 2. I£ the Township i s able , acquire land on Larks Lake to preserve open space and scenic resources for local residents , cottage owners and visitors. Enco u rage cluster cottage development concepts. Seasonal home markets will accrue from access potentials to canoeable waters, ski resorts, and open space areas. - 36 - �3. Local and community recreation services may be provided at the Township gravel pit , as a re - use of community resources. 4. Protect the natural and scenic qualities of the Maple River. It is a canoeable trout stream that should not be polluted, or over developed with vacation homes . Cross Village Township - Relating population to available or potential recreation land at the Cross Village School , no significant added local recreation area is indicated . 1. Either at the school or on church property in the Village, recreation apparatus, ice skating ponds and related active play facilities can be provided to meet local demands, 2. The outstanding scenic views of Lake Michigan suggest that efforts be made to keep vistas from the highway open for scenic drive reasons. Scenic easements and/or government owned land can meet this need. 3. Cross Village has the potential to develop a marina and harbor on Lake Michigan . A marina would be an excellent complementary facility to the scenic beach. 4. Either through state , county or township resources, the sandy beach area in and near the Cross Village harbor area should be developed for recreation purposes , emphasizing scenic and open space characteristics. Some facilities and recreation apparatus could still be established. 5. Other recreation opportunities may relate to Wy Camp Lake and/or -future re - use of the Township's sanitary fill area for recreation. 6. Encourage the restoration, reconstruction or replica development of Cross Village during the early Missionary - Indian Era (cir. 1700 - 1850) . This could be a highly interesting focal point for tour i st visitation and would preserve a valuable cultural heritage . Friendshi p Township - The only public recreation area m Friendship Township is a small roadside park near Middle Village . As a minimum, standards suggest a need for 3 . 0 acres of recreation area by 1990 . - 37 - �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1. Work to acquire frontage on Lake Michigan for township park-recreation purposes , as well as to acquire lands which are becoming increasingly scarce, Public access to Lake Michigan should be reserved before the frontage is lotted ofL 2. Active sports recreation area for Township residents is being provided in part by the Five Mile Creek Community Center, formed by a group of citizens, General public recreation sites may be developed at the Township Hall location, near Stutsmanville, or in the vi:cinity of the co1nmunity building, 3, The Township owns 80 acres of land one mile south of the Township Hall. This is an excellent potential recreation area. It is wooded, has gently rolling topography, and is at the base of a very rugged topographic area, that probably should be in broad scale recreation - open space use . 4. Other recreation potentials may be developed among the numerous scenic, topographic and wooded areas of the community . Little Traverse Township - Based upon the 1990 projected population Little Traverse Township may need at least 5. 2 acres of added recreation area. All existing local recreation area is in Conway, and includes a small beach access on Crooked Lake and a ball field along the railroad . Residents and tourists in Little Traverse have access to recreational facilities in Harbor Springs, Bear Creek Township and Petoskey. The Township also borders the private ski resorts in Pleasantview Township to the north . Local recreation may include the following : 1. Expand equipment and land near existing parks, and/or consider the development of a new community park for active play (5 to 10 acres). 2, Attempt to acquire recreation land or access easements to Little Traverse Bay , This will enhance local recreational opportunities and preserve outstanding scenic resources . -38 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J 3. A scenic community park can be developed in and near state owned lands in the center of Section 11 off the Chadderdon Road. Rolling topography, wooded areas and large open space can be adapted to a variety of recreation services. 4. Other recreation sites may be developed in conjunction with the Township Hall or other community buildings that may be provided in future years . 5. If the Township develops into an urban area, some small neighborhood parks may be necessary to serve smaller areas. Littlefield Township and Alanson - Elementary school and playground facilities in Alanson, and a ballfield north of Oden give the residents of Littlefield Township a fairly good recreation inventory. According to projections there will still be a 9. 8 acre park surplus by 1990 . Some local recreation objectives may include : 1. Continued improvements and expansions at the four local park-playground facilities in Alanson. If the areas population increases substantially beyond projected levels some additional neighborhood recreation sites may be needed. 2. Although there are several parks, the individual facilities are on comparatively small sites (except the school), ranging from. 1 to 4. 1 acres. Hence , new recreation services may require additional la:rid areas. 3. New recreation facilities may be expanded on one or both of the large school land ownerships ( 120 acre tract and 68 acre tract). These would provide ample acreage to meet foreseeable demands and both have a good central location . 4. As a means to protect floodplain areas and low lands near Crooked Lake, Pickerel Lake and along the Crooked River, attempt to acquire scenic easements and/or public ownership of the lands in question. This will increase open space resources as well as act to reduce lak:e - river pollution possibilities . 5. The sanitary fill site north of Oden may prove satisfactory for recreation usage after fill operations are completed. J J - 39- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 6. Encourage recreation developments in relationship with the Crooked River's potential and use as an inland water route to Che9oygan. 7. A special feature with tourist appeal is the State Fish Hatchery west of Oden and the historical marker dedicated to the now extinct Passenger Pigeon. McKinley Township and Pellston (part) - About half or more of Mckinley Town- ship is in government owned l a nd, including state forests, University of Michigan forest research lands, and the County Airport. The Township also contains the populated areas of Pellston Village, Brutus, and Levering. All of the local recre- ation acreage is associated with school buildings, including an auditorium facility in Pellston. By 1990, there will still be a statistical recreation land surplus of 3 . 1 acres. 1. The Pellston High School, new Pellston Elementary School, and the Pellston ballfield and tennis court provide a variety of existing recreation services (ballfield and tennis courts are in the Maple River Township portion of Pellston Village.) These recreation services are among the more diverse available to non-city residents in the County. Facility improvements and expansions should be promt:>ted at each existing facility, because they are in areas of local population concentration. Because the Leve ring School has been closed, a small play area should be developed to serve this area of the Township. 2. The small communities of Van and Levering have no public recreation area. However, a small park area for casual recreation use, ice skating~ etc., may be desirable to serve families in these areas. 3. Broader scale recreation developments should include promotional efforts to protect G-anoeable' waters and trout streams from pollution and over development. 4. A potential water impoundment exists on Van Creek and may be a good source for establishing a general community recreation area. 5. Promote the development of historical features, perhaps reconstructing features of the old lumbertown in Pellston. -40- �::..---=--·-,-_ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Maple River Township and Brutus - Maple River Township has experienced past population declines, but some stability or slight growth may prevail through 1990 . If so , the community recreation inventory should be held to the existing acreage and perhaps increased. All existing local recreation sites are in Pellston Village (ballfield and tennis courts), since the Brutus school was closed and sold. 1. The Township Hall at Brutus is in good central location, and active recreation facilities may be satisfactorily provided at this location. This could replace the recreation services of the former Brutus School. Local recreation facilities may also be provided on Maple River Road and/or Woodland Road,, as these are populated Township areas. There is very little state owned land in the Township. School district and county forest lands along the Maple River, and the Town~ ship ' s sanitary fill area are resources for possible recreation use and development. A broad scale recreation objective should be to protect the Maple River from pollution and over development. This is a canoeable water and quality trout stream o f importance to local residents and visitors . Most of the r i ver courses through private lands, hence, zoning standards should be established to offer some minimum protection to the resource . Similar protection should include the Crooked River. Pleasantview Township - Some two-thirds of Pleasantview Township is rn state forest and ma j or ski resort ownership . Hence, the community supports a very h i gh volume tourist population which includes skiers, hunters, fisherm:en, snowmobilers and motorists . The demands on land resources are high and increasing rapidly . In contrast to the high tourist visitation, Pleasantview Township is one of the smallest communities in the County , showing a statist i cal need for only 2 . 0 acres of local recreation land by 1990. At present , there are no official local public parks . - 41 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L In view of the population total and the vast areas of state forest land, there may be no need for local park facilities during the planning periodo However, some community recreation play area ought to be available and the minimum 2 o 0 acre need may be a reasonable goaL 2o Future local recreation area may be provided at the Township Hall location; this being a central geographi c locationo Local active play areas may also be dev eloped at the Chalet Village communiti es near Nubs Nob and Boyne Highlands. 3o Broad scale recreation objectives relate to the protection of the Maple River (q u ality trout water), su.·stenanc~· ; of deer yarding areas and other wildlife habitats. 4. The Harbor Springs School District owns lfi>0 acres of land west of Boyne Highlands . This tract borders the ski resort and state forest lands and could provide recreational opportuni ties to Pleasantview, Little Traverse and West Traverse Townships . Readmond Township - South of Cross Village, Readmond Township has frontage o n Lake Michigan which has attracted numerous cottages along the shoreline. A .fa i r proportion of the Township is in state forest ownership. Although there are many tourists who visit the community, the permanent popula ti on has declined in past years and only favorable conditions will prev,ent further declines through 1990. Readmond Township maintains one of the very few local parks on Lake Michigan, outs i de of Petoskey and Harbor Springs. Statistically the community will have s u rpl u s local recreation acreage through 19900 L Impro v e and add fa c ilities to the Lakefront Township Park. If possible, attempt to keep the park in a natural character , emphasizing trails and broad s c ale recreation uses . E x pand park frontage on Lake Michi gan as £ea sible . - 42 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2. Provide active type recreational uses at off- the - lake sites in the Township. (Ballfields , skating areas , playgrounds, etc .) . Some locations may relate to state owned land, private lands possibly bequeathed to the Township, or by local citizen groups . A good central location would be with the Township Hall . 3. Promote broad scale recreat i on concepts in terms of game management, shorel ine protection , and pollution control. 4, Encourage the maintenance restoration and accessibility of cultural h i stor i cal features related to Indian populations and early missionary act i vities . Resort Township - By 1990 , Resort Township may be the third mo st populous c ommunity in the County and therefore will generate comparatively large demands for recreational services. acres by 1990 . Stati stically, there may be a park land deficit of 13. 8 Existing recreation services are provided by the Resort Sc-hool and larger parks in Petoskey, Currently , there is only one small public access site on Walloon Lake and none on Lake Michigan. Resort Township Recreation Plan entails the following : 1. For general Township recreation, the acreage requirements by 1990 may be satisfied by expandi ng the school site. An active sports recreation area may also be located with the fiTe station on Intertown Road. 2. Long range neighbIDrhood recreation areas should be developed in terms of the recommendations of the Petoskey Area Plan . Parks may be sited with elementary schools , unless there are scenic natural features (woods, waters , topograpp.y, etc.), in the neighborhood that should be reserved as public open space. 3. In an effort to broaden the recreational resources of the community, seek to acquire park- recreation areas in one or all of the following locations : On Little Traverse Bay, at the north end of Townline Road On Walloon Lake , perhaps in the vicinity of the Manthei Veneer Mill - 43 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I On the north end of Walloon Lake at the south extremity of Cemetery Road Enlargement of the public access site on Walloon Lake at ResortPike Road, Other scenic Township areas with a potential for diversified outdoor recreation , preferably to serve all seasons of the year. 4. Protect the scenic image of the T o wnship and the broad scale resource areas for wildlife management and large scale outdoor recreation of a passive nature, 5. A second potential recreation resource oriented to Little Traverse Bay may involve future land re-claimed from quarrying activities by the Penn-Dixie Corp , This is a long term future possibility. Springvale Township - This community is expected to have a slight to moderate increase in population through 1990 , Major recreation resources include state forest land, Pickerel Lake, and the Minnehaha River, Currently, there are no Township park facilities and there will be a statistical need for 5, 7 acres by 1990, L Local park and recreation area may be developed near Epsilon to achieve a good central location, A facility on Ellsworth Road or east Pickerel Lake Road would also be near populated areas. 2. In order to enhance public access to broad scale recreation resources, park and recreation areas should be provided on Pickerel Lake and/ or Crooked Lake, Existing state public access sites on these lakes could be enlarged, 3, Protect the Minnehaha River from over de v elopment and pollution, Estab lish scenic corridors along the river to retain the natural scenic attractions for canoeists and fishermen, 4, Reserve some rolling topograhpic areas for local recreation - hiking, sledding, etc , Some steeper slope areas may have ski resort potential. - 44 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' Wawatam Township and Mackinaw Village - Modest population increases have been projected for the Wawatam - Mackinaw community. With existing local recreation areas, this will leave a 15. 7 acre surplus by 1990. Community recreation areas now include Mackinaw City's park on Cecil Bay and the Mackinaw High School. Well over half of the Township's land area is in state forest land, and the principal access to Wilderness State Park is through the Township. L The nature of Wawatam Township in terms of projected growth, land use, land ownership and traffic pattern suggest that there are no basic local recreation deficiencies. Moreover , the major portion of the local recreation demand can be met with facilities in Mackinaw Village. 2, Local recreational facilities in Mackinaw Village may be increased if the rate of population growth increases and new industry is attracted into the area. Neighborhood parks and community recreation areas should then be provided in accessible locations. On the basis of broad scale recreational resources, additional park land should be acquired on Cecil Bay, before it is entirely subdivided. Seasonal home subdivisions should then be designed in cluster developments off the immediate shore areas. 4. Other community recreation may be developed on the state owned lands, school forests , and perhaps on former sanitary fill lands. The Township owns 125 acres of land north of French Lake that has broad recreation use potential. 5. Tourist recreation in the Wawatam - Mackinaw community is greatly enhanced by Fort Michilimackinac. This outstanding historical attraction is an authentic re-creation of the old fort community and is a model culturalhistorical-educational facility. Mackinaw Island, the Mackinaw Bridge, Wilderness State Park, and the Straits of Mackinaw combine with the iFort attraction into a major tourist complex. 6. Broad scale recreation resources in the area can contribute to tourist stayi ng power. Frenchman ' s Lake in Wawatam Township is the site of a wildlife flooding project and proposed state campgrounds. The Carp Lake Riv er should be protected as a canoeable trout stream and vacation activity area . Most of the Township is important as a deer yarding region. - 45 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I West Traverse Township - Because there are no public parks, West Traverse Township will have a statistical need for 4. 0 acres of community parks by 1990. Actual acreage need could go beyond this if the Harbor Springs community experience substantial amounts of new growth. This could necessitate one or two neighborhood parks. Tourist visitation and seasonal home developments are quite advanced in the Township. The Land Use Inventory showed 135 seasonal homes and 110 one family homes. The community's ready access to ski resorts, harbor facilities and state forests makes it attractive for recreation. Also, there are scenic woods, some steep topographic areas, and panoramic views over Little Traverse Bay. Some local recreation actions may include: 1. Provision of open space resources in developing residential areas to: break-up the urban pattern, provide neighborhood play areas (sledding, skating, picnicing, etc.), protect scenic resource areas in their natural or wilderness images. 2. Attempt to secure Lake Michigan frontage for Township recreation uses. Open land along the shoreline is scarce and it may take years to establish a significant public open space resource on the Lake. 3. Consider developing a central community recreation area in one or more of the following locations : (a) the 80 acre Emmet County Winter Park (privately owned) in Section 3, if it becomes available; (b) on lands now utilized for sanitary fill purposes at Houghton and Quick Roads; (c) perhaps in Sections s ·and 32, at the _west end of MiadLe. Road . 4. Another recreation resource for Township residents is the 80 acre tract owned by Friendship Township, one-half mile north of West Traverse Township. This tract could be jointly owned and operated for recreation purposes by both communities. If the Township Hall is ever moved or reconstructed on a larger site, it could be located on a recreation area to provide community building services as well as a large town hall site. -46- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Cities of Petoskey and Harbor Springs - Both of the incorporated Cities have statistical park land surpluses through 1990. population . Both are expected to increase in As a part of the County Recreation Plan, the separate recreation plans prepared for these two communities are hereby declared to be a part of the C o unty Comprehensive Recreation Plan. The separate Plans are referenced as follows : 1. Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc., Recreational Facilities, Petoskey Area Planning Commission, January, 1969. 2. Williams and Works, Comprehensive Plan, Harbor Springs, Report 1, 1969. Because of the vast land and resource potentials of Emmet County, it is difficult to foresee every specific local recreational need that may; evolve in the ye a rs ahead . Hence, it is expected that the County Recreation Plan may be amended from time to time to reflect the optimum needs of the moment. These may relate , to population •g rowth, new town developments, desire to preserve a resource not now inventoried, and/ or to accept land bequests from philanthropic persons in the community. Also, the evalvement of a county park system could reli·e ve the individual '. townships of some recreation responsibilities, or may supplement e x isting township parks. -47- �C £ C I L . -~ 8 ~G . . A r T.HN. ,.► ~ 8 STllHGEON ~ .. y 8 r r ~ ~ ~ j ' t ~ ~ -"~~--~ '. I_ ' 1 71 ~ jf T 57N. : I I I I I J□ -J L_ ~ --~:, ---- -- u- : '~~ U 1 :; H It H i -.._..,, I h' .'\~. 01. ii lr. , I T ~: I . : . ;if---=--=--=-~3-~::~~, , J~p :;P ,, ll i! ••,,........ ji v,l~w;n• ~==~ ~ . r . T ' ' l--~ - ~ ~ L _JI . ,_---~:~~: __] T. 36N I 1,., In JI 1, .....::;:~~ ~ n1 ;D~[ u - - c~~-_- .~ I \I I -"(~.g; ~... ,. 1.. ' ·i' _ . \I_'._ r=-=,1 ~ __, lJ -· .. I [- ~ .. .,,J..L ,, - ---- : : -: - ..::,rr L=-· ,. _~ ,GJ ~nf]-- -------1 ,1.~ut De ,ii~D'l□C______. .U 4~ - ,~"=-.· 1: I -<>- -<>- .....,..,... • ~I 1 :=1• ~ I ~%,:- - _J _: _;- II ~"'~ 'i!i,~. - • . - 'if~ - >f'."'-~ w E :--] ~~LW~ -· L 1 0-.-, 1 T 1 - - · -· L j , I , ; ·]I •• .~ I • 1. lra; . 1JI' - : ~ nnl ,r 1 ~~~_::- . t.., ~~ ~ "' 11 dl··--J----~1 t "J T 30N. '{ .J LITTLE TRAVERSE 8 A Y ... ... 4P:-, ,F',7 '--.- · I" .1 j~ 1 s " • II • 1CT--=dr -- ... "'=l I ,' (\~1'' ' \ ~ : J-!□ I ! · 1 ~cu=~- • \; - 2.__..!l! ., 1I ,~ ~ ~L I, _.. LJ-1'~LJ~]l ~s-o ~~~:·__!i j~~-· _ ... • ·!. , 1n1 · .', -~ 1:=J. l- .-1-~--r__..:In ,,_ .- : -~ -~ _,-. 2J_l --~~ -R di ~l ~"=='===='Jo·-· ~ =;r= -- - --,~ E l A ._J -, , • · E' 1 '""" ~o- 7 1/ ~~ P> • I I ~"-----:_. __. ' a• l'.c= ~ H(( \\ n .... I ~ ~ ~'IL ,,I'/ ~ r# I.L~&• • ,1 Of ..-,. ~ rt ~ ""°" --- ---=----,........._~ ,... --•:i•.u-~ "'!.II ......... •4' ~ · : J l ~ N C - - - N'll"a~ . ~r-«-.. LIM ~ UUS"......cl ~ ~ • OIUE n MCTIQll'9l ;:Jl f"!!ill«-IIJ-c.6"Ta.t•S.. U .......~ ~ l ' l 'r!C ~ ~.~ CJI~~ - -• ~ ~ ++ • vifico11 ~ lemoa a oasoc.. ii,c.., p l oa11 i 119 co111allon11 I RECREA TION EMMET M \\ ~ -~ - ~ - - :~J - ~ COUNTY [ ' "' PLAN II ,. 11. COUNTY R 4W HARDWOOD STATE FOREST PROJECT BOUNDARY (modifl•d tom•what to r•f l•ct land ownu1hlp a u /1t lng usu ) EX IST ING REG IONAL PARK· RECREATI ON AREAS EX IST ING LOCAL RECREAT ION l comrnuni ty a ac hoo I PROPOSED REG IONAL a COMM UNITY -WI DE RECREA T ION (rtur 1tr•am corridor, , lake accH1, a ruou rce protect ion) POTENT I AL LOCAL-COMM UN I TY RECREAT I ON AREAS ( i ncl udu ol ternatt 1i h1} POTENTI AL WILDERNESS I MAGE ACCESS TO STATE PARK + )\ II \\. !., r ,. ~ r I �---, COUNTY-WIDE RECREATION PLAN RECOMMENDATIONS RECOMMENDATIONS 1. County Entrance Points There are four key roadway access points that can be regarded as County entrances, Entrance points may feature information centers, attractive landscaping, and/or coordinated sign treatment, as they give visitors an immediate image of the County. Harbor areas and airports are also entrance areas that need beautification attention. 2. I ~ 00 I SUGGESTED ACTION Either the County or interested groups within the County should initiate a program to beautify County entrances. Similar action should be taken by the larger communities so that uncontrolled billboarding and unsightly land uses are avoided. Countywide zoning or local zoning ordinances should support the concepts of attractive entrance points. Historical Sites Emmet County has significant historical areas to interest tourists and enrich the cultural characteristics of the County . Both Catholic and Protestant missionaries pioneered early County development through their work with the Indians. Some dominant historical areas which hold a potential for increased tourism-recreation development include : ( 1) original Indian mission sites, and early churches ; (2) Indian burial grounds and Indian village sites ; (3) lumbering history; (4) the cottage of the Hemmingway family, and (5) the passenger pigeon. Former mission communities, historical villages , and lumber towns can be successful tourist attractions, and would complement Fort Michilimackinac. The County should work with religious faiths, local historical groups, the State Historical Commission and others, to evolve a strong inter-related historical recreation complex. It is advantageous that the strong history of the County relates closely to the natural attractions of the Lake Michigan shore. Measures to safe- guard existing nistorical features should be explored as well as methods for financing developments . Cross Village has a particularly strong Indian-missionary history that can be enhanced by historical development projects. Other points of interest along the Lake Michigan shore can be worked into the historical area known as L'Arbre Croche Country. �- - 3. Parks and Public Access Sites Emmet County, as a unit of government does not own or maintain any parks. The State, individual townships, and municipalities own and operate existing facilities for outdoor recreation. Fort Michilimackinac, Wilderness, and Petoskey State Parks attract most of the tourist oriented recreation, although ther-e are other public access sites and campgrounds, . Each park site and recreation area should have a development plan which respects the carrying capacity of the land. As the demand approaches the park 1 s carrying capacity, then the next phase of planned development should be implemented, and/ or another park area established. The attraction features of each park should also be multi-faceted, so that there are items which can interest all age groups. A campground, for example, will function best if it can provide scenic trails, playground apparatus, historical features and monuments, and unique natural features (rock strata, wiidlife, pla::i:r.t life, etc.). I .i,. '° I 4. - The County can appoint a committee(s) to evaluate the aesthetic and recreational qualities bf _all existing park sites. Recommendations for improvements, expansions, and broadened services should be made to the appropr-iate sponsoring agency. Although Emmet County has a comparatively low total population, it would be well to investiget:e the desirability of establishing a County Park system, perhaps under a County Recreation Authori_tv. County parks could then be developed in critical _ , recreation and resource areas where state, township or village governments may not wish to act or cannot act. This would broaden the County 1 s resources to develop recreation areas and preserve scenic attractions. Game and Fish Management County support of State fish and game management practices is important to the encouragement of hunters and fishermen. Land developments and land uses which infringe upon game longevity should be avoided. In addition to the problems of stream bank erosion from improper building and tree cutting, and the extension o f highways through hab itat areas , snowmobile operators should be restr ic ted from game areas de eme d vital for gan1e management success. Game management programs should encompass three major land owner ships : ( l) the Hardwood State Forest , (2) other public lands , and (3) private recreation-forest acreages. Timber, fish and game management practices are essential elements of ecological balance, a concern which extends into adjacent counties as well. With the assistance of the particular agencies respons i ble , periodic reports should be available on area resource management. Moreo v er , the retention of productive farms should be recogn ize d as an i mportant element of game management. �5. The Wilderness or Northern Image Emmet County is unique from metropolitan areas, because it is 11 up north'' and has the aura of a great outdoors and wilderness. Although there are more primitive regions in Michigan, Emmet is readily accessible by land, water and air from metropolitan areas. Hence, the image of a woods, waters, open space character must be maintained in the face of pressures to over develop. I (JI 0 I 6. Wilderness type areas in Emmet County are in the WiLderness State Park, Wa Watam Township, the region between Larks Lake and the ski resorts, and in the lower half of Springvale Township. Woods, rolling topography, and swamp areas ensure this image at present. The state and private forest owners will be most responsible for determining the extent and use of wilderness type areas. Tree cutting on hill sides and along the roads are key areas of concern. Canoe waters should be given high priority for scenic easement protection and efforts made to identify and promote canoeing as a significant recreational feature of the County. Streams must also be protected for their value in producing fish and their role in game management. Topographic Resources The region including Emmet County is unique for its rolling-hilly landscape. Of importance is the fact that there are numerous scenic overlooks and commanding views of Lake Michigan and wooded country side. There are broad valleys and wide vistas in many interior county areas. Scenic views offer exceptional recreation potential with a high attraction for tourists and visitors from the flat land regions of most metropolitan centers in the Midwest. The County should pursue a long- range program to develop and/ or promote access to strategic hill tops. Boyne Highlands and Nubs Nob are examples of economic use of topographic features. Hiking trails should follow carefully planned routes to offer variety in terms of occasional views from ridge lines, land form, game areas, and forest types. Scenic views from highways should also be protected from urban development. One example is on US - 131 as it enters Petoskey from the south (Rotary Park area.) �7. Winter SE_orts Snow and climatic conditions in Emmet County have proven the potential for a long winter sports season. Current activities include skiing, snowmobiling, and skating. Winter sports activity is heavily oriented to the major ski resorts of Boyne Highlands and Nubs Nob. Where feasible, smaller hills in Township or City areas should be reserved for casual winter play activity. A good example is Petoskey' s Winter Sports Park. Sledding, tobogganing and skiing would be permitted. Too often the topographic resources become developed for cottage-resort use, and the community at large has limited access. Snowmobile trails should be extended throughout Emmet County and into adjacent counties to fit into long cross-country trails. Utility easements (power lines and natural gas) offer good potential for long distance trails. Cross country skiing and snow shoe routes also afford good active outdoor recreation. Perhaps the Wilderness Golf Course and recreation subdivision in Ca_!p Lake Township could be diversified into a snowmobile resort complex. I U1 ..... I 8. Geologic Points of Interest and Minerals A significant recreation attraction to area visitors are land forms which differ from the visitors I home area. Their importance is demonstrated by the efforts of the N~tional Park Service to acquire and develop the Pictured Rocks area near Munising. Emmet County has geologic attractions, most notably the cliffs along Lake Michigan and the limestone quarries. The "Petoskey Stone" is a product of geologic time and is commemorated - by an historical marker in Petoskey. Lake Michigan sand beaches are another highly attractive resource. Geologic and physiographic interest items should be catalogued, mapped, described in terms of unusual features, historic importance and accessibility. Efforts should also be made to reserve and preserve scarce resources , such as the sandy beaches which extend from the Cross Village area to Wilderness Park. Some undeveloped lake front still exists in the area . �9. Private Recreation Enter.E_rises The variety of resources and nearness to metropolitan areas opens the door for private recreation enterprises for all seasons. Boat marinas, lake trolling, recreation farms, dude ranches, guided tours, camping areas, canoe liveries, vacation homes, and ski resorts hold varying potentials for individual investment. Moreover, transportation factors are improving and metropolitan centers continue to expand, increasing the demand for outdoor recreation. Private recreation must be part of the comprehensive recreation picture and the concept of multiple use encouraged. Abandoned farms, marginal farms, and productive farms may offer year around recreation services for hunting, camping, hiking trails, vacation farm activity, snowmobiling and the like. Boating and canoeing are also popular activities. I u, N I 10. Research and Education The University of Michigan operates a forest research facility near Pellston that encompasses several square miles of land. Within the research area are two important streams -- Van Creek and the east' branch of the Maple River. Private outdoor recreation is needed if the area is to reap economic benefits from the field of tourismrecreation. Public parks and access sites represent only part of the required services. To the extent feasible, individual (e.g. groups or persons) developments should work into the total County theme for recreation and must form at least one segment in a complex of recreation opportunity. For example, golf course locations should consider their role in the establishment of vacation home sites, retirement villages, resort developments and related. Therefore, public parks, historic attractions, and private tourist attractions must recognize the importance of their facility in terms of its total attraction potential. Will the facility be attractive and of quality, is it self- supporting, can it also promote the use of other facilities, does it contribute to wild life management and resource conservation? Answering these basic questions will decide whether or not a recreational facility is part of a comprehensive recreation system. On- site tours would prove to be an educational experience for tourists who may have little prior knowledge of forest management practices and ne-w methods being employed. A complete educational complex may include an operating sawmill, examples of timber grades, and related aspects of the timber industry. Private wood using industries in the County could add to the forest industry tour to demonstrate the facinating aspects of this industry. The recreation of a logging town (perhaps Pellston) can also promote some of these objectives. �11. Trails The physiography of Emmet County is highly adaptive to the development of scenic trails as these are necessary to complete the access sytitem to the area's recreation attractions. Depending on the particular site and season, wooded trails may be designated for hiking, snowshoeing, bicycling, horseback riding, cross- country skiing, snowbwbiling, motorcycling, and jeep tours. One trail cannot practically satisfy all modes of transportation, but trails should be designated for most types. 12. I (JI I.,.) Cooperating groups and agencies concerned with Emmet County and its environs, should act to develop a diverse trail system . With renewed interest in bicycling, it may be unique to develop a bicycle path through part of a timber stand . The same trail could be used in winter for snow-·shoeing or crosscountry skiing. Equestrian pack trains into the Wilderness Park area could be an attractive ~_tourist experience. Of interest would be historic explorer routes, Indian trails and the cross-country routes -of early missionaries. Several of these must exist between Petoskey, Harbor Springs and Mackinaw City. (L'Arbre Croche County) Lakes, Ponds and Rivers Water oriented recreation is a major area attraction for tourists, summer home residents and sportsmen. As a rule there is less water access in resort areas than there are tourists. Over use and over development is therefore a problem. Protecting the water resources of Emmet County will be a major implementation objective, and involves the State,. County, , and private land developers . The public concern should be to encourage better development practices so that pollution does not occur, and water recreation opportunities are not limited to the privileged few. The concept of.cluster developments is one means to achieve both pollution control and resource preservation. Public ownership or community control of shorelines, river banks, and scarce sandy beach areas is the best preservation measures provided an allowance is made for private development needs. At the present time, there are undeveloped beach areas, river valleys, lakes, and ponds that should be preserved for broader public enjoyment and not subdivided into small lots. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Emmet-County_Comprehensive-Recreation-Plan_1970 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1970-03 Title A name given to the resource Comprehensive Recreation Plan Description An account of the resource The Comprehensive Recreation Plan for Emmet County was prepared by Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. in March 1970. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Recreation--Planning Emmet County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/ecf4240c74208b2a8eb14f2a3e2bae73.jpg ae7922cc0c4021700047ebff62eb0fb6 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Decorated Publishers' Bindings Subject The topic of the resource Book covers Covers (Illustration) Graphic arts Publishers and publishing Pictorial bindings Description An account of the resource From the early 1870s to roughly 1930, many publishers issued their commercial book covers with a remarkable variety of graphic designs and illustrations. This sixty-year period saw many artists and designers contributing to this art form. While some can be identified from their style or initials, others remain unknown. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Seidman Rare Books Collection Michigan Novels Collection Regional Historical Collection Lincoln and the Civil War Collection Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-08-30 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a>, <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpg Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-01 Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Source Seidman Rare Books. PR6011.O74 C66 1898 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-01_Bindings0390 Title A name given to the resource Concerning Isabel Carnaby Description An account of the resource Binding of Concerning Isabel Carnaby, by Ellen Thorneycroft Fowler, D. Appleton and Company, 1898. Subject The topic of the resource Book covers Covers (Illustration) Graphic arts Publishers and publishing Pictorial bindings Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1898 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/d15552d75b037a42d30b662b3068ce70.jpg a77744bc01414ae747344994f7a22ed5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_K185-0026 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1970-08-05/1970-08-07 Title A name given to the resource Concert at the Kane County Fair, Illinois Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a music concert at the Kane County Fair in Kane County, Illinois. In the photograph, a group of young men are playing guitars and performing onstage, while a crowd of young women are watching the show from the side of the stage. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Kane County (Ill.) Concerts--Illinois Fairs--Illinois Black-and-white photography Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1970s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/9b971c59e65ef104fbdc677620564a2a.jpg d3f2d3fa7b9822f4215a3eb2c0d5d9cc Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Grand Valley State University Photographs Subject The topic of the resource Aerial photographs Universities and colleges Michigan Grand Rapids (Mich.) Allendale (Mich.) Building Facilities Dormitories Students Events 1960s 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s Description An account of the resource People, places, and events of Grand Valley State University from its founding in 1960 as a 4-year college in western Michigan. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource News & Information Services. University Communications Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/41">News &amp; Information Services. University Photographs. (GV012-01)</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-03-03 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC-NC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright - Non-Commercial Use Permitted</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpg Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV012-01 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s-2000s Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Local Subject Subject headings specific to a particular image collection 1970s Source <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/41">University photographs, GV012-01</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV012-01_UAPhotos_000814 Title A name given to the resource Concert at Zumberge Pond Description An account of the resource Concert at Zumberge Pond. Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University Michigan Allendale (Mich.) Universities and colleges Students Events Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC-NC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright - Non-Commercial Use Permitted</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives black and white photo https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/9c08e39b07d97cfdb44e8773e868955b.jpg f415b4e3065226ac775adf4a4e4bcdae Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_Z034-0008a Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1985-09-01 Title A name given to the resource Concession Stand, Salisbury Beach Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of concession stand located at Salisbury Beach’s Amusement Center in Salisbury, Massachusetts. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Concessions (Amusements, etc.)--Massachusetts--Salisbury Salisbury (Mass.) Salisbury (Mass. : Town) Black-and-white photography Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1980s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/7949cc3620cffcb38627f3c947c1260d.pdf 374d59c004c0b7706f581aec8fbca658 PDF Text Text � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Incunabula Description An account of the resource The term incunabula refers to books printed between 1450 and 1500, approximately the first fifty years following the invention, by Johann Gutenberg of Mainz, of printing from moveable type. Our collection includes over 200 volumes and numerous unbound leaves from books printed during this period. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1450/1500 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Incunabula Collection (DC-03) Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United </a> Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource text Language A language of the resource eng it la nl de Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Concordantiae bibliorum [folium 93] Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-03_093Conradus1496 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Conradus de Alemania Description An account of the resource One leaf from Concordantiae bibliorum by Conradus de Alemania and edited by Sebastian Brant. Printed in Basel by Johann Froben and Johann Petri de Langendorff in 1496. [GW 7422; ISTC ic00853000] Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Basel: Johann Froben and Johann Petri de Langendorff Subject The topic of the resource Incunabula Printing 1450-1500 Language A language of the resource la Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1496 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Seidman Rare Books Collection Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Brant, Sebastian (editor) Type The nature or genre of the resource Text https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a2c9ab7a678fafdeeef23433ae88b86e.jpg 1bc09300ef0264ee926e7d1ebd4823f2 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_A009-0977 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-04-15 Title A name given to the resource Concrete fencing in courtyard Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a close-up view of decorative conrete fencing located outside a church building in Allen Park, Michigan on April 15, 1960. Photograph by Douglas R. Gilbert. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Allen Park (Mich.) Black-and-white photography Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/30fc70359338ca91214ec0f1e76a4a94.jpg 5a0835ae9c973ce75ed3dc5026590d4d Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Decorated Publishers' Bindings Subject The topic of the resource Book covers Covers (Illustration) Graphic arts Publishers and publishing Pictorial bindings Description An account of the resource From the early 1870s to roughly 1930, many publishers issued their commercial book covers with a remarkable variety of graphic designs and illustrations. This sixty-year period saw many artists and designers contributing to this art form. While some can be identified from their style or initials, others remain unknown. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Seidman Rare Books Collection Michigan Novels Collection Regional Historical Collection Lincoln and the Civil War Collection Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-08-30 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a>, <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpg Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-01 Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Source Seidman Rare Books. PS1829 .C635 1902 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-01_Bindings0308 Title A name given to the resource Condensed Novels: Second Series, New Burlesques Description An account of the resource Bindings of Condensed Novels: Second Series, New Burlesques, by Bret Harte, published by Houghton, Mifflin and Co., 1902. Subject The topic of the resource Book covers Covers (Illustration) Graphic arts Publishers and publishing Pictorial bindings Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1902 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/5f70e5ba0299958b87e412160a990da5.mp4 646853e86050cce62d9ee6ee97e85744 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/0afc7e6097d420f01f4f6b907939974e.pdf 643d67dae59c24a05222ff18f28f981c PDF Text Text ORAL HISTORY INTERVIEW VICKI CONDON SHARROCK Born: Lowell, Michigan Resides: Lowell, Michigan Interviewed by: Kyle Riley, GVSU Veterans History Project Transcribed by: Claire Herhold, January 25, 2013 Interviewer: Mrs. Condon, can you tell us a little bit about yourself and what you’re doing today? Well, right now I am a production assistant for LandAmerica Transnation where I, realtors, mortgage companies call in and ask for policies, ask for title work, or as for the last deed on the property. Then I check the records that we have and get a copy of their deed, show that any mortgages are on there, and pretty much answer questions, help with policies, very detailed. Interviewer: So, when you were a little girl, what was your life like? I grew up on a small farm. 1:01 We produced food for ourselves. My father worked in the factory, came home, did the milking. We raised pigs, we had sheep, a huge garden. My mother canned a lot. I helped gather eggs. I helped bring the cows up for milking and later on I milked and fed the animals and went to school. And I went to a little country school just a half mile away for a couple of years, a one room school. Interviewer: What kind of things did you do? Were you a large part in the role of the farm family? Well, there were four of us girls, and I was pretty much the tomboy. My older sister stayed in the house, and my two younger sisters were too young to do a whole lot on the farm, but I helped. My sister would drive the tractor during haying season and I would, in the back, because we didn’t bale initially, we just put the loose hay and then we got to pack it down in the barn which was the best, you know, every kid on a farm loves to jump down on the hay from up �above. 2:10 First time out, you’re scared to death but you make that first jump and it’s kind of fun. Interviewer: Did you have any struggles with your family, or did your family share any struggles of the day? We just, my parents worked hard to get any place, and we lived paycheck to paycheck. We didn’t have a lot, but we had plenty of food. We had fresh milk. We had homemade butter, homemade bread, and all the canned foods in the wintertime, so we were rich. We had no money but we were rich. Interviewer: What was the hardest thing about your childhood growing up? Being so far away from town. My father worked and it was like two and a half miles to town, so unless we walked then we couldn’t. 3:08 There was a lot of things at school that we couldn’t participate in because we didn’t have the gas or the time or the money to drive into town. Interviewer: What did you like to do during high school and when you were older and started to get new jobs and start exploring more opportunities? Between my junior and senior year, I worked at Amway. And I worked at Amway until I joined the Navy. That was a summer job for me and it was…I worked at A&W root beer outside of town, and I was really excited because I made ten cents an hour. No, the root beer was ten cents, I think I made seventy cents, and the second year I worked I made seventy five centers, and the third year that I worked there I made ninety cents but I worked in the kitchen where it was hot. 4:10 It was more fun outside with the customers. Interviewer: What made you decide to go into the Navy? I liked the idea of the military. I didn’t want to work in a factory like my parents did. It was a struggle for them to make ends meet with four of us girls. I wanted something more in life. I �wanted to go to college. We couldn’t afford college. I was able to go on the Vietnam GI Bill because I went in during Vietnam and served my three years active duty during that time. But I didn’t want to, I wanted to get away from a small town atmosphere and I did, but I came back because I love Lowell. I mean, it’s a great little town. 5:01 It’s improved a lot, culturally, socially and I like the small town atmosphere as an adult. As a kid, nobody likes it, you know, that’s just a fact of life. Interviewer: Before you went into the military, did you have any dreams of becoming a certain profession at all? Oh yeah. I had taken three years of French in high school, and I wanted to be a United Nations interpreter. That was my goal in high school. Interviewer: Did you think that joining the military could help you achieve that dream at all? No, because by that time I had already been married and divorced. There were other things. I wanted my college degree. I wanted to teach. Interviewer: What kind of things did you do after you went into the Navy? As far as employment, or…? Interviewer: When you joined up, what was the first thing that you did? 6:03 I jumped off a bunk bed and hit the floor on my face because we had gotten, we flew in, our first day of boot camp, we flew into Bainbridge, Maryland and we got in there late, and there’s an open bed here and an open bed there, an open bed there, and they put us all, you know, “go to bed and we’ll get you squared away tomorrow.” And I woke up at 5:00 when the bells were ringing, young women were running all over the place trying to get squared away, and they said, “well, you have to hurry up and get out of bed because we’ve got to get going.” So I jumped out �of the bunk bed but I was on the top row and fell right on my face. That was my first experience of boot camp. Get up and get going. Interviewer: What was that like for you? I was a scared little girl. I was a little country girl. I was very intimidated. Anybody that was in uniform that wasn’t one of my peers, I was scared to death. 7:03 I later learned to differentiate between officer and non-commissioned officer but, you now, that first couple of weeks it was a … I was very timid and had to learn to obey orders then, not think about it. Discipline was very strong, but we were ladies, we had to become ladies and we were also to become square corners. You will be a square corner. We had to learn to do those bunk beds. You know that was our CC, our Company Commander’s motto. You will be a lady and you will be a square corner. So, I can still make a square corner. Interviewer: What kind of things did you learn at boot camp? Boot camp…I was at Bainbridge, Maryland, which, we were the next to the last company of women to go through. We did a lot of marching. 8:02 We learned the history classes of the Navy, and ships and planes and the whole criteria of the military rule. But we didn’t work with any ammunition, any guns. We were ladies, and it wasn’t until the boot camp closed down in Maryland and they went down to Orlando, Florida where the women would use guns and learn how to shoot firearms and break them down, clean them and put them back together again. But the training we had at Naval Pen TC Bainbridge was, we were ladies. Things changed. Things changed, and are still changing. At the time I was on active duty women were not allowed to have dependents. Women were not allowed to be on ships. It was later, as I had gotten out of the Navy, that women were first going to the hospital ships, refrigerator tankers, that type where �they were supply type ships that would go out to the fleet. 9:15 And now women are on all the ships and are in combat, but in the ‘70s when I was on active duty, that was not a choice. Interviewer: Did you have any idea on what you were going to do after you joined the military, after boot camp? Well, they had all the testing. You test before you go into the military, number one, to make sure that you’re smart enough. You know, the army has basic training tests. And then there was another battery tests, and we were always taking tests. And then they had them geared toward your field of operation. 10:07 What best suited you? And for me, it was a clerical type position which was the radioman, and we learned how to use the older equipment. Now, everything’s done on computers but back then we had ship-to-shore, ship-to-ship, voice communications and now we have satellites. Interviewer: Were you excited at all to go into your new job? Yeah, I worked a regular shift. I worked forty hours, or thirty six hours, depending on my schedule. We worked three shifts in one week and it rotated, so if I went on Monday I got off Friday morning and I didn’t go back again until Tuesday. And then Tuesday I’d work until Saturday, and Wednesday through Sunday, so it was always variable. 11:04 But basically I went in, we logged in our messages, and I worked for the Naval Investigative Service, under Naval Intelligence Command. And we had all of our agents who, our messages would come in. The subject matter would determine what branch, what office it went to. We logged them in, put them in a folder and delivered them to the lieutenants, officers or agents, or whoever was in charge for that department, and we had our security clearances. There were things that came in that we rushed right down to the captain’s office and turned around and left, because once we handed it off we didn’t want to know what else was happening. �Interviewer: Were you involved in any large operations or missions? The final thing that I was involved with was Operation Homecoming. When the Vietnam War officially ended to the public we were involved in bringing the men and women back to the United States. 12:10 So we had all the messages of who was coming from where, and who was MIA, missing in action, and who ended up being a POW, prisoner of war. We received a letter of commendation for that. We didn’t get a unit citation which would have been another medal, but we did get the letter, which helped for advancement later on down the road. Interviewer: Was your job very stressful? Were you really nervous about going into your job every day? The thing that…I wasn’t nervous, but I know that some of the stuff came in that I couldn’t write home to Mom and Dad about because there were things happening around the world. 13:01 I went back to the same office as a civilian worker when I got out of the Navy and was there during the Iran crisis. That was when Reagan was ending his presidency…oh, I can’t even remember the entire situation. I know that things happened fast. That’s pretty much it. Interviewer: What kind of things did you earn while you were on active duty? As far as ribbons and awards? Interviewer: Yes. Ok. Right out of boot camp, because I was in during the Vietnam Era what we all considered the Geedunk Medal which is this one right here. 14:05 You got it just because you were in the military at that time. And then I was also in the reserves during the Iraq confrontation so I have my Bronze Star. This ribbon right here is Four Years of Reserve, Meritorious, and I had seventeen reserves so I’ve got one plus three stars so that counts for sixteen years. This is ten years for the Navy Reserve, and this one right here is for, I believe that’s my Navy Achievement �award. And then I also have a ribbon that I got when I was in Washington D.C. for the dedication ceremony for the Women’s Military Memorial. Interviewer: What kind of conflicts would you face normally at your job? 15:08 Getting a paper cut. Conflict, I mean, there are things that I couldn’t talk about, but as far as…I was in an office building on the tenth floor. We were in Alexandria, Virginia most of the time, so I wasn’t in any place where I could get harmed. I mean, I was in a safe office building and I went to work. I had to sometimes go over to the Pentagon. We took the subway. That was scary sometimes, taking the subway. You would get nervous if a top secret message came in because you had a certain length of time that you had to get it processed and get it down to the person that it was addressed to. 16:01 So that, you’d get a little nervous and stuff, but other than that it was lots of paperwork. Interviewer: How would you process the messages you sent and received? We had a big, and I couldn’t even tell you, it was a paper tape reader basically. We had rolls of yellow tape that had holes in them, and each line of holes represented a letter and we typed our messages and…we typed our messages on a special machine that printed out the holes for the tape, and we would have big rolls of paper tape that we would use and send out the messages, and then we’d wind it up and hang it on a hook until we knew that they had processed. But our messages were read into a system and then they went to another central service where they was disseminated around the world basically. 17:05 And then messages would come back in from around the world through the central system and come into our office, and it was all set up. But now everything is done on computers, you know. You put who it’s to, and you carbon copy too. Just type everything out on computers now. Interviewer: How did your military life affect your family life and personal life? �When I first went in, I was a little country girl and I seen the world. I have a very open mind. I feel I’m a whole lot smarter, and I didn’t end up working in a factory my whole life. I’ve done other things. I’ve gone to college and I have a two year degree in business management from Fairfax, Virginia and then I have a Bachelor’s degree in education at Aquinas. 18:08 And through the military, the GI Bill, I was able to go to the two year college, and I was able to quit work because I had five stepchildren during that marriage, and the more children you had during the Vietnam era, the more money you got on the GI Bill, so it worked in my favor under those, you know…so I went and did my two year degree. Interviewer: Were there very many things that were different because you were a female in the military? The only thing that…we went to boot camp, I was surrounded by women. We were not allowed to skylark, which is, you know, looking at guys on the other side of the fence, you know, because we were in a closed area. And we were ladies, we were not, you know…some of us had been married, and we were twelve weeks with over three hundred girls. 19:11 And working with women is sometimes, not always pleasant. It wasn’t bad. And then…I did not stay in a dorm area when I was in college. I was working full time and going to school part time. So I never had that dorm, where you’ve got like four or five girls to a room. Well, we had like four or five girls to a room, but we only had three sides on that room and across the hallway was another room with four or five girls and there was absolutely no privacy. Then later when I got to my first active duty station, the only comment made was because I was filling a billet that a man could have had to be on shore and he could have been home with his family instead of out to sea. 20:13 Because being in the Navy, the men spent an enormous amount of time out to sea. It’s like, “I’m sorry. I have no control over that,” because women were not allowed on ships, not �until the end of my active duty were women first starting to go out to sea on the, what we called, comfort ships. Interviewer: I just forgot what I was going to ask. Ok. Interviewer: Did you get any chance to socialize with the men you were working with? Oh yeah. It was just like working in an office. I mean, if we were working in the office and Friday night, I called date night because my husband and I always tried to go out together on Friday nights, but a lot of the men had families. 21:10 Later in the reserves, I was in the same reserve unit with the same guys for almost, well, fifteen of seventeen years. I watched them have their children, raise their families, their children were growing up, and all the sudden getting ready to graduate. So yeah, we bonded. There was a lot of camaraderie, of you know… a lot of the times, I’d see their wives at the airport as they were dropping their husbands and saying goodbye to them as we came in, or if we had functions a couple of times a year, we’d get together. And I just hope that I didn’t pose any threat to any wife, because they were like brothers to me. I mean, we were a tight knit group. We went around the world to different reserve stations, to different communication stations in the reserves, and seen a lot. 22:07 And they went off and did their thing, and I went off and did my thing, and then came back and compared notes of what we had seen and what we had done and had a good time. We worked our forty hours, or our thirty six hours, or had our weekends off so we’d go off on the weekends. When we were out to California we’d drive up to Reno or Las Vegas or whichever one was closest to us, and when we went overseas we got to see a lot, a lot more. Interviewer: What kind of things did you do after you were done with your three years of active duty? �I had when I got out, I got out of the Navy after my three years because I had gotten married, I had five stepchildren, and women were not allowed to have dependents. 23:06 My girlfriend was, we met in boot camp and gone to radiomen A-school and were good friends for another fifteen years until I lost contact with her but, you could not have, women could not have dependents. I had gotten married, I had five stepchildren, I had to get out. She stayed in, got married, and had a baby. She requested to stay in, and her husband got orders out to California. She went out there for a little while, had the baby, and when the baby was just still a toddler, she had to take orders and go to Greenland for a year. She came back, nine months later she had her second baby, and she said that’s it, no, and she got out of the Navy. She later went into the reserves, but that was a choice that she made, requesting to stay in, but she was separated from her brand new baby and her husband for a year. 24:05 And then later, they both went to Italy, and they were stationed in Italy for three years. She had to sacrifice the twelve months while her baby was with her husband, and then she was able to join him. Because I had five stepchildren, I had no choice. I had, we had… I had had orders to go to Guam in 1974. We were the first shipment of women to go there. But because I was married and had five stepchildren, I had to get out. I had no choice. So they got me out within the end of the three years. They rushed through all the paperwork because they knew that if they had kept me in, they would have had to prorate the enlistment bonus, and that was even more paperwork so they got me out. 25:01 And then I went back in the government service as a clerk in the same office so I worked with the same people that I worked with when I was in the Navy which was kind of special because I knew what I was doing. And then later on I worked that office under Naval Investigative Service, was involved with the Privacy Act that came out in the early ‘70s, Freedom of Information Act, so we were very big on getting involved with that. �Interviewer: While you were in the reserves, what was life like? Was it different from when you were in active service? The reserves was a great way to go. I had thought seriously about going back in, but I had a decent…I was working in computers at that time making good money, and I had one weekend a months that I had to go to the reserves, and then a two week mini vacation. 26:06 And we planned that vacation…that two week reserve active duty that we had to do like in January, February, March time frame so we got out of the weather here in Michigan, and we went to the east coast, the west coast. We ended up over in Diego Garcia, a little tiny dot of an island in the middle of the Indian Ocean, and we were there for…our unit was attached to that island, so if the balloon had gone up, we would have gone there while the active duty had gone to where the action was. That’s what our reserve unit was to do. And we went to Diego Garcia two years, two different times in two years. The first time we went to the west coast. We flew to San Francisco, then to Japan, flew over Vietnam and landed in the Philippines at Clark Air Base and was there, our plane had to, we were there for a day and a half. 27:15 And then from the Philippines we flew to Diego Garcia and that was a thirty six hour flight, a long time in the air. And then four years later, Clark Air Base was no longer in existence and we went the east coast, and we left from Pennsylvania. We were in Athens, Greece, Naples, Italy, Baharan, and then we flew to Diego Garcia. But when we were in Baharan, to replenish the plane we had to get off, but because we were all Americans or British they put us on a bus, drove us out to the middle of the runway and we had to sit out there for four hours while they took care of the plane, and it was like a scary thing because all the graffiti on the bus was all in Arabic and our driver had a turban and we had no idea what was happening. 28:13 All we knew was that we had to go out there and sit in the middle of the runway until they were done with the plane because they didn’t want the �natives to know that there were Americans or British on their soil, so… and that was during the…the United States was escorting the oil tankers during that time so that was the… Afterwards, when we found out, it was like “Holy cow.” That was exciting, scary. I didn’t feel I was in any danger, but it was different. Interviewer: Do you think that, while you were on your job, did you think that you had a really important job? 29:01 I did, especially…when you went into the reserves, there was always a joke that the reserves were there to play. Well, we worked our twelve hours a day if we went on to the shift. And we worked with equipment that maybe we hadn’t worked with before, and the first time I worked in a fleet alley that was really intimidating for me. We were working sending out voice messages to the ships, and they all knew that my turn was next and I had to call out to the ships and notify them that we were sending them traffic, and I was just stuttering so bad and I couldn’t talk and they were all giggling behind me because they knew that I was…well, the term now would be a newbie, but that term wasn’t around back then. I just…later, I was ok with it, but the first time you talk and broadcast out is like being a radio announcer. 30:05 You’re talking to, you know, how many people are you talking to at one time? How many people are listening to you? And you’re stuttering and trying to get out important information and that was scary. But now I’ve got the knowledge, because if the balloon drops now, the first thing that’s going to go are our satellites and there are not a lot of people who still know how to operate the big receivers and transmitters, with the exception of the ham operators that are still active today. The ham operators still are a very important part of our culture. Interviewer: What kind of things did you do for fun during your job? Did you ever goof around and maybe misbehave a little bit? �Heaven forbid. I was sweet and innocent. Yeah, there was…in boot camp, we were a bunch of women all together and, you know, one big area and one of the girls was a beautician and she had some wigs with her, and another girl, for some reason, she had a rubber blow up doll. 31:20 And we blew that doll up and I was part of the party that got in trouble, there was about six of us that did it, and we put that blow up doll and her wig in a bunk and we got caught, and we lost the smoking privileges. The smoking light was out for a week for us, and back in the ‘70s I smoked, and I couldn’t smoke for a week because our rubber dolly got caught. It was harmless fun, but…and the company commander laughed about it later. She couldn’t laugh in front of us, but that was a very harmless prank. 32:02 But we were there in boot camp over New Years Eve and the only alcohol we had was mouthwash and all we could say was that we got a little buzz. Well, yeach. Mouthwash now… but yeah, you joked around. It’s just like being in a regular office. You’ve got your buds that you work with and joke around with, and hey, how are you doing? How’s your kids? How’s your wife? That type of thing, so it’s, to me it was like working in a regular office. Now, later in the reserves, as I got older than the young kids in the Navy, it’s like, was I ever that young? Was I ever that crazy? It’s like, yeah, I probably was but I’ve grown up and matured some. Because I retired from the reserves with a total of twenty years in 1998, and that was the same time that I graduated from Aquinas. 33:01 So I did a double decker and made a major accomplishment in my life. Interviewer: The people who were in charge of you, were they mean? Were they the stereotypical officer who’s always grumpy and always yells at everybody? The first couple of weeks of boot camp, yeah, that’s what I thought. “You will become a lady. You will become a square corner.” That was her motto and I was such a little country girl, I was �terribly intimidated. Now, it’s like, “Excuse me?” That wouldn’t faze me at all now. I’ve raised children and had a couple of husbands and nothing fazes me now. Interviewer: If you were ever bored while working, did you ever use the radios to contact anyone other than who you were supposed to? No, they were always set up to the frequencies and now, right now, the TVs are all on a certain frequency where the analog signal… 34:14 There’s certain frequencies that the Navy would use and you couldn’t contact other people unless they had the same equipment. I know my girlfriend, when she was in Greenland, she was able to keep in contact with her husband and the baby, but they were both on military bases where they both had the same type of equipment where she could do that. But, you know, I couldn’t contact civilians. I just used the phone and called home when I got homesick. Interviewer: Did you ever use your military experiences and the things you did as your military job, did you ever use those in your civilian jobs? Not really. 35:01 I mean, a lot of the clerical stuff that I did…[break as the phone rings and the interviewer repeats the question] Most of my job was clerical, logging and stuff, keeping track of messages coming in, going out, sending out messages, typing. Typing probably…of course, the typewriter that they had, that they used in the military, number one, were of World War II vintage, and number two, you had to use special keys for letters and numbers, so you could not type like you could on a typewriter. Now, that typing skill there followed me on to my civilian career because I do a lot of typing, but everything’s on a computer, and if you make a mistake you just hit that little backspace and continue on. 36:07 Interviewer: What kind of things did you do in your civilian life? �In my civilian life I, through the Vietnam GI Bill, I went to a computer learning center. I was a programmer. I worked for a company in Virginia and my company transferred me out to California, and I did programming for military type programs. When I moved back home to Michigan, my company lost the contract, and so I had a choice to take a job in Hawaii or move back home. And I had been to Hawaii on my thirtieth birthday and I said, that’s a nice place to be but I don’t want to live there. So I moved back home, but I was overqualified for all the programming jobs in this area. I did get a job for a couple of years, but I sat in front of a computer screen. 37:07 I needed people contact. That was the one thing that I have a lot more of in my job. I work with the public. I work with realtors. I work with mortgage companies. I work with buyers and sellers buying their first home, or selling their home that they’ve lived in their whole life and now they’re going to maybe a condo or a retirement community and you see the highs and lows of people selling their homes or buying their first home because they’re about to start a family. So that part there, with my job that I have right now, with the people contact is what I love the most. And because I was able to be around the world and see different cultures, when our trip to Diego Garcia, we stopped in the Philippines and we were there for a day and a half the first time and when we left we were there for three days so I got to see a lot. 38:07 And we took a drive down, what they call the Bataan Death Road? Death march? This is a time, a place during World War II, but the thing that stuck in my mind were all these little huts, they had the clothes out on the line and being held with bamboo clothes pins, but they all had their TV antennas on the roof. And it was like, wow, they’ve got to have their TV. Their clothes are nice out on the line but they’re living in little huts, you know, bamboo huts with thatched roofs. And then later I’ve seen a whole lot more, and it’s like, yeah, I’m very lucky to be in America. We, when we were in the Philippines, when they told us, you know, that we were going out and stuff �we had to be careful, what they have was like rent-a-fuzz that were in front of the different places downtown in Manila, they carried machine guns. 39:15 So you didn’t mess with them. You stayed away from them. And I went down there with, I never went to... We went in groups, never alone, always in big groups, four, five, six at a time, and we stayed together and we seen the sights. But that was when Imelda Marcos was there with all of her shoes and that was the big joke because I wore high heels and I had ninety pair of high heels and they always called me Esmeralda Marcos because she was the first lady of the Philippines, her husband. 40:04 And that was, the Philippines was very eye opening. And of course thirty or forty years before our soldiers were fighting there and it’s like very, I don’t know, I don’t know how to describe it. But if you stop and think about stuff like that that you were walking where men had lost their lives forty years before, you’re going to take things a little bit more seriously. Interviewer: So you said you’ve traveled a whole lot and you’ve seen the world, but did that require you actually packing up and moving? Did you ever live in very many places? No, basically I was living in Virginia when I was in the military, got out, stayed in Virginia and then I worked for a civilian company and they shipped me out to California, and then I was out to California for nine months, and then the company lost the contract and I moved back home. 41:13 But I’ve traveled for vacations in a lot of different places and with the two different trips to Diego Garcia, one we went around the world this way, went around the world this way, so I can say that yes, I have been around the world. I mean, we stopped in Naples, we stopped in Athens, and Baharan which I’ve mentioned earlier, so that… Of course, I’ve been to Ireland and I’ve kissed the Blarney stone but that was on my own time. Interviewer: So when you were traveling, was it ever hard for your family or for you, being apart from your family so often? 42:01 �When I was on active duty, I was single and I was stationed in Virginia. Later, when I joined the reserves, couple of times when I was out in California, my husband at that time went with me. We stayed on the beach, we didn’t stay in the barracks, we stayed at a hotel which they consider, what they call, on the beach. So we’d go off and do our sight-seeing when I wasn’t working. He watched TV or take his crossword puzzles or a book and read while I was working and then when I got out of work we’d go out to dinner and do our sight-seeing. But it was only for two weeks. Well, three weeks when we were in Diego Garcia because that was such a long flight, but it was a mini vacation. I mean, I still had to work my forty hours but I could go home to the barracks and relax and I always took a crochet hook with me and I crocheted while I was in the room. 43:11 Whenever I travel I either have a book or a crochet hook and I’d get to where I was going for the two weeks and I’d crochet up an afghan while I was there and I’d leave it for somebody. I’ve probably got afghans pretty much around the world because I’d make them up and, you know, if you have to come home, you don’t have to do housework, you don’t have to do dishes, you’ve got a lot of time on your hands. I mean, because most of the time when we went away on a two weeks we stayed in the barracks and then weekends we’d go off and do our sight-seeing when we weren’t working, and I just had little hands. Got to keep busy. Interviewer: So how did your military career come to an end? 44:02 Was it something that happened real quick that just had to make you stop or was it something that kid of just dwindled down and you decided to resign? Well, I had the three years and I got out because I was married and I had five stepchildren and women could not have dependents. Then after, I think seven years later, I went back into the reserve program and I stayed in the reserves for another seventeen years so I had a total of twenty. Once I got my twenty in, it’s like, “Okay, no more getting up at 5:00 in the morning �once a month. Darn. No more mini vacations, no more seeing the world.” I miss that part. I miss the guys that I did the reserves with. That part I miss, because there’s…you know, you watch these young kids grow up, have their families. You see them every month, one weekend a month you see them. 45:01 And two weeks of the year we’d go and meet, go off and see the world, do our job and come back. And then we’d come back to real life and go back to work again. There’s nothing wrong with hard work. Interviewer: Throughout your military career, what was your fondest memory that you can always think of? Fondest? I don’t know, I guess the experiences that I had in boot camp. I met some wonderful women and my one girlfriend, we stayed in contact and I lost touch with her in the late ‘80s. I know that she was in Beaumont, Texas, her and her husband. She was in the reserves, and they had both gone into the reserves, and their daughters are probably producing grandchildren for them now and I can’t find her. 46:04 So, the other day after your call I got on the computer and looked up Bainbridge, Maryland where I went to boot camp and this is a picture that I had taken off the site showing that “Through these portals pass the women of the greatest navy” of the world and that’s where we had our company picture and I don’t know if there’s sites there that I can find and try to locate her. If she starts looking at the military, hopefully we’ll get in contact through Bainbridge. But one of the things that…this was my patch that I found last night looking around, was on my uniform in boot camp, propellers and the anchor, and this was also a hat device that we had on our hats. 47:04 I lost mine when I went out to Whidbey Island in Washington state. I had it on my coat, on my jacket and it came off. This was my, when I went to radioman school, I was a seaman second class and these uniforms were the seersucker that you had to starch and starch and starch. They buttoned down the front, short sleeves, little A-line �skirt, and they could not be above our knees. I was in the ‘70s. My girlfriend and I, we went to the Navy ball when we were in radioman school together and, in the ‘70s hotpants were very, very popular and I had made a lace hotpant suit and she had a hotpant suit with lace and we wore white go-go boots. 48:08 We walked into the auditorium and there were generals and admirals and gold scrambled eggs everywhere because the men wore the dress uniforms, all gold and glitter and the women were in long formals and Jeannie and I came in there with hotpants. Nobody said a word because we were dressed up. I mean, we had our hair done and we were all in lace, but they were just short lace. And then, later when I went to radioman school then this was my patch that I had on my uniform with the sparks for the radiomen. That was when I was E4. And when I left the Navy I had made, this is a plaque from the Naval Investigative Service under Naval Intelligence Command and this was signed by Captain Martin, and this shows that I was radioman second class at that time. 49:10 And then later when I was in the reserves I made radioman first class, which was an E6, and I did pass the test for E7 but I did not make the board and I, to make E7 you also had to extend for two years and I almost had my twenty years in, and I said that’s enough, I’ve got my twenty in and I’m done. So I retired as an E6. Interviewer: What kind of things did you do, what was your life like after you were out of the military? When I retired or when I went back into the reserves? Interviewer: When you retired? When I retired? Now I’m just waiting out until I turn sixty and start receiving my retirement. I work in my regular job during the day time and I have a part time job at Meijer’s, but eventually, when I hit sixty, then I’ll start drawing my retirement pay. 50:16 And it won’t be a lot. The whole time I was in, the seventeen years I was in, I used that money for an extra car payment so I �always had a nice car which was a perk of being in the reserves. We got four days pay for one weekend, and that was pretty cool. I got paid twice as much, you know, that’s the way the reserve system works. So that was nice that it was set up that way. And then when we went away for our two weeks, if we were overseas we got overseas pay for two weeks, so that was a little extra. Interviewer: Did you miss your job after you retired? Not the job so much, because that’s a clerical type position but I miss the people. 51:05 Every once in a while if I’m in Grand Rapids and it’s on the third weekend of the month I might run into the reserve center to see who’s still there. I know that Bill is in Montcalm Sheriff and he made chief and he stayed an extra couple of years but it’s been, since ’98 so I don’t think he’s there any more so he’s probably retired up in Montcalm County. And I don’t…some of the other people were from Allegan and different parts around west Michigan and I don’t get a chance to run into them and I kind of miss seeing what they’re doing, how their kids are, but I guess I just haven’t taken the time to check it out because it could be done. I just am too busy with other things I guess. Interviewer: So you still wish you could stay in contact with the people you’ve worked with? Yes. Just to say “hi” or “how are you doing?” or “let’s get together for a barbecue this summer,” something like that. 52:05 See what you’ve done since you’ve gotten out of the Navy, because we were all pretty close to the same age. Couple of them were a couple years younger but we pretty much went through that seventeen years, or fifteen years here in Grand Rapids, together. Interviewer: What’s the biggest thing that you have noticed that has changed about you since you were in the military? �I’ve grown up. I was a scared little country girl when I first, I mean, I wouldn’t even ride in a taxi. To this day I still don’t ride in taxis. But I was very intimidated when I was younger. I mean, I grew up, I went to a little one-room schoolhouse for a couple of years, and then I worked in a factory and I finally joined the Navy, seen the world. It was like, wow, there’s a lot out there. There’s a lot of opportunities out there. 53:08 There’s still things on my “honey do” list of things I want to do in life that I haven’t done yet and I just hope that I’m still able to do them. I mean, I want to learn how to play guitar one of these days but I don’t want to cut my nails because I work with the public, I need to keep my nails artificially done. Shame on me, but those little things like that. I want to go to northern France and meet my pen pal from high school. We’re both in our fifties now. I don’t know if she’s still living there, but that’s one of my things that I still want to do in life while I’m still young enough to do it. There are three states that I’ve not been, either between the military with my travels or when I left California. 54:06 I drove out there with my furniture when I went to California then drove back and came back a different way but there are three states I’ve never been in. Hopefully, in the next three years we’ve got plans to go and visit North and South Dakota and we’re going to spend two weeks just driving all over the states, seeing things that I’ve never seen before. Alaska, I don’t know if I’ll ever get to Alaska but maybe. But that’s one of my goals. I’m looking forward to retirement and we’re going to travel, across, back and forth across the United States if we can afford gas. That’s an issue that was not planned on. Interviewer: Are you proud and happy that you were in the military? Are you proud of what you have done? Absolutely. That’s the best thing that I can recommend to someone who does not know what they want to do in life is join the military, get some work experience, get a knowledge of away �from a small town atmosphere. 55:12 When I went to boot camp there were girls from Hawaii, there were girls from all over the United States. We were all together, living together for fourteen weeks. We learned about different things that they did, we did and it gave us a direction in life, even though we not necessarily stayed on the same direction, but it opened our eyes so we traveled in many directions and many opportunities. There’s many opportunities out there. But I would like to do some more things in life. I don’t know yet what I want to do when I grow up. I’ve worked in the clerical, in the computer field and clerical for, I started working when I was fourteen at A & W so I’ve been working way too long. 56:08 I’m not going to add that up for you. But when I joined the military I knew that I wasn’t going to come home and just work in the factory like my parents did. I wanted something more. I think that chance to join the military for any young person out of high school, unless they have a goal, a direction that they want to take, the military will give them opportunities to choose and make decisions as to what they want to do later in life. And you can always change it. People change their careers all the time, but it gives you, it opens your eyes, opens your minds to greater opportunities, things that could happen to you. And of course the discipline, I mean, the discipline, that was tough for me but I managed and so did all the other girls. 57:10 There are things you have to do, and the work ethic that I grew up with, you know, the animals were out in the barn. They couldn’t feed themselves. We had to go out and feed them for them. We had to put the grain out there, we had to put the hay down so I never…we grew up knowing that if there’s work to be done, it had to be done and you go out there and do it. But the military teaches you, number one, discipline and it gives you a push towards a good work ethic because you’ve got your job to do and you’ve got to get it done. Mission complete. You don’t stop, you don’t go home at 4:00 just because it says to clock out. You stay until your work is done and that was one of the things that with my �background and my work ethic I had no problem with that. 58:07 If there’s work to be done, you stay there until you get it done because, if we’ve got a message coming in that says there’s an emergency that’s got to be taken care of. You can’t just stop and say, “Oh I’m sorry, it’s 4:00, I’ve got to go.” You don’t do that in the military. No way. Not on my watch. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Condon-Sharrock, Vikisu (Interview transcript and video), 2008 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Condon-Sharrock, Vikisu Description An account of the resource Vikisu Condon-Sharrock served in the Navy on active duty between 1971 and 1974, and remained in the reserves until 1998. She discusses her experiences in training and on active duty when women were still very new to the regular service, as well as changes that have taken place since then in terms of women's opportunities in the Navy. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Riley, Kyle (Interviewer) Lowell Area Historical Museum (Lowell, Mich.) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans United States. Navy Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American Video recordings Women Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2008-02-21 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context CondonSharrockV Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project Collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/0eb13c37f3dfdf86c68736aa641f34aa.jpg 0edcf339bf017e4c446b8a03ab072c7e Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D211-0011 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-07-15 Title A name given to the resource Coney Island Amusement District Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a man promoting and selling tickets for an amusement park ride in Coney Island, New York, as a group of people pass by and listen. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) Coney Island (New York, N.Y.) Amusement rides Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/9181c71cad0fbeb14444a91945214718.jpg 0fbe5560f0f6a14c668e806759a8193f Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D211-0013 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-07-15 Title A name given to the resource Coney Island Amusement District Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a street artist painting landscape paintings in front of a large crowd in Coney Island, New York. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) Coney Island (New York, N.Y.) Painters Landscape painters Artists Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/9bbee000a84538a41bddc94c2c283a81.jpg ecbf577b69320f7eceb7c27b680a5d9f Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D211-0016 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-07-15 Title A name given to the resource Coney Island Amusement District Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a man standing and holding a radio up to his ear in Coney Island, New York. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) Coney Island (New York, N.Y.) Radio--Receivers and reception Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/94ac35075c31c6c3d58397bf14614513.jpg fbd2c18ae04fdac36732dd6ba8b18db5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D211-0017 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-07-15 Title A name given to the resource Coney Island Amusement District Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a street artist painting a portrait of a customer in front of a gathering of people in Coney Island, New York. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) Coney Island (New York, N.Y.) Painters Artists Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/e75b17e077fd5cca76b80a018196b54f.jpg 0e35239fde70e80c9d084c44abca4dbf Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D227-0016a Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-07-28 Title A name given to the resource Coney Island Amusement District Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a man standing outside and smiling in Coney Island, New York. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) Coney Island (New York, N.Y.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/ca1bad4f7d1faebb5ca9c64b84c5107e.jpg 20485074716f16cd19126fef2ee81344 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D227-0008a Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-07-28 Title A name given to the resource Coney Island Amusement District Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a man working at an amusement park game station in the Coney Island amusement district in Brooklyn, New York. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) Coney Island (New York, N.Y.) Amusement parks--New York (State) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/764535e5fb0dceb745ed08dcab3dbbf3.jpg 5ba7dcc4f1a2285642de16b217d93e33 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D228-0002 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-07-28 Title A name given to the resource Coney Island Amusement District Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a group of people standing in line for an amusement ride in the Coney Island amusement district in Brooklyn, New York. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) Coney Island (New York, N.Y.) Amusement parks--New York (State) Amusement rides Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives